Skip to main content

Full text of "My life; a record of events and opinions"

See other formats


LIBRARY  OF 
WELLESLEY  COLLEGE 


PRESENTED  BY 


MY  LIFE 


MY  LIFE 


A  RECORD  OF  EVENTS  AND  OPINIONS 


BY 

ALFRED  RUSSEL  WALLACE 

AUTHOR  OF 

"MAN'S  PLACE  IN  THE  UNIVERSE,"  "  THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO,"  "DARWINISM," 
"  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  ANIMALS,"  "NATURAL 
SELECTION  AND  TROPICAL  NATURE,"  ETC. 


WITH  FACSIMILE  LETTERS,  ILLUSTRATIONS 
AND  PORTRAITS 


TWO  VOLUMES 
Volume  I 


NEW  YORK 

DODD,  MEAD  &  COMPANY 
1905 


Copyright,  1905, 

BY 

DoDD,  Mead  &  Company 


Published,  November,  IQO^ 


SCrENCE 

QH 

31 
I 


Presswork  by 
Thh  Uni\'ersity  Press,  Cambridge,  U.  S.  A. 


PREFACE 


The  present  volumes  would  not  have  been  written  had  not  the 
representatives  of  my  English  and  American  publishers  assured 
me  that  they  would  probably  interest  a  large  number  of  readers. 

I  had  indeed  promised  to  write  some  account  of  my  early 
life  for  the  information  of  my  son  and  daughter,  but  this 
would  have  been  of  very  limited  scope,  and  would  probably 
not  have  been  printed. 

Having  never  kept  a  diary,  except  when  abroad,  nor  pre- 
served any  of  the  earlier  letters  of  my  friends,  I  at  first  thought 
that  I  had  no  materials  for  any  full  record  of  my  life  and  expe- 
riences. But  when  I  set  to  work  in  earnest  to  get  together 
whatever  scattered  memoranda  I  could  find,  the  numerous 
letters  I  possessed  from  men  of  considerable  eminence,  dating 
from  my  return  home  in  1862,  together  with  a  few  of  my  own 
returned  to  me  by  some  of  my  correspondents,  I  began  to  see 
that  I  had  a  fair  amount  of  material,  though  I  was  very  doubt- 
ful how  far  it  would  interest  any  considerable  number  of 
readers. 

As  several  of  my  friends  have  assured  me  that  a  true  record 
of  a  life,  especially  if  sufficiently  full  as  to  illustrate  develop- 
ment of  character  so  far  as  that  is  due  to  environment,  would 
be  extremely  interesting,  I  have  kept  this  in  mind,  perhaps 
unduly,  though  I  am  not  at  all  sure  that  m.y  own  conclusions 
on  this  point  are  correct. 

It  is  difficult  to  write  such  a  record  as  mine  (extending  to 
the  memories  of  nearly  eighty  years)  without  subjecting  one- 
self to  the  charge  of  diffuseness  or  egotism,  and  I  cannot 
hope  to  escape  this  altogether.  But  as  my  experiences  have 
been  certainly  varied,  if  not  exciting,  I  trust  that  the  frequent 

V 


vi 


PREFACE 


change  of  scene  and  of  occupation,  together  with  the  diversity 
of  my  interests  and  of  the  persons  with  whom  I  have  been  asso- 
ciated, may  render  this  story  of  my  Hfe  less  tedious  than  might 
have  been  anticipated. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  those  friends  who  have  assisted  me 
with  facts  or  illustrations,  and  especially  to  Mrs.  Arthur 
Waugh,  who  has  been  so  kind  as  to  make  the  very  full  Index 
to  my  book. 

September,  1905. 
Old  Orchard^  Broadstone, 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 

PAGE 

My  Relatives  and  Ancestors  i 

CHAPTER  n 

Usk:  My  Earliest  Memories  20 

CHAPTER  HI 

Hertford:  The  Home  of  My  Boyhood  30 
CHAPTER  IV 

Hertford:  My  School  Life   .  46 

CHAPTER  V 

Hertford:  My  Home  Life  63 

CHAPTER  VI 

London  Workers,  Secularists  and  Owenites      ....  79 
CHAPTER  VII 

Bedfordshire:  Surveying  105 

CHAPTER  VIII 
Bedfordshire:    Turvey  ^    p      ,  .117 

CHAPTER  IX 

Bedfordshire:  Silsoe  and  Leighton  Buzzard      .      .      •      .  128 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  X 

PAGE 

Kington  and  Radnorshire  139 

CHAPTER  XI 

Brecknockshire   159 

CHAPTER  Xn 

Shropshire  and  Jack  Mytton  169 

CHAPTER  XHI 
Glamorganshire  •      .  177 

CHAPTER  XIV 
First  Literary  Efforts  198 

CHAPTER  XV 

Remarks  on  My  Character  at  Twenty-one  223 

CHAPTER  XVI 

London  and  Leicester  229 

CHAPTER  XVII 
Residence  at  Neath  241 

CHAPTER  XVIII 
The  Journey  to  the  Amazon  264 

CHAPTER  XIX 

"In  Memoriam"  •      .      .  290 

CHAPTER  XX 

In  London,  and  Voyage  to  Singapore  303 


CONTENTS  ix 
CHAPTER  XXI 

PAGE 

The  Malay  Archipelago:  Singapore,  Malacca,  Borneo  .      •  337 

CHAPTER  XXn 

Celebes,   the   Moluccas,   New   Guinea,   Timor,  Java,  and 

Sumatra  356 

CHAPTER  XXHI 
Life  in  London,  1862-1871 :  Scientific  and  Literary  Work  .      .  385 

CHAPTER  XXIV 

Home  Life:   My  Friends  and  Acquaintances:   Sir  Charles 

Lyell  409 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


My  Father.    Age  35  Facing  page  16 

{From  a  miniature) 

My  Mother.    Age  18    .    .   "  16 

{From  a  miniature) 

My  Birthplace.  Kensington  Cottage,  Usk  ...  "  22 
The  Grammar  School,  Hertford   "  48 

{From  an  engraving  in  Turner^ s  '■'■History.''''  1830) 

Llanbister,  Radnorshire   "  150 

{Pencil  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1840) 

A  Lonely  Chapel   "  150 

{Pencil  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1840) 
The  Beacons  (Looking  south)   "  160 

{From  a  photograph  by  Mr.  Symonds  Neale) 

Plan  of  Summit  of  Beacons  (Looking  north)  .  .  "  163 
Section  through  Summits  of  Beacons  ....  "  163 
Our  Eccentric  Neighbour  at  Devynock  ....        "  164 

{From  a  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace) 

"  Maen  Llia,"  Upper  Vale  of  Neath   "  166 

{From  a  photograph  by  Miss  Neale) 

"Whittern"   "  170 

{An  outdoor  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1842) 

Samuel  Osgood   "  i88 

{From  a  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1843) 

In  Derbyshire    <'  236 

{Prom  pencil  sketch  by  A.  R.  Wallace.  1844) 

A  Village  near  Leicester   "  238 

{Pencil  drawing  by  A.  R.  Wallace.  1844) 

Free  Library,  Neath   "  246 

{Designed  by  A.  R.  Wallace.  1847) 

Ysgwd  Gladys,  Vale  of  Neath   "  248 

"Maen  Madoc,"  Upper  Vale  of  Neath    ....        "  251 

{From  three  photographs  by  Miss  Neale) 


xii  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Latin  Inscription  on  "  Maen  Madoc"  ....  Facing  page  251 

Porth-yr-Ogof,  Vale  of  Neath   "  252 

Alfred  R.  Wallace.    1848   «  266 

{From  a  daguerrotype) 

Fishes  of  the  Rio  Negro  : 

{From  drawings  by  A.  R.  Wallace) 

1.  Cyxodon  Scombroides.    Fam.  Characinid^        "  284 

(One-fourth  natural  size) 

2.  Xiphostoma    Lateristriga.     Fam.  Chara- 

CIXID^   "  284 

(One-third  natural  size) 

3.  PiMELODus  Holomelas.    Fam.  Silurid^  .    .        "  286 

(One-third  natural  size) 

4.  Plecostomus  Guacari.    Fam.  LoRiCARiiDiE  .        "  286 

(One-third  natural  size) 

5.  Pterophyllum  Scalara.    Fam.  Cichlid^    .        "  288 

(One-third  natural  size) 

6.  Cichlosoma  Severum.    Fam.  Cichlid^    .    .        "  288 

(One-third  natural  size) 

H.  E.  Wallace.    Age  8   "  290 

{From  a  pencil  sketch  by  Miss  Townsend) 

Herbert  Edward  Wallace.    Age  20   "  290 

{From  a  silhouette) 

The  Rio  Negro   "  320 

{From  observations  made  in  the  years  1851  and  by 
Alfred  R.  Wallace) 

Enlarged  Map  of  the  River  Uaupes   "  320 

Native  House,  Wokan,  Aru  Islands   "  357 

(Where  I  lived  two  weeks  in  March,  1859) 

Map  of  the  Malay  Archipelago   "  368 

My  Faithful  Malay  Boy  — All    1855-1862  ...  "  382 

Alfred  R.  Wallace.    1869   "  386 

{From  a  photograph  by  Mr.  Sims) 


MY  LIFE 


A  RECORD  OF  EVENTS  AND  OPINIONS 


CHAPTER  I 

MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS 

Our  family  had  but  few  relations,  and  I  myself  never  saw  a 
grandfather  or  grandmother,  nor  a  true  uncle,  and  but  one  aunt 
— my  mother's  only  sister.  The  only  cousins  we  ever  had,  so 
far  as  I  know,  were  that  sister's  family  of  eight  or  nine,  all 
but  two  of  whom  emigrated  to  South  Australia  in  1838.  Of 
the  two  who  remained  in  England,  the  daughter  had  married 
Mr.  Burningham,  and  had  only  one  child,  a  daughter,  who 
has  never  married.  The  son,  the  Rev.  Percy  Wilson,  had  a 
family,  none  of  whom,  however,  I  have  ever  met,  though  I 
have  recently  had  a  visit  from  a  son  of  another  cousin,  Alger- 
non, with  whom  I  had  a  considerable  correspondence. 

My  father  was  practically  an  only  son,  an  elder  boy  dying 
when  three  months  old;  and  as  his  father  died  when  he 
was  a  boy  of  twelve,  and  his  mother  when  he  was  an  infant,  he 
had  not  much  opportunity  of  hearing  about  the  family  history. 
I  myself  left  home  before  I  was  fourteen,  and  only  rarely 
visited  my  parents  for  short  holidays,  except  once  during  my 
recovery  from  a  dangerous  illness,  so  that  I  also  had  little 
opportunity  of  learning  anything  of  our  ancestors  on  the 
paternal  side,  more  especially  as  my  father  seldom  spoke  of 
his  youth,  and  I  as  a  boy  felt  no  interest  in  his  genealogy. 
Neither  did  my  eldest  brother  William — with  whom  I  lived 


2 


MY  LIFE 


till  I  was  of  age — ever  speak  on  the  subject.  The  little  I 
have  gleaned  was  from  my  sister  Fanny  and  from  a  recent 
examination  of  tombstones  and  parish  registers,  and  especially 
from  an  old  Prayer-book  (1723)  which  belonged  to  my  grand- 
father Wallace,  who  had  registered  in  it  the  dates  of  the  births 
and  baptisms  of  his  two  sons,  while  my  father  had  continued 
the  register  to  include  his  own  family  of  nine  children,  of  whom 
I  am  the  only  survivor. 

My  paternal  grandfather  was  married  at  Hanworth,  Mid- 
dlesex, in  1765,  and  the  parish  register  describes  him  as 
William  Wallace,  of  Hanw^orth,  bachelor,  and  his  wife  as 
Elizabeth  Dilke,  of  Laleham,  widow.  Both  are  buried  in 
Laleham  churchyard,  where  I  presume  the  former  Mrs.  Dilke 
had  some  family  burial  rights,  as  my  grandfather's  brother, 
George  Wallace,  is  also  buried  there.  The  register  at  Han- 
worth contains  no  record  of  my  father's  birth,  but  the  church 
itself  shows  that  quite  a  small  colony  of  Wallaces  lived  at 
Hanworth.  On  a  long  stone  in  the  floor  of  the  chancel  is  the 
name  of  James  Wallace,  Esq.,  who  died  February  7,  1778, 
aged  eighty-seven  years.  He  was  therefore  thirty-five  years 
older  than  my  grandfather,  and  may  have  been  his  uncle. 
Then  follows  Admiral  Sir  James  Wallace,  who  died  on  March 
6,  1803,  aged  sixty-nine  years;  and  Frances  Sleigh,  daughter 
of  the  above  James  Wallace,  Esq.,  who  died  December  12, 
1820,  aged  sixty-nine  years. 

Also,  on  a  small  stone  in  the  floor  of  the  nave,  just  outside 
the  chancel,  we  find  Mary  Wallace,  who  died  December  5, 
18 12,  aged  thirty-nine  years.  She  may,  therefore,  not  im- 
probably have  been  a  daughter,  or  perhaps  niece,  of  the 
admiral. 

Here,  then,  w^e  have  four  Wallaces  buried  in  the  same 
church  as  that  in  which  my  grandfather  was  married,  and  of 
which  place  he  was  a  resident  at  the  time.  As  Hanworth  is  a 
very  small  place,  the  total  population  of  the  parish  being  only 
750  in  1840,  it  is  hardly  probable  that  my  grandfather  and 
the  others  met  there  accidentally.  I  conclude,  therefore,  that 
James  Wallace  was  probably  an  uncle  or  cousin,  and  that  all 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS 


were  in  some  way  related.  As  there  is  no  record  of  my 
father's  birth  at  Hanworth,  it  is  probable  that  his  parents  had 
left  the  place  and  gone  to  live  either  at  Laleham  or  in  London. 

How  or  why  my  grandfather  came  to  live  at  Hanworth 
(probably  with  his  brother  George,  who  is  also  buried  at 
Laleham),  I  can  only  conjecture  from  the  following  facts: 
Baron  Vere  of  Hanworth  is  one  of  the  titles  of  the  Dukes  of 
St.  Albans  since  1750,  when  Vere  Beauclerc,  third  son  of  the 
first  duke,  was  created  baron,  and  his  son  became  fifth  Duke 
of  St.  Albans  in  1787.  It  is  to  be  presumed  that  the  village 
and  a  good  deal  of  the  land  was  at  that  time  the  property  of 
this  family,  though  they  appear  to  have  parted  with  it  not 
long  afterwards,  as  a  Mr.  Perkins  owned  the  park  and  rebuilt 
the  church  in  18 12.  The  St.  Albans  family  have  a  tomb  in 
the  church.  Now,  my  father's  name  was  Thomas  Vere  Wal- 
lace, and  it  therefore  seems  probable  that  his  father  was  a 
tenant  of  the  first  Baron  Vere,  and  in  his  will  he  is  styled 
"Victualler."    He  probably  kept  the  inn  on  the  estate. 

The  only  further  scrap  of  information  as  to  my  father's 
family  is  derived  from  a  remark  he  once  made  in  my  hearing, 
that  his  uncles  at  Stirling  (I  think  he  said)  were  very  tall  men. 
I  myself  was  six  feet  when  I  was  sixteen,  and  my  eldest 
brother  William  was  an  inch  taller,  while  my  brother  John 
and  sister  Fanny  were  both  rather  tall.  My  father  and 
mother,  however,  were  under  rather  than  over  middle  height, 
and  the  remark  about  his  tall  uncles  was  to  account  for  this 
abnormal  height  by  showing  that  it  was  in  the  family.  As 
all  the  Wallaces  of  Scotland  are  held  to  be  various  branches 
of  the  one  family  of  the  hero  Sir  William  Wallace,  we  have 
always  considered  ourselves  to  be  descended  from  that  famous 
stock;  and  this  view  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  our  family 
crest  was  said  to  be  an  ostrich's  head  with  a  horseshoe  in  its 
mouth,  and  this  crest  belongs,  according  to  Burke's  "  Peerage," 
to  Craigie- Wallace,  one  of  the  branches  of  the  patriot's  family. 

Of  my  mother's  family  I  have  somewhat  fuller  details, 
though  not  going  any  further  back.     Her  father  was  John 


4 


MY  LIFE 


Greenell,  of  Hertford,  who  died  there  in  1824  at  the  age  of 
79.  He  had  two  daughters,  ]Martha,  who  married  Thomas 
Wilson,  Esq.,  a  soHcitor,  and  agent  for  the  Portman  estate, 
and  Mary  Anne,  my  mother.  Their  mother  died  when  the 
two  girls  were  two  and  three  years  old.  Mr.  Greenell  married 
a  second  time,  and  his  widow  lived  till  1828,  so  that  my  elder 
brothers  and  sisters  may  have  known  her,  but  she  was  only 
their  step-grandmother.  Mr.  Greenell  had  died  four  years 
earlier.  Although  he  lived  to  such  a  comparatively  recent 
period,  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain  what  was  his  busi- 
ness. His  father,  however,  my  mother's  grandfather,  who 
died  in  1797,  aged  80,  was  for  many  years  an  alderman,  and 
twice  Mayor  of  Hertford  (in  1773  and  1779),  as  stated  in  the 
records  of  the  borough.  He  was  buried  in  St.  Andrew's 
churchyard. 

There  is  also  in  the  same  churchyard  a  family  tomb,  in 
which  my  father  and  my  sister  Eliza  are  buried,  but  which 
belonged  to  a  brother  of  my  mother's  grandfather,  William 
Greenell,  as  shown  by  the  following  inscription : — 

"Under  this  tomb  with  his  beloved  wife  are  deposited  the  remains  of 
William  Greenell, 
A  native  of  this  parish,  who  resided  56  years  in  St.  Marylebone, 
In  the  County  of  Middlesex, 
Where  he  acquired  an  ample  fortune, 
With  universal  esteem  and  unblemished  reputation. 
He  died  the  17th  day  of  January,  1791,  aged  71." 

There  is  also  an  inscription  to  his  wife,  Ann,  who  died  a 
year  earlier,  and  is  described  as  the  "  wife  and  faithful  friend 
of  William  Greenell,  of  Great  Portland  Street,  Marylebone." 
As  the  tomb  was  not  used  for  any  other  interment  till  my 
sister's  death  in  1832,  it  seems  likely  that  William  Greenell  had 
no  family,  or  that  if  he  had  they  had  all  removed  to  other  parts 
of  England. 

My  mother's  mother  was  a  Miss  Hudson,  whose  cousin  I 
remember  as  owner  of  the  Town-mill  in  Hertford,  and  his 
daughters  were  my  sister's  playfellows  and  friends,  but  this 
family  is  now  extinct  so  far  as  the  town  is  concerned.    A  sis- 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS 


ter  of  my  grandfather  Greenell  married  Mr.  John  Roberts, 
whose  son  Hved  many  years  at  Epsom,  and  this  family  is  also 
extinct  by  the  death  of  an  only  son  in  early  manhood,  and  of 
an  only  daughter  at  an  advanced  age  in  1890. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  J.  B.  Wohlmann,  late  head- 
master of  the  Grammar  School,  I  learned  that  in  the  parish 
registers  of  births,  deaths,  and  marriages  in  Hertford,  and  also 
in  Chauncey's  "  History  and  Antiquities  of  Hertfordshire  "  and 
in  Clutterbuck's  "  History  of  Herts,"  there  are  considerable 
numbers  of  Greenells  (the  name  being  variously  spelt,  as  Grin- 
ell,  Greenhill,  etc.),  going  back  continuously  to  1579.  I 
possess  an  old  seal  with  a  coat-of-arms  which  belonged  to  my 
grandfather,  and  was  believed  to  be  those  of  the  Greenell  fam- 
ily— a  cross  on  a  shield  with  seven  balls  on  the  cross,  and  a 
leopard's  head  for  a  crest.  The  balls  indicate  the  name, 
"  Greenaille  "  being  French  for  shot ;  and  the  family  were  not 
improbably  French  refugees  after  the  massacre  of  St.  Bar- 
tholomew in  1572. 

My  mother  had  several  large  oil-paintings  of  the  Greenell 
ancestors  which  came  to  her  from  her  sister,  Mrs.  Wilson, 
when  the  Wilsons  went  to  South  Australia.  Being  incon- 
veniently large  for  our  small  houses  and  our  frequent  re- 
movals, they  were  given  to  the  Miss  Roberts  above  mentioned, 
who  had  a  large  house  at  Epsom,  and  on  her  death  they  passed 
with  the  house  to  some  relatives  of  her  mother,  who  had  no 
kinship  whatever  with  the  Greenells.  One  of  these  portraits 
was  that  of  the  great-uncle  William  Greenell,  of  Marylebone, 
who  was  an  architect,  and  is  represented  with  the  design  of 
some  public  building  which,  we  were  told,  he  had  the  honour 
of  him.self  showing  to  the  king,  George  the  Second  or  Third. 
He  is  shown  as  a  young  man,  and  I  was  said  to  resemble  him, 
not  only  in  features,  but  in  a  slight  peculiarity  in  one  eyebrow, 
which  was  indicated  on  the  portrait.  I  wished  to  obtain  a 
photograph  of  this  portrait  a  few  years  ago,  but  the  present 
owner  refused  to  allow  it  to  be  copied,  having,  I  fancy,  some 
exaggerated  idea  of  its  value  as  a  work  of  art. 

Other  friends  or  relatives  of  the  Greenell  family  were 


6 


MY  LIFE 


named  Russell  and  Pugh,  and  are  buried  at  Hertford.  A 
large  gentleman's  mourning  ring  in  memory  of  Richard  Rus- 
sell, Esq.,  was  given  me  by  Miss  Roberts,  as,  I  presume,  the 
person  after  whom  I  was  given  my  second  name,  though  prob- 
ably from  an  error  in  the  register  mine  is  always  spelt  with  one 
1,  and  this  peculiarity  was  impressed  upon  me  in  my  childhood. 
Another  ring  is  from  Miss  Pugh,  a  friend  of  my  mother's,  and, 
I  believe,  one  of  the  Russell  family.  We  also  possess  a  very 
beautiful  pastel  miniature  of  Mrs.  Frances  Hodges,  who  was 
a  Miss  Russell,  and  who  died  in  1809,  and  is  buried  at  All 
Saints,  Flertford;  but  the  precise  relationship,  if  any,  of  the 
Russells  to  the  Greenells  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain. 

One  other  point  may  be  here  mentioned.  There  seems  to 
have  been  some  connection  by  marriage  between  the  Wallace 
and  Greenell  families  before  my  father's  marriage,  as  shown  by 
the  fact  that  his  elder  brother,  who  died  in  infancy,  was  named 
William  Greenell  Wallace,  and  it  seems  not  unlikely  that  his 
mother,  Mrs.  Dilke,  had  been  a  Miss  Greenell  before  her  first 
marriage. 

I  will  now  say  a  few  words  about  my  father's  early  life, 
and  the  various  family  troubles  which,  though  apparently  very 
disadvantageous  to  his  children,  may  yet  have  been  on  the 
whole,  as  is  so  often  the  case,  benefits  in  disguise. 

My  father,  Thomas  Vere  Wallace,  was  twelve  years  old 
when  his  father  died,  but  his  stepmother  lived  twenty-one 
years  after  her  husband,  and  I  think  it  not  improbable  that 
she  may  have  resided  in  Marylebone  near  William  Greenell 
the  architect,  and  that  my  father  went  to  school  there.  The 
only  thing  I  remember  his  telling  us  about  his  school  was  that 
his  master  dressed  in  the  old  fashion,  and  that  he  had  a  best 
suit  entirely  of  yellow  velvet. 

When  my  father  left  school  he  was  articled  to  a  firm  of 
solicitors — Messrs.  Ewington  and  Chilcot,  Bond  Court,  Wal- 
brook,  I  think,  as  I  find  this  name  in  an  old  note-book  of  my 
father's — and  in  1792,  when  he  had  just  come  of  age,  he  was 
duly  sworn  in  as  an  Attomey-at-Law  of  the  Court  of  King's 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS 


Bench.  He  is  described  in  the  deed  of  admittance  as  of 
Lamb's,  Conduit  Street,  where  he  probably  lodged  while  pur- 
suing his  legal  studies,  it  being  near  the  Inns  of  Court  and  at 
the  same  time  almost  in  the  country.  He  seems,  however, 
never  to  have  practised  law,  since  he  came  into  property  which 
gave  him  an  income  of  about  £500  a  year.  This  I  heard  from 
my  sister  Fanny. 

From  this  time,  till  he  married,  fifteen  years  later,  he  ap- 
pears to  have  lived  quite  idly,  so  far  as  being  without  any  sys- 
tematic occupation,  often  going  to  Bath  in  the  season,  where 
he  used  to  tell  us  he  had  met  the  celebrated  Beau  Brummell 
and  other  characters  of  the  early  years  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. An  old  note-book  shows  that  he  was  fond  of  collecting 
epitaphs  from  the  churchyards  of  the  various  places  he  visited ; 
among  which  are  Brighton,  Lowestoft,  Bognor,  Ryegate, 
Godalming,  Sevenoaks,  Chichester,  etc.  Most  of  these  are 
commonplace  reflections  on  the  uncertainty  of  life  or  equally 
commonplace  declarations  of  faith  in  the  orthodox  heaven,  but 
here  and  there  are  more  original  efforts.  This  is  one  at  Chi- 
chester on  Henry  Case,  aged  28 — 

"Here  lies  a  brave  soldier  whom  all  must  applaud, 
Much  hardship  he  suffer'd  at  home  and  abroad. 
But  the  hardest  Engagement  he  ever  was  in 
Was  the  Battle  of  Self  in  the  Conquest  of  Sin." 

In  the  following,  at  Woodford,  Essex,  the  village  poet  has 
been  severely  practical: — 

"On  William  Mears,  Plumber. 

"Farewell,  old  friend,  for  thou  art  gone 
To  realms  above,  an  honest  Man. 
A  plumber,  painter,  glazier,  was  your  trade, 
And  in  sodering  pipes  none  could  you  exceed. 
In  Water-work  you  took  great  delight 
And  had  power  to  force  it  to  any  Height, 
But  in  Water-closets  great  was  your  skill, 
For  each  branch  was  subordinate  to  your  will. 
But  now  your  Glass  is  run — your  work  is  done, 


8 


MY  LIFE 


And  we  scarcely  can  find  such  another  man. 
Now  mourn  ye  all,  and  your  great  loss  deplore, 
For  this  useful  man  is  gone  for  evermore." 

The  following  seems  to  be  a  heartfelt  and  worthy  tribute 
to  a  good  man — Mr.  Mark  Sanderson,  of  Chepstow,  aged 
66:— 

"Loving,  belov'd,  in  all  relations  true, 
Exposed  to  follies,  but  subdued  by  few, 
Reader,  reflect,  and  copy  if  you  can 
The  social  virtues  of  this  honest  man." 

One  more  I  will  give,  as  it  is  at  least  original,  from  a 
tombstone  at  Lowestoft,  Suffolk — 

"  In  memory  of 
Charles  Ward, 
Who  died  May,  1770, 
Aged  60. 

A  dutiful  Son,  a  loving  Brother,  and  an  affectionate  Husband. 
This  Stone  is  not  erected  by  Susan  his  wife.    She  erected  a  Stone  to 
John  Salter  her  second  Husband,  forgetting  the  aft'ection  of  Charles 
Ward  her  first  Husband." 

In  some  other  old  MSS.  and  note-books  are  a  number  of 
quotations  in  prose  and  verse,  mostly  from  well-known  writers 
and  while  not  of  any  great  interest,  among  them  are  a  few  that 
seem  worth  preserving. 

The  following  epitaph  by  a  Dominican  friar  on  Pope 
Clement  the  Fourth  is  remarkable  for  the  ingenuity  of  the 
verse,  which  is  equally  good  when  the  words  and  sense  are  in- 
verted : — 

"  Laus  tua,  non  tua  fraus,  virtus  non  copia  rerum 
Scandere  te  fecit,  hoc  decus  eximium, 
Pauperibus  tua  das,  nunquam  stat  janua  clausa, 
Fundere  res  quaeris,  nec  tua  multiplicas. 
Conditio  tua  sit  stabilis !  non  tempore  parvo 
Vivere  te  faciat,  hie  Deus  omnipotens." 

{The  same  reversed.) 

"  Omnipotens  Deus  hie  faciat  te  vivere  parvo 
Tempore!  non  stabilis  sit  tua  conditio! 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS  9 

Multiplicas  tua  nec  quaeris  res  fundere  clausa 
Janua  stat,  nunquam  das  tua  pauperibus, 
Eximium  decus  hoc  fecit  te  scandere  rerum 
Copia,  non  virtus,  fraus  tua  non  tua  Laus." 

My  friend,  Mr.  Cornerford  Casey,  has  kindly  given  me  the 
following  elegant  translation  of  the  above : — 

"  Not  by  intrigue  but  merit,  not  by  wealth 
But  worth  you  rose.    This  is  your  title,  this, 
That  you  bestowed  your  goods  on  those  in  need. 
Your  hospitable  door  was  never  closed : 
More  eager  ever  to  alleviate 
The  wants  of  others  than  to  gather  gain. 
May  your  prosperity  be  lasting,  Pope! 
May  God  all-powerful  grant  you  length  of  days ! " 

(The  same  read  backwards.) 

"  May  God  omnipotent  remove  you  soon 
From  earth!    May  your  prosperity  be  short! 
You  grasp  at  gain  and  shun  expense :  your  door, 
Inhospitable  Pope,  stands  ever  shut. 
Naught  to  the  poor  you  give:  your  power  is  due 
To  wealth  not  worth:  by  intrigue  you  have  risen." 

In  faded  ink  and  very  old  handwriting,  probably  my 
grandfather's,  is  the  following  charade,  the  answer  to  which  is 
not  given,  but  it  is  worth  preserving  for  its  style : — 

"  My  first's  the  proud  but  hapless  Child  of  danger, 
Parent  of  highest  honours  and  of  woe; 
Too  long  my  second  to  the  brave  a  stranger 
Heaps  useless  laurels  on  the  soldier's  brow. 
My  whole  by  dextrous  artifice  contrives 

To  gain  the  prize  by  which  he  stands  accurst, 
And  plung'd  in  infamy  when  most  he  thrives, 
He  gains  my  second  whilst  he  gives  my  first." 

I  myself  believe  the  answer  to  be  "  cut-purse  " — a  Shake- 
spearean word  in  common  use  in  the  eighteenth  century,  and 
applying  to  all  terms  of  the  charade  with  great  accuracy.  But 
few  of  my  friends  think  this  solution  good  enough. 

The  following  is  in  my  father's  writing,  and  as  it  is  com- 


lO 


MY  LIFE 


paratively  easy,  I  leave  the  answer  to  my  young  reader's  ingen- 
uity : — 

"A  Riddle. 

"O  Doctor,  Doctor,  tell  me  can  you  cure 
Or  say  what  'tis  I  ail  ?   I'm  feverish  sure ! 
Sometimes  I'm  very  hot,  and  sometimes  warm. 
Sometimes  again  I'm  cool,  yet  feel  no  harm. 
Part  bird,  part  beast,  and  vegetable  part. 
Cut,  slash'd,  and  wounded,  yet  I  feel  no  smart 
I  have  a  skin,  which  though  but  thin  and  slender, 
Yet  proves  to  me  a  powerful  defender. 
When  stript  of  that,  so  desperate  is  my  case, 
I'm  oft  devoured  in  half  an  hour's  space." 

One  more  enigma  in  my  father's  writing  is  interesting 
because  founded  on  a  custom  common  in  my  youth,  but  which 
has  now  wholly  passed  away. 

"  Kitty,  a  fair  but  frozen  maid, 

Kindled  a  flame  I  still  deplore, 
The  hood-wink'd  Boy  was  called  in  aid 

So  fatal  to  my  suit  before. 
Tell  me,  ye  fair,  this  urchin's  name 

Who  still  mankind  annoys; 
Cupid  and  he  are  not  the  same. 
Though  each  can  raise  or  quench  a  flame. 

And  both  are  hood-wink'd  boys." 

My  sister  told  me  (and  from  what  followed  it  was  pretty 
certainly  the  case)  that  while  he  remained  a  bachelor  my 
father  lived  up  to  his  income  or  very  nearly  so ;  and  from  what 
we  know  of  his  after  life  did  not  imply  any  extravangance  or 
luxurious  habits,  but  simply  that  he  enjoyed  himself  in  London 
and  the  country,  living  at  the  best  inns  or  boarding-houses, 
and  taking  part  in  the  amusements  of  the  period,  as  a  fairly 
well-to-do,  middle-class  gentleman. 

After  the  marriage  in  1807  he  lived  in  Marylebone,  and  his 
ordinary  household  expenses,  of  course,  increased ;  and  as  by 
1810  he  had  two  children  and  the  prospects  of  a  large  family, 
he  appears  to  have  felt  the  necessity  of  increasing  his  income. 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS 


Having  neglected  the  law  so  long,  and  probably  having 
a  distaste  for  it,  he  apparently  thought  it  quite  hopeless  to  begin 
to  practise  as  a  solicitor,  and  being  entirely  devoid  of  business 
habits,  allowed  himself  to  be  persuaded  into  undertaking  one 
of  the  most  risky  of  literary  speculations,  the  starting  of  a 
new  illustrated  magazine,  devoted  apparently  to  art,  antiquities, 
and  general  literature.  A  few  numbers  were  issued,  and  I  re- 
member, as  a  boy,  seeing  an  elaborate  engraving  of  the  Port- 
land Vase,  which  was  one  of  the  illustrations ;  and  in  those 
days  before  photography,  when  all  had  to  be  done  by  skilled 
artists  and  engravers,  such  illustrations  were  ruinously  ex- 
pensive for  a  periodical  brought  out  by  a  totally  unknown  man. 
Another  of  these  illustrations  is  now  before  me,  and  well  shows 
the  costly  nature  of  the  work.  It  is  on  large  paper,  iij  by 
8J  inches  to  the  outer  line  of  the  engraving,  the  margins  having 
been  cut  off.  It  is  headed  Gallery  of  Antiquities,  British  Mu- 
seum, PI.  L,"  and  contains  forty  distinct  copper-plate  engrav- 
ings of  parts  of  friezes,  vases,  busts,  and  full-length  figures,  of 
Greek  or  Roman  art,  all  drawn  to  scale,  and  exquisitely  en- 
graved in  the  best  style  of  the  period.  The  plate  is  stated  at 
the  foot  to  be  "  Published  for  the  Proprietor,  May  ist,  1811," 
four  years  after  my  father's  marriage.  It  shows  that  the  work 
must  have  been  of  large  quarto  size,  in  no  way  of  a  popular 
character,  and  too  costly  to  have  any  chance  of  commercial 
success.  After  a  very  few  numbers  were  issued  the  whole 
thing  came  to  grief,  partly,  it  was  said,  by  the  defalcations  of  a 
manager  or  book-keeper,  who  appropriated  the  money  ad- 
vanced by  my  father  to  pay  for  work  and  materials,  and  partly, 
no  doubt,  from  the  affair  being  in  the  hands  of  persons  with- 
out the  necessary  business  experience  and  literary  capacity  to 
make  it  a  success. 

A  few  old  letters  are  in  my  possession,  from  a  Mr.  E.  A. 
Rendall  to  my  father,  written  in  181 2  and  18 13,  relating  to  the 
affair.  They  are  dated  from  Bloomsbury  Square  and  are  ex- 
ceedingly long  and  verbose,  so  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  ex- 
tract anything  definite  from  them.  They  refer  chiefly  to  the 
mode  of  winding  up  the  business,  and  urging  that  the  en- 
graved plates,  etc.,  may  be  useful  in  a  new  undertaking.  He 


12 


MY  LIFE 


proposes,  in  fact,  to  commence  another  magazine  with  a  dif- 
ferent name,  which  he  says  will  cost  only  sixty  guineas  a  num- 
ber, and  can  be  published  at  half  a  crown.  He  refers  to  the 
General  Chronicle  as  if  that  were  the  title  of  the  recently  de- 
funct magazine,  and  he  admits  that  my  father  may  rightly 
consider  himself  an  ill-used  man,  though  wholly  denying  that 
he,  Mr.  Rendall,  had  any  part  in  bringing  about  his  misfortunes. 

The  result  was  that  my  father  had  to  bear  almost  the 
whole  loss,  and  this  considerably  reduced  his  already  too 
scanty  income.  Whether  he  made  any  other  or  what  efforts 
to  earn  money  I  do  not  know,  but  he  continued  to  live  in  Mary- 
lebone  till  1816,  a  daughter  Emma  having  been  bom  there  in 
that  year;  but  soon  after  he  appears  to  have  removed  to  St. 
George's,  Southwark,  in  which  parish  my  brother  John  was 
born  in  1818.  Shortly  afterwards  his  affairs  must  have  been 
getting  worse,  and  he  determined  to  move  with  his  family  of 
six  children  to  some  place  where  living  was  as  cheap  as  pos- 
sible; and,  probably  from  having  introductions  to  some  resi- 
dents there,  fixed  upon  Usk,  in  Monmouthshire,  where  a  suf- 
ficiently roomy  cottage  with  a  large  garden  was  obtained,  and 
where  I  was  born  on  January  8,  1823.  In  such  a  remote  dis- 
trict rents  were  no  doubt  very  low  and  provisions  of  all  kinds 
very  cheap — probably  not  much  more  than  half  London  prices. 
Here,  so  far  as  I  remember,  only  one  servant  was  kept,  and  my 
father  did  most  of  the  garden  work  himself,  and  provided  the 
family  with  all  the  vegetables  and  most  of  the  fruit  which  was 
consumed.  Poultry,  meat,  fish,  and  all  kinds  of  dairy  pro- 
duce were  especially  cheap ;  my  father  taught  the  children  him- 
self; the  country  around  was  picturesque  and  the  situation 
healthy ;  and,  notwithstanding  his  reverse  of  fortune,  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  that  this  was,  perhaps,  the  happiest  portion  of 
my  father's  life. 

In  the  year  1828  my  mother's  mother-in-law,  Mrs.  Rebecca 
Greenell,  died  at  Hertford,  and  I  presume  it  was  in  conse- 
quence of  this  event  that  the  family  left  Usk  in  that  year,  and 
lived  at  Hertford  for  the  next  nine  or  ten  years,  removing 
to  Hoddesdon  in  1837  or  1838,  where  my  father  died  in  1843. 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS  13 


These  last  fifteen  years  of  his  life  were  a  period  of  great 
trouble  and  anxiety,  his  aflFairs  becoming  more  and  more  in- 
volved, till  at  last  the  family  became  almost  wholly  dependent 
on  my  mother's  small  marriage  settlement  of  less  than  a  hun- 
dred a  year,  supplemented  by  his  taking  a  few  pupils  and  by 
a  small  salary  which  he  received  as  librarian  to  a  subscription 
library.  While  at  Hoddesdon  my  sister  Fanny  got  up  a  small 
boarding-school  for  young  ladies  in  a  roomy,  old-fashioned 
house  with  a  large  garden,  where  my  father  passed  the  last 
few  years  of  his  life  in  comparative  freedom  from  worry  about 
money  matters,  because  these  had  reached  such  a  pitch  that 
nothing  worse  was  to  be  expected. 

During  the  latter  part  of.  the  time  we  lived  at  Hertford  his 
troubles  were  great.  He  appears  to  have  allowed  a  solicitor 
and  friend  whom  he  trusted  to  realize  what  remained  of  his 
property  and  invest  it  in  ground-rents  which  would  bring  in  a 
larger  income,  and  at  the  same  time  be  perfectly  secure.  For 
a  few  years  the  income  from  this  property  was  duly  paid  him, 
then  it  was  partially  and  afterwards  wholly  stopped.  It  ap- 
peared that  the  solicitor  himself  engaged  in  a  large  building 
speculation  in  London,  which  was  certain  to  be  ultimately  of 
great  value,  but  which  he  had  not  capital  enough  to  complete. 
He  therefore  had  to  raise  money,  and  did  so  by  using  funds  en- 
trusted to  him  for  other  purposes,  among  them  my  father's 
small  capital,  in  the  absolute  belief  that  it  was  quite  as  safe  an 
investment  as  the  ground-rents  in  which  it  was  supposed  to  be 
invested.  But,  unfortunately,  other  creditors  pressed  upon 
him,  and  he  was  obliged  to  sacrifice  the  whole  of  the  building 
estate  at  almost  a  nominal  price.  Out  of  the  wreck  of  the  so- 
licitor's fortune  my  father  obtained  a  small  portion  of  the 
money  due,  with  promises  to  pay  all  at  some  future  time ;  and 
I  recollect  his  having  frequently  to  go  to  London  by  coach  to 
interview  the  solicitor,  and  try  to  get  some  security  for  future 
payment.  Among  the  property  thus  lost  were  some  leg- 
acies from  my  mother's  relations  to  her  children,  and  the 
whole  aflfair  got  into  the  hands  of  the  lawyers,  from  whom 
small  amounts  were  periodically  received  which  helped  to  pro- 
vide us  with  bare  necessaries. 


14 


MY  LIFE 


As  a  result  of  this  series  of  misfortunes  the  children  who 
reached  their  majority  had  little  or  nothing  to  start  with  in 
earning  their  own  living,  except  a  very  ordinary  education,  and 
a  more  or  less  efficient  training.  The  oldest  son,  William,  was 
first  articled  to  a  firm  of  surveyors  at  Kington,  Herefordshire, 
probably  during  the  time  we  resided  at  Usk.  He  then  spent 
a  year  or  two  in  the  office  of  an  architect  at  Hertford, 
and  finally  a  year  in  London  with  a  large  builder  named  Martin, 
then  engaged  in  the  erection  of  King's  College,  in  order  to  be- 
come familiar  with  the  practical  details  of  building.  He  may 
be  said,  therefore,  to  have  had  a  really  good  professional  edu- 
cation. At  first  he  got  into  general  land-surveying  work, 
which  was  at  that  time  rather  abundant,  owing  to  the  surveys 
and  valuations  required  for  carrying  out  the  Commutation  of 
Tithes  Act  of  1836,  and  also  for  the  enclosures  of  commons 
which  were  then  very  frequent.  During  the  time  I  was  with 
him  we  were  largely  engaged  in  this  kind  of  work  in  various 
parts  of  England  and  Wales,  as  will  be  seen  later  on ;  but  the 
payment  for  such  work  was  by  no  means  liberal,  and  owing  to 
the  frequent  periods  of  idleness  between  one  job  and  another, 
it  was  about  as  much  as  my  brother  could  do  to  earn  our  living 
and  travelling  expenses. 

About  the  time  I  went  to  live  with  my  brother  my  sister 
Fanny  entered  a  French  school  at  Lille  to  learn  the  language 
and  to  teach  English,  and  I  think  she  was  a  year  there.  On 
her  return  she  started  the  school  at  Hoddesdon,  but  after  my 
father's  death  in  1843  she  obtained  a  position  as  a  teacher  in 
Columbia  College,  Georgia,  U.S.A.,  then  just  established  under 
the  Bishop  of  Georgia ;  and  she  only  returned  after  my  brother 
William's  death  in  1846,  when  the  surviving  members  of  the 
family  in  England  were  reunited,  and  lived  together  for  two 
years  in  a  cottage  near  Neath,  in  Glamorganshire. 

My  brother  John,  at  the  age  of  fourteen  or  fifteen,  was  ap- 
prenticed, first  to  Mr.  Martin  and  then  to  Mr.  Webster,  a  Lon- 
don builder  living  in  Albany  Street,  Regent's  Park,  where  he 
became  a  thorough  joiner  and  carpenter.  He  afterwards 
worked  for  a  time  for  Cubitt  and  other  large  builders;  then, 
when  he  came  to  Hve  with  mc  at  Neath,  he  learnt  surveying 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS  15 

and  a  little  architecture.  When  I  went  to  the  Amazon,  he 
took  a  small  dairy-farm  at  too  high  a  rent,  and  not  making  this 
pay,  in  1849  he  emigrated  to  California  at  the  height  of  the  first 
rush  for  gold,  joined  several  mining  camps,  and  was  moder- 
ately successful.  About  five  years  later  he  came  home,  mar- 
ried Miss  Webster,  and  returning  to  California,  settled  for 
some  years  at  Columbia,  a  small  mining  town  in  Tuolumne 
County.  He  afterwards  removed  to  Stockton,  where  he  prac- 
tised as  surveyor  and  water  engineer  till  his  death  in  1895. 

My  younger  brother,  Herbert,  was  first  placed  with  a  trunk 
maker  in  Regent  Street,  but  not  liking  this  business,  after- 
wards came  to  Neath  and  entered  the  pattern-shops  of  the 
Neath  Ironworks.  After  his  brother  John  went  to  California 
he  came  out  to  me  at  Para,  and  after  a  year  spent  on  the 
Amazon  as  far  as  Barra  on  the  Rio  Negro,  he  returned  to  Para 
on  his  way  home,  where  he  caught  yellow  fever,  and  died  in  a 
few  days  at  the  early  age  of  twenty-two.  He  was  the  only 
member  of  our  family  who  had  a  considerable  gift  of  poesy, 
and  was  probably  more  fitted  for  a  literary  career  than  for  any 
mechanical  or  professional  occupation. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  we  were  all  of  us  very  much  thrown 
on  our  own  resources  to  make  our  way  in  life ;  and  as  we  all, 
I  think,  inherited  from  my  father  a  certain  amount  of  consti- 
tutional inactivity  or  laziness,  the  necessity  for  work  that  our 
circumstances  entailed  was  certainly  beneficial  in  developing 
whatever  powers  were  latent  in  us ;  and  this  is  what  I  implied 
when  I  remarked  that  our  father's  loss  of  his  property  was  per- 
haps a  blessing  in  disguise. 

Of  the  five  daughters,  the  first-born  died  when  five  months 
old;  the  next,  Eliza,  died  of  consumption  at  Hertford,  aged 
twenty-two.  Two  others,  Mary  Anne  and  Emma,  died  at  Usk 
at  the  ages  of  eight  and  six  respectively;  while  Frances  mar- 
ried Mr.  Thomas  Sims,  a  photographer,  and  died  in  London, 
aged  eighty-one. 

On  the  whole,  both  the  Wallaces  and  the  Greenells  seem  to 
have  been  rather  long-lived  families  when  they  reached  man- 
hood or  womanhood.  The  five  ancestral  Wallaces  of  whom  I 
have  records  had  an  average  age  of  seventy  years,  while  the 


i6 


MY  LIFE 


five  Greenells  had  an  average  age  of  seventy-six.  Of  our  own 
family,  my  brother  John  reached  seventy-seven,  and  my  sister 
Fanny  eighty-one.  My  brother  William  owed  his  death  to  a 
railway  journey  by  night  in  winter,  from  London  to  South 
Wales  in  the  miserable  accommodation  then  afforded  to  third- 
class  passengers,  which,  increased  by  a  damp  bed  at  Bristol, 
brought  on  severe  congestion  of  the  lungs,  from  which  he 
never  recovered. 

I  will  now  give  a  short  account  of  my  father's  appearance 
and  character.  In  a  miniature  of  himself,  painted  just  before 
his  marriage,  when  he  was  thirty-five  years  old,  he  is  repre- 
sented in  a  blue  coat  with  gilt  buttons,  a  white  waistcoat,  a 
thick  white  neck-cloth  coming  up  to  the  chin  and  showing  no 
collar,  and  a  frilled  shirt-front.  This  was  probably  his  wed- 
ding-coat, and  his  usual  costume,  indicating  the  transition 
from  the  richly  coloured  semi-court  dress  of  the  earlier 
Georgian  period  to  the  plain  black  of  our  own  day.  He  is 
shown  as  having  a  ruddy  complexion,  blue  eyes,  and  carefully 
dressed  and  curled  hair,  which  I  think  must  have  been  pow- 
dered, or  else  in  the  transition  from  light  brown  to  pure  white. 
As  I  remember  him  from  the  age  of  fifty-five  onwards,  his 
hair  was  rather  thin  and  quite  white,  and  he  was  always  clean- 
shaven as  in  the  miniature.  He  continued  to  w^ear  the  frilled 
shirt  and  thick  white  neckties,  but  never  wore  any  outer  cloth- 
ing but  black,  of  the  cut  we  now  term  a  dress-suit,  but  the  coat 
double-breasted,  and  the  whole  rather  loose  fitting.  He  also 
wore  large  shoes  and  black  cloth  gaiters  out-of-doors.  This 
dress  he  nevered  altered,  having  at  first  one  new  suit  a  year, 
but  latterly  I  think  only  one  every  second  or  third  year ;  but  he 
always  had  one  for  Sundays  and  visiting,  which  was  kept  in 
perfect  order.  The  second  was  for  ever}-day  wear ;  and  when 
gardening  or  doing  any  other  work  likely  to  be  injurious  to  his 
clothes,  I  think  I  remember  him  wearing  a  thin  home-made  hol- 
land  jacket  and  a  gardener's  apron. 

In  figure  he  was  somewhat  below  the  middle  height.  He 
was  fairly  active  and  fond  of  gardening  and  other  country 
occupations,  such  as  brewing  beer  and  making  grape  or  elder 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS  17 


wine  whenever  he  had  the  opportunity;  and  during  some 
years  at  Hertford  he  rented  a  garden  about  half  a  mile  away, 
in  order  to  grow  vegetables  and  have  some  wholesome  exer- 
cise. He  had  had  some  injury  to  one  of  his  ankles  which 
often  continued  to  trouble  him,  and  gave  him  a  slight  lame- 
ness, and  in  consequence  of  this  he  never  took  very  long 
walks.  He  was  rather  precise  and  regular  in  his  habits,  quiet 
and  rather  dignified  in  manners,  and  somewhat  of  what  is 
termed  a  gentleman  of  the  old  school.  Of  course,  he  always 
wore  a  top-hat — a  beaver  hat  as  it  was  then  called,  before  silk 
hats  were  invented — the  only  other  headgear  being  sometimes 
a  straw  hat  for  use  in  the  garden  in  summer. 

In  character  he  was  quiet  and  even-tempered,  very  religious 
in  the  orthodox  Church-of-England  way,  and  with  such  a 
reliance  on  Providence  as  almost  to  amount  to  fatalism.  He 
was  fond  of  reading,  and  through  reading  clubs  or  lending 
libraries  we  usually  had  some  of  the  best  books  of  travel  or 
biography  in  the  house.  Some  of  these  my  father  would 
read  to  us  in  the  evening,  and  when  Bowdler's  edition  of 
Shakespeare  came  out  he  obtained  it,  and  often  read  a  play 
to  the  assembled  family.  In  this  way  I  made  my  first 
acquaintance  with  Lear  and  Cordelia,  with  Malvolio  and  Sir 
Andrew  Aguecheek,  with  the  thrilling  drama  of  the  Mer- 
chant of  Venice,  with  Hamlet,  with  Lady  Macbeth,  and  other 
masterpieces.  At  one  time  my  father  wrote  a  good  deal, 
and  we  were  told  it  was  a  history  of  Hertford,  or  at  other 
times  some  religious  work;  but  they  never  got  finished,  and 
I  do  not  think  they  would  ever  have  been  worth  publishing, 
his  character  not  leading  him  to  do  any  such  work  with  suffi- 
cient thoroughness.  He  dabbled  a  little  in  antiquities  and 
in  heraldry,  but  did  nothing  systematic,  and  though  he  had 
fair  mental  ability  he  possessed  no  special  talent,  either 
literary,  artistic,  or  scientific.  He  sketched  a  little,  but  with 
a  very  weak  and  uncertain  touch,  and  among  his  few  scrap- 
and  note-books  that  have  been  preserved,  there  is  hardly 
anything  original  except  one  or  two  short  poems  in  the 
usual  didactic  style  of  the  period,  but  of  no  special  merit. 
I  will,  however,  give  here  the  only  two  of  these  that  my 


i8 


MY  LIFE 


mother  had  preserved,  and  which  are,  no  doubt,  the  best 
products  of  his  pen.  They  were  evidently  both  written 
at  Usk. 

"UsK  Bridge — A  Simile. 

"As  on  this  arched  pile  I  lately  strolled 
And  viewed  the  tide  that  deep  beneath  it  roU'd, 
Eastward  impetuous  rushed  the  foamy  wave, 
Each  quick  ingulph'd — as  mortals  in  the  grave; 
All  noisy,  harsh,  impetuous,  was  the  roar. 
Like  the  world's  bustle — and  as  quickly  o'er. 
For  when  a  few  short  steps  I  westward  made 
The  river  here  a  different  scene  displayed, 
Its  noisy  roar  seemed  now  a  distant  hum, 
Calm  was  the  surface — and  the  stream  was  dumb. 
Silent  though  swift  its  course — and  such  I  cried 
The  life  of  man !   In  youth  swoll'n  high  with  pride. 
The  passions  raging,  noisy,  foaming,  bold, 
Like  the  rough  stream  a  constant  tumult  hold. 
But  when  his  steps  turn  towards  the  setting  sun 
And  more  than  half  his  wayward  course  is  run. 
By  age,  and  haply  by  religion's  aid, 
His  pride  subdued,  his  passions  too  allay' d, 
With  quiet  pace — 3^et  swiftly  gliding,  he 
Rolls  to  the  ocean  of  Eternity !  " 

"  On  the  Custom  Observed  in  Wales  of  Dressing  the 
Graves  with  Flowers  on  Palm  Sunday. 

"  The  sounding  bell  from  yon  white  turret  calls 
The  villagers  within  those  sacred  walls, 
And  o'er  the  solemn  precincts  of  the  dead. 
Where  lifts  the  church  its  grey  time-honoured  head. 
That  place  of  rest  where  parents,  children,  sleep, 
Where  heaves  the  turf  in  many  a  mould'ring  heap 
Affection's  hand  hath  gaily  decked  the  ground 
And  spring's  sweet  gifts  profusely  scatter'd  round. 
Pleas'd  memory  still  delights  to  linger  here 
And  many  a  cheek  is  moistened  with  a  tear. 
The  wife,  the  child,  the  parent,  and  the  friend 
In  soft  regret  by  these  sweet  trophies  bend. 
Nor  let  the  selfish  sneer,  the  proud  upbraid, 
The  tribute  thus  by  love,  by  duty  paid, 
In  nature's  purest  sentiments  its  source. 


MY  RELATIVES  AND  ANCESTORS  19 

Here  nature  speaks  with  a  resistless  force. 
What  though  these  flow'rets  speedily  decay 
Yet  they  our  love,  our  tenderest  thoughts  display, 
Of  friends  departed  a  memorial  sweet 
With  which  their  relics  thus  we  fondly  greet, 
*  Our  minds  revisit  those  we  loved  when  here, 
Tho'  lost  to  sight,  to  memory  still  they're  dear.' " 

In  consequence  of  this  custom  the  Sunday  before  Easter 
was  called  in  Wales  "  Flowering  Sunday,"  and  was  looked 
forward  to  by  most  families  as  an  event  of  special  interest, 
and  by  children  as  quite  a  festival.  It  is  always  a  pretty 
sight  when  even  a  grave  here  and  there  is  nicely  adorned 
with  fresh  flowers,  but  v^^hen  a  whole  churchyard  is  so  deco- 
rated, at  least  as  regards  all  but  the  oldest  tombs,  it  becomes 
really  beautiful.  The  long  procession  during  the  morning  of 
women  and  children  carrying  baskets  of  flowers,  and  coming 
in  from  various  directions,  often  from  many  miles  distant, 
adds  greatly  to  the  interest  of  the  scene.  This  custom  seems 
to  be  one  of  the  expressions  of  the  idealism  and  poetry  char- 
acteristic of  most  Celtic  peoples. 


CHAPTER  II 


usk:  my  earliest  memories 

My  earliest  recollections  are  of  myself  as  a  little  boy  in  short 
frocks  and  with  bare  arms  and  legs,  playing  with  my  brother 
and  sisters,  or  sitting  in  my  mother's  lap  or  on  a  footstool 
listening  to  stories,  of  which  some  fairy-tales,  especially 
"  Jack  the  Giant-Killer,"  "  Little  Red  Riding  Hood,"  and 
Jack  and  the  Beanstalk,"  seem  to  live  in  my  memory ;  and  of 
a  more  realistic  kind,  "  Sandford  and  Merton,"  which  perhaps 
impressed  me  even  more  deeply  than  any.  I  clearly  remem- 
ber the  little  house  and  the  room  we  chiefly  occupied,  with  a 
French  window  opening  to  the  garden,  a  steep  wooded  bank 
on  the  right,  the  road,  river,  and  distant  low  hills  to  the  left. 
The  house  itself  was  built  close  under  this  bank,  which 
was  quite  rocky  in  places,  and  a  little  back  yard  between  the 
kitchen  and  a  steep  bit  of  rock  has  always  been  clearly 
pictured  before  me  as  being  the  scene  of  my  earliest  attempt 
to  try  an  experiment,  and  its  complete  failure.  ^sop's 
Fables  "  were  often  read  to  me,  and  that  of  the  fox  which  was 
thirsty  and  found  a  pitcher  with  a  little  water  in  the  bottom  but 
with  the  opening  too  small  for  its  mouth  to  reach  it,  and  of  the 
way  in  which  it  made  the  water  rise  to  the  top  by  dropping 
pebbles  into  it,  puzzled  me  greatly.  It  seemed  quite  like  magic. 
So  one  day,  finding  a  jar  or  bucket  standing  in  the  yard,  I  de- 
termined to  try  and  see  this  wonderful  thing.  I  first  with  a 
mug  poured  some  water  in  till  it  was  about  an  inch  or  tw^o  deep, 
and  then  collected  all  the  small  stones  I  could  find  and  put  into 
the  water,  but  I  could  not  see  that  the  water  rose  up  as  I 
thought  it  ought  to  have  done.  Then  I  got  my  little  spade  and 
scraped  up  stones  ofif  the  gravel  path,  and  with  it,  of  course, 

20 


USK:  MY  EARLIEST  MEMORIES  21 


some  of  the  soft  gravel,  but  instead  of  the  water  rising,  it 
merely  turned  to  mud;  and  the  more  I  put  in  the  muddier  it 
became,  while  there  seemed  to  be  even  less  water  than  before. 
At  last  I  became  tired  and  gave  it  up,  and  concluded  that  the 
story  could  not  be  true ;  and  I  am  afraid  this  rather  made  me 
disbelieve  in  experiments  out  of  story-books. 

The  river  in  front  of  our  house  was  the  Usk,  a  fine  stream 
on  which  we  often  saw  men  fishing  in  coracles,  the  ancient 
form  of  boat  made  of  strong  wicker-work,  somewhat  the  shape 
of  the  deeper  half  of  a  cockle-shell,  and  covered  with  bullock's 
hide.  Each  coracle  held  one  man,  and  it  could  be  easily  carried 
to  and  from  the  river  on  the  owner's  back.  In  those  days  of 
scanty  population  and  abundant  fish  the  river  was  not  pre- 
served, and  a  number  of  men  got  their  living,  or  part  of  it,  by 
supplying  the  towns  with  salmon  and  trout  in  their  season.  It 
is  very  interesting  that  this  extremely  ancient  boat,  which  has 
been  in  use  from  pre-Roman  times,  and  perhaps  even  from  the 
Neolithic  Age,  should  continue  to  be  used  on  several  of  the 
Welsh  rivers  down  to  the  present  day.  There  is  probably  no 
other  type  of  vessel  now  in  existence  which  has  remained  un- 
changed for  so  long  a  period. 

But  the  chief  attraction  of  the  river  to  us  children  was  the 
opportunity  it  afforded  us  for  catching  small  fish,  especially 
lampreys.  A  short  distance  from  our  house,  towards  the  lit- 
tle village  of  Llanbadock,  the  rocky  bank  came  close  to  the 
road,  and  a  stone  quarry  had  been  opened  to  obtain  stone,  both 
for  building  and  road-mending  purposes.  Here,  occasionally, 
the  rock  was  blasted,  and  sometimes  we  had  the  fearful  delight 
of  watching  the  explosion  from  a  safe  distance,  and  seeing  a 
cloud  of  the  smaller  stones  shoot  up  into  the  air.  At  some 
earlier  period  very  large  charges  of  powder  must  have  been 
used,  hurling  great  slabs  of  rock  across  the  road  into  the  river, 
where  they  lay,  forming  convenient  piers  and  standing-places 
on  its  margin.  Some  of  these  slabs  were  eight  or  ten  feet  long 
"and  nearly  as  wide ;  and  it  was  these  that  formed  our  favourite 
fishing-stations,  where  we  sometimes  found  shoals  of  small 
lampreys,  which  could  be  scooped  up  in  basins  or  old  sauce- 
pans,  and  were  then  fried  for  our  dinner  or  supper,  to  our 


22 


MY  LIFE 


great  enjoyment.  I  think  what  we  caught  must  have  been  the 
young  fish,  as  my  recollection  of  them  is  that  they  were  like  lit- 
tle eels,  and  not  more  than  six  or  eight  inches  long,  whereas 
the  full-grown  lampreys  are  from  a  foot  and  a  half  to  nearly 
three  feet  long. 

The  lamprey  was  a  favourite  dish  with  our  ancestors,  and  is 
still  considered  a  luxury  in  some  districts,  while  in  others  it  is 
rejected  as  disagreeable,  and  the  living  fish  is  thought  to  be 
even  poisonous.  This  is,  no  doubt,  partly  owing  to  its  wrig- 
gling, snake-like  motions,  and  its  curious  sucking  mouth,  by 
which  it  sticks  on  the  hand  and  frightens  people  so  much  that 
they  throw  it  away  instantly.  But  the  Rev.  J.  G.  Wood,  in  his 
very  interesting  "  Natural  History,"  tells  us  that  he  has  caught 
thousands  of  them  with  his  bare  hands,  and  has  often  had  six 
or  seven  at  once  sticking  to  his  hand  without  causing  the 
slightest  pain  or  leaving  the  least  mark.  The  quantity  of  these 
fish  is  so  great  in  some  rivers  that  they  would  supply  a  large 
amount  of  wholesome  food  w^ere  there  not  such  a  prejudice 
against  them.  Since  this  period  of  my  early  childhood  I  do 
not  think  I  have  ever  eaten  or  even  seen  a  lamprey. 

At  this  time  I  must  have  been  about  four  years  old,  as  we 
left  Usk  when  I  was  about  five,  or  less.  My  brother  John  was 
four  and  a  half  years  older,  and  I  expect  was  the  leader  in 
most  of  our.  games  and  explorations.  My  two  sisters  were 
five  and  seven  years  older  than  John,  so  that  they  would  have 
been  about  thirteen  and  fifteen,  which  would  appear  to  me 
quite  grown  up ;  and  this  makes  me  think  that  my  recollections 
must  go  back  to  the  time  when  I  was  just  over  three,  as  I  quite 
distinctly  remember  two,  if  not  three,  besides  myself,  standing 
on  the  flat  stones  and  catching  lampreys. 

There  is  also  another  incident  in  which  I  remember  that  my 
brother  and  at  least  one,  if  not  two,  of  my  sisters  took  part. 
Among  the  books  read  to  us  was  "  Sandford  and  Merton/'  the 
only  part  of  which  that  I  distinctly  remember  is  when  the  two 
boys  got  lost  in  a  wood  after  dark,  and  while  Merton  could  do 
nothing  but  cry  at  the  idea  of  having  to  pass  the  night  without 
supper  or  bed,  the  resourceful  Sandford  comforted  him  by 
promising  that  he  should  have  both,  and  set  him  to  gather 


\ 


USK:  MY  EARLIEST  MEMORIES 


sticks  for  a  fire,  which  he  lit  with  a  tinder-box  and  match 
from  his  pocket.  Then,  when  a  large  fire  had  been  made,  he 
produced  some  potatoes  which  he  had  picked  up  in  a  field  on 
the  way,  and  which  he  then  roasted  beautifully  in  the  embers, 
and  even  produced  from  another  pocket  a  pinch  of  salt  in  a 
screw  of  paper,  so  that  the  two  boys  had  a  very  good  supper. 
Then,  collecting  fern  and  dead  leaves  for  a  bed,  and  I  think 
making  a  coverlet  by  taking  off  their  two  jackets,  which  made 
them  quite  comfortable  while  lying  as  close  together  as  possible, 
they  enjoyed  a  good  night's  sleep  till  daybreak,  when  they 
easily  found  their  way  home. 

This  seemed  so  delightful  that  one  day  John  provided  him- 
self with  the  matchbox,  salt,-  and  potatoes,  and  having  climbed 
up  the  steep  bank  behind  our  house,  as  we  often  did,  and  passed 
over  a  field  or  two  to  the  woods  beyond,  to  my  great  delight  a 
fire  was  made,  and  we  also  feasted  on  potatoes  with  salt,  as 
Sandford  and  Merton  had  done.  Of  course  we  did  not  com- 
plete the  imitation  of  the  story  by  sleeping  in  the  wood,  which 
would  have  been  too  bold  and  dangerous  an  undertaking  for 
our  sisters  to  join  in,  even  if  my  brother  and  I  had  wished  to 
do  so. 

Another  vivid  memory  of  these  early  years  consists  of  oc- 
casional visits  to  Usk  Castle.  Some  friends  of  our  family 
lived  in  the  house  to  which  the  ruins  of  the  castle  were  at- 
tached, and  we  children  were  occasionally  invited  to  tea,  when 
a  chief  part  of  our  entertainment  was  to  ascend  the  old  keep 
by  the  spiral  stair,  and  walk  round  the  top,  which  had  a  low 
parapet  on  the  outer  side,  while  on  the  inner  we  looked  down 
to  the  bottom  of  the  tower,  which  descended  below  the  ground- 
level  into  an  excavation  said  to  have  been  the  dungeon.  The 
top  of  the  walls  was  about  three  feet  thick,  and  it  was  thus 
quite  safe  to  walk  round  close  to  the  parapet,  though  there  was 
no  protection  on  the  inner  edge  but  the  few  herbs  and  bushes 
that  grew  upon  it.  For  many  years  this  small  fragment  of  a 
mediaeval  castle  served  to  illustrate  for  me  the  stories  of 
knights  and  giants  and  prisoners  immured  in  dark  and  dismal 
dungeons.    In  our  friend's  pretty  grounds,  where  we  often  had 


24 


MY  LIFE 


tea,  there  was  a  summer-house  with  a  table  formed  of  a  brick- 
built  drum,  with  a  circular  slate  slab  on  the  top,  and  this  pecu- 
liar construction  seemed  to  us  so  appropriate  that  we  named  it 
the  little  castle,  and  it  still  remains  a  vivid  memory. 

Our  house  was  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  old 
bridge  of  three  arches  over  the  river  Usk,  by  which  we  reached 
the  town,  which  was  and  is  entirely  confined  to  the  east  side  of 
the  river,  while  we  lived  on  the  west.  The  w^alk  there  was  a 
very  pleasant  one,  with  the  clear,  swift-flowing  river  on  one 
side  and  the  narrow  side  and  wooded  steep  bank  on  the  other ; 
while  from  the  bridge  itself  there  was  a  very  beautiful  view  up 
the  river-valley,  of  the  mountains  near  Abergavenny,  ten  miles 
off,  the  conical  sugar-loaf  in  the  centre,  the  flat-topped  mass  of 
the  Blorenge  on  the  left,  and  the  rocky  ridge  of  the  Skirrid  to 
the  right.  These  names  were  so  constantly  mentioned  that 
they  became  quite  familiar  to  me,  as  the  beginning  of  the 
unknown  land  of  Wales,  which  I  also  heard  mentioned 
occasionally. 

My  eldest  brother  William  was  about  eighteen  when  I  was 
four,  and  was  articled  to  Messrs.  Sayce,  a  firm  of  land  sur- 
veyors and  estate  agents  at  Kington,  in  Herefordshire.  I  have 
an  indistinct  recollection  of  his  visiting  us  occasionally,  and  of 
his  being  looked  up  to  as  very  clever,  and  as  actually  bringing 
out  a  little  monthly  magazine  of  literature,  science,  and  local 
events,  of  which  he  brought  copies  to  show  us.  I  particularly 
remember  one  day  his  pointing  out  to  the  family  that  the  re- 
flection of  some  hills  in  the  river  opposite  us  was  sometimes 
visible  and  sometimes  not,  though  on  both  occasions  in  equally 
calm  and  clear  weather.  He  explained  the  cause  of  this  in  the 
magazine,  illustrated  by  diagrams,  as  being  due  to  changes  of 
a  few  inches  in  the  height  of  the  water,  but  this,  of  course,  I 
did  not  understand  at  the  time. 

I  may  here  mention  a  psychological  peculiarity,  no  doubt 
common  to  a  considerable  proportion  of  children  of  the  same 
age,  that,  during  the  whole  period  of  my  residence  at  Usk,  I 
have  no  clear  recollection,  and  can  form  no  distinct  mental 
image,  of  either  my  father  or  mother,  brothers  or  sisters.  I 


USK:  MY  EARLIEST  MEMORIES  25 


simply  recollect  that  they  existed,  but  my  recollection  is  only 
a  blurred  image,  and  does  not  extend  to  any  peculiarities  of 
feature,  form,  or  even  of  dress  or  habits.  It  is  only  at  a 
considerably  later  period  that  I  began  to  recollect  them  as 
distinct  and  well-marked  individuals  whose  form  and  features 
could  not  be  mistaken — as,  in  fact,  being  my  father  and 
mother,  my  brothers  and  sisters ;  and  the  house  and  surround- 
ings in  which  I  can  thus  first  recollect,  and  in  some  degree 
visualize  them,  enable  me  to  say  that  I  must  have  been  then 
at  least  eight  years  old. 

What  makes  this  deficiency  the  more  curious  is  that,  during 
the  very  same  period  at  which  I  cannot  recall  the  personal 
appearance  of  the  individuals  with  whom  my  life  was  most 
closely  associated,  I  can  recall  all  the  main  features  and  many 
of  the  details  of  my  outdoor,  and,  to  a  less  degree,  of  my  in- 
door, surroundings.  The  form  and  colour  of  the  house,  the 
road,  the  river  close  below  it,  the  bridge  with  the  cottage  near 
its  foot,  the  manor  fields  between  us  and  the  bridge, 
the  steep  wooded  bank  at  the  back,  the  stone  quarry  and 
the  very  shape  and  position  of  the  flat  slabs  on  which  we 
stood  fishing,  the  cottages  a  little  further  on  the  road,  the 
little  church  of  Llanbadock  and  the  stone  stile  into  the  church- 
yard, the  fishermen  and  their  coracles,  the  ruined  castle,  its 
winding  stair  and  the  delightful  walk  round  its  top — all  come 
before  me  as  I  recall  these  earlier  days  with  a  distinctness 
strangely  contrasted  with  the  vague  shadow  figures  of  the 
human  beings  who  were  my  constant  associates  in  all  these 
scenes.  In  the  house,  I  recollect  the  arrangement  of  the 
rooms,  the  French  window  to  the  garden,  and  the  blue-papered 
room  in  which  I  slept,  but  of  the  people  always  with  me  in 
those  rooms,  and  even  of  the  daily  routine  of  our  life,  I  remem- 
ber nothing  at  all. 

I  cannot  find  any  clear  explanation  of  these  facts  in  modern 
psychology,  whereas  they  all  become  intelligible  from  the 
phrenological  point  of  view.  The  shape  of  my  head  shows 
that  I  have  form  and  individuality  but  moderately  developed, 
while  locality,  ideality,  colour,  and  comparison  are  decidedly 
stronger. 


26 


MY  LIFE 


Deficiency  in  the  first  two  caused  me  to  take  little  notice 
of  the  characteristic  form  and  features  of  the  separate  in- 
dividualities which  were  most  familiar  to  me,  and  from  that 
very  cause  attracted  less  close  attention  ;  while  the  greater 
activity  of  the  latter  group  gave  interest  and  attractiveness  to 
the  ever-changing  combinations  in  outdoor  scenery,  while  the 
varied  opportunities  for  the  exercise  of  the  physical  activities, 
and  the  delight  in  the  endless  variety  of  nature,  which  are  so 
strong  in  early  childhood,  impressed  these  outdoor  scenes  and 
interests  upon  my  memory.  And  throughout  life  the  same 
limitations  of  observation  and  memory  have  been  manifest. 
In  a  new  locality  it  takes  me  a  considerable  time  before  I  learn 
to  recognize  my  various  new  acquaintances,  individually;  and, 
looking  back  on  the  varied  scenes  amid  which  I  have  lived  at 
home  and  abroad,  while  numerous  objects,  localities,  and  events 
are  recalled  with  some  distinctness,  the  people  I  met,  or,  with 
few  exceptions,  those  with  whom  I  became  fairly  well  ac- 
quainted, seem  but  blurred  and  indistinct  images. 

In  the  year  1883,  when,  for  the  first  time  since  my  childhood, 
I  revisited,  with  my  wife  and  two  children,  the  scenes  of  my 
infancy,  I  obtained  a  striking  proof  of  the  accuracy  of  my 
memory  of  those  scenes  and  objects.  Although  the  town  of 
Usk  had  grown  considerably  on  the  north  side,  towards  the 
railway,  yet,  to  my  surprise  and  delight,  I  found  that  no 
change  whatever  had  occurred  on  our  side  of  the  river,  where, 
between  the  bridge  and  Llanbadock,  not  a  new  house  had  been 
built,  and  our  cottage  and  garden,  the  path  up  to  the  front 
door,  and  the  steep,  woody  bank  behind  it,  remained  exactly 
as  pictured  in  my  memory.  Even  the  quarry  appeared  to  have 
been  very  little  enlarged,  and  the  great  flat  stones  were  still  in 
the  river,  exactly  as  when  I  stood  upon  them,  with  my  brother 
and  sisters,  sixty  years  before.  The  one  change  I  noted  here 
was  that  the  well-remembered  stone  stile  into  the  village 
churchyard  had  been  replaced  by  a  wooden  one.  We  also 
visited  the  ruined  castle,  ascended  the  winding  stair,  and 
walked  around  the  top  wall,  and  everything  seemed  to  me 
exactly  as  I  knew  it  of  old,  and  neither  smaller  nor  larger  than 
my  memory  had  so  long  pictured  it.    The  view  of  the  Aber- 


USK:  MY  EARLIEST  MEMORIES  27 

gavenny  mountains  pleased  and  interested  me  as  in  child- 
hood, and  the  clear-flowing  Usk  seemed  just  as  broad  and  as 
pleasant  to  the  eye  as  my  memory  had  always  pictured  it. 

There  is  one  other  fact  connected  with  my  mental  nature 
which  may  be  worth  noticing  here.  This  is  an  often-repeated 
dream,  which  occurred  at  this  period  of  my  life,  and,  so  far 
as  I  can  recall,  then  only.  I  seemed  first  to  hear  a  distant 
beating  or  flapping  sound,  as  of  some  creature  with  huge 
wings;  the  sound  came  nearer  and  nearer,  till  at  last  a  deep 
thud  was  heard  and  the  flapping  ceased.  I  then  seemed  to 
feel  that  the  creature  was  clinging  with  its  wings  outspread 
against  the  wall  of  the  house  just  outside  my  window,  and  I 
waited  in  a  kind  of  fearful  expectation  that  it  would  come  in- 
side. I  usually  awoke  then,  and  all  being  still,  went  to  sleep 
again. 

I  think  I  can  trace  the  origin  of  this  dream.  At  a  very 
early  period  of  these  recollections  I  was  shown  on  the  outside 
of  a  house,  at  or  near  Usk,  a  hatchment  or  funeral  escutcheon 
— ^the  coat-of-arms  on  a  black  lozenge-shaped  ground  often 
put  up  on  the  house  of  a  deceased  person  of  rank  or  of 
ancient  lineage.  At  the  time  I  only  saw  an  unmeaning  jumble 
of  strange  dragon-like  forms  surrounded  with  black,  and  I 
was  told  that  it  was  there  because  somebody  was  dead;  and 
when  this  curious  dream  came  I  at  once  associated  it  with  the 
hatchment,  and  directly  I  heard  the  distant  flapping  of  wings, 
I  used  to  say  to  myself  (in  my  dream),  "The  hatchment  is 
coming ;  I  hope  it  will  not  get  in."  So  far  as  I  can  remember, 
this  was  the  only  dream — at  all  events,  the  only  vivid  and 
impressive  one — I  had  while  living  at  Usk,  and  it  came  so 
often,  and  so  exactly  in  the  same  form,  as  to  become  quite 
familiar  to  me.  It  was,  in  fact,  the  form  my  childish  night- 
mare took  at  that  period,  and  though  I  was  always  afraid  of 
it,  it  was  not  nearly  so  distressing  as  many  of  the  nightmares 
I  have  had  since. 

I  may  here  add  another  illustration  of  how  vividly  these 
scenes  of  my  childhood  remain  in  my  memory.  My  father 
was  very  fond  of  Cowper's  poems,  and  often  used  to  read 
them  aloud  to  us  children.    Two  of  these  especially  impressed 


28 


MY  LIFE 


themselves  on  my  memory.  That  about  the  three  kittens  and 
the  viper,  ending  with  the  lines — 

"  With  outstretched  hoe  I  slew  him  at  the  door. 
And  taught  him  never  to  come  there  no  more ! " 

v^as  perhaps  the  favourite,  and  whenever  I  heard  it  or  read  it 
in  after  years,  the  picture  always  in  my  mind  was  of  the  door- 
step of  the  Usk  cottage  with  the  kittens  and  the  viper  in  the 
attitudes  so  picturesquely  described.  The  other  one  was  the 
fable  of  the  sheep,  who,  on  hearing  some  unaccustomed  noise, 
rushed  away  to  the  edge  of  a  pit,  and  debated  whether  it 
would  be  wise  to  jump  into  it  to  escape  the  unknown  danger, 
but  were  persuaded  by  a  wise  old  bell-wether  that  this  would 
be  foolish,  he  being  represented  as  saying — 

"What!  jump  into  the  pit  your  lives  to  save, 
To  save  your  lives  leap  into  the  grave ! " 

And  as  almost  the  only  sheep  I  had  seen  close  at  hand  were 
in  the  little  narrow  field  between  our  house  and  the  bridge,  I 
always  associated  the  scene  with  that  field,  although  there 
was  no  pit  of  any  kind  in  it.  So,  in  after  years,  when  I  became 
fascinated  by  the  poems  of  Hood,  the  beautiful  and  pathetic 
verses  beginning — 

"  I  remember,  I  remember. 
The  house  where  I  was  born, 
The  little  window  where  the  sun 
Came  peeping  in  each  morn; 
He  never  came  a  wink  too  soon. 
Nor  brought  too  long  a  day, 
But  now  I  often  wish  the  night 
Had  borne  my  breath  away," 

always  brought  to  my  mind  the  memory  of  the  little  blue- 
papered  room  at  Usk,  which  faced  somewhat  east  of  south, 
and  into  which,  therefore,  the  sun  did  "  come  peeping  in  each 
morn  " — at  least,  during  a  large  portion  of  the  year. 

So  far  as  I  can  remember  or  have  heard,  I  had  no  illness 
of  any  kind  at  Usk,  which  was  no  doubt  due  to  the  free  out- 


USK:  MY  EARLIEST  MEMORIES  29 


door  life  we  lived  there,  spending  a  great  part  of  the  day  in 
the  large  garden  or  by  the  riverside,  or  in  the  fields  and 
woods  around  us.  As  will  be  seen  later  on,  this  immunity 
ceased  as  soon  as  we  went  to  live  in  a  town.  I  remember  only 
one  childish  accident.  The  cook  was  taking  away  a  frying- 
pan  with  a  good  deal  of  boiling  fat  in  it,  which  for  some  reason 
I  wanted  to  see,  and,  stretching  out  my  arm  over  it,  I  suppose 
to  show  that  I  wanted  it  lowered  down,  my  forearm  went  into 
the  fat  and  was  badly  scalded.  I  mention  this  only  for  the 
purpose  of  calling  attention  to  the  fact  that,  although  I  vividly 
remember  the  incident,  I  cannot  recall  that  I  suffered  the  least 
pain,  though  I  was  told  afterwards  that  it  was  really  a  severe 
burn.  This,  and  other  facts  of  a  similar  kind,  make  me  think 
that  young  children  suffer  far  less  pain  than  adults  from  the 
same  injuries.  And  this  is  quite  in  accordance  with  the  pur- 
pose for  which  pain  exists,  which  is  to  guard  the  body  against 
injuries  dangerous  to  life,  and  giving  us  the  impulse  to  escape 
rapidly  from  any  danger.  But  as  infants  cannot  escape  from 
fatal  dangers,  and  do  not  even  know  what  things  are  danger- 
ous and  what  not,  only  very  slight  sensations  of  pain  are  at 
first  required,  and  such  only  are  therefore  developed,  and 
these  increase  in  intensity  just  in  proportion  as  command  over 
the  muscles  giving  the  power  of  rapid  automatic  movements 
become  possible.  The  sensation  of  pain  does  not,  probably, 
reach  its  maximum  till  the  whole  organism  is  fully  developed 
in  the  adult  individual.  This  is  rather  a  comforting  conclu- 
sion in  view  of  the  sufferings  of  so  many  infants  needlessly 
massacred  through  the  terrible  defects  of  our  vicious  social 
system. 

I  may  add  here  a  note  as  to  my  personal  appearance  at 
this  age.  I  was  exceedingly  fair,  and  my  long  hair  was  of  a 
very  light  flaxen  tint,  so  that  I  was  generally  spoken  of 
among  the  Welsh-speaking  country  people  as  the  "  little 
Saxon." 


CHAPTER  III 


HERTFORD:  THE  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD 

My  recollections  of  our  leaving  Usk  and  of  the  journey  to 
London  are  very  faint,  only  one  incident  of  it  being  clearly 
visualized — the  crossing  of  the  Severn  at  the  Old  Passage  in 
an  open  ferry-boat.  This  is  so  very  clear  to  me,  possibly 
because  it  was  the  first  time  I  had  ever  been  in  a  boat.  I 
remember  sitting  with  my  mother  and  sisters  on  a  seat  at 
one  side  of  the  boat,  which  seemed  to  me  about  as  wide  as  a 
small  room,  of  its  leaning  over  so  that  we  were  close  to  the 
water,  and  especially  of  the  great  boom  of  the  mainsail,  when 
our  course  was  changed,  requiring  us  all  to  stoop  our  heads  for 
it  to  swing  over  us.  It  was  a  little  awful  to  me,  and  I  think 
we  were  all  glad  when  it  was  over  and  we  were  safe  on  land 
again.  We  must  have  travelled  all  day  by  coach  from  Usk 
to  the  Severn,  then  on  to  Bristol,  then  from  Bristol  to  London. 
I  think  we  must  have  started  very  early  in  the  morning  and 
have  reached  London  late  in  the  evening,  as  I  do  not  remember 
staying  a  night  on  the  way,  and  the  stage  then  travelled  at  an 
average  speed  of  ten  miles  an  hour  over  good  roads  and  in 
the  summer  time.  The  monotony  of  the  journey  probably 
tired  me  so  that  it  left  no  impression;  but  besides  the  ferry- 
boat the  only  other  incident  I  can  clearly  recall  is  our  sleeping 
at  an  old  inn  in  London,  and  our  breakfast  there  the  next 
morning.  I  rather  think  the  inn  was  the  Green  Man,  or  some 
such  name,  in  Holborn,  and  the  one  thing  that  lives  in  my 
memory  is  that  in  the  morning  my  mother  ordered  coffee 
for  breakfast,  and  said  to  the  waiter,  "  Mind  and  make  it 
good."  The  result  of  which  injunction  was  that  it  was  nearly 
black,  and  so  strong  that  none  of  the  party  could  drink  it,  till 
boiling  water  was  brought  for  us  to  dilute  it  with.    I,  of 

30 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  31 


course,  had  only  milk  and  water,  with  perhaps  a  few  drops  of 
coffee  as  a  special  luxury. 

Of  the  next  few  months  of  my  life  I  have  also  but  slight 
recollections,  confined  to  a  few  isolated  facts  or  incidents. 
On  leaving  the  inn  we  went  to  my  aunt's  at  Dulwich.  Mrs. 
Wilson  was  my  mother's  only  sister,  who  had  married  a 
solicitor,  who,  besides  having  a  good  practice,  was  agent  for 
Lord  Portman's  London  property.  I  remember  being  much 
impressed  with  the  large  house,  and  especially  with  the  beau- 
tiful grounds,  with  lawns,  trees,  and  shrubs  such  as  I  had 
never  seen  before.  There  were  here  also  a  family  of  cousins, 
some  about  my  own  age,  and  the  few  days  we  stayed  were 
very  bright  and  enjoyable.  . 

I  rather  think  that  my  father,  and  perhaps  my  brother  also, 
had  left  Usk  a  few  days  before  us  to  make  arrangements  for 
the  family  at  Hertford)  and  I  think  that  I  was  taken  to  a 
children's  school  at  Ongar,  in  Essex,  kept  by  two  ladies — the 
Misses  Marsh.  I  think  it  was  at  this  place,  because  my  father 
had  an  old  friend  there,  a  Mr.  Dyer,  a  clergyman.  There 
were  a  number  of  little  boys  and  girls  here  about  my  own 
age  or  younger,  and  what  I  chiefly  remember  is  playing  with 
them  in  the  playgound,  garden,  and  house.  The  playground 
was  a  gravel  yard  on  one  side  of  the  house,  and  there  we 
occasionally  found  what  I  here  first  heard  called  "  thunder- 
bolts " — worn  specimens  of  belemnites — fossils  of  the  chalk 
formation.  We  all  believed  that  they  fell  down  during  thun- 
derstorms. One  rather  exciting  incident  alone  stands  out 
clear  in  my  memories  of  this  place.  There  was  a  garden 
sloping  down  to  a  small  pond  in  the  centre,  with  rather  steep 
banks  and  surrounded  by  shrubs  and  flower-beds.  This  was 
cut  oflf  from  the  house  and  yard  by  a  low  iron  fence  with  a 
gate  which  was  usually  kept  locked,  and  we  were  not  allowed 
to  play  in  it.  But  one  day  the  gardener  had  left  it  open,  and 
we  all  went  in,  and  began  pulling  and  pushing  an  old-fashioned 
stone  roller.  After  a  little  while,  as  we  were  pushing  it  along 
a  path  which  went  down  to  the  pond,  it  suddenly  began  to 
go  quickly  down  hill,  and  as  we  could  not  stop  it,  and  were 
afraid  of  being  pulled  into  the  water,  we  had  to  let  go,  and  the 


32 


AIY  LIFE 


roller  rushed  on,  splashed  into  the  pond,  and  disappeared. 
We  were  rather  frightened,  and  were,  of  course,  lectured  on 
the  narrow  escape  we  had  had  from  drowning  ourselves. 
This  is  really  all  I  recollect  of  my  first  experience  of  a  board- 
ing-school. 

My  next  recollections  are  of  the  town  of  Hertford,  where 
we  lived  for  eight  or  nine  years,  and  where  I  had  the  whole 
of  my  school  education.  We  had  a  small  house,  the  first  of 
a  row  of  four  at  the  beginning  of  St.  Andrew's  Street,  and  I 
must  have  been  a  little  more  than  six  years  old  when  I  first 
remember  myself  in  this  house,  which  had  a  very  narrow  yard 
at  the  back,  and  a  dwarf  wall,  perhaps  five  feet  high,  between 
us  and  the  adjoining  house.  The  very  first  incident  which  I 
remember,  which  happened,  I  think,  on  the  morning  after  my 
arrival,  was  of  a  boy  about  my  own  age  looking  over  this 
wall,  who  at  once  inquired,  "  Hullo !  who  are  you  ?  "  I  told 
him  that  I  had  just  come,  and  what  my  name  was,  and  we  at 
once  made  friends.  The  stand  of  a  water-butt  enabled  me  to 
get  up  and  sit  upon  the  wall,  and  by  means  of  some  similar 
convenience  he  could  do  the  same,  and  we  were  thus  able  to 
sit  side  by  side  and  talk,  or  get  over  the  wall  and  play  together 
when  we  liked.  Thus  began  the  friendship  of  George  Silk 
and  Alfred  Wallace,  which,  with  long  intervals  of  absence 
at  various  periods,  has  continued  to  this  day. 

The  way  in  which  we  were  brought  together  throughout 
our  boyhood  is  very  curious.  While  at  Hertford  I  lived 
altogether  in  five  different  houses,  and  in  three  of  these  the 
Silk  family  lived  next  door  to  us,  which  involved  not  only 
each  family  having  to  move  about  the  same  time,  but  also 
that  two  houses  adjoining  each  other  should  on  each  occasion 
have  been  vacant  together,  and  that  they  should  have  been 
of  the  size  required  by  each,  which  after  the  first  was  not  the 
same,  the  Silk  family  being  much  the  largest.  When  we 
moved  to  our  second  house,  George's  grandmother  had  an 
old  house  opposite  to  us,  and  we  were  thus  again  brought 
together.  Besides  this,  for  the  greater  part  of  the  time  we 
were  schoolfellows  at  the  Hertford  Grammar  School;  and  it 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  33 


is  certainly  a  curious  coincidence  that  this  the  earliest  ac- 
quaintance of  my  childhood,  my  playmate  and  schoolfellow, 
should  be  the  only  one  of  all  my  schoolfellows  who  were  also 
friends,  that  I  have  ever  seen  again  or  that,  so  far  as  I  know, 
are  now  alive. 

The  old  town  of  Hertford,  in  which  I  passed  the  most 
impressionable  years  of  my  life,  and  where  I  first  obtained  a 
rudimentary  acquaintance  with  my  fellow-creatures  and  with 
nature,  is,  perhaps,  on  the  whole,  one  of  the  most  pleasantly 
situated  county  towns  in  England,  although  as  a  boy  I  did  not 
know  this,  and  did  not  appreciate  the  many  advantages  I 
enjoyed.  Among  its  most  <ielightful  features  are  numerous 
rivers  and  streams  in  the  immediately  surrounding  country, 
affording  pleasant  walks  through  flowery  meads,  many  pic- 
turesque old  mills,  and  a  great  variety  of  landscape.  The 
river  Lea,  coming  from  the  south-west,  passes  through  the 
middle  of  the  town,  where  the  old  town  mill  was  situated  in 
an  open  space  called  the  Wash,  which  was  no  doubt  liable  to 
be  flooded  in  early  times.  The  miller  was  reputed  to  be  one 
of  the  richest  men  in  the  town,  yet  we  often  saw  him  standing 
at  the  mill  doors  in  his  dusty  miller's  clothes  as  we  passed  on 
our  way  from  school.  He  was  a  cousin  of  my  mother's  by 
marriage,  and  we  children  sometimes  went  to  tea  at  his  house^ 
and  then,  as  a  great  treat,  were  shown  all  over  the  mill  with 
all  its  strange  wheels  and  whirling  millstones,  its  queer  little 
pockets,  on  moving  leather  belts,  carrying  the  wheat  up  to  the 
stones  in  a  continual  stream,  the  ever-rattling  sieves  and 
cloths  which  sifted  out  the  bran  and  pollard,  and  the  weird 
peep  into  the  dark  cavern  where  the  great  dripping  water- 
wheel  went  on  its  perpetual  round.  Where  the  river  passed 
under  the  bridge  close  by,  we  could  clamber  up  and  look  over 
the  parapet  into  the  deep,  clear  water  rushing  over  a  dam, 
and  also  see  where  the  stream  that  turned  the  wheel  passed 
swiftly  under  a  low  arch,  and  this  was  a  sight  that  never 
palled  upon  us,  so  that  almost  every  fine  day,  as  we  passed 
this  way  home  from  school,  we  gave  a  few  moments  to  gazing 
into  this  dark,  deep  water,  almost  always  in  shadow  owing 


34 


MY  LIFE 


to  high  buildings  on  both  sides  of  it,  but  affording  a  pleasant 
peep  to  fields  and  gardens  beyond. 

After  passing  under  the  bridge,  the  river  flowed  on  among 
houses  and  workshops,  and  was  again  dammed  up  to  supply 
another  mill  about  half  a  mile  away,  and  to  form  the  river 
Lea  navigation.  There  was  also,  in  my  time,  a  small  lateral 
stream  carried  oflP  to  pump  water  to  the  top  of  a  wooden 
water-tower  to  supply  part  of  the  town,  so  that  about  half  a 
mile  from  the  middle  of  the  town  there  were  four  distinct 
streams  side  by  side,  though  not  parallel,  which  I  remember 
used  to  puzzle  me  very  much  as  to  their  origin.  In  addition 
to  these  there  was  another  quite  distinct  river,  the  Beane, 
which  came  from  the  north-west  till  it  was  only  a  furlong 
from  the  Lea  at  the  town  bridge,  when  it  turned  back  to  the 
north-east,  and  entered  that  river  half  a  mile  lower  down, 
enclosing  between  the  two  streams  the  fine  open  space  of 
about  thirty  acres  called  Hartham,  which  w^as  sufficiently 
elevated  to  be  always  dry,  and  which  was  at  once  a  common 
grazing  field  and  general  cricket  and  playground,  the  turf 
being  very  smooth  and  good,  and  seldom  requiring  to  be 
rolled.  The  county  cricket  matches  were  played  here,  and  it 
was  considered  to  be  a  first-rate  ground. 

Here,  too,  in  the  river  Beane,  which  had  a  gentle  stream 
with  alternate  deep  holes  and  sandy  shallows,  suitable  for 
boys  of  all  ages,  was  our  favourite  bathing  place,  where 
not  long  after  our  coming  to  Hertford,  I  was  very  nearly 
being  drowned.  It  was  a  place  called  Willowhole,  where 
those  who  could  swim  a  little  would  jump  in,  and  in  a  few 
strokes  in  any  direction  reach  shallower  water.  I  and  my 
brother  John  and  several  schoolfellows  were  going  to  bathe, 
and  I,  who  had  undressed  first,  was  standing  on  the  brink, 
w^hen  one  of  my  companions  gave  me  a  sudden  push  from 
behind,  and  I  tumbled  in  and  went  under  w^ater  immediately. 
Coming  to  the  surface  half  dazed,  I  splashed  about  and  went 
under  again,  when  my  brother,  who  was  four  and  a  half  years 
older,  jumped  in  and  pulled  me  out.  I  do  not  think  I  had 
actually  lost  consciousness,  but  I  had  swallowed  a  good  deal 
of  water,  and  I  lay  on  the  grass  for  some  time  before  I  got 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  35 

strength  to  dress,  and  by  the  time  I  got  home  I  was  quite 
well.  It  was,  I  think,  the  first  year,  if  not  the  first  time,  I 
had  ever  bathed,  and  if  my  brother  had  not  been  there  it  is 
quite  possible  that  I  might  have  been  drowned.  This  gave 
me  such  a  fright  that  though  I  often  bathed  here  afterwards, 
I  always  went  in  where  the  water  was  shallow,  and  did  not 
learn  to  swim,  however  little,  till  several  years  later. 

Few  small  towns  (it  had  then  less  than  six  thousand  inhab- 
itants) have  a  more  agreeable  public  playground  than  Hart- 
ham,  with  the  level  valley  of  the  Lea  stretching  away  to 
Ware  on  the  east,  the  town  itself  just  over  the  river  on  the 
south,  while  on  the  north,  just  across  the  river  Beane,  was  a 
steep  slope  covered  with  scattered  fir  trees,  and  called  the 
Warren,  at  the  foot  of  which  was  a  footpath  leading  to  the 
picturesque  little  village  and  old  church  of  Bengeo.  This 
path  along  the  Warren  was  a  favourite  walk  of  mine,  either 
alone  or  with  a  playmate,  where  we  could  scramble  up  the 
bank,  climb  up  some  of  the  old  trees,  or  sit  comfortably  upon 
one  or  two  old  stumpy  yews,  which  had  such  twisted  branches 
and  stiff  spreading  foliage  as  to  form  delightful  seats.  This 
place  was  very  little  frequented,  and  our  wanderings  in  it 
were  never  interfered  with. 

In  the  other  direction  the  river  Beane,  as  already  stated, 
flows  down  a  picturesque  valley  from  the  north,  but  I  do 
not  remember  walking  much  beyond  Bengeo.  A  little  way 
beyond  Hartham,  toward  Ware,  another  small  stream,  the  Rib, 
came  from  the  north,  with  a  mill-stream  along  the  west  side 
of  Ware  Park,  but  this  also  was  quite  unexplored  by  us. 
Just  out  of  the  town,  to  the  south-west,  the  river  Mimram 
joined  the  Lea.  This  came  through  the  village  of  Herting- 
fordbury,  about  a  mile  off,  and  then  through  the  fine  park  of 
Panshanger,  about  two  miles  long  and  containing  about  a 
thousand  acres.  This  park  was  open  to  the  public,  and  we 
occasionally  went  there  to  visit  the  great  oak  tree  which  was, 
I  believe,  one  of  the  finest  grown  large  oaks  in  the  kingdom. 
It  was  one  of  the  sights  of  the  district. 

About  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  centre  of  the  town, 
going  along  West  Street,  was  a  mill  called  Horn's  Mill,  which 


36 


MY  LIFE 


was  a  great  attraction  to  me.  It  was  an  old-fashioned  mill 
for  grinding  linseed,  expressing  the  oil,  and  making  oil-cake. 
The  mill  stood  close  by  the  roadside,  and  there  were  small  low 
windows  always  open,  through  which  we  could  look  in  at  the 
fascinating  processes  as  long  as  we  liked.  First,  there  were 
two  great  vertical  millstones  of  very  smooth  red  granite, 
which  shone  beautifully  from  the  oil  of  the  ground  seeds. 
These  were  fixed  on  each  side  of  a  massive  vertical  wooden 
axis  on  a  central  iron  axle,  revolving  slowly  and  silently,  and 
crushing  the  linseed  into  a  fine  oily  meal.  A  curved  fender  or 
scoop  continually  swept  the  meal  back  under  the  rollers  with 
an  eccentric  motion,  which  was  itself  altogether  new  to  us, 
and  very  fascinating ;  and,  combined  with  the  two-fold  motion 
of  the  huge  revolving  stones,  and  their  beautiful  glossy  sur- 
faces, had  an  irresistible  attraction  for  us  which  never  palled. 

But  this  was  only  one  part  of  this  delightful  kind  of  peep- 
show.  A  little  way  off  an  equally  novel  and  still  more  com- 
plex operation  was  always  going  on,  accompanied  by  strange 
noises  always  dear  to  the  young.  Looking  in  at  other  windows 
we  saw  numbers  of  workmen  engaged  in  strange  operations 
amid  strange  machinery,  with  its  hum  and  whirl  and  reverber- 
ating noises.  Close  before  us  were  long  erections  like  shop 
counters,  but  not  quite  so  high.  Immediately  above  these, 
at  a  height  of  perhaps  ten  or  twelve  feet,  a  long  cylindrical 
beam  was  continually  revolving  with  fixed  beams  on  each 
side  of  it,  both  higher  up  and  lower  down.  At  regular  inter- 
vals along  the  counter  were  great  upright  wooden  stampers 
shod  with  iron  at  the  bottom.  When  not  in  action  these  were 
supported  so  that  they  were  about  two  feet  above  the  counter, 
and  just  below  them  was  a  square  hole.  As  we  looked  on  a 
man  would  take  a  small  canvas  sack  about  two  feet  long,  fill 
it  quite  full  of  linseed  meal  from  a  large  box  by  his  side, 
place  this  bag  in  a  strong  cover  of  a  kind  of  floorcloth  with 
flaps  going  over  the  top  and  down  each  side.  The  sack  of 
meal  thus  prepared  would  be  then  dropped  into  the  hole,  which 
it  entered  easily.  Then  a  thin  board  of  hard  wood,  tapered  to 
the  lower  edge,  was  pushed  down  on  one  side  of  it,  and  out- 
side this  again  another  wedge-shaped  piece  was  inserted. 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  37 


The  top  of  this  was  now  just  under  the  iron  cap  of  the  heavy 
pile  or  rammer,  and  on  pulHng  a  rope,  this  was  freed  and 
dropped  on  the  top  of  the  wedge,  which  it  forced  halfway 
down.  In  a  few  seconds  it  was  raised  up  again,  and  fell  upon 
the  wedge,  driving  it  in  a  good  deal  further,  and  the  third 
blow  would  send  it  down  level  with  the  top  of  the  counter. 
Then  when  the  rammer  rose  up,  another  rope  was  pulled,  and 
it  remained  suspended;  a  turn  of  a  handle  enabled  the  first 
wedge  to  be  drawn  out  and  a  much  thicker  one  inserted,  when, 
after  two  or  three  blows,  this  became  so  hard  to  drive  that  the 
rammer  falling  upon  it  made  a  dull  sound  and  rebounded  a 
little;  and  as  the  process  went  on  the  blows  became  sharper, 
and  the  pile  would  rebound  two  or  three  times  like  a  billiard 
ball  rebounding  again  and  again  from  a  stone  floor,  but  in 
more  rapid  succession.  This  went  on  for  hours,  and  when 
the  process  was  finished,  the  meal  in  the  sack  had  become  so 
highly  compressed  that  when  taken  out  it  was  found  to  be 
converted  into  a  compact  oilcake.  In  this  mill  there  were,  I 
think,  three  or  four  counters  parallel  to  each  other,  and  on 
each,  perhaps,  six  or  eight  stamps,  and  when  all  these  were 
at  work  together,  but  rebounding  at  different  rates  and  with 
different  intensities  of  sound,  the  whole  effect  was  very  strange, 
and  the  din  and  reverberation  almost  deafening,  but  still  at 
times  somewhat  musical.  During  this  squeezing  process  the 
oil  ran  off  below  through  suitable  apertures,  but  was  never 
seen  by  us.  I  believe  these  old  stamping-mills  are  now  all 
replaced  by  hydraulic  presses,  which  get  more  oil  out  and 
leave  the  cake  harder,  but  the  process  would  be  almost  silent 
and  far  less  picturesque. 

A  very  interesting  and  beautiful  object  connected  with 
the  water-supply  of  the  neighbourhood  was  the  New  River 
Head  or  Chadwell  Spring,  the  source  of  the  original  New 
River  brought  to  London  by  Sir  Hugh  Myddleton.  It  is 
about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  Hertford  to  Ware,  and 
is  situated  in  a  level  meadow  not  far  from  the  high-road,  and 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  main  river.  As  I  knew  it, 
it  was  a  circular  pond  nearly  a  hundred  feet  in  diameter,  filled 


38 


MY  LIFE 


with  the  most  crystal  clear  water,  and  very  deep  in  the  centre, 
where  the  springs  were  continually  bubbling  upward,  keeping 
up  a  good  stream  which  supplied  a  considerable  part  of  the 
water  in  the  New  River.  But  its  chief  beauty  was,  that  the 
centre  was  filled  with  great  flocculent  masses  of  green  con- 
fervse,  while  the  water  in  the  centre  appeared  to  have  a  blue 
tint,  producing  exquisite  shades  of  blue  and  green  in  ever- 
varying  gradations,  which  were  exceedingly  beautiful.  In 
fact,  only  once  have  I  seen  another  spring  which  equalled  it 
in  beauty,  in  the  little  island  of  Semau,  near  Timor,  and  that 
was  by  no  means  equal  in  colour-effects,  but  only  in  the  depth 
and  purity  of  the  water  and  the  fine  rock-basins  that  contained 
it.  I  am  informed  that  now  this  beautiful  Chadwell  Spring 
has  been  entirely  destroyed  by  the  boring  of  deep  wells  in  the 
neighbourhood,  which  have  drawn  off  the  springs  that  sup- 
plied it,  and  that  it  is  now  little  more  than  a  mud-hole,  the 
whole  New  River  supply  being  drawn  from  the  river  Lea  or 
pumped  up  from  deep  wells  near  Ware.  Thus  does  our 
morbid  civilization  destroy  the  most  beautiful  works  of  nature. 
This  spring  was,  I  believe,  unequalled  in  the  whole  kingdom 
for  simple  beauty. 

While  the  country  to  the  north  and  west  of  the  town  was 
characterized  by  its  numerous  streams,  mills,  and  rich  mead- 
ows, that  to  the  east  and  south  was  much  higher  and  drier, 
rising  gradually  in  low  undulations  to  about  four  hundred  feet 
and  upwards  at  from  four  to  five  miles  away.  This  district 
was  all  gravelly  with  a  chalk  subsoil,  the  chalk  in  many  places 
coming  up  to  the  surface^,  while  in  others  it  was  only  reached 
at  a  depth  of  ten  or  twenty  feet.  In  the  total  absence  of  any 
instruction  in  nature-knowledge  at  that  period,  my  impression, 
and  that  of  most  other  boys,  no  doubt,  was,  that  in  some  way 
chalk  was  the  natural  and  universal  substance  of  which  the 
earth  consisted,  the  only  question  being  how  deep  you  must 
go  to  reach  it.  All  this  country  was  thickly  dotted  with 
woods  and  coppices,  with  numbers  of  parks  and  old  manor 
houses;  and  as  there  were  abundance  of  lanes  and  footpaths, 
it  offered  greater  attractions  to  us  boys  than  the  more  culti- 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  39 


vated  districts  to  the  north  and  west.  Walking  along  the 
London  Road,  in  about  a  mile  and  a  half  we  reached  Hertford 
Heath  at  a  height  of  three  hundred  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
half  a  mile  further  was  Haileybury  College,  then  a  training 
college  for  the  East  India  Company,  now  a  public  school. 
All  around  here  the  country  was  woody  and  picturesque;  but 
our  favourite  walk,  and  that  of  the  Grammar  School  boys,  on 
fine  half-holidays  in  summer,  was  to  what  we  called  the  racing- 
field,  a  spot  about  two  miles  and"  a  half  south  of  the  town.  As 
this  walk  is  typical  of  many  of  the  best  features  of  this  part 
of  the  town's  surroundings,  it  may  be  briefly  described. 

From  the  south-west  corner  of  All  Saints'  Churchyard  was 
a  broad  pathway  bounded  by  hedges,  called  Queen's-bench 
Walk,  near  the  top  of  which  was  a  seat,  whence  there  was  a 
nice  view  over  the  town,  and  the  story  was  that  the  seat  had 
been  put  there  for  Queen  Elizabeth,  who  admired  the  view. 
This  led  into  a  lane,  and  further  on  to  an  open  footpath  across 
a  field  to  Dunkirk's  Farm.  In  this  field,  about  fifty  yards  to 
the  left,  was  a  spring  of  pure  water  carefully  bricked  round, 
and  as  springs  were  not  by  any  means  common,  we  seldom 
went  this  way  without  running  down  to  it  to  take  a  drink  of 
water  and  admire  its  purity  and  upward  bubbling  out  of  the 
earth.  At  Dunkirk's  Farm  we  crossed  the  end  of  Morgan's 
Walk,  a  fine  straight  avenue  of  lofty  elms  (I  think)  about 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  long,  terminating  in  a  rather  large 
house — Brickenden  Bury.  In  after  years,  when  I  became 
acquainted  with  Hood  as  a  serious  writer,  the  scene  of  that 
wonderful  poem  which  begins  with  the  verse — 

"'Twas  in  a  shady  Avenue, 

Where  lofty  Elms  abound — 
And  from  a  tree 
There  came  to  me 
A  sad  and  solemn  sound, 
That  sometimes  murmur'd  overhead 
And  sometimes  underground" — 

was  always  associated  with  this  Morgan's  Walk  of  my  boy-- 
hood,  an  association  partly  due  to  the  fact  that  sometimes 


40 


MY  LIFE 


a  woodman  was  at  work  felling  trees  not  far  off,  and  this 
recalled  another  verse — 

"  The  Woodman's  heart  is  in  his  work. 
His  axe  is  sharp  and  good : 
With  sturdy  arm  and  steady  aim 
He  smites  the  gaping  wood; 
From  distant  rocks 
His  lusty  knocks 
Re-echo  many  a  rood." 

Leaving  the  avenue  we  crossed  a  large  field,  descending  into 
a  lane  in  a  hollow,  whence  a  little  further  on  a  path  led  us 
along  the  outside  of  Bayfordbury  Park,  the  old  oak  palings 
of  which  were  well  covered  with  lichen  and  ivy.  Following 
this  path  about  a  mile  further  by  hedges  and  little  brooks  and 
small  woods,  we  came  out  into  a  sloping  grass  field  of  irregular 
shape  and  almost  entirely  surrounded  by  woods,  while  little 
streamlets,  usually  with  high  banks  on  one  side  and  low 
banks  of  gravel  heaps  on  the  other,  offered  the  most  enticing 
places  for  jumping  and  for  playing  the  exciting  game  of 
follow-my-leader.  This  we  called  the  racing-field;  why  I 
never  heard,  as  it  was  certainly  not  suited  for  horse-racing, 
though  admirably  adapted  for  boyish  games  and  sports. 
When  the  boarders  of  the  Grammar  School  came  here,  usually 
accompanied  by  some  of  the  day-scholars  and  in  charge  of 
one  of  the  masters,  or  ushers,  as  we  then  called  them,  this 
was  the  end  of  our  walk,  and  we  were  all  free  to  amuse  our- 
selves as  we  liked  till  the  hour  fixed  for  our  return.  We  then 
broke  up  into  parties.  Some  lay  down  on  the  grass  to  rest 
or  to  read,  some  wandered  into  the  woods  bird-nesting,  some 
played  leap-frog  or  other  games.  Here  again  in  after  years 
when  I  read  The  Dream  of  Eugene  Aram,"  I  always  asso- 
ciated it  with  our  games  in  the  racing  field,  although  the 
place  described  was  totally  unlike  it — 

"Like  sportive  deer  they  coursed  about, 
And  shouted  as  they  ran — 
Turning  to  mirth  all  things  of  earth, 

As  only  boyhood  can; 
But  the  Usher  sat  remote  from  all, 
A  melancholy  man." 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  41 


Our  ushers  were  not  melancholy  men,  but  sometimes  one  of 
them  would  bring  a  book  to  read  while  we  played,  and  this 
was  sufficient  to  carry  out  the  resemblance  to  the  poem,  and 
summon  up  to  my  imagination  this  charming  spot  whenever 
I  read  it. 

In  one  corner  of  this  field  there  was  a  rather  deep  circular 
hole,  from  which  chalk  was  brought  up  as  a  top-dressing  for 
some  of  the  poor  gravel  soil,  and  this  was  one  of  the  instances 
which  led  me  to  the  belief  that  chalk  was  always  somewhere 
underground.  In  this  field  I  was  once  told  that  a  wonderful 
plant,  the  bee-orchis,  was  sometimes  found,  and  my  father 
used  to  talk  of  it  as  a  great  rarity.  Once,  during  the  time 
we  lived  at  Hertford,  some"  one  showed  us  the  flower,  and  I 
remember  looking  at  it  as  something  so  strange  as  to  be 
almost  uncanny,  but  as  I  never  found  one  myself  I  did  not 
think  more  of  it. 

Just  over  the  boundary  wall  of  our  school  playground, 
and  continuing  along  the  side  of  the  churchyard,  and  then 
across  the  fields  for  a  long  distance  southward,  was  a  dry, 
irregular  ditch  or  channel  cut  in  the  gravel  by  flood-water 
after  heavy  rains.  In  places  this  would  be  very  deep — six  or 
eight  feet  or  more,  in  others  shallow,  and  in  some  places  there 
were  vertical  drops  where  regular  little  waterfalls  occurred 
after  storms.  The  whole  appearance  of  this  channel  was 
very  strange  and  mysterious,  as  there  was  nothing  like  it 
anywhere  else.  We  called  it  the  Gulps  or  Gulphs,  but  it  is 
now  marked  on  the  ordnance  maps  as  Hag's  Dell,  showing 
that  it  was  looked  upon  as  a  mysterious  phenomenon  by  those 
who  gave  it  the  name.  This  also  was  a  kind  of  playground, 
and  we  sometimes  spent  a  whole  afternoon  wandering  about 
it.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Morgan's  Walk,  however,  there 
were  many  interesting  spots,  among  others,  some  old  hedge- 
rows which  had  been  so  undermined  in  a  chalky  slope  as  to 
form  complete  overhanging  caves,  one  of  which  I  and  two  of 
my  companions  made  our  own,  and  stored  it  with  a  few  neces- 
saries, such  as  bits  of  candle,  a  tinder-box  with  flint-steel  and 
matches,  and  a  few  provisions,  such  as  potatoes,  which  we 
could  roast  in  our  fire,  and  play  at  being  brigands.    It  was  in 


42 


MY  LIFE 


a  rather  out-of-the-way  spot,  and  quite  concealed  from  ordi- 
nary passers-by,  and  during  all  the  time  that  we  frequented  it 
we  were  never  disturbed  by  visitors. 

Among  the  interesting  places  in  the  town  itself  were  the 
castle  and  the  Bluecoat  School.  The  castle  was  a  modern 
building  in  the  castellated  style,  but  it  stood  in  spacious 
grounds  of  about  four  acres  near  the  middle  of  the  town,  with 
the  river  flowing  through  a  part  of  it,  and  with  about  two 
hundred  yards  of  the  old  defensive  wall  still  remaining  in  a 
very  complete  state.  During  a  short  period  the  family  of 
some  of  our  schoolfellows  lived  in  the  castle,  and  we  occa- 
sionally went  there  to  play  with  them,  and  enjoyed  scrambling 
along  the  top  of  the  old  wall,  which,  having  a  parapet  still 
left,  was  quite  practicable  and  safe.  The  moat  which  for- 
merly surrounded  it,  and  was  connected  with  the  river,  had 
been  long  filled  up  and  formed  into  gardens,  which  sloped 
down  from  the  outside  of  the  wall.  The  original  castle  was 
built  by  Edward  the  Elder  to  protect  the  town  against  the 
Danes. 

The  Bluecoat  School  was  a  branch  of  the  celebrated  school 
of  the  same  name,  or  more  properly,  Christ's  Hospital,  in 
London.  It  stood  at  the  upper  end  of  Fore  Street,  opposite 
where  the  London  Road  branched  off.  Enclosed  by  lofty 
iron  railings  and  gates  was  an  oblong  playground,  about  four 
hundred  feet  long  by  a  hundred  feet  wide,  bounded  on  each 
side  by  low  buildings,  forming  offices,  schoolrooms  and  dormi- 
tories, while  at  the  end  were  the  large  dining-hall  and  school- 
rooms, and  in  front,  near  the  gates,  the  master's  resi- 
dence. On  the  gate  pillars  stood  two  nearly  life-size  figures 
of  boys  in  the  costume  of  the  school — long  blue  coat  and 
yellow  petticoat,  with  breeches  and  yellow  stockings,  a  dress 
which  was  quite  familiar  to  us.  Occasionally  we  went  to  see 
the  boys  dine  in  the  grand  dining-hall,  where  the  old-world 
style  of  everything  was  of  great  interest.  At  the  ringing  of 
an  outside  bell  the  boys,  250  in  all,  came  in,  and  seated  them- 
selves at  the  long  rows  of  tables.  Then  one  of  the  older  boys 
mounted  a  sort  of  pulpit  and  read  a  long  grace,  followed  by  a 
hymn,  in  which  the  boys  joined.    Then  the  serving  begaUj 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  43 


a  number  of  the  boys  taking  this  duty  by  turns.  Hot  meat 
and  vegetables  were  served  on  flat  wooden  platters  instead  of 
plates,  and  I  used  to  pity  the  boys  for  not  having  any  place 
for  gravy,  which  to  me  was  (and  still  is)  the  chief  luxury  of 
hot  meat.  What  was  still  more  amusing  to  us  was  that  in 
place  of  mugs  there  were  little  wooden  flagons  with  wooden 
hoops  and  handles,  in  which  they  had,  I  think,  beer.  If  I 
remember  rightly,  during  the  meal  the  boy  in  the  pulpit  read 
a  chapter  from  the  Bible,  and  at  the  end  there  was  another 
grace  and  hymn.  All  was  carried  out  with  great  regularity 
and  very  little  noise,  and  the  crowds  of  brightly  clad  boys, 
who  had  red  leather  belts  over  their  blue  coats,  and  whose 
yellow  stockings  were  well  visible,  together  with  the  fine, 
lofty  hall,  had  a  very  pleasing  effect. 

Among  the  other  features  of  interest  in  the  town  was  All 
Saints'  Church,  adjoining  the  Grammar  School.  I  used  to 
wonder  at  what  seemed  to  me  a  curious  and  rather  dangerous 
plan  of  groups  of  four  very  slender  pillars  instead  of  one 
large  one  to  support  the  arches  on  each  side  of  the  nave. 
I  did  not  know  then  that  these  were  characteristic  of  the 
Early  English  Gothic,  but  are  not  common  in  our  churches. 
Another  feature  of  this  church  was  its  peal  of  ten  bells,  which 
were  not  only  uncommonly  numerous,  but  were  of  very  fine 
tones,  so  that  when  they  were  well  rung,  as  they  frequently 
were,  they  produced  an  exceedingly  musical  effect,  which  I 
have  never  heard  equalled  since.  The  church  has  since  been 
burnt  down  and  rebuilt,  but  whether  the  bells  were  saved  I 
do  not  know. 

Very  conspicuous  was  the  square,  ugly  brick  Town  Hall 
and  Market  Place  at  the  bottom  of  Fore  Street.  This  had, 
however,  a  large  clock-face  projecting  outwards  and  sup- 
ported by  three  or  four  pieces  of  wood  which  seemed  to  hold 
it  quite  detached  from  the  building,  and  I  used  to  wonder 
whether  it  was  a  huge  watch  with  all  the  works  inside  it. 
What  made  this  more  curious  (to  me)  was  that  it  struck  the 
hours  and  quarters  on  very  loud  and  sweet-toned  bells,  which 
again  I  have  never  since  heard  surpassed.  In  this  hall  were 
the  law-courts,  where  the  Assizes  were  held,  and  to  which  I 


44 


MY  LIFE 


sometimes  gained  admittance,  and  heard  a  trial  of  some  poor 
sheep-stealers,  who  in  those  days  were  Hable  to  transportation 
for  life,  in  order  to  protect  the  landed  interest,  which  then 
ruled  the  country. 

The  elections  for  members  of  Parliament  were  at  that  time 
scenes  of  considerable  show  and  excitement,  and  the  members 
elected  had  to  undergo  the  ceremony  of  being  chaired,  which 
consisted  in  being  carried  around  the  town  on  their  supporters' 
shoulders  seated  in  a  chair  highly  decorated  with  rosettes 
and  coloured  ribbons.  I  well  remember  the  election  which 
took  place  after  the  Reform  Bill  of  1832  was  passed,  when 
Thomas  Slingsby  Buncombe  was  the  Radical  member,  and 
was  returned  at  the  head  of  the  poll.  I  saw  him  being  chaired, 
and  when  he  had  been  brought  back  to  the  door  of  his  hotel, 
the  chair  was  overturned,  as  was  then  the  custom,  and  he  had 
to  jump  out  into  his  friends'  arms  to  avoid  an  awkward  fall. 
There  was  then  a  scramble  for  the  ribbons  and  chair-coverings, 
which  were  carried  away  as  trophies. 

To  celebrate  the  great  national  event — the  passing  of  the 
Reform  Bill — a  banquet  was  given  in  the  main  street  to  all 
who  chose  to  attend.  It  was  summer  time,  and  fine  weather, 
and  we  went  to  see  the  feast,  which  was  enjoyed  by  almost  all 
the  poorer  people  of  the  town  on  rows  of  tables  which  filled 
the  street  for  a  long  distance. 

In  connection  with  the  game  of  cricket,  I  may  mention 
that  in  those  days  the  players,  whether  professional  or  ama- 
teur, had  none  of  the  paraphernalia  of  padded  leggings  and 
gauntlets  now  worn;  while  a  suit  of  white  duck,  with,  an 
ordinary  white  or  black  top-hat,  was  the  orthodox  costume. 
This  was  the  time  when  the  practice  of  overhand  bowling  was 
just  beginning,  and  there  was  much  controversy  as  to  whether 
or  not  it  should  be  allow^ed.  I  once  saw  tried  a  curious  bowl- 
ing machine  which  it  was  thought  might  advantageously  take 
the  place  of  the  human  bowler.  It  was  called  a  catapult, 
and  was  on  the  principle  of  the  old  instrument  used  for  throw- 
ing stones  into  besieged  cities.  It  consisted  of  a  strong" 
wooden  frame  about  three  feet  high.  On  a  cross-bar  at 
top  was  a  place  for  the  ball,  and  this  was  struck  by  a  knob 


HERTFORD:  HOME  OF  MY  BOYHOOD  45 


on  an  upright  arm,  which  was  driven  on  to  it  by  a  powerful 
spring,  something  in  the  manner  of  a  spring-trap.  The  up- 
right arm  was  pulled  back  and  held  by  a  catch,  which  was 
released  by  pulling  a  cord.  By  slight  alterations  in  the  posi- 
tion of  the  ball  and  the  force  of  the  spring,  the  ball  could  be 
made  to  pitch  on  any  spot  desired,  and  could  thus  be  slightly 
changed  each  time,  as  is  the  case  with  a  good  bowler.  It 
seemed  to  answer  very  well,  and  it  was  thought  that  it  might 
be  used  for  practice  where  good  bowlers  were  not  available, 
but  it  never  came  into  general  use,  and  is  now,  perhaps,  wholly 
forgotten. 


CHAPTER  IV 


HERTFORD:   MY   SCHOOL  LIFE 

My  recollections  of  life  at  our  first  house  in  St.  Andrew's 
Street  are  very  scanty.  My  father  had  about  half  a  dozen 
small  boys  to  teach,  and  we  used  to  play  together;  but  I 
think  that  when  we  had  been  there  about  a  year  or  two,  I 
went  to  the  Grammar  School  with  my  brother  John,  and  was 
at  once  set  upon  that  most  wearisome  of  tasks,  the  Latin 
grammar.  It  was  soon  after  this  that  I  had  the  first  of  the 
three  serious  illnesses  which  at  different  periods  brought  me 
within  a  few  hours  of  death  in  the  opinion  of  those  around 
me.  I  know  that  it  must  have  been  after  I  went  to  the  school 
by  the  way  the  illness  began.  We  had  school  before  break- 
fast, from  half-past  six  to  eight  in  summer,  and  as  we  had 
nearly  half  a  mile  to  walk,  it  was  necessary  to  be  out  of  bed 
at  six.  One  morning  I  got  up  and  dj-essed  as  usual,  went 
down  the  two  flights  of  stairs,  but  when  I  got  to  the  bottom 
I  suddenly  felt  so  weak  and  faint  and  curiously  ill  all  over 
that  I  could  go  no  further,  so  I  had  to  lie  down  on  the  bottom 
step,  and  was  found  there  shortly  afterwards  by  the  servant 
coming  down  to  light  the  fire.  That  was  the  beginning  of  a 
severe  attack  of  scarlet  fever,  and  I  remember  little  more  but 
heat  and  horrid  dreams  till  one  evening  when  all  the  family 
came  to  look  at  me,  and  I  had  something  given  me  to  drink 
all  night.  I  was  told  afterward  that  the  doctor  said  this  was 
the  crisis,  that  I  was  to  have  port  wine  in  teaspoonfuls  at 
short  intervals,  and  that  if  I  was  not  dead  before  morning  I 
might  recover. 

For  some  weeks  after  this  I  lived  a  very  enjoyable  life  in 
bed,  having  tea  and  toast,  puddings,  grapes,  and  other  luxuries 

46 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  47 

till  I  was  well  again.  Then,  before  going  back  to  Latin 
grammar  and  other  studies  of  the  period,  a  little  incident  or 
interlude  occurred  which  I  am  unable  to  place  at  any  other 
period.  How  it  came  about  I  do  not  at  all  remember,  but  a 
gentleman  farmer  from  Norfolk  must  have  come  to  see  us 
about  some  business,  possibly  connected  with  my  sister  and 
her  desired  occupation  as  a  governess,  and  seeing  me,  and 
perhaps  hearing  of  my  recent  illness,  offered  to  take  me  home 
with  him  for  a  visit  to  play  with  his  boy  of  about  my  age,  and 
to  go  to  Cromer,  where  his  wife,  with  her  sister  and  son, 
were  going  for  change  of  air.  As  it  was  thought  that  the 
change  would  do  me  good,  and  I  was  delighted  at  the  idea 
of  going  to  such  a  nice  seaside  place  as  Cromer,  his  offer  was 
kindly  accepted.  As  it  happened  we  did  not  go  to  Cromer, 
but  my  visit  was,  so  far  as  I  remember,  an  enjoyable  one. 
We  went  by  coach  to  Ely,  where  we  stayed  the  night  at  a 
large  inn  almost  joining  the  cathedral.  No  doubt  we  had  had 
dinner  on  the  way,  and  I  had  tea  on  our  arrival,  but  my  host, 
whose  name  I  cannot  remember,  dined  with  a  large  party  of 
gentlemen — probably  a  farmers'  dinner — about  six  o'clock, 
and  he  told  me  to  walk  about  and  see  the  shops  or  wait  in 
the  hall,  and  I  should  come  in  for  dessert.  So  for  more  than 
an  hour  I  wandered  up  and  down  the  street  near  the  hotel 
and  past  the  great  entrance  to  the  cathedral.  At  last  a  serv- 
ant came  and  called  me  in,  and  my  friend  bade  me  sit  beside 
him,  and  introduced  me  to  the  company  as  a  real  Wallace — 
"  Scots  wha  hae  wi'  Wallace  bled,"  he  added,  I  suppose  to 
show  what  he  meant.  Then  I  had  fruit  of  many  kinds,  in- 
cluding fine  grapes,  and  a  glass  of  wine,  and  after  an  hour 
more  went  to  bed. 

In  the  morning,  after  breakfast,  we  started  in  a  chaise 
which  had  been  sent  from  my  friend's  home  overnight  to 
meet  him,  and  we  had  a  long  drive  to  the  farm,  where  we 
arrived  early  in  the  afternoon,  and  found  dinner  ready  for  us. 
There  were,  I  think,  two  ladies,  my  friend's  wife  and  her 
sister,  a  boy  about  my  own  age,  and  I  think  the  lady's  brother, 
who  had  come  some  miles  on  a  pony  to  meet  us,  and  rode 
back  alongside  of  the  carriage. 


48 


MY  LIFE 


Of  this  visit  I  remember  very  little  except  one  or  two  inci- 
dents. On  the  very  day  of  our  arrival,  I  think  about  tea- 
time,  soon  after  I  and  my  boy-friend  had  come  in,  Mrs.   

became  very  excited,  and  then  went  off  into  violent  hysterics, 
and  was  obliged  to  be  taken  upstairs  to  bed.  Whether  this 
had  anything  to  do  with  putting  off  the  visit  to  Cromer,  or 
some  other  domestic  affairs,  I  never  heard.  However,  next 
day  all  was  right  again,  and  I  was  treated  very  kindly,  as  if 
to  show  that  I  had  nothing  to  do  with  it.  I  recall  the  house 
as  a  rather  long  white  building  with  green  outside  shutters, 
with  a  lawn  and  flower-beds  in  front,  and  a  kitchen  garden 
and  large  orchard  on  one  side.  In  the  fields  around  were 
some  fine  trees,  and  I  think  there  was  a  pond  or  a  stream 
near  the  house  and  a  small  village  not  far  off.  I  and  my 
companion  played  and  roamed  about  where  liked,  but 
what  most  struck  me  was  the  fruit-gathering  in  the  large 
orchard,  which  began  the  very  day  after  our  arrival.  I  had 
never  seen  so  many  apples  before.  They  were  piled  in  great 
heaps  on  the  ground,  while  men  and  boys  went  up  the  trees 
with  ladders  and  gathered  those  from  the  higher  branches  into 
baskets.  Of  course,  my  little  friend  knew  the  best  trees,  and 
we  ate  as  many  as  we  liked.  Sometimes  we  went  out  for 
drives,  or  were  taken  to  visit  at  houses  near,  or  visitors  came 
to  tea;  but  how  long  I  stayed  there,  or  how  I  returned,  I 
have  no  recollection,  but  the  main  features  of  the  visit  as 
here  related  have  always  remained  clearly  impressed  upon  my 
memory. 

It  may  be  well  here  to  give  a  brief  outline  of  my  school  life 
at  Hertford  and  of  the  schoolmaster  who  taught  me.  The 
school  itself  was  built  in  the  year  1617,  when  the  school  was 
founded.  It  consisted  of  one  large  room,  with  a  large  square 
window  at  each  end  and  two  on  each  side.  In  the  centre  of 
one  side  was  a  roomy  porch,  and  opposite  to  it  a  projecting 
portion,  with  a  staircase  leading  to  two  rooms  above  the 
schoolroom  and  partly  in  the  roof.  The  schoolroom  was 
fairly  lofty.  Along  the  sides  were  what  were  termed  porches 
— desks  and  seats  against  the  wall  with  very  solid,  roughly 
carved  ends  of  black  oak,  much  cut  with  the  initials  of  names 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  49 

of  many  generations  of  schoolboys.  In  the  central  space  were 
two  rows  of  desks  with  forms  on  each  side.  There  was  a 
master's  desk  at  each  end,  and  tv/o  others  on  the  sides,  and 
two  open  fireplaces  equidistant  from  the  ends.  Every  boy 
had  a  desk,  the  sloping  lid  of  which  opened,  to  keep  his  school- 
books  and  anything  else  he  liked,  and  between  each  pair  of 
desks  at  the  top  was  a  leaden  ink-pot,  sunk  in  a  hole  in  the 
middle  rail  of  the  desks.  As  we  went  to  school  even  in  win- 
ter at  seven  in  the  morning,  and  three  days  a  week  remained 
till  five  in  the  afternoon,  some  artificial  light  was  necessary, 
and  this  was  effected  by  the  primitive  method  of  every  boy 
bringing  his  own  candles  or  candle-ends  with  any  kind  of 
candlestick  he  liked.  An  empty  ink-bottle  was  often  used, 
or  the  candle  was  even  stuck  on  to  the  desk  with  a  little  of 
its  own  grease.  So  that  it  enabled  us  to  learn  our  lessons 
or  do  our  sums,  no  one  seemed  to  trouble  about  how  we  pro- 
vided the  light. 

The  school  was  reached  by  a  path  along  the  bottom  of  All 
Saints'  Churchyard,  and  entered  by  a  door  in  the  wall  which 
entirely  surrounded  the  school  playground  and  master's  gar- 
den.   Over  this  door  was  a  Latin  motto — 

"  Inter  umbras  Academi  studere  delectat." 

This  was  appropriate,  as  the  grounds  were  surrounded  by 
trees,  and  at  the  north  end  of  the  main  playground  there  were 
two  very  fine  old  elms,  shown  in  the  old  engraving  of  the 
school  here  reproduced. 

The  headmaster  in  my  time  was  a  rather  irascible  little 
man  named  Clement  Henry  Crutwell.  He  limped  very  much 
owing  to  one  leg  being  shorter  than  the  other,  and  the  foot,  I 
think,  permanently  drawn  up  at  the  instep,  but  he  was  very 
active,  used  no  stick,  and  could  walk  along  as  quickly  and 
apparently  as  easily  as  most  people.  He  was  usually  called 
by  the  boys  Old  Cruttle  or  Old  Clemmy,  and  when  he  over- 
heard these  names  used,  which  was  not  often,  he  would  give 
us  a  short  lecture  on  the  impropriety  and  impoliteness  of 
miscalling  those  in  authority  over  us.    He  was  a  good  master, 


MY  LIFE 


inasmuch  as  he  kept  order  in  the  school,  and  carried  on  the 
work  of  teaching  about  eighty  boys  by  four  masters,  all  in 
one  room,  with*  great  regularity  and  with  no  marked  incon- 
venience. Whatever  might  be  the  noise  and  games  going  on 
when  he  was  absent,  the  moment  his  step  was  heard  on  the 
porch  silence  and  order  at  once  reigned. 

Flogging  with  a  cane  was  not  uncommon  for  more  serious 
offences,  while  for  slighter  ones  he  would  box  the  ears  pretty 
severely.  If  a  boy  did  not  obey  his  orders  instantly,  or 
repeated  his  offence  soon  afterwards,  however  trifling  it  might 
be,  such  as  speaking  to  another  boy  or  pinching  him  surrep- 
titiously, he  often,  without  another  word,  came  down  from  his 
desk  and  gave  the  offender  a  resounding  box  on  the  ear.  On 
one  occasion  I  well  remember  his  coming  down  to  a  rather 
small  boy,  giving  him  a  slap  on  one  side  of  his  head  which 
knocked  him  down  flat  on  the  seat,  and  when  he  slowly  rose 
up,  giving  him  another,  which  knocked  him  down  on  the 
other  side.  Caning  was  performed  in  the  usual  old-fashioned 
way  by  laying  the  boy  across  the  desk,  his  hands  being  held  on 
one  side  and  his  feet  on  the  other,  while  the  master,  pulling 
the  boy's  trousers  tight  with  one  hand,  laid  on  the  cane  with 
great  vigour  with  the  other.  Mr.  Crutwell  always  caned  the 
boys  himself,  but  the  other  masters  administered  minor  pun- 
ishments, such  as  slight  ear-boxes,  slapping  the  palm  with  a 
flat  ruler,  or  rapping  the  knuckles  with  a  round  one.  These 
punishments  were  usually  deserved,  though  not  always.  A 
stupid  boy,  or  one  who  had  a  bad  verbal  memory,  was  often 
punished  for  what  was  called  invincible  idleness  when  it  was 
really  congenital  incapacity  to  learn  what  he  took  no  interest 
in,  or  whlat  often  had  no  meaning  for  him.  When  the  usual 
extra  tasks  or  impositions  failed  with  such  a  boy  he  was 
flogged,  but  I  cannot  remember  whether  in  such  cases  his 
conduct  was  improved  or  whether  he  was  given  up  as  "  a 
thoroughly  lazy,  bad  boy,  who  was  a  disgrace  to  the  school," 
and  thereafter  left  to  go  his  own  way.  Such  boys  were  often 
very  good  playfellows,  and  the  magisterial  denunciations  had 
Httle  effect  upon  us. 

Mr.  Crutwell  was,  I  suppose,  a  fairly  good  classical  scholar  as 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  51 

he  took  the  higher  classes  in  Latin  and  Greek.  I  left  school 
too  young  even  to  begin  Greek,  but  the  last  year  or  two  I  was 
in  the  Latin  class  which  was  going  through  Virgil's  "^neid  " 
with  him.  The  system  was  very  bad.  The  eight  or  ten  boys 
in  the  class  had  an  hour  to  prepare  the  translation,  and  they 
all  sat  together  in  a  group  opposite  each  other  and  close  to 
Mr.  Crutwell's  desk,  but  under  pretence  of  work  there  were 
always  two  or  three  of  the  boys  who  were  full  of  talk  and 
gossip  and  school  stories,  which  kept  us  all  employed  and 
amused  till  within  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  of  the  time  for 
being  called  up,  when  some  one  would  remark,  "  I  say,  let's 
do  our  translation;  I  don't  know  a  word  of  it."  Then  the 
cleverest  boy,  or  one  who  had  already  been  through  the  book, 
would  begin  to  translate,  two  or  three  others  would  have  their 
dictionaries  ready  when  he  did  not  know  the  meaning  of  a 
word,  and  so  we  blundered  through  our  forty  or  fifty  lines. 
When  we  were  called  up,  it  was  all  a  matter  of  chance  whether 
we  got  through  well  or  otherwise.  If  the  master  was  in  a 
good  humour  and  the  part  we  had  to  translate  was  especially 
interesting,  he  would  help  us  on  whenever  we  hesitated  or 
blundered,  and  when  we  had  got  through  the  lesson,  he  would 
make  a  few  remarks  on  the  subject,  and  say,  "  Now  I  will  read 
you  the  whole  incident."  He  would  then  take  out  a  trans- 
lation of  the  "  Mneid  "  in  verse  by  a  relative  of  his  own — an 
uncle,  I  think — and,  beginning  perhaps  a  page  or  two  back, 
read  us  several  pages,  so  that  we  could  better  appreciate  what 
we  had  been  trying  to  translate.  I,  for  one,  always  enjoyed 
these  readings,  as  the  verse  was  clear  and  melodious,  and 
gave  an  excellent  idea  of  the  poetry  of  the  Latin  writer. 
Sometimes  our  laziness  and  ignorance  were  found  out,  and 
we  either  had  to  stay  in  an  hour  and  go  over  it  again,  or  copy  it 
out  a  dozen  times,  or  some  other  stupid  imposition.  But  as 
this  only  occurred  now  and  then,  of  course  it  did  not  in 
the  least  affect  our  general  mode  of  procedure  when  supposed 
to  be  learning  our  lesson.  Mr.  Crutwell  read  well,  with  a  good 
emphasis  and  intonation,  and  I  obtained  a  better  idea  of  what 
Virgil  really  was  from  his  readings  than  from  the  frag- 
mentary translations  we  scrambled  through. 


52 


MY  LIFE 


The  three  assistant  masters,  then  called  ushers,  were  very- 
distinct  characters.  The  English  and  writing  master,  who 
also  taught  French,  was  a  handsome,  fair  young  man  named 
Fitzjohn.  He  was  something  of  a  dandy,  wearing  white  duck 
trousers  in  the  summer,  and  always  having  a  bright-coloured 
stiff  stock,  which  was  the  fashionable  necktie  of  the  day. 
Those  being  aw^^-steel-pen  days  he  had  to  make  and  mend 
our  quill  pens,  and  always  had  a  sharp  penknife.  He  was 
consequently  the  authority  among  the  boys  on  the  different 
knife-makers  and  the  best  kind  of  hones  for  keeping  them 
sharp;  and  when  he  declared,  as  I  once  heard  him,  that  some 
knives  required  oil  and  others  water  on  the  stone  to  bring 
them  to  the  proper  edge,  we  marvelled  at  his  knowledge.  What 
raised  him  still  higher  in  our  estimation  was  that  he  was  a 
fairly  good  cricketer,  and,  even  more  exciting,  he  was  one  of 
the  County  Yeomanry,  and  upon  the  days  appointed  for  drill 
or  inspection,  when  from  his  bedroom  over  the  schoolroom  he 
came  down  in  his  uniform  with  sword  and  spurs,  and  marched 
across  the  room,  our  admiration  reached  its  height.  Though 
rather  contemptuous  to  the  younger  boys,  he  was,  I  think,  a 
pretty  fair  teacher.  I  learnt  French  from  him  for  about  two 
or  three  years,  and  though  he  taught  us  nothing  colloquially, 
and  could  not,  I  think,  speak  the  language  himself,  yet  I 
learned  enough  to  read  any  easy  French  book,  whereas  my  six 
years'  grinding  at  Latin  only  resulted  in  a  scanty  knowledge 
of  the  vocabulary  and  grammar,  leaving  me  quite  unable  to 
construe  a  page  from  a  Latin  author  with  any  approach  to 
accuracy.  Of  course  this  was  partly  due  to  the  fact  that  one 
language  is  much  more  difficult  than  the  other,  but  more  to 
the  method  of  instruction.  Had  half  the  time  been  devoted 
to  teaching  us  simple  colloquial  Latin  thoroughly,  I  feel  sure 
it  would  have  been  far  more  useful  to  those  who  left  school 
early,  and  who  had  no  special  talent  for  languages.  The 
only  use  Latin  has  been  to  me  has  been  the  enabling  me  to 
understand  the  specific  descriptions  of  birds  and  insects  in 
that  tongue,  and  also  to  appreciate  the  derivation  from  Latin 
of  many  of  our  common  English  words.  If  the  remaining 
time  had  been  spent  in  learning  German,  the  result  would 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  53 

have  been  far  more  useful,  but  I  do  not  think  this  language 
was  taught  in  the  school. 

The  second  master,  or  head  usher,  was  named  Hill.  He 
had  the  end  desk  opposite  to  Mr.  Crutwell's,  and  was  a  rather 
hard  man,  who  knocked  the  boys'  knuckles  with  his  ruler  very 
severely.  On  one  occasion  I  remember  seeing  a  boy  whose 
hand  was  not  only  black  and  swollen  from  blows,  but  had  the 
skin  cut,  and  was  covered  with  blood.  In  this  case  I  think 
a  complaint  was  made  by  the  boy's  parents,  and  Mr.  H. 
was  informed  privately  that  he  must  be  more  moderate  in 
the  future.  I  do  not  think  I  ever  had  any  lessons  with  this 
master. 

The  youngest  of  the  ushers  was  named  Godwin,  and  was 
a  nephew  of  Mr.  Crutwell.  He  was  rather  a  large-limbed, 
dark  young  man  of  eighteen  or  twenty.  He  was  very  good 
natured,  and  was  much  liked  by  the  boys,  in  whose  games  he 
often  took  part.  He  was,  I  believe,  studying  the  higher  classics 
with  his  uncle  with  the  idea  of  going  to  the  University,  but 
I  never  heard  what  became  of  him  afterwards.  He  taught 
generally  in  the  school,  but  the  only  recollection  I  have  of 
him  as  a  teacher  was  in  one  special  case:  Shortly  before  I 
left  the  school,  I  and  a  few  others  were  put  to  translate  one 
of  the  works  of  Cicero,  and  we  were  to  be  heard  the  lesson  by 
Godwin.  We  had  none  of  us  any  experience  of  this  author 
before,  having  translated  only  Ovid  and  Virgil.  We  sat 
down  and  worked  away  with  our  dictionaries  till  we  knew 
the  meanings,  or  some  of  the  meanings,  of  most  of  the  words, 
but,  somewhow,  could  not  fit  them  together  to  make  sense. 
However,  at  last  we  thought  we  had  got  something  of  the 
meaning.  We  were  called  up,  and  the  boy  at  the  head  of 
the  class  began  his  translation.  When  he  got  stuck  Godwin 
asked  the  others  if  they  could  help  him,  and  when  we  could 
not,  he  would  tell  us  the  meaning  of  some  difficult  word,  and 
then  tell  the  translator  to  go  on.  He  went  on  bit  by  bit  till 
we  got  to  the  end  of  a  long  sentence.  Then  Godwin  asked 
us  if  we  thought  we  had  got  it  right.  We  said  we  didn't  know. 
Then  he  said,  "  Let's  see ;  I  will  read  it  just  as  you  have 
translated  it."    This  he  did,  and  then  we  could  see  that  we 


54 


MY  LIFE 


had  not  made  the  least  approach  to  anything  that  was  in- 
telHgible.  So  we  had  to  confess  that  we  could  only  make 
nonsense  of  it.  Then  he  began,  and  translated  the  whole 
passage  correctly  for  us,  using  very  nearly  the  same  words  as 
we  had  used,  but  arranging  them  in  a  very  different  order, 
and  showing  us  that  the  very  ideas  involved  and  the  whole 
construction  of  the  sentence  was  totally  different  from  any- 
thing we  had  imagined.  He  did  all  this  in  a  good-humoured 
way,  as  if  pitying  our  being  put  upon  a  task  so  much  beyond 
us,  and,  so  far  as  I  now  recollect,  that  was  our  last  as  well  as 
our  first  attempt  at  translating  Cicero.  I  felt,  however,  that 
if  we  had  had  Godwin  for  our  Latin  teacher  from  the  beginning 
we  should  have  had  a  much  better  chance  of  really  learning 
the  language,  and,  perhaps,  getting  to  understand  Cicero,  and 
appreciate  the  beauty  and  force  of  his  style. 

Next  to  Latin  grammar  the  most  painful  subject  I  learned 
was  geography,  which  ought  to  have  been  the  most  interesting. 
It  consisted  almost  entirely  in  learning  by  heart  the  names  of 
the  chief  towns,  rivers,  and  mountains  of  the  various  countries 
from,  I  think,  Pinnock's  "  School  Geography,"  which  gave  the 
minimum  of  useful  or  interesting  information.  It  was  some- 
thing like  learning  the  multiplication  table  both  in  the  pain- 
fulness  of  the  process  and  the  permanence  of  the  results.  The 
incessant  grinding  in  both,  week  after  week,  and  year  after 
year,  resulted  in  my  knowing  both  the  product  of  any  two 
numbers  up  to  twelve,  and  the  chief  towns  of  any  English 
county  so  thoroughly,  that  the  result  was  automatic,  and  the 
name  of  Staffordshire  brought  into  my  memory  Stafford, 
Litchfield,  Leek,  as  surely  and  rapidly  as  eight  times  seven 
brought  fifty-six.  The  labour  and  mental  effort  to  one  who 
like  myself  had  little  verbal  memory  was  very  painful,  and 
though  the  result  has  been  a  somewhat  useful  acquisition 
during  life,  I  cannot  think  but  that  the  same  amount  of 
mental  exertion  wisely  directed  might  have  produced  far 
greater  and  more  generally  useful  results.  When  I  had  to 
learn  the  chief  towns  of  the  provinces  of  Poland,  Russia, 
Asia  Minor,  and  other  parts  of  Western  Asia,  with  their  al- 
most unpronounceable  names,  I  dreaded  the  approaching  hour, 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  55 

as  I  was  sure  to  be  kept  in  for  inability  to  repeat  them,  and 
it  was  sometimes  only  by  several  repetitions  that  I  could  attain 
even  an  approximate  knowledge  of  them.  No  interesting 
facts  were  ever  given  in  connection  with  these  names,  no 
accounts  of  the  country  by  travellers  were  ever  read,  no  good 
maps  ever  given  us,  nothing  but  the  horrid  stream  of  unin- 
telligible place-names,  to  be  learned  in  their  due  order  as 
belonging  to  a  certain  country. 

History  was  very  little  better,  being  largely  a  matter  of 
learning  by  heart  names  and  dates,  and  reading  the  very 
baldest  account  of  the  doings  of  kings  and  queens,  of  wars, 
rebellions,  and  conquests.  Whatever  little  knowledge  of  history 
I  have  ever  acquired  has"  been  derived  more  from  Shakes- 
peare's plays  and  from  good  historical  novels  than  from  any- 
thing I  learned  at  school. 

At  one  period  when  the  family  was  temporarily  broken 
up,  for  some  reason  I  do  not  remember,  I  was  for  about  half 
a  year  a  boarder  in  Mr.  Crutwell's  house,  in  company  with 
twenty  or  thirty  other  boys;  and  I  will  here  give  the  routine 
of  a  pretty  good  boarding-school  at  that  period. 

Our  breakfast  at  eight  consisted  of  a  mug  of  milk-and- 
water  and  a  large  and  very  thick  slice  of  bread-and-butter. 
For  the  average  boy  this  was  as  much  as  they  could  eat,  a 
few  could  not  eat  so  much,  a  few  wanted  more,  and  the  former 
often  gave  their  surplus  to  the  latter.  Any  boy  could  have 
an  egg  or  a  slice  of  bacon  cooked  if  he  bought  it  himself  or 
had  it  sent  from  home,  but  comparatively  very  few  had  such 
luxuries.  Three  times  a  week  half  the  boys  had  a  hot  buttered 
roll  instead  of  the  bread-and-butter.  These  penny  rolls  were 
much  larger  than  any  I  have  seen  in  recent  years,  although 
this  was  in  the  corn-law  days,  and  one  of  them  was  as  much 
as  any  boy  wanted.  They  were  cut  in  two  longitudinally 
and  well  buttered,  and  were  served  quite  hot  from  the  kitchen 
oven.  Any  boy  who  preferred  it  could  have  bread-and-butter 
instead,  as  a  few  did,  and  any  bread-and-butter  boy  who  had 
not  much  appetite  could  have  a  thin  slice  instead  of  a  thick 
one  by  asking  for  it. 


56 


MY  LIFE 


For  dinner  at  one  o'clock  we  had  hot  joints  of  meat  and 
vegetables  for  five  days,  hot  meat-pies  on  Saturdays  made  of 
remnants,  with  some  fresh  mutton  or  beef  to  make  gravy, 
well  seasoned,  but  always  with  a  peculiar  flavour,  which  I 
think  must  have  been  caused  by  the  meat  having  been  slightly 
salted  or  pickled  to  keep  it  good.  Of  course  the  boys  used 
to  turn  up  their  noses  at  this  dinner,  but  the  pie  was  really 
very  good,  with  a  good  substantial  crust  and  abundance  of 
gravy.  On  Sundays  we  had  a  cold  joint  of  meat,  with  hot 
fruit  pies  in  the  summer  and  plum-pudding  in  the  winter,  with 
usually  some  extra  delicacy  as  custard  or  a  salad.  Every  boy 
had  half  a  pint  of  fairly  good  beer  to  drink,  and  any  one  who 
wished  could  have  a  second  helping  of  meat,  and  there  were 
always  some  who  did  so,  though  the  first  helping  was  very 
liberal. 

At  half-past  five,  I  think,  w-e  had  milk-and-water  and  bread- 
and-butter  as  at  breakfast,  from  seven  to  eight  we  prepared 
lessons  for  the  next  day,  and  at  eight  we  had  supper,  con- 
sisting of  bread-and-cheese  and,  I  think,  another  mug  of  beer. 
The  house  where  the  masters  lived  and  where  w^e  had  our 
meals  and  slept  was  in  Fore  Street,  and  was  about  two 
hundred  feet  aw^ay  from  the  school;  and  the  large  school- 
room was  the  only  place  we  had  to  go  to  in  wet  weather, 
when  not  at  meals,  but  as  we  were  comparatively  few  in 
number,  it  answered  our  purpose  very  well. 

Occasionally  ]\lr.  Crutwell  gave  us  a  special  treat  on  some 
public  occasion  or  holiday.  Once  I  remember  he  gave  us  all 
syllabub  in  his  private  garden,  two  cows  being  brought  up 
for  the  occasion,  and  milked  into  a  pail  containing  two  or  three 
bottles  of  wine  and  some  sugar.  Having  been  all  regaled 
with  this  delicacy  and  plum  cake,  and  having  taken  a  walk 
round  the  garden,  we  retired  to  our  playground  rejoicing. 

Our  regular  games  were  cricket,  baseball,  leapfrog,  high 
and  long  jumps,  and,  in  the  winter,  turnpikes  with  hoops. 
This  latter  was  a  means  of  enabling  those  who  had  no  hoops 
to  get  the  use  of  them.  They  kept  turnpikes,  formed  by  two 
bricks  or  stones  placed  the  width  of  the  foot  apart,  and  the 
hoop-driver  had  to  pass  through  without  touching.    If  the 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  57 


hoop  touched  he  gave  it  up,  and  kept  the  turnpike  in  his 
place.  When  there  were  turnpikes  every  five  or  ten  yards  all 
round  the  playground  and  a  dozen  or  more  hoops  following 
each  other  pretty  closely,  the  game  was  not  devoid  of  its  little 
excitements.  We  never  played  football  (so  far  as  I  remember), 
which  at  that  time  was  by  no  means  such  a  common  game  as 
it  is  now.  Among  the  smaller  amusements  which  were  always 
much  liked  were  marbles  and  pegtops.  Marbles  were  either 
a  game  of  skill  or  a  form  of  gambling.  In  the  latter  game 
a  small  hole  was  made  against  a  wall,  and  each  player  in 
turn  asked  for  a  hand  of  two  or  four  or  even  a  higher  number 
from  some  other  boy;  then  with  an  equal  number  of  his 
own  he  tried  to  pitch  them  into  the  hole,  and  if  all  or  any  even 
number  remained  in  he  won  the  whole,  while  if  the  number 
was  odd  he  lost  them.  When  a  boy  had  lost  all  his  stock  of 
marbles  he  bought  a  half-penny  worth  and  went  on  playing, 
and  in  the  end  some  would  lose  all  the  marbles  they  began  with 
and  several  pence  besides,  while  others  would  retire  with  their 
trouser-pockets  almost  bursting  with  marbles,  and  in  addition 
several  pence  resulting  from  sales  in  their  pockets.  I  well 
remember  the  excitement  and  fascination  even  of  this  very 
humble  form  of  gambling  play ;  how  we  would  keep  on  to  the 
very  last  moment  in  hopes  of  retrieving  our  losses  or  adding 
to  our  gains,  then  rush  home  to  dinner,  and  return  as  quickly 
as  possible  to  play  again  before  school  began.  It  was  really 
gambling,  and  though  perhaps  it  could  not  have  been  wholly 
forbidden,  it  might  have  been  discouraged  and  made  the  text 
for  some  important  teaching  on  the  immorality  of  gaining 
only  by  another's  loss.  But  at  that  time  such  ideas  had  hardly 
arisen  in  the  minds  of  teachers. 

Peg-tops,  whipping-tops,  and  humming-tops  were  all  more 
or  less  appreciated,  but  pegtops  were  decidedly  the  most 
popular,  and  at  certain  times  a  large  number  of  the  boys 
would  have  them.  We  used  to  pride  ourselves  on  being  able 
to  make  our  tops  keep  up  as  long  as  possible,  and  often 
painted  them  in  rings  of  bright  colours,  which  showed  beauti- 
fully while  they  were  spinning.  Those  made  of  box-wood 
and  of  rather  large  size  were  preferred,  as  their  weight,  and 


58 


MY  LIFE 


the  longer  string  that  could  be  used,  caused  them  to  spin 
longer.  The  individuality  of  tops  was  rather  curious,  as  some 
could  only  be  made  to  spin  by  holding  them  with  the  peg 
upwards,  others  with  it  downwards,  while  others  would  spin 
when  held  m  either  position,  and  thrown  almost  anyhow. 
When  tops  were  in  fashion  they  might  have  been  made  the 
vehicle  for  very  interesting  teaching  of  mechanics,  but  that 
again  was  quite  beyond  the  range  of  the  ordinary  school- 
master of  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

During  my  last  year's  residence  at  Hertford  an  arrange- 
ment was  made  by  which,  I  suppose,  the  fees  paid  for  my 
schooling  were  remitted  on  condition  that  I  assisted  in  the 
school.  I  was  a  good  writer  and  reader,  and  while  continuing 
my  regular  classes  in  Latin  and  algebra,  I  took  the  younger 
boys  in  reading  and  dictation,  arithmetic  and  writing.  Al- 
though I  had  no  objection  whatever  to  the  work  itself,  the 
anomalous  position  it  gave  me  in  the  school — there  being  a 
score  of  boys  older  than  myself  who  were  scholars  only — was 
exceedingly  distasteful.  It  led  to  many  disagreeables,  and 
subjected  me  to  painful  insinuations  and  annoying  remarks. 
I  was  especially  sensitive  to  what  all  boys  dislike — the  being 
placed  in  any  exceptional  position  or  having  to  do  anything 
different  from  other  boys,  and  not  of  my  own  choice.  Every 
time  I  entered  the  schoolroom  I  felt  ashamed,  and  whether  I 
was  engaged  at  my  own  lessons  or  occupied  as  a  teacher,  I 
was  equally  uncomfortable.  I  cannot  now  remember  all  the 
details  of  what  was  to  me  a  constant  humiliation,  but  I  am 
sure  it  must  have  been  a  time  of  very  real  mental  anguish 
from  one  result  that  persisted  almost  into  middle  life.  For 
at  least  twenty  years  after  I  left  school,  and  I  think  even 
longer,  I  was  subject  to  frequently  recurring  dreams  of  still 
having  to  go  to  school  in  the  hybrid  position  of  pupil  and 
teacher,  aggravated  by  feeling  myself  taller,  and  at  least  a 
man,  and  yet  suffering  over  again  with  increased  intensity 
the  shyness  and  sense  of  disgrace  of  my  boyhood.  In  my 
dreams  I  hated  to  go;  when  I  reached  the  schoolhouse  I 
dreaded  to  open  the  door,  especially  if  a  few  minutes  late, 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE 


for  then  all  eyes  would  be  upon  me.  The  trouble  of  not 
always  knowing  what  to  do  came  upon  me  with  exaggerated 
force,  and  I  used  to  open  my  desk  and  fumble  about  among 
its  contents  so  as  to  hide  my  face  as  long  as  possible. 

After  some  years  the  dream  became  still  more  painful  by 
the  thought  occurring  to  me  sometimes  that  I  need  not  go, 
that  I  had  really  left  school;  and  yet  the  next  time  the 
dream  came  I  could  not  resist  the  impulse  to  go,  however 
much  I  dreaded  it.  At  last  a  phase  came  in  which  I  seemed 
to  have  nothing  to  do  at  school,  and  my  whole  time  there 
was  spent  in  pretending  to  do  something,  such  as  mending 
pens  or  reading  a  school-book,  all  the  while  feeling  that  the 
boys  were  looking  at  me  "and  wondering  what  I  was  there 
for.  Then  would  come  a  struggle  not  to  go.  I  would  say  to 
myself  that  I  was  sure  I  had  left  school,  that  I  had  nothing 
to  do  there,  that  if  I  never  went  again  nothing  would  happen ; 
yet  for  a  long  time  I  always  did  go  again.  Then  for  a  time 
I  would  dream  that  it  was  close  to  the  holidays,  or  that  the 
next  day  was  breaking-up,  and  that  I  had  better  not  go  at 
all.  Then  I  would  remember  that  my  books  and  slate  and 
others  things  were  in  my  desk,  and  that  I  must  take  them 
away.  And  after  this  for  some  years  I  would  still  occasion- 
ally dream  that  I  had  to  go  on  this  last  day  to  carry  away  my 
books  and  take  formal  leave  of  Mr.  Crutwell.  After  having 
got  to  this  point  even,  the  dream  reappeared,  and  I  went  over 
the  last  school-day  again  and  again;  and  then  the  final  stage 
came,  in  which  I  seemed  to  have  the  old  impulse  to  go  to 
school,  even  started  on  the  way,  and  then  remembered  that  I 
had  really  left,  that  I  need  never  go  any  more,  and  with  an 
infinite  sense  of  relief  turned  back,  and  found  myself  in  some 
quite  different  life. 

Now,  the  very  long  persistence  of  such  a  dream  as  this 
shows,  I  think,  how  deeply  impressionable  is  the  mind  at  this 
period  of  boyhood,  and  how  very  difficult  it  is  to  get  rid  of 
painful  impressions  which  have  been  almost  daily  repeated. 
Whether  or  not  this  particular  form  of  experience  in  my  boy- 
hood produced  any  permanent  effect  on  my  character  I  cannot 
say,  but  the  mere  continuance  of  a  painful  dream  for  so  many 


6o 


MY  LIFE 


years  is  in  itself  an  evil,  and  must  almost  certainly  have  had 
an  injurious  effect  upon  the  bodily  health.  Even  in  my  home- 
life  I  was  subject  to  impressions  of  the  same  general  nature, 
though  far  less  severe.  Many  slight  faults  of  conduct  which 
had  been  long  overlooked  were  often  suddenly  noticed,  and  I 
was  ordered  at  once  to  change  them.  One  such  that  I  re- 
member was  that  I  had  been  accustomed  to  use  my  spoon  at 
table  with  my  left  hand,  when  I  was  one  day  told  to  use  my 
right.  No  doubt  I  could  have  done  this  without  much  trouble, 
but  I  seemed  to  feel  that  to  make  such  a  change  would  be 
singular,  would  draw  the  attention  of  my  brothers  and  sisters 
to  me,  and  would  be  a  kind  of  confession  of  ignorance  or  clum- 
siness which  I  could  not  make.  I  felt  too  much  ashamed  to  do 
it.  I  put  down  my  spoon  and  waited,  and  when  I  thought  no 
one  was  looking,  took  it  up  again  in  the  way  forbidden.  This 
was  said  to  be  obstinacy,  but  to  me  it  seemed  something  else 
which  I  could  hardly  describe.  However,  the  result  was  that 
I  was  sent  away  from  the  table  up  to  my  bedroom,  and  was 
ordered  to  have  my  meals  there  till  I  would  "  do  as  I  was 
bid."  I  forget  exactly  how  it  ended,  but  I  think  I  remained 
under  this  punishment  several  days,  and  that  it  was  only  under 
the  kind  persuasions  and  advice  of  my  mother  and  sisters  that 
I  was  at  length  allowed  to  come  down ;  and  this  was  the  most 
terrible  ordeal  of  all,  and  when  I  actually  took  the  spoon  in 
my  right  hand,  I  felt  more  hurt  and  ashamed  than  when  I  was 
sent  away  from  table.  This  is  only  an  example  of  numbers  of 
little  things  of  a  similar  character,  which  were  treated  in  the 
same  rough  and  dogmatic  manner,  which  was  then  almost 
universal,  and  was  thought  to  be  the  only  way  of  training 
children.  How,  exactly,  to  treat  each  case  must  depend  upon 
circumstances,  but  I  think  that  a  little  mild  ridicule  would 
have  a  better  effect  than  compulsion.  I  might  have  been  told 
that,  although  we  did  not  much  care  about  it,  other  people 
would  think  it  very  strange,  and  that  we  should  then  be 
ashamed  because  people  would  say  that  we  did  not  knovs^ 
good  manners.  Or  I  might  have  been  asked  to  practise  it 
by  myself,  and  try  the  experiment,  using  sometimes  one  hand 
and  sometimes  the  other,  till  at  last,  when  the  holidays  or  my 


HERTFORD:  MY  SCHOOL  LIFE  6i 


next  birthday  came,  or  I  first  had  new  clothes  on,  I  was  to 
complete  the  victory  over  myself  by  discarding  the  left-hand 
spoon  altogether. 

One  other  case  of  this  kind  hurt  me  dreadfully  at  the  time, 
because  it  exposed  me  to  what  I  thought  was  the  ridicule 
or  contempt  of  the  whole  school.  Like  most  other  boys  I  was 
reckless  about  my  clothes,  leaning  my  elbows  on  the  desk  till 
a  hole  was  worn  in  my  jacket,  and,  worse  still,  when  cleaning 
my  slate  using  my  cuff  to  rub  it  dry.  Slate  sponges  attached 
by  a  string  were  unknown  to  our  school  in  those  days.  As 
new  clothes  were  too  costly  to  be  had  very  often,  my  mother 
determined  to  save  a  jacket  just  taken  for  school  wear  by 
making  covers  for  the  sleeves,  which  I  was  to  wear  in  school. 
These  were  made  of  black  calico,  reaching  from  the  cuff  to  the 
elbow,  and  though  I  protested  that  I  could  not  wear  them, 
that  I  should  be  looked  upon  as  a  guy  and  other  equally  valid 
reasons,  they  were  one  day  put  in  my  pocket,  and  I  was 
told  to  put  them  on  just  before  I  entered  the  school.  Of 
course  I  could  not  do  it ;  so  I  brought  them  back  and  told  my 
mother.  Then,  after  another  day  or  two  of  trial,  one  morn- 
ing the  dreaded  thunderbolt  fell  upon  me.  On  entering  school 
I  was  called  up  to  the  master's  desk,  he  produced  the  dreaded 
calico  sleeves,  and  told  me  that  my  mother  wished  me  to  wear 
them  to  save  my  jacket,  and  told  me  to  put  them  on.  Of 
course  I  had  to  do  so.  They  fitted  very  well,  and  felt  quite 
comfortable,  and  I  dare  say  did  not  look  so  very  strange.  I 
have  no  doubt  also  that  most  of  the  boys  had  a  fellow-feeling 
for  me,  and  thought  it  a  shame  to  thus  make  me  an  exception 
to  all  the  school.  But  to  me  it  seemed  a  cruel  disgrace,  and 
I  was  miserable  so  long  as  I  wore  them.  How  long  that  was 
I  cannot  remember,  but  I  do  not  think  it  was  very  long,  per- 
haps a  month  or  two,  or  till  the  beginning  of  the  next  holidays. 
But  while  it  lasted  it  was,  perhaps,  the  severest  punishment  I 
ever  endured. 

In  an  article  on  the  civilizations  of  China  and  Japan  in 
The  Independent  Review  (April,  1904),  it  is  pointed  out  that 
the  universal  practice  of  "  saving  the  face  "  of  any  kind  of 
opponent  rests  upon  the  fundamental  idea  of  the  right  of 


62  MY  LIFE 

every  individual  to  be  treated  with  personal  respect.  With 
them  this  principle  is  taught  from  childhood,  and  pervades 
every  class  of  society,  while  with  us  it  was  only  recognized  by 
the  higher  classes,  and  by  them  is  rarely  extended  to  inferiors 
or  to  children.  The  feeling  that  demands  this  recognition  is 
certainly  strong  in  many  children,  and  those  who  have 
suffered  under  the  failure  of  their  elders  to  respect  it,  can 
well  appreciate  the  agony  of  shame  endured  by  the  more 
civilized  Eastern  peoples,  whose  feelings  are  so  often  outraged 
by  the  total  absence  of  all  respect  shown  them  by  their 
European  masters  or  conquerors.  In  thus  recognizing  the 
sanctity  of  this  deepest  of  human  feelings  these  people  mani- 
fest a  truer  phase  of  civilization  than  we  have  attained  to. 
Even  savages  often  surpass  us  in  this  respect.  They  will  often 
refuse  to  enter  an  empty  house  during  the  absence  of  the 
owner,  even  though  something  belonging  to  themselves  may 
have  been  left  in  it ;  and  when  asked  to  call  one  of  their  sleep- 
ing companions  to  start  on  a  journey,  they  will  be  careful  not 
to  touch  him,  and  will  positively  refuse  to  shake  him  rudely, 
as  an  Englishman  would  have  no  scruple  in  doing. 


CHAPTER  V 


HERTFORD  :    MY  HOME  LIFE 

As  the  period  from  the  age  of  six  to  fourteen  which  I  spent 
at  Hertford  was  that  of  my  whole  home  Hfe  till  I  had  a  home 
of  my  own  twenty-eight  years  later,  and  because  it  was  in 
many  ways  more  educational  than  the  time  I  spent  at  school, 
I  think  it  well  to  devote  a  separate  chapter  to  a  short  account 
of  it. 

During  the  year  or  two  spent  at  the  first  house  we  occu- 
pied in  St.  Andrew's  Street  very  little  occurred  to  impress 
itself  upon  my  memory,  partly,  I  think,  because  I  was  too 
young  and  had  several  playfellows  of  my  own  age,  and  partly, 
perhaps,  because  the  very  small  house  and  yard  at  the  back 
offered  few  facilities  for  home  amusements.  There  was  also 
at  that  time  too  much  inequality  between  myself  and  my 
brother  John  for  us  to  become  such  constant  companions  as 
we  were  a  little  later. 

When  we  moved  to  the  house  beyond  the  Old  Cross, 
nearly  opposite  to  the  lane  leading  to  Hartham,  the  con- 
ditions were  altogether  more  favourable.  The  house  itself 
was  a  more  commodious  one,  and  besides  a  yard  at  one  side, 
it  had  a  small  garden  at  the  back  with  a  flower  border  at 
each  side,  wliere  I  first  became  acquainted  with  some  of  our 
common  garden  flowers.  The  gable  end  of  the  house  in  the 
yard,  facing  nearly  south,  had  few  windows,  and  was  covered 
over  with  an  old  vine  which  not  only  produced  abundance  of 
grapes,  but  enabled  my  father  to  make  some  gallons  of  wine 
from  the  thinnings.  But  the  most  interesting  feature  of  the 
premises  to  us  two  boys  was  a  small  stable  with  a  loft  over 
it,  which,  not  being  used  except  to  store  garden-tools  and  odd 

63 


64 


MY  LIFE 


lumber,  we  had  practically  to  ourselves.  The  loft  especially 
was  most  delightful  to  us.  It  was  reached  by  steps  formed 
by  nailing  battens  across  the  upright  framing  of  the  stable, 
with  a  square  opening  in  the  floor  above.  It  thus  required  a 
little  practice  to  climb  up  and  down  easily  and  to  get  a 
safe  landing  at  top,  and  doing  this  became  so  easy  to  us  that 
we  ran  up  and  down  it  as  easily  as  sailors  run  up  the  shrouds 
of  a  vessel.  Then  the  loft  itself,  under  the  sloping  roof, 
gloomy  and  nearly  dark  in  the  remote  comers,  was  almost  like 
a  robber's  cave,  while  a  door  opening  to  the  outside  by  which 
hay  could  be  pitched  up  out  of  a  cart,  afforded  us  plenty  of 
light  when  we  required  it,  together  with  the  novel  sensation 
and  spice  of  danger  afforded  by  an  opening  down  to  the  floor, 
yet  eight  or  nine  feet  above  the  ground. 

This  place  was  our  greatest  delight,  and  almost  all  the 
hours  of  daylight  we  could  spare  from  school  and  meals  were 
spent  in  it.  Here  we  accumulated  all  kinds  of  odds  and  ends 
that  might  be  useful  for  our  various  games  or  occupations, 
and  here  we  were  able  to  hide  many  forbidden  treasures  such 
as  gunpowder,  with  which  we  used  to  make  wild-fires  as  well 
as  more  elaborate  fireworks.  John  was  of  a  more  mechanical 
turn  than  myself,  and  he  used  to  excel  in  making  all  the 
little  toys  and  playthings  in  which  boys  then  used  to  delight. 
I,  of  course,  looked  on  admiringly,  and  helped  him  in  any 
way  I  could.  I  also  tried  to  imitate  him,  but  only  succeeded 
in  some  of  the  simpler  operations.  Our  m.ost  valuable  guide 
was  the  "  Boy's  Own  Book,"  which  told  us  how  to  make  num- 
bers of  things  boys  never  think  of  making  now,  partly  because 
everything  is  made  for  them,  and  also  because  children  get 
so  many  presents  of  elaborate  or  highly  ornamented  toys  when 
very  young,  that  by  the  time  they  are  old  enough  to  make 
anything  for  themselves  they  are  quite  blcLse,  and  can  only  be 
satisfied  by  still  more  elaborate  and  expensive  playthings.  I 
think  it  may  be  interesting  to  give  a  short  enumeration  of  the 
things  which  at  this  time  John  and  I  used  to  make  for  our- 
selves. 

I  may  mention  first  that,  owing  to  the  very  straitened 
circumstances  of  the  family  during  the  whole  of  our  life  at 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  65 


Hertford,  we  were  allowed  an  exceedingly  scanty  amount  of 
pocket-money.  Till  I  was  ten  years  old  or  more  I  had  only 
a  penny  a  week  regularly,  while  John  may  perhaps  have  had 
twopence,  and  it  was  very  rarely  that  we  got  tips  to  the 
amount  of  the  smaller  silver  coins.  We  were,  therefore, 
obliged  to  save  up  for  any  little  purchase  required  for  our 
various  occupations,  as,  for  example,  to  procure  the  saltpetre 
and  sulphur  required  for  making  fireworks ;  the  charcoal  we 
could  make  ourselves,  and  obtain  the  iron  filings  from  some 
friendly  whitesmith.  The  simplest  fireworks  to  make  were 
squibs,  and  in  these  we  were  quite  successful,  following  the 
receipt  in  the  "  Boy's  Own  Book."  The  cases  we  made  before- 
hand with  a  little  copy-book  paper  and  paste.  Crackers  were 
much  more  difficult,  and  the  home-made  ones  were  apt  to  go 
off  all  at  once  instead  of  making  the  regular  succession  of 
bangs  which  the  shop  article  seemed  never  to  fail  in  doing. 
But  by  perseverance  some  fairly  good  ones  were  made,  though 
they  could  never  be  thoroughly  trusted.  Roman  candles  we 
were  also  tolerably  successful  with,  though  only  the  smallest 
size  were  within  our  means;  and  we  even  tried  to  construct 
the  beautiful  revolving  Catherine-wheels,  but  these  again 
would  often  stop  in  the  middle,  and  refuse  either  to  revolve 
properly  or  to  burn  more  than  half  way. 

In  connection  with  fireworks,  we  were  fond  of  making 
miniature  cannon  out  of  keys.  For  this  purpose  we  begged 
of  our  friends  any  discarded  -box  or  other  keys  with  rather 
large  barrels,  and  by  filing  a  touch-hole,  filing  off  the  handle, 
and  mounting  them  on  block  carriages,  we  were  able  to  fire 
off  salutes  or  startle  our  sister  or  the  servant  to  our  great  satis- 
faction. When,  later,  by  some  exchange  with  a  fellow  school- 
boy or  in  any  other  way,  we  got  possession  of  one  of  the 
small  brass  cannons  made  for  toys,  our  joy  was  great;  and  I 
remember  our  immense  admiration  at  one  of  these  brass 
cannon,  about  six  inches  long,  in  the  possession  of  a  friend, 
which  would  go  off  with  a  bang  as  loud  as  that  of  a  large 
pistol.  We  also  derived  great  pleasure  by  loading  one  of  our 
weapons  to  the  very  muzzle,  pressing  it  down  into  the  ground 
so  that  we  could  lay  a  train  of  powder  to  it  about  two  feet 


66 


MY  LIFE 


long,  and  then  escape  to  a  safe  distance,  and  see  it  jump  up 
into  the  air  with  the  force  of  the  explosion. 

On  the  fifth  of  November  we  always  had  a  holiday,  and  in 
the  evening  there  was  always  in  the  playground  a  large  bon- 
fire and  a  considerable  display  of  fireworks  by  a  professional, 
some  of  the  wealthier  of  the  boys'  parents  contributing  the 
outlay.  On  these  occasions  almost  all  the  day-scholars  came, 
their  pockets  more  or  less  filled  with  crackers  and  squibs, 
to  occupy  the  time  before  the  more  elaborate  fireworks. 
The  masters  were  all  present  to  help  keep  order  and  prevent 
accidents,  and  no  boy  was  allowed  to  light  squib  or  cracker 
till  about  seven  o'clock,  when  Mr.  Crutwell  himself  lighted 
the  first  squib,  threw  it  in  the  air,  and  was  immediately  fol- 
lowed by  the  boys  in  every  part  of  the  playground,  which  soon 
presented  a  very  animated  scene.  Many  of  the  parents,  rel- 
atives, and  friends  of  the  boys  were  also  present,  so  that  the 
playground  was  quite  crowded,  yet  though  the  boys  reck- 
lessly threw  squibs  and  crackers  in  all  directions,  no  accidents 
of  any  importance  happened.  Now  and  then  a  boy  would 
have  the  squibs  or  crackers  in  his  pocket  exploded,  but  I  do 
not  remember  any  injury  being  done  in  that  way.  But  shortly 
after  I  left,  I  think,  a  serious  accident  occurred,  by  which 
someone  was  permanently  injured,  and  after  that  I  believe  the 
miscellaneous  fireworks  of  the  boys  were  no  longer  allowed. 

Among  our  favourite  playthings  were  pop-guns  and  minia- 
ture spring-guns  and  pistols.  Pop-guns  were  made  of  stout 
pieces  of  elder-wood,  which,  when  the  pith  is  pushed  out 
has  a  perfectly  smooth,  glossy  inner  surface  which  made  a 
better  pop  than  those  bought  at  the  toy-shop.  Many  a 
pleasant  walk  we  had  to  get  good  straight  pieces  of  elder, 
which,  when  cut  to  the  proper  length  and  a  suitable  strong 
stick  made  to  force  out  the  pellets  of  well-chewed  brown 
paper  or  tow,  would  shoot  them  out  with  a  report  almost 
equal  to  that  of  a  small  pistol. 

Far  more  elaborate  and  ingenious,  however,  were  the  spring- 
pistols  which  my  brother  made  so  well  and  finished  so 
beautifully  that  he  often  sold  them  for  a  shilling  or  more, 
and  thus  obtained  funds  for  the  purchase  of  tools  or  materials. 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  67 


For  the  stocks  he  would  beg  odd  bits  of  mahogany  or  walnut 
or  oak  from  a  cabinet-maker's  shop,  and  carve  them  out  care- 
fully with  a  pocket-knife  to  the  exact  shape  of  pistol  or  gun. 
The  barrel  was  formed  of  a  goose-quih  or  swan's-quill,  care- 
fully fastened  into  the  hollow  of  the  stock  with  waxed  thread, 
and  about  an  inch  of  the  hinder  part  of  this  had  the  upper 
half  cut  away  to  allow  the  spring  to  act.  In  the  straight 
part  near  the  bend  of  the  stock  a  hole  was  cut  for  the  trigger, 
which  was  held  in  its  place  by  a  stout  pin  passing  through 
it  on  which  it  could  turn.  The  only  other  article  needed  was 
a  piece  of  strong  watch  or  clock-spring,  of  which  we  could 
get  several  at  a  watchmaker's  for  a  penny.  The  piece  of 
watch-spring  being  broken  off  the  right  length  and  the  ends 
filed  to  a  smooth  edge,  was  tied  on  to  the  stock  between  the 
barrel  and  the  trigger,  curving  upwards,  and  one  end  fitting 
into  a  notch  at  the  top  of  the  trigger,  while  the  other  end  was 
bent  round  so  that  the  end  fitted  into  a  small  notch  in  the  open 
part  of  the  quill  at  its  hinder  end.  It  was  then  cocked,  and 
a  pea  or  shot  being  placed  in  front  of  the  spring,  a  slight 
pressure  on  the  trigger  would  reloase  it  and  cause  it  to  drive 
out  the  shot  or  pea  with  considerable  velocity.  My  brother 
used  to  take  great  delight  in  making  these  little  pistols,  shaping 
the  stocks  very  accurately,  rubbing  them  smooth  with  sand- 
paper, and  then  oiling  or  varnishing  them;  while  every  part 
was  finished  off  with  the  greatest  neatness.  I  do  not  think 
there  was  any  boy  in  the  school  who  made  them  better  than 
he  did,  and  very  few  equalled  him. 

One  of  the  most  generally  used  articles  of  a  boy's  stock 
of  playthings  are  balls,  and  as  these  are  often  lost  and  soon 
worn  out  we  used  to  make  them  ourselves.  An  old  bung  cut 
nearly  round  formed  the  centre;  this  we  surrounded  with 
narrow  strips  of  list,  while  for  the  outside  we  used  coarse 
worsted  thread  tightly  wound  on,  which  formed  a  firm  and 
elastic  ball.  We  had  two  ways  of  covering  the  balls.  One 
was  to  first  quarter  it  tightly  with  fine  string,  and  using  this 
as  a  base,  cover  the  whole  with  closely  knitted  string  by 
means  of  a  very  simple  loop-stitch.  A  much  superior  plan 
was  to  obtain  from  the  tan-yard  some  partly  tanned  sac- 


68 


MY  LIFE 


shaped  pieces  of  calf-skin  which  were  of  just  the  size  required 
for  a  small-sized  cricket-ball.  These  were  stretched  over  the 
ball,  stitched  up  closely  on  the  one  side,  the  joint  rubbed 
down  smooth,  and  by  its  partial  contraction  when  drying,  an 
excellent  leather-covered  ball  was  made,  which  at  first  was 
hairy  outside,  but  this  soon  wore  off.  In  this  way,  at  a  cost 
of  about  twopence  or  threepence,  we  had  as  good  a  ball  as  one 
which  cost  us  a  shilling  to  buy,  and  which  served  us  well  for 
our  boyish  games  at  cricket. 

Other  house  occupations  which  employed  much  of  our 
spare  time  in  wet  weather  and  in  winter  were  the  making 
of  cherry-stone  chains  and  bread-seals.  For  the  former  we 
collected  some  hundreds  of  cherry-stones  in  the  season.  These, 
with  much  labour  and  scraping  of  fingers,  were  ground  down 
on  each  side  till  only  a  ring  of  suitable  thickness  was  left. 
The  rings  were  then  soaked  in  water  for  some  days,  which 
both  cleaned  and  softened  them,  so  that  with  a  sharp  pen- 
knife they  could  be  cut  through,  and  by  carefully  expanding 
them  the  next  ring  could  be  slipped  in,  the  joint  closing  up 
so  as  to  be  scarcely,  if  at  all,  visible.  When  nicely  cleaned, 
and  if  from  stones  of  nearly  uniform  size,  these  chains  made 
very  pretty  and  useful  watch-guards,  or  even  necklaces  for 
little  girls  of  our  acquaintance. 

Bread-seals  were  easier  to  make,  and  were  more  interesting 
in  their  results.  In  those  ante-penny-postage  days  envelopes 
were  unknown,  as  one  of  the  rules  of  the  post-office  was 
that  each  letter  must  consist  of  a  single  sheet,  any  separate 
piece  of  paper  either  enclosed  or  outside  constituting  it  a 
double  letter  with  double  postage.  Almost  every  letter,  there- 
fore, was  sealed,  and  many  of  them  had  either  coats-of-arms, 
crests,  heads,  or  mottoes,  so  that  besides  the  contents,  which 
were,  perhaps,  only  of  importance  to  the  recipient,  the  seal 
would  often  interest  the  whole  family.  In  such  a  case  we 
begged  for  the  seal  to  be  carefully  cut  round  so  that  we  might 
make  a  copy  of  it.  To  do  this  we  required  only  a  piece  of 
the  crumb  of  new  bread,  and  with  cleanly  washed  hands  we 
worked  this  up  with  our  fingers  till  it  formed  a  compact  stifiE 
mass.    Before  doing  this,  w^e  begged  a  little  bright  water- 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  69 


colour,  carmine  or  Prussian-blue,  from  our  sisters,  and  also, 
I  think,  a  very  small  portion  of  gum.  When  all  was 
thoroughly  incorporated  so  that  the  whole  lump  was  quite 
uniform  in  colour  and  texture,  we  divided  it  into  balls  about 
the  size  of  a  large  marble,  and  carefully  pressed  them  on  to  the 
seals,  at  the  same  time  squeezing  the  bread  up  between  our 
fingers  into  a  conical  shape  to  form  the  upper  part  of  the  seal 
serving  as  a  handle  and  suspender.  Each  seal  was  then  care- 
fully put  away  to  dry  for  some  days,  when  it  got  sufficiently 
hard  to  be  safely  removed.  It  was  then  carefully  trimmed 
round  with  a  sharp  pen-knife,  and  accurately  shaped  to  re- 
semble the  usual  form  of  the  gold  or  silver  seals  which  most 
persons  carried  on  their  watch-chains  to  seal  their  letters. 
The  seal  itself  would  be  perfectly  reproduced  with  the  glossy 
surface  of  the  original,  and  when  still  more  hardened  by 
thoroughly  drying,  would  make  a  beautiful  impression  in  seal- 
ing-wax. In  this  way  we  used  to  get  quite  a  collection  of 
ornamental  seals,  which,  if  carefully  preserved,  would  last 
for  years. 

Almost  all  the  above  amusements  and  occupations  were 
carried  on  in  the  stable  and  loft  already  described,  during  the 
two  or  three  years  we  lived  there.  After  that  my  brother 
John  went  to  London,  and  was  apprenticed  to  a  builder  to 
learn  carpentry  and  joinery.  When  left  alone  at  home,  my 
younger  brother  being  still  too  young  for  a  playmate,  I  gave 
up  most  of  these  occupations,  and  began  to  develop  a  taste  for 
reading.  I  still  had  one  or  two  favourite  companions  with 
whom  I  used  to  go  for  long  walks  in  the  country  round, 
amusing  ourselves  in  gravel  and  chalk  pits,  jumping  over 
streams,  and  cutting  fantastic  walking-sticks  out  of  the  woods ; 
but  nothing  afterwards  seemed  to  make  up  for  the  quiet  hours 
spent  with  my  brother  in  the  delightful  privacy  of  the  loft 
which  we  had  all  to  ourselves.  The  nearest  approach  to  it 
was  about  a  year  later  when,  for  some  family  reason  that  I 
quite  forget,  I  was  left  to  board  with  Miss  Davies  at  All 
Saints'  Vicarage,  then  used  as  a  post-office,  a  large  rambling 
old  house  with  a  large  garden,  in  which  there  was  among  other 


70 


MY  LIFE 


fruit  an  apple  tree  which  bore  delicious  ribston-pippins,  of 
which  I  was  allowed  to  eat  as  many  as  I  liked  of  the  wind- 
falls. In  this  house  there  was  a  loft  in  the  roof,  which  I  was 
told  was  full  of  old  furniture  and  other  things,  so  I  one  day 
asked  if  I  might  go  up  into  it.  Miss  Davies,  who  was  very 
kind  though  melancholy,  said  I  might.  So  I  went  up,  and 
found  all  kinds  of  old  broken  or  moth-eaten  furniture,  broken 
lamps,  candlesticks,  and  all  the  refuse  of  a  house  where  a 
family  have  lived  for  many  years.  But  among  these  interesting 
things  I  hit  upon  two  veritable  treasures  from  my  point  of 
view.  One  was  a  very  good,  almost  new,  cricket-bat,  of  a 
size  just  suitable  to  me;  and  the  other  was  still  more  sur- 
prising and  attractive  to  me,  being  a  very  large,  almost 
gigantic,  box-wood  pegtop,  bigger  than  any  I  had  seen.  It 
seemed  to  me  then  almost  incredible  that  such  treasures  could 
have  been  ranked  as  lumber,  and  purposely  left  in  that  old 
attic.  I  thought  someone  must  surely  have  put  them  there 
for  safety,  and  would  soon  come  and  claim  them.  I  there- 
fore waited  a  few  days  till  Miss  Davies  seemed  rather  more 
communicative  than  usual,  when  I  said  to  her,  I  found  some- 
thing very  nice  in  the  lumber-room."  "  Oh,  indeed ;  and  what 
is  it  ?  "  said  she.  "  I  did  not  know  there  was  anything  nice 
there."  "  May  I  go  and  fetch  them  for  you  to  see  ?  "  said  I ; 
and  she  said  I  might.  So  I  rushed  off,  and  brought  down 
the  top  and  the  bat,  and  said,  "  I  found  these  up  there ;  do 
you  know  whose  they  are?"    She  looked  at  them,  and  said, 

"  They  must  have  belonged  to   ,"  mentioning  a  name 

which  I  have  forgotten.  They  have  been  there  a  good 
many  years."  Then,  as  I  looked  at  them  longingly,  she  said, 
"  You  can  have  them  if  you  like  " — as  if  they  were  not  of  the 
least  value.  I  felt  as  if  I  had  had  a  fortune  left  me.  The 
top  was  the  admiration  of  the  whole  school.  No  one  had  so 
large  a  top  or  had  even  seen  one  so  large,  yet  I  was  quite 
able  to  spin  it  properly,  my  hands  being  rather  large  for  my 
age.  This  occurred  in  the  winter,  and  when  the  cricket 
season  came,  I  equally  enjoyed  my  bat,  which  at  once  ele- 
vated me  to  the  rank  of  the  few  bigger  boys  who  had  bats  of 
their  own. 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  71 


But  even  these  rapturous  delights  were  not  so  enduring, 
and  certainly  not  so  educational,  as  those  derived  from  making 
as  well  as  possessing  toys  and  playthings,  and  the  year  or 
two  I  spent  with  my  brother  in  these  pleasant  occupations 
were  certainly  the  most  interesting  and  perhaps  the  most 
permanently  useful  of  my  whole  early  boyhood.  They  en- 
abled me  to  appreciate  the  pleasure  and  utility  of  doing  for 
one's  self  everything  that  one  is  able  to  do,  and  this  has  been 
a  constant  source  of  healthy  and  enjoyable  occupation  during 
my  whole  life.  It  led,  I  have  no  doubt,  to  my  brother  being 
apprenticed  to  a  carpenter  and  builder,  where  he  became  a 
first-rate  workman;  and  from  him  later  on  I  learnt  to  use 
the  simpler  tools.  During  my  whole  life  I  have  kept  a  few 
such  tools  by  me,  and  have  always  taken  a  pleasure  in  doing 
the  various  little  repairs  continually  needed  in  a  house  and 
garden.  I  therefore  look  with  compassion  on  the  present 
generation  of  children  and  schoolboys  who,  from  their  earliest 
years,  are  overloaded  with  toys,  so  elaborately  constructed 
and  so  highly  finished  that  the  very  idea  of  making  any  toys 
for  themselves  seems  absurd.  And  these  purchased  toys  do 
not  give  anything  like  the  enduring  pleasure  derived  from 
the  process  of  making  and  improving  as  well  as  afterwards 
using;  while  it  leads  to  the  great  majority  of  men  growing 
up  without  any  idea  of  doing  the  simplest  mechanical  work 
required  in  their  own  homes. 

It  was  during  our  residence  at  this  house  near  the  Old 
Cross  that,  I  think,  my  father  enjoyed  his  life  more  than  any- 
where else  at  Hertford.  Not  only  had  he  a  small  piece  of 
garden  and  the  fine  grape-vine  already  mentioned,  but  there 
was  a  roomy  brew-house  with  a  large  copper,  which  enabled 
him  to  brew  a  barrel  of  beer  as  well  as  make  elder-wine  and 
grape-wine,  bottle  gooseberries,  and  other  such  work  as  he 
took  great  pleasure  in  doing.  When  here  also,  I  think,  he 
hired  a  small  garden  about  half  a  mile  off,  where  he  could 
grow  vegetables  and  small  fruit,  and  where  he  spent  a  few 
hours  of  every  fine  day.  And  these  various  occupations  were 
an  additional  source  of  interest  and  instruction  to  us  boys. 


7^ 


MY  LIFE 


It  was  here,  however,  that  our  elder  sister  died  of  consump- 
tion in  the  year  1832,  a  little  before  she  attained  her  twenty- 
second  year.  This  was  a  severe  loss  to  my  father  and  mother, 
though  I  was  not  of  an  age  to  feel  it  much.  I  think  it  was 
soon  afterwards  that  my  remaining  sister  went  to  live  at 
Hoddesdon,  four  miles  away,  as  governess  to  two  girls  in  a 
gentleman's  family  there.  These  girls  were  somewhere  near 
my  age,  or  a  little  older,  and  occasionally  in  the  summer  my 
brother  and  I  were  invited  to  dine  and  spend  the  afternoon 
with  them,  which  we  greatly  enjoyed,  as  there  was  a  large 
garden,  and  beyond  it  a  large  grass  orchard  full  of  apple 
and  other  fruit  trees.  We  also  enjoyed  the  walk  there,  and 
back  in  the  evening,  through  the  picturesque  country  I  have 
already  described.  My  sister  lived  in  this  family  for  two  or 
three  years,  and  was  on  terms  of  affection  with  the  two  girls 
till  they  were  married. 

In  the  year  1834,  I  think,  my  sister  went  to  a  French 
school  in  Lille  in  order  to  perfect  herself  in  conversation,  in 
view  of  becoming  a  governess  or  keeping  a  school.  But  the 
following  year  the  misfortune  occurred  that  still  further  re- 
duced the  family  income.  ^Ir.  Wilson,  w^ho  had  married 
my  mother's  only  sister,  was  one  of  the  executors  of  her 
father's  will,  and  as  he  was  a  lawyer  (the  other  executor 
being  a  clergyman),  and  his  own  wife  and  her  sister  were  the 
only  legatees,  he  naturally  had  the  sole  management  of  the 
property.  Owing  to  a  series  of  events  which  we  were  only 
very  imperfectly  acquainted  with,  he  became  bankrupt  in  this 
year,  and  his  own  wife  and  large  family  were  at  once  reduced 
from  a  condition  of  comfort  and  even  affluence  to  poverty, 
almost  as  great  as  our  own.  But  we  children  also  suffered,  for 
legacies  of  i  100  each  to  my  father's  family,  to  be  paid  to  us 
as  we  came  of  age,  together  with  a  considerable  sum  that  had 
reverted  to  my  mother  on  the  death  of  her  stepmother  in 
1828,  had  remained  in  ]\Ir.  Wilson's  hands  as  trustee,  and 
was  all  involved  in  the  bankruptcy.  He  did  all  he  possibly 
could  for  us,  and  ultimately,  I  believe,  repaid  a  considerable 
part  of  the  money,  but  while  the  legal  proceedings  were  in 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  73 


progress,  and  they  lasted  full  three  years,  it  was  necessary  for 
us  to  reduce  expenses  as  much  as  possible.  We  had  to  leave 
our  comfortable  house  and  garden,  and  for  a  time  had  the 
use  of  half  the  rambling  old  house  near  All  Saints'  Church 
already  mentioned. 

Before  this,  I  think,  my  brother  John  had  gone  to  London 
to  be  apprenticed,  and  the  family  at  home  consisted  only  of 
myself  and  my  younger  brother  Herbert  till  my  sister  returned 
from  France.  It  must  have  been  about  this  time  that  I  was 
sent  for  a  few  months  as  a  boarder  at  the  Grammar  School,  as 
already  stated ;  but  this  whole  period  of  my  life  is  very  indis- 
tinct. I  am  sure,  however,  that  we  moved  to  the  next  house 
in  St.  Andrew's  Street  early  in  1836,  because  on  May  15  of 
that  year  an  annular  eclipse  of  the  sun  occurred,  visible  in 
England,  and  I  well  remember  the  whole  family  coming  out 
with  smoked  glasses  into  the  narrow  yard  at  the  side  of  the 
house  in  order  to  see  it.  I  was  rather  disappointed,  as  it  only 
produced  a  peculiar  gloom  such  as  often  occurs  before  a 
thunderstorm.  While  we  were  here  a  brewery  was  being 
built  at  the  bottom  of  the  yard,  and  while  inspecting  it  and 
inquiring  what  the  various  tanks,  boilers,  etc.,  were  for,  I 
learnt  that  the  word  "  water  "  was  tabooed  in  a  brewery ;  that 
it  must  always  be  spoken  of  as  "  liquor,"  and  any  workman 
or  outsider  mentioning  "  water  "  is  immediately  fined  or  called 
upon  to  stand  a  gallon  of  beer,  or  more  if  he  can  afford  it. 

At  midsummer,  I  think,  we  again  moved  to  a  part  of  a 
house  next  to  St.  Andrew's  Church,  where  we  again  had  the 
Silk  family  for  neighbours  in  the  larger  half  of  the  house. 
They  also  had  most  of  the  garden,  on  the  lawn  of  which  was 
a  fine  old  mulberry  tree,  which  in  the  late  summer  was  so 
laden  with  fruit  that  the  ground  was  covered  beneath  it,  and 
I  and  my  friend  George  used  to  climb  up  into  the  tree,  where 
we  could  gather  the  largest  and  ripest  fruit  and  feast 
luxuriously. 

This  was  the  last  house  we  occupied  in  Hertford,  the 
family  moving  to  Hoddesdon  some  time  in  1837,  to  a  pretty 
but  very  small  red-brick  house  called  Rawdon  Cottage,  while 
I  went  to  London  and  stayed  at  Mr.  Webster's  with  my 


74 


MY  LIFE 


brother  John,  preparatory  to  going  with  my  eldest  brother 
William  to  learn  land-surveying. 

During  the  time  I  lived  in  Hertford  I  was  subject  to  in- 
fluences which  did  more  for  my  real  education  than  the  mere 
verbal  training  I  received  at  school.  My  father  belonged 
to  a  book  club,  through  which  we  had  a  constant  stream  of 
interesting  books,  many  of  which  he  used  to  read  aloud  in 
the  evening.  Among  these  I  remember  Mungo  Park's  travels 
and  those  of  Denham  and  Clapperton  in  West  Africa.  We 
also  had  Hood's  Comic  Annual  for  successive  years,  and  I 
well  remember  my  delight  with  "  The  Pugsley  Papers  "  and 
"  A  Tale  of  the  Great  Plague,"  while  as  we  lived  first  at  a 
No.  I,  I  associated  Hood's  "  Number  One  "  with  our  house, 
and  learnt  the  verses  by  heart  when  I  was  about  seven  years 
old.  Ever  since  those  early  experiences  I  have  been  an 
admirer  of  Hood  in  all  his  various  moods,  from  his  inimitable 
mixture  of  pun  and  pathos  in  his  "  Sea  Spell,"  to  the  exquisite 
poetry  of  "  The  Haunted  House,"  "  The  Elm  Tree,"  and 
"  The  Bridge  of  Sighs." 

We  also  had  some  good  old  standard  works  in  the  house, 
"  Fairy  Tales,"  "  Gulliver's  Travels,"  "  Robinson  Crusoe,"  and 
the  "  Pilgrim's  Progress,"  all  of  which  I  read  over  again  and 
again  with  constant  pleasure.  We  also  had  "  The  Lady  of 
the  Lake,"  "  The  Vicar  of  Wakefield,"  and  some  others ;  and 
among  the  books  from  the  club  I  well  remember  my  father 
reading  to  us  Defoe's  wonderful  History  of  the  Great 
Plague."  We  also  had  a  few  highly  educational  toys,  among 
which  were  large  dissected  maps  of  England  and  of  Europe, 
which  we  only  had  out  as  a  special  treat  now  and  then,  and 
which  besides  having  the  constant  charm  of  a  puzzle,  gave  us 
a  better  knowledge  of  topographical  geography  than  all  our 
school  teaching,  and  also  gave  me  that  love  of  good  maps  which 
has  continued  with  me  throughout  life.  Another  valuable 
toy  was  a  model  of  a  bridge  in  wood,  the  separate  stones  con- 
stituting the  arch  of  which  could  be  built  up  on  a  light  centre, 
showing  beautifully  the  principle  of  the  arch,  and  how,  when 
the  keystone  was  inserted  the  centre  supports  could  be  re- 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  75 


moved  and  a  considerable  weight  supported  upon  it.  This 
also  was  a  constant  source  of  pleasure  and  instruction  to  us, 
and  one  that  seems  to  be  not  now  included  among  instruc- 
tive toys. 

I  think  it  was  soon  after  we  went  to  the  Old  Cross  house 
that  my  father  became  librarian  to  a  fairly  good  proprietary 
town  library,  to  which  he  went  for  three  or  four  hours  every 
afternoon  to  give  out  and  receive  books  and  keep  everything 
in  order.  After  my  brother  John  left  home  and  I  lost  my 
chief  playmate  and  instructor,  this  library  was  a  great  resource 
for  me,  as  it  contained  a  large  collection  of  all  the  standard 
novels  of  the  day.  Every  wet  Saturday  afternoon  I  spent 
here;  and  on  Tuesdays  and  Thursdays,  which  were  our  four- 
o'clock  days,  I  usually  spent  an  hour  there  instead  of  stopping 
to  play  or  going  straight  home.  Sometimes  I  helped  my  father 
a  little  in  arranging  or  getting  down  books,  but  I  had  most 
of  the  time  for  reading,  squatting  down  on  the  floor  in  a 
corner,  where  I  was  quite  out  of  the  way.  It  was  here  that 
I  read  all  Fenimore  Cooper's  novels,  a  great  many  of  James's, 
and  Harrison  Ainsworth's  "  Rookwood,"  that  fine  highway- 
man's story  containing  a  vivid  account  of  Dick  Turpin's  ride 
to  York.  It  was  here,  too,  I  read  the  earlier  stories  of  Marryat 
and  Bulwer,  Godwin's  "  Caleb  Williams,"  Warren's  "  Diary  of 
a  Physician,"  and  such  older  works  as  "  Don  Quixote," 
Smollett's  "  Roderick  Random,"  "  Peregrine  Pickle,"  and 
"  Humphry  Clinker,"  Fielding's  "  Tom  Jones,"  and  Miss  Bur- 
ney's  "  Evelina."  I  also  read,  partially  or  completely,  Milton's 
"  Paradise  Lost,"  Pope's  "  Iliad,"  Spenser's  "  Faerie  Queene," 
and  Dante's  "  Inferno,"  a  good  deal  of  Byron  and  Scott,  some 
of  the  Spectator  and  Rambler,  Southey's  "  Curse  of  Kehama," 
and,  in  fact,  almost  any  book  that  I  heard  spoken  of  as  cele- 
brated or  interesting.  At  this  time  "  Pickwick  "  was  coming 
out  in  monthly  parts,  and  I  had  the  opportunity  of  reading  bits 
of  it,  but  I  do  not  think  I  read  it  through  till  a  considerably 
later  period.  I  heard  it  a  good  deal  talked  about,  and  it 
occasioned  quite  an  excitement  among  the  masters  in  the 
Grammar  School.    Walton's  "  Angler "  was  a  favourite  of 


76 


MY  LIFE 


my  father's,  and  I  well  remember  a  wood-cut  illustration  of 
Dove  Dale  with  greatly  exaggerated  rocks  and  pinnacles, 
which  made  me  long  to  see  such  a  strange  and  picturesque 
spot — a  longing  which  I  only  gratified  about  a  dozen  years 
ago,  finding  it  more  exquisitely  beautiful  than  I  had  imagined 
it  to  be,  even  if  not  quite  so  fantastic. 

I  may  now  say  a  few  words  about  our  home-life  as  regards 
meals  and  other  small  matters,  because  I  think  its  simplicity 
was  perhaps  better  for  children  than  what  is  common  now. 
Till  we  reached  the  age  of  ten  or  twelve  we  never  had  tea  or 
coffee,  our  breakfast  consisting  of  bread-and-milk  and  our 
tea  of  milk-and-water  with  bread-and-butter.  Toast,  cake, 
muffins,  and  such  luxuries  were  only  indulged  in  on  festive 
occasions.  At  our  one-o'clock  dinner  we  began  with  pudding 
and  finished  with  meat  and  vegetables.  During  this  period 
we  made  our  own  bread,  and  good  wholesome  bread  it  was, 
made  with  brewer's  yeast  (which  I  often  went  for  to  the 
brewery),  and  sent  to  the  nearest  baker  to  be  baked,  as  were 
most  of  our  baked  pies  and  puddings.  Kitcheners  were  almost 
unknown  then,  and  meat  was  roasted  before  the  open  fire  with 
a  clock-work  jack,  dripping-pan,  and  large  tinned  screen  to 
reflect  the  heat  and  to  warm  plates  and  dishes. 

A  few  words  about  the  cost  of  living  will  not  be  out  of 
place  here,  and  will  serve  to  correct  some  erroneous  ideas  on 
the  subject.  Tea  was  about  double  the  price  it  is  now,  but 
coffee  and  cocoa  were  about  the  same  as  at  present;  and 
these  latter  were  commonly  used  for  breakfast,  while  tea  was 
only  taken  at  tea,  and  then  only  by  the  older  members  of  the 
family.  Sugar  was  also  more  than  twice  as  dear,  but  milk, 
eggs,  and  butter  were  all  cheaper.  Although  this  was  in  the 
corn-law  days  I  doubt  if  our  bread  was  any  dearer  than  it  is 
now,  and  it  was  certainly  much  better.  It  was  ground  in  the 
mills  of  the  town  from  wheat  grown  in  the  country  round,  and 
the  large  size  of  the  penny  rolls,  which  I  have  already  men- 
tioned, shows  that  there  cannot  have  been  much  difference 
of  price  to  the  retail  buyer,  who  was  then  usually  one  or  two 
steps  nearer  to  the  actual  corn-grower  than  he  is  now.  Meat 


HERTFORD:  MY  HOME  LIFE  77 


also  was  cheaper  than  now.  The  price  of  the  best  beef  was 
sixpence  to  sevenpence  a  pound;  while  mutton  was  seven- 
pence  to  eightpence  for  the  best  joints,  but  for  ordinary  parts 
much  less.  In  the  country  gleaning  was  a  universal  practice, 
and  numbers  of  cottagers  thus  got  a  portion  of  their  bread; 
while  a  much  larger  proportion  than  now  lived  in  the  country 
and  had  large  gardens  or  a  few  acres  of  land.  My  mother 
often  took  me  with  her  when  visiting  such  poor  cottagers 
as  were  known  to  her,  and  my  impression  is  that  there  was 
very  little  difference  in  the  kind  and  degree  of  the  rural  pov- 
erty of  that  day  and  this ;  and  a  few  years  later,  as  I  shall  show, 
the  same  may  be  said  of  the  skilled  mechanic.  As  a  prime 
factor  in  this  question,  it  must  always  be  remembered  that 
rent,  both  in  villages  and  towns,  was  in  most  cases  less  than 
half  what  it  is  at  present,  and  this  more  than  compensated  for 
the  few  cheaper  articles  of  food  and  clothing  to-day. 

My  father  and  mother  were  old-fashioned  religious  people 
belonging  to  the  Church  of  England,  and,  as  a  rule,  we  all 
went  to  church  twice  on  Sundays,  usually  in  the  morning  and 
evening.  We  also  had  to  learn  a  collect  every  Sunday  morn- 
ing, and  were  periodically  examined  in  our  catechism.  On 
very  wet  evenings  my  father  read  us  a  chapter  from  the  Bible 
and  a  sermon  instead  of  the  usual  service.  Among  our  friends, 
however,  were  some  Dissenters,  and  a  good  many  Quakers, 
who  were  very  numerous  in  Hertford;  and  on  rare  occasions 
we  were  taken  to  one  of  their  chapels  instead  of  to  church, 
and  the  variety  alone  made  this  quite  a  treat.  We  were 
generally  advised  when  some  "  friend  "  was  expected  to  speak, 
and  it  was  on  such  occasions  that  we  visited  the  Friends' 
Meeting-House,  though  I  remember  one  occasion  when,  dur- 
ing the  whole  time  of  the  meeting,  there  was  complete  silence. 
And  when  any  brother  or  sister  was  "  moved  to  speak,"  it 
was  usually  very  dull  and  wearisome;  and  after  having  at- 
tended two  or  three  times,  and  witnessed  the  novelty  of  the 
men  and  women  sitting  on  opposite  sides  of  the  room,  and  there 
being  no  pulpit  and  no  clergyman  and  no  singing,  we  did  not 
care  to  go  again.  But  the  Dissenters'  chapel  was  always  a 
welcome  change,  and  we  went  there  not  unfrequently  to  the 


78 


MY  LIFE 


evening  service.  The  extempore  prayers,  the  frequent  singing, 
and  the  usually  more  vigorous  and  exciting  style  of  preaching 
was  to  me  far  preferable  to  the  monotony  of  the  Church  serv- 
ice; and  it  was  there  only  that,  at  one  period  of  my  life,  I 
felt  something  of  religious  fervour,  derived  chiefly  from  the 
more  picturesque  and  impassioned  of  the  hymns.  As,  however, 
there  was  no  sufficient  basis  of  intelligible  fact  or  connected 
reasoning  to  satisfy  my  intellect,  this  feeling  soon  left  me, 
and  has  never  returned. 

Among  our  Quaker  friends  were  two  or  three  to  whose 
houses  we  were  occasionally  invited,  and  I  remember  being 
greatly  impressed  by  the  excessive  cleanliness  and  neatness 
of  everything  about  their  houses  and  gardens,  corresponding 
to  the  delicate  colouring  and  simple  style  of  their  clothing. 
At  that  time  every  Quaker  lady  wore  the  plainest  of  dresses, 
but  of  the  softest  shades  of  brow^n  or  lilac,  while  the  men  all 
wore  the  plain  cutaway  coat  with  upright  collar,  also  of  some 
shade  of  brown,  which,  with  the  low  broad-brimmed  beaver  hat 
of  the  best  quality,  gave  them  a  very  distinctive  and  old-world 
appearance.  They  also  invariably  used  thee  "  and  "  thou  " 
instead  of  "  you  "  in  ordinary  conversation,  which  added  to 
the  conviction  that  they  were  a  people  apart,  who  had  many 
habits  and  qualities  that  might  well  be  imitated  by  their  neigh- 
bours of  other  religious  denominations. 


CHAPTER  VI 


LONDON  WORKERS^  SECULARISTS  AND  OWENITES 

Having  finally  left  school  at  Christmas,  1836,  I  think  it  was 
early  in  1837  that  I  was  sent  to  London  to  live  at  Mr, 
Webster's  in  Robert  Street,  Hampstead  Road,  where  my 
brother  John  was  apprenticed.  My  father  and  mother  were 
then  about  to  move  to  the  srnall  cottage  at  Hoddesdon,  and 
it  was  convenient  for  me  to  be  out  of  the  way  till  my  brother 
William  could  arrange  to  have  me  with  him  to  learn  land- 
surveying.  As  I  shared  my  brother's  bedroom  and  bed,  I 
was  no  trouble,  as  I  suppose  I  was  boarded  at  a  very  low 
rate.  As  the  few  months  I  spent  here  at  the  most  impres- 
sionable age  had  some  influence  in  moulding  my  character, 
and  also  furnished  me  with  information  which  I  could  have 
obtained  in  no  other  way,  I  devote  the  present  chapter  to 
giving  a  short  account  of  it. 

Mr.  Webster  was  a  small  master  builder,  who  had  a  work- 
shop in  a  yard  about  five  minutes'  walk  from  the  house,  where 
he  constantly  employed  eight  or  ten  men  preparing  all  the 
joinery  work  for  the  houses  he  built.  At  that  time  there  were 
no  great  steam-factories  for  making  doors  and  windows,  work- 
ing mouldings,  etc.,  everything  being  done  by  hand,  except 
in  the  case  of  the  large  builders  and  contractors,  who  had 
planing  and  sawing-mills  of  their  own.  Here  in  the  yard  was 
a  sawpit  in  which  two  men,  the  top-  and  bottom-sawyers,  were 
always  at  work  cutting  up  imported  balks  of  timber  into  the 
sizes  required,  while  another  oldish  man  was  at  work  day 
after  day  planing  up  floor-boards.  In  the  shop  itself  windows 
and  doors,  cupboards,  staircases,  and  other  joiner's  work  was 
always  going  on,  and  the  men  employed  all  lived  in  the  small 
streets  surrounding  the  shop.    The  working  hours  were  from 

79 


8o 


MY  LIFE 


six  to  half-past  five,  with  one  and  a  half  hours  out  for  meals, 
leaving  a  working  day  of  ten  hours. 

Having  nothing  else  to  do,  I  used  to  spend  the  greater  part 
of  my  time  in  the  shop,  seeing  the  men  work,  doing  little 
jobs  occasionally,  and  listening  to  their  conversation.  These 
were  no  doubt  an  average  sample  of  London  mechanics,  and 
were  on  the  whole  quite  as  respectable  a  set  of  men  as  any 
in  a  similar  position  to-day.  I  soon  became  quite  at  home 
in  the  shop,  and  got  to  know  the  peculiarities  of  each  of  the 
men.  I  heard  their  talk  together,  their  jokes  and  chaff,  their 
wishes  and  their  ideas,  and  all  those  little  touches  of  character 
which  come  out  in  the  familiar  intercourse  of  the  workshop. 
My  general  impression  is  that  there  was  very  little  swearing 
among  them,  much  less  than  became  common  thirty  years 
later,  and  perhaps  about  as  much  as  among  a  similar  class  of 
men  to-day.  Neither  was  there  much  coarseness  or  indecency 
in  their  talk,  far  less  indeed  than  I  met  with  among  pro- 
fessional young  men  a  few  years  afterwards.  One  of  the  best 
of  the  workmen  was  a  very  loose  character — a  kind  of 
Lothario  or  Don  Juan  by  his  own  account — who  would  often 
talk  about  his  adventures,  and  boast  of  them  as  the  very 
essence  of  his  life.  He  was  a  very  good  and  amusing  talker, 
and  helped  to  make  the  time  pass  in  the  monotony  of  the 
shop;  but  occasionally,  when  he  became  too  explicit  or  too 
boastful,  the  foreman,  who  was  a  rather  serious  though  very 
agreeable  man,  would  gently  call  him  to  order,  and  repudiate 
altogether  his  praises  of  the  joys  of  immorality.  But  I  never 
once  heard  such  foul  language  as  was  not  uncommonly  used 
among  themselves  by  young  men  of  a  much  higher  class  and 
much  more  education. 

Of  course,  I  heard  incidentally  a  good  deal  about  how 
they  lived,  and  knew  exactly  what  they  earned,  and  I  am 
thus  enabled  to  correct  some  very  erroneous  statements  which 
have  been  made  of  late  years  as  to  the  condition  of  artisans 
in  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  before  the  repeal 
of  the  corn-laws.  Perhaps  the  most  glaring  and  the  most 
numerous  of  these  errors  are  due  to  Sir  Robert  Giffen,  who, 
being  considered  an  official  statistical  authority,  continues  to 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  8i 


be  quoted  to  the  present  day  as  if  his  statements  were  to  be 
absolutely  relied  on.  More  often  quoted  than  any  other  of 
his  writings  is  his  "  Progress  of  the  Working  Classes  in  the 
last  Half  Century,"  given  as  a  Presidential  Address  to  the 
Statistical  Society  in  1883,  and  issued  as  a  pamphlet,  price 
threepence,  in  1884,  at  the  request  of  several  friends,  including 
Mr.  Gladstone,  who  styled  it  "  a  masterly  paper."  It  would 
occupy  a  whole  chapter  to  expose  the  errors  and  the  fallacies 
that  pervaded  this  paper,  and  I  must  therefore  confine  myself 
to  two  points  only,  that  of  the  rise  of  wages  and  of  the  food 
of  skilled  artisans. 

Mr.  Giffen  gives  the  weekly  wages  of  carpenters  at  Man- 
chester as  24s.  fifty  years  ago  .and  34^.  in  1883,  an  increase  of 
42  per  cent.,  but  he  omits  to  give  prices  for  London.  In  the 
Report  of  the  Industrial  Remuneration  Conference,  Mr.  J.  G. 
Hutchinson  gives  the  wages  at  Greenwich  in  1832  as  32^.  6d., 
and  in  1876  as  39^-.  Sd.,  a  rise  of  only  22  per  cent.  Again, 
Mrs.  Ellis,  a  Huddersfield  pattern-weaver,  told  the  conference 
that  Mr.  Giffen's  statement  in  the  same  table,  of  the  earnings 
of  her  fellow-workers,  were  grossly  inaccurate.  He  gave 
them  as  25^.  a  week  against  16s.  fifty  years  earlier,  whereas 
they  were  only  earning  an  average  of  20^.  in  1883.  The 
wages  where  my  brother  worked  were  30.^.  a  week  for  all  the 
men  employed.  We  see,  therefore,  that  Mr.  Giffen's  general 
statement  that  wages  have  risen  "  in  most  cases  from  50  to 
100  percent."  is  open  to  the  gravest  doubt;  while  even  if  it 
were  nearly  accurate,  it  would  not  by  any  means  prove  what 
he  claims — that  these  workers  are  very  much  better  off  than 
they  were  fifty  years  earlier.  He  certainly  saves  himself, 
verbally,  by  terming  it  an  "  apparent  rise,"  but  he  never 
attempts  to  get  at  the  real  rise,  and  throughout  his  argument 
hardly  refers  to  this  point  again.  Yet  it  is  a  most  important 
one,  on  account  of  the  fact  which  he  notices,  that,  at  the  date 
of  his  paper  as  now,  in  all  the  building  trades  wages  are 
reckoned  and  paid  by  the  hour,  instead  of  by  the  day  as  at  the 
earlier  period,  when  also  men  were  rarely  discharged  except  at 
the  week  end.  Then,  again,  Mr.  Giffen  speaks  of  the  shorter 
hours  of  work  which  from  "  one  or  two  scattered  notices  "  he 


82 


MY  LIFE 


estimates  at  nearly  20  per  cent.,  and  then  adds,  "  The  work- 
man gets  from  50  to  100  per  cent,  more  money  for  20  per 
cent,  less  work;  in  round  figures,  he  has  gained  from  70  to 
120  per  cent,  in  fifty  years  in  money  return."  What  a  con- 
clusion for  a  statistician,  from  a  very  limited  comparison  of 
wages  obtained  almost  wholly  from  the  masters,  and  from 
"  one  or  two  scattered  notices  "  as  regards  hours  of  work ! 

But  it  is  when  he  deals  with  the  real  value  or  purchasing 
power  of  this  greatly  exaggerated  increase  of  wages  that  we 
find  the  grossest  errors  and  the  wildest  declamation.  After 
just  remarking  that  "  sugar  and  such  articles  "  have  decreased 
greatly  in  price,  that  clothing  is  also  cheaper,  and  that  though 
house-rent  has  gone  up,  "  it  cannot  have  gone  up  so  much  as 
to  neutralize  to  any  serious  extent  the  great  rise  in  the  money 
wages  of  the  workman,"  he  admits  that  the  increase  in  the 
price  of  meat  is  considerable.  And  then  comes  this  amazing 
statement :  The  truth  is,  however,  that  meat  fifty  years  ago 
was  not  an  article  of  the  workman's  diet  as  it  has  since 
become.  He  had  little  more  concern  with  its  price  than  with 
the  price  of  diamonds." 

I  was  so  perfectly  astounded  at  this  statement  that  I  at 
once  made  a  few  inquiries.  A  verv^  intelligent  man,  a  printer 
in  the  city,  gave  me  facts  from  his  own  observation.  About 
the  time  referred  to,  his  father  kept  a  public-house  in  or  near 
Greenwich,  much  frequented  by  mechanics  and  other  work- 
men, who  came  there  in  considerable  numbers  to  have  their 
dinner.  He  assured  me  that  almost  without  exception  they 
had  fresh  meat,  which  they  either  brought  ready  cooked,  or 
had  purchased  on  their  way  to  work  and  cooked  in  a  fr\'ing- 
pan  or  gridiron  at  the  kitchen  fire,  many  of  them  bringing 
large  chops  or  steaks  of  good  quality.  Remembering  the 
cheapness  of  meat  when  I  was  a  boy,  and  remembering  also 
the  well-to-do  appearance  of  the  carpenters  in  Mr.  Webster's 
shop,  I  wrote  to  ask  my  brother  how  they  lived  during  the 
twelve  years  he  was  in  London,  the  last  six  working  as  a 
journeyman  in  large  shops  and  living  on  journeyman's  wages. 
His  statement  is  as  follows : 

"  Having  been  personally  associated  with  the  workers  in 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  83 


the  building  trade  about  half  a  century  ago  (from  1835  to 
1845),  I  ^^^^  qualified  to  describe  the  social  condition  of  skilled 
mechanics  at  that  period,  more  especially  that  of  the  car- 
penters and  joiners.  At  that  time  every  kind  of  work  was 
done  by  hand,  no  machines  except  hand-tools  were  ever  used, 
even  boards  of  all  thicknesses  being  sawn  on  the  premises  by 
hand  labour  out  of  thick  planks  from  Northern  Europe  or 
Canada. 

"  The  wages  of  good  workmen  were  5^.  a  day  of  ten 
hours;  and  6d.  an  hour  was  added  or  deducted  for  any  vari- 
ation from  that  time.  No  wages  were  paid  except  for  a  fair 
amount  of  work,  and  if  the  work  was  temporarily  suspended 
by  rain  or  otherwise,  no  compensation  was  given  or  expected. 
All  the  joiner's  work  was  done  in  shops,  generally  well  lighted 
and  with  good  sanitary  conditions;  nothing  but  the  rough 
carpenter's  work  was  done  in  buildings  before  the  roof  was 
on.  Working  hours  were  from  6  a.m.  to  5.30  p.m.,  with  an 
hour  and  a  half  out  for  breakfast  and  dinner.  Men  were  paid 
weekly  on  Saturday  evening,  and  were  generally  discharged 
at  that  time,  and  the  last  two  hours  and  a  half  were  allowed  for 
grinding  tools. 

"  The  best  workmen  were  seldom  discharged  unless  in  very 
'dull  times.  At  many  shops  men  often  worked  for  years  with- 
out ever  losing  time  except  through  sickness  or  accident; 
but,  of  course,  these  were  the  very  best  men.  There  were 
always  some  out  of  work,  especially  in  winter  or  in  times  of 
depression. 

"  As  regards  their  social  condition,  the  skilled  workman 
with  his  30^.  a  week,  if  a  single  man  of  steady  and  frugal 
habits,  could  save  half  his  wages  and  have  proper  food, 
lodging,  and  clothing  suitable  to  his  position.  His  furnished 
lodging  of  one  room  would  cost  a  week,  and  his  three  meals 
a  day,  taken  at  the  eating-houses  and  coffee-shops,  would  not 
cost  more  than  85-.  a  week ;  his  working  clothes  were  cheap, 
and  he  would  have  one  superior  suit  for  Sundays  and  holidays. 
Of  course,  if  he  were  of  a  gay  disposition,  he  would  spend 
more  and  save  less,  but  that  would  not  be  the  indispensable 
outlay  of  a  working  man. 


84 


MY  LIFE 


"  In  the  case  of  a  married  man  with  a  family,  it  would,  of 
course,  be  more  difficult  to  save  money,  but  I  have  known 
men  live  well  and  respectably,  bring  up  a  family,  and  put  by 
regularly  for  the  expected  '  rainy  day,*  and  eventually  build 
their  own  house,  and  start  in  business,  in  a  small  way  at  first, 
and  become  masters  and  gain  a  competence;  but  these  are 
exceptional  cases. 

''^The  generality  of  carpenters  and  joiners  with  a  family 
would  live  in  lodgings  of  two  or  three  rooms  with  their  own 
furniture  (much  of  which  the  man  could  make  in  his  spare 
time  in  the  evening),  paying  5^.  or  6s.  a  week,  and  with  a 
careful  and  industrious  wife  could  live  well  on  their  wages, 
clothe  and  educate  their  children,  and  still  have  something 
to  put  by.  I  have  never  kiwimi  a  carpenter  in  v/ork,  whether 
married  or  single,  that  did  not  have  a  good  dinner  of  meat 
and  vegetables  every  day,  and  on  Sundays  something  extra; 
they  always  had  beer  for  dinner  and  often  at  their  work  about 
ten  o'clock,  and  sometimes  in  the  afternoon. 

"  As  near  as  I  can  recollect  the  prices  of  provisions  were 
for  meat  from  6d.  to  8J.  a  pound,  bread  yd.  the  four-pound 
loaf,  butter  lod.,  cheese  M.,  and  sugar  6d.  to  gd.  The  brick- 
layers had  about  the  same  vvages  as  the  carpenters,  but  owing 
to  lost  time  during  bad  weather,  they  were  generally  not  so 
well  off,  or  generally  so  well  housed  and  fed,  but  I  never 
heard  or  knew  of  any  destitution  or  w^ant  among  them.  Of 
the  social  condition  of  the  plasterers,  painters,  and  other  house 
finishers  I  know  less,  but  all  appeared  well  satisfied  with  their 
condition,  and,  at  all  events,  no  general  dissatisfaction  was 
expressed." 

It  is,  I  think,  quite  clear  from  this  statement  of  my  brother 
that  the  standard  of  comfort  of  the  skilled  artisan  was  as  high 
fifty  years  ago  as  it  is  now,  notwithstanding  his  somewhat 
lower  wages  and  his  working  ten  instead  of  nine  hours  a  day. 
There  being  no  railways  and  many  more  small  employers, 
he  seldom  spent  anything  in  going  to  and  from  his  work; 
while,  as  access  to  the  country  was  then  easier,  his  holidays 
cost  him  less,  with  more  enjoyment  than  going  by  rail  to 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  85 


some  place  fifty  miles  away.  It  is  also  absolutely  certain 
that  the  food  of  the  workman  was  quite  as  good  as  it  is  now 
or  even  better,  and  that  meat  and  beer  formed  regular  articles 
of  consumption  by  the  average  mechanic. 

Now,  these  almost  incredible  errors  as  to  matters  of  fact 
teach  us  that  Government  officials  are  quite  unfitted  to  deal 
with  such  questions  as  these,  mainly  because  they  know  noth- 
ing at  first  hand  of  the  lives  of  the  workers  and  thus  omit  to 
take  account  of  some  of  the  most  essential  factors  in  the  prob- 
lem at  issue. 

Thus  Mr.  Giffen  slurs  over  and  minimizes  the  universal 
increase  of  rent.  In  the  report  already  quoted,  Miss  Edith 
Simcox  gives  the  results  of  two  inquiries  into  the  poorer  dis- 
tricts of  Westminster.  A  communication  to  the  Statistical 
Society  in  1840  showed  that  at  that  time  somewhat  less  than 
a  quarter  of  the  wages  went  to  pay  rents;  while  a  somewhat 
similar  inquiry  in  1884  by  the  Pall  Mall  Gazette  showed  that 
in  another  part  of  Westminster  rents  were  on  the  average, 
for  the  same  accommodation,  nearly  three  times  as  much  as 
those  recorded  forty  years  before.  Combining  these  two  re- 
sults, it  is  clear,  that,  even  if  workmen  have  smaller  or  fewer, 
rooms  than  at  the  earlier  period,  they  must  still  pay  nearly 
twice  as  much  rent,  and  this  enormous  increase  will  absorb  a 
large  portion,  and  in  some  cases  the  whole  of  the  increase  in 
wages. 

Another  point  which  Mr.  Giffen  omits  to  notice  and  allow 
for  is  the  fact,  well  known  to  all  workmen  who  remember  the 
earlier  period,  that  the  decreased  cost  of  clothing  is  quite 
illusory;  the  badness  of  the  materials,  made  for  show  rather 
than  for  wear,  render  them  really  dearer.  At  the  early  period 
referred  to  shoddy  was  not  invented,  and  paper  as  part  of  the 
soles  in  workmen's  boots  was  unknown.  The  corduroys  and 
fustians  then  generally  worn  by  mechanics  would  last  twice 
or  thrice  as  long  as  the  cheaper  articles  now  sold  under  the 
same  name.  Boots  were  then  all  good  leather  and  hand- 
sewn,  and  though  not  so  highly  finished  and  a  little  dearer 
than  the  cheapest  kinds  now  made,  would  outlast  two  or  three 


86 


MY  LIFE 


pairs  of  the  latter.  At  about  the  same  period  my  strong  sur- 
veying boots  cost  14^.  a  pair,  but  were  really  better  in  quality 
than  what  I  should  pay  20s.  for  now.  The  general  result  was, 
that  the  workman's  clothing  cost  him  rather  less  then  than  they 
do  at  the  present  day. 

Another  point  Mr.  Giffen  overlooks  which  is  of  consider- 
able importance.  In  the  earlier  period  referred  to  almost  all 
workshops  and  factories  were  much  smaller  than  they  are 
now,  and  employed  each  a  much  smaller  number  of  men,  who 
were  therefore  able  to  live  within  about  half  a  mile  or  less  of 
their  work.  If  they  were  sent  to  work  at  a  distance  they 
went  in  their  master's  time,  or  if  by  omnibus  at  their  master's 
expense.  Now,  however,  the  hundreds  of  men  in  each  large 
builder's  or  contractor's  shops  frequently  live  a  mile  or  several 
miles  away,  and  can  only  reach  the  shop  when  work  begins 
either  by  a  long  and  hurried  walk  or  by  paying  tram  or  rail- 
way fare  to  shorten  the  distance.  Under  average  circum- 
stances, having  often  to  lose  time  waiting  for  train  or  tram, 
and  having  to  walk  at  both  ends  from  home  to  station  and 
from  station  to  work,  each  often  half  a  mile  or  more,  the  loss 
of  time  morning  and  evening  fully  makes  up  for  any  shorten- 
ing of  actual  working  hours,  while  the  daily  fares  are  a  not 
unimportant  deduction  from  the  increased  wages.  Taking  all 
these  things  into  consideration,  we  see  clearly  how  it  was  that 
the  mechanic  of  the  thirties  and  forties  of  the  last  centur}'  was 
able  to  afford  quite  as  much  meat  as  his  successor  of  to-day, 
and  was,  on  the  whole,  quite  as  well  off. 

As  my  brother  was,  at  the  time  I  am  now  speaking  of, 
nearly  nineteen  and  a  very  good  workman,  he  had  complete 
liberty  in  the  evenings  aften  seven  o'clock,  the  only  limitation 
being  that  he  was  back  about  ten ;  while  on  special  occasions 
he  was  allowed  to  take  the  door-key.  He  often  took  me  with 
him  on  fine  evenings  to  some  of  the  best  business  streets  in 
London  to  enjoy  the  shops,  and  especially  to  see  anything 
of  particular  interest  exhibited  in  them.  Among  these  objects 
was  one  of  the  earliest  of  the  large  plate-glass  windows  now 
so  universal,  which,  though  of  quite  moderate  size,  perhaps 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  87 


five  feet  high  by  four  or  five  wide,  was  at  that  time  a  wonder. 
I  also  remember  some  curious  clocks  so  constructed  as  to 
look  like  perpetual  motion,  which  greatly  interested  and  often 
puzzled  us.  But  our  evenings  were  most  frequently  spent  at 
what  was  then  termed  a  "  Hall  of  Science,"  situated  in  John 
Street,  Tottenham  Court  Road  (now  altered  to  Whitfield 
Street).  It  was  really  a  kind  of  club  or  mechanics'  institute 
for  advanced  thinkers  among  workmen,  and  especially  for  the 
followers  of  Robert  Owen,  the  founder  of  the  socialist  move- 
ment in  England.  Here  we  sometimes  heard  lectures  on 
Owen's  doctrines,  or  on  the  principles  of  secularism  or  agnos- 
ticism, as  it  is  now  called;  at  other  times  we  read  papers  or 
books,  or  played  draughts,  dominoes,  or  bagatelle,  and  coffee 
was  also  supplied  to  any  who  wished  for  it.  It  was  here  that 
I  first  made  acquaintance  with  Owen's  writings,  and  especially 
with  the  wonderful  and  beneficent  work  he  had  carried  on 
for  many  years  at  New  Lanark.  I  also  received  my  first 
knowledge  of  the  arguments  of  sceptics,  and  read  among  other 
books  Paine's  "  Age  of  Reason." 

It  must  have  been  in  one  of  the  books  or  papers  I  read 
here  that  I  met  with  what  I  dare  say  is  a  very  old  dilemma 
as  to  the  origin  of  evil.  It  runs  thus :  "  Is  God  able  to  pre- 
vent evil  but  not  willing?  Then  he  is  not  benevolent.  Is 
he  willing  but  not  able?  Then  he  is  not  omnipotent.  Is  he 
both  able  and  willing?  Whence  then  is  evil?"  This  struck 
me  very  much,  and  it  seemed  quite  unanswerable,  and  when 
at  home  a  year  or  two  afterwards,  I  took  the  opportunity  one 
day  to  repeat  it  to  my  father,  rather  expecting  he  would  be 
very  much  shocked  at  my  acquaintance  with  any  such  infidel 
literature.  But  he  merely  remarked  that  such  problems  were 
mysteries  which  the  wisest  cannot  understand,  and  seemed 
disinclined  to  any  discussion  of  the  subject.  This,  of  course, 
did  not  satisfy  me,  and  if  the  argument  did  not  really  touch 
the  question  of  the  existence  of  God,  it  did  seem  to  prove 
that  the  orthodox  ideas  as  to  His  nature  and  powers  cannot 
be  accepted. 

I  was  also  greatly  impressed  by  a  tract  on  "  Consistency," 
written  by  Robert  Dale  Owen,  the  eldest  son  of  Robert  Owen, 


88 


MY  LIFE 


and  as  a  writer  superior  in  style  and  ability  to  his  father.  The 
chief  subject  of  it  was  to  exhibit  the  horrible  doctrine  of  eternal 
punishment  as  then  commonly  taught  from  thousands  of  pul- 
pits by  both  the  Church  of  England  and  Dissenters,  and  to 
argue  that  if  those  who  taught  and  those  who  accepted  such 
dogmas  thoroughly  believed  them  and  realized  their  horror, 
all  wordly  pleasures  and  occupations  would  give  way  to  the 
continual  and  strenuous  effort  to  escape  such  a  fate.  I  re- 
member one  illustration  quoted  from  a  sermon,  to  enable  per- 
sons to  realize  to  some  extent  what  eternal  punishment 
meant. 

After  the  most  terrible  description  had  been  given  of  the  un- 
imaginable torments  of  hell-fire,  we  were  told  to  suppose  that 
the  whole  earth  was  a  mass  of  fine  sand,  and  that  at  the  end  of 
a  thousand  years  one  single  grain  of  this  sand  flew  away  into 
space.  Then — we  were  told — let  us  try  to  imagine  the  slow 
procession  of  the  ages,  while  grain  by  grain  the  earth  dimin- 
ished, but  still  remained  apparently  as  large  as  ever, — and  still 
the  torments  went  on.  Then  let  us  carry  on  the  imagination 
through  thousands  of  millions  of  millions  of  ages,  till  at  last 
the  globe  could  be  seen  to  be  a  little  smaller — and  then  on  and 
on,  and  on  for  other  and  yet  other  myriads  of  ages,  till  after 
periods  which  to  finite  beings  would  seem  almost  infinite  the 
last  grain  flew  away,  and  the  whole  material  of  the  globe 
was  dissipated  in  space.  And  then,  asked  the  preacher,  is  the 
sinner  any  nearer  the  end  of  his  punishment?  No!  for  his 
punishment  is  to  be  infinite,  and  after  thousands  of  such  globes 
had  been  in  the  same  way  dissipated,  his  torments  are  still 
to  go  on  and  on  for  ever!  I  myself  had  heard  such  horrible 
sermons  as  these  in  one  of  the  churches  in  Hertford,  and  a 
lady  we  knew  well  had  been  so  aflfected  by  them  that  she  had 
tried  to  commit  suicide.  I  therefore  thoroughly  agreed  with 
Mr.  Dale  Owen's  conclusion,  that  the  orthodox  religion  of  the 
day  was  degrading  and  hideous,  and  that  the  only  true  and 
wholly  beneficial  religion  was  that  which  inculcated  the  serv- 
ice of  humanity,  and  whose  only  dogma  was  the  brotherhood 
of  man.  Thus  was  laid  the  foundation  of  my  religious 
scepticism. 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  89 

Similarly,  my  introduction  to  advanced  political  views, 
founded  on  the  philosophy  of  human  nature,  was  due  to  the 
writings  and  teachings  of  Robert  Owen  and  some  of  his 
disciples.  His  great  fundamental  principle  on  which  all  his 
teaching  and  all  his  practice  were  founded  was  that  the  charac- 
ter of  every  individual  is  formed  for  and  not  hy  himself,  first 
by  heredity,  which  gives  him  his  natural  disposition  with  all 
its  powers  and  tendencies,  its  good  and  bad  qualities;  and, 
secondly,  by  environment,  including  education  and  surround- 
ings from  earliest  infancy,  which  always  modifies  the  original 
character  for  better  or  for  worse.  Of  course,  this  was  a  theory 
of  pure  determinism,  and  was  wholly  opposed  to  the  ordinary 
views,  both  of  religious  teachers  and  of  governments,  that, 
whatever  the  natural  character,  whatever  the  environment 
during  childhood  and  youth,  whatever  the  direct  teaching,  all 
men  could  be  good  if  they  like,  all  could  act  virtuously,  all 
could  obey  the  laws,  and  if  they  wilfully  trangressed  any  of 
these  laws  or  customs  of  their  rulers  and  teachers,  the  only 
way  to  deal  with  them  was  to  punish  them,  again  and  again, 
under  the  idea  that  they  could  thus  be  deterred  from  future 
transgression.  The  utter  failure  of  this  doctrine,  which  has 
been  followed  in  practice  during  the  whole  period  of  human 
history,  seems  to  have  produced  hardly  any  effect  on  our 
systems  of  criminal  law  or  of  general  education;  and  though 
other  writers  have  exposed  the  error,  and  are  still  exposing 
it,  yet  no  one  saw  so  clearly  as  Owen  did  how  to  put  his 
views  into  practice;  no  one,  perhaps,  in  private  life  has  ever 
had  such  opportunities  of  carrying  out  his  principles;  no  one 
has  ever  shown  so  much  ingenuity,  so  much  insight  into 
character,  so  much  organizing  power;  and  no  one  has  ever 
produced  such  striking  results  in  the  face  of  enormous  diffi- 
culties as  he  produced  during  the  twenty-six  years  of  his 
management  of  New  Lanark. 

Of  course,  it  was  objected  that  Owen's  principles  were 
erroneous  and  immoral  because  they  wholly  denied  free-will, 
because  he  advocated  the  abolition  of  rewards  and  punish- 
ments as  both  unjust  and  unnecessary,  and  because,  it  was 
argued,  to  act  on  such  a  system  would  lead  to  a  pandemonium 


90 


MY  LIFE 


of  vice  and  crime.  The  reply  to  this  is  that,  acting  on  the 
principle  of  absolute  free-will,  every  government  has  alike 
failed  to  abolish,  or  even  to  any  considerable  degree  to  di- 
minish, discontent,  misery,  disease,  vice,  and  crime;  and  that, 
on  the  other  hand,  Owen  did,  by  acting  on  the  principle  of 
the  formation  of  character  enunciated  by  him,  transform  a  dis- 
contented, unhealthy,  vicious,  and  wholly  antagonistic  popula- 
tion of  2500  persons  to  an  enthusiastically  favourable,  con- 
tented, happy,  healthy,  and  comparatively  moral  community, 
without  ever  having  recourse  to  any  legal  punishment  what- 
ever, and  without,  so  far  as  appears,  discharging  any  individ- 
ual for  robbery,  idleness,  or  neglect  of  duty;  and  all  this  was 
effected  while  increasing  the  efficiency  of  the  whole  manufac- 
turing establishment,  paying  a  liberal  interest  on  the  capital 
invested,  and  even  producing  a  large  annual  surplus  of  profits 
which,  in  the  four  years  1809-13,  averaged  £40,000  a  year,  and 
only  in  the  succeeding  period,  when  the  new  shareholders 
agreed  to  limit  their  interest  to  5  per  cent,  per  annum,  was  this 
surplus  devoted  to  education  and  the  general  well-being  of 
the  community. 

In  view  of  such  an  astounding  success  as  this,  what  is  the 
use  of  quibbling  about  the  exact  amount  of  free-will  human 
beings  possess?  Owen  contended,  and  proved  by  a  grand 
experiment,  that  environment  greatly  modifies  character,  that 
no  character  is  so  bad  that  it  may  not  be  greatly  improved 
by  a  really  good  environment  acting  upon  it  from  early  in- 
fancy, and  that  society  has  the  power  of  creating  such  an  en- 
vironment. Now,  the  will  is  undoubtedly  a  function  of  the 
character  of  which  it  is  the  active  and  outward  expression ; 
and  if  the  character  is  enormously  improved,  the  will,  result- 
ing in  actions  whether  mental  or  physical,  is  necessarily  im- 
proved with  it.  To  urge  that  the  will  is,  and  remains  through 
life,  absolutely  uninfluenced  by  character,  environment,  or  edu- 
cation; or  to  claim,  on  the  other  hand,  that  it  is  wholly  and 
absolutely  determined  by  them — seem  to  me  to  be  propositions 
which  are  alike  essentially  unthinkable  and  also  entirely  op- 
posed to  experience.  To  my  mind  both  factors  necessarily 
enter  into  the  determination  of  conduct  as  well  as  into  the 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  91 


development  of  character,  and,  for  the  purposes  of  social  life 
and  happiness,  a  partial  determinism,  as  developed  and  prac- 
tised by  Owen,  is  the  only  safe  guide  to  action,  because  over 
it  alone  have  we  almost  complete  control.  Heredity,  through 
which  it  is  now  known  that  ancestral  characteristics  are  con- 
tinually reappearing,  gives  that  infinite  diversity  of  character 
which  is  the  very  salt  of  social  life ;  by  environment,  including 
education,  we  can  so  modify  and  improve  the  character  as  to 
bring  it  into  harmony  with  the  possessor's  actual  surroundings, 
and  thus  fit  him  for  performing  some  useful  and  enjoyable 
function  in  the  great  social  organism. 

Although  most  people  have  heard  of  New  Lanark,  few 
have  any  idea  of  Owen's  work  there  or  of  the  means  by  which 
he  gradually  overcame  opposition  and  achieved  the  most  re- 
markable results.  It  will,  therefore,  not  be  out  of  place  to 
give  a  short  account  of  his  methods  as  explained  in  his  auto- 
biography; and  it  will  also  be  advisable  to  give  a  very  brief 
sketch  of  the  early  life  of  one  of  the  most  remarkable,  most 
original,  and,  in  many  respects,  most  truly  admirable  charac- 
ters which  has  adorned  the  nineteenth  century. 

Robert  Owen  was  born  in  1771,  and  brought  up  in  Newtown, 
a  small  town  in  Montgomeryshire,  North  Wales.  His  father 
was  a  saddler  by  trade ;  his  mother  a  farmer's  daughter.  He 
was  sent  to  the  town  school  when  about  five  years  old,  where 
the  teaching  was  limited  to  what  are  now  termed  the  three  R.'s, 
and  he  learnt  so  quickly  that  when  about  seven  years  old  the 
schoolmaster  took  him  as  an  usher  to  teach  the  younger  chil- 
dren, and  for  the  next  two  years  he  learnt  nothing  more  at 
school  except  how  to  teach.  This,  however,  he  appears  to  have 
taught  himself  to  some  purpose,  as  his  after-life  shows.  At 
nine  he  entered  the  shop  of  a  draper  and  haberdasher,  a  friend 
of  his  father's,  where  he  went  daily  for  a  year,  but  taking  his 
meals  at  home.  •  He  was  a  great  reader,  and  being  well  known 
to  all  the  inhabitants,  and  evidently  much  liked  and  admired, 
he  had  free  access  to  all  the  libraries  in  the  place,  including 
those  of  the  clergyman,  doctor,  lawyer,  etc.,  and  he  says  that  he 
generally  read  a  volume  every  day.    He  also  thought  much 


92 


MY  LIFE 


about  all  that  he  read,  and  at  one  time,  having  read  many  re- 
ligious books,  he  wrote  three  sermons,  which  he  afterwards 
destroyed.  He  also  learnt  dancing,  of  which  he  was  very  fond, 
and  this  led  him  to  observe  the  characters  of  boys  and  girls, 
and  also  had  an  important  influence  on  his  views  and  practice 
of  education. 

At  the  age  of  ten,  at  his  own  request,  he  went  to  London, 
where  an  elder  brother  was  engaged  in  a  saddler's  shop. 
Through  his  father's  introductions  and  the  recommendation 
of  the  draper  in  Newtown,  he  soon  obtained  an  engagement 
with  a  haberdasher  at  Stamford,  who  had  a  large  business 
in  the  finest  qualities  of  goods,  which  he  supplied  to  all  the 
nobility  and  gentry  in  the  country  round.  The  boy  Owen 
was  to  have  his  board,  lodging,  and  washing,  no  salary  the 
first  year,  £8  the  second,  and  £io  the  third,  and  he  tells  us  that 
from  the  time  of  entering  this  house  he  supported  himself, 
never  applied  for  or  received  any  pecuniary  aid  from  his 
parents.  Here  he  remained  three  years,  and  the  hours  of 
business  being  comparatively  short,  by  getting  up  early  he  was 
able  to  read  five  hours  a  day.  He  also  learnt  here  to  dis- 
tinguish the  different  qualities  of  all  the  finest  fabrics,  which 
was  of  great  use  to  him  in  after-life. 

He  then  returned  to  London,  and  after  a  visit  to  his  family 
in  Wales,  entered  a  large  ready-money  shop  on  Old  London 
Bridge,  where  he  had  £25  a  year,  but  was  at  work  for  fifteen  or 
sixteen  hours  a  day ;  so  after  a  year  he  obtained  another  situa- 
tion in  a  large  shop  in  Manchester  at  a  salary  of  £40  a  year. 
Here  he  remained  till  he  was  eighteen,  and  a  circumstance  oc- 
curred which  changed  the  whole  course  of  his  life. 

A  mechanic  named  Jones  supplied  the  firm  with  wire  frames 
for  ladies'  bonnets,  of  which  large  numbers  were  sold.  He 
brought  a  supply  weekly,  and  it  was  Owen's  duty  to  receive 
them  from  him,  and  being  an  intelligent  man,  they  had  some 
conversation  together.  Jones  was  full  of  the  wonderful  im- 
provements then  being  made  in  machinery  for  cotton-spinning. 
He  had  seen  some  of  these  machines  at  work,  and  was  sure 
he  could  make  them  and  work  them  if  he  had  a  little  capital. 
At  last  he  persuaded  Owen  to  lend  him  iioo  (borrowed  from 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  93 


his  brother  in  London),  for  which  he  was  to  have  half  the 
profits  of  the  work.  Owen  accordingly  left  his  employer  after 
due  notice,  and  rented  a  suitable  machine  shop,  in  which  about 
forty  men  were  soon  employed  making  the  newly  invented 
"  mules  "  for  spinning  cotton.  Jones  superintended  the  work, 
and  Owen  kept  the  accounts,  paid  the  men,  and  saw  that  regu- 
lar hours  were  worked,  he  being  the  first  to  enter  and  the  last 
to  leave  the  workshop.  The  "  mules  "  were  sold  as  quickly  as 
made,  and  thus  the  small  capital  was  made  to  serve ;  but  Owen 
soon  saw  that  Jones  had  no  business  capacity,  whereas  Owen 
was,  as  he  afterwards  proved,  one  of  the  greatest  organizers 
who  ever  lived.  He,  therefore,  watched  the  work  closely, 
learnt  all  he  could  about  it,  and  when  an  offer  was  made  by 
another  person  with  some  capital  to  buy  him  out,  he  gladly  ac- 
cepted the  offer  which  they  made  him,  of  six  of  the  mule  ma- 
chines, a  reel,  and  a  making-up  machine  with  which  to  pack 
the  skeins  of  yarn  into  bundles  for  sale.  He,  however,  only 
received  three  mules  with  the  two  other  machines,  and  imme- 
diately hired  an  empty  building,  set  them  up  in  one  of  the 
rooms,  bought  the  cotton  rovings,  ready  for  spinning,  and 
hired  three  men  to  work  the  machines.  The  finished  yarn  was 
spun  in  hanks  of  one  hundred  and  forty  yards  each,  the  hanks 
made  up  into  bundles  of  five  pounds  weight,  and  wrapped 
neatly  in  paper,  all  which  work  was  done  by  himself,  and  he 
then  sold  it  to  the  agent  of  some  Glasgow  manufacturers  of 
British  muslins,  then  quite  a  new  business.  In  this  way  he 
found  he  could  make  a  clear  profit  of  £6  a  week. 

A  few  months  later  he  accidentally  heard  that  a  wealthy 
manufacturer,  Mr.  Drinkwater,  had  advertised  for  a  manager 
for  some  new  spinning-mills  which  he  had  just  built  and  filled 
with  the  best  machinery  under  the  management  of  Mr.  Lee, 
a  civil  engineer,  who  had  unexpectedly  left  him,  he  himself 
knowing  nothing  of  the  business.  Owen  applied  for  the  post, 
being  then  barely  twenty  years  old,  and  looking  younger. 
He  asked  £300  a  year  salary;  and  after  a  few  inquiries  as  to 
character,  seeing  his  little  factory  of  three  mules,  and  examin- 
ing his  books,  Mr.  Drinkwater  engaged  him,  and  about  a  week 
afterwards  he  was  called  upon  to  take  charge  of  a  large  fac- 


94 


MY  LIFE 


tory  employing  about  five  hundred  workpeople.  The  former 
manager  had  left  the  day  before,  Mr.  Drinkwater  did  not  come 
to  introduce  him,  and  he  was  simply  sent  there  as  the  new 
manager.  His  business  was  to  purchase  the  raw  material, 
to  make  the  machines,  for  the  mill  was  not  nearly  completed ; 
to  manufacture  the  yarn,  and  to  sell  it;  to  keep  the  accounts, 
pay  the  wages,  and  take  the  whole  responsibility  of  the  first 
■fine  cotton-spinning  establishment  by  machinery  that  had  ever 
been  erected.  Hitherto  his  life  had  been  spent  in  retail  shops, 
where  he  had  learnt  the  qualities  of  various  fabrics,  and  how 
to  buy  and  sell,  but  till  his  short  experience  w^th  Jones  and 
with  his  three  spinning-mules,  he  had  never  even  seen  any 
textile  machinery  or  learnt  anything  about  its  construction. 

He  describes  how  he  suddenly  found  himself  in  the  midst 
of  five  hundred  men,  women,  and  children,  who  were  busily 
occupied  with  machinery,  much  of  which  he  had  scarcely  seen, 
and  never  in  their  regular  connection  so  as  to  manufacture 
from  the  raw  cotton  to  the  finished  thread.  We  can  well 
understand  his  feelings,  and  how  he  said  to  himself,  "  How 
came  I  here?  And  how  is  it  possible  I  can  manage  these 
people  and  this  business  ?  "  His  description  of  how  he  did 
manage  it,  without  ever  showing  his  complete  ignorance ;  how 
he  not  only  superintended  the  completion  of  the  mill  and 
carried  on  the  whole  thing  successfully,  but  in  a  very  short 
time  noticed  imperfections  in  the  thread,  found  out  the  defect 
in  the  machinery  or  in  the  mode  of  working  that  led  to  these 
imperfections,  and  then  had  these  defects  remedied;  how  the 
quality  and  selling  value  of  the  output  steadily  advanced ;  how 
the  organization  of  the  whole  mill  was  perfected,  and  yet  the 
workpeople  were  satisfied  with  the  various  new  rules  and 
regulations  he  adopted;  and  how,  during  the  four  years  he 
remained  there,  he  continually  improved  the  output;  how  his 
salary  was  raised  by  agreement  to  £500  a  year,  to  be  followed 
the  next  year  by  his  becoming  a  partner  with  one-fourth  share 
in  the  whole  concern — is  one  of  the  most  interesting  and 
remarkable  incidents  in  modern  biographical  literature. 

Owing  to  family  arrangements  Mr.  Drinkwater  wished 
Owen  to  withdraw  from  the  partnership,  but  begged  him  to 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  95 


remain  as  manager,  and  name  his  own  salary.  This  he  de- 
cHned,  soon  found  another  offer,  built  new  mills,  and  carried 
them  on  successfully  for  several  years,  till,  in  the  year  1800, 
he  became  partner  and  sole  manager  of  the  New  Lanark  mills, 
and  married  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Dale,  the  former  pro- 
prietor. 

Gradually,  for  many  years,  he  had  been  elaborating  his 
theory  of  human  nature,  and  longing  for  an  opportunity  of 
putting  his  ideas  in  practice.  And  now  he  had  got  his  oppor- 
tunity. He  had  an  extensive  factory  and  workshops,  with  a 
village  of  about  two  thousand  inhabitants  all  employed  in  the 
works,  which,  with  about  two  hundred  acres  of  surrounding 
land,  belonged  to  the  company.  The  character  of  the  workers 
at  New  Lanark  is  thus  described  by  Mr.  W.  L.  Sargant  in  his 
work  "  Robert  Owen  and  his  Social  Philosophy,"  when  describ- 
ing the  establishment  of  the  mills  about  fifteen  years  before 
Owen  acquired  them :  "  To  obtain  a  supply  of  adult  labourers 
a  village  was  built  round  the  works,  and  the  houses  were  let  at 
a  low  rent ;  but  the  business  was  so  unpopular  that  few,  except 
the  bad,  the  unemployed,  and  the  destitute,  would  settle  there. 
Even  of  such  ragged  labourers  the  numbers  were  insufficient ; 
and  these,  when  they  had  learned  their  trade  and  become 
valuable,  were  self-willed  and  insubordinate."  Besides  these, 
there  were  about  five  hundred  children,  chiefly  obtained  from 
the  w^orkhouses  of  Edinburgh  and  other  large  towns,  who  were 
apprenticed  for  seven  years  from  the  age  of  six  to  eight,  and 
these  were  lodged  and  boarded  in  a  large  building  erected  for 
the  purpose  by  the  former  owner,  Mr.  Dale,  and  was  well 
managed.  But  these  poor  children  had  to  work  from  six  in 
the  morning  to  seven  in  the  evening  (with  an  hour  and  three- 
quarters  for  meals)  ;  and  it  was  only  after  this  task  was  over 
that  instruction  began.  The  poor  children  hated  their  slavery ; 
many  absconded ;  some  were  stunted,  and  even  dwarfed  in 
stature;  and  when  the  apprenticeship  expired  at  the  ages  of 
thirteen  to  fifteen,  they  commonly  went  off  to  Glasgow  or  Edin- 
burgh, with  no  natural  guardians,  and  trained  for  swelling  the 
mass  of  vice  and  misery  in  the  towns.  "  The  condition  of  the 
families  who  had  immigrated  to  the  village  was  also  very  la- 


96 


MY  LIFE 


mentable.  The  people  lived  almost  without  control  in  habits 
of  vice,  idleness,  poverty,  debt,  and  destitution.  Some  were 
drunk  for  weeks  together.  Thieving  was  general,  and  went 
on  to  a  ruinous  extent.  .  .  .  There  was  also  a  consider- 
able drawback  to  the  comfort  of  the  people  in  the  high  price 
and  bad  quality  of  the  commodities  supplied  in  the  village." 

When  Owen  told  his  intimate  friends  who  knew  all  these 
facts  that  he  hoped  to  reform  these  people  by  a  system  of 
justice  and  kindness,  and  gradually  to  discontinue  all  punish- 
ment, they  naturally  laughed  at  him  for  a  wild  enthusiast ; 
yet  he  ultimately  succeeded  to  such  an  extent  that  hardly  any- 
one credited  the  accounts  of  it  without  personal  inspection, 
and  its  fame  spread  over  the  w^hole  civilized  world.  He  had, 
besides  the  conditions  already  stated,  two  other  great  diffi- 
culties to  overcome.  The  whole  of  the  workers  and  overseers 
were  strongly  antagonistic  to  him  as  being  an  Englishman, 
whose  speech  they  could  hardly  understand,  and  who,  they 
believed,  was  sent  to  get  more  money  for  the  owners  and 
more  work  out  of  themselves.  They,  therefore,  opposed  all 
he  did  by  every  means  that  ingenuit}-  could  devise,  and  though 
he  soon  introduced  more  order  and  regularity  in  the  work 
and  improved  the  quality  of  the  yarn  produced,  they  saw  in 
all  this  nothing  but  the  acts  of  a  tool  of  the  mill-owners  some- 
what cleverer,  and  therefore  more  to  be  dreaded,  than  those 
who  had  preceded  him.  An  equally  fierce  opposition  was  made 
to  any  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the  houses  and  streets 
as  to  dirt,  ventilation,  drainage,  etc.  He  vainly  tried  to  as- 
sure the  more  intelligent  of  the  overseers  and  workmen  that  his 
object  was  to  improve  their  condition,  to  make  them  more 
healthy  and  happier  and  better  off  than  they  were.  This  was 
incredible  to  them,  and  for  two  years  he  made  very  little 
progress. 

His  second  great  difficulty  was  that  his  partners  were  busi- 
ness men,  who  expected  him  to  carry  on  the  works  on  ordinary 
business  principles,  so  as  to  obtain  for  them  at  least  as  large 
returns  as  any  other  factories  in  the  country.  Generally,  he 
was  absolute  and  sole  manager,  but  he  knew  that  he  could  not 
make  any  large  or  extensive  alterations  till  he  had  obtained  a 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  97 


surplus  revenue  beyond  what  was  expected.  For  the  first  two 
years  he  limited  his  improvements  to  the  factory  itself  and  its 
management,  and  to  endeavours,  mostly  in  vain,  to  obtain  the 
confidence  of  the  workers. 

One  thing,  however,  he  did  for  the  benefit  of  the  workers 
which  had  some  effect  in  disarming  their  enmity  and  sus- 
picions. Instead  of  the  retail  shops  where  inferior  articles  were 
sold  at  credit  for  very  high  prices,  he  established  stores  and 
shops  where  every  article  of  daily  consumption  was  supplied 
at  wholesale  prices,  adding  only  the  cost  of  management.  The 
result  was  that  by  paying  ready  money  the  people  got  far  bet- 
ter quality  at  full  25  per  cent,  less  than  before;  and  the  result 
soon  became  visible  in  their  superior  dress,  improved  health, 
and  in  the  general  comfort  of  their  houses. 

But  what  at  length  satisfied  them  that  their  manager  was 
really  their  friend  was  his  conduct  when  a  great  temporary 
scarcity  of  cotton  and  its  rapid  rise  in  price  caused  most  of  the 
mills  to  be  shut,  and  reduced  the  workers  to  the  greatest  dis- 
tress. But  though  Owen  shut  up  the  mills  he  continued  to  pay 
every  worker  full  wages  for  the  whole  of  the  four  months  dur- 
ing which  the  scarcity  lasted,  employing  them  in  thoroughly 
cleaning  the  mills  and  machinery,  repairing  the  houses,  etc. 
This  cost  £7000,  which  he  paid  on  his  own  responsibility;  but 
it  so  completely  gained  the  confidence  of  the  people  that  he  was 
afterwards  able  to  carry  out  improvements  without  serious 
obstruction.  Being  wholly  opposed  to  infant  labour,  he  al- 
lowed all  arrangements  with  the  guardians  to  expire,  built  a 
number  of  better  houses,  and  thus  obtained  families  of  workers 
to  take  the  place  of  the  children ;  but  difficulties  with  the  part- 
ners arose,  the  property  was  sold  to  a  fresh  set  of  partners, 
Owen  being  still  the  largest  shareholder  and  manager,  and  a 
few  years  later  again  sold  to  Owen  and  a  few  of  his  personal 
friends,  who  agreed  to  allow  him  to  manage  the  property,  and 
to  expend  all  profits  above  5  per  cent,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
workers.  Among  his  co-shareholders  were  Jeremy  Bentham, 
with  Joseph  Foster  and  William  Allen,  well-known  Quakers. 
It  may  be  here  stated  that  the  property  was  purchased  of  Mr. 
Dale  for  £60,000,  and  was  sold  to  Owen  and  his  friends  in 


98 


MY  LIFE 


1814  for  ii  14,100.  This  great  increase  of  value  was  due  in 
part  to  the  large  profits  made  by  cotton  mills  generally  at  this 
period,  and  partly  to  Owen's  skilful  management  and  judicious 
expenditure. 

He  was  now  at  last  able  to  carry  out  his  plans  for  the  edu- 
cation of  the  children,  none  of  whom  he  would  allow  to  enter 
the  mills  as  workers  till  they  were  ten  years  old.  He  built 
handsome  and  roomy  schools,  playrooms  and  lecturerooms  for 
infants  from  two  to  six,  and  for  the  older  children  from  six  to 
ten  years  old;  and  he  obtained  the  best  masters  for  the  latter. 
The  infant  schools  were  superintended  by  himself,  and 
managed  by  teachers  he  himself  selected  for  their  manifest 
love  of  children.  His  instructions  to  them  were  "  that  they 
were  on  no  account  ever  to  beat  any  one  of  the  children,  or 
to  threaten  them  in  any  manner  in  word  or  action,  or  to 
use  abusive  terms,  but  were  always  to  speak  to  them  with  a 
pleasant  countenance,  and  in  a  kind  manner  and  tone  of  voice ; 
that  they  should  tell  the  infants  and  children  that  they  must  on 
all  occasions  do  all  they  could  to  make  their  playfellows  happy ; 
and  that  the  older  ones,  from  five  to  six  years  of  age,  should 
take  especial  care  of  the  younger  ones,  and  should  assist  to 
teach  them  to  make  each  other  happy."  And  these  instructions, 
he  assures  us,  were  strictly  followed  by  the  man  and  woman 
he  chose  as  infant-school  master  and  mistress. 

No  books  were  to  be  used ;  but  the  children  "  were  to  be 
taught  the  uses  and  nature  or  qualities  of  the  common  things 
around  them,  by  familiar  conversation  when  the  children's 
curiosity  was  excited  so  as  to  induce  them  to  ask  questions 
respecting  them."  The  schoolrooms  were  furnished  with 
paintings  of  natural  objects,  and  the  children  were  also  taught 
dancing,  singing,  and  military  evolutions,  which  they  greatly 
enjoyed.  The  children  were  never  kept  at  any  one  occupa- 
tion or  amusement  till  they  were  fatigued,  and  were  taken 
much  into  the  open  air  and  into  the  surrounding  country, 
where  they  were  taught  something  about  every  natural  object. 
Here  we  see  all  the  essential  features  of  the  educational  sys- 
tems of  Pestalozzi  and  Froebel,  worked  out  by  his  own  ob- 
servations of  child-nature  from  his  own  childhood  onward,  and 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  99 


put  into  practice  on  the  first  opportunity  with  a  completeness 
and  success  that  was  most  remarkable. 

He  tells  us  that  his  numerous  visitors,  latterly  numbering 
two  thousand  every  year,  were  more  amazed  and  delighted 
with  the  schools  than  with  any  other  part  of  the  establish- 
ment ;  and  that  during  the  visit  of  "  a  lady  of  the  highest 
rank  of  our  own  nobility — after  inspecting  the  dancing,  and 
music,  and  all  the  other  lessons  and  exercises  out-of-doors, 
of  the  infants  and  children  in  their  playground,  while  at- 
tentively witnessing  their  kindness  of  manner  to  each  other, 
their  unaffected,  unrestrained,  joyous  happiness,  and  remem- 
bering their  efficiency  in  their  indoor  exercises — this  lady  said 
to  me  with  tears  in  her  eyes,  *  Mr.  Owen,  I  would  give  any 
money  if  my  children  could  be  made  like  these.'  And  truly 
those  who  were  trained  from  infancy  through  these  schools 
were  by  far  the  most  attractive,  and  the  best  and  happiest 
human  beings,  I  have  ever  seen.  Their  manner  was  unaffect- 
edly graceful,  and,  when  spoken  to  by  strangers,  naturally 
polite,  with  great  innocent  simplicity.  The  total  absence  of 
all  fear,  and  full  confidence  in  and  affection  for  their  teachers, 
with  the  never-ceasing  expression  of  perfect  happiness,  gave 
these  children  of  working  cotton-spinners  a  character  for  their 
age  superior  to  any  I  have  yet  seen."  It  was  also  noted  how 
this  training  improved  the  physical  appearance  of  the  children, 
and  many  visitors  declared  that  they  had  never  seen  so  many 
beautiful  girls  and  boys  as  in  the  schools  at  New  Lanark. 

The  effect  of  his  system  on  the  adult  workers  was  hardly  less 
remarkable.  To  stop  the  continued  pilfering  of  bobbins  and 
other  small  articles  used  in  the  mills,  he  invented  a  system  (un- 
fortunately not  explained)  by  which  the  many  thousands  of 
these  articles  which  passed  from  hand  to  hand  daily  were  so 
recorded  automatically  that  the  loss  of  one  by  any  particular 
worker  could  always  be  detected.  In  this  way  robbery,  large 
or  small,  was  always  discovered,  hut  no  one  was  ever  punished 
for  it.  The  certainty  of  discovery,  "however,  prevented  its 
being  attempted,  and  it  very  soon  ceased  altogether. 

Equally  novel  and  ingenious  was  his  method  of  avoiding 
the  necessity  for  punishment,  or  even  for  a  word  of  censure, 


lOO 


MY  LIFE 


for  the  many  petty  offences  or  infractions  of  rules  that  are 
inevitable  in  every  large  establis  ment.  Owen  calls  it  "  the 
silent  monitor,"  but  the  workers  called  it  the  "  telegraph." 
Each  superintendent  of  a  department  had  a  character-book, 
in  which  the  daily  conduct  of  every  worker  was  set  down  by 
marks  for  each  of  the  ordinary  offences,  neglect  of  work, 
swearing,  etc.,  which  when  summed  up  gave  a  result  in  four 
degrees — bad,  indifferent,  good,  excellent.  For  every  in- 
dividual there  was  a  small  wooden  four-sided  tally,  the  sides 
being  coloured  black,  blue,  yellow,  and  white,  corresponding 
to  the  above  degrees  of  conduct.  This  tally  was  fixed  at  each 
one's  work-place,  with  the  indicative  colour  outward,  so  that 
as  Owen  or  his  representative  passed  down  the  shops  at  any 
time  during  the  day,  he  could  note  at  a  glance  the  conduct  of 
each  one  during  the  preceding  day,  and  thus  get  both  a 
general  and  a  detailed  view  of  the  behaviour  of  the  workers. 
If  anyone  thought  they  were  unfairly  treated  they  could 
complain  to  him,  but  in  hardly  any  cases  did  this  happen. 
He  tells  us,  "  As  I  passed  through  all  the  rooms,  and  the 
workers  obser\'ed  me  always  to  look  at  these  telegraphs — and 
when  black  I  merely  looked  at  the  person,  and  then  at  the 
colour — but  never  said  a  word  to  one  of  them  by  way  of  blame. 
At  first,"  he  says,  a  large  proportion  daily  were  black  and 
blue,  few  yellow,  and  scarcely  any  white.  Gradually  the  blacks 
were  changed  for  blue,  the  blues  for  yellow,  and  the  yellows 
for  white.  Soon  after  the  adoption  of  this  telegraph  I  could 
at  once  see  by  the  expression  of  countenance  what  was  the 
colour  which  was  shown.  As  there  were  four  colours  there 
were  four  different  expressions  of  countenance,  most  evident 
to  me  as  I  passed  along  the  rooms.  .  .  .  Never  perhaps  in 
the  history  of  the  human  race  has  so  simple  a  device  created 
in  so  short  a  period  so  much  order,  virtue,  goodness,  and  hap- 
piness, out  of  so  much  ignorance,  error,  and  misery.  And  for 
many  years  the  permanent  daily  conduct  of  a  very  large  ma- 
jorit}^  of  those  who  were  employed  deserved,  and  had.  No.  I 
placed  as  their  character  on  the  books  of  the  company." 

To  show  that  Owen  did  not  exaggerate  the  improved  con- 
dition of  New  Lanark,  it  will  be  well  to  give  the  estimates 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  loi 


of  experienced  and  independent  visitors.  In  1819  the  town 
of  Leeds  sent  a  deputation.; 'consisting  of  Mr.  Edward  Baines, 
Mr.  Robert  Oastler,  and  Mr.  John  Cawood,  to  report  on  the 
character  and  condition  of  the  workers  at  New  Lanark. 
They  spent  four  days  in  a  careful  inspection  and  examination 
of  the  whole  establishment,  and  the  following  are  a  few  ex- 
tracts from  their  general  report.  Speaking  first  of  the  chil- 
dren in  the  schools,  from  two  to  ten  years  of  age,  they  say, 
"  They  appear  like  one  well-regulated  family,  united  together 
by  the  ties  of  the  closest  affection.  We  heard  no  quarrels 
from  the  youngest  to  the  eldest;  and  so  strongly  impressed 
are  they  with  the  conviction  that  to  be  happy  themselves  it  is 
necessary  to  make  those  happy  by  whom  they  are  surrounded, 
that  they  had  no  strife  but  in  the  offices  of  kindness." 

"  The  next  class  of  the  population  in  the  Lanark  estab- 
lishments consists  of  boys  and  girls  between  ten  and  seventeen 
years  of  age.  These  are  all  employed  in  the  mill,  and  in  the 
evening  from  seven  to  half-past  eight  o'clock  they  pursue  their 
education.  The  deportment  of  these  young  people  is  very 
exemplary.  In  business  they  are  regular  and  diligent,  and 
in  their  manners  they  are  mild  and  engaging." 

"  In  the  adult  inhabitants  of  New  Lanark  we  saw  much  to 
commend.  In  general  they  appeared  clean,  healthy,  and  sober. 
Intoxication,  the  parent  of  so  many  vices  and  so  much  misery, 
is  indeed  almost  unknown  here.  The  consequence  is  that  they 
are  well  clad,  well  fed,  and  their  dwellings  are  inviting. 
.  .  .  In  this  well-regulated  colony,  where  almost  everything 
is  made  that  is  wanted  by  either  the  manufactory  or  its  in- 
habitants, no  cursing  or  swearing  is  anywhere  to  be  heard. 
There  are  no  quarrelsome  men  or  brawling  women." 

Every  visitor  to  New  Lanark  who  published  any  account  of 
his  observations  seems  to  have  agreed  as  to  the  exceptional 
health,  good  conduct,  and  well-being  of  the  entire  population ; 
while  residents  in  the  vicinity,  as  well  as  the  ruling  authorities 
of  the  district,  bore  witness  that  vice  and  crime  were  almost 
wholly  unknown.  And  it  must  be  remembered  that  this  was 
all  effected  upon  the  chance  population  found  there,  which 
was  certainly  no  better  if  no  worse  than  the  usual  lowest 


I02 


MY  LIFE 


class  of  manufacturing  operatives  at  that  period.  There  ap- 
pears to  have  been  not  a  single  case  of  an  individual  or  a 
family  being  expelled  for  bad  conduct;  so  that  we  are  com- 
pelled to  trace  the  marvellous  improvement  that  occurred  en- 
tirely to  the  partial  application  of  Owen's  principles  of  human 
nature,  most  patiently  and  skilfully  applied  by  himself.  They 
were  necessarily  only  a  partial  application,  because  a  large 
number  of  the  adults  had  not  received  the  education  and  train- 
ing from  infancy  which  was  essential  for  producing  their  full 
beneficial  results.  Again,  the  whole  establishment  was  a 
manufactory,  the  property  of  private  capitalists,  and  the  adult 
population  suffered  all  the  disadvantages  of  having  to  work 
for  long  hours  at  a  monotonous  employment  and  at  low  rates 
of  wages,  circumstances  wholly  antagonistic  to  any  full  and 
healthy  and  elevated  existence.  Owen  used  always  to  declare 
that  the  beneficial  results  at  which  all  visitors  were  so  much 
astonished  were  only  one-tenth  part  of  what  could  and  would 
be  produced  if  his  principles  were  fully  applied.  If  the 
labour  of  such  a  community,  or  of  groups  of  such  communi- 
ties, had  been  directed  with  equal  skill  to  produce  primarily  the 
necessaries  and  comforts  of  life  for  its  own  inhabitants,  with 
a  surplus  of  such  goods  as  they  could  produce  most  ad- 
vantageously for  themselves,  in  order  by  their  sale  in  the  sur- 
rounding district  to  be  able  to  supply  themselves  with  such 
native  or  foreign  products  as  they  required,  then  each  worker 
would  have  been  able  to  enjoy  the  benefits  of  change  of  occupa- 
tion, always  having  some  alternation  of  outdoor  as  well  as  in- 
door work ;  the  hours  of  labour  might  be  greatly  reduced,  and 
all  the  refinements  of  life  might  have  been  procured  and  en- 
joyed by  them. 

On  considering  the  whole  course  of  Owen's  life,  the  one 
great  error  he  committed  was  to  give  up  the  New  Lanark 
property  and  management,  and  spend  his  large  fortune  in  the 
endeavour  to  found  communities  in  various  countries  of 
chance  assemblages  of  adults,  which  his  own  principles  should 
have  shown  him  were  doomed  to  failure.  He  always  main- 
tained that  a  true  system  of  education  from  infancy  to  man- 
hood was  essential  to  the  best  formation  of  character.  His 


LONDON  WORKERS,  SECULARISTS,  ETC.  103 


infant  schools  had  only  been  about  ten  years  in  existence, 
when,  owing  to  some  difficulties  with  his  Quaker  partners,  who 
had  always  objected  to  the  dancing  and  drill,  he  gave  up  the 
management  into  their  hands. 

This  was  a  weakness  due  to  his  amiable  temper,  which 
could  not  bear  to  be  the  cause  of  difference  with  his  friends. 
Under  the  circumstances  he  might  well  have  refused  to  give 
up  an  establishment  which  was  wholly  his  own  creation,  and 
whose  splendid  success  was  unequalled  in  the  world.  He 
possessed  nearly  half  the  shares,  and  the  profits  were  so  large 
that  he  could  soon  have  paid  off  the  remainder,  and  become 
the  sole  owner.  If  they  had  absolutely  refused  to  sell,  he 
might  have  sold  his  interest  and  started  another  community 
on  improved  lines,  to  which  it  is  almost  certain  the  whole  of 
the  inhabitants  of  New  Lanark  would  have  voluntarily  re- 
moved in  order  to  be  under  his  beneficent  rule.  He  would 
thus  have  had  all  the  advantages  of  not  losing  the  young 
people  he  had  so  thoroughly  trained,  and  might  have  gone  on 
during  his  life  extending  the  establishment  till  it  became  al- 
most wholly  self-supporting,  and  ultimately,  when  the  majority 
of  the  inhabitants  had  been  trained  from  childhood  under  his 
supervision,  self-governing  also.  Had  he  done  this,  his  beau- 
tiful system  of  education,  and  the  admirable  social  organiza- 
tion founded  on  his  far-seeing  and  fundamentally  true  philoso- 
phy of  human  nature,  might  still  have  existed,  as  a  beacon-light 
guiding  us  toward  a  better  state  of  industrial  organization. 
In  that  case  we  should  not  have  now  found  ourselves,  after 
another  century  of  continuous  increase  of  wealth  and  com- 
mand over  nature,  with  a  much  greater  mass  of  want  and 
misery  in  our  midst  than  when  he  first  so  clearly  showed  the 
means  of  abolishing  them. 

Notwithstanding  this  one  fatal  error,  an  error  due  to  the 
sensitive  nobility  of  his  character  and  to  his  optimistic  belief 
in  the  power  of  truth  to  make  its  way  against  all  adverse 
forces,  Robert  Owen  will  ever  be  remembered  as  one  of  the 
wisest,  noblest,  and  most  practical  of  philanthropists,  as  well 
as  one  of  the  best  and  most  lovable  of  men. 

I  have  a  recollection  of  having  once  heard  him  give  a 


I04 


MY  LIFE 


short  address  at  this  "  Hall  of  Science,"  and  that  I  was  struck 
by  his  tall  spare  figure,  very  lofty  head,  and  highly  benevolent 
countenance  and  mode  of  speaking.  Although  later  in  life 
my  very  scanty  knowledge  of  his  work  was  not  sufficient  to 
prevent  my  adopting  the  individualist  views  of  Herbert 
Spencer  and  of  the  political  economists,  I  have  always  looked 
upon  Owen  as  my  first  teacher  in  the  philosophy  of  human 
nature  and  my  first  guide  through  the  labyrinth  of  social 
science.  He  influenced  my  character  more  than  I  then  knew, 
and  now  that  I  have  read  his  life  and  most  of  his  works,  I  am 
fully  convinced  that  he  was  the  greatest  of  social  reformers 
and  the  real  founder  of  modern  Socialism.  For  these  reasons 
I  trust  that  my  readers  will  not  consider  the  space  I  have  here 
devoted  to  an  outline  of  his  great  work  at  New  Lanark  is 
more  than  the  subject  deserves. 

The  preceding  sketch  of  his  life  and  work  is  founded  upon 
his  "  Life  "  written  by  himself,  and  accompanied  by  such  a 
mass  of  confirmatory  reports  and  correspondence  as  to  show 
that  it  can  be  thoroughly  relied  on.  It  has,  however,  long 
been  out  of  print,  and  very  few  people  have  read  it  or  even 
heard  of  it,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  I  have  given  this 
brief  outline  of  its  contents.  The  fine  obituary  notice  of 
Owen  by  his  contemporary  and  friend,  Mr.  G.  J.  Holyoake, 
together  with  the  book  on  his  life  and  times  by  his  fellow- 
worker,  Lloyd  Jones,  show  that  I  have  in  no  way  exaggerated 
either  his  character  or  his  achievements. 


CHAPTER  VII 


BEDFORDSHIRE :  SURVEYING 

It  was,  I  think,  early  in  the  summer  of  1837  that  I  went 
with  my  brother  WilHam  into  Bedfordshire  to  begin  my  edu- 
cation as  a  land-surveyor.  The  first  work  we  had  was  to 
survey  the  parish  of  Higham  Gobion  for  the  commutation 
of  the  tithes.  It  was  a  small  parish  of  about  a  thousand 
acres,  with  the  church,  vicarage,  and  a  good  farmhouse  on  the 
highest  ground,  and  a  few  labourer's  cottages  scattered  about, 
but  nothing  that  could  be  called  a  village.  The  whole  parish 
was  one  large  farm;  the  land  was  almost  all  arable  and  the 
fields  very  large,  so  that  it  was  a  simple  piece  of  work.  We 
took  up  our  quarters  at  the  Coach  and  Horses  public-house 
in  the  village  of  Barton-in-the-Clay,  six  miles  north  of  Luton, 
on  the  coach-road  to  Bedford.  We  were  nearly  a  mile  from 
the  nearest  part  of  the  parish,  but  it  was  the  most  convenient 
place  we  could  get. 

An  intelligent  young  labourer  was  hired  to  draw  the  chain 
in  measuring,  while  I  carried  a  flag  or  measuring-rod  and 
stuck  in  pegs  or  cut  triangular  holes  in  the  grass  where  re- 
quired, to  form  marks  for  future  reference.  We  carried  bill- 
hooks for  cutting  rods  and  pegs,  as  well  as  for  clearing  away 
branches  that  obstructed  the  view,  and  for  cutting  gaps  in 
the  hedges  on  the  main  lines  of  the  survey,  in  order  to  lay 
them  out  perfectly  straight.  We  started  work  after  an  early 
breakfast,  and  usually  took  with  us  a  good  supply  of  bread- 
and-cheese  and  half  a  gallon  of  beer,  and  about  one  o'clock 
sat  down  under  the  shelter  of  a  hedge  to  enjoy  our  lunch- 
My  brother  was  a  great  smoker,  and  always  had  his  pipe  after 
lunch  (and  often  before  breakfast),  and,  of  course,  the  chain- 

105 


io6 


MY  LIFE 


bearer  smoked  too.  It  therefore  occurred  to  me  that  I  might 
as  well  learn  the  art,  and  for  a  few  days  tried  a  few  whiffs. 
Then,  going  a  little  too  far,  I  had  such  a  violent  attack  of 
headache  and  vomiting  that  I  was  cured  once  and  for  ever 
from  any  desire  to  smoke,  and  although  I  afterwards  lived  for 
some  years  among  Portuguese  and  Dutch,  almost  all  of  whom 
are  smokers,  I  never  felt  any  inclination  to  try  again. 

Three  miles  north  of  Barton  was  the  small  village  of  Silsoe 
adjoining  Wrest  Park,  the  seat  of  Earl  Cowper,  whose  agent, 
Mr.  Brown,  was  known  to  my  brother,  and  had,  I  think,  ob- 
tained from  him  the  parish  survey  we  were  engaged  upon.  A 
young  gentleman  three  or  four  years  older  than  myself  who 
was,  I  think,  a  pupil  of  Mr.  Brown's,  was  sent  by  him  to  learn 
a  little  land-surveying  with  us,  and  was  a  pleasant  companion 
for  me,  especially  as  we  were  often  left  alone,  when  my 
brother  was  called  away  on  other  business,  sometimes  for  a 
week  at  a  time.  Although  the  country  north  of  Barton  was 
rather  flat  and  uninteresting,  to  the  south  it  was  very  pictur- 
esque, as  it  was  only  about  half  a  mile  from  the  range  of  the 
North  Downs,  which,  though  only  rising  about  three  hundred 
feet  above  Barton,  yet  were  very  irregular,  jutting  out  into  fine 
promontories  or  rounded  knolls  with  very  steep  sides  and  with 
valleys  running  up  between  them.  The  most  charming  of  these 
valleys  was  the  nearest  to  us,  opening  behind  the  church.  It 
was  narrow,  with  abundance  of  grass  and  bushes  on  the  sides 
of  a  rapid-flowing  streamlet,  which,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
further,  had  its  source  in  a  copious  spring  gushing  out  from  the 
foot  of  the  chalk-hill.  On  the  west  side  of  this  valley  the  steep 
slope  was  thickly  covered  with  hazel  and  other  bushes,  as  well 
as  a  good  many  trees,  forming  a  hanging  wood  full  of  wild 
flowers,  and  offering  a  delightful  shade  in  the  heat  of  the 
afternoon.  About  a  mile  to  the  east  there  was  an  extensive 
old  British  earthwork  called  Ravensburgh  Castle,  beyond 
which  was  another  wooded  valley;  between  these  was  a  toler- 
ably level  piece  of  upland  where  the  villagers  played  cricket 
in  the  summer. 

My  friend,  whose  name  I  forget  (we  will  call  him  Mr.  A.), 
was  a  small-sized  but  active  young  fellow,  very  good-looking, 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SURVEYING  107 

and  quite  the  dandy  in  his  dress.  He  was  proud  of  his  at- 
tractions, and  made  friends  with  any  of  the  good-looking  village 
girls  who  would  talk  to  him.  One  day  we  met  a  pretty  rosy- 
cheeked  girl  about  his  own  age — a  small  farmer's  daughter — 
and  after  a  few  words,  seeing  she  was  not  disinclined  for  a 
chat,  he  walked  back  with  her,  and  I  went  home.  When  he 
returned,  he  boasted  openly  of  having  got  her  to  promise  to 
meet  him  again,  but  the  landlord  advised  him  to  be  careful  not 
to  let  her  father  see  him.  A  day  or  two  after,  as  we  were 
passing  near  the  place,  he  saw  the  girl  again,  and  I  walked 
slowly  on.  I  soon  heard  loud  voices,  and,  looking  back,  saw 
the  girl's  father,  a  big,  formidable-looking  man,  threatening  the 
young  Lothario  with  his  stick,  and  shouting  out  that  if  he 
caught  him  there  again  with  his  girl,  he  would  break  every  bone 
in  his  body.  When  the  young  gentleman  came  back  he  was 
not  the  least  abashed,  but  told  us  the  whole  story  very  much 
as  it  had  happened,  and  rather  glorying  in  his  boldness  in  not 
running  away  from  so  big  and  enraged  a  man,  and  intimating 
that  he  had  assuaged  his  anger  by  civil  words,  and  had  come 
away  with  flying  colours. 

One  day  he  and  I  went  for  a  walk  over  the  hills  towards 
Hitchin,  where  on  the  ordnance  map  a  small  stream  was 
named  Roaring  Meg,  and  we  wanted  to  see  why  it  was  so 
called.  We  found  a  very  steep  and  narrow  valley  something 
like  that  called  the  Devil's  Dyke  near  Brighton ;  but  this  was 
thickly  wooded  on  both  sides,  and  the  little  stream  at  the 
bottom,  rushing  over  a  pebbly  bed,  produced  a  roaring  sound 
which  could  be  heard  at  a  considerable  distance.  This 
northern  range  of  downs  has  the  advantage  over  the  south 
downs  of  having  numerous  springs  and  streams  on  both  sides 
of  it,  and  these  are  especially  abundant  around  the  ancient 
village  of  Toddington,  five  miles  west  of  Barton,  where  the 
ordnance  map  shows  about  twenty  springs,  the  sources  of 
small  streams,  within  a  radius  of  two  miles. 

It  was  while  living  at  Barton  that  I  obtained  my  first 
information  that  there  was  such  a  science  as  geology,  and 
that  chalk  was  not  everywhere  found  under  the  surface,  as  I 
had  hitherto  supposed.     My  brother,  like  most  land  surveyors, 


io8 


MY  LIFE 


was  something  of  a  geologist,  and  he  showed  me  the  fossil 
oysters  of  the  genus  Gryphaea  and  the  Belemnites,  which  we 
had  hitherto  called  "  thunderbolts,"  and  several  other  fossils 
which  were  abundant  in  the  chalk  and  gravel  around  Barton. 
While  here  I  acquired  the  rudiments  of  surveying  and  map- 
ping, as  well  as  calculating  areas  on  the  map  by  the  rules  of 
trigonometry.  This  I  found  very  interesting  work,  and  it 
was  rendered  more  so  by  a  large  volume  belonging  to  my 
brother,  giving  an  account  of  the  great  Trigonometrical  Sur- 
vey of  England,  with  all  the  angles  and  the  calculated  lengths 
of  the  sides  of  the  triangles  formed  by  the  different  stations 
on  hilltops,  and  by  the  various  church  spires  and  other  con- 
spicuous objects.  The  church  spires  of  Barton  and  Higham 
Gobion  had  been  thus  used,  and  the  distance  between  them 
accurately  given;  and  as  the  line  from  one  to  the  other  ran 
diagonally  across  the  middle  of  the  parish  we  were  survey- 
ing, this  was  made  our  chief  base-line,  and  the  distance  as 
measured  found  to  agree  very  closely  with  that  given  in  the 
survey.  This  volume  was  eagerly  read  by  me,  as  it  gave  an 
account  of  all  the  instruments  used,  including  the  great  theod- 
olite, three  feet  in  diameter,  for  measuring  the  angles  of  the 
larger  triangles  formed  by  distant  mountain  tops,  often  twenty 
or  thirty  miles  apart,  and  in  a  few  cases  more  than  a  hundred 
miles;  the  accurate  measurement  of  the  base-lines  by  steel 
chains  laid  in  wooden  troughs,  and  carefully  tightened  by 
exactly  the  same  weight  passing  over  a  pulley,  while  the  ends 
were  adjusted  by  means  of  microscopes;  the  exact  tempera- 
ture being  also  taken  by  several  thermometers  in  order  to  allow 
for  contraction  or  expansion  of  the  chains;  and  by  all  these 
refinements  several  base-lines  of  seven  or  eight  miles  in  length 
were  measured  with  extreme  accuracy  in  distant  parts  of  the 
country.  These  base-lines  were  tested  by  repeated  measure- 
ments in  opposite  directions,  which  were  found  to  differ  only 
by  about  an  inch,  so  that  the  mean  of  all  the  measurements 
was  probably  correct  to  less  than  half  that  amount. 

These  bases  were  connected  by  the  system  of  triangulation 
already  referred  to,  the  angles  at  all  the  stations  being  taken 
with  the  best  available  instruments  and  often  repeated  by 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SURVEYING  109 

different  observers,  while  allowance  had  also  to  be  made  for 
height  above  the  sea-level,  to  which  all  the  distances  had  to  be 
reduced.  In  this  way,  starting  from  any  one  base,  the  lengths 
of  the  sides  of  all  the  triangles  were  calculated,  and  ultimately 
the  length  of  the  other  bases ;  and  if  there  had  been  absolutely 
no  error  in  any  of  the  measurements  of  base-lines  or  of  angles, 
the  length  of  a  base  obtained  by  calculation  would  be  the  same 
as  that  by  direct  measurement.  The  results  obtained  showed 
a  quite  marvellous  accuracy.  Starting  from  the  base  meas- 
ured on  Salisbury  Plain,  the  length  of  another  base  on  the 
shore  of  Lough  Foyle  in  the  north  of  Ireland  was  calculated 
through  the  whole  series  of  triangles  connecting  them,  and 
this  calculated  length  was  found  to  differ  from  the  measured 
length  by  only  five  inches  and  a  fraction.  The  distance  be- 
tween these  two  base-lines  is  about  three  hundred  and  sixty 
miles. 

These  wonderfully  accurate  measurements  and  calculations 
impressed  me  greatly,  and  with  my  practical  work  at  survey- 
ing and  learning  the  use  of  that  beautiful  little  instrument,  the 
pocket-sextant,  opened  my  mind  to  the  uses  and  practical 
applications  of  mathematics,  of  which  at  school  I  had  been 
taught  nothing  whatever,  although  I  had  learnt  some  Euclid 
and  algebra.  This  glimmer  of  light  made  me  want  to  know 
more,  and  I  obtained  some  of  the  cheap  elementary  books 
published  by  the  Society  for  the  Diffusion  of  Useful  Knowl- 
edge. The  first  I  got  were  on  Mechanics  and  on  Optics, 
and  for  some  years  I  puzzled  over  these  by  myself,  trying  such 
simple  experiments  as  I  could,  and  gradually  arriving  at  clear 
conceptions  of  the  chief  laws  of  elementary  mechanics  and  of 
optical  instruments.  I  thus  laid  the  foundation  for  that  inter- 
est in  physical  science  and  acquaintance  with  its  general  prin- 
ciples which  have  remained  with  me  throughout  my  life. 

It  was  here,  too,  that  during  my  solitary  rambles  I  first 
began  to  feel  the  influence  of  nature  and  to  wish  to  know 
more  of  the  various  flowers,  shrubs,  and  trees  I  daily  met 
with,  but  of  which  for  the  most  part  I  did  not  even  know  the 
English  names.    At  that  time  I  hardly  realized  that  there 


no 


MY  LIFE 


was  such  a  science  as  systematic  botany,  that  every  flower 
and  every  meanest  and  most  insignificant  weed  had  been 
accurately  described  and  classified,  and  that  there  was  any 
kind  of  system  or  order  in  the  endless  variety  of  plants  and 
animals  which  I  knew  existed.  This  wish  to  know  the  names 
of  wild  plants,  to  be  able  even  to  speak  of  them,  and  to  learn 
anything  that  was  known  about  them,  had  arisen  from  a 
chance  remark  I  had  overhead  about  a  year  before.  A  lady, 
who  was  governess  in  a  Quaker  family  we  knew  at  Hertford, 
was  talking  to  some  friends  in  the  street  when  I  and  my 
father  met  them,  and  stayed  a  few  minutes  to  greet  them.  I 
then  heard  the  lady  say,  "  We  found  quite  a  rarity  the  other 
day — ^the  Monotropa;  it  had  not  been  found  here  before." 
This  I  pondered  over,  and  wondered  what  the  Monotropa  was. 
All  my  father  could  tell  me  was  that  it  was  a  rare  plant;  and 
I  thought  how  nice  it  must  be  to  know  the  names  of  rare 
plants  when  you  found  them.  However,  as  I  did  not  even 
know  there  were  books  that  described  every  British  plant, 
and  as  my  brother  appeared  to  take  no  interest  in  native  plants 
or  animals,  except  as  fossils,  nothing  came  of  this  desire  for 
knowledge  till  a  few  years  later. 

Barton  was  a  rather  large  straggling  village  of  the  old- 
fashioned,  self-contained  type,  with  a  variety  of  small  trades- 
men and  mechanics,  many  of  whom  lived  in  their  own  free- 
hold or  leasehold  houses  with  fair-sized  gardens.  Our  landlord 
was  a  young  man  fairly  educated  and  intelligent.  One  of  his 
brothers  was  a  tailor,  and  made  such  good  clothes  that  my 
brother  remarked  upon  the  excellent  cut  and  finish  of  a  suit 
worn  by  our  host.  Their  eldest  brother  lived  in  a  very  good 
old  roomy  cottage  in  the  village,  and  was,  I  think,  a  wheel- 
wright, and  I  was  sometimes  asked  to  tea  there,  and  found 
them  very  nice  people,  and  there  was  a  rather  elderly  unmar- 
ried sister  w^ho  was  very  talkative  and  satirical.  Most  of  the 
villagers,  and  some  of  the  farmers  around,  used  to  come  to 
the  house  we  lived  in,  and  among  them  was  a  painter  and 
glazier,  who  was  married  while  I  was  there,  and  who  was  sub- 
jected to  good-humoured  banter  when  he  came  to  the  house 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SURVEYING  iii 


soon  afterwards.  These,  with  the  necessary  blacksmith  and 
carpenter,  with  a  general  shop  or  two  and  a  fair  number  of 
labourers,  made  up  a  little  community,  most  of  whom  seemed 
fairly  well  off. 

Our  landlord  was  a  Radical,  and  took  a  newspaper  called 
The  Constitutional,  which  was  published  at  Birmingham,  and 
contained  a  great  deal  of  very  interesting  matter.  This  was 
about  the  time  when  the  dean  and  chapter  refused  to  allow  a 
monument  to  be  erected  to  Byron  in  Westminster  Abbey, 
which  excited  much  indignation  among  his  admirers.  One  of 
these  wrote  some  lines  on  the  subject  which  struck  me  as  being 
so  worthy  of  the  occasion  that  I  learnt  them  by  heart,  and  by 
constant  repetition  (on  sleepless  nights)  have  never  forgotten 
them.  They  were  printed  in  the  newspapers  without  a  signa- 
ture, and  I  have  never  been  able  to  learn  who  was  the  author 
of  them.  I  give  them  here  to  show  the  kind  of  poetry  I 
admired  then  and  still  enjoy: 

"Away  with  epitaph  and  sculptured  bust! 
Leave  these  to  decorate  the  mouldering  dust 
Of  him  who  needs  such  substitutes  for  fame — 
The  chisel's  pomp  to  deck  a  worthless  name. 
Away  with  these!    A  Byron  needs  them  not; 
Nature  herself  selects  a  deathless  spot, 
A  nation's  heart:  the  Poet  cannot  die, 
His  epitaph  is  Immortality. 
What  are  earth's  mansions  to  a  tomb  like  this? 
When  time  hath  swept  into  forgetfulness 
Wealth-blazoned  halls  and  gorgeous  cemeteries. 
The  mouldering  Abbey  with  its  sculptured  lies, 
His  name,  emblazoned  in  the  wild,  the  free. 
The  deep,  the  beautiful  of  earth,  shall  be 
A  household  word  with  millions.    Dark  and  wild 
His  song  at  times,  his  spirit  was  the  child 
Of  burning  passion.    Yet  when  he  awoke 
From  his  dark  hours  of  bondage,  when  he  broke 
His  cage  and  seized  his  harp,  did  he  not  make 
A  peal  of  matchless  melody  and  shake 
The  very  earth  with  joy?  Still  thrills  the  heart 
Of  man  at  those  sweet  notes ;  scared  despots  start 
To  curse  them  from  their  thrones;  they  pierce  the  cell 
And  cheer  the  captive  in  his  chains;  they  tell 


112 


MY  LIFE 


Lessons  of  life  to  struggling  liberty. 

Death  mars  the  man  but  spares  his  memory, 

Nor  tears  one  laurel  from  his  wreath  of  fame. 

How  many  glorious  thoughts  of  his  we  claim 

Our  heritage  for  ever;  beacon  lights 

To  guide  the  barque  of  freedom  through  the  nights 

Of  tyranny  and  woe,  when  not  a  star 

Of  hope  looks  down  to  glad  the  mariner: 

Thoughts  which  must  ever  haunt  us,  like  some  dream 

Of  childhood  which  we  ne'er  forget,  a  gleam 

Of  sunshine  flashing  o'er  life's  troubled  stream ! " 

The  last  eight  lines  of  this  poem  formed  a  passage  charac- 
terized by  deep  feeling  and  poetic  beauty  of  a  high  order. 
My  brother  was  an  admirer  of  Byron,  and  he  used  to  say 
that  his  description  of  Satan,  in  the  "  Vision  of  Judgment," 
was  finer  than  anything  in  Milton.  This  poem,  which  is 
essentially  a  satirical  parody  of  Southey's  poem  with  the 
same  title,  yet  contains  some  grand  passages  on  behalf  of 
political  and  religious  liberty.  The  lines  my  brother  thought 
so  fine  (and  I  agree  with  him)  are  the  following: 

"But  bringing  up  the  rear  of  this  bright  host 

A  Spirit  of  a  different  aspect  waved 
His  wings,  like  thunder-clouds  above  some  coast 

Whose  barren  beach  with  frequent  wrecks  is  paved; 
His  brow  was  like  the  deep  when  tempest-tost; 

Fierce  and  unfathomable  thoughts  engraved 
Eternal  wrath  on  his  immortal  face, 

And  where  he  gazed  a  gloom  pervaded  space." 

Those  who  only  know  Byron  by  his  more  romantic  or 
pathetic  poems,  and  who  may  think  the  panegyric  of  the 
anonymous  writer  in  The  Constitutional  ^  to  be  overdrawn, 
should  read  "  The  Age  of  Bronze,"  which  is  pervaded  through- 
out with  the  detestation  of  war,  with  admiration  of  those  who 

1  This  newspaper — The  Constitutional — appears  to  have  existed 
only  two  years.  The  Daily  News,  referring  to  a  sale  of  Thackeray 
rarities  last  year,  states  that  he  contributed  several  articles  to  that 
paper  as  Paris  correspondent,  and  that,  in  consequence,  a  set  of  the 
paper  sold  in  1899  for  two  hundred  guineas.  A  friend  informs  me 
that  it  does  not  exist  in  the  Bodleian  Library. 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SURVEYING  113 


fought  only  for  freedom,  and  with  scorn  and  contempt  for 
the  majority  of  EngHsh  landlords,  who  subordinated  all  ideas 
of  justice  or  humanity  to  the  keeping  up  of  their  rents.  Even 
if  it  stood  alone,  this  one  poem  would  justify  the  poet  as  an 
upholder  of  the  rights  of  man  and  as  a  truly  ethical 
teacher. 

Returning  from  this  digression  to  the  villagers  who  came 
within  my  range  at  the  little  tavern  where  we  lodged,  I  had 
an  opportunity  of  seeing  a  good  deal  of  drunkenness,  inevitably 
brought  on  by  the  fact  that  only  in  the  public-house  could 
anyone  with  enforced  leisure  have  the  opportunity  of  meeting 
friends  and  acquaintances  and  of  hearing  whatever  news  was 
to  be  had.  Sometimes  a  labourer  out  of  work,  and  having 
perhaps  a  week's  wages  in  his  pocket,  would  have  a  pint  of 
beer  in  the  morning,  and  while  waiting  alone  for  someone  to 
come  in,  would,  of  course,  require  another  to  pass  away  the 
time;  and  sometimes,  if  a  young  unmarried  man,  he  would 
remain  quietly  drinking  beer  the  whole  day  long.  On  one 
such  occasion  the  landlord  told  me  that  a  man  had  consumed 
twenty-two  pints  of  beer  during  the  day.  At  that  time  there 
was  no  temperance  party,  no  body  of  people  who  thought 
drinking  intoxicants  altogether  wrong;  while  deliberately  aid- 
ing a  man  to  get  drunk  was  often  a  mere  amusement.  My 
brother  was  a  great  smoker  but  a  small  drinker,  and  he  used 
to  say  that  as  he  neither  drank  nor  expectorated  while  smok- 
ing it  did  him  no  harm — a  view  which  seems  very  doubtful. 
He  was,  however,  accustomed  to  take  a  glass  of  spirits  and 
water  in  the  evening,  and  usually  kept  a  gallon  jar  of  gin  in  a 
cupboard  by  the  fireplace,  not  only  for  his  own  use,  but  to 
have  something  besides  beer  to  offer  any  friend  who  called. 
He  had  several  acquaintances  at  Silsoe,  the  architect  of  the 
mansion  then  being  built  for  Earl  Cowper  being  an  old  friend 
of  about  his  own  age,  a  Mr.  Clephan.  One  day,  I  remember, 
a  young  farmer  whose  acquaintance  we  had  made  while  survey- 
ing gave  us  a  call,  and  my  brother  hospitably  invited  him  to 
take  a  glass  of  gin,  which  he  accepted.  He  was  rather  a  weak 
young  man  and  had  already  drunk  a  good  deal  of  beer,  and 


114 


MY  LIFE 


soon  became  talkative,  and  as  my  brother  asked  him  to  take 
more  gin,  he  did  so,  and  at  last  he  became  quite  incoherent 
and  so  troublesome,  though  perfectly  good-natured,  that  we 
had  to  ask  the  landlord  to  take  charge  of  him  till  he  was 
able  to  go  home.  But  his  speech  and  actions  were  so  ludicrous 
that  all  present  were  kept  in  a  roar  of  laughter,  and  every- 
body seemed  to  think  it  an  excellent  and  quite  harmless  bit 
of  fun. 

When  I  was  alone  at  Barton  I  used  frequently  to  sit  in 
the  tap-room  with  the  tradesmen  and  labourers  for  a  little 
conversation  or  to  hear  their  songs  or  ballads,  which  I  have 
never  had  such  an  opportunity  of  hearing  elsewhere.  Some 
of  these  were  coarse,  but  not  as  a  rule  more  so  than  among 
men  of  a  much  higher  class,  while  purely  sentimental  songs 
or  old  ballads  were  very  frequent,  and  were  quite  as  much 
appreciated.  I  regret  that  I  did  not  write  down  all  that  I 
heard  here,  but  at  that  time  I  did  not  know  that  there  would 
be  any  purpose  in  doing  so,  and  I  cannot  remember  the  actual 
words  of  any  of  them.  One  that  was  occasionally  sung  was 
the  old  Masonic  Hymn,  beginning : 

"Come  all  you  freemasons  that  dwell  around  the  globe, 
That  wear  the  badge  of  innocence,  I  mean  the  royal  robe, 
Which  Noah  he  did  wear  when  in  the  ark  he  stood, 
When  the  world  was  destroyed  by  a  deluging  flood  " — 

but  I  think  it  was  never  sung  in  its  complete  form.  The 
well-known  poacher's  song  with  its  musical  refrain  : 

"Oh!  'tis  my  delight  of  a  shiny  night,  in  the  season  of  the  year," 

was  also  rather  a  favourite;  but  there  was  one  ballad  about 
Bonaparte  which  was  often  called  for,  but  of  which  I  can 
remember  nothing  but  a  line  beginning — 

"Then  up  spoke  young  Napoleon." 

It  was  a  really  good  ballad,  describing  some  incidents  in 
Napoleon's  early  life,  and  was  remarkable  as  treating  him 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SURVEYING  115 


from  quite  a  heroic  point  of  view,  so  different  from  the 
enormous  mass  of  gross  and  stupid  caricature  and  abuse 
which  prevailed  during  the  epoch  of  his  miHtary  successes 
throughout  Europe. 

As  there  was  no  work  of  importance  after  the  maps  and 
reference  books  of  the  parish  we  had  been  surveying  had  been 
completed  and  delivered,  and  winter  was  approaching,  I  went 
home  for  a  short  holiday.  My  father  and  mother  and  my 
younger  brother  were  then  living  in  Hoddesdon,  and  as  there 
was  no  direct  conveyance  I  made  the  journey  on  foot.  It  was, 
I  think,  the  end  of  November,  and  as  the  distance  was  about 
thirty  miles,  and  I  was  not  very  strong,  I  took  two  days, 
sleeping  on  the  way  at  a  roadside  public-house.  I  went 
through  Hitchin  and  Stevenage,  and  near  the  former  place 
passed  a  quarry  of  a  reddish  chalk  almost  as  hard  as  marble, 
which  was  used  for  building.  This  surprised  me,  as  I  had 
hitherto  only  seen  the  soft  varieties  of  chalk,  and  had  been 
accustomed  to  look  upon  it  as  more  earth  than  stone.  The 
only  other  thing  that  greatly  interested  me  was  a  little  beyond 
Stevenage,  where,  on  a  grassy  strip  by  the  roadside,  were  six 
ancient  barrows  or  tumuli,  which  I  carefully  inspected;  and 
whenever  I  have  since  travelled  by  the  Great  Northern  Rail- 
way, I  have  looked  out  for  these  six  tumuli,  near  to  which  the 
line  passes. 

Where  I  slept  the  night  I  forget,  but  its  results  were  long 
remembered,  for  I  was  given  a  bed  which  I  presume  had 
been  occupied  by  some  tramp,  and  I  found  that  I  had  brought 
away  with  me  two  different  kinds  of  body-lice,  one  of  which 
took  me  a  long  time  and  the  application  of  special  ointments 
to  get  rid  of.  This  was  the  only  time  in  my  life  that  I 
suffered  from  these  noisome  insects. 

After  a  few  weeks  at  home  at  Hoddesdon,  I  went  back  to 
Barton,  where  we  had  some  work  till  after  Christmas.  On 
New  Year's  Day,  1838,  the  first  section  of  the  London  and 
Birmingham  Railway  was  opened  to  Tring,  and  I  and  my 
brother  took  advantage  of  it  to  go  up  to  London,  where  he 


ii6 


MY  LIFE 


had  some  business.  We  stayed  at  a  quiet  hotel  in  Lamb's 
Conduit  Street,  and  the  next  day  I  walked  to  Hoddesdon  for 
a  short  holiday.  My  brother  while  in  London  obtained  the 
survey  for  tithe  commutation  of  a  parish  in  Bedfordshire, 
where  I  was  to  meet  him  on  the  14th  or  15th  of  January,  at 
the  village  of  Turvey,  eight  miles  beyond  Bedford. 


CHAPTER  VIII 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY 

I  HAD  first  to  go  back  to  Barton  to  pay  a  few  bills  and  pack 
up  the  books,  instruments,  etc.,  we  had  left  there  to  be  sent 
by  carrier's  waggon.  I  therefore  left  home  on  the  12th,  and 
I  think  walked  back  to  Barton,  and  the  next  day  did  what 
was  required,  took  leave  of  my  friends  there,  and  on  the 
morning  of  the  14th,  after  an  early  breakfast^  started  to  walk 
to  Turvey  through  Bedford,  a  distance  of  about  twenty  miles. 

The  reason  I  am  able,  without  any  diary,  note,  or  letter 
to  refer  to,  to  fix  the  date  of  this  particular  walk,  is  rather  a 
curious  one.  While  I  was  at  home,  or  shortly  before,  a  new 
almanack  had  appeared,  which  professed  to  predict  the 
weather  on  every  day  of  the  year,  on  scientific  principles,  and 
the  first  week  was  said  to  be  wonderfully  correct.  I  was  so 
much  interested  in  this,  and  talked  so  much  about  it^  that 
my  mother  procured  it  for  me  just  before  I  left  home  as  a 
New  Year's  present.  It  was  called  "  Murphy's  Weather 
Almanack,"  and  was  published,  I  think,  at  a  shilling.  The 
first  three  days  were  marked  "  Fair,  frost,"  and  the  next  three 
"  Change."  This  was,  I  believe,  nearly  correct,  but  how  near 
I  cannot  remember.  The  next  fortnight,  however,  impressed 
itself  upon  my  memory,  partly  because  I  had  the  book  and 
marked  it  day  by  day,  and  partly  on  account  of  the  remarkable 
weather  and  its  exact  fulfilment.  From  the  7th  to  the  13th 
every  day  was  set  down  as  "  Fair,  frost/'  and  so  it  was.  Then 
came  the  14th,  marked  "  Change ;"  then  again  "  Fair,  frost," 
every  day  to  the  20th,  which  was  marked  "  Lowest  tempera- 
ture ; "  after  which  the  indications  were  change,  followed  by 
rain. 

Now,  as  the  14th  was  the  day  of  my  walk  to  Bedford  and 

117 


ii8  MY  LIFE 

Turvey,  I  was  rather  anxious,  and  when  I  got  up  in  the 
morning  and  saw  that  the  sky  was  clear,  I  thought  the 
alamanack  was  wrong,  and  was  glad  of  it;  but  as  soon  as  I 
began  my  journey  I  found  the  air  milder  and  the  roads  de- 
cidedly softer  than  the  day  before,  and  this  soon  increased, 
till  by  midday  there  was  a  regular  thaw,  which  made  the  roads 
quite  soft,  but  as  there  had  been  no  snow,  not  disagreeably 
wet.  I  had,  therefore,  a  very  pleasant  walk.  I  dined  at  Bed- 
ford, and  reached  Turvey  before  dark. 

For  the  next  six  days  we  were  at  work  laying  out  the  main 
lines  for  the  survey  of  the  parish,  cutting  hedges,  ranging 
flags,  ascertaining  boundaries,  and  beginning  the  actual  meas- 
urements, and  every  day  the  frost  continued  exactly  as  pre- 
dicted by  Murphy,  culminating  in  the  greatest  cold  on  the 
20th,  after  which  there  was  a  break. 

I  may  here  state  that  the  rest  of  the  year  was  very  inaccu- 
rate, though  there  were  certain  striking  coincidences.  The 
hottest  day  was  nearly,  or  quite,  correct.  In  August  nine 
days  consecutively  were  exactly  as  predicted,  and  in  Decem- 
ber the  very  mild  weather  and  fine  Christmas  Day  was  correct. 

But  the  perfect  accuracy  of  the  fourteen  consecutive  days 
with  the  break  on  one  day  of  an  otherwise  continuous  frost, 
and  that  day  being  fixed  on  my  memory  by  the  circumstance 
of  my  having  then  to  walk  twenty  miles,  forced  me  to  the 
conclusion  that  there  must  have  been  "  something  in  it " — 
that  this  could  not  have  been  attained  by  pure  guess-work, 
even  once  in  a  year,  and  though  the  most  striking,  it  was  not 
by  any  means  the  only  success.  My  copy  of  the  almanack 
disappeared  half  a  century  ago,  but  wishing  to  refresh  my 
memory  of  the  circumstances,  and  to  fix  definitely  the  year 
and  day  of  my  journey,  I  applied  to  the  Meteorological  So- 
ciety to  lend  me  the  almanack,  if  they  possessed  it.  They  very 
courteously  obliged  me,  sending  me  the  five  years,  1838  to 
1842,  all  that  ever  appeared,  bound  together.  I  then  found 
that  my  memory  of  the  weather  for  a  week  before  and  after 
my  walk  had  been  quite  correct  and  as  I  have  stated  here,  and 
I  also  had  the  advantage  of  examining  the  succeeding  years, 
with  notes  of  the  actual  weather  in  a  considerable  proportion 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY  119 


of  the  days  entered  in  a  space  left  for  the  purpose  by  the 
owner  of  this  copy.  The  place  of  observation,  however,  is 
not  given,  and  it  is  obvious  that,  as  the  weather  is  usually  very 
different  in  widely  separated  parts  of  the  country,  only  those 
features  of  it  can  have  any  chance  of  being  predicted  which 
are  common  to  the  greater  part  of  our  island,  and  are  per- 
sistent for  a  considerable  period.  Looking  over  these  records 
from  this  point  of  view,  I  find  the  following  points  worthy  of 
notice : 

In  1839  the  lowest  winter  temperature  was  predicted  for 
January  9,  and  this  was  correct. 

In  1840  sixteen  days  of  frost  were  predicted  in  February; 
eleven  of  these  are  noted,  and- all  are  on  the  right  days.  In 
March  only  seven  days'  rain  were  predicted,  and  it  is  noted  as 
a  very  dry  month  throughout.  April  was  predicted  to  be  a 
mild  and  fine  month,  and  it  was  so,  though  the  days  of  rain, 
etc.,  did  not  agree.  In  May  the  prediction  was  two  days'  rain, 
thirteen  days  changeable,  the  rest  fair.  Rain  was  noted  on 
nine  days,  the  rest  being  fine  and  mild.  June  was  about 
equally  correct.  In  the  winter  frost  was  predicted  for  the 
last  two  weeks  of  the  year,  which  was  correct. 

In  1841  March  was  predicted  to  be  a  fine,  dry,  and  mild 
month,  which  was  correct.  There  was  nothing  very  marked 
in  the  rest  of  the  year. 

In  1842  frost  was  predicted  for  several  days  at  the  end  of 
January  and  the  first  week  in  February,  which  was  correct. 
April  was  foretold  to  have  only  four  days'  rain,  and  the 
remark  of  the  observer  is,  "  A  very  dry  month."  May  was  to 
have  five  days'  rain  and  three  changeable,  and  it  is  noted  as 
having  had  "  rain  on  nine  days,"  and  as  being  "  a  very  fine 
month."  In  August  rain  was  announced  for  six  days  only, 
and  the  remark  is,  "  Splendid  August  weather."  Then  at  the 
end  came  a  great  failure,  for  the  last  half  of  December  was 
predicted  to  be  fine  and  frosty,  but  turned  out  to  be  "  very 
mild  and  rainy." 

Thus  ended  the  "  Weather  Almanack,"  and  I  am  not  aware 
whether  the  writer  ever  disclosed  the  exact  method  by  which 
he  arrived  at  his  predictions.    In  each  of  the  issues  he  had  a 


120 


MY  LIFE 


somewhat  lengthy  introduction,  the  first  of  which  purported 
to  explain  the  principles  of  his  system.  But  it  was  so  exceed- 
ingly general  and  vague  that  it  seemed  more  intended  to  con- 
ceal than  to  explain.  It  appears  to  me  almost  certain  that  the 
author  must  have  had  access  to  some  old  weather  records  for 
a  long  succession  of  years,  and  finding  that  very  similar 
weather  occurred  at  each  recurring  lunar  cycle  of  nineteen 
years,  he  simply  predicted  day  by  day  what  the  weather  had 
been  nineteen  years  before.  This  method  has  been  recently 
applied  by  means  of  a  longer  cycle,  which  leads  to  a  more  ac- 
curate correspondence  of  the  positions  of  the  sun  and  moon, 
and  has  been  said  to  produce  very  striking  results.  If  that 
was  really  his  method,  his  successes,  though  very  partial,  were 
yet,  I  think,  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  larger  and  more  lasting 
phases  of  the  weather  in  our  latitudes  are  to  a  considerable 
extent  dependent  on  the  relative  positions  of  the  moon  and 
sun,  and  that  the  moon  really  is,  as  has  been  so  long  and  so 
generally  believed,  one  of  the  factors  in  determining  our  very 
eccentric  weather  phenomena. 

Another  curious  little  personal  incident  connected  with  this 
winter's  frost  may  here  be  noted.  One  day  I  was  out  on  the 
frozen  meadows  across  the  river  Ouse,  assisting  in  marking 
out  one  of  our  main  lines  which  had  to  cross  the  windings  of 
the  river,  when  I  saw  a  pleasant-looking  young  man  coming 
towards  me  carrying  a  double-barrelled  gun.  When  he  was 
a  few  yards  off,  two  very  large  birds,  looking  like  wild  geese, 
came  flying  towards  us,  and  as  they  passed  overhead  at  a 
moderate  height,  he  threw  up  his  gun,  fired  both  barrels,  and 
brought  them  both  to  the  ground.  Of  course  I  went  up  to 
look  at  them,  and  found  they  were  a  fine  pair  of  wild  swans, 
the  male  being  about  five  feet  long  from  beak  to  end  of  tail. 
"That  was  a  good  shot,"  I  remarked;  to  which  he  replied, 
"  Oh !  you  can't  miss  them,  they  are  as  big  as  a  barn  door." 
Afterwards  I  found  that  this  was  young  Mr.  Higgins,  of 
Turvey  Abbey,  his  father  being  one  of  the  principal  land- 
owners in  the  parish ;  and  in  making  out  the  reference  books 
which  gave  the  owners  of  all  the  separate  farms,  etc.,  we  found 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY 


121 


that  he  himself  owned  some  property,  and  that  his  name  was 
H.  H.  Higgins.  This  interested  me,  because  one  of  my  school- 
fellow's initials  had  been  H.  H.  H.,  his  name  being  Henry 
Holman  Hogsflesh,  and  I  thought  it  curious  that  I  should  so 
soon  again  come  across  another  H.  H.  H.,  and  this  made  me 
remember  the  name  of  Mr.  Higgins,  which  I  might  otherwise 
have  totally  forgotten. 

More  than  half  a  century  later  (in  November,  1889),  I 
was  invited  to  Liverpool  to  give  some  lectures,  and  some 
time  before  the  date  fixed  upon  I  received  a  very  kind  letter 
from  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Higgins,  inviting  me  to  dine  with  him 
on  my  arrival,  and  offering  to  assist  me  in  every  way  he  could. 
I  declined  the  invitation,  but  told  him  what  hotel  I  was  going 
to,  and  said  that  I  should  be  glad  to  see  him.  His  letter  re- 
called to  me  my  acquaintance  at  Turvey,  but  I  did  not  see  how 
a  Liverpool  clergyman  could  have  any  close  relationship  to  a 
wealthy  Bedfordshire  landowner.  I  found  Mr.  Higgins  at 
the  station  with  a  carriage  ready,  and  he  told  me  that,  as  I 
did  not  wish  to  go  out  to  dinner,  he  and  some  friends  had 
taken  the  liberty  of  ordering  a  dinner  at  my  hotel,  and  hoped 
I  would  dine  with  them.  He  was  as  pleasant  as  an  old  friend, 
and  of  course  I  accepted.  He  was  a  short,  rubicund,  exceed- 
ingly good-humoured  and  benevolent-looking  man,  apparently 
some  years  older  than  myself,  and  looking  very  like  what 
young  Mr.  Higgins  of  Turvey  might  have  grown  into. 
He  somehow  reminded  me  of  Chaucer's  description  of  a 
priest : 

"A  little  round,  fat,  oily  man  of  God 
Was  one  I  chiefly  marked  among  the  fry, 
He  had  a  rogueish  twinkle  in  his  eye  " — 

except  that  he  could  hardly  be  described  as  round,  or  fat,  but 
simply  "  jolly  "  in  person  as  in  manner.  So  when  his  friends 
left  about  an  hour  after  dinner,  I  asked  him,  if  he  had  no 
engagement,  to  stay  a  little  longer,  as  I  wished  to  find  out  the 
mystery.  He  was  an  enthusiastic  naturalist,  and  we  talked 
of  many  things,  and  the  conversation  turning  on  the  land 
question,  he  remarked  that  he  was  perhaps  one  of  the  poorest 


122 


MY  LIFE 


landowners  in  England,  for  that  he  was  heir  to  a  considerable 
landed  estate  from  which  he  never  received  anything,  and 
probably  never  should,  owing  to  family  circumstances,  which 
he  stated.  I  then  asked  him  if  he  knew  a  place  called  Turvey, 
in  Bedfordshire,  to  which  he  replied,  "  I  ought  to  know  it, 
for  I  was  born  there,  and  my  father  owned  the  estate  there 
to  which  I  am  heir."  I  then  felt  pretty  sure  of  my  man,  and 
asked  him  if  he  remembered,  during  a  very  hard  frost  about 
fifty  years  ago,  shooting  a  pair  of  wild  swans  at  Turvey. 
"  Why,  of  course  I  do,"  said  he.  "  But  how  do  you  know  it  ?  " 
"  Because  I  was  there  at  the  time  and  saw  you  shoot  them. 
Do  not  you  remember  a  thin,  tall  lad  who  came  up  to  you  and 
said,  '  That  was  a  good  shot,'  and  you  replied,  '  Oh !  you  can't 
miss  them,  they  are  as  big  as  a  barn  door  '  ?  "  "  No,"  he  said, 
"  I  don't  remember  you  at  all,  but  that  is  just  what  I  should 
have  said."  His  delight  was  great,  for  his  story  of  how  he 
shot  the  two  wild  swans  was  not  credited  even  by  his  own 
family,  and  he  made  me  promise  to  go  to  his  house  after  the 
lecture  on  the  next  night,  and  prove  to  them  that  he  had  not 
been  romancing.  And  when  I  went,  I  was  duly  introduced 
to  his  grown-up  sons  and  daughters  as  one  who  had  been 
present  at  the  shooting  of  the  swans,  which  I  had  been  the 
first  to  mention.  That  was  a  proud  moment  for  the  Rev.  H. 
H.  Higgins,  and  a  very  pleasant  one  to  myself. 

Let  us  now  return  to  Turvey  and  my  experiences  there. 
We  lived  at  the  chief  inn  in  the  place — perhaps  the  only  one 
except  some  small  beer-shops — called  The  Tinker  of  Turvey. 
The  painted  sign  was  a  man  with  a  staff,  a  woman,  and  a  dog, 
and  we  were  told  in  the  village  that  the  tinker  meant  was 
John  Bunyan.  But  recent  inquiry  by  a  friend  both  in  Bedford 
and  at  Turvey  shows  that  this  is  perhaps  a  mistake.  In  a 
little  book,  "  Turvey  and  the  Mordaunts,"  by  G.  F.  W.  Munby, 
Rector  of  Turvey,  and  Thomas  Wright  (of  Olney),  we  are 
told  that  there  is  a  very  rare  pamphlet  in  the  British  Museum, 
entitled,  The  Tincker  of  Turvey,  his  merry  pastime  from 
Billingsgate  to  Gravesend.  The  Barge  being  freighted  with 
mirth,  and  mann'd  with  Trotter  the  tincker,  Yerker  a  cobbler. 
Thumper  a  smith,  and  other  merry  fellows,  every  one  of  them 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY  123 

telling  his  tale  "  (dated,  London,  1630,  4to).  There  is  a  verse 
on  the  signboard  as  follows: — 

"The  Tinker  of  Turvey,  his  dog,  and  his  staff. 
Old  Nell  with  her  Budget  will  make  a  man  laugh." 

This  may,  perhaps,  be  taken  from  the  old  pamphlet,  which 
certainly  proves  that  "  The  Tinker  of  Turvey  "  was  a  charac- 
ter known  before  Bunyan's  time,  and  as  the  tales  told  by  the 
tinker  and  his  companions  are  said  to  be  exceedingly  coarse, 
they  were  probably  well  known  in  country  places,  and  the 
name  would  seem  appropriate  for  an  inn  in  the  village  named. 
It  is  possible,  however,  that  the  sign  may  have  been  first 
painted  at  a  later  date,  and  as  Bunyan  would  no  doubt  have 
been  well  known  at  Turvey,  as  at  other  villages  round  Bed- 
ford, where  he  was  accustomed  to  preach,  he  may  have  been 
represented  or  caricatured  as  the  Tinker  of  Turvey  on  the 
signboard. 

In  this  inn  we  had  the  use  of  a  large  room  on  the  ground- 
floor,  also  used  as  a  dining-room  for  the  rare  visitors  requiring 
that  meal,  and  in  the  evening  as  a  farmers'  room,  where  two 
or  three  often  dropped  in  for  an  hour  or  two,  while  once  a  week 
there  was  a  regular  farmers'  club,  at  which  from  half  a  dozen 
to  a  dozen  usually  attended.  While  at  Barton  I  had  become 
well  acquainted  with  the  labourers,  mechanics,  and  small  vil- 
lage shopkeepers;  I  here  had  an  equal  opportunity  of  observ- 
ing how  well-to-do  farmers  occupied  their  leisure.  These 
seemed  to  be  rather  a  serious  class,  whose  conversation  was 
slow,  and  devoted  mainly  to  their  own  business,  especially 
as  to  the  condition  of  their  sheep,  how  their  "  tegs"  were 
getting  on,  or  of  a  fat  sheep  being  cast — ^that  is,  turned  over 
on  its  back,  and  vainly  struggling  to  get  up  again,  when,  if 
not  seen  and  helped,  they  sometimes  died.  Most  of  the  time 
was  spent  in  silent  smoking  or  sipping  their  glasses  of  ale  or 
of  spirits  and  water.  Sometimes  the  talk  would  be  of  hunting, 
or  even  of  the  county  races  when  anyone  was  present  who 
had  horses  good  enough  to  run.  On  one  evening  I  heard  an 
agricultural  problem  solved  by  an  expert,  and  it  is  the  only 


124 


MY  LIFE 


piece  of  definite  information  I  ever  heard  given  on  these  occa- 
sions. A  young  farmer  was  complaining  of  the  poor  crop  of 
wheat  he  had  got  from  one  of  his  best  fields,  and  he  said  he 
could  not  make  it  out.  One  of  the  large  farmers,  who  was 
looked  up  to  as  an  authority,  asked,  "  What  did  you  do  to  the 
field?"  "Well,"  said  the  young  man,  "I  ploughed  it"  (a 
pause)  ;  "  I  ploughed  it  twice."  "  Ah !  "  said  the  expert, 
"  that's  where  you  lost  your  crop."  The  rest  looked  approval. 
Some  said,  "  That's  it ;"  others  said,  "  Ah  !  "  The  young  man 
said  nothing,  but  looked  gloomy.  Evidently  the  oracle  had 
spoken,  and  nothing  more  was  to  be  said;  but  I  have  often 
wondered  since  if  that  really  was  the  cause  of  the  bad  crop  of 
wheat.  There  seem  to  be  so  many  other  things  to  be  taken 
account  of — the  kind  of  seed  used ;  the  mode  of  sowing, 
whether  broadcast  or  drilled ;  the  quantity  and  kind  of  manure 
used;  the  condition  of  the  soil  as  regards  moisture,  freedom 
from  weeds,  and  many  other  matters; — all,  one  would  think, 
equally  important  with  the  mere  difference  between  one  or 
two  ploughings.  I  should  have  liked  to  have  asked  about  this 
at  the  time,  but  I  was  too  shy  and  afraid  of  exposing  my 
ignorance. 

The  farmers  here  were  very  proud  of  their  mutton,  and 
one  with  whom  we  were  especially  friendly  told  us  one  day 
about  a  fine  sheep  he  had  killed  the  previous  year — five  years 
old,  I  think  he  said — and  that  he  had  kept  one  of  the  legs  of 
mutton  six  months  in  his  cellar,  which  was  large  and  very 
cool.  He  assured  us  that  it  was  perfectly  sweet,  and  that  he 
invited  several  of  his  friends  to  dinner,  and  they  all  agreed 
that  they  had  never  eaten  such  fine  mutton  in  their  lives.  At 
the  time  I  hardly  believed  this,  holding  the  usual  opinion 
that  meat  necessarily  putrefied,  but  I  have  no  doubt  now  that 
he  was  speaking  the  truth,  and  that  much  of  our  meat  would 
be  greatly  improved  in  quality  if  we  had  suitable  places  in 
which  to  store  it  for  a  few  weeks  or  months  before  cooking. 

Soon  after  we  came  to  Turvey  a  young  gentleman  from 
Bedford  came  to  us  to  learn  a  little  surveying.  He  was,  I 
think,  the  son  of  an  auctioneer  or  estate  agent,  and  was  about 
eighteen  or  twenty  years  old.    As  my  brother  was  occasion- 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY 


125 


ally  away  for  several  days  at  a  time  when  we  sometimes  had 
nothing  to  go  on  with,  he  would  amuse  himself  fishing,  of 
which  he  was  very  fond.  Sometimes  I  went  with  him,  but  I 
usually  preferred  walking  about  the  country,  though  I  cannot 
remember  that  I  had  at  this  time  any  special  interest  in  doing 
so.  He  often  caught  some  large,  coarse  fish,  such  as  bream 
or  pike,  which  were  the  commonest  fish  in  the  river,  but  were 
hardly  worth  eating.  Towards  the  latter  part  of  our  survey 
in  the  spring  months,  my  brother  left  us  a  portion  of  the  work 
to  do  by  ourselves  when  he  was  away  for  a  week  or  two,  and 
as  we  worked  very  hard,  and  seldom  got  home  before  six  in 
the  evening,  we  had  an  unusally  good  appetite  for  our  even- 
ing meal,  and  sometimes  astonished  our  hosts.  One  occasion 
of  this  kind  I  have  never  forgotten.  They  had  provided  for 
our  dinner  a  sparerib  of  young  pork — a  very  delicate  dish  but 
not  very  substantial — with  potatoes.  My  friend  first  cut  the 
joint  in  half,  about  three  or  four  ribs  in  each,  and  said  to  me, 
I  know  you  like  fat ;  if  I  cut  off  this  lean  piece,  will  you 
have  the  rest?"  I  joyfully  assented,  as  I  was  very  fond  of 
the  picking  on  the  bones.  We  soon  finished  our  portions,  and 
then  he  cut  the  lean  off  the  rest  of  the  joint,  gave  me  the  ribs, 
and  we  very  soon  left  nothing  but  the  cleaned-picked  bones, 
half  of  which  I  put  on  his  plate  so  that  it  might  not  be  thought 
that  I  had  eaten  the  whole  joint  myself.  The  servant  looked 
astonished  at  the  empty  dish  when  she  brought  us  in  a  rather 
small  apple-pudding.  This  was  cut  in  two,  and  was  hardly 
as  much  as  we  should  have  liked ;  and  when  the  servant  saw 
another  empty  dish  she  smiled,  and  told  us  that  some  people 
had  been  waiting  for  the  rest  of  the  pork  and  pudding,  and 
now  had  nothing  for  dinner;  at  which  we  smiled,  and  asked 
for  bread-and-cheese  to  finish  with. 

When  at  home  and  spending  the  larger  part  of  every  day 
in  the  schoolroom,  I  had  never  liked  fat,  which  often  made 
me  ill.  But  exercise  for  about  ten  hours  every  day  in  the 
open  air  had  improved  my  digestion  and  my  general  health 
so  that  I  could  eat  most  kinds  of  fat,  and  have  been  very  fond 
of  it  during  my  whole  life. 

During  our  stay  here  we  made  the  acquaintance  of  some 


126 


MY  LIFE 


pleasant  people,  and  on  Sundays  we  were  often  asked  out  to 
tea,  which  I  should  have  enjoyed  more  than  I  did  had  it  not 
been  for  my  excessive  shyness,  which  was  at  this  time  aggra- 
vated by  the  fact  that  I  was  growing  very  rapidly,  and  my 
clothes,  besides  being  rather  shabby,  were  somewhat  too  small 
for  me.  Another  drawback  was  that  our  residence  at  any 
place  was  too  short  to  become  really  at  home  with  these 
passing  friends.  I  was  therefore  left  mostly  to  the  compan- 
ionship of  our  own  temporary  pupil,  and  he,  like  the  majority 
of  the  young  men  I  met  at  this  period  of  my  life,  was  by  no 
means  an  edifying  acquaintance.  Sporting  newspapers,  which 
were  then  far  grosser  than  they  are  now,  were,  so  far  as  I 
remember,  his  chief  reading,  and  he  had  a  stock  of  songs  and 
recitations  of  the  lowest  and  most  vicious  type,  with  which  he 
used  occasionally  to  entertain  me  and  any  chance  acquaint- 
ances. There  was  one  paper  which  I  used  very  frequently  to 
see  about  this  time,  and  which  I  think  must  have  been  taken  at 
most  of  the  country  inns  we  frequented.  It  was  called,  if  I 
remember  rightly.  The  Satirist,  and  was  full  of  the  very  gross- 
est anecdotes  of  well-known  public  characters,  trials  for  the 
most  disgraceful  offences  reported  in  all  their  details,  and  full 
accounts  of  prize-fights,  which  were  then  very  common.  It 
was  a  paper  of  a  character  totally  unknown  now,  and  as  it  no 
doubt  reflected  the  ideas  and  pandered  to  the  tastes  of  a  very 
considerable  portion  of  the  public  in  all  classes  of  society,  it 
is  not  very  surprising  that  most  of  the  young  men  of  the 
middle  classes  that  came  across  my  path  should  have  been 
rather  disreputable  in  conversation,  though,  perhaps,  not 
always  so  in  character. 

But,  notwithstanding  that  I  was  continually  thrown  into 
such  society  from  the  time  I  left  school,  I  do  not  think  it 
produced  the  least  bad  effect  upon  my  character  or  habits  in 
after-life.  This  was  partly  owing  to  natural  disposition, 
which  was  reflective  and  imaginative,  but  more  perhaps  to  the 
quiet  and  order  of  my  home,  where  I  never  heard  a  rude  word 
or  an  offensive  expression.  The  effect  of  this  was  intensified 
by  my  extreme  shyness,  which  made  it  impossible  for  me  to 
use  words  or  discuss  subjects  which  were  altogether  foreign 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  TURVEY  127 


to  my  home-life,  as  a  result  of  which  I  have  never  been  able 
to  use  an  oath,  although  I  have  frequently  felt  those  impulses 
and  passions  which  in  many  people  can  only  find  adequate 
expression  in  such  language.  This,  I  think,  is  a  rather  strik- 
ing example  of  the  effects  of  home  influence  during  childhood, 
and  of  that  kind  of  education  on  which  Robert  Owen  depended 
for  the  general  improvement  of  character  and  habits. 


CHAPTER  IX 


BEDFORDSHIRE:  SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD 

It  was  some  time  in  May  or  June  of  1838  that  we  left  Turvey 
for  Silsoe,  where  my  brother  had  some  temporary  work.  I 
walked  there,  starting  very  early — I  think  about  four  or  five 
in  the  morning;  and  a  few  miles  from  the  village  a  fine  fox 
jumped  over  a  bank  into  the  road  a  few  yards  in  front  of  me, 
trotted  quietly  over,  and  disappeared  into  a  field  or  copse  on 
the  other  side.  Never  before  or  since  have  I  seen  a  wild  fox 
so  near  or  had  such  a  good  view  of  one.  I  breakfasted  at 
Bedford,  and  then  walked  to  Silsoe. 

This  very  small  village  is  an  appanage  of  Wrest  Park,  the 
seat  of  Earl  de  Grey,  and  is  about  halfway  between  Luton 
and  Bedford.  It  consisted  of  a  large  inn  with  a  considerable 
posting  business,  a  few  small  houses,  cottages,  and  one  or  two 
shops,  and,  like  most  such  villages,  it  is  no  larger  to-day  than 
it  was  then.  We  boarded  at  the  inn  kept  by  a  Mr.  Carter, 
whose  wife  and  two  daughters,  nice,  well-educated  people, 
took  an  active  part  in  the  management.  At  this  time  it  was 
very  full  of  visitors  in  consequence  of  the  work  of  building  a 
fine  new  mansion  then  in  progress  and  nearing  completion. 
The  architect  and  his  clerk  of  the  works  were  usually  there, 
as  was  Mr.  Brown,  a  nephew  of  the  agent,  and  the  lively 
young  gentleman,  Mr.  A.,  who  had  been  with  us  at  Barton. 
Besides  these,  there  were  others  who  came  for  short  periods, 
among  whom  I  particularly  remember  a  grave  middle-aged 
man  in  black,  whose  conversation  with  my  brother  showed 
literary  tastes  and  good  education  which  caused  me  to  be 
much  surprised  when  I  learned  that  he  was  there  solely  to 
make  the  working  drawings  for  the  handrails  of  the  principal 
staircase,  and  to  superintend  their  proper  execution.    I  re- 

128 


SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD  129 


member  hearing  this  gentleman  speaking  in  praise  of  James 
Silk  Buckingham  as  one  of  the  most  remarkable  men  and 
prolific  writers  of  the  day.  Some  six  years  later,  I  think,  I 
heard  a  lecture  in  London  by  J.  S.  Buckingham  on  some  of 
his  travels,  and  the  impression  made  upon  me  then  was,  and 
still  is,  that  he  was  the  best  lecturer  I  ever  heard,  the  most 
fluent  and  interesting  speaker. 

Our  work  here  was  mainly  copying  maps  or  making  sur- 
veys connected  with  the  estate,  and  for  this  purpose  we  had 
the  use  of  a  small  empty  house  nearly  opposite  the  inn,  where 
a  large  drawing-table  and  a  few  chairs  and  stools  were  all  the 
furniture  we  required.  Here  we  used  sometimes  to  sit  of  a 
summer's  evening  with  one  or  two  friends  for  privacy  and 
quiet  conversation,  Mr.  Clephan,.  the  architect,  and  his  clerk 
being  our  most  frequent  companions.  My  brother  supplied 
them  with  gin-and-water  and  pipes,  and  I  sat  by  reading  a 
book  or  listening  to  their  discourse.  Sometimes  they  would 
tell  each  other  stories  of  odd  incidents  they  had  met  with,  or 
discuss  problems  in  philosophy,  science,  or  politics.  When 
jovially  inclined,  the  architect's  clerk  would  sing  songs,  many 
of  which  were  of  such  an  outrageously  gross  character  that 
my  brother  would  beg  him  to  be  more  cautious  so  as  not  to 
injure  the  morals  of  youth.  At  one  time,  when  Mr.  Clephan 
was  away,  there  was  a  fire  at  a  farm  quite  near  us  which 
burnt  some  stacks  and  outbuildings,  and  caused  considerable 
excitement  in  the  village.  We  only  heard  of  it  early  in  the 
morning,  when  the  local  fire-engine  had  at  length  succeeded 
in  putting  it  out.  My  brother  wrote  an  account  of  this  to 
Mr.  Clephan,  with  humorous  descriptions  of  the  sayings  and 
doings  of  the  chief  village  characters,  and,  in  reference  to 
what  we  saw  when  it  was  nearly  all  over,  he  said,  "  It  could 
best  be  described  in  a  well-known  line  from  the  Latin  gram- 
mar, *  Monstrum  horrendum,  informe,  ingens  cui  lumen 
ademptum,'  which  might  be  freely  rendered,  *  a  horrid  shape- 
less mass  whose  glim  the  engines  dowse."  He  used  to  show 
me  any  letters  he  thought  might  interest  me,  and  this  "  free 
translation  "  took  my  schoolboy  fancy  so  that  it  has  stuck  in 
my  memory. 


I30 


MY  LIFE 


One  day,  having  to  drive  over  to  Dunstable  on  some  busi- 
ness, my  brother  took  me  with  him.  When  there,  we  walked 
out  to  a  deep  cutting  through  the  chalk  about  a  mile  to  the 
north-west,  where  the  road  was  being  improved  by  further 
excavation  to  make  the  ascent  easier.  This  was  the  great 
mail-coach  road  to  Birmingham  and  Holyhead,  and  although 
the  railway  from  London  to  Birmingham  was  then  making 
and  partly  finished,  nobody  seemed  to  imagine  that  in  twelve 
years  more  a  railway  would  be  opened  the  whole  distance, 
and,  so  far  as  the  mails  and  all  through  traffic  were  concerned, 
all  such  costly  improvement  of  the  high-roads  would  be  quite 
unnecessary. 

My  brother  had  some  conversation  with  the  engineer  who 
was  inspecting  the  work,  and  took  a  lump  of  chalk  home  with 
him  to  ascertain  its  specific  gravity,  as  to  which  there  was 
some  difference  of  opinion.  While  taking  luncheon  at  the 
hotel  we  met  a  gentleman  of  about  my  brother's  age,  who 
turned  out  to  be  a  surveyor,  and  who  was  also  interested  in 
engineering  and  science  generally;  and  after  luncheon  they 
borrowed  a  small  pair  of  scales  and  a  large  jug  of  water,  and 
by  suspending  the  chalk  by  a  thread  below  the  scale-pan,  they 
weighed  it  in  water,  having  first  weighed  it  dry  in  the  ordinary 
way,  and  the  weight  in  air,  divided  by  the  difference  between 
the  weights  in  air  and  water,  gives  the  specific  gravity  suffi- 
ciently near  for  ordinary  purposes.  This  little  experiment 
interested  me  greatly,  and  made  me  wish  to  know  something 
about  mechanics  and  physics.  Mr.  Matthews  lived  at  Leigh- 
ton  Buzzard,  where  he  carried  on  the  business  of  watch-and- 
clock  maker  as  well  as  that  of  engineer  and  surveyor.  He 
had  undertaken  the  survey  of  the  parish  of  Soulbury,  but 
having  too  much  other  work  to  attend  to,  he  was  looking  out 
for  someone  to  take  it  off  his  hands.  This  matter  was  soon 
agreed  upon,  and  a  few  weeks  afterward  we  left  Silsoe  to 
begin  the  work. 

The  village  of  Soulbury  is  a  very  small  one,  though  the 
parish  is  rather  large.  It  is  only  three  miles  from  Leighton, 
and  we  obtained  accommodation  in  the  school-house,  a  rather 
large  red-brick  house,  situated  at  the  further  end  of  the  vil- 


SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD  131 


lage,  where  three  roads  met.  It  was  occupied  only  by  the 
schoolmaster  and  his  sister,  who  kept  house  for  him,  so  we  had 
the  advantage  of  a  little  society  in  a  rather  lonely  place. 
They  were  both  young  people  and  fairly  educated,  but,  as  I 
thought  even  then,  rather  commonplace.  The  chief  business 
of  the  village  girls  hereabouts  was  straw-plaiting,  which  they 
did  sitting  at  their  cottage  doors,  or  walking  about  in  the 
garden  or  in  the  lanes  near,  which  therefore  did  not  interfere 
with  their  getting  fresh  air  and  healthy  exercise,  as  do  all 
forms  of  factory  work.  Now,  owing  to  cheap  imported  plait, 
the  only  work  is  in  hat  and  bonnet-sewing,  which  involves 
indoor  work,  and  is  therefore  less  healthy  as  a  constant  occu- 
pation. 

The  district  was  rather  an  interesting  one.  The  parish 
was  crossed  about  its  centre  by  the  small  river  Ouzel,  a 
tributary  of  the  Ouse,  bordered  by  flat  verdant  meadows, 
beyond  which  the  ground  rose  on  both  sides  into  low  hills, 
which  to  the  north-east  reached  five  hundred  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  being  of  a  sand  formation,  were  covered  with  heaths 
and  woods  of  fir  trees.  Parallel  with  the  river  was  the  Grand 
Junction  Canal,  which  at  that  time  carried  all  the  heavy  goods 
from  the  manufacturing  districts  of  the  Midlands  to  London. 
Following  the  same  general  direction,  but  about  half  a  mile 
west  on  higher  ground,  the  London  and  Birmingham  Railway 
was  in  course  of  construction,  a  good  deal  of  the  earthwork 
being  completed,  most  of  the  bridges  built  or  building,  and 
the  whole  country  enlivened  by  the  work  going  on. 

At  the  same  time  the  canal  had  been  improved  at  great 
cost  to  enable  it  to  carry  the  increased  trade  that  had  been 
caused  by  the  rapid  growth  of  London  and  the  prosperity 
of  agriculture  during  the  early  portion  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. About  thirty  miles  further  on  the  watershed  between 
the  river-basins  of  the  Ouse  and  Severn  had  to  be  crossed,  a 
district  of  small  rainfall  and  scanty  streams,  from  which  the 
iwhole  supply  of  the  canal,  both  for  its  locks  as  well  as  for 
evaporation  and  leakage,  had  to  be  drawn.  Whenever  there 
was  a  deficiency  of  water  here  to  float  the  barges  and  fill  the 
locks,  traffic  was  checked  until  the  canal  filled  again ;  and  this 


132 


MY  LIFE 


had  become  so  serious  that,  for  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
canal,  it  had  been  found  necessary  to  erect  steam-engines  to 
pump  up  the  water  at  every  lock  from  the  lower  to  the  higher 
level.  Sometimes  there  were  two,  three,  or  more  locks  close 
together,  and  in  these  cases  a  more  powerful  engine  was 
erected  to  pump  the  water  the  greater  height.  Up  to  this 
time  I  had  never  seen  a  steam-engine,  and  therefore  took  the 
greatest  interest  in  examining  these  both  at  rest  and  at  work. 
They  had  been  all  erected  by  the  celebrated  firm  of  Boulton 
and  Watt,  and  were  all  of  the  low-pressure  type  then  in  use, 
with  large  cylinders,  overhead  beam,  and  parallel  motion,  but 
each  one  having  its  special  features,  the  purport  of  which  was 
explained  to  me  by  my  brother,  and  gave  me  my  first  insight 
into  some  of  the  more  important  applications  of  the  sciences 
of  mechanics  and  physics. 

Of  course  at  that  time  nobody  foresaw  .the  rapid  develop- 
ment of  railways  all  over  the  country,  or  imagined  that  they 
could  ever  compete  with  canals  in  carrying  heavy  goods. 
Yet  within  two  years  after  the  completion  of  the  line  to 
Birmingham,  the  traffic  of  the  canal  had  decreased  to  1,000,000 
tons,  while  it  was  1,100,000  tons  in  1837.  Afterwards  it 
began  slowly  to  rise  again,  and  had  reached  1,627,000  tons 
in  1900,  an  exceedingly  small  increase  as  compared  with  that 
of  the  railway.  And  this  increase  is  wholly  due  to  local 
traffic  between  places  adjacent  to  the  canal. 

In  the  northern  part  of  the  parish,  which  extends  nearly 
to  the  village  of  Great  Brickhill,  were  some  curious  dry  valleys 
with  flat  bottoms,  and  sides  clothed  with  fir  woods,  a  kind  of 
country  I  had  not  yet  seen,  and  which  impressed  me  as  showing 
some  connection  between  the  geological  formation  of  the 
country  and  its  physical  features,  though  it  was  many  years 
later  when,  by  reading  Lyell's  "  Principles  of  Geology,"  I 
first  understood  why  it  should  be  so.  Another  interesting 
feature  of  the  place,  which  no  one  then  saw  the  significance 
of,  was  a  large  mass  of  hard  conglomerate  rock,  or  pudding- 
stone,  which  lay  in  the  centre  of  the  spot  where  the  three 
roads  met  in  front  of  the  house  where  we  lodged.  It  was 
roughly  about  a  yard  in  diameter  and  about  the  same  height, 


SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD  133 


and  had  probably  at  some  remote  period  determined  the  posi- 
tion of  the  village  and  the  meeting-point  of  the  three  roads. 
Being  a  kind  of  rock  quite  different  from  any  found  in  that 
part  of  England,  it  was  probably  associated  with  some  legend 
in  early  time,  but  it  is  in  all  probability  a  relic  of  the  ice-age, 
and  was  brought  by  the  glacier  or  ice-sheet  that  at  one  time 
extended  over  all  midland  England  as  far  as  the  Thames 
valley.  But  at  this  time  not  a  single  British  geologist  knew 
anything  about  a  glacial  epoch,  it  being  two  years  later,  in 
1840,  when  Louis  Agassiz  showed  Dr.  Buckland  such  striking 
indications  of  ice-action  in  Scotland  as  to  convince  him  of  the 
reality  of  such  a  development  of  glaciers  in  our  own  country 
at  a  very  recent  period. 

When  we  had  completed  our  field-work,  we  moved  into 
Leighton  Buzzard,  and  lodged  in  the  house  of  a  tin~and- 
copper  smith  in  the  middle  of  the  town,  where  we  completed 
the  mapping  and  other  work  of  the  survey.  Our  landlord 
was  a  little  active  man  with  black  hair  and  eyes  and  dark 
complexion.  He  told  us  that  whenever  his  trade  was  slack 
he  could  make  small  tin  mugs  at  a  penny  each  and  earn  a  fair 
living,  as  there  .was  an  inexhaustible  demand  for  them.  He 
was  a  very  intelligent  man,  and  he  made  the  same  objection 
to  the  success  of  the  railway  that  had  been  made  by  many 
mechanics  and  engineers  before  him.  This  was,  that  the 
hold  of  the  engine  on  the  rails  would  not  be  sufficient  to  draw 
heavy  trucks  or  carriages — that,  in  fact,  the  wheels  would 
whizz  round  instead  of  going  on,  as  they  do  sometimes  now 
when  starting  a  heavy  train  on  greasy  rails.  He  and  others 
did  not  allow  sufficiently  for  the  weight  of  modern  engines, 
which  gives  such  pressure  on  the  wheels  as  to  produce  ample 
friction  or  adhesion  between  iron  and  iron,  though  apparently 
smooth  and  slippery.  This  question  used  to  be  discussed  in 
the  old  Mechanics'  Magazine,  and  it  was  again  and  again 
declared  that,  however  powerful  engines  were  made,  they 
would  be  unable  to  draw  very  heavy  loads  on  account  of  the 
want  of  adhesion;  and  all  kinds  of  suggestions  were  made  to 
remedy  this  supposed  difficulty,  such  as  sprinkling  sand  in 


134 


MY  LIFE 


front  of  the  wheels,  making  the  tires  rough  Hke  files,  etc.,  all 
of  which  were  found  to  be  quite  unnecessary,  owing  to  the 
apparently  unforeseen  fact  that  as  engines  became  more  power- 
ful they  became  heavier. 

On  the  heath  about  a  mile  and  a  half  north  of  Leighton 
there  was  a  tumulus,  and  I  was  very  anxious  to  know  if  there 
was  anybody  or  thing  buried  under  it.  The  whitesmith  was 
equally  interested,  and  he  agreed  to  go  with  me  some  morning 
very  early  when  we  should  not  be  likely  to  be  interfered  with. 
So  we  started  one  morning  about  five,  with  a  couple  of  spades, 
and  began  digging  straight  down  in  the  middle  of  the  tumulus. 
It  was  light  sandy  soil,  easy  to  move,  and  we  dug  a  good  large 
hole  till  we  got  down  about  five  feet  deep,  which  was  the 
height  of  the  barrow,  and  then,  having  found  nothing  whatever 
for  our  trouble,  we  filled  the  hole  up  again,  laid  on  the  turf 
and  got  back  to  breakfast,  very  tired,  but  glad  to  have  done  it, 
even  though  we  had  found  nothing. 

Having  finished  our  plans  of  Soulbury,  and  made  the  three 
copies  needed  with  their  books  of  reference,  with  some  other 
odd  work,  my  brother  took  me  up  to  London  on  Christmas 
Eve,  travelling  by  coach  to  Berkhampstead,  and  thence  on  to 
London  by  the  railway,  which  had  been  just  opened.  We 
went  third  class  for  economy,  in  open  trucks  identical  with 
modern  goods  trucks,  except  that  they  had  hinged  doors,  but 
with  no  seats  whatever,  so  that  anyone  tired  of  standing  must 
sit  upon  the  floor.  Luckily  it  was  mild  weather,  and  the 
train  did  not  go  more  than  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  an  hour, 
yet  even  at  that  pace  the  wind  was  very  disagreeable.  The 
next  day  we  went  home  to  Hoddesdon  for  a  holiday.  It  had 
been  settled  that,  as  no  more  surveying  work  was  in  view,  I 
should  go  back  to  Leighton  to  Mr.  Matthews  for  a  few  months 
to  see  if  I  should  like  to  learn  the  watch  and  clock-making 
business  as  well  as  surveying  and  general  engineering;  and  as 
there  seemed  to  be  nothing  else  available  I  did  so. 

Mr.  William  Matthews  was  a  man  of  about  thirty.  He 
had  been  married  two  years,  and  had  a  little  girl  under  a  year 


SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD  135 


old.  Both  he  and  Mrs.  Matthews  were  pleasant  people,  and 
I  felt  that  I  should  be  comfortable  with  them.  He  had  been 
partly  educated  under  Mr.  Bevan,  a  civil  engineer  of  some 
reputation,  who  had  made  experiments  on  the  strength  of 
materials,  the  holding  power  of  glue  and  nails,  etc,  and  had 
invented  an  improved  slide-rule.  My  brother  had  one  of 
these  rules,  which  we  found  very  useful  in  testing  the  areas 
of  fields,  which  at  that  time  we  obtained  by  calculating  the 
triangles  into  which  each  field  was  divided.  To  check  these 
calculations  we  used  the  slide-rule,  which  at  once  showed  if 
there  were  any  error  of  importance  in  the  result.  This  inter- 
ested me,  and  I  became  expert  in  its  use,  and  it  also  led  me  to 
the  comprehension  of  the  nature  of  logarithms,  and  of  their 
use  in  various  calculations.  Mr.  Matthews  had  also  charge 
of  the  town  gas-works,  which  involved  some  knowledge  of 
practical  chemistry,  and  a  good  deal  of  mechanical  work.  I 
spent  about  nine  months  in  his  house,  and  during  that  time 
learnt  to  take  an  ordinary  watch  to  pieces,  clean  it  properly, 
and  put  it  together  again,  and  the  same  with  a  clock;  to  do 
small  repairs  to  jewelry ;  and  to  make  some  attempts  at  engrav- 
ing initials  on  silver.  I  also  saw  the  general  routine  of  gas 
manufacture;  but  hardly  any  surveying,  which  was  the  work 
I  liked  best.  I  was,  therefore,  very  glad  when  circumstances, 
not  connected  with  myself,  put  an  end  to  the  arrange- 
ment. 

Mr.  Matthews  received  the  offer  of  a  partnership  on  very 
favourable  terms  in  an  old-established  wholesale  watchmaking 
firm  in  the  city  of  London.  Although  he  would  have  much 
preferred  the  more  varied  interests  of  a  country  life,  he  could 
not  give  up  the  certainty  of  a  good  income  with  prospect  of 
increase,  and  thus  be  able  to  provide  for  his  wife  and  family. 
Fortunately,  about  the  same  time  my  brother  had  engaged  to 
go  to  Kington,  in  Herefordshire,  to  assist  the  Messrs.  Sayce, 
with  whom  he  had  been  articled,  and  who  had  a  large  busi- 
ness in  the  surrounding  districts. 

A  younger  brother  of  Mr.  Matthews,  who  was  an  amateur 
chemist,  was  to  take  over  the  management  of  the  gas-works, 
and  this  led  to  a  thorough  overhauling  of  the  whole  plant, 


136 


MY  LIFE 


including  the  mains  and  street  lamps,  so  that  everything  should 
be  handed  over  in  good  working  order;  and  though  I  had 
generally  to  mind  the  shop  while  the  master  was  away,  I  heard 
every  detail  discussed  in  the  evening,  and  sometimes  went  out 
with  them  after  closing  hours,  to  examine  some  street  lamp 
or  house  connection  that  showed  indication  of  a  leak  or 
water  stoppage.  Before  quitting  this  episode  in  my  early  life, 
I  may  just  note  that  in  after  years  we  became  almost  neigh- 
bours, first  in  North-West  London,  and  afterwards  at  Godal- 
ming,  and  kept  up  a  neighbourly  friendship  for  many 
years. 

A  son,  William  Matthews,  jun.,  was  brought  up  to  watch- 
making, with  the  prospect  of  succeeding  his  father  as  head 
of  the  London  firm;  but  the  business  was  distasteful  to  him, 
and  when  he  came  of  age  he  entered  the  office  of  a  building 
surveyor.  But  the  strain  of  London  life,  and  an  insatiable 
love  of  work  when  work  was  to  be  had,  undermined  his  health 
and  he  died  in  middle  age.  Mr.  Matthew^s  himself  was  also 
an  example  of  an  intelligent  man  with  considerable  ability 
entirely  lost  in  the  narrow  round  of  a  small  old-fashioned  city 
business,  which  absorbed  all  his  energies,  and,  combined  with 
the  habit  of  excessive  snuff-taking,  affected  both  his  mental 
faculties  and  his  physical  health.  I  am,  therefore,  thankful 
that  circumstances  allowed  me  to  continue  in  the  more  varied, 
more  interesting,  and  more  healthful  occupation  of  a  land- 
surveyor. 

This  may  be  considered  the  first  of  several  turning-points 
of  my  life,  at  which,  by  circumstances  beyond  my  own  con- 
trol, I  have  been  insensibly  directed  into  the  course  best 
adapted  to  develop  my  special  mental  and  physical  activities. 
It  was  the  death  at  this  particular  period  of  the  senior  partner 
in  the  city  watchmaking  firm,  and  his  having  offered  to  Mr. 
Matthews  the  opportunity  of  being  his  successor  on  exceed- 
ingly advantageous  terms,  that  prevented  me  from  becoming 
a  mechanical  tradesman  in  a  country  town,  by  which  my  life 
would  almost  certainly  have  been  shortened  and  my  mental 
development  stunted  by  the  monotony  of  my  occupation.  If 
I  had  completed  the  year  with  Mr.  Matthews,  I  should  have 


SILSOE  AND  LEIGHTON  BUZZARD  137 


been  formally  apprenticed  to  him ;  and  if  he  had  gone  into  the 
city  business  afterwards,  I  should  either  have  been  passed 
over  to  his  successor  at  Leighton,  or  my  training  would  have 
been  completed  in  London.  This  latter,  though  perhaps  bet- 
ter financially,  would  have  been  far  worse  for  me  mentally 
and  physically,  since  this  wholesale  business  was  the  most 
monotonous  and  mechanical  possible,  as  I  learned  some  years 
afterwards  when  I  visited  the  London  office.  To  my  surprise 
I  then  found  that  the  business,  which  brought  in  a  clear  profit 
of  about  ii200  a  year,  had  no  factory,  no  machinery,  no  sign 
of  watchmaking  except  in  a  very  small  room  behind  the  office, 
where  a  single  workman  examined  and  tested  the  various 
portions  of  the  watches  as  they  were  brought  in  by  outside 
piece-workers,  the  whole  business  being  thus  carried  on  in 
two  small  rooms  in  Bunhill  Row.  The  movements  of  the 
watches  dealt  in  were  purchased  in  Coventry,  where  the  various 
kinds  in  general  use  were  designed,  the  separate  parts  cast, 
machine-cut,  and  filed  to  their  proper  gauges,  and  put  together. 
The  mainsprings  and  balance-springs,  chains,  hands,  dials, 
and  cases  were  usually  purchased  separately;  and  for  each 
class  of  watch  a  fitter  was  employed,  whos  ^  business  it  was  to 
put  the  parts  together,  find  out  any  small  defects,  and  correct 
them  by  hand,  while  any  larger  defect  in  any  particular  part 
was  sent  back  to  the  workman  or  manufacturer  responsible 
for  it.  The  man  at  the  office  made  a  final  examination  of  the 
completed  watches,  tested  their  performance,  corrected  any 
minute  defect  that  was  discoverable,  and  finally,  in  consulta- 
tion with  one  of  the  firm,  determined  the  grade  or  quality  of 
the  watch  and  the  consequent  price.  What  I  should  have 
learnt  there  would  have  been  how  to  fit  a  watch  together,  how 
to  test  it  for  definite  defects,  how  to  judge  of  the  design  and 
workmanship,  how  to  keep  accounts,  pay  the  workmen,  and 
probably  to  act  as  a  traveller  for  the  firm.  But  even  if  my 
health  would  have  stood  the  office-work  I  should  never  have 
succeeded  as  a  man  of  business,  for  which  I  am  not  fitted  by 
nature.  I  rather  think  that  this  particular  firm  was  the  last 
which  carried  on  business  in  so  old-fashioned  a  way,  as  the 
good-will  was,  I  believe,  sold  some  thirty  years  later,  when 


138  MY  LIFE 

Mr.  Matthews  retired.  My  short  experience  as  a  shopboy 
and  watchmaker,  and  the  association  with  a  man  of  Mr. 
Matthews's  extensive  knowledge  in  certain  departments  of 
mechanics  and  engineering,  no  doubt  helped  in  the  all-round 
development  of  my  character,  although  I  did  not  learn  any- 
thing of  much  practical  use  in  my  after-life. 


CHAPTER  X 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE 

In  the  autumn  of  1839  my  brother  came  to  Leighton  to  take 
me  away,  and  in  a  day  or  two  we  started  for  Herefordshire, 
going  by  the  recently  opened  railroad  to  Birmingham,  where 
we  visited  an  old  friend  of  my  brother's,  a  schoolmaster,  whose 
name  I  forget,  and  who  I  remember  showed  us  with  some 
pride  how  his  school  was  warmed  by  hot-water  pipes,  then 
somewhat  unusual.  We  then  went  on  by  coach  through  Wor- 
cester to  Kington,  a  small  town  of  about  two  thousand  in- 
habitants, only  two  miles  from  the  boundary  of  Radnor- 
shire. It  is  pleasantly  situated  in  a  hilly  country,  and  has  a 
small  stream  flowing  through  it.  Just  beyond  the  county 
boundary,  on  the  road  to  Old  and  New  Radnor,  there  is  an 
isolated  craggy  hill  called  the  Stanner  Rocks,  which,  being 
a  very  hard  kind  of  basalt  very  good  for  road-metal,  was 
being  continually  cut  away  for  that  purpose.  It  was  covered 
with  scrubby  wood,  and  was  the  most  picturesque  object  in 
the  immediately  surrounding  country. 

We  obtained  board  and  lodging  at  the  house  of  a  gun- 
maker,  Mr.  Samuel  Wright,  a  jolly  little  man,  who  reminded 
me  of  the  portrait  of  the  immortal  Mr.  Pickwick,  and  who,  on 
account  of  his  rotundity,  was  commonly  known  in  the  town  as 
Alderman  Wright.  Mrs.  Wright  was,  on  the  contrary,  very 
thin  and  angular.  They  were  equally  different  in  their  char- 
acters; he  was  very  slow  of  speech,  but  very  fond  of  telling 
stories  of  his  early  life,  usually  very  commonplace,  and  told  in 
such  a  way  as  to  be  dreadfully  wearisome.  After  every  few 
words  he  would  stop,  to  let  them  sink  in,  then  utter  a  few  more 
with  another  stop,  and  all  mixed  up  with  so  many  "  says  I's  " 
and  "  says  he's,"  and  "  that's  to  say's,"  and  little  digressions 
about  other  people,  that  it  was  usually  impossible  to  make  out 

139 


MY  LIFE 


what  he  was  driving  at.  Mrs.  Wright,  on  the  other  hand,  was 
a  great  and  rather  voluble  talker,  and  she  would  often  inter- 
pose with,  "  Now,  Samiwell,  you  don't  tell  that  right,"  and,  of 
course,  that  would  only  lengthen  out  the  story.  She  was  a  very 
active  woman,  a  great  scrubber  and  cleaner,  and  unusually 
fond  of  fresh  air;  but  these  good  qualities  were  sometimes 
inconvenient,  as  we  all  sat  in  a  small  room  behind  the  shop, 
which  had  three  or  four  doors  in  it,  which  we  usually  found 
open,  and  had  to  shut  every  time  we  came  in.  There  was, 
in  fact,  such  a  constant  draught  in  this  room  that  I  jokingly 
suggested  a  small  windmill  being  put  up,  which  might  be 
used  to  grind  coffee,  but  she  always  said  that  it  was  the 
warmest  room  in  the  house.  Mr.  Wright  also  seemed  to 
enjoy  fresh  air  and  water  to  an  unusual  degree  in  those  days, 
for  early  every  morning,  winter  and  summer,  he  would  come 
down  undressed  into  his  little  back  yard,  and  there  pour  cold 
water  all  over  his  body,  then  scrub  himself  with  a  rough 
towel,  put  on  his  underclothing,  and  return  upstairs  to  finish 
his  toilet.  But  Mrs.  Wright  was  an  excellent  cook,  and 
gave  us  very  good  meals,  and  the  alderman  was  very  good- 
natured,  let  me  look  on  while  he  cleaned  and  repaired  guns, 
and  once,  when  I  went  with  some  friends  to  shoot  young 
rooks,  he  lent  me  an  excellent  double-barrelled  gun  for  the 
occasion;  and  these  good  qualities  made  up  for  the  little 
eccentricities  of  both  of  them,  who,  though  so  different  in 
some  respects,  were  evidently  very  attached  to  each  other, 
and  never  quarrelled.  Mrs.  Wright  used  to  be  fond  of  saying 
how  dreadful  it  would  be  if  Samiwell  should  die  first  after 
they  had  lived  together  so  many  years. 

Our  employers,  two  brothers,  were  also  well-contrasted 
characters.  The  elder,  Mr.  Morris  Sayce,  was  a  rather  tall, 
grey-haired  man  of  serious  aspect  and  rather  silent  and  un- 
communicative manner.  He,  I  believe,  devoted  himself 
chiefly  to  valuations  and  estate  agency.  The  younger  partner, 
Mr.  William  Sayce,  was  a  small,  active,  dark-haired  man, 
rather  talkative  and  fond  of  a  joke,  and  as  he  attended  to  the 
surveying  business,  we  saw  most  of  him,  and  found  him  a 
pleasant  superior.    Both  were  married  and  had  families  of 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  141 

grown-up  sons  and  daughters.  They  were  very  hospitable, 
and  we  were  several  times  invited  to  dine  or  to  evening 
parties  at  their  houses,  where  we  met  some  of  the  chief  people 
in  the  town. 

The  offices  were  situated  in  a  small  house  in  a  rather  nar- 
row street,  the  ground-floor  being  occupied  by  the  partners* 
private  office  and  a  clerk's  room,  while  a  large  room  above 
was  the  chief  map-drawing  room,  containing  a  large  table 
ten  or  twelve  feet  long  by  five  or  six  wide,  used  for  mounting 
drawing  paper  on  canvas  for  large  maps,  with  some  smaller 
tables  and  desks,  while  other  rooms  were  used  chiefly  for 
writing  or  store-room.s.  There  were  a  good  many  employes 
besides  ourselves.  The  chief  draughtsman  and  head  of  the 
office  in  the  absence  of  the  principals  was  named  Stephen 
Pugh,  a  thorough  Welshman  in  appearance  and  speech,  and 
a  very  pleasant  and  good-natured  man,  rather  fond  of  poetry 
and  general  literature.  The  next  marked  character  was  a 
rather  tall  Irishman,  a  surveyor,  who  had  the  unconscious 
humour  of  his  race,  and  was  besides  looked  upon  as  somewhat 
of  a  philosopher.  One  evening,  I  remember,  after  work  was 
over  at  the  office,  he  undertook  to  give  us  an  address  on 
Human  Nature  or  some  such  subject,  which  consisted  of  a 
rather  prosy  exposition  of  the  ideas  of  Aristotle  and  the 
mediaeval  schoolmen  on  human  physiology,  without  the  least 
conception  of  the  science  of  the  subject  at  the  time  he  was 
speaking.  There  were  also  a  copying  clerk,  and  two  or  three 
articled  pupils,  one  or  two  about  my  own  age,  who  helped  to 
keep  the  office  lively.  In  a  solitary  letter,  accidentally  pre- 
served, written  at  this  time  to  my  earliest  friend,  George  Silk, 
I  find  the  following  passage  which  well  expresses  the  pleasure 
I  felt  in  getting  back  to  land-surveying: 

I  think  you  would  like  land-surveying,  about  half  in- 
doors and  half  outdoors  work.  It  is  delightful  on  a  fine 
summer's  day  to  be  (literally)  cutting  all  over  the  country, 
following  the  chain  and  admiring  the  beauties  of  nature, 
breathing  the  fresh  and  pure  air  on  the  hills,  or  in  the  noontide 
heat  enjoying  our  luncheon  of  bread-and-cheese  in  a  pleasant 
valley  by  the  side  of  a  rippling  brook.    Sometimes,  indeed,  it 


142  MY  LIFE 

is  not  quite  so  pleasant  on  a  cold  winter's  day  to  find  yourself 
on  the  top  of  a  bare  hill,  not  a  house  within  a  mile,  and 
the  wind  and  sleet  chilling  you  to  the  bone.  But  it  is  all 
made  up  for  in  the  evening;  and  those  who  are  in  the  house 
all  day  can  have  no  idea  of  the  pleasure  there  is  in  sitting 
down  to  a  good  dinner  and  feeling  hungry  enough  to  eat  plates, 
dishes,  and  all." 

Although  he  was  at  least  ten  years  older  than  myself, 
Stephen  Pugh  was  my  most  congenial  friend  in  the  office. 
When  I  was  away  surveying,  and  for  a  year  or  two  after  we 
had  left  Kington  altogether,  he  and  I  used  to  correspond,  and 
often  wrote  rhymed  letters,  which  were,  of  course,  very  poor 
doggerel.  I  have,  however,  always  kept  in  my  memory  a 
portion  of  one  of  Pugh's  letters,  partly  perhaps  on  account  of 
its  extravagant  flattery  of  my  attempts  at  verse,  though  I 
always  knew  that  I  had  no  poetic  faculty  whatever.  The 
letter  began  by  describing  what  each  one  in  the  office  was 
doing  just  as  work  was  over  one  evening,  with  characteristic 
remarks  on  the  idiosyncrasy  of  each ;  it  then  went  on : 

"The  board  was  covered  o'er  with  canvas  white, 
And  looked  Llyn  Glwdy  on  a  moonlight  night, 

When  to  my  hand  there  came  what  could  be  better 
Than  your  poetic,  wise,  and  humorous  letter. 
Like  that  good  angel  mentioned  by  Saint  John 
Who  ope'd  seven  seals,  I  quickly  opened  one, 
And  glancing  o'er  the  page  found  to  my  joy 
Spontaneous  poetry  without  alloy. 
The  youth,  cried  I,  who  built  this  lofty  rhyme 
Will  be  remembered  to  the  end  of  time, 
And  countless  generations  yet  unborn 
Will  read  his  verse  upon  a  summer's  morn, 
And  think  of  him  in  that  peculiar  way 
We  think  of  Byron  in  the  present  day,"  etc. 

Some  time  during  the  winter  I  went  alone  to  correct  an 
old  map  of  the  parish  of  New  Radnor.  This  required  no 
regular  surveying,  but  only  the  insertion  of  any  new  roads, 
buildings,  or  divisions  of  fields,  and  taking  out  any  that  had 
been  cleared  away.    As  these  changes  are  not  numerous  and 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE 


the  new  fences  were  almost  always  straight  lines,  it  was  easy 
to  mark  on  the  map  the  two  ends  of  such  fences  by  measur- 
ing from  the  nearest  fixed  point  with  a  ten  or  fifteen-link 
measuring-rod,  and  then  drawing  them  in  upon  the  plan. 
Sometimes  the  direction  was  checked  by  taking  an  angle 
with  the  pocket  sextant  at  one  or  both  ends,  where  one  of 
these  could  not  be  seen  from  the  other.  As  the  whole  plan 
was  far  too  large  to  be  taken  into  the  field,  tracings  were 
made  of  portions  about  half  a  mile  square,  which  were 
mounted  on  stiff  paper  or  linen,  and  folded  up  in  a  loose 
cover  for  easy  reference.  In  this  way  a  whole  parish  of 
several  thousand  acres  could  be  examined  and  corrected  in 
a  week  or  two,  especially  in  a  country  like  Wales,  where, 
from  a  few  elevated  points,  large  tracts  could  be  distinctly 
seen  spread  out  below,  and  any  difference  from  the  old  map 
be  easily  detected.  I  liked  this  kind  of  work  very  much, 
as  I  have  always  been  partial  to  a  certain  amount  of  solitude, 
and  am  especially  fond  of  rambling  over  a  country  new 
to  me. 

New  Radnor,  though  formerly  a  town  of  some  importance, 
was  then,  and  I  believe  is  still,  a  mere  village,  and  a  poor  one, 
Presteign  being  the  county  town.  It  is  situated  on  the 
southern  border  of  Radnor  Forest,  a  tract  of  bare  mountains 
about  twenty  square  miles  in  extent,  the  highest  point  being 
a  little  over  two  thousand  feet  above  the  sea.  Over  a  good 
deal  of  this  country  I  wandered  for  about  a  week,  and  enjoyed 
my  work  very  much.  One  day,  when  I  had  a  little  time  to 
spare,  I  went  a  mile  or  two  out  of  my  way  to  see  a  rather 
celebrated  waterfall,  called  Water-break-its-neck.  I  de- 
scended into  the  valley  and  walked  down  it,  as  I  knew  the  fall 
was  on  one  side  of  it  in  a  small  lateral  valley,  but  owing  to 
the  glare  of  the  afternoon  sun,  I  did  not  see  the  opening 
in  the  shadow,  and  came  down  to  the  end  of  the  valley. 
But  I  determined  to  see  it,  so  turned  back  as  fast  as  I 
could,  and  soon  found  it  just  out  of  sight,  owing  to  a  curve 
of  the  lateral  valley.  It  must  be  a  fine  fall  when  the  stream  is 
full,  as  it  then  probably  shoots  out  clear  of  the  rock.  But 
when  I  saw  it  there  was  only  a  film  of  water  covering  the 


144 


MY  LIFE 


surface  of  the  rock  from  top  to  bottom.  This  surface  is 
formed  by  the  regular  weathering  of  slaty  beds  in  fine  layers ; 
the  upper  part  curves  downward,  but  the  lower  half  is  very 
nearly  or  quite  vertical  and  of  considerable  width,  and  the 
whole  fall,  as  seen  from  near  the  foot  of  it,  is  perhaps  sixty 
feet  high.  In  the  valley  above  this  fall  is  another  somewhat 
more  irregular,  but  I  had  not  time  to  see  this,  as  it  was  getting 
dark  when  I  turned  homewards. 

The  little  inn  at  which  I  stayed  was  very  quiet  and  com- 
fortable. The  landlord  and  his  wife  were  both  quiet  and 
refined-looking  people,  not  the  least  like  the  ordinary  type 
of  innkeepers.  In  the  evening  I  sat  with  them  in  a  parlour 
where  friends  and  a  superior  class  of  visitors  only  were 
admitted ;  and  while  I  was  there  the  district  exciseman  lodged 
in  the  house  while  making  his  rounds  among  the  surrounding 
villages.  He  was  a  brisk  and  intelligent  man,  and  was  in  no 
way  treated  as  an  enemy,  but  rather  as  a  confidential  friend. 
One  evening  when  he  and  the  host  with  myself  were  alone 
together,  something  brought  up  the  names  of  Heloise  and 
Abelard,  whereupon  the  exciseman  told  us  the  whole  story 
of  these  unfortunate  lovers  in  a  way  that  showed  he  was  well 
acquainted  with  their  correspondence,  from  which  he  quoted 
some  of  the  more  interesting  passages,  apparently  verbatim, 
and  with  sympathetic  intonation.  This  is  the  only  occasion 
on  which  I  have  heard  the  subject  dealt  with  in  conversation, 
or,  in  fact,  any  similar  subject  in  a  village  inn  and  between 
landlord  and  exciseman. 

Early  the  next  year,  I  think  about  February,  my  brother 
and  I  went  to  do  some  surveying  at  Rhaidr-Gwy  (now  more 
commonly  called  Rhayader),  a  small  town  in  Radnorshire  on 
the  Upper  Wye,  and  only  fifteen  miles  from  its  source  in  the 
Plynlymmon  range.  A  young  man  from  Carmarthenshire 
came  to  us  here  to  learn  surveying.  He  was  one  of  the  very 
loose  young  men  with  whom  I  was  often  associated,  and  I 
think  as  regards  the  filthiness  of  his  language  and  of  the 
stories  with  which  he  used  frequently  to  regale  us  he  sur- 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  145 


passed  all.  However,  he  was  in  other  respects  a  pleasant 
companion,  being  quite  unconscious  that  his  conversation  was 
not  appreciated,  and  to  him  I  probably  owe  my  life.  One 
day,  I  think  on  a  Sunday  afternoon,  we  were  walking  together 
up  a  rocky  and  boggy  valley,  which  extended  some  miles  to 
the  west  of  the  town.  As  we  were  strolling  along,  picking  our 
way  among  the  rocks  and  bog,  I  inadvertently  stepped  upon 
one  of  those  small  bog  eyeholes  which  abound  in  such  places, 
and  are  very  dangerous,  being  often  deep  enough  to  swallow 
up  a  man,  or  even  a  horse.  One  leg  went  in  suddenly  up  to 
the  hip,  and  I  fell  down,  but  fortunately  with  my  other  leg 
stretched  out  upon  the  surface.  I  was,  however,  in  such  a 
position  that  I  could  not  rise,  and  had  I  been  alone  my  efforts 
to  extricate  myself  might  easily  have  drawn  my  whole  body 
into  the  bog,  as  I  could  feel  no  bottom  to  it.  But  my  com- 
panion easily  pulled  me  out,  and  we  walked  home,  and  thought 
little  of  it.  It  had,  however,  been  a  hard  frost  for  some  time, 
and  the  mud  was  ice-cold,  and  after  a  few  days  I  developed  a 
bad  cough  with  loss  of  appetite  and  weakness.  The  local  doctor, 
John  Henry  Heaton  by  name,  was  a  friend  of  ours,  and  he  gave 
me  some  medicine,  but  it  did  no  good,  and  I  got  worse  and 
worse,  with  no  special  pain,  but  with  a  disgust  of  food,  and 
for  more  than  a  week  I  ate  nothing  but  perhaps  a  small  biscuit 
each  day  soaked  in  tea  without  milk,  though  always  before 
and  since  I  greatly  disliked  tea  without  milk.  At  length  the 
doctor  got  frightened,  and  told  my  brother  that  he  could  do 
nothing  for  me,  and  that  he  could  not  be  answerable  for  my 
life.  He  added  that  he  knew  but  one  man  who  could  save  me, 
a  former  teacher  of  his.  Dr.  Ramage,  who  was  the  only  man 
who  could  cure  serious  lung  disease,  though  he  was  consid- 
ered a  quack  by  his  fellow  practitioners. 

As  I  got  no  better,  a  few  days  later  we  started  for  London. 
I  think  sleeping  at  Birmingham  on  the  way.  On  going  to 
Dr.  Ramage,  who  tested  my  lungs,  etc.,  he  told  my  brother 
that  he  was  just  in  time,  for  that  in  a  week  more  he  could 
probably  not  have  saved  me,  as  I  had  an  extensive  abscess 
of  the  lungs.  His  treatment  was  very  simple  but  most  effec- 
tive, and  was  the  forerunner  of  that  rational  treatment  by 


146 


MY  LIFE 


which  it  is  now  known  that  most  lung  diseases  are  curable. 
He  ordered  me  to  go  home  to  Hoddesdon  immediately,  to 
apply  half  a  dozen  leeches  to  my  chest  at  a  place  he  marked 
with  ink,  and  to  take  a  bitter  medicine  he  prescribed  to  give 
me  an  appetite;  but  these  were  only  preliminaries.  The 
essential  thing  was  the  use  of  a  small  bone  breathing-tube, 
which  he  told  us  where  to  buy,  and  which  I  was  to  use  three 
times  a  day  for  as  many  minutes  as  I  could  without  fatigue; 
that  I  was  to  eat  and  drink  anything  I  fancied,  be  kept 
warm,  but  when  the  weather  was  mild  sit  out-of-doors.  I 
was  to  come  back  to  him  in  a  week. 

The  effect  of  his  treatment  was  immediate.  I  at  once 
began  to  eat,  and  though  I  could  not  breathe  through  the 
tube  for  more  than  a  minute  at  first,  I  was  soon  enabled  to 
increase  it  to  three  and  then  to  five  minutes.  It  was  con- 
structed with  a  valve  so  that  the  air  entered  freely,  but  passed 
out  slowly  so  that  it  was  kept  in  the  lungs  for  a  few  seconds 
at  each  inspiration.  When  I  paid  my  second  visit  to  Dr. 
Ramage,  he  told  me  that  I  was  getting  on  well,  and  need  not 
come  to  him  again,  that  I  was  to  continue  using  the  breath- 
ing-tube for  five  minutes  three  or  four  times  a  day.  He  also 
strongly  advised  me,  now  I  saw  the  effect  of  deep  and  regular 
breathing,  to  practise  breathing  in  the  same  way  without  the 
tube,  and  especially  to  do  so  when  at  leisure,  when  lying 
down,  or  leaning  back  in  an  easy-chair,  and  to  be  sure  to  fill 
my  lungs  well  and  breathe  out  slowly.  "  The  natural  food 
of  the  lungs,"  he  said,  "  is  fresh  air.  If  people  knew  this,  and 
acted  upon  it,  there  would  be  no  consumption,  no  lung  dis- 
ease." I  have  never  forgotten  this.  I  have  practised  it  all 
my  life  (at  intervals),  and  do  so  still,  and  I  am  sure  that  I 
owe  my  life  to  Dr.  Ramage's  treatment  and  advice. 

In  about  two  months  I  was  well  again,  and  went  back  to 
Kington,  and  after  a  little  office-work  my  brother  and  I  went 
to  the  little  village  of  Llanbister,  near  the  middle  of  Radnor- 
shire, the  nearest  towns  being  Builth,  in  Breconshire,  and 
Newtown,  in  Montgomeryshire,  both  more  than  twelve  miles 
distant.    This  was  a  very  large  parish,  being  fifteen  miles 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  147 

long,  but  I  think  we  could  only  have  corrected  the  old  map 
or  we  should  have  been  longer  there  than  we  really  were. 
Here,  also,  we  had  a  young  gentleman  with  us  for  a  month 
or  two  to  practise  surveying.  He  was,  I  think  a  Welshman, 
and  a  pleasant  and  tolerably  respectable  young  man,  but  he 
had  one  dreadful  habit — excessive  smoking.  I  have  never 
met  a  person  so  much  a  slave  to  the  habit,  and  even  if  I  had 
had  any  inclination  to  try  it  again  after  my  first  failure,  his 
example  would  have  cured  me. 

He  prided  himself  on  being  a  kind  of  champion  smoker, 
and  assured  us  that  he  had  once,  for  a  wager,  smoked  a  good- 
sized  china  teapot  full  of  tobacco  through  the  spout.  He 
smoked  several  pipes  of  very  strong  tobacco  during  the  day, 
beginning  directly  after  breakfast,  and  any  idle  moments 
were  occupied  by  smoking.  The  village  being  an  excessively 
small  one,  and  the  population  of  the  parish  very  scattered, 
there  was  only  one  public-house,  where  we  were  living,  and 
the  landlady  went  every  week  to  market  to  lay  in  a  stock  of 
necessaries,  including  tobacco.  One  market  day  our  friend 
found  himself  without  tobacco,  and  on  asking  for  some,  was 
told  there  was  none  till  the  mistress  came  home  in  the  even- 
ing. He  was  in  despair;  went  to  the  only  little  village  shop, 
but  they  did  not  keep  it;  to  the  two  or  three  houses  in  the 
village,  but  none  was  to  be  found.  He  was  the  picture  of 
misery  all  day;  he  could  eat  no  dinner;  he  wandered  about, 
saliva  dropping  from  his  mouth,  and  looking  as  if  he  were 
insane.  The  tobacco  did  not  come  till  about  seven  in  the 
evening.  His  relief  was  great  and  instantaneous,  and  after  a 
pipe  he  was  able  to  eat  some  supper.  Had  the  tobacco  not 
come  he  declared  he  would  have  died,  and  I  believe  he  would 
have  had  a  serious  illness.  This  terrible  slavery  to  the 
smoking  habit  gave  the  final  blow  to  my  disinclination  to 
tobacco,  which  has  been  rendered  more  easy  to  me  by  my 
generally  good  appetite  and  my  thorough  enjoyment  of 
appetizing  food  and  drinks.  Of  the  latter,  I  took  beer  and 
wine  in  moderation  during  the  first  fifty  years  of  my  life, 
after  which  period  I  became  practically  a  total  abstainer  for 
special  hygienic  reasons ;  and  my  own  experience  and  observa- 


148 


MY  LIFE 


tion  has  led  me  to  the  conclusion  that  alcoholic  drinks,  taken 
constantly,  are  especially  injurious  in  old  age  and  shorten  the 
lives  of  many  persons. 

It  was  during  this  early  period  of  my  life  that,  on  two 
occasions  only,  I  exceeded  the  limits  of  moderation,  and 
both  were  due  to  my  youthful  shyness  and  dislike  of  appear- 
ing singular  in  society.  One  of  these  was  at  a  dinner  at  Mr. 
Sayce's,  where  the  wine-drinking  was  especially  prolonged, 
and  when  at  last  we  left  the  table,  I  felt  my  head  dizzy  and 
my  steps  a  little  uncertain.  The  other  was  at  Rhayader  at  a 
time  when  my  brother  was  away,  and  Dr.  Heaton  and  another 
friend  were  dining  at  the  inn  together  with  myself.  At 
dinner  the  doctor  ordered  a  bottle  of  port  wine  and  filled  my 
glass  with  the  others.  After  dinner,  the  bottle  being  emptied, 
the  doctor  said,  "  One  bottle  is  a  very  small  allowance  for 
three.  Let's  have  another."  Of  course,  the  friend  agreed,  and 
I  said  nothing,  and  was  too  shy  to  make  an  excuse  and  leave 
the  table.  Of  this  bottle  I  tried,  weakly,  to  refuse  any  share, 
but  the  doctor  insisted  on  giving  me  half  a  glass  each  round; 
and  when  this  bottle  was  empty,  he  ordered  another,  saying, 
"  That's  only  one  each,"  and  I  was  compelled  to  have  some 
of  that  too,  but  I  drank  as  little  as  I  could,  and  again  felt 
very  dizzy  and  uncomfortable.  Before  going  the  doctor  said 
to  the  waiter,  "  We've  had  three  bottles  of  port ;  charge  one 
to  each  of  us."  Of  course,  I  dare  not  say  a  word ;  and  when 
our  bill  came  in,  and  my  brother  saw  the  bottle  of  port  wine 
charged  which  he  had  not  ordered,  he  asked  for  an  explana- 
tion, and  when  I  told  him  the  circumstances,  he  evidently 
thought  I  had  done  very  wrong,  but  said  nothing  more  about 
it,  knowing,  perhaps,  the  difficulties  of  a  shy  lad  in  the  society 
of  men.  This  little  circumstance,  perhaps  more  than  any- 
thing else,  led  to  my  never  again  taking  more  wine  than 
I  felt  inclined  to  take,  and  that  was  usually  two  or  three 
glasses  only. 

Before  we  left  Llanbister  my  cousin,  Percy  Wilson,  who 
was  preparing  for  ordination  after  taking  his  degree  at 
Oxford,  came  to  stay  a  short  time  with  us,  and  partly  to  see 
again  the  estate  of  Abbey-Cwm-Hir,  which  his  father  had 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  149 

purchased  in  the  days  of  his  prosperity  and  which  was  only 
a  few  miles  distant,  being,  in  fact,  an  adjoining  parish.  I 
and  he  walked  over  to  see  it  one  day,  and  found  it  to  be 
situated  in  a  lonely  wild  valley  bounded  by  lofty  and  rather 
picturesque  mountains.  It  was  a  small  country  house  built 
by  my  uncle,  partly  from  the  heaped-up  ruins  of  the  ancient 
Cistercian  monastery,  the  lower  portion  of  the  church  still 
remaining,  the  walls  having  the  remains  of  clustered  columns 
attached  to  them.  It  would  have  made  a  charming  summer 
residence  in  a  few  years,  when  the  shrubs  and  trees  had 
grown,  and  the  whole  surroundings  had  been  somewhat 
modified  by  judicious  planting,  especially  as  Mr.  Wilson  had 
purchased,  I  believe,  the  entire  estate,  comprising  the  greater 
part  of  the  parish,  and  including  the  whole  valley  and  its 
surrounding  mountains. 

Two  pencil  sketches  by  my  brother,  made  in  a  surveyor's 
field-book  while  at  this  place,  have  been  preserved  and  are 
here  copied,  as  examples  of  his  delicacy  of  touch  and  power 
of  giving  artistic  effect  to  the  simplest  objects.  The  upper 
one  is  the  village  taken  from  the  house  we  lodged  in  showing 
the  low  church  at  the  end  of  the  street,  and  the  queer  little 
house  just  opposite  us,  occupied  then  by  the  village  shoemaker, 
but  showing  some  architectural  pretensions  as  compared  with 
the  usual  cottages  in  a  small  Welsh  village.  The  lower  one  is 
a  small  and  lonely  chapel  in  a  remote  part  of  the  parish,  to 
which  the  local  builder  has  given  character,  while  the  dreary 
surroundings  are  well  indicated  in  the  sketch. 

When  we  had  finished  at  Llanbister,  we  went  about  ten 
miles  south  to  a  piece  of  work  that  was  new  to  me — the 
making  of  a  survey  and  plans  for  the  enclosure  of  common 
lands.  This  was  at  Llandrindod  Wells,  where  there  was 
then  a  large  extent  of  moor  and  mountain  surrounded  by 
scattered  cottages  with  their  gardens  and  small  fields,  which, 
with  their  common  rights,  enabled  the  occupants  to  keep 
a  horse,  cow,  or  a  few  sheep,  and  thus  make  a  living.  All 
this  was  now  to  be  taken  away  from  them,  and  the  whole 
of  this  open  land  divided  among  the  landowners  of  the 


MY  LIFE 


parish  or  manor  in  proportion  to  the  size  or  value  of  their 
estates.  To  those  that  had  much,  much  was  to  be  given, 
while  from  the  poor  their  rights  were  taken  away;  for 
though  nominally  those  that  owned  a  little  land  had  some 
compensation,  it  was  so  small  as  to  be  of  no  use  to  them  in 
comparison  with  the  grazing  rights  they  before  possessed. 
In  the  case  of  all  cottagers  who  were  tenants  or  leaseholders, 
it  was  simple  robbery,  as  they  had  no  compensation  whatever, 
and  were  left  wholly  dependent  on  farmers  for  employment. 
And  this  was  all  done — as  similar  enclosures  are  almost 
always  done — under  false  pretences.  The  "  General  Enclosure 
Act "  states  in  its  preamble,  "  Whereas  it  is  expedient  to 
facilitate  the  enclosure  and  improvement  of  commons  and 
other  lands  now  subject  to  the  rights  of  property  which 
obstruct  cultivation  and  the  productive  employment  of  labour, 
be  it  enacted,"  etc.  But  in  hundreds  of  cases,  when  the 
commons,  heaths,  and  mountains  have  been  partitioned  out 
among  the  landowners,  the  land  remains  as  little  cultivated 
as  before.  It  is  either  thrown  into  adjacent  farms  as  rough 
pasture  at  a  nominal  rent,  or  is  used  for  game-coverts,  and 
often  continues  in  this  waste  and  unproductive  state  for  half 
a  century  or  more,  till  any  portions  of  it  are  required  for 
railroads,  or  for  building  upon,  when  a  price  equal  to  that  of 
the  best  land  in  the  district  is  often  demanded  and  obtained. 
I  know  of  thousands  of  acres  in  many  parts  of  the  south  of 
England  to  which  these  remarks  will  apply,  and  if  this  is  not 
obtaining  land  under  false  pretences — a  legalized  robber)-  of 
the  poor  for  the  aggrandizement  of  the  rich,  who  were  the 
law-makers — words  have  no  meaning. 

In  this  particular  case  the  same  course  has  been  pursued. 
While  writing  these  pages  a  friend  was  staying  at  Llandrindod 
for  his  wife's  health,  and  I  took  the  opportunity  of  asking  him 
what  was  the  present  condition  of  the  land  more  than  sixty 
years  after  its  inclosure.  He  informs  me  that,  by  inquiries 
among  old  inhabitants,  he  finds  that  at  the  time  nothing 
whatever  was  done  except  to  enclose  the  portions  allotted 
to  each  landlord  with  turf  banks  or  other  rough  fencing;  and 
that  to  this  day  almost  all  the  great  boggy  moor,  with  the 


A   I.OXELY  CHAPKL" 
(Pencil  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1840) 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  151 

mountain  slopes  and  summits,  have  not  been  improved  in  any 
way,  either  by  draining,  cultivation,  or  planting,  but  is  still 
wild,  rough  pasture.  But  about  thirty  years  after  the  en- 
closure the  railway  from  Shrewsbury  through  South  Wales 
passed  through  the  place,  and  immediately  afterwards  a  few 
villas  and  boarding-houses  were  built,  and  some  of  the  enclosed 
land  was  sold  at  building  prices.  This  has  gone  on  year  by 
year,  and  though  the  resident  population  is  still  only  about 
2000,  it  is  said  that  10,000  visitors  (more  or  less)  come  every 
summer,  and  the  chief  increase  of  houses  has  been  for  their 
accommodation.  My  friend  tells  me  that,  except  close  to  the 
village  and  railway,  the  whole  country  which  was  enclosed — 
many  hundreds  of  acres — is  still  bare  and  uncultivated,  with 
hardly  any  animals  to  be  seen  upon  it.  Milk  is  scanty  and 
poor,  and  the  only  butter  is  Cornish  or  Australian,  so  that 
the  enclosure  has  not  led  to  the  supply  of  the  simplest 
agricultural  needs  of  the  population.  Even  the  piece  of 
common  that  was  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  inhabitants  is 
now  used  for  golf-links ! 

Here,  then,  as  in  so  many  other  cases,  the  express  purpose 
for  which  alone  the  legislature  permitted  the  enclosure  has 
not  been  fulfilled,  and  in  equity  the  whole  of  the  land,  and  the 
whole  money  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  such  portions  as  have 
been  built  upon,  should  revert  to  the  public.  The  prices  now 
realized  by  this  almost  worthless  land,  agriculturally,  are  enor- 
mous. In  or  near  the  village  it  sells  for  £1500  an  acre,  or  even 
more,  while  quite  outside  these  limits  it  is  from  £300  to  £400. 
All  this  value  is  the  creation  of  the  community,  and  it  has 
only  been  diverted  to  the  pockets  of  private  persons  by  false 
pretences.  And  to  carry  out  this  cruel  robbery,  how  many  of 
the  poor  have  suffered?  how  many  families  have  been  reduced 
from  comfort  to  penury,  or  have  been  forced  to  emigrate  to 
the  overcrowded  towns  and  cities,  while  the  old  have  been 
driven  to  the  workhouse,  have  become  law-created  paupers? 

In  regard  to  this  fundamental  question  of  land  ownership 
people  are  so  blinded  by  custom  and  by  the  fact  that  it  is 
sanctioned  by  the  law,  that  it  may  be  well  for  a  moment  to  set 
these  entirely  on  one  side,  and  consider  what  would  have 


MY  LIFE 


been  the  proper,  the  equitable,  and  the  most  beneficial  mode 
of  dealing  with  our  common  and  waste  lands  at  the  time  of 
the  last  general  Enclosure  Act  in  the  early  years  of  the  reign 
of  Queen  Victoria.  Considering,  then,  that  these  unenclosed 
wastes  were  the  last  remnant  of  our  country's  land  over  which 
we,  the  public,  had  any  opportunity  of  free  passage  to  breathe 
pure  air  and  enjoy  the  beauties  of  nature;  considering  that 
these  wastes,  although  almost  worthless  agriculturally,  were 
of  especial  value  to  the  poor  of  the  parishes  or  manors  in 
which  they  were  situated,  not  only  giving  them  pasture  for 
their  few  domestic  animals,  but  in  some  cases  peat  for  fuel 
and  loppings  of  trees  for  fences  or  garden  sticks ;  considering 
that  an  acre  or  two  of  such  land,  when  enclosed  and  cultivated, 
would  give  them,  in  return  for  the  labour  of  themselves  and 
their  families  during  spare  hours,  a  considerable  portion  of 
their  subsistence,  would  enable  them  to  create  a  home  from 
which  they  could  not  be  ejected  by  the  will  of  any  landlord 
or  employer,  and  would  thus  raise  them  at  once  to  a  con- 
dition of  comparative  independence  and  security,  abolishing 
the  terrible  spectre  of  the  workhouse  for  their  old  age,  which 
now  haunts  the  peasant  or  labourer  throughout  life,  and  is 
the  fundamental  cause  of  that  exodus  to  the  towns  about 
which  so  much  nonsense  is  talked;  considering,  further,  that 
just  in  proportion  as  men  rise  in  the  social  scale,  these  various 
uses  of  the  waste  lands  become  less  and  less  vitally  important, 
till,  when  we  arrive  at  the  country  squire  and  great  landowner, 
the  only  use  of  the  enclosed  common  or  moor  is  either  to  be 
used  as  a  breeding  ground  for  game,  or  to  add  to  some  of  his 
farms  a  few  acres  of  land  at  an  almost  nominal  rent — con- 
sidering all  these  circumstances,  and  further,  that  those  who 
perform  what  is  fundamentally  the  most  important  and  the 
most  beneficial  of  all  work,  the  production  of  food,  should 
be  able  to  obtain  at  least  the  necessaries  of  life  by  that 
work,  and  secure  a  comfortable  old  age  by  their  own  fireside 
— how  would  any  lover  of  his  country  think  that  such  lands 
ought  to  be  dealt  with  in  the  best  interests  of  the  whole 
community  ? 

Surely,  that  the  very  first  thing  to  be  done  should  be  to 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  153 

provide  that  all  workers  upon  the  land,  either  directly  or  in- 
directly, should  have  plots  of  from  one  to  five  acres,  in  pro- 
portion to  the  amount  of  such  waste  and  the  needs  of  the 
inhabitants.  The  land  thus  allotted  to  be  held  by  them  in 
perpetuity,  from  the  local  authority,  at  a  low  rent  such  as  any 
farmer  would  give  for  it  as  an  addition  to  his  farm.  In 
cases  where  the  amount  of  common  land  was  very  great  in 
proportion  to  the  population,  some  of  the  most  suitable  land 
might  be  reserved  for  a  common  pasture,  for  wood  or  fuel, 
or  for  recreation,  and  the  remainder  allotted  to  applicants  from 
adjacent  parishes  where  there  was  no  common  land. 

If  it  is  asked,  how  are  the  various  landowners  and  owners 
of  manorial  rights  to  be  compensated?  there  are  two  answers, 
either  of  which  is  sufficient.  The  first  is,  that  they  would  be 
fully  compensated  by  the  increased  well-being  of  the  com- 
munity around  them.  Whenever  such  secure  holdings  have 
been  given  by  private  owners — as  in  the  cases  of  Lord  Tolle- 
mache  and  Lord  Carrington — pauperism  has  been  abolished, 
and  even  poverty  of  any  kind  greatly  diminished.  And  as 
landlords  pay  rates,  and  diminished  rates  mean  increased 
value  of  farm  land,  and,  therefore,  increased  rents,  the  land- 
lords would  be  more  than  compensated  even  in  money's 
worth.  Again,  where  it  has  been  fairly  tried,  the  surrounding 
large  farmers,  though  at  first  violently  opposed  to  such  small 
holdings  on  the  ground  that  they  would  make  the  labourers 
too  independent,  ultimately  acknowledge  that  it  greatly  benefits 
them  because  it  surrounds  them  with  a  permanent  population 
o(  good  and  experienced  labourers,  who  are  always  ready  at 
hay  and  harvest  time  to  work  for  good  wages,  and  thus  save 
crops  and  secure  them  in  the  best  condition  when  they  might 
otherwise  be  deteriorated  by  delay,  or  totally  lost  for  want  of 
labour  at  the  critical  moment  during  a  wet  summer.  Such  a 
constant  supply  of  labour  benefits  every  farmer,  abolishes 
to  a  large  extent  agricultural  depression,  and  thus  secures 
payment  of  the  landlord's  rents — again  increasing  the  money 
value  of  his  property. 

And  if,  notwithstanding  these  demonstrated  benefits, 
landlords  still  claim  their  pound  of  flesh,  the  money  value  of 


154 


MY  LIFE 


public  land,  which  only  laws  made  by  their  own  class  have 
given  them,  we  will  make  our  counterclaim  for  the  land- 
tax  at  4^.  in  the  pound,  "  on  the  full  annual  value,"  as 
solemnly  agreed  by  Parliament  when  the  various  services 
due  from  landlords  to  the  crown  were  abolished  and  the  tax 
fixed  at  what  was  then  considered  a  very  low  rate,  in  lieu  of 
them.  The  last  valuation  made  was  in  1692,  and,  notwith- 
standing the  continual  increase  in  land  values  from  that  time, 
as  well  as  the  continual  decrease  in  the  purchasing  power  of 
money,  the  land-tax  continued  to  be  paid  on  that  absurdly 
low  valuation,  which  in  the  reign  of  George  III.  was  made 
permanent.  The  arrears  of  land-tax  now  equitably  due  will 
amount  to  more  than  the  value  of  all  the  agricultural  land 
of  our  country  at  the  present  time,  and  as  when  public  rights 
are  in  question  there  is  no  time  limit,  existing  landlords 
would  do  well  not  to  be  too  clamorous  for  their  alleged 
rights  of  property,  since  it  may  turn  out  that  those  "  rights  " 
do  not  exist. 

Another  thing  that  should  be  attended  to  in  all  such 
enclosures  of  waste  land  is  the  preservation  for  the  people  at 
large  of  rights  of  way  over  it  in  various  directions,  both  to 
afford  ample  means  of  enjoying  the  beauties  of  nature  and 
also  to  give  pedestrians  short  cuts  to  villages,  hamlets,  or 
railway  stations.  One  of  the  greatest  blessings  that  might  be 
easily  attained  if  the  land  were  resumed  by  the  people  to  be 
held  for  the  common  good,  would  be  the  establishment  of 
ample  footpaths  along  every  railway  in  the  kingdom,  with 
sufficient  bridges  or  subways  for  safe  crossing;  and  also 
(and  more  especially)  along  the  banks  of  every  river  or 
brook,  such  paths  to  be  diverted  around  any  dwelling-house 
that  may  have  gardens  extending  to  the  water's  edge,  all  such 
paths  to  be  made  and  kept  in  repair  by  the  District  Councils. 
Under  the  present  system  old  paths  are  often  closed,  but  we 
never  hear  of  new  ones  being  made,  yet  such  are  now  more 
than  ever  necessary  when  most  of  our  roads  are  rendered 
dangerous  by  motor-cars  and  cycles,  and  exceedingly  dis- 
agreeable and  unhealthy  to  pedestrians  by  the  clouds  of  gritty 
dust  continually  raised  by  these  vehicles. 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  155 

Returning  now  to  the  question  of  the  rights  of  the  people 
at  large  to  a  share  in  their  native  land,  I  would  further  point 
out  that  the  enclosure  of  commons  is  only  one  of  many  acts 
of  robbery  that  have  been  perpetrated  by  or  for  the  landlords. 
If  we  go  back  no  further  than  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  we 
have  the  whole  vast  properties  of  the  abbeys  and  monasteries 
confiscated  by  the  king,  and  mostly  given  away  to  personal 
friends  or  powerful  nobles,  without  any  regard  whatever  to 
the  rights  of  the  poor.  Most  of  these  institutions  took  the 
place  of  our  colleges,  schools,  and  workhouses.  The  poor 
were  relieved  by  them,  and  they  served  as  a  refuge  for  the 
wanderer  and  the  fugitive.  No  provision  was  made  for  the 
fulfilment  of  these  duties  by  the  new  owners,  and  the  poor 
and  needy  were  thus  plundered  and  oppressed.  Under  the 
same  king  and  his  successors  all  the  accumulated  wealth  of 
the  parish  churches,  in  gold  and  silver  vessels,  in  costly 
vestments  often  adorned  with  jewels,  in  paintings  by  great 
masters,  and  in  illuminated  missals  which  were  often  priceless 
works  of  art,  were  systematically  plundered,  court  favourites 
obtaining  orders  to  sequestrate  all  such  "  popish  ornaments," 
in  a  certain  number  of  cases  keeping  the  produce  for  them- 
selves, while  in  others  they  were  sold  for  the  king's  benefit. 
The  property  thus  stolen  the  Rev.  A.  Jessopp  estimates  to 
have  been  many  times  greater  than  the  value  of  all  the  abbeys 
and  monasteries  of  the  kingdom! 

If  we  consider  the  nature  of  this  long  series  of  acts  of 
plunder  of  the  people's  land  and  other  property,  we  find  in 
it  every  circumstance  tending  to  aggravate  the  crime.  It  was 
robbery  of  the  poor  by  the  rich.  It  was  robbery  of  the  weak 
and  helpless  by  the  strong.  And  it  had  this  worst  feature 
that  distinguishes  robbery  from  mere  confiscation — ^the  plunder 
was  divided  among  the  robbers  themselves.  Yet  again,  it 
was  a  form  of  robbery  specially  forbidden  by  the  religion  of 
the  robbers — a  religion  for  which  they  professed  the  deepest 
reverence  and  of  which  they  .considered  themselves  the  special 
defenders.  They  read  in  what  they  called  The  Word  of 
God,  "  Woe  unto  them  that  join  house  to  house,  that  lay 
field  to  field,  till  there  be  no  place,  that  they  may  be  placed 


156 


MY  LIFE 


alone  in  the  midst  of  the  earth !  "  Yet  this  is  what  they  were, 
and  are,  constantly  striving  for,  not  by  purchase  only,  but  by 
open  or  secret  robbery.  Again,  they  read  in  their  holy  book, 
"  The  land  shall  not  be  sold  for  ever :  for  the  land  is  Mine 
and  at  every  fiftieth  year  all  land  was  to  return  to  the  family 
that  had  sold  it,  so  that  no  one  could  keep  land  beyond  the 
year  of  jubilee,  the  reason  being  that  no  man  or  family  should 
be  permanently  impoverished  by  the  misdeeds  of  his  ancestors. 
But  this  part  of  the  law  they  never  obey. 

This  all-embracing  system  of  land-robbery,  for  which 
nothing  is  too  great  and  nothing  too  small;  which  has 
absorbed  meadow  and  forest,  moor  and  mountain;  which  has 
appropriated  most  of  our  rivers  and  lakes  and  the  fish  that 
live  in  them;  which  often  claims  the  very  seashore  and 
rocky  coasts  of  our  island  home,  fencing  them  off  from  the 
wayfarer  who  seeks  the  solace  of  their  health-giving  air  and 
wild  beauty,  while  making  the  peasant  pay  for  his  seaweed 
manure  and  the  fisherman  for  his  bait  of  shell-fish;  which 
has  desolated  whole  counties  to  replace  men  by  sheep  or 
cattle,  and  has  destroyed  fields  and  cottages  to  make  a  wilder- 
ness for  deer  and  grouse;  which  has  stolen  the  commons 
and  filched  the  roadside  wastes,  which  has  driven  the  labour- 
ing poor  into  the  cities,  and  has  thus  been  the  primary  and 
chief  cause  of  the  lifelong  misery,  disease,  and  early  death 
of  thousands  who  might  have  lived  lives  of  honest  toil  and 
comparative  well-being  had  they  been  permitted  free  access 
to  land  in  their  native  villages — it  is  the  advocates  and  bene- 
ficiaries of  this  inhuman  system  who,  when  a  partial  restitu- 
tion of  their  unholy  gains  is  proposed,  are  the  loudest  in 
their  cries  of  "  robbery  " ! 

But  all  the  robber>%  all  the  spoliation,  all  the  legal  and 
illegal  filching,  has  been  on  their  side,  and  they  still  hold  the 
stolen  property.  Th^y  made  laws  to  legalize  their  actions, 
and,  some  day,  we,  the  people,  will  make  laws  which  will  not 
only  legalize,  but  justify  our  process  of  restitution.  It  will 
justify  it,  because,  unlike  their  laws,  which  always  took  from 
the  poor  to  give  to  the  rich — to  the  very  class  which  made 
the  laws — ours  will  only  take  from  the  superfluity  of  the  rich. 


KINGTON  AND  RADNORSHIRE  157 


not  to  give  to  the  poor  or  to  any  individuals,  but  to  so 
administer  as  to  enable  every  man  to  live  by  honest  w^ork,  to 
restore  to  the  whole  people  their  birthright  in  their  native 
soil,  and  to  relieve  all  alike  from  a  heavy  burden  of  unneces- 
sary and  unjust  taxation.  This  will  be  the  true  statesmanship 
of  the  future,  and  it  will  be  justified  alike  by  equity,  by  ethics, 
and  by  religion. 

In  the  few  preceding  pages  I  have  expressed  the  opinions 
which  have  been  gradually  formed  as  the  result  of  the 
experience  and  study  of  my  whole  life.  My  first  work  on  the 
subject  was  entitled  "Land  Nationalization:  its  Necessity  and 
its  Aims,"  and  was  published  in  the  year  1882 ;  and  this, 
together  with  the  various  essays. in  the  second  volume  of  my 
"  Studies  Scientific  and  Social,"  published  in  1900,  may  be 
taken  as  expressing  the  views  I  now  hold,  and  as  pointing 
out  some  of  the  fundamental  conditions  which  I  believe  to  be 
essential  for  the  well-being  of  society. 

But  at  the  time  of  which  I  am  now  writing  such  ideas  never 
entered  my  head.  I  certainly  thought  it  a  pity  to  enclose 
a  wild,  picturesque,  boggy,  and  barren  moor,  but  I  took  it 
for  granted  that  there  was  some  right  and  reason  in  it,  instead 
of  being,  as  it  certainly  was,  both  unjust,  unwise,  and  cruel. 
But  the  surveying  was  interesting  work,  as  every  trickling 
stream,  every  tree,  every  mass  of  rock  or  boggy  waterhole, 
had  to  be  marked  on  the  map  in  its  true  relative  position, 
as  well  as  the  various  footpaths  or  rough  cart-roads  that 
crossed  the  common  in  various  directions. 

At  that  time  the  medicinal  springs,  though  they  had  been 
used  from  the  time  of  the  Romans,  were  only  visited  by  a 
few  Welsh  or  west  of  England  people,  and  there  was  little 
accommodation  for  visitors,  except  in  the  small  hotel  where 
we  lodged.  One  of  our  great  luxuries  here  was  the  Welsh 
mutton  fed  on  the  neighbouring  mountains,  so  small  that  a 
hind-quarter  weighed  only  seven  or  eight  pounds,  but  which, 
when  hung  a  few  days  or  a  week,  was  most  delicious  eating. 
I  agree  with  George  Borrow  in  his  praise  of  this  dish.  In 
his  "  Wild  Wales  "  he  says,  "  As  for  the  leg  of  mutton  it  was 


158 


MY  LIFE 


truly  wonderful ;  nothing  so  good  had  I  ever  tasted  in  the 
shape  of  a  leg  of  mutton.  The  leg  of  mutton  of  Wales  beats 
the  leg  of  mutton  of  any  other  country,  and  I  had  never 
tasted  a  Welsh  leg  of  mutton  before.  Certainly  I  shall  never 
forget  that  first  Welsh  leg  of  mutton  which  I  tasted,  rich  but 
delicate,  replete  with  juices  derived  from  the  aromatic  herbs 
of  the  noble  Berwyn  mountain,  cooked  to  a  turn,  and  weigh- 
ing just  four  pounds."  Well  done,  George  Borrow!  You 
had  a  good  taste  in  ale  and  mutton,  and  were  not  afraid  to 
acknowledge  it. 


CHAPTER  XI 


BRECKNOCKSHIRE 

It  was  in  the  summer  or  early  autumn  of  1841  that  we  left 
Kington  for  the  survey  of  a  parish  a  few  miles  beyond  the 
town  of  Brecon.  As  there  was  no  coach  communication, 
and  the  distance  was  only  about  thirty  miles,  we  determined 
to  walk,  and  having  sent  our  luggage  by  coach  or  waggon, 
we  started  about  sunrise,  and  after  two  hours'  walking  stopped 
at  a  nice-looking  roadside  public-house  for  breakfast.  Our 
meal  consisted  of  a  large  basin  of  bread-and-milk  with  half 
a  pint  of  good  ale  in  it,  and  sugar  to  taste,  which  had  been 
recommended  to  my  brother  as  the  best  thing  to  walk  on. 
I  certainly  enjoyed  it  very  much.  We  then  walked  on 
through  the  little  town  of  Hay,  and  soon  after  midday  had 
dinner  at  a  village  inn  and  a  good  rest,  as  the  day  was  very 
hot  and  the  roads  hilly.  In  the  afternoon  I  became  very 
tired,  and  while  we  were  still  some  miles  from  Brecon,  I  felt 
quite  exhausted  with  the  heat  and  fatigue.  At  length  I 
became  so  faint  that  I  had  to  lie  down  in  the  road  to  prevent 
myself  from  losing  consciousness  and  falling  down.  How- 
ever, with  the  aid  of  repeated  rests  I  struggled  on,  and  we 
reached  Brecon  when  it  was  nearly  dark. 

The  next  morning  I  felt  all  right  again,  and  as  we  started 
for  our  destination  I  was  delighted  with  the  grand  view  of 
the  double-headed  Beacons,  the  highest  mountain  in  South 
Wales,  which,  though  five  miles  away,  seem  to  rise  up  abruptly 
into  the  clouds  as  viewed  down  the  street  by  which  we  entered 
the  town.  On  leaving  the  town  we  crossed  a  bridge  over  the 
little  rocky  stream,  the  Honddu,  which  here  enters  the  Usk, 
and  gives  the  Welsh  name  to  the  town  of  Brecon — Aber- 
honddu — aber  meaning  the  confluence  or  meeting  of  waters. 

159 


i6o 


MY  LIFE 


So,  Aberystwith,  which  has  retained  its  Welsh  name,  is  situ- 
ated where  the  Httle  river  Ystwith  enters  the  sea.  While 
living  in  Radnorshire,  where  hardly  any  Welsh  is  spoken,  I 
had  begun  to  take  an  interest  in  the  picturesque  names  which 
primitive  people  always  give  to  localities.  The  first  of  these 
to  which  my  attention  was  called  by  my  brother  was  Llan- 
fihangel-nant-Melan,  a  village  about  ten  miles  west  of  King- 
ton, the  name  meaning  "  the  Church  of  St.  Michael  on 
Melan's  brook."  So,  Abbey-cum-hir  is  the  Abbey  in  the 
long  valley;  while  the  celebrated  Vale  of  Llangollen  is, 
according  to  George  Borrow,  named  after  Collen,  an  ancient 
British  hero  who  became  Abbot  of  Glastonbury,  but  after- 
wards retired  into  the  valley  named  after  him. 

Our  road  lay  along  the  north  side  of  the  valley  of  the  Usk, 
but  at  some  distance  from  the  river,  through  a  very  pic- 
turesque country,  crossing  many  small  rivers,  often  looking 
down  upon  the  river  Usk,  which  I  took  special  interest  in 
as  my  native  stream,  here  approaching  its  source,  and  with 
frequent  views  of  the  Beacons  when  nearer  hills  did  not 
intervene  to  block  the  view.  After  a  pleasant  walk  of  about 
six  miles  we  reached  the  tiny  village  of  Trallong,  the  parish 
we  had  to  survey,  and  obtained  lodgings  in  the  house  of  a 
shoemaker,  where  we  were  very  comfortable  for  some  months. 
The  house  was  pleasantly  situated  about  two  hundred  and 
fifty  feet  above  the  river,  with  an  uninterrupted  view  to  the 
south-east  over  woody  hills  of  moderate  height  to  the  fine 
range  of  the  Great  Forest,  culminating  in  the  double  peaks  of 
the  Beacons,  which  were  seen  here  fully  separated  with  the 
narrow  ridge  connecting  them.  At  sunset  they  were  often 
beautifully  tinted,  and  my  brother  made  a  charming  little 
water-colour  sketch  of  them,  which,  with  most  of  his  best 
sketches,  were  placed  in  an  album  by  my  sister,  and  this  was 
stolen  or  lost  while  she  was  moving  in  London. 

The  family  here  were  rather  interesting.  The  father,  a 
middle-aged  man,  could  not  speak  a  word  of  English.  His 
grown-up  sons,  who  helped  in  the  shoemaking,  spoke  but 
little.  The  wife,  however,  a  delicate  woman  and  a  great 
invalid,  though  having  to  do  all  the  work  of  the  household, 


BRECKNOCKSHIRE 


i6i 


spoke  English  very  well,  and  told  us  that  she  preferred  it  to 
Welsh,  because  it  was  less  tiring,  the  Welsh  having  so  many 
gutturals  and  sounds  which  require  an  effort  to  pronounce 
correctly.  There  were  also  two  little  girls  who  went  to  the 
village  school,  and  who  spoke  English  beautifully  as  com- 
pared with  our  village  children,  because  they  had  learnt  it 
from  the  schoolmaster  and  their  mother.  Of  course,  the 
whole  conversation  in  the  house  was  in  Welsh,  and  I  picked 
up  a  few  common  words  and  phrases,  and  could  understand 
others,  though,  owing  to  my  deficiency  in  linguistic  faculty,  I 
never  learnt  to  speak  the  language. 

The  schoolmaster  was  an  intelligent  and  well-educated  man, 
and  he  often  called  in  the  evening  to  have  a  little  conver- 
sation with  my  brother.  But  almost  the  only  special  fact 
I  remember  about  him  was  his  passion  for  cold  water.  Every 
morning  of  his  life  he  walked  to  the  river  half  a  mile  off  to 
take  a  dip  before  breakfast,  and  in  some  frosty  days  in  winter 
I  often  saw  him  returning  when  he  had  had  to  break  the  ice 
at  the  river's  edge. 

I  looked  daily  at  the  Beacons  with  longing  eyes,  and  on  a 
fine  autumn  day  one  of  the  shoemaker's  sons  with  a  friend  or 
two  and  myself  started  off  to  make  the  ascent.  Though  less 
than  six  miles  from  us  in  a  straight  line,  we  had  to  take  a 
rather  circuitous  course  over  a  range  of  hills,  and  then  up  to 
the  head  of  a  broad  valley,  which  took  us  within  a  mile  of  the 
summit,  making  the  distance  about  ten  miles.  But  the  day 
was  gloriously  fine,  the  country  beautiful,  and  the  view  from 
the  top  very  grand ;  while  the  summit  itself  was  so  curious  as 
greatly  to  surprise  me,  though  I  did  not  fully  appreciate 
its  very  instructive  teaching  till  some  years  later,  after  I 
had  ascended  many  other  mountains,  had  studied  Lyell's 
"  Principles  of  Geology,"  and  had  fully  grasped  the  modern 
views  on  sub-aerial  denudation.  As  Breknockshire  is  com- 
paratively little  known,  and  few  English  tourists  make  the 
ascent  of  the  Beacons,  a  short  account  of  them  will  be  both 
interesting  and  instructive. 

The  northern  face  of  the  mountain  is  very  rocky  and  pre- 


l62 


MY  LIFE 


cipitous,  while  on  the  southern  and  western  sides  easy  slopes 
reach  almost  to  the  summit.  The  last  few  yards  is,  however, 
rather  steep,  and  at  the  very  top  there  is  a  thick  layer  of  peat, 
which  overhangs  the  rock  a  little.  On  surmounting  this  on 
the  west  side  the  visitor  finds  himself  in  a  nearly  flat  triangular 
space,  perhaps  three  or  four  acres  in  extent,  bounded  on  the 
north  by  a  very  steep  rocky  slope,  and  on  the  other  sides 
by  steep  but  not  difficult  grass  slopes.  To  the  northeast  he 
sees  the  chief  summit  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  distant  and 
nearly  fifty  feet  higher,  while  connecting  the  two  is  a  narrow 
ridge  or  saddle-back,  which  descends  about  a  hundred  feet  in 
a  regular  curve,  and  then  rises  again,  giving  an  easy  access  to 
the  higher  peak.  The  top  of  this  ridge  is  only  a  foot  or  two 
wide  and  very  steep  on  the  northern  slope,  but  the  southern 
slope  is  less  precipitous,  and  about  a  hundred  yards  down  it 
there  is  a  small  spring  where  the  visitor  can  get  deliciously 
cold  and  pure  water.  The  north-eastern  summit  is  also 
triangular,  a  little  larger  than  the  other,  and  bounded  by  a 
very  dangerous  precipice  on  the  side  towards  Brecon,  where 
there  is  a  nearly  vertical  slope  of  craggy  rock  for  three  or  four 
hundred  feet  and  a  very  steep  rocky  slope  for  a  thousand, 
so  that  a  fall  is  almost  certainly  fatal,  and  several  such  acci- 
dents have  occurred,  especially  when  parties  of  young  men 
from  Brecon  make  a  holiday  picnic  to  the  summit. 

What  strikes  the  observant  eye  as  especially  interesting 
is  the  circumstance  that  these  two  triangular  patches,  forming 
the  culminating  points  of  South  Wales,  both  slope  to  the 
southwest,  and  by  stooping  down  on  either  of  them,  and 
looking  towards  the  other,  we  find  that  their  surfaces  corre- 
spond so  closely  in  direction  and  amount  of  slope,  that  they 
impress  one  at  once  as  being  really  portions  of  one  con- 
tinuous mountain  summit.  This  becomes  more  certain  when 
we  look  at  the  whole  mountain  mass,  of  which  they  form  a 
part,  known  as  the  "  Fforest  Fawr,"  or  great  forest  of  Breck- 
nock. This  extends  about  twenty  miles  from  east  to  west  and 
ten  or  twelve  miles  from  north  to  south ;  and  in  every  part  of 
it  the  chief  summits  are  from  2000  to  2500  feet  high,  while 
near  its  western  end,  about  twelve  miles  from  the  Beacons,  is 


BRECKNOCKSHIRE  163 

the  second  highest  summit,  Van  Voel,  reaching  2632  feet. 
Most  of  these  mountains  have  rounded  summits  which  are 
smooth  and  covered  with  grassy  or  sedgy  vegetation,  but 
many  of  them  have  some  craggy  slopes  or  precipices  on  their 
northern  faces. 

Almost  the  whole  of  this  region  is  of  the  Old  Red  Sand- 
stone formation,  which  here  consists  of  nearly  horizontal 
strata  with  a  moderate  dip  to  the  south;  and  the  whole  of 
the  very  numerous  valleys  with  generally  smooth  and 
gradually  sloping  sides  which  everywhere  intersect  it,  must 
be  all  due  to  sub-aerial  denudation — that  is,  to  rain,  frost,  and 
snow — the  debris  due  to  which  is  carried  away  by  the  brooks 
and  rivers.  The  geologist  looks  upon  the  rounded  summits  of 
these  mountains  as  indications  of  an  extensive  gently  undu- 
lating plateau,  which  had  been  slowly  raised  above  the  surface 
of  the  lakes  or  inland  seas  in  which  they  had  been  deposited, 
and  subjected  to  so  little  disturbance  that  the  strata  remain 
in  a  nearly  horizontal  position.  When  from  the  summit  of 
any  of  these  higher  mountains  we  look  over  the  wide  parallel 
or  radiating  valleys  with  the  rounded  grassy  ridges,  and  con- 
sider that  the  whole  of  the  material  that  once  filled  all  these 
valleys  to  the  level  of  the  mountain-top  has  been  washed  away 
day  by  day  and  year  by  year,  by  the  very  same  agencies  that 
after  heavy  rain  now  render  turbid  every  brooklet,  stream, 
and  river,  usually  so  clear  and  limpid,  we  obtain  an  excellent 
illustration  of  how  nature  works  in  moulding  the  earth's 
surface  by  a  process  so  slow  as  to  be  to  us  almost  imper- 
ceptible. 

This  process  of  denudation  is  rendered  especially  clear  to 
us  by  the  singular  formation  of  the  twin  summits  of  the  Brecon 
Beacons.  Here  we  are  able,  as  it  were,  to  catch  nature  at 
work.  Owing  to  the  rare  occurrence  of  a  nearly  equal  rate 
of  denudation  in  four  or  five  directions  around  this  highest 
part  of  the  original  plateau,  we  have  remaining  for  our 
inspection  two  little  triangular  patches  of  the  original  peat- 
covered  surface  joined  together  by  the  narrow  saddle,  as 
shown  in  the  sketches  opposite,  showing  a  plan  of  the  summits 
and  a  section  through  them  to  explain  how  accurately  the  two 


164 


MY  LIFE 


coincide  in  their  slope  with  that  of  the  original  plateau. 
Every  year  the  frost  loosens  the  rock  on  the  northern  pre- 
cipices, every  heavy  rain  washes  down  earth  from  the  ridge, 
while  the  gentler  showers  and  mists  penetrate  the  soil  to  the 
rock  surface,  which  they  slowly  decompose.  Thus,  year  by 
year,  the  flat  portion  of  the  summits  becomes  smaller,  and  a 
few  thousand  years  will  probably  suffice  to  eat  them  away 
altogether,  and  leave  rocky  peaks  more  like  that  of  Snowdon. 
The  formation,  as  we  now  find  it,  is,  in  my  experience,  unique 
— that  is,  a  mountain-top  presenting  two  small  patches  of 
almost  level  ground,  evidently  being  the  last  remnant  of  the 
great  rolling  plateau,  out  of  which  the  whole  range  has  been 
excavated.  Double-headed  mountains  are  by  no  means 
uncommon,  but  they  are  usually  peaked  or  irregular,  and 
carved  out  of  inclined  or  twisted  strata.  The  peculiarity  of 
the  Beacons  consists  in  the  strata  being  nearly  horizontal  and 
undisturbed,  while  the  rock  formation  is  not  such  as  usually 
to  break  away  into  vertical  precipices.  The  original  surface 
must  have  had  a  very  easy  slope,  while  there  were  no  meteoro- 
logical conditions  leading  to  great  inequalities  of  weathering. 
The  thick  covering  of  peat  has  also  aided  in  the  result  by 
preserving  the  original  surface  from  being  scored  into  gullies, 
and  thus  more  rapidly  denuded. 

After  we  had  completed  most  of  our  work  at  Trallong  we 
had  to  go  further  up  the  valley  to  Devynock.  This  is  an 
enormous  parish  of  more  than  twenty  thousand  acres,  divided 
into  four  townships  or  chapelries,  the  two  eastern  of  which, 
Maescar  and  Senni,  we  had  to  survey.  In  these  mountain 
districts,  however,  we  only  surveyed  those  small  portions 
where  the  new  roads  or  new  enclosures  had  been  made, 
the  older  maps  being  accepted  as  sufficiently  accurate  for 
the  large  unenclosed  areas  of  mountain  land.  We  first  went 
to  Senni  Bridge,  where  both  districts  terminate  in  the  Usk 
valley ;  but  after  a  short  time  I  went  to  stay  in  a  little  public- 
house  at  Senni  in  the  midst  of  my  work,  while  my  brother 
stayed  at  Devynock  or  at  Trallong,  which  latter  was  quite  as 
near  for  half  the  work. 


OUR  ECCENTRIC  NEIGHBOUR  AT  DEVYNOCK 
(From  a  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace) 


BRECKNOCKSHIRE  165 

On  the  other  side  of  the  river  Usk  there  was  a  fine  wooded 
rocky  slope  in  which  paths  had  been  made  near  and  above 
the  river  by  some  former  resident  owner,  and  this  was  a 
favourite  walk  on  holidays.  In  the  farmhouse  adjacent  a 
relative  of  the  owner,  a  middle-aged  man,  who  was  apparently 
on  the  verge  between  eccentricity  and  madness,  lived  in  retire- 
ment, and  we  heard  a  good  deal  of  his  strange  ways,  though 
they  said  he  was  quite  harmless.  He  used  to  walk  about  a 
good  deal  with  a  pipe  in  his  mouth  and  dressed  in  a  game- 
keeper style,  and  he  always  stopped  to  make  some  remark, 
and  then  walked  on  without  waiting  for  an  answer.  My 
brother  made  a  rough  pen-and-ink  sketch  of  him,  which  has 
fortunately  been  preserved,  and  which  is  here  reproduced,  as 
it  well  represents  his  appearance  and  manner  when  meeting 
anyone.  Some  of  his  sayings  were  not  only  wild,  but  exceed- 
ingly coarse,  others  merely  abrupt  and  strange.  One  day  he 
would  say,  "  Where's  your  pipe  ?  Don't  smoke  ?  Then  go 
home  and  begin  if  you  want  to  be  happy."  Another  time 
something  like  this,  "  Who  are  you  ?  Come  to  look  after 
me?  They  say  I'm  mad,  but  I  ain't.  I'm  here  to  enjoy 
myself.  Do  as  I  like."  One  time  when  he  met  my  brother, 
after  some  such  rigmarole  as  the  above,  he  ended  with, 
"  Shave  your  head  and  keep  your  toe-nails  cut,  and  you'll  be 
all  right." 

When  I  went  up  to  Senni  Street  (Heol  Senni,  as  it  is 
called  in  Welsh)  I  greatly  enjoyed  wandering  over  the  pretty 
valley  which  extended  a  long  way  into  the  mountains,  flowing 
over  nearly  level  meadows  and  with  an  unusually  twisted 
course.  This  I  found  was  so  erroneously  mapped,  the 
numerous  bends  having  been  inserted  at  random  as  if  of  no 
importance,  that  I  had  to  survey  its  course  afresh.  Above 
the  village  there  were  several  lateral  tributaries  descending 
in  deep  woody  dingles,  often  very  picturesque,  and  these 
had  usually  one  or  more  waterfalls  in  their  course,  or  deep 
rocky  chasms;  and  as  these  came  upon  me  unexpectedly,  and 
I  had  seen  very  few  like  them  in  Radnorshire,  they  were  more 
especially  attractive  to  me. 


MY  LIFE 


One  Sunday  afternoon  I  walked  up  the  valley  and  over 
a  mountain-ridge  to  the  head  waters  of  the  Llia  river,  one  of 
the  tributaries  of  the  river  Neath,  to  see  an  ancient  stone, 
named  Maen  Llia  on  the  ordnance  map.  I  was  much  pleased 
to  find  a  huge  erect  slab  of  old  red  sandstone  nearly  twelve 
feet  high,  a  photograph  of  which  I  am  able  to  give  through 
the  kindness  of  Miss  Florence  Neale  of  Penarth.  These 
strange  relics  of  antiquity  have  always  greatly  interested  me, 
and  this  being  the  first  I  had  ever  seen,  produced  an  impres- 
sion which  is  still  clear  and  vivid. 

The  people  here  were  all  thoroughly  Welsh,  but  the  land- 
lord of  the  inn,  and  a  young  man  who  lived  with  him,  spoke 
English  fairly  well.  Like  most  of  the  Welsh  the  landlord 
was  very  musical,  and  in  the  evenings  he  used  to  teach  his 
little  girl,  about  five  years  old,  to  sing,  first  exercising  her  in 
the  notes,  and  then  singing  a  Welsh  hymn,  which  she  followed 
with  a  tremendously  powerful  voice  for  so  small  a  child. 
Her  father  was  very  proud  of  her,  and  said  she  would  make 
a  fine  singer  when  she  grew  up. 

While  here,  and  also  at  Trallong,  I  went  sometimes  to 
church  or  chapel  in  order  to  hear  the  Welsh  sermons,  and 
also  the  Welsh  Bible  well  read,  and  I  w^as  greatly  struck 
with  the  grand  sound  of  the  language  and  the  eloquence  and 
earnestness  of  the  preachers.  The  characteristic  letters  of 
the  language  are  the  guttural  ch,  the  dd  pronounced  soft 
as  "  udh,"  the  //  pronounced  11th."  If  the  reader  will 
endeavour  to  sound  these  letters  he  will  have  some  idea  of 
the  effect  of  such  passages  as  the  following,  when  clearly 
and  emphatically  pronounced;.  "  Brenhin  Brenhinoedd,  ac 
Arglwydd  Arglwyddi "  ("King  of  Kings  and  Lord  of 
Lords  ").  Again,  Ac  a  ymddiddanodd  a  mi,  gan  ddywedyd. 
Tyred,  mi  a  ddangosaf  i  ti  briodasferch  "  ("And  talked  with 
me,  saying,  Come  hither,  I  will  shew  thee  the  bride"). 
These  are  passages  from  Revelation,  but  the  following  verse 
from  the  Psalms  is  still  grander  and  more  impressive: — 

"  Cyn  g^vneuthur  y  mynyddoedd,  a  Uunio  o  honot  y  ddaear 
a'r  byd;  ti  hefyd  wyt  Dduw,  o  dragywyddoldeb  hyd  drag>^- 
wyddoldeb  "  ("Before  the  mountains  were  brought  forth,  or 


"MAEN   LLIA,"   UPPER   VALE   OF  NEATH 
(From  a  photograph  by  Miss  Neale) 


BRECKNOCKSHIRE 


ever  Thou  hadst  formed  the  earth  and  the  world,  even  from 
everlasting  to  everlasting,  Thou  art  God"). 

The  Welsh  clergy  are  usually  good  readers  and  energetic 
preachers,  and  seem  to  enjoy  doing  full  justice  to  their  rich 
and  expressive  language,  and  even  without  being  able  to 
follow  their  meaning  it  is  a  pleasure  to  listen  to  them. 

Among  the  numerous  Englishmen  who  visit  Wales  for  busi- 
ness or  pleasure,  few  are  aware  to  what  an  extent  this  ancient 
British  form  of  speech  is  still  in  use  among  the  people,  how 
many  are  still  unable  to  speak  English,  and  what  an  amount 
of  poetry  and  legend  their  language  contains.  Some  account 
of  this  literature  is  to  be  found  in  that  very  interesting  book, 
George  Borrow's  "  Wild  Wales,"  and  he  claims  for  Dafydd 
ap  Gwilym,  a  contemporary  of  our  Chaucer,  the  position  of 
"the  greatest  poetical  genius  that  has  appeared  in  Europe 
since  the  revival  of  literature."  At  the  present  day  there  are 
no  less  than  twenty  wxekly  newspapers  and  about  the  same 
number  of  monthly  magazines  published  in  the  Welsh  lan- 
guage, besides  one  quarterly  and  two  bi-monthly  reviews. 
Abstracts  of  the  principal  Acts  of  Parliament  and  Parlia- 
mentary papers  are  translated  into  Welsh,  and  one  book- 
seller, Messrs.  Hughes  and  Son,  of  Wrexham,  issue  a  list  of 
more  than  three  hundred  Welsh  books  mostly  published  by 
themselves.  Another  indication  of  the  wide  use  of  the  Welsh 
language  and  of  the  general  education  of  the  people,  is  the 
fact  that  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  now  sell 
annually  about  18,000  Bibles,  22,000  Testaments,  and  10,000 
special  portions  (as  the  Psalms,  the  Gospels,  etc.)  ;  while  the 
total  sale  of  the  Welsh  Scriptures  during  the  last  century  has 
been  millions.  Considering  that  the  total  population  of 
Wales  is  only  about  millions,  that  two  counties,  Pembroke- 
shire and  Radnorshire,  do  not  speak  Welsh,  and  that  the 
great  seaports  and  the  mining  districts  contain  large  numbers 
of  English  and  foreign  workmen,  we  have  ample  proof  that 
the  Welsh  are  still  a  distinct  nation  with  a  peculiar  language, 
literature,  and  history,  and  that  the  claim  which  they  are 
now  making  for  home  rule,  along  with  the  other  great  sub-  , 
divisions  of  the  British  Islands,  is  thoroughly  justified. 


MY  LIFE 


Our  two  other  indigenous  Celtic  languages,  Gaelic  and 
Irish,  or  Erse,  appear  to  have  a  far  less  vigorous  literary 
existence.  I  am  informed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  National 
Bible  Society  of  Scotland  that  about  three  thousand  Bibles 
and  a  little  more  than  two  thousand  Testaments  are  sold 
yearly.  The  number  of  people  who  habitually  speak  Gaelic 
is,  however,  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  million,  and  the  language 
seems  to  be  kept  up  in  a  literary  sense  more  by  a  few  educated 
students  and  enthusiasts  than  to  supply  the  needs  of  the 
people. 

The  Irish  language  is  a  form  of  Gaelic  closely  allied  to 
that  of  Scotland,  and  there  are  still  nearly  a  million  people 
able  to  speak  it,  though  only  about  one-tenth  of  that  number 
use  it  exclusively.  Owing  to  the  prevalence  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  religion  among  the  peasantry,  very  few  copies  of 
the  Irish  version  of  the  Bible  and  Testament  are  now  sold, 
and  although  the  ancient  literature  was  exceedingly  rich  and 
varied,  any  modern  representative  of  it  can  hardly  be  said  to 
exist.  The  strong  vitality  of  the  Welsh  language  as  above 
sketched  is  therefore  a  very  interesting  feature  of  our  country, 
and  as  it  is  undoubtedly  suited  to  the  genius  of  the  people 
among  whom  it  has  survived,  there  seems  to  be  no  valid 
objection  to  its  perpetuation.  The  familiar  use  of  two 
languages  does  not  appear  to  be  in  itself  any  disadvantage, 
while  being  able  to  appreciate  and  enjoy  the  literature  of 
both  must  be  a  distinct  addition  to  the  pure  intellectual 
pleasures  of  those  who  use  them. 


CHAPTER  XII 


SHROPSHIRE   AND   JACK  MYTTON 

After  having-  finished  our  work  in  Brecknockshire  we 
returned  to  Kington  for  a  few  months,  doing  office-work  and 
odd  jobs  of  surveying  in  the  surrounding  country.  Among 
these  what  most  interested  me  was  the  country  around  Lud- 
low, in  Shropshire,  where  there  are  beautiful  valleys  enclosed 
by  steep  low  hills,  often  luxuriantly  wooded,  and  watered  by 
rapid  streams  of  pure  and  sparkling  water.  I  had  by  this 
time  acquired  some  little  knowledge  of  geology,  and  was 
interested  in  again  being  in  an  Old  Red  Sandstone  country, 
which  formation  I  had  become  well  acquainted  with  in 
Brecknockshire,  and  which  is  so  different  from  the  Upper 
Silurian  shales  so  prevalent  in  Radnorshire.  In  this  country 
we  were  near  the  boundary  of  the  two  formations,  and  there 
were  also  occasional  patches  of  limestone,  and  at  every  bit  of 
rock  that  appeared  during  our  work  I  used  to  stop  a  few 
moments  to  examine  closely,  and  see  which  of  the  formations 
it  belonged  to.  This  was  easily  decided  by  the  physical 
character  of  the  rocks,  which,  though  both  varied  consider- 
ably, had  yet  certain  marked  characteristics  that  distinguished 
them. 

One  day  we  were  at  work  in  a  park  near  a  country  house 
named  "  Whittern,"  and  my  brother  took  a  pencil  sketch  of  it 
in  his  field-book.  Just  as  he  was  finishing  it  the  owner  came 
out  and  talked  with  him,  and  seeing  he  was  something  of  an 
artist,  went  to  the  house  and  brought  out  a  portfolio  of 
drawings  in  sepia,  by  his  daughter,  of  views  in  the  park  and 
in  the  surrounding  country.  These  seemed  to  me  exceed- 
ingly well  done  and  effective,  and,  of  course,  my  brother 
praised  them,  but,  as  I  thought,  only  moderately,  and  as 

169 


170 


MY  LIFE 


"  very  good  work  for  an  amateur."  I  reproduce  his  sketch 
on  a  reduced  scale  as  showing  his  deHcacy  of  touch  even  in 
hasty  out-of-door  work,  though,  owing  to  the  old  yellowish 
paper,  the  pencil  marks  come  out  very  faint  in  the  process 
print. 

While  travelling  by  coach  or  staying  at  country  inns  in 
Shropshire,  we  used  to  hear  a  good  deal  of  talk  about  Jack 
Mytton,  of  Halston,  who  had  died  a  few  years  before,  and 
whose  wild  exploits  were  notorious  all  over  the  west  of 
England.  He  was  a  country  gentleman  of  very  old  family, 
and  had  inherited  a  landed  estate  bringing  in  about  £10,000 
a  year,  while  having  been  a  minor  for  eighteen  years,  there 
was  an  accumulation  of  £60,000  when  he  came  of  age.  In  a 
few  years  he  spent  all  these  savings,  and  continued  to  live 
at  such  a  rate  that  he  had  frequently  to  raise  money.  All 
the  grand  oaks  for  which  his  estates  were  celebrated  were 
cut  down,  and  it  is  said  produced  £70,000.  About  half  his 
property  was  entailed,  but  the  other  half  was  sold  at  various 
times,  and  must  have  realized  a  very  large  amount;  while 
in  the  last  years  of  his  life,  which  he  spent  either  in  prison 
for  debt  or  in  France,  all  the  fine  collection  of  pictures,  many 
by  the  old  masters,  and  the  whole  contents  of  his  family 
mansion  were  sold,  but  did  not  suffice  to  pay  his  debts  or 
prevent  his  dying  in  prison.  From  the  account  given  by  his 
intimate  friend  and  biographer  the  total  amount  thus  wasted 
in  about  fifteen  years  could  not  have  been  much  less  than  half 
a  million,  but  from  the  scanty  details  in  his  "  Life  "  it  seems 
clear  that  he  could  not  really  have  expended  anything  like 
this  amount,  but  that  his  extreme  good  nature  and  utter  reck- 
lessness as  to  money  led  to  his  being  robbed  and  plundered 
in  various  ways  by  the  numerous  unscrupulous  persons  who 
always  congregate  about  such  a  character. 

For  those  who  have  not  read  the  account  of  his  wasted 
life  one  or  two  examples  illustrative  of  his  character  may 
be  here  given.  Once,  before  he  was  of  age,  when  dining  out 
in  the  country,  he  had  driven  over  in  a  gig  with  a  pair  of 
horses  tandem — his  favorite  style.  On  some  of  the  party 
expressing  the  opinion  that  this  was  a  very  dangerous  mode 


SHROPSHIRE  AND  JACK  MYTTON  171 

of  driving,  Mytton  at  once  offered  to  bet  the  whole  party 
£25  each  that  he  would  then  and  there  drive  his  tandem 
across  country  to  the  turnpike  road  half  a  mile  off,  having 
to  cross  on  the  way  a  sunk  fence  three  yards  wide,  a  broad 
deep  drain,  and  two  stiff  quickset  hedges  with  ditches  on  the 
further  side.  All  accepted  the  bet.  It  was  a  moonlight 
night,  but  twelve  men  with  lanthorns  accompanied  the  party 
in  case  of  accidents.  He  got  into  and  out  of  the  sunk  fence 
(I  suppose  what  we  call  a  Ha-ha)  in  safety,  went  at  the 
drain  at  such  a  pace  that  both  horses  and  gig  cleared  it, 
the  jerk  throwing  Mytton  on  to  the  wheeler's  back,  from 
which  he  climbed  up  to  his  seat,  drove  on,  and  through  the 
next  two  fences  with  apparent  ease  into  the  turnpike  road 
without  serious  injury,  thus  winning  this  extraordinary 
wager. 

He  was  as  reckless  of  other  person's  lives  and  limbs  as  he 
was  of  his  own,  upsetting  one  friend  purposely  because  he 
had  just  said  that  he  had  never  been  upset  in  his  life,  and 
jumping  the  leader  over  a  turnpike  gate  to  see  whether  he 
would  take  "  timber,"  the  gig  being,  of  course,  smashed,  and 
Mytton  with  his  friend  being  thrown  out,  but,  strange  to  say, 
both  uninjured. 

He  was  a  man  of  tremendous  physical  strength,  and  with  a 
constitution  that  appeared  able  to  withstand  anything  till  he 
ruined  it  by  excessive  drinking.  He  was  so  devoted  to  sport 
of  some  kind  or  other  that  nothing  came  amiss  to  him,  riding 
his  horse  upstairs,  riding  a  bear  into  his  drawing-room,  crawl- 
ing after  wild  ducks  on  the  snow  and  ice  stripped  to  his  shirt, 
or  shooting  rats  with  a  rifle.  Several  of  these  stories  we 
heard  told  by  the  people  we  met,  but  there  were  many  others 
of  a  nature  which  could  not  be  printed,  and  which  referred  to 
the  latter  part  of  his  life,  when  his  wife  had  left  him,  and  he 
had  entered  on  that  downhill  course  of  reckless  dissipation 
that  culminated  in  his  ruin  and  death. 

Never  was  there  a  more  glaring  example  of  a  man  of 
exceptional  physical  and  mental  qualities  being  ruined  by  the 
inheritance  of  great  wealth  and  by  a  life  of  pleasure  and 
excitement.    Brought  up  from  childhood  on  a  great  estate 


172 


MY  LIFE 


which  he  soon  learnt  would  be  his  own;  surrounded  by 
servants  and  flatterers,  by  horses  and  dogs,  and  seeing  that 
hunting,  racing,  and  shooting  were  the  chief  interests  and 
occupations  of  those  around  him;  with  an  intense  vitality 
and  superb  physique, — who  can  wonder  at  his  after  career? 
At  school  he  was  allowed  £400  a  year,  and  it  is  said  spent 
iSoo — alone  enough  to  demoralize  any  youth  of  his  dis- 
position; and  as  a  natural  sequence  he  was  expelled,  first 
from  Westminster  and  then  from  Harrow.  He  was  then 
placed  with  a  private  tutor  for  a  year.  He  entered  at  both 
Universities  but  matriculated  at  neither;  and  when  nineteen 
became  a  comet  in  the  7th  Hussars,  which  he  joined  in 
France  with  the  army  of  occupation  after  Waterloo.  He 
quitted  the  army  when  of  age,  and  settled  at  Halston. 

Such  having  been  his  early  life  it  would  seem  almost  impos- 
sible that  he  could  have  profited  much  by  his  very  fragmentary 
education;  yet  his  biographer  assures  us  that  he  had  a  fair 
amount  of  classical  knowledge,  and  throughout  life  would 
quote  Greek  and  Latin  authors  with  surprising  readiness, 
and,  moreover,  would  quote  them  correctly,  and  always  knew 
when  he  made  a  mistake,  repeating  the  passage  again  and 
again  till  he  had  it  correct.  Several,  examples  are  given 
when,  in  his  later  years,  he  quoted  passages  from  Sophocles 
and  Homer  to  illustrate  his  own  domestic  and  personal  mis- 
fortunes. But  besides  these  literary  tastes  he  was  a  man 
remarkable  for  many  lovable  characteristics  and  especially 
for  a  real  sympathy  for  the  feelings  of  others.  After  being 
arrested  at  Calais  on  bills  he  had  accepted  in  favour  of  a 
person  with  whom  he  had  had  some  dealings,  as  soon  as  he 
was  released  from  prison  by  his  solicitor  paying  the  debt,  he 
called  upon  his  former  creditor,  not  to  upbraid  him,  but  to 
walk  with  him  arm-in-arm  through  the  town,  in  order  that  the 
affair  might  not  injure  the  creditor's  character,  he  being  a 
professional  man.  As  his  biographer  says,  few  finer  instances 
of  generosity  and  good  feeling  are  on  record.  It  was  this 
aspect  of  his  character  that  led  to  his  being  so  universally 
loved  that  three  thousand  persons  attended  his  funeral,  with 
every  mark  of  respect. 


SHROPSHIRE  AND  JACK  MYTTON  173 

Here  was  a  man  whose  qualities  both  of  mind  and  body- 
might  have  rendered  him  a  good  citizen,  a  happy  man,  and  a 
cause  of  happiness  to  all  around  him,  but  whose  nature  was 
perverted  by  bad  education  and  a  wholly  vicious  environment. 
And  such  examples  come  before  us  continuously,  exciting 
little  attention  and  no  serious  thought.  A  few  years  back  we 
had  the  champion  plunger,  who  got  rid  of  near  a  million  in  a 
very  short  time;  and  within  the  last  few  years  we  have  had 
in  the  bankruptcy  court  a  young  nobleman  of  historic  lineage 
and  great  estates;  also,  a  youth  just  come  into  a  fortune  of 
ii2,ooo,  who,  while  an  undergraduate  at  Oxford,  gave  £5000 
for  four  race-horses,  which  he  had  never  seen,  on  the  word  of 
the  seller  about  whom  he  knew  nothing,  spent  over  a  thousand 
in  training  them,  and  in  another  year  or  two  had  got  rid  of 
the  last  of  his  thousands  besides  incurring  a  considerable 
amount  of  debt.  But  nobody  seems  to  think  that  the  great 
number  of  such  cases  always  occurring,  and  which  are 
probably  increasing  with  the  increasing  numbers  of  great 
fortunes,  really  indicates  a  thoroughly  rotten  social  system. 

How  often  we  hear  the  remark  upon  such  cases,  "  He  is 
nobody's  enemy  but  his  own."  But  this  is  totally  untrue, 
and  every  such  spendthrift  is  really  a  worse  enemy  of  society 
than  the  professional  burglar,  because  he  lives  in  the  midst 
of  an  ever-widening  circle  of  parasites  and  dependents,  whose 
idleness,  vice,  and  profligacy  are  the  direct  creation  of  his 
misspent  wealth.  He  is  not  only  vicious  himself,  but  he  is  a 
cause  of  vice  in  others.  Perhaps  worse  even  than  the  vice  is 
the  fact  that  among  his  host  of  dependents  are  many  quite 
honest  people,  who  live  by  the  salaries  they  receive  from  him 
or  the  dealings  they  have  with  him,  and  the  self-interest  of 
these  leads  them  to  look  leniently  upon  the  whole  system 
which  gives  them  a  livelihood.  Innumerable  vested  interests 
thus  grow  up  around  all  such  great  estates,  and  the  more 
wastefully  the  owner  spends  his  income  the  better  it  seems  to 
be  for  all  the  tradesmen  and  mechanics  in  the  district.  But 
the  fundamental  evil  is  the  kind  of  sanctity  we  attach  to 
property,  however  accumulated  and  however  spent.  Hence 
no  real  reform  is  ever  suggested;  and  those  who  go  to  the 


174 


MY  LIFE 


root  of  the  matter  and  see  that  the  evil  is  in  the  very  fact  of 
inheritance  itself,  are  scouted  as  socialists  or  something  worse. 
The  inability  of  ordinary  political  and  social  writers  to  follow 
out  a  principle  is  well  shown  in  this  matter.  It  is  only  a  few 
years  since  Mr.  Benjamin  Kidd  attracted  much  attention  to 
the  principle  of  "  equality  of  opportunity  "  as  the  true  basis 
of  social  reform,  and  many  of  the  more  advanced  political 
writers  at  once  accepted  it  as  a  sound  principle  and  one  that 
should  be  a  guide  for  our  future  progress.  Herbert  Spencer, 
too,  in  his  volume  on  "  Justice,"  lays  down  the  same  principle, 
stating,  as  "  the  law  of  social  justice  "  that  "  each  individual 
ought  to  receive  the  benefits  and  evils  of  his  own  nature  and 
consequent  conduct;  neither  being  prevented  from  having 
whatever  good  his  actions  normally  bring  him,  nor  allowed  to 
shoulder  ofiP  on  to  other  persons  whatever  ill  is  brought  to 
him  by  his  actions."  This,  too,  has,  so  far  as  I  am  aware 
never  been  criticised  or  objected  to  as  unsound,  and,  in  fact, 
the  arguments  by  which  it  is  supported  are  unanswerable. 
Yet  no  one  among  our  politicians  or  ethical  wTiters  has  openly 
adopted  these  principles  as  a  guide  for  conduct  in  legislation, 
or  has  even  seen  to  what  they  inevitably  lead.  Stranger  still, 
neither  Mr.  Kidd  nor  Herbert  Spencer  followed  out  their 
own  principle  to  its  logical  conclusion,  which  is,  the  absolute 
condemnation  of  unequal  inheritance.  Herbert  Spencer  even 
declares  himself  in  favour  of  inheritance  as  a  necessary 
corollary  of  the  right  of  property  rightfully  acquired;  and  he 
devotes  a  chapter  to  "  The  Rights  of  Gift  and  Bequest." 
But  he  apparently  did  not  see,  and  did  not  discuss  the  effect 
of  this  in  neutralizing  his  "  law  of  social  justice,"  which  it 
does  absolutely.  I  have  myself  fully  shown  this  in  a  chapter 
on  "  True  Individualism :  the  Essential  Preliminary  of  a  Real 
Social  Advance  "  in  my  "  Studies  Scientific  and  Social." 

It  is  in  consequence  of  not  going  to  the  root  of  the  matter, 
and  not  following  an  admitted  principle  to  its  logical  conclu- 
sion, that  the  idea  prevails  that  it  is  only  the  misuse  of  wealth 
that  produces  evil  results.  But  a  little  consideration  will 
show  us  that  it  is  the  inheritance  of  wealth  that  is  wrong 
in  itself,  and  that  it  necessarily  produces  evil.    For  if  it  is 


SHROPSHIRE  AND  JACK  MYTTON  175 


right,  it  implies  that  inequality  of  opportunity  is  right,  and 
that  "  the  law  of  social  justice "  as  laid  down  by  Herbert 
Spencer  is  not  a  just  law.  It  implies  that  it  is  right  for  one 
set  of  individuals,  thousands  or  millions  in  number,  to  be  able 
to  pass  their  whole  lives  without  contributing  anything  to  the 
well-being  of  the  community  of  which  they  form  a  part,  but 
on  the  contrary  keeping  hundreds,  or  perhaps  thousands,  of 
their  fellow  men  and  women  wholly  engaged  in  ministering 
to  their  wants,  their  luxuries,  and  their  amusements.  Taken 
as  a  whole,  the  people  who  thus  live  are  no  better  in  their 
nature — ph3'Sical,  moral,  or  intellectual — than  other  thousands 
who,  having  received  no  such  inheritance  of  accumulated 
wealth,  spend  their  whole  lives  in  labour,  often  under  exhaust- 
ing, unhealthful,  and  life-shortening  conditions,  to  produce  the 
luxuries  and  enjoyments  of  others,  but  of  which  they  them- 
selves rarely  or  more  often  never  partake.  Even  leaving  out 
of  consideration  the  absolute  vices  due  to  wealth  on  the  one 
hand  and  to  poverty  on  the  other,  and  supposing  both  classes 
to  pass  fairly  moral  lives,  who  can  doubt  that  both  are 
injured  morally,  and  that  both  are  actually,  though  often 
unconsciously,  the  causes  of  ever-widening  spheres  of  de- 
moralization around  them?  If  there  is  one  set  of  people 
who  are  tempted  by  their  necessities  to  prey  upon  the  rich, 
there  is  a  perhaps  more  extensive  class  who  are  in  the  same 
way  driven  to  prey  upon  the  poor.  And  it  is  the  very 
system  that  produces  and  encourages  these  terrible  inequali- 
ties that  has  also  led  to  the  almost  incredible  result,  that 
the  ever-increasing  power  of  man  over  the  forces  of  nature, 
especially  during  the  last  hundred  years,  while  rendering 
easily  possible  the  production  of  all  the  necessaries,  comforts, 
enjoyments,  and  wholesome  luxuries  of  life  for  every  indi- 
vidual, have  yet,  as  John  Stuart  Mill  declared,  "  not 
diminished  the  toil  of  any  worker,"  but  even,  as  there  is 
ample  evidence  to  prove,  has  greatly  increased  the  total  mass 
of  human  misery  and  want  in  every  civilized  country  in  the 
world. 

And  yet  our  rulers  and  our  teachers — the  legislature,  the 
press,  and  the  pulpit  alike — shut  their  eyes  to  all  this  terrible 


176 


MY  LIFE 


demoralization  in  our  midst,  while  devoting  all  their  energies 
to  increasing  our  already  superfluous  and  injurious  wealth- 
accumulations,  and  in  compelling  other  peoples,  against  their 
will,  to  submit  to  our  ignorant  and  often  disastrous  rule.  As 
the  great  Russian  teacher  has  well  said,  "  They  will  do  any- 
thing rather  than  get  off  the  people's  backs."  And  we,  who 
adopt  the  principles  of  those  great  thinkers  whom  all  delight 
to  honour — Ruskin  and  Spencer — and  urge  the  adoption  of 
"  equality  of  opportunity  " — of  equal  education,  equal  nurture, 
an  equal  start  in  life — for  all  (implying  the  abolition  of  all 
inequality  of  inheritance)  as  the  one  Great  Reform  which 
will  alone  render  all  other  reforms — all  general  social  advance 
— possible,  are  either  quietly  ignored  as  idle  dreamers,  or 
openly  declared  to  be  "  enemies  of  society." 

These  few  remarks  and  ideas  have  been  suggested  to  me 
by  the  life  and  death  of  Jack  Mytton,  and  I  trust  that  some 
of  my  readers  may  follow  them  up  for  the  good  of  humanity. 


CHAPTER  XIII 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH 

It  was  late  in  the  autumn  of  1841  that  we  finally  bade  adieu 
to  Kington  and  the  wild  but  not  very  picturesque  Radnor- 
shire mountains  for  the  more  varied  and  interesting  country 
of  Glamorgan.  I  have  no  distinct  recollection  of  our  journey, 
but  I  believe  it  was  by  coach  through  Hay  and  Brecon  to 
Merthyr  Tydvil,  and  thence  by  chaise  to  Neath.  One  solitary 
example  of  the  rhyming  letters  I  used  to  write  has  been 
preserved,  giving  my  younger  brother  Herbert  an  account  of 
our  journey,  of  the  country,  and  of  our  work,  of  which, 
though  very  poor  doggerel,  a  sample  may  be  given.  After  a 
few  references  to  family  matters,  I  proceed  to  description. 

"From  Kington  to  this  place  we  came 
By  many  a  spot  of  ancient  fame, 

But  now  of  small  renown, 
O'er  many  a  mountain  dark  and  drear, 
And  vales  whose  groves  the  parting  year 

Had  tinged  with  mellow  brown; 
And  as  the  morning  sun  arose 
New  beauties  round  us  to  disclose, 

We  reached  fair  Brecon  town; 
Then  crossed  the  Usk,  my  native  stream, 

A  river  clear  and  bright, 
Which  showed  a  fair  and  much-lov'd  scene 

Unto  my  lingering  sight." 

We  had  to  go  to  Glamorganshire  to  partially  survey  and 
make  a  corrected  map  of  the  parish  of  Cadoxton-juxta- 
Neath,  which  occupies  the  whole  northern  side  of  the  Neath 
valley  from  opposite  the  town  of  Neath  to  the  boundary  of 
the  county  at  Pont-Nedd-Fychan,  a  distance  of  nearly  fifteen 

177 


178 


MY  LIFE 


miles,  with  a  width  varying  from  two  to  three  miles,  the 
boundary  running  for  the  most  part  along  the  crest  of  the 
mountains  that  bound  the  valley  on  the  northwest.  We 
lodged  and  boarded  at  a  farmhouse  called  Bryn-coch  (Red 
Hill),  situated  on  a  rising  ground  about  two  miles  north  of 
the  town.    The  farmer,  David  Rees,  a  rather  rough,  stout 
Welshman,  was  also  bailiff  of  the  Duffryn  estate.    His  wife 
could  not  speak  a  word  of  English,  but  his  two  daughters 
spoke  it  very  well,  with  the  pretty  rather  formal  style  of 
those  who  have  first  learnt  it  at  school.    Here  we  stayed  more 
than  a  year,  living  plainly  but  very  well,  and  enjoying  the 
luxuries    of   home-made   bread,    fresh    butter    and  eggs, 
unlimited  milk  and  cream,  with  cheese  made  from  a  mixture  of 
cow's  and  sheep's  milk,  having  a  special  flavour,  which  I  soon 
got  very  fond  of.    In  this  part  of  Wales  it  is  the  custom  to 
milk  the  ewes  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  making  this  cheese, 
which  is  very  much  esteemed.    Another  delicacy  we  first 
became  acquainted  with  here  was  the  true  Welsh  flummery, 
called  here     sucan  blawd  "  (steeped  meal),  in  other  places 
"  Llumruwd "  (sour  sediment),  whence  our  English  word 
"  flummery."    It  is  formed  of  the  husks  of  the  oatmeal 
roughly  sifted  out,  soaked  in  water  till  it  becomes  sour,  then 
strained  and  boiled,  when  it  forms  a  pale  brown  sub-gelatinous 
mass,  usually  eaten  with  abundance  of  new  milk.    It  is  a  very 
delicious    and  very  nourishing  food,  and  frequently  forms 
the  supper  in  farmhouses.    Most  people  get  very  fond  of  it, 
and  there  is  no  dish  known  to  English  cookery  that  is  at  all 
like  it ;  but  I  believe  the  Scotch  "  sowens  "  is  a  similar  or 
identical  preparation.    This  dish,  with  thin  oatmeal  cakes, 
home-made  cheese,  bacon,  and  sometimes  hung  beef,  with 
potatoes  and  greens,  and  abundance  of  good  milk,  form  the 
usual  diet  of  the  Welsh  peasantry,  and  is  certainly  a  very 
wholesome  and  nourishing  combination.    We,  however,  had 
also  two  other  kinds  of  bread,  both  excellent,  especially  when 
made  from  new  wheat.    One  was  the  ordinary  huge  loaves 
of  farmhouse  bread,  the  other  what  was  called  backstone 
bread — large  flat  cakes  about  a  foot  in  diameter  and  an  inch 
thick,  baked  over  the  fire  on  a  large  circular  iron  plate 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  179 


(formerly  on  a  stone  or  slate,  hence  the  name  "bakestone  " 
or  "  backstone ").  This  is  excellent,  either  split  open  and 
buttered  when  hot,  or  the  next  day  cut  edgeways  into  slices 
of  bread-and-butter,  a  delicacy  fit  for  any  lady's  afternoon 
tea. 

A  little  rocky  stream  bordered  by  trees  and  bushes  ran 
through  the  farm,  and  was  one  of  my  favourite  haunts. 
There  was  one  little  sequestered  pool  about  twenty  feet  long 
into  which  the  water  fell  over  a  ledge  about  a  foot  high. 
This  pool  was  seven  or  eight  feet  deep,  but  shallowed  at  the 
further  end,  and  thus  formed  a  delightful  bathing-place. 
Ever  since  my  early  escape  from  drowning  at  Hertford,  I 
had  been  rather  shy  of  the  water,  and  had  not  learned  to 
swim;  but  here  the  distance  was  so  short  that  I  determined 
to  try,  and  soon  got  to  enjoy  it  so  much  that  every  fine  warm 
day  I  used  to  go  and  plunge  head  first  off  my  ledge  and  swim 
in  five  or  six  strokes  to  the  shallow  water.  In  this  very 
limited  sphere  of  action  I  gained  some  amount  of  confidence 
in  the  water,  and  afterwards  should  probably  have  been  able 
to  swim  a  dozen  or  twenty  yards,  so  as  to  reach  the  bank  of 
a  moderate-sized  river,  or  sustain  myself  till  some  neighbour- 
ing boat  came  to  my  assistance.  But  I  have  never  needed 
even  this  moderate  amount  of  effort  to  save  my  life,  and 
have  never  had  either  the  opportunity  or  inclination  to 
become  a  practised  swimmer.  This  was  partly  due  to  a 
physical  deficiency  which  I  was  unable  to  overcome.  My 
legs  are  unusually  long  for  my  height,  and  the  bones  are 
unusually  large.  The  result  is  that  they  persistently  sink 
in  the  water,  bringing  me  into  a  nearly  vertical  position,  and 
their  weight  renders  it  almost  impossible  to  keep  my  mouth 
above  water.  This  is  the  case  even  in  salt  water,  and  being 
also  rather  deficient  in  strength  of  muscle,  I  became  disin- 
clined to  practise  what  I  felt  to  be  beyond  my  powers. 

The  parish  being  so  extensive  we  had  to  stay  at  many 
different  points  for  convenience  of  the  survey,  and  one  of 
these  was  about  five  miles  up  the  Dulais  valley,  where  we 
stayed  at  a  small  beershop  in  the  hamlet  of  Crynant.  I  was 
often  here  alone  for  weeks  together,  and  saw  a  good  deal  of 


i8o  MY  LIFE 

the  labourers  and  farmers,  few  of  whom  could  speak  any 
English.  The  landlady  here  brewed  her  own  beer  in  very 
primitive  fashion  in  a  large  iron  pot  or  cauldron  in  the  wash- 
house,  and  had  it  ready  for  sale  in  a  few  days — a  rather  thick 
and  sweetish  liquor,  but  very  palatable.  The  malt  and  hops 
were  bought  in  small  quantities  as  wanted,  and  brewing  took 
place  weekly,  or  even  oftener,  when  there  was  a  brisk  demand. 

In  my  bedroom  there  was  a  very  large  old  oak  chest, 
which  I  had  not  taken  the  trouble  to  look  in,  and  one  morn- 
ing very  early  I  heard  my  door  open  very  slowly  and  quietly. 
I  wondered  what  was  coming.  A  man  came  in,  cautiously 
looking  to  see  if  I  was  asleep.  I  wondered  if  he  was  a  robber 
or  a  murderer,  but  lay  quite  still.  He  moved  very  slowly  to 
the  big  chest,  lifted  the  lid,  put  in  his  arm,  groped  about  a 
little,  and  then  drew  out  a  large  piece  of  hung  beef!  The 
chest  contained  a  large  quantity  bedded  in  oatmeal.  My  mind 
was  relieved,  and  I  slept  on  till  breakfast  time. 

A  young  Englishman  who  was  a  servant  in  a  gentleman's 
house  near  used  to  come  to  the  beershop  occasionally,  and 
would  sometimes  give  me  local  information  or  interpret  for 
me  with  the  landlady  when  no  one  else  was  at  home.  He 
seemed  to  speak  Welsh  quite  fluently,  yet  to  my  great  aston- 
ishment he  told  me  he  had  only  been  in  Wales  three  or 
four  months,  and  could  not  read  or  write.  He  said  he  picked 
up  the  language  by  constantly  talking  to  the  people,  and  I 
have  noticed  elsewhere  that  persons  who  are  thus  illiterate 
learn  languages  by  ear  w^ith  great  rapidity.  It  no  doubt 
arises  from  the  fact  that,  having  no  other  mental  occupations 
and  no  means  of  acquiring  information  but  through  conversa- 
tion, their  whole  mental  capacities  are  concentrated  on  the 
one  object  of  learning  to  speak  to  the  people.  Some  natural 
faculty  of  verbal  memory  must  no  doubt  exist,  but  when  this 
is  present  in  even  a  moderate  degree  the  results  are  often 
very  striking.  Somewhat  analogous  cases  are  those  of  teach- 
ing the  deaf  and  dumb  the  gesture  language,  lip-reading,  and 
even  articulate  speech  which  they  cannot  themselves  hear, 
and  the  still  more  marvellous  cases  of  Laura  Bridgeman 
and  Helen  Keller,  in  which  was  added  blindness,  so  that 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  i8i 


the  sense  of  touch  was  alone  available  for  receiving  ideas. 
The  effect  in  developing  the  mind  and  enabling  the  sufferers 
to  live  full,  contented,  and  even  happy  lives  has  been  most 
marvellous,  and  gives  us  a  wonderful  example  of  the  capacity 
of  the  mind  for  receiving  the  most  abstract  ideas  through  one 
sense  alone.  Such  persons,  without  proper  training,  would 
be  in  danger  of  becoming  idiotic  or  insane  from  the  absence 
of  all  materials  on  which  to  exercise  the  larger  portion  of 
their  higher  mental  faculties.  It  is  observed  that,  when  first 
being  taught  the  connection  of  arbitrary  signs  with  objects, 
they  are  docile  but  apathetic,  not  in  the  least  understanding 
the  purport  of  the  training.  But  after  a  time,  when  they 
perceive  they  are  acquiring  a  means  of  communicating  their 
own  wishes  and  even  ideas  to  others,  and  receiving  ideas 
and  knowledge  of  the  outer  world  from  them,  their  whole 
nature  seems  transformed,  and  the  acquisition  and  extension 
of  this  knowledge  becomes  the  great  object  and  the  great 
pleasure  of  their  lives.  It  seems  to  occupy  all  their  thoughts 
and  employ  all  their  faculties,  and  they  make  an  amount  of 
progress  which  astonishes  their  teachers  and  seems  quite 
incredible  to  persons  ordinarily  constituted.  It  gives  them, 
in  fact,  what  everyone  needs,  some  useful  or  enjoyable  occu- 
pation for  body  and  mind,  and  is  almost  equivalent  to 
furnishing  them  with  the  faculties  they  have  lost.  A  similar 
explanation  may  be  given  of  the  comparatively  rapid  acquisi- 
tion by  the  deaf  and  dumb  of  those  difficult  arts — lip- 
reading  by  watching  the  motion  of  the  lips  and  face  of  the 
speaker,  and  intelligible  speech  by  imitating  the  motions 
during  speech  of  the  lips,  tongue,  and  larynx  by  using  a 
combination  of  vision  and  touch.  These  give  them  new 
means  of  communication  with  their  fellows,  and  their  whole 
mental  powers  are  therefore  devoted  to  their  acquisition.  It 
is  a  new  employment  for  their  minds,  equivalent  to  a  new 
and  very  interesting  game  for  children,  and  under  such  con- 
ditions learning  becomes  one  of  their  greatest  pleasures. 
The  same  principle  applies  to  the  rapid  acquisition  of  a  new 
language  by  the  illiterate.  Being  debarred  from  reading  and 
writing,  all  their  intellectual  pleasures  depend  upon  converse 


MY  LIFE 


with  their  fellows,  and  thus  their  thoughts  and  wishes  are 
intensely  and  continuously  directed  to  the  acquisition  of  the 
means  of  doing  so. 

A  mile  further  up  the  valley  was  a  small  gentleman's  house 
with  about  a  hundred  and  fifty  acres  of  land  attached,  owned 
and  occupied  by  a  Mr.  Worthington,  his  wife  and  wife's  sister. 
They  had,  I  believe,  come  there  not  long  before  from  Devon- 
shire, and  being  refined  and  educated  people,  we  were  glad 
to  make  their  acquaintance,  and  soon  became  very  friendly. 
Mr.  Worthington  was  a  tall  and  rather  handsome  man 
between  fifty  and  sixty;  while  his  wife  was  perhaps  fifteen 
or  twenty  years  younger,  rather  under  middle  size  and  very 
quiet  and  agreeable ;  while  her  sister  was  younger,  smaller, 
and  more  lively.  They  lent  us  books  and  magazines,  and  we 
often  went  there  to  spend  the  evening.  I  do  not  think  our 
friend  knew  much  about  farming,  but  he  had  a  kind  of 
working  bailiff  and  two  or  three  labourers  to  cultivate  the 
land,  which,  however,  was  mostly  pasture.  The  place  is  called 
Gelli-duch-lithe,  the  meaning  of  which  is  obscure.  "  The 
grove  and  the  wet  moor"  is  not  inappropriate,  and  seems 
more  likely  than  any  connection  with  "  llaeth  "  (milk),  which 
implies  good  land  or  rich  pastures,  which  were  decidedly 
absent. 

Mr.  Worthington  was  an  eccentric  but  interesting  man.  He 
played  the  violin  beautifully,  and  when  in  the  humour  would 
walk  about  the  long  sitting-room  playing  and  talking  at 
intervals.  He  discussed  all  kinds  of  subjects,  mostly  personal, 
and  he  was,  I  think,  the  most  openly  egotistical  man  I  ever 
met,  and  I  have  met  many.  After  playing  a  piece  that  was 
one  of  his  favourites,  he  would  say  to  my  brother,  "  Was  not 
that  fine,  Mr.  Wallace?  There  are  not  many  amateurs  could 
play  in  that  style,  are  there? — or  professionals  either,"  he 
would  sometimes  add.  And  after  telling  some  anecdote  in 
which  he  was  the  principal  personage,  he  would  often  finish 
up  with,  "Don't  I  deserve  praise  for  that,  Mr.  Wallace?" 
On  one  occasion,  I  remember,  after  telling  us  of  how  he 
befriended  a  poor  girl  and  resisted  temptation,  he  concluded 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  183 

with,  "  Was  not  that  a  noble  act,  Mr.  Wallace  ?  "  to  which  we, 
as  visitors,  were,  of  course,  bound  to  assent  with  as  much 
appearance  of  conviction  as  we  could  manage  to  express. 
These  things  were  a  little  trying,  but  he  carried  them  off  so 
well,  so  evidently  believed  them  himself,  and  spoke  in  so 
earnest  and  dignified  a  manner,  that  had  we  been  more  inti- 
mate, and  could  have  permitted  ourselves  to  laugh  openly  at 
his  more  extravagant  outbursts,  we  should  have  had  a  more 
thorough  enjoyment  of  his  society. 

Of  course,  such  an  appreciation  of  his  own  merits  led  to 
his  taking  the  blackest  view  of  all  who  opposed  him,  and  thus 
led  to  what  was  in  the  nature  of  a  tragedy  for  his  wife  as  well 
as  for  himself,  and  one  in  which  we  had  to  bear  our  part. 
His  property  was  bounded  on  one  side  by  the  little  river 
Dulais,  which  wound  about  in  a  narrow  belt  of  level  pasture, 
and  in  places  appeared  to  have  changed  its  course,  leaving 
dry  channels,  which  were  occasionally  filled  during  floods.  It 
was  to  one  of  these  further  channels  that  our  friend  claimed 
that  his  property  extended,  founding  his  belief  on  the  evidence 
of  some  old  people  who  remembered  the  river  flowing  in  this 
channel,  some  of  whom  also  declared  that  the  cattle  and  sheep 
belonging  to  Gelli  used  to  graze  there.  He  would  talk  for 
hours  about  it,  maintaining  that  the  old  water-line  was  always 

the  boundary,  and  that  the  adjoining  landlord.  Lord   , 

was  trying  to  rob  him  by  the  power  of  his  wealth  and  influ- 
ence. The  whole  of  the  little  pieces  of  land  in  dispute  did  not 
amount  to  more  than  half  an  acre  and  were  not  worth  more 
than  a  few  pounds,  and  his  own  lawyer  tried  to  persuade  him 
that  the  issue  was  very  doubtful,  and  that  even  if  he  won,  the 
bits  of  land  were  not  worth  either  the  cost  or  the  worry.  But 
nothing  would  stop  him,  and  by  his  orders  an  act  of  trespass 
was  committed  on  the  land  to  which  he  thus  formally  laid 
claim,  and  after  much  correspondence  an  action  was  com- 
menced against  him  by  Lord   's  lawyers.    Then  we  were 

employed  to  make  a  plan  of  the  pieces  claimed,  and  the  case 
came  on  for  trial  at  the  Cardiff  Assizes. 

The  partner  of  the  London  solicitor  came  down  for  the 
case  and  engaged  one  of  the  most  popular  barristers,  the  best 


MY  LIFE 


having  been  secured  by  the  other  side.  Our  friend  was  per- 
suaded not  to  be  present,  and  I  was  engaged  to  attend  and 
take  full  notes  of  the  proceedings,  which  I  copied  out  in  the 
evening  and  sent  off  to  him.  I  stayed  at  a  hotel  with  the 
lawyer,  and  the  town  being  wery  crowded,  we  shared  the  same 
bedroom  and  had  our  meals  together.  He  was  by  no  means 
sanguine  of  success,  and  the  first  day's  proceedings  made  him 
less  so,  as  the  other  side  stated  that  they  had  documents 
that  proved  their  case,  and  intimated  that  the  defendant  knew 
it.  The  first  day  was  Friday  or  Saturday,  and  we  returned 
to  Gelli  till  the  Monday,  and  in  the  interval  there  occurred  a 
scene.  The  lawyer  felt  confident  that  his  client  had  not  pro- 
duced all  the  deeds  he  possessed  relating  to  the  estate,  and 
insisted  on  being  shown  every  single  document  or  he  would 
give  up  the  case.  Very  reluctantly  they  were  produced,  and 
after  a  close  examination  one  was  found  which  had  a  map 
of  the  farm  showing  the  boundary  as  claimed  by  the  other 
side.  The  lawyer  was  a  little  man  and  lame,  while  Mr. 
Worthington  was  tall,  erect,  and  defiant;  but  the  former 
stood  up,  and,  holding  the  document  in  his  hand,  blazed  out 
against  his  client.  "  Mr.  Worthington,"  he  said,  "  you  have 
behaved  scandalously,  foolishly,  almost  like  a  madman.  You 
have  deceived  your  own  lawyer,  and  put  him  in  the  wrong. 
You  have  denied  the  possession  of  documents  which  you  knew 
were  dead  against  your  claim.  Had  we  known  of  the  exist- 
ence of  this  deed  we  would  never  have  defended  your  case, 
and  if  I  were  acting  for  myself  alone  I  would  throw  it  up 

instantly.    But  Mr.   ,  my  partner,  is  an  old  friend  of 

yourself  and  your  family,  and  to  save  you  from  open  disgrace 
the  case  must  go  on  to  the  end.  But  I  tell  you  now,  you  will 
lose  it,  and  you  deserve  to  lose  it,  for  you  have  not  acted 
honourably  or  even  honestly." 

All  this  was  said  with  the  greatest  fire  and  energy,  and  Mr. 
Worthington  was,  for  the  first  time  in  my  experience,  com- 
pletely cowed.  He  vainly  tried  to  interpose  a  word,  to  dis- 
claim knowledge  of  the  importance  of  this  deed,  etc.,  but  the 
lawyer  shook  his  fist  at  him,  and  thoroughly  silenced  him. 
Finally,  he  told  him  that  he  should  now  act  without  consulting 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  185 


him,  and  if  Mr.  Worthington  interfered  in  any  way  he  would 
throw  up  the  case. 

It  turned  out  as  the  lawyer  expected.  The  other  side  had 
deeds  showing  the  same  boundary  as  that  which  Mr.  Worth- 
ington had  concealed.  Our  evidence  as  to  possession  was 
weak.  Our  counsel  appealed  to  the  jury  for  a  poor  man 
struggling  for  his  rights  against  the  power  of  wealth.  But 
the  judge  summed  up  against  us  on  the  evidence,  and  the 
other  side  won.  Mr.  Worthington  had  insisted  upon  hearing 
his  counsel's  speech,  which  evidently  gave  him  hopes,  and 
when  the  verdict  was  given  he  was  overwhelmed,  looked 
altogether  dazed,  and  I  thought  he  would  have  a  fit.  But 
we  got  him  at  once  out  of  court,  went  back  to  the  inn,  and 
as  soon  as  possible  drove  home  together.  As  soon  as  he 
recovered  himself  somewhat,  he  exclaimed,  "  My  counsel  was 
a  noble  fellow,  he  upheld  the  right;  but  we  had  an  unjust 
judge,  Mr.  Wallace."  I  forgot  to  mention  that  Mr.  Worth- 
ington wore  a  brown  curly  wig,  which  I  had  at  first  taken 
for  his  natural  hair,  and  when  he  was  much  excited  he  would 
suddenly  snatch  it  off  his  head,  when  he  looked  rather 
ludicrous.  The  costs  which  he  had  to  pay  were  very  heavy, 
and  he  had  to  sell  Gelli  to  pay  them,  and  soon  afterwards  left 
the  district  to  return  to  Devonshire.  I  fancy  he  had  before 
lost  a  good  deal  of  property,  and  this  last  misfortune  was 
almost  ruin.  After  they  left  I  do  not  think  we  ever  heard  of 
them  again,  though  my  brother  may  have  done  so. 

After  living  about  a  year  at  Bryn-coch  we  moved  a  little 
nearer  the  town  to  the  other  side  of  the  Clydach  river,  and 
lodged  with  an  old  colliery  surveyor,  Samuel  Osgood,  in  the 
employment  of  Mr.  Price,  of  the  Neath  Abbey  Iron  Works. 
The  house  was  an  old  but  roomy  cottage,  and  we  had  a  large 
bedroom  and  a  room  downstairs  for  an  office  and  living  room, 
while  Mr.  Osgood  had  another,  and  there  was  also  a  roomy 
kitchen.  A  tramway  from  some  collieries  to  the  works  ran  in 
front  of  the  house  at  a  little  distance,  and  we  had  a  good  view 
of  the  town  and  up  the  vale  of  Neath.  Behind  us  rose  the 
Drymau  Mountain,  nearly  seven  hundred  feet  above  us,  the 


i86 


MY  LIFE 


level  top  of  which  was  frequented  by  peewits,  and  whose  steep 
slopes  were  covered  with  trees  and  bushes.  Here  we  lived 
till  I  left  Neath  a  year  later,  and  were  on  the  whole  very 
comfortable,  though  our  first  experience  was  a  rather  trying 
one.  The  bedroom  we  occupied  had  been  unused  for  years, 
and  though  it  had  been  cleaned  for  our  use  we  found  that 
every  part  of  it,  bedstead,  floor,  and  walls,  in  every  crack  and 
cranny,  harboured  the  Cimex  lectularius,  or  bedbug,  which 
attacked  us  by  hundreds,  and  altogether  banished  sleep.  This 
required  prompt  and  thorough  measures,  and  my  brother  at 
once  took  them.  I  was  sent  to  the  town  for  some  ounces  of 
corrosive  sublimate;  the  old  wooden  bedstead  was  taken  to 
pieces,  and,  with  the  chairs,  tables,  drawers,  etc.,  taken  out- 
side. The  poison  was  dissolved  in  a  large  pailful  of  water, 
and  with  this  solution  by  means  of  a  whitewasher's  brush  the 
whole  of  the  floor  was  thoroughly  soaked,  so  that  the  poison 
might  penetrate  every  crevice,  while  the  walls  and  ceiling 
were  also  washed  over.  The  bedstead  and  furniture  were  all 
treated  in  the  same  way,  and  everything  put  back  in  its  place 
by  the  evening.  We  did  all  the  work  ourselves,  with  the 
assistance  of  Mrs.  Osgood  and  a  servant  girl,  and  so  effectual 
was  the  treatment  that  for  nearly  a  year  that  we  lived  there 
we  were  wholly  unmolested  by  insect  enemies. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Osgood  were  both  natives  of  the  ancient 
town  of  Bideford,  Devon,  which  they  continually  referred  to 
as  the  standard  of  both  manners  and  morality,  to  the  great 
disadvantage  of  the  Welsh.  They  were  both  old,  perhaps 
between  sixty  and  seventy,  and  thought  old  fashions  were  the 
best.  Mr.  Osgood  was  an  old-fashioned  surveyor,  and  was 
also  a  pretty  good  mechanic.  He  prided  himself  upon  his 
work,  upon  his  plans  of  the  colliery  workings,  and  especially 
upon  his  drawings,  which  were  all  copies  from  prints,  usually 
very  common  ones,  but  which  he  looked  upon  as  works  of 
high  art.  Among  these,  he  was  especially  proud  of  a  horse, 
in  copying  which  in  pen  and  ink  he  had  so  exaggerated  the 
muscular  development  that  it  looked  as  if  the  skin  had  been 
taken  off  to  exhibit  the  separate  muscles  for  anatomical  teach- 
ing.   It  was  a  powerful-looking  horse  in  the  attitude  of  a 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  187 


high-stepper,  but  so  exaggerated  and  badly  drawn  as  to  be 
almost  ludicrous.  It  was  framed  and  hung  in  his  room,  and 
he  always  called  visitors'  attention  to  it,  and  told  them  that 
Mr.  Price,  the  owner  of  the  collieries,  had  said  that  he  could 
never  get  a  horse  like  that  one,  as  if  this  were  the  highest 
commendation  possible  of  his  work. 

About  that  time  the  method  of  measuring  the  acreage  of 
fields  on  maps  by  means  of  tracing-paper  divided  into  squares 
of  one  chain  each,  with  a  beam-compass  to  sum  up  each  line 
of  squares,  had  recently  come  into  use  by  surveyors ;  and  Mr. 
Osgood  amused  himself  by  making  a  number  of  these  com- 
passes of  various  kinds  of  wood  nicely  finished  and  well 
polished,  rather  as  examples  of  his  skill  than  for  any  use  he 
had  for  them,  though  he  occasionally  sold  them  to  some  of 
the  local  surveyors.  He  had  these  all  suspended  vertically 
on  the  wall  instead  of  horizontally,  as  they  are  usually  placed, 
and  as  they  look  best.  While  we  were  one  day  admiring  the 
workmanship  of  an  addition  to  the  series,  he  remarked,  "  I 
dare  say  you  don't  know  why  I  hang  them  up  that  way; 
very  few  people  do."  Of  course,  we  acknowledged  we  did 
not  know.  "  Well,"  said  he,  "  it  is  very  important.  The  air 
presses  with  a  weight  of  fifteen  pounds  on  every  square  inch, 
and  if  I  hung  them  up  level  the  pressure  in  the  middle  would 
very  soon  bend  them,  and  they  would  be  spoilt."  My  brother 
knew  it  was  no  good  to  try  and  show  him  his  error,  so  merely 
said,  "  Yes,  that's  a  very  good  idea  of  yours,"  and  left  the  old 
man  in  the  happy  belief  that  he  was  quite  scientific  in  his 
methods.  My  brother  took  a  sketch  of  him  enjoying  his  pipe 
and  glass  of  toddy  of  an  evening,  which  was  a  very  good 
likeness,  and  which  is  here  reproduced. 

After  we  had  completed  the  survey  and  maps  of  Cadoxton, 
which  occupied  us  about  six  months,  we  had  not  much  to  do 
except  small  pieces  of  work  of  various  kinds.  One  of  these 
was  to  make  a  survey  and  take  soundings  of  the  river  between 
the  bridge  and  the  sea,  a  distance  of  three  or  four  miles,  for  a 
proposed  scheme  of  improving  the  navigation,  making  docks, 
etc.,  which  was  partly  carried  out  some  years  later.   We  also 


MY  LIFE 


had  a  little  architectural  and  engineering  work,  in  designing 
and  superintending  the  erection  of  warehouses  with  powerful 
cranes,  which  gave  me  some  insight  into  practical  building. 
To  assist  in  making  working  drawings  and  specifications,  my 
brother  had  purchased  a  well-known  work,  Bartholomew's 
"  Specifications  for  Practical  Architecture."  This  book, 
though  mainly  on  a  very  dry  and  technical  subject,  contained 
an  introduction  on  the  principles  of  Gothic  architecture  which 
gave  me  ideas  upon  the  subject  of  the  greatest  interest  and 
value,  and  which  have  enabled  me  often  to  form  an  inde- 
pendent judgment  on  modern  imitations  of  Gothic  or  of  any 
other  styles.  Bartholomew  was  an  enthusiast  for  Gothic, 
which  he  maintained  was  the  only  true  and  scientific  system 
of  architectural  construction  in  existence.  He  showed  how 
all  the  most  striking  and  ornamental  features  of  Gothic  archi- 
tecture are  essential  to  the  stability  of  a  large  stone-built 
structure — the  lofty  nave  with  its  clerestory  windows  and 
arched  roof;  the  lateral  aisles  at  a  lower  level,  also  with 
arched  roofs;  the  outer  thrust  of  these  arches  supported  by 
deep  buttresses  on  the  ground,  with  arched  or  flying  but- 
tresses above;  and  these  again  rendered  more  secure  by 
being  weighted  down  with  rows  of  pinnacles,  which  add  so 
much  to  the  beauty  of  Gothic  buildings.  He  rendered  his 
argument  more  clear  by  giving  a  generalized  cross-section  of 
a  cathedral,  and  drawing  within  the  buttresses  the  figure  of  a 
man,  with  outstretched  arms  pushing  against  the  upper  arches 
to  resist  their  outward  thrust,  and  being  kept  more  steady  by 
a  heavy  load  upon  his  head  and  shoulders  representing  the 
pinnacle.  This  section  and  figure  illuminated  the  whole  con- 
struction of  the  masterpieces  of  the  old  architects  so  clearly 
and  forcibly,  and  though  I  have  not  seen  the  book  since,  I 
have  never  forgotten  it.  It  has  furnished  me  with  a  standard 
by  which  to  judge  all  architecture,  and  has  guided  my  taste 
in  such  a  small  matter  as  the  use  of  stone  slabs  over  window 
openings  in  brick  buildings,  thus  concealing  the  structural 
brick  arch,  and  using  stone  as  a  beam,  a  purpose  for  which 
iron  or  wood  are  better  suited.  It  also  made  me  a  very 
severe  critic  of  modern  imitations  of  Gothic  in  which  we  often 


SAMUEL  OSGOOD 
(i-rom  a  sketch  by  W.  G.  Wallace.  1843) 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  189 


see  buttresses  and  pinnacles  for  ornament  alone,  when  the 
roof  is  wholly  of  wood  and  there  is  no  outward  thrust  to  be 
guarded  against ;  while  in  some  cases  we  see  useless  gargoyles, 
which  in  the  old  buildings  stretched  out  to  carry  the  water 
clear  of  the  walls,  but  which  are  still  sometimes  imitated 
when  the  water  is  carried  into  drains  by  iron  gutters  and 
water  pipes.  I  also  learnt  to  appreciate  the  beautiful  tracery 
of  the  large  circular  or  pointed  windows,  whose  harmonies 
and  well-balanced  curves  and  infinitely  varied  designs  are  a 
delight  to  the  eye;  while  in  most  modern  structures  the 
attempts  at  imitating  them  are  deplorable  failures,  being 
usually  clumsy,  unbalanced,  and  monotonous.  One  of  the 
very  few  modern  Gothic  buildings  in  which  the  architect  has 
caught  the  spirit  of  the  old  work  is  Barry's  Houses  of  Parlia- 
ment, which,  whether  in  general  effect  or  in  its  beautifully 
designed  details,  is  a  delight  to  the  true  lover  of  Gothic 
architecture.  My  brother  had  seen  the  exhibition  of  the  com- 
peting designs,  and  he  used  always  to  speak  of  the  unmis- 
takable superiority  of  Barry  over  all  the  others. 

Among  our  few  intellectual  friends  here  was  the  late 
Mr.  Charles  Hayward,  a  member  of  the  Society  of  Friends 
(commonly  called  Quakers),  as  were  Mr.  Price  of  Neath 
Abbey,  and  our  temporary  landlord,  Mr.  Osgood.  Mr.  Hay- 
ward  had  a  bookseller's  shop  in  the  town  combined  with  that 
of  a  chemist  and  druggist,  but  he  himself  lived  in  a  pretty 
cottage  about  half  a  mile  out  of  the  town,  where  he  had  two 
or  three  acres  of  land,  kept  a  cow,  and  experimented  in  agri- 
culture on  a  small  scale ;  while  his  partner,  Mr.  Hunt,  lived  at 
the  shop.  A  year  or  two  later  these  gentlemen  gave  up  the 
business  and  took  a  farm  from  Mr.  Talbot  of  Margam  Abbey, 
w^hich  they  farmed  successfully  for  some  years,  their  chemical 
knowledge  enabling  them  to  purchase  refuse  materials  from 
some  of  the  manufacturers  in  the  district  which  served  as 
valuable  manures.  Later,  Mr.  Hayward  took  a  larger  farm 
near  Dartmouth,  where  I  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  him 
after  my  return  from  the  East.  A  good  many  years  later, 
when  I  lived  at  Godalming,  he  was  again  my  neighbour,  as 
after  the  death  of  his  wife  he  came  to  live  with  his  nephew, 


190 


MY  LIFE 


C.  F.  Hayward,  Esq.,  a  well-known  London  architect,  who 
had  a  country  house  close  by  my  cottage.  Mr.  Hayward 
began  life  with  nothing  but  a  good  education,  industry,  and 
a  love  of  knowledge.  He  is  an  example  of  the  possibility 
of  success  in  farming  without  early  training  and  with  very 
scanty  capital.  Of  course,  the  period  was  a  good  one  for 
farmers,  but  it  was  not  everyone  who  could  have  made  even 
a  bare  living  under  such  unfavourable  conditions.  After  he 
came  to  live  at  Godalming,  when  over  seventy  years  of  age,  he 
began  to  exercise  his  hitherto  dormant  faculty  of  water- 
colour  drawing.  For  this  he  made  most  of  his  own  colours 
from  natural  pigments,  earthy  or  vegetable,  and  executed  a 
number  of  bold  and  effective  landscapes,  showing  that  if  he 
had  had  early  training  he  might  have  excelled  in  this  beautiful 
art.  Mr.  Hayward  was  among  my  oldest  and  most  esteemed 
friends. 

During  the  larger  portion  of  my  residence  at  Neath  we 
had  very  little  to  do,  and  my  brother  was  often  away,  either 
seeking  employment  or  engaged  upon  small  matters  of  busi- 
ness in  various  parts  of  the  country.  I  was  thus  left  a  good 
deal  to  my  own  devices,  and  having  no  friends  of  my  own 
age  I  occupied  myself  with  various  pursuits  in  which  I  had 
begun  to  take  an  interest.  Having  learnt  the  use  of  the 
sextant  in  surveying,  and  my  brother  having  a  book  on 
Nautical  Astronomy,  I  practised  a  few  of  the  simpler  observa- 
tions. Among  these  were  determining  the  meridian  by  equal 
altitudes  of  the  sun,  and  also  by  the  pole-star  at  its  upper  or 
lower  culmination;  finding  the  latitude  by  the  meridian 
altitude  of  the  sun,  or  of  some  of  the  principal  stars;  and 
making  a  rude  sundial  by  erecting  a  gnomon  towards  the 
pole.  For  these  simple  calculations  I  had  Hannay  and 
Dietrichsen's  Almanac,  a  copious  publication  which  gave 
all  the  important  data  in  the  Nautical  Almanac,  besides 
much  other  interesting  matter,  useful  for  the  astronomical 
amateur  or  the  ordinary  navigator.  I  also  tried  to  make  a 
telescope  by  purchasing  a  lens  of  about  two  feet  focus  at  an 
optician's  in  Swansea,  fixing  it  in  a  paper  tube  and  using  the 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  191 


eye-piece  of  a  small  opera  glass.  With  it  I  was  able  to 
observe  the  moon  and  Jupiter's  satellites,  and  some  of  the 
larger  star-clusters;  but,  of  course,  very  imperfectly.  Yet  it 
served  to  increase  my  interest  in  astronomy,  and  to  induce 
me  to  study  with  some  care  the  various  methods  of  construc- 
tion of  the  more  important  astronomical  instruments;  and 
it  also  led  me  throughout  my  life  to  be  deeply  interested  in 
the  grand  onward  march  of  astronomical  discovery. 

But  what  occupied  me  chiefly  and  became  more  and  more 
the  solace  and  delight  of  my  lonely  rambles  among  the  moors 
and  mountains,  was  my  first  introduction  to  the  variety,  the 
beauty,  and  the  mystery  of  nature  as  manifested  in  the  vege- 
table kingdom. 

I  have  already  mentioned  the  chance  remark  which  gave  me 
the  wish  to  know  something  about  wild  flowers,  but  nothing 
came  of  it  till  1841,  when  I  heard  of  and  obtained  a  shilling 
paper-covered  book  published  by  the  Society  for  the  Diffu- 
sion of  Useful  Knowledge,  the  title  of  which  I  forget,  but 
which  contained  an  outline  of  the  structure  of  plants  and  a 
short  description  of  their  various  parts  and  organs;  and  also 
a  good  description  of  about  a  dozen  of  the  most  common  of 
the  natural  orders  of  British  plants.  Among  these  were  the 
Cruciferse,  Caryophyllese,  Leguminosse,  Rosaceae,  Umbelliferae, 
Compositae,  Scrophularinese,  Labiat82,  Orchidese,  and  Glum- 
acese.  This  little  book  was  a  revelation  to  me,  and  for  a  year 
was  my  constant  companion.  On  Sundays  I  would  stroll  in 
the  fields  and  woods,  learning  the  various  parts  and  organs 
of  any  flowers  I  could  gather,  and  then  trying  how  many  of 
them  belonged  to  any  of  the  orders  described  in  my  book. 
Great  was  my  delight  when  I  found  that  I  could  identify  a 
Crucifer,  an  Umbellifer,  and  a  Labiate;  and  as  one  after  an- 
other the  different  orders  were  recognized,  I  began  to  realize 
for  the  first  time  the  order  that  underlies  all  the  variety  of 
nature.  When  my  brother  was  away  and  there  was  no  work 
to  do,  I  would  spend  the  greater  part  of  the  day  wandering 
over  the  hills  or  by  the  streams  gathering  flowers,  and  either 
determining  their  position  from  my  book,  or  coming  to  the 
conclusion  that  they  belonged  to  other  orders  of  which  I  knew 


192 


MY  LIFE 


nothing,  and  as  time  went  on  I  found  that  there  were  a  very 
large  number  of  these,  including  many  of  our  most  beautiful 
and  curious  flowers,  and  I  felt  that  I  must  get  some  other 
book  by  which  I  could  learn  something  about  these  also.  But 
I  knew  of  no  suitable  book,  I  did  not  even  know  that  any 
British  floras  existed,  and  having  no  one  to  help  me  I  was 
obliged  to  look  among  the  advertisements  of  scientific  or  edu- 
cational publications  that  came  in  my  way.  At  length,  soon 
after  we  came  to  Neath,  David  Rees  happened  to  bring  in 
an  old  number  of  the  Gardener's  Chronicle,  which  I  read  with 
much  interest,  and  as  I  found  in  it  advertisements  and  re- 
views of  books,  I  asked  him  to  bring  some  more  copies,  which 
he  did,  and  I  found  in  one  of  them  a  notice  of  the  fourth 
edition  of  Lindley's  "  Elements  of  Botany,"  which,  as  it  was 
said  to  contain  descriptions  of  all  the  natural  orders,  illus- 
trated by  numerous  excellent  woodcuts,  I  thought  would  be 
just  the  thing  to  help  me  on.  The  price,  10s.  6d.,  rather 
frightened  me,  as  I  was  always  very  short  of  cash;  but  hap- 
pening to  have  so  much  in  my  possession,  and  feeling  that  I 
must  have  some  book  to  go  on  with,  I  ordered  it  at  Mr.  Hay- 
ward's  shop. 

When  at  length  it  arrived,  I  opened  it  with  great  expecta- 
tions, which  were,  however,  largely  disappointed,  for  although 
the  larger  part  of  the  book  was  devoted  to  systematical  botany, 
and  all  the  natural  orders  were  well  and  clearly  described, 
yet  there  was  hardly  any  reference  to  British  plants — not  a 
single  genus  was  described,  it  was  not  even  stated  which 
orders  contained  any  British  species  and  which  were  wholly 
foreign,  nor  was  any  indication  given  of  their  general  distri- 
bution or  whether  they  comprised  numerous  or  few  genera 
or  species.  The  inclusion  of  all  the  natural  orders  and  the 
excellent  woodcuts  illustrating  many  of  them,  and  showing 
the  systematic  characters  by  dissections  of  the  flowers  and 
fruits,  were,  however,  very  useful,  and  enabled  me  at  once 
to  classify  a  number  of  plants  which  had  hitherto  puzzled  me. 
Still,  it  was  most  unsatisfactory  not  to  be  able  to  learn  the 
names  of  any  of  the  plants  I  was  observing,  so  one  day  I 
asked  Mr.  Hayward  if  he  knew  of  any  book  that  would  help 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  193 


me.  To  my  great  delight  he  said  he  had  Loudon's  "  Encyclo- 
paedia of  Plants,"  which  contained  all  the  British  plants,  and  he 
would  lend  it  to  me,  and  I  could  copy  the  characters  of  the 
British  species. 

I  therefore  took  it  home  to  Bryn-coch,  and  for  some  weeks 
spent  all  my  leisure  time  in  first  examining  it  carefully,  find- 
ing that  I  could  make  out  both  the  genus  and  the  species  of 
many  plants  by  the  very  condensed  but  clear  descriptions, 
and  I  therefore  copied  out  the  characters  of  every  British 
species  there  given.  As  Lindley's  volume  had  rather  broad 
margins,  I  found  room  for  all  the  orders  which  contained 
only  a  moderate  number  of  species,  and  copied  the  larger 
orders  on  sheets  of  thin  paper,  which  I  interleaved  at  the 
proper  places.  Having  at  length  completed  this  work  for 
all  the  flowering  plants  and  ferns,  and  also  the  genera  of 
mosses  and  the  main  divisions  of  the  lichens  and  fungi,  I 
took  back  the  volume  of  Loudon,  and  set  to  work  with 
increased  ardour  to  make  out  all  the  species  of  plants  I  could 
find.  This  was  very  interesting  and  quite  a  new  experience 
for  me,  and  though  in  some  cases  I  could  not  decide  to  which 
of  two  or  three  species  my  plant  belonged,  yet  a  considerable 
number  could  be  determined  without  any  doubt  whatever. 

This  also  gave  me  a  general  interest  in  plants,  and  a  cata- 
logue published  by  a  great  nurseryman  in  Bristol,  which  David 
Rees  got  from  the  gardener,  was  eagerly  read,  especially 
when  I  found  it  contained  a  number  of  tropical  orchids  of 
whose  wonderful  variety  and  beauty  I  had  obtained  some  idea 
from  the  woodcuts  in  Loudon's  Encyclopaedia.  The  first 
epiphytal  orchid  I  ever  saw  was  at  a  flower  show  in  Swansea, 
where  Mr.  J.  Dillwyn  Llewellyn  exhibited  a  plant  of  Epiden- 
drum  fragrans,  one  of  the  less  attractive  kinds,  but  which  yet 
caused  in  me  a  thrill  of  enjoyment  which  no  other  plant  in 
the  show  produced.  My  interest  in  this  wonderful  order  of 
plants  was  further  enchanced  by  reading  in  the  Gardeners 
Chronicle  an  article  by  Dr.  Lindley  on  one  of  the  London 
flower  shows,  where  there  was  a  good  display  of  orchids,  in 
which,  after  enumerating  a  number  of  the  species,  he  added, 
"  and  Dendrobium  Devonianum,  too  delicate  and  beautiful  for 


194 


MY  LIFE 


a  flower  of  earth."  This  and  other  references  to  and  descrip- 
tions of  them  gave  them,  in  my  mind,  a  weird  and  mysterious 
charm,  which  was  extended  even  to  our  native  species,  and 
which,  I  believe,  had  its  share  in  producing  that  longing  for 
the  tropics  which  a  few  years  later  was  satisfied  in  the  equa- 
torial forests  of  the  Amazon. 

But  I  soon  found  that  by  merely  identifying  the  plants  I 
found  in  my  walks  I  lost  much  time  in  gathering  the  same 
species  several  times,  and  even  then  not  being  always  quite 
sure  that  I  had  found  the  same  plant  before.  I  therefore 
began  to  form  a  herbarium,  collecting  good  specimens  and 
drying  them  carefully  between  drying  papers  and  a  couple 
of  boards  weighted  with  books  or  stones.  My  brother,  how- 
ever, did  not  approve  of  my  devotion  to  this  study,  even  though 
I  had  absolutely  nothing  else  to  do,  nor  did  he  suggest  any 
way  in  which  I  could  employ  my  leisure  more  profitably.  He 
said  very  little  to  me  on  the  subject  beyond  a  casual  remark, 
but  a  letter  from  my  mother  showed  me  that  he  thought  I 
was  wasting  my  time.  Neither  he  nor  I  could  foresee  that  it 
would  have  any  effect  on  my  future  life,  and  I  myself  only 
looked  upon  it  as  an  intensely  interesting  occupation  for  time 
that  would  be  otherwise  wasted.  Even  when  we  were  busy 
I  had  Sundays  perfectly  free,  and  used  then  to  take  long 
walks  over  the  mountains  with  my  collecting  box,  which  I 
brought  home  full  of  treasures.  I  first  named  the  species  as 
nearly  as  I  could  do  so,  and  then  laid  them  out  to  be  pressed 
and  dried.  At  such  times  I  experienced  the  joy  which  every 
discovery  of  a  new  form  of  life  gives  to  the  lover  of  nature, 
almost  equal  to  those  raptures  which  I  afterwards  felt  at 
every  capture  of  new  butterflies  on  the  Amazon,  or  at  the 
constant  stream  of  new  species  of  birds,  beetles,  and  butter- 
flies in  Borneo,  the  Moluccas,  and  the  Aru  Islands. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  my  ignorance  of  plants  at  this 
time  was  extreme.  I  knew  the  wild  rose,  bramble,  hawthorn, 
buttercup,  poppy,  daisy,  and  foxglove,  and  a  very  few  others 
equally  common  and  popular,  and  this  was  all.  I  knew  noth- 
ing whatever  as  to  genera  and  species,  nor  of  the  large  num- 
bers of  distinct  forms  related  to  each  other  and  grouped  into 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  195 


natural  orders.  My  delight,  therefore,  was  great  when  I  was 
now  able  to  identify  the  charming  little  eyebright,  the  strange- 
looking  cow-wheat  and  louse-wort,  the  handsome  mullein  and 
the  pretty  creeping  toad-flax,  and  to  find  that  all  of  them,  as 
well  as  the  lordly  foxglove,  formed  parts  of  one  great  natural 
order,  and  that  under  all  their  superficial  diversity  of  form 
there  was  a  similarity  of  structure  which,  when  once  clearly 
understood,  enabled  me  to  locate  each  fresh  species  with 
greater  ease.  The  Crucifers,  the  Pea  tribe,  the  Umbelliferse, 
the  Compositse,  and  the  Labiates  offered  great  difficulties, 
and  it  was  only  after  repeated  efforts  that  I  was  able  to  name 
with  certainty  a  few  of  the  species,  after  which  each  addi- 
tional discovery  became  a  little  less  difficult,  though  the  time 
I  gave  to  the  study  before  I  left  England  was  not  sufficient 
for  me  to  acquaint  myself  with  more  than  a  moderate  pro- 
portion of  the  names  of  the  species  I  collected. 

Now,  I  have  some  reason  to  believe  that  this  was  the  turn- 
ing-point of  my  life,  the  tide  that  carried  me  on,  not  to  for- 
tune, but  to  whatever  reputation  I  have  acquired,  and  which 
has  certainly  been  to  me  a  never-failing  source  of  much 
health  of  body  and  supreme  mental  enjoyment.  If  my 
brother  had  had  constant  work  for  me  so  that  I  never  had  an 
idle  day,  and  if  I  had  continued  to  be  similarly  employed 
after  I  became  of  age,  I  should  most  probably  have  become 
entirely  absorbed  in  my  profession,  which,  in  its  various  de- 
partments, I  always  found  extremely  interesting,  and  should 
therefore  not  have  felt  the  need  of  any  other  occupation  or 
study. 

I  know  now,  though  I  was  ignorant  of  it  at  the  time,  that 
my  brother's  life  was  a  very  anxious  one,  that  the  difficulty 
of  finding  remunerative  work  was  very  great,  and  that  he 
was  often  hard  pressed  to  earn  enough  to  keep  us  both  in  the 
very  humble  way  in  which  we  lived.  He  never  alluded  to 
this  that  I  can  remember,  nor  did  I  ever  hear  how  much  our 
board  and  lodging  cost  him,  nor  ever  saw  him  make  the 
weekly  or  monthly  payments.  During  the  seven  years  I  was 
with  him  I  hardly  ever  had  more  than  a  few  shillings  for 


196 


MY  LIFE 


personal  expenses ;  but  every  year  or  two,  when  I  went  home, 
what  new  clothes  were  absolutely  necessary  were  provided 
for  me,  with  perhaps  ten  shillings  or  a  pound  as  pocket  money 
till  my  next  visit,  and  this,  I  think,  was  partly  or  wholly  paid 
out  of  the  small  legacy  left  me  by  my  grandfather.  This 
seemed  very  hard  at  the  time,  but  I  now  see  clearly  that  even 
this  was  useful  to  me,  and  was  really  an  important  factor  in 
moulding  my  character  and  determining  my  work  in  life. 
Had  my  father  been  a  moderately  rich  man  and  had  he  supplied 
me  with  a  good  wardrobe  and  ample  pocket-money ;  had  my 
brother  obtained  a  partnership  in  some  firm  in  a  populous 
town  or  city,  or  had  he  established  himself  in  his  profession,  I 
might  never  have  turned  to  nature  as  the  solace  and  enjoy- 
ment of  my  solitary  hours,  my  whole  life  would  have  been 
differently  shaped,  and  though  I  should,  no  doubt,  have  given 
some  attention  to  science,  it  seems  very  unlikely  that  I  should 
have  ever  undertaken  what  at  that  time  seemed  rather  a  wild 
scheme,  a  journey  to  the  almost  unknown  forests  of  the  Ama- 
zon in  order  to  observe  nature  and  make  a  living  by  collecting. 

All  this  may  have  been  pure  chance,  as  I  long  thought  it 
was,  but  of  late  years  I  am  more  inclined  to  Hamlet's  belief, 
when  he  said — 

"  There's  a  divinity  that  shapes  our  ends, 
Rough-hew  them  how  we  will." 

Of  course  I  do  not  adopt  the  view  that  each  man's  life,  m  all 
its  details,  is  guided  by  the  Deity  for  His  special  ends.  That 
would  be,  indeed,  to  make  us  all  conscious  automata,  puppets 
in  the  hands  of  an  all-powerful  destiny.  But,  as  I  shall  show 
later  on,  I  have  good  reasons  for  the  belief  that,  just  as  our 
own  personal  influence  and  expressed  or  unseen  guidance  is 
a  factor  in  the  life  and  conduct  of  our  children,  and  even  of 
some  of  our  friends  and  acquaintances,  so  we  are  surrounded 
by  a  host  of  unseen  friends  and  relatives  who  have  gone 
before  us,  and  who  have  certain  limited  powers  of  influencing, 
and  even,  in  particular  cases,  almost  of  determining,  the 
actions  of  living  persons,  and  may  thus  in  a  great  variety  of 
indirect  ways  modify  the  circumstances  and  character  of  any 


GLAMORGANSHIRE:  NEATH  197 


one  or  more  individuals  in  whom  they  are  specially  interested. 
But  a  great  number  of  these  occurrences  in  everyone's  life 
are  apparently  what  we  term  chance,  and  even  if  all  are  so, 
the  conclusion  I  wish  to  lay  stress  upon  is  not  af¥ected.  It  is, 
that  many  of  the  conditions  and  circumstances  that  constitute 
our  environment,  though  at  the  time  they  may  seem  unfortu- 
nate or  even  unjust,  yet  are  often  more  truly  beneficial  than 
those  which  we  should  consider  more  favourable.  Some- 
times they  only  aid  in  the  formation  of  character;  sometimes 
they  also  lead  to  action  which  gives  scope  for  the  use  of  what 
might  have  been  dormant  or  unused  faculties  (as,  I  think, 
has  occurred  in  my  own  case)  ;  but  much  more  frequently 
they  seem  to  us  wholly  injurious,  leading  to  a  life  of  misery 
or  crime,  and  turning  what  in  themselves  are  good  faculties 
to  evil  purposes.  When  this  occurs  in  any  large  number  of 
cases,  as  it  certainly  does  with  us  now,  we  may  be  sure  that  it 
is  the  system  of  society  that  is  at  fault,  and  the  most  strenuous 
efforts  of  all  who  see  this  should  be  devoted,  not  to  the  mere 
temporary  alleviation  of  the  evils  due  to  it,  but  to  the  gradual 
modification  of  the  system  itself.  This  is  my  present  view. 
At  the  time  of  which  I  am  now  writing,  I  had  not  begun 
even  to  think  of  these  matters,  although  facts  which  I  now 
see  to  be  of  great  importance  in  connection  with  them  were 
being  slowly  accumulated  for  use  in  after  years. 


CHAPTER  XIV 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS 

It  was  during  the  time  that  I  was  most  occupied  out  of 
doors  with  the  observation  and  collection  of  plants  that  I 
began  to  write  down,  more  or  less  systematically,  my  ideas 
on  various  subjects  that  interested  me.  Three  of  these  early 
attempts  have  been  preserved  and  are  now  before  me.  They 
all  bear  dates  of  the  autumn  or  winter  of  1843,  when  I  was 
between  nineteen  and  twenty  years  of  age. 

One  of  these  is  a  rough  sketch  of  a  popular  lecture  on 
Botany,  addressed  to  an  audience  supposed  to  be  as  ignorant 
as  I  was  myself  when  I  began  to  observe  our  native  flowers. 
I  was  led  to  write  it,  partly  on  account  of  the  difficulties  I 
myself  had  felt  in  obtaining  the  kind  of  information  I  required, 
but  chiefly  on  account  of  a  lecture  I  had  attended  at  Neath 
by  a  local  botanist  of  some  repute,  and  which  seemed  to  me 
so  meagre,  so  uninteresting,  and  so  utterly  unlike  what  such 
a  lecture  ought  to  be,  that  I  wanted  to  try  if  I  could  not  do 
something  better.  The  lecture  in  question  consisted  in  an 
enumeration  of  the  whole  series  of  the  "  Linnaean  Classes  and 
Orders,"  stating  their  characters  and  naming  a  few  of  the 
plants  comprised  in  each.  It  was  illustrated  by  a  series  of 
coloured  figures  on  cards  about  the  size  of  ordinary  playing 
cards,  which  the  lecturer  held  up  one  after  the  other  to  show 
what  he  was  talking  about.  The  Linnaean  system  was  upheld 
as  being  far  the  most  useful  as  a  means  of  determining  the 
names  of  plants,  and  the  natural  system  was  treated  as  quite 
useless  for  beginners,  and  only  suited  for  experienced 
botanists. 

All  this  was  so  entirely  opposed  to  views  I  had  already 
formed,  that  I  devoted  a  large  portion  of  my  lecture  to  the 

198 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  199 


question  of  classification  in  general,  showing  that  any  classifi- 
cation, however  artificial,  was  better  than  none,  and  that 
Linnaeus  made  a  great  advance  when  he  substituted  generic 
and  specific  names  for  the  short  Latin  descriptions  of  species 
before  used,  and  by  classifying  all  known  plants  by  means  of 
a  few  well-marked  and  easily  observed  characters.  I  then 
showed  how  and  why  this  classification  was  only  occasionally, 
and  as  it  were  accidentally,  a  natural  one;  that  in  a  vast 
number  of  cases  it  grouped  together  plants  which  were 
essentially  unlike  each  other ;  and  that  for  all  purposes,  except 
the  naming  of  species,  it  was  both  useless  and  inconvenient. 
I  then  showed  what  the  natural  system  of  classification  really 
was,  what  it  aimed  at,  and  the  much  greater  interest  it  gave 
to  the  study  of  botany.  I  explained  the  principles  on  which 
the  various  natural  orders  were  founded,  and  showed  how 
often  they  gave  us  a  clue  to  the  properties  of  large  groups 
of  species,  and  enabled  us  to  detect  real  affinities  under  very 
diverse  external  forms. 

I  concluded  by  passing  in  review  some  of  the  best  marked 
orders  as  illustrating  these  various  features.  Although 
crudely  written  and  containing  some  errors,  I  still  think  it 
would  serve  as  a  useful  lecture  to  an  audience  generally 
ignorant  of  the  whole  subject,  such  as  the  young  mechanics 
of  a  manufacturing  town.  Its  chief  interest  to  me  now  is, 
that  it  shows  my  early  bent  towards  classification,  not  the 
highly  elaborate  type  that  seeks  to  divide  and  subdivide  under 
different  headings  with  technical  names,  rendering  the  whole 
scheme  difficult  to  comprehend,  and  being  in  most  cases  a 
hindrance  rather  than  an  aid  to  the  learner,  but  a  simple  and 
intelligible  classification  which  recognizes  and  defines  all  great 
natural  groups,  and  does  not  needlessly  multiply  them  on 
account  of  minute  technical  differences.  It  has  always 
seemed  to  me  that  the  natural  orders  of  flowering  plants 
afford  one  of  the  best,  if  not  the  very  best,  example  of  such 
a  classification. 

It  is  this  attraction  to  classification,  not  as  a  metaphysically 
complete  system,  but  as  an  aid  to  the  comprehension  of  a 
subject,  which  is,  I  think,  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  the  sue- 


200 


MY  LIFE 


cess  of  my  books,  in  almost  all  of  which  I  have  aimed  at  a 
simple  and  intelligible  rather  than  a  strictly  logical  arrange- 
ment of  the  subject-matter. 

Another  lecture,  the  draft  for  which  I  prepared  pretty 
fully,  was  on  a  rather  wider  subject — The  Advantages  of 
Varied  Knowledge — in  opposition  to  the  idea  that  it  was  better 
to  learn  one  subject  thoroughly  than  to  know  something  of 
many  subjects.  In  the  case  of  a  business  or  profession,  some- 
thing may  be  said  for  the  latter  view,  but  I  treated  it  as  a 
purely  personal  matter  which  led  to  the  cultivation  of  a 
variety  of  faculties,  and  gave  pleasurable  occupation  through- 
out life.  A  few  extracts  may,  perhaps,  be  permitted  from 
this  early  attempt.  Speaking  of  a  general  acquaintance  with 
history,  biography,  art,  and  science,  I  say,  "  There  is  an 
intrinsic  value  to  ourselves  in  these  varied  branches  of  knowl- 
edge, so  much  indescribable  pleasure  in  their  possession,  so 
much  do  they  add  to  the  enjoyment  of  every  moment  of  our 
existence,  that  it  is  impossible  to  estimate  their  value,  and  we 
would  hardly  accept  boundless  wealth,  at  the  cost,  if  it  were 
possible,  of  their  irrecoverable  loss.  And  if  it  is  thus  we  feel 
as  to  our  general  store  of  mental  acquirement,  still  more  do 
we  appreciate  the  value  of  any  particular  branch  of  study  we 
may  ardently  pursue.  What  pleasure  would  remain  for  the 
enthusiastic  artist  were  he  forbidden  to  gaze  upon  the  face 
of  nature,  and  transfer  her  loveliest  scenes  to  his  canvas?  or 
for  the  poet  were  the  means  denied  him  to  rescue  from 
oblivion  the  passing  visions  of  his  imagination  ?  or  to  the  chem- 
ist were  he  snatched  from  his  laboratory  ere  some  novel  ex- 
periment were  concluded,  or  some  ardently  pursued  theory 
confirmed?  or  to  any  of  us  were  we  compelled  to  forego 
some  intellectual  pursuit  that  was  bound  up  with  our  every 
thought?  And  here  we  see  the  advantage  possessed  by  him 
whose  studies  have  been  in  various  directions,  and  who  at 
different  times  has  had  many  different  pursuits,  for  whatever 
may  happen,  he  will  always  find  something  in  his  surround- 
ings to  interest  and  instruct  him." 

And  further  on,  as  illustrations  of  the  interest  in  common 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  201 


things  conferred  by  a  knowledge  of  the  elementary  laws  of 
physical  science,  I  remark — 

"  Many  who  marvel  at  the  rolling  thunder  care  not  to 
inquire  what  causes  the  sound  which  is  heard  when  a  tightly- 
fitting  cork  is  quickly  drawn  from  a  bottle,  or  when  a  whip  is 
cracked,  or  a  pistol  fired ;  and  while  they  are  struck  with  awe 
and  admiration  at  the  dazzling  lightning,  look  upon  the 
sparks  drawn  from  a  cat's  back  on  a  frosty  evening  and  the 
slight  crackle  that  accompanies  them  as  being  fit  only  to 
amuse  a  child;  yet  in  each  case  the  cause  of  the  trifling  and 
of  the  grand  phenomena  are  the  same.  He  who  has  extended 
his  inquiries  into  the  varied  phenomena  of  nature  learns  to 
despise  no  fact,  however  small,  and  to  consider  the  most 
apparently  insignificant  and  cornmon  occurrences  as  much  in 
need  of  explanation  as  those  of  a  grander  and  more  imposing 
character.  He  sees  in  every  dewdrop  trembling  on  the  grass 
causes  at  work  analogous  to  those  which  have  produced  the 
spherical  figure  of  the  earth  and  planets ;  and  in  the  beautiful 
forms  of  cr}^stallization  on  his  window-panes  on  a  frosty 
morning  he  recognizes  the  action  of  laws  which  may  also 
have  a  part  in  the  production  of  the  similar  forms  of  plants 
and  of  many  of  the  lower  animal  types.  Thus  the  simplest 
facts  of  everyday  life  have  to  him  an  inner  meaning,  and  he 
sees  that  they  depend  upon  the  same  general  laws  as  those 
that  are  at  work  in  the  grandest  phenomena  of  nature." 

I  then  pass  in  review  the  chief  arts  and  sciences,  showing 
their  inter-relations  and  unsolved  problems;  and  in  remark- 
ing on  the  Daguerreotype,  then  the  only  mode  of  photographic 
portraiture,  I  make  a  suggestion  that,  though  very  simple, 
has  not  yet  been  carried  out.    It  is  as  follows: — 

"  It  would  be  a  curious  and  interesting  thing  to  have  a  series 
of  portraits  taken  of  a  person  each  successive  year.  These 
would  show  the  gradual  changes  from  childhood  to  old  age 
in  a  very  striking  manner ;  and  if  a  number  of  such  series 
from  different  individuals  were  obtained,  and  a  brief  outline 
given  of  their  lives  during  each  preceding  year,  we  should 
have  materials  not  merely  for  the  curious  to  gaze  at,  but 
which  might  elucidate  the  problem  of  how  far  the  mind  reacts 


202 


MY  LIFE 


upon  the  countenance.  We  should  see  the  effects  of  pain  or 
pleasure,  of  idleness  or  activity,  of  dissipation  or  study,  and 
thus  watch  the  action  of  the  various  passions  of  the  mind  in 
modifying  the  form  of  the  body,  and  particularly  the  expres- 
sion of  the  features." 

Now  that  photography  is  so  widespread  and  so  greatly 
improved,  it  is  rather  curious  that  nothing  of  this  kind  has 
been  done.  Some  of  our  numerous  scientific  societies  might 
offer  to  take  such  photographs  of  any  of  their  members  who 
would  agree  to  be  taken  regularly,  and  would  undertake  to 
have  one  or  two  of  their  children  similarly  taken  till  they 
came  of  age,  and  also  to  prepare  a  very  short  record  each 
year  of  the  main  events  or  occupations  of  their  lives.  If  this 
were  widely  done  in  every  part  of  the  country,  a  most  inter- 
esting and  instructive  collection  of  those  series  which  were 
most  complete  would  be  obtained.  I  have  given  the  con- 
cluding passage  of  the  lecture  as  it  appears  in  the  rough  draft, 
which  never  got  rewritten. 

"  Can  we  believe  that  we  are  fulfilling  the  purpose  of  our 
existence  while  so  many  of  the  wonders  and  beauties  of  the 
creation  remain  unnoticed  around  us?  While  so  much  of 
the  mystery  which  man  has  been  able  to  penetrate,  however 
imperfectly,  is  still  all  dark  to  us?  While  so  many  of  the 
laws  which  govern  the  universe  and  which  influence  our  lives 
are,  by  us,  unknown  and  uncared  for?  And  this  not  because 
we  want  the  power,  but  the  will,  to  acquaint  ourselves  with 
them.  Can  we  think  it  right  that,  with  the  key  to  so  much 
that  we  ought  to  know,  and  that  we  should  be  the  better  for 
knowing,  in  our  possession,  we  seek  not  to  open  the  door,  but 
allow  this  great  store  of  mental  wealth  to  lie  unused,  pro- 
ducing no  return  for  us,  while  our  highest  powers  and  capa- 
cities rust  for  want  of  use? 

"  It  is  true  that  man  is  still,  as  he  always  has  been,  subject 
to  error;  his  judgments  are  often  incorrect,  his  beliefs  false, 
his  opinions  changeable  from  age  to  age.  But  experience  of 
error  is  his  best  guide  to  truth,  often  dearly  bought,  and, 
therefore,  the  more  to  be  relied  upon.  And  what  is  it  but 
the  accumulated  experience  of  past  ages  that  serves  us  as  a 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  203 

beacon  light  to  warn  us  from  error,  to  guide  us  in  the  way 
of  truth.  How  little  should  we  know  had  the  knowledge 
acquired  by  each  preceding  age  died  with  it!  How  blindly 
should  we  grope  our  way  in  the  same  obscurity  as  did  our 
ancestors,  pursue  the  same  phantoms,  make  the  same  fatal 
blunders,  encounter  the  same  perils,  in  order  to  purchase  the 
same  truths  whicH  had  been  already  acquired  by  the  same 
process,  and  lost  again  and  again  in  bygone  ages!  But  the 
wonder-working  press  prevents  this  loss ;  truths  once  acquired 
are  treasured  up  by  it  for  posterity,  and  each  succeeding  gen- 
eration adds  something  to  the  stock  of  acquired  knowledge, 
so  that  our  acquaintance  with  the  works  of  nature  is  ever 
increasing,  the  range  of  our  inquiries  is  extended  each  age, 
the  power  of  mind  over  matter  becomes,  year  by  year,  more 
complete.  Yet  our  horizon  ever  widens,  the  limits  to  our 
advance  seem  more  distant  than  ever,  and  there  seems  noth- 
ing too  noble,  too  exalted,  too  marvellous,  for  the  ever-in- 
creasing knowledge  of  future  generations  to  attain  to. 

"  Is  it  not  fitting  that,  as  intellectual  beings  with  such  high 
powers,  we  should  each  of  us  acquire  a  knowledge  of  what 
past  generations  have  taught  us,  so  that,  should  the  oppor- 
tunity occur,  we  may  be  able  to  add  somewhat,  however  small, 
to  the  fund  of  instruction  for  posterity  ?  Shall  we  not  then 
feel  the  satisfaction  of  having  done  all  in  our  power  to  improve 
by  culture  those  higher  faculties  that  distinguish  us  from  the 
brutes,  that  none  of  the  talents  with  which  we  may  have  been 
gifted  have  been  suffered  to  lie  altogther  idle?  And,  lastly, 
can  any  reflecting  mind  have  a  doubt  that,  by  improving  to 
the  utmost  the  nobler  faculties  of  our  nature  in  this  world, 
we  shall  be  the  better  fitted  to  enter  upon  and  enjoy  whatever 
new  state  of  being  the  future  may  have  in  store  for  us  ?  " 

These  platitudes  are  of  no  particular  interest,  except  as 
showing  the  bent  of  my  mind  at  that  period,  and  as  indicating 
a  disposition  for  discursive  reading  and  study,  which  has  been 
a  great  advantage  to  myself  and  which  has  enabled  me  to 
write  on  a  variety  of  subjects  without  committing  any  very 
grievous  blunders  (so  far  as  my  critics  have  pointed  out),  and 
with,  I  hope,  some  little  profit  to  my  readers. 


204 


MY  LIFE 


The  only  other  subject  on  which  I  attempted  to  write  at 
this  time  was  on  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Welsh 
peasantry  as  they  had  come  under  my  personal  observation 
in  Brecknockshire  and  Glamorganshire.  I  have  already  de- 
scribed how  I  came  to  take  some  interest  in  agriculture 
while  surveying  in  Bedfordshire,  and  the  adjacent  counties, 
and  this  interest  was  increased  by  a  careful  study  of  Sir 
Humphry  Davy's  "  Lectures  on  Agricultural  Chemistry, " 
which  I  met  with  soon  afterwards.  I  was,  therefore,  the 
better  able  to  compare  the  high  class  farming  of  the  home 
counties  with  that  of  the  ignorant  Welshmen,  under  all  the 
disadvantages  of  a  poor  soil  and  adverse  climate,  of  distant 
markets,  and  the  almost  entire  absence  of  what  the  English 
farmer  would  consider  capital. 

Having  lived  for  more  than  a  year  on  an  average  Welsh 
farm  at  Bryn-coch,  while  we  had  often  lodged  with  small 
farmers  and  labourers,  or  at  public-houses  whose  landlords 
almost  always  farmed  a  little  land,  I  got  to  know  a  good  deal 
about  their  ways,  and  adding  to  this  my  own  observation  of 
the  kind  of  land  they  had  to  farm,  and  the  difficulties  under 
which  they  laboured,  I  felt  inclined  to  write  a  short  account 
of  them  in  the  hope  that  I  might  perhaps  get  it  accepted  by 
some  magazine  as  being  sufficiently  interesting  for  publica- 
tion. I  wrote  it  out  fairly  with  this  intention,  and  two  years 
afterwards,  when  in  London,  I  took  it  to  the  editor  of  a  maga- 
zine (I  forget  which)  who  promised  to  look  over  it.  He 
returned  it  in  a  few  days  with  the  remark  that  it  seemed 
more  suited  for  an  agricultural  journal  than  for  a  popular 
magazine.  I  made  no  other  offer  of  it,  and  as  it  was  my 
first  serious  attempt  at  writing,  though  I  am  afraid  it  is  rather 
dull,  I  present  it  to  my  readers  as  one  of  the  landmarks  in 
my  literary  career.  I  may  add  that  I  have  recently  visited 
the  Upper  Vale  of  Neath,  and  renewed  my  acquaintance  with 
its  picturesque  scenery.  The  chief  differences  that  I  saw  are 
that  some  of  the  smaller  farm  houses  and  cottages  are  in  ruins, 
and  that  the  farms  seem  to  be  somewhat  larger.  Where  the 
ground  is  fairly  level  the  mowing  machine  is  now  used,  but  in 
the  condition  of  the  farm-yards  and  the  style  of  the  houses  I 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  205 


see  no  advance  whatever.  Some  of  the  old  customs  have 
vanished,  for  I  was  unable  to  obtain  any  flummery,  and  on  my 
inquiry  for  bake-stone  bread  I  found  that  it  was  now  rarely 
made.  A  cake  was,  however,  prepared  specially  for  me,  but 
being  made  of  white  American  flour  it  had  not  the  flavour  of 
that  which  I  used  so  much  to  enjoy  made  from  the  brown 
flour  of  home-grown  wheat. 


THE  SOUTH- WALES  FARMER 

Introductory  Remarks 

In  the  following  pages  I  have  endeavoured  to  give  a  correct  idea  of 
the  habits,  manners,  and  mode  of  life  of  the  Welsh  hill  farmer,  a  class 
which,  on  account  of  the  late  Rebecca  disturbances,  has  excited  much 
interest.  Having  spent  some  years  in  Radnorshire,  Brecknockshire, 
Glamorganshire,  and  other  parts  of  South  Wales,  and  been  frequently 
in  the  dwellings  of  the  farmers  and  country  people,  and  had  many 
opportunities  of  observing  their  customs  and  manners,  all  that  I  here 
mention  is  from  my  own  observation,  or  obtained  by  conversation  with 
the  parties.  I  have  taken  Glamorganshire  as  the  locality  of  most  of 
what  I  describe,  as  I  am  best  acquainted  with  that  part  and  the  borders 
of  Carmarthenshire,  where  the  recent  disturbances  have  been  most 
prominent. 

Whenever  there  is  any  great  difference  in  neighbouring  counties,  I 
have  noticed  it.  I  may  here  observe  that  in  Radnorshire  the  Welsh 
manners  are  in  a  great  measure  lost  with  the  language,  which  is  entirely 
English,  spoken  with  more  purity  than  in  many  parts  of  England,  with 
the  exception  of  those  parts  bordering  Cardiganshire  and  Brecknock- 
shire, where  the  Welsh  is  still  used  among  the  old  people,  the  River 
Wye,  which  is  the  boundary  of  the  latter  county  and  Radnorshire,  in 
its  course  between  Rhayader  Gwy  and  the  Hay,  also  separates  the  two 
languages.  On  the  Radnorshire  side  of  the  river  you  will  find  in  nine 
houses  out  of  ten  English  commonly  spoken,  while  directly  you  have 
crossed  the  river,  there  is  as  great  or  a  still  greater  preponderance  of 
Welsh.  In  the  country  a  few  miles  round  the  seaport  town  of  Swansea 
most  of  the  peculiarities  I  shall  mention  may  be  seen  to  advantage.  In 
the  east  and  south-eastern  parts  of  Glamorganshire,  called  the  Vale  of 
Glamorgan,  the  appearance  of  the  country  and  the  inhabitants  is  much 
more  like  those  of  England.    The  land  is  very  good  and  fertile,  agri- 


2o6 


MY  LIFE 


culture  is  much  attended  to  and  practised  on  much  better  principles. 
This  part,  therefore  (the  neighbourhood  of  the  towns  of  Cowbridge 
and  Cardiff),  is  excepted  from  the  following  remarks. 


The  South- Wales  Farmer:  His  Modes  of  Agriculture, 
Domestic  Life,  Customs,  and  Character. 

The  generality  of  mountain  farms  in  Glamorganshire  and  most  other 
parts  of  South  Wales  are  small,  though  they  may  appear  large  when 
the  number  of  acres  only  is  considered,  a  large  proportion  being  fre- 
quently rough  mountain  land.  On  the  average  they  consist  of  from 
twenty  to  fifty  acres  of  arable  land  in  fields  of  from  four  to  six,  and 
rarely  so  much  as  ten  acres ;  the  same  quantity  of  rough,  boggy,  bushy, 
rushy  pasture,  and  perhaps  as  much,  or  twice  as  much,  short-hay 
meadow,  which  term  will  be  explained  hereafter;  and  from  fifty  to 
five  hundred  acres  of  rough  mountain  pasture,  on  which  sheep  and 
cattle  are  turned  to  pick  up  their  living  as  they  can. 

Their  system  of  farming  is  as  poor  as  the  land  they  cultivate.  In  it 
we  see  all  the  results  of  carelessness,  prejudice,  and  complete  ignor- 
ance. We  see  the  principle  of  doing  as  well  as  those  who  went  before 
them,  and  no  better,  in  full  operation;  the  good  old  system  which 
teaches  us  not  to  suppose  ourselves  capable  of  improving  on  the  wis- 
dom of  our  forefathers,  and  which  has  made  the  early  polished  nations 
of  the  East  so  inferior  in  every  respect  to  us,  whose  reclamation  from 
barbarism  is  ephemeral  compared  with  their  long  period  of  almost 
stationary  civilization.  The  Welshman,  when  you  recommend  any 
improvement  in  his  operations,  will  tell  you,  like  the  Chinaman,  that 
it  is  an  "  old  custom,"  and  that  what  did  for  his  forefathers  is  good 
enough  for  him.  But  let  us  see  if  the  farmer  is  so  bad  as  this  mode  of 
doing  his  business  may  be  supposed  to  make  him.  In  his  farmyard  we 
find  the  buildings  with  broken  and  gaping  doors,  and  the  floors  of  the 
roughest  pitching.  In  one  corner  is  a  putrid  pond,  the  overflowings  of 
which  empty  themselves  into  the  brook  below.  Into  this  all  the  drain- 
ings  from  the  dungheaps  in  the  upper  part  of  the  yard  run,  and  thus, 
by  evaporation  in  summer  and  the  running  into  the  brook  in  winter, 
full  one-half  of  the  small  quantity  of  manure  he  can  obtain  (from  his 
cattle  spending  the  greater  part  of  their  time  on  the  mountain  and  in 
wet  bushy  pastures)  is  lost. 

The  management  of  his  arable  land  is  dreadfully  wasteful  and 
injurious.  Of  green  crops  (except  potatoes  can  be  so  called)  he  has 
not  the  slightest  idea,  and  if  he  takes  no  more  than  three  grain  crops 
off  the  land  in  succession,  he  thinks  he  does  very  well;  five  being  not 
uncommon.  The  first  and  principal  crop  is  wheat,  on  which  he  bestows 
all  the  manure  he  can  muster,  with  a  good  quantity  of  lime.    He  thus 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  207 


gets  a  pretty  good  crop.  The  next  year  he  gets  a  crop  of  barley  with- 
out any  manure  whatever,  and  after  that  a  crop  of  oats,  unmanured. 
He  then  leaves  the  field  fallow  till  the  others  have  been  treated  in  the 
same  manner,  and  then  returns  to  serve  it  thus  cruelly  again ;  first,  how- 
ever, getting  his  potato  crop  before  his  wheat.  Some,  after  the  third 
crop  (oats),  manure  the  land  as  well  as  they  can,  and  sow  barley  with 
clover,  which  they  mow  and  feed  off  the  second  year,  and  then  let  it 
remain  as  pasture  for  some  time;  others,  again,  have  three  crops  of 
oats  in  succession  after  the  wheat  and  barley,  and  thus  render  the 
land  utterly  useless  for  many  years. 

In  this  manner  the  best  crops  of  wheat  they  can  get  with  abundance 
of  manure,  on  land  above  the  average  quality,  is  about  twenty  bushels 
per  acre — ten  bushels  is,  however,  more  general,  and  sometimes  only 
seven  or  eight  are  obtained. 

The  rough  pastures  on  which  the  cattle  get  their  living  and  waste 
their  manure  a  great  part  of  the  time  consist  chiefly  of  various  species 
of  rushes  and  sedges,  a  few  coarse  grasses,  and  gorse  and  fern  on  the 
drier  parts.  They  are  frequently,  too,  covered  with  brambles,  dwarf 
willows,  and  alders. 

The  "short-hay  meadows,"  as  they  are  called,  are  a  class  of  lands 
entirely  unknown  in  most  parts  of  England;  I  shall,  therefore,  en- 
deavour to  describe  them. 

They  consist  of  large  undulating  tracts  of  lands  on  the  lower  slopes 
of  the  mountains,  covered  during  autumn,  winter,  and  spring  with  a 
very  short  brownish  yellow  wet  turf.  In  May,  June,  and  July  the 
various  plants  forming  this  turf  spring  up,  and  at  the  end  of  summer 
are  mown,  and  form  "  short-hay " ;  and  well  it  deserves  the  name,  for 
it  is  frequently  almost  impossible  to  take  it  up  with  a  hayfork,  in 
which  case  it  is  raked  up  and  gathered  by  armfuls  into  the  cars.  The 
produce  varies  from  two  to  six  hundredweight  per  acre;  four  may  be 
about  the  average,  or  five  acres  of  land  to  produce  a  ton  of  hay.  Dur- 
ing the  rest  of  the  year  it  is  almost  good  for  nothing.  It  is  astonish- 
ing how  such  stuff  can  be  worth  the  labour  of  mowing  and  making  it 
into  hay.  An  English  farmer  would  certainly  not  do  it,  but  the  poor 
Welshman  has  no  choice;  he  must  either  cut  his  short-hay  or  have  no 
food  for  his  cattle  in  the  winter;  so  he  sets  to,  and  sweeps  away  with 
his  scythe  a  breadth  which  would  astonish  an  English  mower. 

The  soil  which  produces  these  meadows  is  a  poor  yellow  clay  rest- 
ing on  the  rock;  on  the  surface  of  the  clay  is  a  stratum  of  peaty 
vegetable  matter,  sometimes  of  considerable  thickness  though  more 
generally  only  a  few  inches,  which  collects  and  retains  the  moisture 
in  a  most  remarkable  manner,  so  that  though  the  ground  should  have 
a  very  steep  slope  the  water  seems  to  saturate  and  cling  to  it  like  a 
sponge,  so  much  so  that  after  a  considerable  period  of  dry  weather, 
when,  from  the  burnt  appearance  of  the  surface,  you  would  imagine 


208 


MY  LIFE 


it  to  be  perfectly  free  from  moisture,  if  you  venture  to  kneel  or  lie 
down  upon  it  you  will  almost  instantly  be  wetted  to  the  skin. 

The  plants  which  compose  these  barren  slopes  are  a  few  grasses, 
among  which  are  the  sweet  vernal  grass  (Anthoxanthum  odoratum) 
and  the  crested  hair  grass  (Kceleria  cristata),  several  Cyperacese — 
species  of  carex  or  sedge  which  form  a  large  proportion,  and  the 
feathery  cotton  grass  (Eriophorum  vaginatiim) .  The  toad-rush  (/«»- 
cus  bufonius)  is  frequently  very  plentiful,  and  many  other  plants  of 
the  same  kind.  Several  rare  or  interesting  British  plants  are  here 
found  often  in  great  profusion.  The  Lancashire  asphodel  (Narthe- 
cium  ossifragum)  often  covers  acres  with  its  delicate  yellow  and  red 
blossoms.  The  spotted  orchis  (O.  maculata)  is  almost  universally 
present.  The  butterwort  (Pinguicula  vulgaris)  is  also  found  here,  and 
the  beautiful  little  pimpernel  (Anagallis  tenella).  The  louseworts 
(Pendicularis  sylvatica  and  P.  palustris),  the  melancholy  thistle  (Cin- 
cus  heterophylliis),  and  the  beautiful  blue  milkwort  {Poly gala  vul- 
garis), and  many  others,  are  generally  exceedingly  plentiful,  and 
afford  much  gratification  to  the  botanist  and  lover  of  nature. 

The  number  of  sheep  kept  on  these  farms  is  about  one  to  each 
acre  of  mountain,  where  they  live  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  being 
only  brought  down  to  the  pastures  in  the  winter,  and  again  turned  on 
the  mountain  with  their  lambs  in  the  spring.  One  hundred  acres  of 
pasture  and  "  short-hay  meadow "  will  support  from  thirty  to  forty 
cattle,  ten  or  a  dozen  calves  and  oxen  being  sold  each  year. 

The  farmers  are  almost  invariably  yearly  tenants,  consequently 
little  improvement  is  made  even  in  parts  which  could  be  much  bettered 
by  draining.  The  landlord  likes  to  buy  more  land  with  his  spare 
capital  (if  he  has  any)  rather  than  improve  these  miserable  farms, 
and  the  tenant  is  too  poor  to  lay  out  money,  or  if  he  has  it  will  not 
risk  his  being  obliged  to  leave  the  farm  or  pay  higher  rent  in  return 
for  his  permanently  improving  another  person's  land. 

The  hedges  and  gates  are  seldom  in  sufficiently  good  repair  to  keep 
out  cattle,  and  can  hardly  be  made  to  keep  out  mountain  sheep,  who 
set  them  completely  at  defiance,  nothing  less  than  a  six-foot  stone 
wall,  and  not  always  that,  serving  to  confine  them.  The  farmer  con- 
sequently spends  a  good  deal  of  his  time  in  driving  them  out  of  his 
young  clover  (when  he  has  any)  or  his  wheat.  He  is  also  constantly 
engaged  in  disputes,  and  not  infrequently  litigation,  with  his  neigh- 
bours, on  account  of  the  mutual  trespasses  of  their  stock. 

The  Welshman  is  by  no  means  sharp-sighted  when  his  cattle  are 
enjoying  themselves  in  a  neighbour's  field,  especially  when  the  master 
is  from  home,  otherwise  the  fear  of  the  "  pound  "  will  make  him  with- 
draw them  after  a  short  time. 

On  almost  every  farm  water  is  very  plentiful,  often  far  too  much 
so,  and  it  is  sometimes  run  over  a  meadow,  but  in  such  a  manner  as 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  209 


to  lose  one-half  of  the  advantage  which  might  be  derived  from  it.  The 
farmer  is  contented  with  merely  cutting  two  or  three  gaps  in  the 
watercourse  at  the  top,  from  which  the  water  flows  over  the  field  as 
it  best  can,  scarcely  wetting  some  parts  and  making  complete  pools  in 
others. 

Weeding  he  considers  quite  an  unnecessary  refinement,  fit  only  for 
those  who  have  plenty  of  money  to  waste  upon  their  fancies — except 
now  and  then,  when  the  weeds  have  acquired  an  alarming  preponder- 
ance over  the  crop,  he  perhaps  sets  feebly  to  work  to  extract  the  more 
prominent  after  they  have  arrived  at  maturity  and  the  mischief  is 
done.  His  potatoes  are  overrun  with  persicarias,  docks,  and  spurges; 
his  wheat  and  barley  with  corn  cockle,  corn  scabious,  and  knapweed, 
and  his  pastures  with  thistles,  elecampine,  etc.,  all  in  the  greatest  abun- 
dance. If  you  ask  him  why  he  leaves  his  land  in  such  a  disgraceful 
state,  and  try  to  impress  upon  him  how  much  better  crops  he  would 
have  if  he  cleared  it,  he  will  tell  you  that  he  does  not  think  they  do 
much  harm,  and  that  if  he  cleaned  them  this  year,  there  would  be  as 
many  as  ever  next  year,  and,  above  all,  that  he  can't  afiford  it,  asking 
you  where  he  is  to  get  money  to  pay  people  for  doing  it. 

The  poultry,  geese,  ducks,  and  fowls  are  little  attended  to,  being 
left  to  pick  up  their  living  as  well  as  they  can.  Geese  are  fattened  by 
being  turned  into  the  corn  stubble,  the  others  are  generally  killed  from 
the  yard.  The  fowls,  having  no  proper  places  to  lay  in,  are  not  very 
profitable  with  regard  to  eggs,  which  have  to  be  hunted  for  and  dis- 
covered in  all  sorts  of  places.  This  applies  more  particularly  to  Gla- 
morganshire, which  is  in  a  great  measure  supplied  with  eggs  and 
poultry  from  Carmarthenshire,  or  "  Sir  Gaer "  (pronounced  there 
gar)  as  it  is  called  in  Welsh,  where  they  manage  them  much  better. 

If  there  happens  to  be  in  the  neighbourhood  anyone  who  farms  on 
the  improved  English  system,  has  a  proper  course  of  crops,  with  tur- 
nips, etc.,  folds  his  sheep,  and  manages  things  in  a  tidy  manner,  it  is 
impossible  to  make  the  Welshman  believe  that  such  a  way  of  going 
on  pays ;  he  will  persist  that  the  man  is  losing  money  by  it  all  the  time, 
and  that  he  only  keeps  it  on  because  he  is  ashamed  to  confess  the  fail- 
ure of  his  new  method.  Even  should  the  person  go  on  for  many  years, 
to  all  appearance  prosperously  and  in  everybody  else's  eyes  making 
money  by  his  farm,  still  the  Welshman  will  declare  that  he  has  some 
other  source  from  which  he  draws  to  purchase  his  dear-bought  farm- 
ing amusement,  and  that  the  time  will  come  when  he  will  be  obliged 
to  give  it  up ;  and  though  you  tell  him  that  the  greater  part  of  the  land 
in  England  is  farmed  in  that  manner,  and  ask  him  whether  he  thinks 
they  can  all  be  foolish  enough  to  go  on  losing  money  year  after  year, 
he  is  still  incredulous,  says  that  he  knows  "  the  nature  of  farming,"  and 
that  such  work  as  that  can  never  pay.  While  the  ignorance  which  causes 
this  incredulity  exists,  it  is  evidently  a  difficult  task  to  improve  him. 


2IO 


MY  LIFE 


Domestic  Life,  Customs,  etc. 

The  house  is  a  tiled,  white-washed  edifice,  in  the  crevices  of  which 
wall  rue,  common  spleenwort,  and  yarrow  manage  generally  to  vege- 
tate, not\vithstanding  their  (at  the  very  least)  annual  coat  of  lime.  It 
consists  on  the  ground  floor  of  a  rather  large  and  very  dark  room, 
which  serves  as  kitchen  and  dining-room  for  the  family,  and  a  rather 
better  one  used  as  a  parlour  on  high  days  or  when  visitors  call;  this 
latter  frequently  serves  as  the  bedroom  of  the  master  and  mistress. 
The  kitchen,  which  is  the  theatre  of  the  Welsh  farmer's  domestic  life, 
has  either  a  clay  floor  or  one  of  very  uneven  stone  paving,  and  the 
ceiling  is  in  many  cases  composed  of  merely  the  floor  boards  of  the 
room  above,  through  the  chinks  of  which  everything  going  on  aloft 
can  be  very  conveniently  heard  and  much  seen.  The  single  window  is 
a  small  and  low  one,  and  this  is  rendered  almost  useless  by  the  dirti- 
ness of  the  glass,  some  window  drapery,  a  Bible,  hymn  book  and  some 
old  newspapers  on  the  sill,  and  a  sickly-looking  geranium  or  myrtle, 
which  seems  a  miracle  of  vital  tenacity  in  that  dark  and  smoky 
atmosphere.  On  one  side  may  be  discerned  an  oak  sideboard  bril- 
liantly polished,  on  the  upper  part  of  which  are  rows  of  willow  pattern 
plates  and  dishes,  in  one  corner  an  open  cupboard  filled  with  common 
gaudily-coloured  china,  and  in  the  other  a  tall  clock  with  a  handsome 
oak  case.  Suspended  from  the  ceiling  is  a  serious  impediment  to  up- 
right walking  in  the  shape  of  a  bacon  rack,  on  which  is,  perhaps,  a 
small  supply  of  that  article  and  some  dried  beef,  also  some  dried  herbs 
in  paper,  a  large  collection  of  walking  sticks,  and  an  old  gun.  In  the 
chimney  opening  a  coal  fire  in  an  iron  grate  takes  the  place  of  the  open 
hearth  and  smoky  peat  of  Radnorshire  and  other  parts.  A  long  sub- 
stantial oak  table,  extending  along  the  room  under  the  window,  an 
old  armchair  or  two,  a  form  or  bench  and  two  or  three  stools,  com- 
plete the  furniture  of  the  apartment.  From  the  rack  before  mentioned 
is  generally  suspended  a  piece  of  rennet  for  making  cheese,  and  over 
the  mantelpiece  is  probably  a  toasting-fork,  one  brass  and  two  tin  can- 
dlesticks, and  a  milk  strainer  with  a  hole  in  the  bottom  of  it;  on  the 
dresser,  too,  will  be  perceived  a  brush  and  comb  which  serve  for  the 
use  of  the  whole  family,  and  which  you  may  apply  to  your  own  head 
(if  you  feel  so  inclined)  without  any  fear  of  giving  offence. 

Upstairs  the  furniture  is  simple  enough :  two  or  three  plain  beds  in 
each  room  with  straw  mattresses  and  home-made  blankets,  sheets 
being  entirely  unknown  or  despised;  a  huge  oak  chest  full  of  oatmeal, 
dried  beef,  etc.,  with  perhaps  a  chest  of  drawers  to  contain  the  ward- 
robe; a  small  looking-glass  which  distorts  the  gazer's  face  into  a 
mockery  of  humanity;  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  fleas,  are  all  worth 
noticing.    Though  the  pigs  are  not  introduced  into  the  family  quite  so 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  211 

familiarly  as  in  Ireland,  the  fowls  seem  to  take  their  place.  It  is  noth- 
ing uncommon  for  them  to  penetrate  even  upstairs;  for  we  were  once 
ourselves  much  puzzled  to  account  for  the  singular  phenomenon  of 
finding  an  egg  upon  the  bed,  which  happened  twice  or  we  might  have 
thought  it  put  there  by  accident.  It  was  subsequently  explained  to  us 
that  some  persons  thought  it  lucky  for  the  fowls  to  lay  there:  the 
abundance  of  fleas  was  no  longer  a  mystery.  The  bed  in  the  parlour 
before  mentioned  serves,  besides  its  ostensible  use,  as  a  secret  cup- 
board, where  delicacies  may  be  secured  from  the  junior  members  of 
the  family.  I  have  been  informed  by  an  acquaintance  whose  veracity  I 
can  rely  on  (and  indeed  I  should  otherwise  find  no  difficulty  in  believ- 
ing it)  that  one  day,  being  asked  to  take  some  bread  and  cheese  in  a 
respectable  farmhouse,  the  wheat  bread  (a  luxury)  was  procured  from 
some  mysterious  part  of  the  bed,  either  between  the  blankets  or  under 
the  mattress,  which  my  informant  could  not  exactly  ascertain.  The 
only  assistants  in  the  labours  of  the  farm,  besides  the  sons  and  daugh- 
ters, is  generally  a  female  servant,  whose  duties  are  multifarious  and 
laborious,  including  driving  the  horses  while  ploughing  and  in  haytime, 
and  much  other  out-of-door  work.  If  you  enter  the  house  in  the 
morning,  you  will  probably  see  a  huge  brass  pan  on  the  fire  filled  with 
curdled  milk  for  making  cheese.  Into  this  the  mistress  dips  her  red 
and  not  particularly  clean  arm  up  to  the  elbow,  stirring  it  round  most 
vigorously.  Meals  seem  to  be  prepared  solely  for  the  men,  as  you  sel- 
dom see  the  women  sit  down  to  table  with  them.  They  will  either  wait 
till  the  others  have  done  or  take  their  dinner  on  their  laps  by  the  fire. 
The  breakfast  consists  of  hasty-pudding  or  oatmeal  porridge,  or  cheese 
with  thin  oatmeal  cakes  or  barley  bread,  which  are  plentifully  supplied 
at  all  meals,  and  a  basin  of  milk  for  each  person;  for  dinner  there  is 
perhaps  the  same,  with  the  addition  of  a  huge  dish  of  potatoes,  which 
they  frequently  break  into  their  basin  of  milk  or  eat  with  their  cheese; 
and  for  supper,  often  milk  with  flummery  or  "  siccan "  (pronounced 
shiccan).  As  this  is  a  peculiar  and  favourite  Welsh  dish,  I  will  de- 
scribe its  composition.  The  oat  bran  with  some  of  the  meal  left  in  it 
is  soaked  for  several  days  in  water  till  the  acetous  fermentation  com- 
mences; it  is  then  strained  off,  producing  a  thin,  starchy  liquid.  When 
wanted  for  use  this  is  boiled,  and  soon  becomes  nearly  of  the  consist- 
ence and  texture  of  blancmange,  of  a  fine  light  brown  colour  and  a 
peculiar  acid  taste  which,  though  at  first  disagreeable  to  most  persons, 
becomes  quite  pleasant  with  use.  This  is  a  dish  in  high  repute  with  all 
real  Welshmen.  Each  person  is  provided  with  a  basin  of  new  milk, 
cold,  and  a  spoon,  and  a  large  dish  of  hot  flummery  is  set  on  the  table, 
each  person  helping  himself  to  as  much  as  he  likes  (and  that  is  often 
a  great  deal),  putting  it  in  his  basin  of  milk;  and  it  is,  I  have  no  doubt, 
very  wholesome  and  nourishing  food.  I  must  mention  that  the  women, 
both  in  the  morning  and  evening  (and  frequently  at  dinner  too),  treat 


212 


MY  LIFE 


themselves  to  a  cup  of  tea,  which  is  as  universal  a  necessary  among 
the  fair  sex  here  as  in  other  parts  of  the  kingdom.  They  prefer  it,  too, 
without  milk,  which  they  say  takes  away  the  taste,  and  as  it  is  gener- 
ally made  very  weak,  that  may  be  the  case.  Once  or  twice  a  week  a 
piece  of  bacon  or  dry  beef  is  added  to  dinner  or  supper,  more  as  a 
relish  to  get  down  the  potatoes  than  as  being  any  food  in  itself.  The 
beef  in  particular  is  so  very  high-dried  and  hard  as  almost  to  defy  the 
carver's  most  strenuous  efforts.  The  flavour  is,  nevertheless,  at  times 
very  fine  when  the  palate  gets  used  to  it,  though  the  appearance  is  far 
from  inviting,  being  about  the  colour  and  not  far  from  the  hardness 
of  the  black  oak  table.  They  generally  keep  it  in  a  large  chest  in  oat- 
meal (which  was  before  mentioned).  Often,  when  lodging  at  a  little 
country  inn,  have  we,  when  just  awake  in  the  morning,  seen  one  of 
the  children  come  stealthily  into  the  room,  open  the  lid  of  the  huge 
chest,  climb  over  the  edge  of  it,  and,  diving  down,  almost  disappear 
in  its  recesses,  whence,  after  sundry  efforts  and  strainings,  he  has 
reappeared,  dragging  forth  a  piece  of  the  aforesaid  black  beef,  which 
is  obtained  thus  early  that  it  may  be  soaked  a  few  hours  before  boiling, 
to  render  it  more  submissive  to  the  knife. 

From  the  foregoing  particulars  it  will  be  seen  that  these  people  live 
almost  entirely  on  vegetable  food.  When  a  cow  or  a  pig  is  killed,  for 
a  day  or  two  they  luxuriate  on  fresh  meat;  but  this  is  the  exception, 
not  the  rule.  Herrings,  too,  they  are  fond  of  as  a  relish,  as  well  as 
cockles  and  other  indigestible  food;  but  neither  these  nor  the  beef  and 
bacon  can  be  considered  to  be  the  staple  food  of  the  peasantry,  which 
is,  in  one  form  or  another,  potatoes,  oatmeal,  bread,  cheese,  and  milk. 

The  great  consumption  of  oatmeal  produces,  as  might  be  expected, 
cutaneous  diseases,  though,  generally  speaking,  the  people  are  tolerably 
healthy.  They  have  a  great  horror  of  the  doctor,  whom  they  never  send 
for  but  when  they  think  there  is  some  great  danger.  So  long  as  the 
patient  is  free  from  pain  they  think  all  is  right.  They  have  not  the 
slightest  idea  of  what  an  invalid  ought  to  eat.  If  gruel  is  ordered,  they 
make  a  lumpy  oatmeal  pudding,  to  which,  however,  the  sick  man  will 
frequently  prefer  bread  and  cheese.  When  they  have  gone  on  in  this 
way  till  the  unhappy  individual  is  in  the  greatest  danger  and  the  med- 
ical attendant  insists  upon  his  directions  being  attended  to,  they  un- 
willingly submit;  and  if  the  patient  dies,  they  then  impute  it  entirely 
to  the  doctor,  and  vow  they  will  never  call  him  in  to  kill  people  again. 

As  in  most  rural  districts,  by  constant  inter-marriages  every  family 
has  a  host  of  relations  in  the  surrounding  country.  All  consider  it  their 
duty  to  attend  a  funeral,  and  almost  every  person  acquainted  with  the 
deceased  attends  as  a  mark  of  respect.  Consequently  the  funerals  are 
very  large,  often  two  or  three  hundred  persons,  and  when  the  corpse 
has  to  be  carried  a  distance,  most  of  them  come  on  horseback,  which, 
with  the  varied  colours  of  the  women's  dresses  and  the  solemn  sounds 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  213 


of  a  hymn  from  a  hundred  voices,  as  they  wend  their  way  along  some 
lonely  mountain  road,  has  a  most  picturesque  and  interesting  effect. 
This  large  company  generally  meet  at  the  house,  where  provisions  are 
ready  for  all  who  choose  to  partake  of  them.  The  well-known  beau- 
tiful custom  of  adorning  the  graves  with  flowers  and  evergreens  is 
much  practised. 

When  a  birth  takes  place  in  a  family  all  the  neighbours  and  rela- 
tions call  within  a  few  days  to  inquire  after  the  health  of  the  mother 
and  child,  and  take  a  cup  of  tea  or  bread  and  cheese,  and  everyone 
brings  some  present,  either  a  pound  of  sugar,  quarter  pound  of  tea, 
or  a  shilling  or  more  in  money,  as  they  think  best.  This  is  expected  to 
be  returned  when  the  givers  are  in  a  similar  situation. 

The  "  bidding,"  which  is  a  somewhat  similar  custom  at  a  marriage, 
is  not  quite  so  general,  though  it  is  still  much  used  in  Carmathenshire. 
When  a  young  couple  are  married  they  send  notice  to  all  their  friends, 
that  "on  a  day  named  they  intend  to  have  a  'bidding,'  at  which  they 
request  their  company,  with  any  donations  they  may  think  proper,  which 
will  be  punctually  returned  when  they  are  called  upon  on  a  similar 
occasion."  At  such  biddings  £20  or  £30  are  frequently  collected,  and 
sometimes  much  more,  and  as  from  various  causes  they  are  not  called 
upon  to  return  more  than  one-half,  they  get  half  the  sum  clear,  and  a 
loan  without  interest  of  the  other  half  to  commence  life  with. 

The  national  dress  or  costume  of  the  men  (if  ever  they  had  any)  is 
not  now  in  use;  that  of  the  women,  however,  is  still  very  peculiar. 
Both  use  principally  home-made  articles,  spinning  their  own  wool  and 
sending  it  to  the  factory  to  be  made  into  flannel  or  cloth.  They  also 
dye  the  wool  black  themselves,  using  in  the  operation  the  contents  of 
certain  well-known  domestic  utensils,  which  is  kept  stewing  over  the 
fire  some  days,  emitting  a  most  unsavoury  odour,  which,  however,  they 
assert  to  be  very  wholesome.  The  men  generally  wear  a  square  cut 
coat  of  home-made  pepper-and-salt  coloured  cloth,  waistcoat  and 
breeches  or  trousers  of  the  same,  and  a  round  low-crowned  hat;  or 
occasionally  fustian  trousers  and  gay  flannel  waistcoat  with  bright 
metal  buttons,  coloured  neckerchief,  home-knit  stockings  of  black 
sheep's  wool,  and  lace-up  boots.  Shirts  of  checked  coarse  flannel — 
cotton  shirts  and  sheets  being  considered  equally  luxurious.  One  of 
the  most  striking  parts  of  the  women's  dress  is  the  black  beaver  hat, 
which  is  almost  universally  worn  and  is  both  picturesque  and  becom- 
ing. It  is  made  with  a  very  high  crown,  narrowing  towards  the  top, 
and  a  broad,  perfectly  flat  brim,  thus  differing  entirely  from  any  man's 
hat.  They  frequently  give  thirty  shillings  for  one  of  these  hats,  and 
make  them  last  the  greater  part  of  their  lives.  The  body  dress  consists 
of  what  they  call  a  bedgown,  or  betcown,  as  it  is  pronounced,  which 
is  a  dress  made  quite  plain,  entirely  open  in  front  (like  a  gentleman's 
dressing  gown),  with  sleeves  a  little  short  of  the  elbow.    A  necessary 


214 


MY  LIFE 


accompaniment  to  this  is  an  apron,  which  ties  it  up  round  the  waist. 
The  bedgown  is  invariably  formed  of  what  they  call  flannel,  which  is 
a  stuff  formed  by  a  mixture  of  wool,  cotton,  and  sometimes  a  little 
silk.  It  is  often  striped  black  or  dark  blue,  or  brown  and  white,  with 
alternate  broad  and  narrow  stripes,  or  red  and  black,  but  more  fre- 
quently a  plaid  of  several  colours,  the  red  and  black  being  wool,  the 
white  or  blue  cotton,  and  often  a  narrow  yellow  stripe  of  silk,  made 
in  plaid  patterns  of  every  variety  of  size  and  colour.  The  apron  is 
almost  always  black-and-white  plaid,  the  only  variety  being  in  the 
form  and  size  of  the  pattern,  and  has  a  pretty  effect  by  relieving  the 
gay  colours  of  the  other  part  of  the  dress.  They  in  general  wear  no 
stays,  and  this,  with  the  constant  habit  of  carrying  burdens  on  the 
head,  produces  almost  invariably  an  upright  carriage  and  good  figure, 
though  rather  inclined  to  the  corpulency  of  Dutch  beauties.  On  their 
necks  they  usually  wear  a  gay  silk  kerchief  or  flannel  shawl,  a  neat 
white  cap  under  the  hat;  laced  boots  and  black  worsted  stockings  com- 
plete their  attire.  In  Carmarthenshire  a  jacket  with  sleeves  is  fre- 
quently worn  by  the  women,  in  other  respects  their  dress  does  not 
much  differ  from  what  I  have  described. 

The  women  and  girls  carry  (as  before  mentioned)  great  loads  upon 
their  heads,  fifty  or  sixty  pounds  weight,  and  often  much  more.  Large 
pitchers  (like  Grecian  urns)  of  water  or  milk  are  often  carried  for  long 
distances  on  uneven  roads,  with  both  hands  full  at  the  same  time. 
They  may  be  often  seen  turning  round  their  heads  to  speak  to  an 
acquaintance  and  tripping  along  with  the  greatest  unconcern,  but  never 
upsetting  the  pitcher.  The  women  are  almost  invariably  stout  and 
healthy  looking,  notwithstanding  their  hard  work  and  poor  living. 
These  circumstances,  however,  make  them  look  much  older  than  they 
really  are.  The  girls  are  often  exceedingly  pretty  when  about  fifteen 
to  twenty,  but  after  that,  hard  work  and  exposure  make  their  features 
coarse,  so  that  a  girl  of  five-and-twenty  would  often  be  taken  for  nearer 
forty. 

All,  but  especially  the  young  ones,  ride  most  fearlessly,  and  at 
fairs  they  may  be  seen  by  dozens  racing  like  steeple-chasers. 

Many  of  these  farmers  are  freeholders,  cultivating  their  own  land 
and  living  on  the  produce;  but  they  are  generally  little,  if  any,  better 
off  than  the  tenants,  leaving  the  land  in  the  same  manner,  thus  show- 
ing that  it  is  not  altogether  want  of  leases  and  good  landlords  that 
makes  them  so,  but  the  complete  ignorance  in  which  they  pass  their 
lives. 

All  that  I  have  hitherto  said  refers  solely  to  the  poorer  class, 
known  as  hill  farmers.  In  the  valleys  and  near  the  town  where  the 
land  is  better,  there  are  frequently  better  educated  farmers,  who  assim- 
ilate more  to  the  English  in  their  agricultural  operations,  mode  of 
living,  and  dress. 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  215 


In  all  the  mining  districts,  too,  there  is  another  class — the  colliers 
and  furnacemen,  smiths,  etc.,  who  are  as  different  from  the  farmers  in 
everything  as  one  set  of  men  can  be  from  another.  When  times  are 
good  their  wages  are  such  as  to  afford  them  many  luxuries  which  the 
poor  farmer  considers  far  too  extravagant.  Instead  of  living  on  vege- 
table diet  with  cheese  and  buttermilk,  they  luxuriate  on  flesh  and  fowl, 
and  often  on  game  too,  of  their  own  procuring.  But  in  their  dress  is 
the  greatest  difference.  The  farmer  is  almost  always  dressed  the  same, 
except  that  on  Sundays  and  market-day  it  is  newer.  But  the  difference 
between  the  collier  or  furnaceman  at  his  work — when  he  is  half  naked, 
begrimed  from  head  to  foot,  labouring  either  in  the  bowels  of  the  earth 
or  among  roaring  fires,  and  looking  more  like  demon  than  man — and  on 
holidays  dressed  in  a  suit  of  clothes  that  would  not  disgrace  an  English 
gentleman,  is  most  remarkable.  It  is  nothing  uncommon  to  see  these 
men  dressed  in  coat  and  trousers  of  Une  black  cloth,  elegant  waistcoat, 
fine  shirt,  beaver  hat,  Wellington  boots,  and  a  fine  silk  handkerchief  in 
his  pocket ;  and  instead  of  being  ridiculous,  as  the  clumsy  farmer  would 
be  in  such  a  dress,  wearing  it  with  a  quiet,  unconcerned,  and  gentle- 
manly air.  The  men  at  the  large  works,  such  as  Merthyr  Tydfil,  are 
more  gaudy  in  their  dress,  and  betray  themselves  much  more  quickly 
than  the  colliers  of  many  other  districts. 

It  is  an  undoubted  fact,  too,  that  the  persons  engaged  in  the  col- 
lieries and  iron  works  are  far  more  intellectual  than  the  farmers,  and 
pay  more  attention  to  their  own  and  their  children's  education.  Many 
of  them  indeed  are  well  informed  on  most  subjects,  and  in  every  respect 
much  more  highly  civilized  than  the  farmer. 

The  wages  which  these  men  get — in  good  times  £2  or  £3  per  week — 
prevents  them,  with  moderate  care,  from  being  ever  in  any  great  dis- 
tress. They  likewise  always  live  well,  which  the  poor  farmer  does  not, 
and  though  many  of  them  have  a  bit  of  land  and  all  a  potato  ground, 
the  turnpike  grievances,  poor-rates,  and  tithes  do  not  affect  them  as 
compared  with  the  farmers,  to  whom  they  are  a  grievous  burden,  mak- 
ing the  scanty  living  with  which  they  are  contented  hard  to  be  obtained. 

Their  rents,  too,  continue  the  same  as  when  their  produce  sold  for 
much  more  and  the  above-mentioned  taxes  were  not  near  so  heavy. 
The  consequence  is  that  the  poor  farmer  works  from  morning  to  night 
after  his  own  fashion,  lives  in  a  manner  which  the  poorest  English 
labourer  would  grumble  at,  and  as  his  reward,  perhaps,  has  his  goods 
and  stock  sold  by  his  landlord  to  pay  the  exorbitant  rent,  averaging  8s. 
or  los.  per  acre  for  such  land  as  I  have  described. 

Language,  Character,  etc. 

The  Welsh  farmer  is  a  veritable  Welshman.  He  can  speak  English 
but  very  imperfectly,  and  has  an  abhorrence  of  all  Saxon  manners  and 


2l6 


MY  LIFE 


innovations.  He  is  frequently  unable  to  read  or  write,  but  can  some- 
times con  over  his  Welsh  Bible,  and  make  out  an  unintelligible  bill ;  and 
if  in  addition  he  can  read  a  little  English  and  knows  the  four  first  rules 
of  arithmetic,  he  may  be  considered  a  well-educated  man.  The  women 
almost  invariably  neither  read  nor  write,  and  can  scarcely  ever  under- 
stand two  words  of  English.  They  fully  make  up  for  this,  however,  by 
a  double  share  of  volubility  and  animation  in  the  use  of  their  own  lan- 
guage, and  their  shrill  clear  voices  are  indications  of  good  health,  and 
are  not  unpleasant.  The  choleric  disposition  usually  ascribed  to  the 
Welsh  is,  I  think,  not  quite  correct.  Words  do  not  often  lead  to  blows, 
as  they  take  a  joke  or  a  satirical  expression  very  good  humouredly,  and 
return  it  very  readily.  Fighting  is  much  more  rarely  resorted  to  than  in 
England,  and  it  is,  perhaps,  the  energy  and  excitement  with  which  they 
discuss  even  common  topics  of  conversation  that  has  given  rise  to  the 
misconception.  They  have  a  ready  and  peculiar  wit,  something  akin  to 
the  Irish,  but  more  frequently  expressed  so  distantly  and  allegorically 
as  to  be  unintelligible  to  one  who  does  not  understand  their  modes  of 
thought  and  peculiarities  of  idioms,  which  latter  no  less  than  the  former 
they  retain  even  when  they  converse  in  English.  They  are  very  proud 
of  their  language,  on  the  beauty  and  expression  of  which  they  will 
sometimes  dilate  with  much  animation,  concluding  with  a  triumphant 
assertion  that  theirs  is  a  language,  while  the  English  is  none,  but 
merely  a  way  of  speaking. 

The  language,  though  at  times  guttural,  is,  when  well  spoken,  both 
melodious  and  impressive.  There  are  many  changes  in  the  first  letters 
of  words,  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  depending  on  what  happens  to  pre- 
cede them ;  m  and  b,  for  instance,  are  often  changed  into  /  (pronounced 
v),  as  melin  or  felin,  a  mill;  mel  or  fel,  honey.  The  gender  is  often 
changed  in  the  same  manner,  as  bach  (masculine),  fach  (feminine), 
small;  mawr  (m.),  fawr  (f.),  great.  The  mode  of  making  the  plural 
is  to  an  Englishman  rather  singular,  a  syllable  being  taken  off  instead 
of  being  added,  as  is  usually  the  case  with  us,  as  plentyn,  a  child ;  plant, 
children;  mochyn,  a  pig;  moch,  pigs.  But  in  other  cases  a  syllable  or 
letter  is  added. 

Their  preachers  or  public  speakers  have  much  influence  over  them. 
During  a  discourse  there  is  the  most  breathless  attention,  and  at  the 
pauses  a  universal  thrill  of  approbation.  Allegory  is  their  chief  spe- 
cialty, and  seems  to  give  the  hearers  the  greatest  pleasure,  and  the 
language  appears  well  fitted  for  giving  it  its  full  effect. 

As  might  be  expected  from  their  ignorance,  they  are  exceedingly 
superstitious,  which  is  rather  increased  than  diminished  in  those  who 
are  able  to  read  by  their  confining  their  studies  almost  wholly  to  the 
Bible.  The  forms  their  superstitions  take  are  in  general  much  the  same 
as  in  Scotland,  Ireland,  and  other  remote  parts  of  the  kingdom. 
Witches  and  wizards  and  white  witches,  as  they  are  called,  are  firmly 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  217 


believed  in,  and  their  powers  much  dreaded.  There  is  a  witch  within  a 
mile  of  where  I  am  now  writing  who,  according  to  report,  has  per- 
formed many  wonders.  One  man  who  had  offended  her  she  witched 
so  that  he  could  not  rise  from  his  bed  for  several  years,  but  was  at 
last  cured  by  inviting  the  witch  to  tea  and  making  friends  with  her. 
Another  case  was  of  a  man  driving  his  pig  to  market  when  the  witch 
passed  by.  The  pig  instantly  refused  to  move,  sat  up  on  its  hind  legs 
against  the  hedge  in  such  a  manner  as  no  pig  was  ever  seen  to  do 
before,  and,  as  it  could  not  be  persuaded  to  walk,  was  carried  home, 
where  it  soon  died.  These  and  dozens  of  other  similar  stories  are 
vouched  for  by  eye-witnesses,  one  of  whom  told  me  this.  A  still  more 
extraordinary  instance  of  the  woman's  supernatural  powers  must  be 
mentioned.  She  is  supposed  to  have  the  power  of  changing  herself 
into  different  shapes  at  pleasure,  that  of  a  hare  seeming  to  be  with  her, 
as  with  many  other  witches,  the  favourite  one,  as  if  they  delighted  in 
the  persecution  that  harmless  animal  generally  meets  with.  It  is  related 
that  one  day,  being  pursued  by  men  and  dogs  in  this  shape,  the  pur- 
suers came  to  a  coal  mine  the  steam  engine  of  which  was  in  full  work, 
bringing  up  coal.  The  witch-hare  jumped  on  to  the  woodwork  which 
supports  the  chains,  when  immediately  they  refused  to  move,  the  engine 
stopped,  pumps,  everything  remained  motionless,  and  amid  the  general 
surprise  the  witch  escaped.  But  the  pit  could  never  be  worked  again, 
the  pumps  and  the  engine  were  taken  away,  and  the  ruins  of  the  engine 
house  and  parts  of  the  other  machinery  are  now  pointed  out  as  an 
undoubted  and  visible  proof  of  the  witch's  power. 

The  witch,  being  aware  of  her  power  over  the  minds  of  the  people, 
makes  use  of  it  for  her  own  advantage,  borrowing  her  neighbours' 
horses  and  farming  implements,  which  they  dare  not  refuse  her. 

But  the  most  characteristic  and  general  superstition  of  this  part  of 
the  country  is  the  "  corpse  candle."  This  is  seen  in  various  shapes  and 
heard  in  various  sounds ;  the  normal  form,  from  which  it  takes  its  name, 
being,  however,  a  lighted  candle,  which  is  supposed  to  foretell  death,  by 
going  from  the  house  in  which  the  person  dies  along  the  road  where  the 
coffin  will  be  carried  to  the  place  of  burial.  It  is  only  a  few  of  the  most 
hardy  and  best  educated  who  dare  to  call  in  question  the  reality  of  this 
fearful  omen,  and  the  evidence  in  support  of  it  is  of  such  a  startling  and 
voluminous  character,  that  did  we  not  remember  the  trials  and  burn- 
ings and  tortures  for  witchcraft  and  demonianism,  and  all  the  other 
forms  of  superstition  in  England  but  a  few  years  ago,  it  would  almost 
overpower  our  common  sense. 

I  will  mention  a  few  cases  which  have  been  told  me  by  the  persons 
who  were  witnesses  of  them,  leaving  out  the  hundreds  of  more  marvel- 
lous ones  which  are  everywhere  to  be  heard  secondhand. 

A  respectable  woman,  in  a  house  where  we  lodged,  assured  us  that 
on  the  evening  before  one  of  her  children  died,  she  saw  a  lighted  candle 


2l8 


MY  LIFE 


moving  along  about  three  feet  from  th-e  ground  from  the  foot  of  the 
stairs,  across  the  room  towards  her,  that  it  came  close  up  to  her  apron 
and  then  vanished,  and  that  it  was  as  distinct  and  plainly  visible  as  the 
other  candles  which  were  in  the  room. 

Another  case  is  of  a  collier  who,  going  one  morning  into  the  pit 
before  any  of  the  other  men  were  at  work,  heard  the  coal  waggons 
coming  along,  although  he  knew  there  could  be  no  one  then  at  work. 
He  stood  still  at  the  side  of  the  passage,  the  waggons  came  along  drawn 
by  horses  as  usual,  a  man  he  knew  walking  in  front  and  another  at  the 
side,  and  the  dead  body  of  one  of  his  fellow  workmen  was  in  one  of  the 
waggons.  In  the  course  of  the  day  he  related  what  he  had  seen  to  some 
of  the  workmen  (one  of  whom  told  me  the  story),  declaring  his  belief 
that  the  man  whose  body  he  had  seen  would  meet  with  an  accident 
before  long.  About  a  year  afterwards  the  man  was  killed  by  an  accident 
in  the  pit.  The  two  men  seen  were  near  him,  and  brought  him  out  in 
the  waggon,  and  their  being  obliged  to  stop  at  the  particular  place  and 
every  other  circumstance  happened  exactly  as  had  been  described.  This 
is  as  the  story  was  told  me  by  a  man  who  declares  he  heard  the  prophecy 
and  saw  the  fulfilment  a  year  afterwards.  When  such  stories  are  told 
and  believed,  it  is,  of  course,  useless  arguing  against  the  absurdity  of  it. 
They  naturally  say  they  must  believe  their  own  senses,  and  they  are  not 
sufficiently  educated  to  appreciate  any  general  argument  you  may  put  to 
them.  There  seems  to  be  no  fixed  time  within  which  the  death  should 
follow  the  "candle"  (as  all  these  appearances  are  called),  and  there- 
fore when  a  person  sees  or  thinks  he  sees  anything  at  night,  he  sets  it 
down  as  corpse  candle,  and  by  the  time  he  gets  home  the  fright  has 
enlarged  it  into  something  marvellously  supernatural,  and  the  first 
corpse  that  happens  to  be  carried  that  way  is  considered  to  be  the  fulfil- 
ment of  it. 

There  is  a  general  belief  that  if  the  person  who  meets  a  candle  im- 
mediately lies  down  on  his  back,  he  will  see  the  funeral  procession  with 
every  person  that  will  be  present,  and  the  corpse  with  the  candle  in  his 
hand.  There  are  many  strongly  authenticated  instances  of  this.  One 
man,  on  lying  down  in  this  manner,  saw  that  it  was  himself  who  carried 
the  candle  in  his  hand.  He  went  home,  went  to  bed,  never  rose  from  it, 
but  died  in  a  week.  These  and  numberless  other  stories  of  a  similar 
character  foster  the  belief  in  these  uneducated  people;  indeed,  it  is  so 
general  that  you  can  hardly  meet  a  person  but  can  tell  you  of  several 
marvellous  things  he  has  seen  himself,  besides  hundreds  vouched  for  by 
his  neighbours. 

They  have  an  account  of  the  origin  of  this  warning  in  the  story  of  an 
ancient  Welsh  bishop,  who,  while  being  burnt  to  death  by  the  Catholics, 
declared  that  if  his  religion  was  true,  a  candle  should  precede  every 
death  in  the  Diocese  of  St.  Davids,  going  along  the  exact  road  the 
coffin  would  be  carried.    They  are  very  incredulous  when  you  tell 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  219 


them  that  these  corpse  candles  are  in  great  repute  in  Radnorshire,  which 
is  not  in  the  Diocese  of  St.  Davids,  and  that  there  are  the  same  appear- 
ances under  a  different  name  in  Ireland. 

A  celebrated  astrologer  or  conjurer,  as  he  is  called  in  Carmarthen- 
shire, is  a  living  proof  of  the  superstition  of  the  Welsh.  This  man  has 
printed  cards,  openly  professing  to  cast  nativities,  etc.,  of  one  of  which 
the  following  is  a  literal  copy: 

"  Nativities  Calculated, 

"In  which  are  given  the  general  transactions  of  the  native  through 
life,  viz.  Description  (without  seeing  the  person),  temper,  disposition, 
fortunate  or  unfortunate  in  their  general  pursuits.  Honour,  Riches, 
Journeys  and  Voyages,  success  therein,  and  what  places  best  to  travel  to 
or  reside  in;  Friends  and  Enemies,  Trade  or  Profession  best  to  follow 
and  whether  fortunate  in  speculations,  viz.  Lottery,  dealing  in  foreign 
markets,  &c.,  &c.,  &c. 

"  Of  Marriage,  if  to  marry : — The  description,  temper  and  disposi- 
tion of  the  person;  from  whence,  rich  or  poor,  happy  or  unhappy  in 
marriage,  &c.,  &c.,  &c.  Of  children,  whether  fortunate  or  not,  &c., 
&c.,  &c. 

"  Deducted  from  the  influence  of  the  Sun  and  Moon  with  the  Plan- 
etary Orbs  at  the  time  of  birth. 

"  Also  judgment  and  general  issue  in  sickness,  disease,  &c.  By 
Henry  Harries. 

"All  letters  addressed  to  him  or  his  father,  Mr.  John  Harries, 
Surgeon,  Cwrtycadno,  must  be  post  paid  or  will  not  be  received." 

He  is,  however,  most  generally  consulted  when  money,  horses,  sheep, 
etc.,  are  stolen.  He  then,  without  inquiring  the  time  of  birth  or  any 
other  particulars,  and  without  consulting  the  stars,  pretends  to  know 
who  they  are  and  what  they  come  for.  He  is,  however,  generally  not 
at  home,  and  his  wife  then  treats  them  well,  and  holds  them  in  conver- 
sation till  he  returns,  when  he  immediately  gives  them  some  particulars 
of  the  neighbourhood  they  live  in,  and  pretends  to  describe  the  person 
who  stole  the  goods  and  the  house  he  lives  in,  etc.,  and  endeavours  to 
frighten  the  thief  by  giving  out  that  he  will  mark  him  so  that  everybody 
shall  know  him.  In  some  few  cases  this  succeeds,  the  person,  fearful  of 
the  great  conjurer's  power,  returns  the  goods,  and  the  conjurer  then 
gets  great  credit.  In  other  cases  he  manages  to  tell  them  something 
which  they  cannot  tell  how  he  became  aware  of,  and  then  even  if  noth- 
ing more  is  heard  of  the  goods,  he  still  keeps  up  his  fame.  Two  cases 
have  come  under  my  own  observation,  in  which  the  parties  have  gone, 
in  one  case  forty,  the  other  sixty  miles,  to  consult  this  man  about  some 
stolen  money;  and  though  in  neither  case  was  the  desired  end  obtained, 
they  were  told  so  much  about  themselves  that  they  felt  sure  he  must 


220 


MY  LIFE 


have  obtained  his  knowledge  by  supernatural  means.  They  accord- 
ingly spread  his  name  abroad  as  a  wonderful  man,  who  knew  a  great 
deal  more  than  other  people.  The  name  of  his  house,  "  Cwrt  y  cadno," 
is  very  appropriate,  as  it  means  in  English  "  The  Fox's  Court." 

Besides  these  and  numberless  other  instances  of  almost  universal 
belief  in  supernatural  agency,  their  superstition  as  well  as  their  ignor- 
ance is  further  shown  by  their  ascribing  to  our  most  harmless  reptiles 
powers  of  inflicting  deadly  injury.  The  toad,  newt,  lizard,  and  snake 
are,  they  imagine,  virulently  poisonous,  and  they  look  on  with  horror, 
and  will  hardly  trust  their  eyes,  should  they  see  them  handled  with 
impunity.  The  barking  of  dogs  at  night,  hooting  of  owls,  or  any  un- 
usual noise,  dreams,  etc.,  etc.,  are  here,  as  in  many  parts  of  England, 
regarded  as  dark  omens  of  our  future  destiny,  mysterious  warnings  sent 
to  draw  aside  the  veil  of  futurity  and  reveal  to  us,  though  obscurely, 
impending  danger,  disease  or  death. 

Reckoned  by  the  usual  standards  on  these  subjects,  the  religion  of 
the  lower  orders  of  Welshmen  may  be  said  to  be  high  in  the  scale,  while 
their  morality  is  decidedly  low.  This  may  appear  as  a  contradiction  to 
some  persons,  but  those  who  are  at  all  acquainted  with  mankind  well 
know  that,  however  luxuriantly  religion  in  its  outward  forms  and  influ- 
ence on  the  tongue  may  flourish  in  an  uncultivated  soil,  it  is  by  no 
means  necessarily  accompanied  by  an  equal  growth  of  morality.  The 
former,  like  the  flower  of  the  field,  springs  spontaneously,  or  with  but 
little  care ;  the  latter,  like  the  useful  grain,  only  by  laborious  cultivation 
and  the  careful  eradication  of  useless  or  noxious  weeds. 

If  the  number  of  chapels  and  prayer-meetings,  the  constant  attend- 
ance on  them,  and  the  fervour  of  the  congregation  can  be  accounted  as 
signs  of  religion,  it  is  here.  Besides  the  regular  services  on  the  Sab- 
bath and  on  other  days,  prayer-meetings  are  held  early  in  the  morning 
and  late  at  night  in  different  cottages  by  turns,  where  the  uneducated 
agriculturist  or  collier  breathes  forth  an  extemporary  prayer.  The 
Established  Church  is  very  rarely  well  attended.  There  is  not  enough 
of  an  exciting  character  or  of  originality  in  the  service  to  allure  them, 
and  the  preacher  is  too  frequently  an  Englishman  who  speaks  the  native 
tongue,  but  as  a  foreigner. 

Their  preachers,  while  they  should  teach  their  congregation  moral 
duties,  boldly  decry  their  vices,  and  inculcate  the  commandments  and 
the  duty  of  doing  to  others  as  we  would  they  should  do  unto  us,  here, 
as  is  too  frequently  the  case  throughout  the  kingdom,  dwell  almost 
entirely  on  the  mystical  doctrine  of  the  atonement — a  doctrine  certainly 
not  intelligible  to  persons  in  a  state  of  complete  ignorance,  and  which, 
by  teaching  them  that  they  are  not  to  rely  on  their  own  good  deeds,  has 
the  effect  of  entirely  breaking  away  the  connection  between  their  religion 
and  the  duties  of  their  everyday  life,  and  of  causing  them  to  imagine 


FIRST  LITERARY  EFFORTS  221 


that  the  animal  excitement  which  makes  them  groan  and  shriek  and 
leap  like  madmen  in  the  place  of  worship,  is  the  true  religion  which  will 
conduce  to  their  happiness  here,  and  lead  them  to  heavenly  joys  in  a 
world  to  come. 

Among  the  youth  of  both  sexes,  however,  the  chapel  and  prayer- 
meeting  is  considered  more  in  the  light  of  a  "  trysting  "  place  than  as  a 
place  of  worship,  and  this  is  one  reason  of  the  full  attendance  espe- 
cially at  the  evening  services.  And  as  the  meetings  are  necessarily  in  a 
thinly  populated  country,  often  distant,  the  journey,  generally  performed 
on  horseback,  affords  opportunities  for  converse  not  to  be  neglected. 

Thus  it  will  not  be  wondered  at,  even  by  those  who  affirm  the  con- 
nection between  religion  and  morality,  that  the  latter  is,  as  I  said  before, 
at  a  very  low  ebb.  Cheating  of  all  kinds,  when  it  can  be  done  without 
being  found  out,  and  all  the  lesser  crimes  are  plentiful  enough.  The 
notoriety  which  Welsh  juries  and  Welsh  witnesses  have  obtained  (not 
unjustly)  shows  how  little  they  scruple  to  break  their  word  or  oath. 
Having  to  give  their  evidence  through  the  medium  of  an  interpreter 
gives  them  the  advantage  in  court,  as  the  counsel's  voice  and  manner 
have  not  so  much  effect  upon  them.  They  are,  many  of  them,  very  good 
witnesses  as  far  as  sticking  firmly  to  the  story  they  have  been  instructed 
in  goes,  and  returning  the  witticisms  of  the  learned  counsel  so  as  often 
to  afford  much  mirth.  To  an  honest  jury  a  Welsh  case  is  often  very 
puzzling,  on  account  of  its  being  hardly  possible  to  get  a  single  fact 
but  what  is  sworn  against  by  an  equal  number  of  witnesses  of  the 
opposite  side;  but  to  a  Welsh  jury,  who  have  generally  decided  on 
their  verdict  before  the  trial  commences,  it  does  not  present  any 
serious  difficulty. 

The  morals  and  manners  of  the  females,  as  might  be  expected  from 
entire  ignorance,  are  very  loose,  and  perhaps  in  the  majority  of  cases  a 
child  is  born  before  the  marriage  takes  place. 

But  let  us  not  hide  the  poor  Welshman's  virtues  while  we  expose 
his  faults.  Many  of  the  latter  arise  from  his  desire  to  defend  his  fellow 
countrymen  from  what  he  considers  unfair  or  unjust  persecution,  and 
many  others  from  what  he  cannot  himself  prevent — his  ignorance.  He 
is  hospitable  even  to  the  Saxon,  his  fire,  jug  of  milk,  and  bread  and 
cheese  being  always  at  your  service.  He  works  hard  and  lives  poorly. 
He  bears  misfortune  and  injury  long  before  he  complains.  The  late 
Rebecca  disturbances,  however,  show  that  he  may  be  roused,  and  his 
ignorance  oi  other  effectual  measures  should  be  his  excuse  for  the  illegal 
and  forcible  means  he  took  to  obtain  redress — means  which,  moreover, 
have  been  justified  by  success.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  he  will  not  have 
again  to  resort  to  such  outrages  as  the  only  way  to  compel  his  rulers  to 
do  him  justice. 

A  broader  system  of  education  is  much  needed  in  the  Principality. 
Almost  all  the  schools,  it  is  true,  teach  the  English  language,  but  the 


222 


MY  LIFE 


child  finds  the  difficulty  of  acquiring  even  the  first  rudiments  of  educa- 
tion much  increased  by  his  being  taught  them  in  an  unfamiliar  tongue  of 
which  he  has  perhaps  only  picked  up  a  few  commonplace  expressions. 
In  arithmetic,  the  new  language  presents  a  greater  difficulty,  the  method 
of  enumerating  being  different  from  their  own;  in  fact,  many  Welsh 
children  who  have  been  to  school  cannot  answer  a  simple  question  in 
arithmetic  till  they  have  first  translated  it  into  Welsh.  Unless,  there- 
fore, they  happen  to  be  thrown  among  English  people  or  are  more  than 
usually  well  instructed,  they  get  on  but  little  with  anything  more  than 
speaking  English,  which  those  who  have  been  to  school  generally  do  very 
well.  Whatever  else  they  have  learnt  is  soon  lost  for  want  of  practice. 
It  would  be  very  useful  to  translate  some  of  the  more  useful  elementary 
works  in  the  different  branches  of  knowledge  into  Welsh,  and  sell  them 
as  cheaply  as  possible.  The  few  little  Welsh  books  to  be  had  (and  they 
are  very  few)  are  eagerly  purchased  and  read  with  great  pleasure,  show- 
ing that  if  the  means  of  acquiring  knowledge  are  offered  him,  the 
Welshman  will  not  refuse  them. 

I  will  now  conclude  this  brief  account  of  the  inhabitants  of  so  inter- 
esting a  part  of  our  island,  a  part  of  which  will  well  repay  the  trouble 
of  a  visit,  as  much  for  its  lovely  vales,  noble  mountains,  and  foaming 
cascades,  as  for  the  old  customs  and  still  older  language  of  the  in- 
habitants of  the  little  white-washed  cottages  which  enliven  its  sunny 
vales  and  barren  mountain  slopes. 


CHAPTER  XV 


REMARKS  ON  MY  CHARACTER  AT  TWENTY-ONE 

In  April,  1843,  father  died  at  Hoddesdon,  at  the  age  of 
seventy-two,  and  was  buried  in  the  family  vault  in  St. 
Andrew's  churchyard,  Hertford.  As  my  sister's  school  was 
not  paying  very  well,  and  it  was  necessary  to  economize  as 
much  as  possible,  the  house  was  given  up  early  the  following 
year,  my  mother  took  an  engagement  as  housekeeper  in  a 
gentleman's  family  at  Isleworth,  and  my  sister  obtained  a  post 
as  teacher  at  an  episcopal  college,  then  just  founded  by  the 
Bishop  of  Georgia  (Dr.  Elliott),  at  Montpelier  Springs,  seven- 
teen miles  from  Macon,  and  left  England  in  August,  1844. 
In  the  following  year,  at  the  invitation  of  the  parents  of 
some  of  the  pupils,  she  removed  to  Robinson,  near  Mont- 
gomery, Alabama,  as  mistress  of  a  private  school  much  needed 
in  the  district;  and  she  remained  there  till  she  returned  to 
England  in  1846. 

Shortly  before  I  came  of  age  in  January,  1844,  my  brother 
told  me  that  as  he  had  no  work  in  prospect  it  was  necessary 
that  I  should  leave  him  and  look  out  for  myself ;  so  I  deter- 
mined to  go  up  to  London  and  endeavour  to  obtain  some 
employment. 

As  the  period  of  my  home  and  school  life  and  subsequent 
tutelage  under  my  brother  now  came  to  an  end,  and  I  had 
for  the  future  to  make  my  own  way  in  the  world,  this  affords 
a  suitable  occasion  for  a  brief  review  of  the  chief  point  in  my 
character,  which  may  now  be  considered  to  have  been  fairly 
determined,  although  some  portions  of  it  had  not  yet  had 
opportunity  for  full  development.  I  do  not  think  that  at  this 
time  I  could  be  said  to  have  shown  special  superiority  in  any 
of  the  higher  mental  faculties,  but  I  possessed  a  strong  desire 

223 


224 


MY  LIFE 


to  know  the  causes  of  things,  a  great  love  of  beauty  m  form 
and  colour,  and  a  considerable  but  not  excessive  desire  for 
order  and  arrangement  in  whatever  I  had  to  do.  If  I  had 
one  distinct  mental  faculty  more  prominent  than  another,  it 
was  the  power  of  correct  reasoning  from  a  review  of  the 
known  facts  in  any  case  to  the  causes  or  laws  which  produced 
them,  and  also  in  detecting  fallacies  in  the  reasoning  of  other 
persons.  This  power  has  greatly  helped  me  in  all  my  writ- 
ings, especially  those  on  natural  history  and  sociology.  The 
determination  of  the  direction  in  which  I  should  use  these 
powers  was  due  to  my  possession  in  a  high  degree  of  the  two 
mental  qualities  usually  termed  emotional  or  moral,  an  intense 
appreciation  of  the  beauty,  harmony,  and  variety  in  nature  and 
in  all  natural  phenomena,  and  an  equally  strong  passion  for 
justice  as  between  man  and  man — an  abhorrence  of  all 
tyranny,  all  compulsion,  all  unnecessary  interference  with  the 
liberty  of  others.  These  characteristics,  combined  with  cer- 
tain favourable  conditions,  some  of  which  have  already  been 
referred  to,  have  determined  the  direction  of  the  pursuits  and 
inquiries  in  which  I  have  spent  a  large  portion  of  my  life. 

It  will  be  well  to  state  here  certain  marked  deficiencies  in 
my  mental  equipment  which  have  also  had  a  share  in  deter- 
mining the  direction  of  my  special  activities.  My  greatest, 
though  not  perhaps  most  important,  defect  is  my  inability  to 
perceive  the  niceties  of  melody  and  harmony  in  music;  in 
common  language,  I  have  no  ear  for  music.  But  as  I  have 
a  fair  appreciation  of  time,  expression,  and  general  effect,  I 
am  deeply  affected  by  grand,  pathetic,  or  religious  music,  and 
can  at  once  tell  when  the  heart  and  soul  of  the  musician  is  in 
his  performance,  though  any  number  of  technical  errors, 
false  notes,  or  disharmonies  would  pass  unnoticed.  Another 
and  more  serious  defect  is  in  verbal  memory,  which,  combined 
with  the  inability  to  reproduce  vocal  sounds,  has  rendered 
the  acquirement  of  all  foreign  languages  very  difficult  and 
distasteful.  This,  with  my  very  imperfect  school  training, 
added  to  my  shyness  and  want  of  confidence,  must  have 
caused  me  to  appear  a  very  dull,  ignorant,  and  uneducated 
person  to  numbers  of  chance  acquaintances.    This  deficiency 


MY  CHARACTER  AT  TWENTY-ONE  225 


has  also  put  me  at  a  great  disadvantage  as  a  public  speaker. 
I  can  rarely  find  the  right  word  or  expression  to  enforce  or 
illustrate  my  argument,  and  constantly  feel  the  same  diffi- 
culty in  private  conversation.  In  writing  it  is  not  so  injur- 
ious, for  when  I  have  time  for  deliberate  thought  I  can  gen- 
erally express  myself  with  tolerable  clearness  and  accuracy. 
I  think,  too,  that  the  absence  of  the  flow  of  words  which  so 
many  writers  possess  has  caused  me  to  avoid  that  extreme 
diffuseness  and  verbosity  which  is  so  great  a  fault  in  many 
scientific  and  philosophical  works. 

Another  important  defect  is  in  the  power  of  rapidly  seeing 
analogies  or  hidden  resemblances  and  incongruities,  a  defi- 
ciency which,  in  combination  with  that  of  language,  has  pro- 
duced the  total  absence  of  wit  or  humour,  paradox  or  bril- 
liancy, in  my  writings,  although  no  one  can  enjoy  and  admire 
these  qualities  more  than  I  do.  The  rhythm  and  pathos,  as 
well  as  the  inimitable  puns  of  Hood,  were  the  delight  of  my 
youth,  as  are  the  more  recondite  and  fantastic  humour  of 
Mark  Twain  and  Lewis  Carroll  in  my  old  age.  The  faculty 
which  gives  to  its  possessor  wit  or  humour  is  also  essential 
to  the  high  mathematician,  who  is  almost  always  witty  or 
poetical  as  well ;  and  I  was  therefore  debarred  from  any  hope 
of  success  in  this  direction;  while  my  very  limited  power  of 
drawing  or  perception  of  the  intricacies  of  form  were  equally 
antagonistic  to  much  progress  as  an  artist  or  a  geometrician. 

Other  deficiencies  of  great  influence  in  my  life  have  been 
my  want  of  assertiveness  and  of  physical  courage,  which,  com- 
bined with  delicacy  of  the  nervous  system  and  of  bodily  con- 
stitution, and  a  general  disinclination  to  much  exertion, 
physical  or  mental,  have  caused  that  shyness,  reticence,  and 
love  of  solitude  which,  though  often  misunderstood  and  lead- 
ing to  unpleasant  results,  have,  perhaps,  on  the  whole,  been 
beneficial  to  me.  They  have  helped  to  give  me  those  long 
periods,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  when,  alone  and  surrounded 
only  by  wild  nature  and  uncultured  man,  I  could  ponder  at 
leisure  on  the  various  matters  that  interested  me.  Thus  was 
induced  a  receptiveness  of  mind  which  enabled  me  at  differ- 
ent times  to  utilize  what  appeared  to  me  as  sudden  intuitions 


226 


MY  LIFE 


— flashes  of  light  leading  to  a  solution  of  some  problem  which 
was  then  before  me;  and  these  flashes  would  often  come  to 
me  when,  pen  in  hand,  I  was  engaged  in  writing  on  a  subject 
on  which  I  had  no  intention  or  expectation  of  saying  anything 
new. 

There  is  one  other  point  in  which  most  of  my  scientific 
friends  and  readers  will  hold  that  I  am  deficient,  but  which 
in  a  popular  writer  on  science  may  be  considered  to  be  an 
advantage.  It  is,  that  though  fond  of  order  and  systematic 
arrangement  of  all  the  parts  of  a  subject,  and  especially  of  an 
argument,  I  am  yet,  through  my  want  of  the  language-fac- 
ulty, very  much  disinclined  to  use  technical  terms  wherever 
they  can  be  avoided.  This  is  especially  the  case  when  a  sub- 
ject is  elaborately  divided  up  under  various  subordinate 
groups  and  sub-groups,  each  with  a  quite  new  technical  name. 
This  often  seems  to  me  more  confusing  than  enlightening, 
and  when  other  writers  introduce  different  terms  of  their  own, 
or  use  them  in  a  somewhat  different  sense,  or  still  further 
sub-divide  the  groups,  the  complication  becomes  too  great  for 
the  non-specialist  to  follow. 

Before  leaving  the  sketch  of  my  mental  nature  at  the 
threshold  of  my  uncontrolled  life,  I  may  properly  say  a  few 
words  on  the  position  I  had  arrived  at  in  regard  to  the  great 
question  of  religious  belief.  I  have  already  shown  that  my 
early  home  training  was  in  a  thoroughly  religious  but  by  no 
means  rigid  family,  where,  however,  no  religious  doubts  were 
ever  expressed,  and  where  the  word  "  atheist "  was  used  with 
bated  breath  as  pertaining  to  a  being  too  debased  almost  for 
human  society.  The  only  regular  teaching  I  received  was  to 
say  or  hear  a  formal  prayer  before  going  to  bed,  hearing 
grace  before  and  after  dinner,  and  learning  a  collect  every 
Sunday  morning,  the  latter  certainly  one  of  the  most  stupid 
ways  of  inculcating  religion  ever  conceived.  On  Sunday 
evenings,  if  we  did  not  go  to  church  or  chapel,  my  father 
would  read  some  old  sermon,  and  when  we  did  go  we  were 
asked  on  our  return  what  was  the  text.  The  only  books 
allowed  to  be  read  on  Sundays  were  the  "  Pilgrim's  Progress  " 


MY  CHARACTER  AT  TWENTY-ONE  227 


or  Paradise  Lost,"  or  some  religious  tracts  or  moral  tales, 
or  the  more  interesting  parts  of  the  Bible  were  read  by  my 
mother,  or  we  read  ourselves  about  Esther  and  Mordecai  or 
Bel  and  the  Dragon,  which  were  as  good  as  any  story  book. 
But  all  this  made  little  impression  upon  me,  as  it  never  dealt 
sufficiently  with  the  mystery,  the  greatness,  the  ideal  and 
emotional  aspects  of  religion,  which  only  appealed  to  me 
occasionally  in  some  of  the  grander  psalms  and  hymns,  or 
through  the  words  of  some  preacher  more  impassioned  than 
usual. 

As  might  have  been  expected,  therefore,  what  little  religious 
belief  I  had  very  quickly  vanished  under  the  influence  of 
philosophical  or  scientific  scepticism.  This  came  first  upon 
me  when  I  spent  a  month  or  two  in  London  with  my  brother 
John,  as  already  related  in  my  sixth  chapter;  and  during  the 
seven  years  I  lived  with  my  brother  William,  though  the 
subject  of  religion  was  not  often  mentioned,  there  was  a  per- 
vading spirit  of  scepticism,  or  free-thought  as  it  was  then 
called,  which  strengthened  and  confirmed  my  doubts  as  to 
the  truth  or  value  of  all  ordinary  religious  teaching. 

He  occasionally  borrowed  interesting  books  which  I  usually 
read.  One  of  these  was  an  old  edition  of  Rabelais'  works, 
which  both  interested  and  greatly  amused  me;  but  that  which 
bears  most  upon  the  present  subject  was  a  reprint  of  lectures 
on  Strauss'  "  Life  of  Jesus,"  which  had  not  then  been  trans- 
lated into  English.  These  lectures  were,  I  think,  delivered 
by  some  Unitarian  minister  or  writer,  and  they  gave  an  admir- 
able and  most  interesting  summary  of  the  whole  work.  The 
now  well-known  argument,  that  all  the  miracles  related  in  the 
Gospels  were  mere  myths,  which  in  periods  of  ignorance  and 
credulity  always  grow  up  around  all  great  men,  and  especially 
around  all  great  moral  teachers  when  the  actual  witnesses  of 
his  career  are  gone  and  his  disciples  begin  to  write  about  him, 
was  set  forth  with  great  skill.  This  argument  appeared  con- 
clusive to  my  brother  and  some  of  his  friends  with  whom  he 
discussed  it,  and,  of  course,  in  my  then  frame  of  mind  it 
seemed  equally  conclusive  to  me,  and  helped  to  complete  the 
destruction  of  whatever  religious  beliefs  still  lingered  in  my 


228 


MY  LIFE 


mind.  It  was  not  till  many  years  afterwards  that  I  saw^ 
reason  to  doubt  this  whole  argument,  and  to  perceive  that  it 
was  based  upon  pure  assumptions  which  were  not  in  accord- 
ance with  admitted  historical  facts. 

My  brother  never  went  to  church  himself,  but  for  the  first 
few  years  I  was  with  him  he  sent  me  once  every  Sunday ;  but, 
of  course,  the  only  effect  of  this  was  to  deepen  my  spirit  of 
scepticism,  as  I  found  no  attempt  in  any  of  the  clergymen  to 
reason  on  any  of  the  fundamental  questions  at  the  root  of  the 
Christian  and  every  other  religion.  Many  of  our  acquaint- 
ances were  either  church  or  chapel-goers,  but  usually  as  a 
matter  of  form  and  convention,  and,  on  the  whole,  religion 
seemed  to  have  no  influence  whatever  on  their  conduct  or 
conversation.  The  majority,  especially  of  the  younger  men, 
were  either  professors  of  religion  who  thought  or  cared  noth- 
ing about  it,  or  were  open  sceptics  and  scorners. 

In  addition  to  these  influences  my  growing  taste  for  various 
branches  of  physical  science  and  my  increasing  love  of 
nature  disinclined  me  more  and  more  for  either  the  observ- 
ances or  the  doctrines  of  orthodox  religion,  so  that  by  the 
time  I  came  of  age  I  was  absolutely  non-religious,  I  cared  and 
thought  nothing  about  it,  and  could  be  best  described  by  the 
modern  term  "  agnostic." 

The  next  four  years  of  my  life  were  also  of  great  import- 
ance both  in  determining  the  direction  of  my  activity,  and  in 
laying  the  foundation  for  my  study  of  the  special  subjects 
through  which  I  have  obtained  most  admiration  or  notoriety. 
This  period  will  be  dealt  with  in  another  chapter,  as  it  proved 
to  be  that  which,  through  a  series  of  what  may  be  termed 
happy  accidents,  laid  the  foundation  for  everything  of  import- 
ance that  succeeded  them. 


CHAPTER  XVI 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER 

As  I  came  of  age  in  January,  1844,  and  there  was  nothing 
doing  at  Neath,  I  left  my  brother  about  the  middle  of  Decem- 
ber so  as  to  spend  the  Christmas  with  my  mother  and  sister 
at  Hoddesdon,  after  which  I  returned  to  London,  sharing  my 
brother  John's  lodging  till  I  could  find  some  employment. 
At  that  time  the  tithe-commutation  surveys  were  nearly  all 
completed,  and  the  rush  of  railway  work  had  not  begun ;  sur- 
veying was  consequently  very  slack.  As  my  brother  Wil- 
liam, who  had  a  large  acquaintance  among  surveyors  and 
engineers  all  over  the  south  of  England,  could  not  find 
employment,  except  some  very  small  local  business,  I  felt 
it  to  be  quite  useless  for  me  to  seek  for  similar  work.  I 
therefore  determined  to  try  for  some  post  in  a  school  to  teach 
English,  surveying,  elemetary  drawing,  etc.  Through  some 
school  agency  I  heard  of  two  vacancies  that  might  possibly 
suit.  The  first  required,  in  addition  to  English,  junior  Latin 
and  algebra.  Though  I  had  not  looked  at  a  Latin  book  since 
I  left  school,  I  thought  I  might  possibly  manage;  and  as 
to  algebra,  I  could  do  simple  equations,  and  had  once  been 
able  to  do  quadratics,  and  felt  sure  I  could  keep  ahead  of 
beginners.  So  with  some  trepidation  I  went  to  interview  the 
master,  a  rather  grave  but  kindly  clergyman.  I  told  him  my 
position,  and  what  I  had  been  doing  since  I  left  school.  He 
asked  me  if  I  could  translate  Virgil,  at  which  I  hesitated,  but 
told  him  I  had  been  through  most  of  it  at  school.  So  he 
brought  out  the  book  and  gave  me  a  passage  to  translate, 
which,  of  course,  I  was  quite  unable  to  do  properly.  Then 
he  set  me  a  simple  equation,  which  I  worked  easily.  Then  a 
quadratic,  at  which  I  stuck.    So  he  politely  remarked  that  I 

229 


230  MY  LIFE 

required  a  few  months'  hard  work  to  be  fitted  for  his  school, 
and  wished  me  good-morning. 

My  next  attempt  was  more  hopeful,  as  drawing,  surveying, 
and  mapping  were  required.  Here,  again,  I  rhet  a  clergy- 
man, but  a  younger  man,  and  more  easy  and  friendly  in  his 
manner.  I  had  taken  with  me  a  small  coloured  map  I  had 
made  at  Neath  to  serve  as  a  specimen,  and  also  one  or  two 
pencil  sketches.  These  seemed  to  satisfy  him,  and  as  I  was 
only  wanted  to  take  the  junior  classes  in  English  reading, 
writing,  and  arithmetic,  teach  a  very  few  boys  surveying, 
and  beginners  in  drawing,  he  agreed  to  engage  me.  I  was 
to  live  in  the  house,  preside  over  the  evening  preparation  of 
the  boarders  (about  twenty  in  number)  and  to  have,  I  think, 
thirty  or  forty  pounds  a  year,  with  which  I  was  quite  satisfied. 
I  was  to  begin  work  in  about  a  fortnight.  My  employer  was 
the  Rev.  Abraham  Hill,  headmaster  of  the  Collegiate  School 
at  Leicester. 

I  stayed  at  the  school  a  little  more  than  a  year,  and  should 
probably  have  remained  some  years  longer,  and  perhaps  even 
have  been  a  junior  school  assistant  all  my  life,  but  for  a  quite 
unexpected  event — the  death  of  my  brother  William.  I  was 
very  comfortable  at  the  school,  owing  to  the  kindness  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Hill,  and  of  the  opportunities  afforded  me  for  read- 
ing, study,  and  the  observation  of  nature.  In  my  duties  I 
got  on  fairly  well,  as  the  boys  were  mostly  well-behaved, 
though  of  course,  my  ignorance  and  shyness  led  to  some  un- 
pleasantness. The  first  evening  I  sat  with  the  boys  at  their 
work,  one  of  the  older  ones  came  to  me  to  ask  me  to  explain 
a  difficult  passage  to  him  in  some  classic — I  forget  which — 
evidently  to  test  my  knowledge  or  ignorance.  So  I  declined 
even  to  look  at  it,  and  told  him  that  I  taught  English  only, 
and  that  for  all  other  information  they  were  to  go  to  Mr. 
Hill  himself.  On  another  occasion  the  classical  assistant 
master  asked  me  to  take  the  lowest  class  in  Greek  for  him, 
and  I  was  obliged  to  tell  him  I  did  not  even  know  the  Greek 
alphabet.  But  these  little  unpleasantnesses  once  got  over  did 
not  recur.  There  were  two  assistant  masters  in  the  school, 
both  pleasant  men,  but  as  they  did  not  live  in  the  house  I  did 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER  231 


not  see  a  great  deal  of  them.  In  drawing,  I  had  only  begin- 
ners ;  but  I  soon  found  I  had  to  improve  myself,  so  I  sketched 
a  good  deal,  but  could  never  acquire  the  freedom  of  touch 
of  my  brother  William,  and  before  I  left,  one  of  my  scholars 
drew  very  nearly,  if  not  quite,  as  well  as  I  did. 

I  had  a  very  comfortable  bedroom,  where  a  fire  was  lit 
every  afternoon  in  winter,  so  that  with  the  exception  of  one 
hour  with  the  boys  and  half  an  hour  at  supper  with  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Hill,  my  time  after  four  or  five  in  the  afternoon  was  my 
own.  After  a  few  weeks,  finding  I  knew  a  little  Latin,  I  had 
to  take  the  very  lowest  class,  and  even  that  required  some 
preparation  in  the  evening.  Mr.  Hill  was  a  good  mathe- 
matician, having  been  a  rather  high  Cambridge  wrangler, 
and  finding  I  was  desirous  of  learning  a  little  more  algebra, 
oflfered  to  assist  me.  He  lent  me  Hind's  algebra,  which  I 
worked  all  through  successfully,  and  this  was  followed  by  the 
same  author's  trigonometry,  which  I  also  went  through,  with 
occasional  struggles.  Then  I  attacked  the  Differential 
Calculus,  and  worked  through  that;  but  I  could  never  fully 
grasp  the  essential  principle  of  it.  Finally,  I  began  the 
Integral  Calculus,  and  here  I  found  myself  at  the  end  of  my 
tether.  I  learnt  some  of  the  simpler  processes,  but  very  soon 
got  baffled,  and  felt  that  I  wanted  some  faculty  necessary  for 
seeing  my  way  through  what  seemed  to  me  an  almost  track- 
less labyrinth.  Whether,  under  Mr.  Hill's  instruction,  I 
should  ultimately  have  been  able  to  overcome  these  difficul- 
ties I  cannot  positively  say,  but  I  have  good  reason  to  believe 
that  I  never  should  have  done  so.  Briefly  stated,  just  as  no 
amount  of  teaching  or  practice  would  ever  have  made  me  a 
good  musician,  so,  however  much  time  and  study  I  gave  to 
the  subject,  I  could  never  have  become  a  good  mathemati- 
cian. Whether  all  this  work  did  me  any  good  or  not,  I  am 
rather  doubtful.  My  after-life  being  directed  to  altogther 
different  studies,  I  never  had  occasion  to  use  my  newly 
acquired  knowledge,  and  soon  forgot  most  of  the  processes. 
But  it  gave  me  an  interest  in  mathematics  which  I  have  never 
lost;  and  I  rarely  come  across  a  mathematical  investigation 
without  looking  through  it  and  trying  to  follow  the  reason- 


232  MY  LIFE 

ing,  though  I  soon  get  lost  in  the  formulae.  Still,  the  ever- 
growing complexity  of  the  higher  mathematics  has  a  kind  of 
fascination  for  me  as  exhibiting  powers  of  the  human  mind 
so  very  far  above  my  own. 

There  was  in  Leicester  a  very  good  town  library,  to  which 
I  had  access  on  paying  a  small  subscription,  and  as  I  had 
time  for  several  hours'  reading  daily,  I  took  full  advantage  of 
it.  Among  the  works  I  read  here,  which  influenced  my 
future,  were  Humboldt's  "  Personal  Narrative  of  Travels  in 
South  America,"  which  was,  I  think,  the  first  book  that  gave 
me  a  desire  to  visit  the  tropics.    I  also  read  here  Prescott's 

History  of  the  Conquests  of  Mexico  and  Peru,"  Robertson's 
"  History  of  Charles  V."  and  his  "  History  of  America,"  and 
a  number  of  other  standard  works.  But  perhaps  the  most 
important  book  I  read  was  Malthus's  "  Principles  of  Popula- 
tion," which  I  greatly  admired  for  its  masterly  summary  of 
facts  and  logical  induction  to  conclusions.  It  was  the  first 
work  I  had  yet  read  treating  any  of  the  problems  of  philo- 
sophical biology,  and  its  main  principles  remained  with  me 
as  a  permanent  possession,  and  twenty  years  later  gave  me 
the  long-sought  clue  to  the  effective  agent  in  the  evolution  of 
organic  species. 

It  was  at  Leicester  that  I  was  first  introduced  to  a  subject 
which  I  had  at  that  time  never  heard  of,  but  which  has  played 
an  important  part  in  my  mental  growth — psychical  research, 
as  it  is  now  termed.  Some  time  in  1844  Mr.  Spencer  Hall 
gave  some  lectures  on  mesmerism  illustrated  by  experiments, 
which  I,  as  well  as  a  few  of  the  older  boys,  attended.  I  was 
greatly  interested  and  astonished  at  the  phenomena  exhibited, 
in  some  cases  with  persons  who  volunteered  from  the  audi- 
ence ;  and  I  was  also  impressed  by  the  manner  of  the  lecturer, 
which  was  not  at  all  that  of  the  showman  or  the  conjurer. 
At  the  conclusion  of  the  course  he  assured  us  that  most  per- 
sons possessed  in  some  degree  the  power  of  mesmerising  others, 
and  that  by  trying  with  a  few  of  our  younger  friends  or 
acquaintances,  and  simply  doing  what  we  had  seen  him  do,  we 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER  233 


should  probably  succeed.  He  also  showed  us  how  to  distin- 
guish between  the  genuine  mesmeric  trance  and  any  attempt 
to  imitate  it. 

In  consequence  of  this  statement,  one  or  two  of  the  elder 
boys  tried  to  mesmerise  some  of  the  younger  ones,  and  in  a 
short  time  succeeded;  and  they  asked  me  to  see  their  experi- 
ments. I  found  that  they  could  produce  the  trance  state, 
which  had  all  the  appearance  of  being  genuine,  and  also  a 
cataleptic  rigidity  of  the  limbs  by  passes  and  by  suggestion, 
'  both  in  the  trance  and  afterwards  in  the  normal  waking  state. 
This  led  me  to  try  myself  in  the  privacy  of  my  own  room, 
and  I  succeeded  after  one  or  two  attempts  in  mesmerising 
three  boys  from  twelve  to  sixteen  years  of  age,  while  on  others 
within  the  same  ages  I  could  produce  no  effect,  or  an  exceed- 
ingly slight  one.  During  the  trance  they  seemed  in  a  state 
of  semi-torpor,  with  apparently  no  volition.  They  would 
remain  perfectly  quiescent  so  long  as  I  did  not  notice  them, 
but  would  at  once  answer  any  questions  or  do  anything  I 
told  them.  On  the  two  boys  with  whom  I  continued  to  ex- 
periment for  some  time,  I  could  produce  catalepsy  of  any 
limb  or  the  whole  body,  and  in  this  state  they  could  do  things 
which  they  could  not,  and  certainly  would  not  have  done  in 
their  normal  state.  For  example,  on  the  rigid  outstretched 
arm  I  would  hang  an  ordinary  chair  at  the  wrist,  and  the 
boy  would  hold  it  there  for  several  minutes,  while  I  sat  down 
and  wrote  a  short  letter  for  instance,  without  any  complaint, 
or  making  any  remark  when  I  took  it  off.  I  never  left  it 
more  than  five  minutes  because  I  was  afraid  that  some  injury 
might  be  caused  by  it.  I  soon  found  that  this  rigidity  could 
be  produced  in  those  who  had  been  mesmerised  by  sugges- 
tion only,  and  in  this  way  often  fixed  them  in  any  position, 
notwithstanding  their  efforts  to  change  it.  One  experiment 
was  to  place  a  shilling  on  the  table  in  front  of  a  boy,  and  then 
say  to  him,  Now,  you  can't  touch  that  shilling."  He  would 
at  once  move  his  hand  towards  it,  but  when  halfway  it  would 
seem  to  stick  fast,  and  all  his  efforts  could  not  bring  it  nearer, 
though  he  was  promised  the  shilling  if  he  could  take  it. 

Every  phenomenon  of  suggestion  I  had  seen  at  the  lecture, 


234 


MY  LIFE 


and  many  others,  I  could  produce  with  this  boy.  Giving  him 
a  glass  of  water  and  telling  him  it  was  wine  or  brandy,  he 
would  drink  it,  and  soon  show  all  the  signs  of  intoxication, 
while  if  I  told  him  his  shirt  was  on  fire  he  would  instantly 
strip  himself  naked  to  get  it  off.  I  also  found  that  he  had 
community  of  sensation  with  myself  when  in  the  trance.  If 
I  held  his  hand  he  tasted  whatever  I  put  in  my  mouth,  and 
the  same  thing  occurred  if  one  or  two  persons  intervened 
between  him  and  myself ;  and  if  another  person  put  sub- 
stances at  random  into  my  mouth,  or  pinched  or  pricked  me 
in  various  parts  of  the  body,  however  secretly,  he  instantly 
felt  the  same  sensation,  would  describe  it,  and  put  his  hand 
to  the  spot  where  he  felt  the  pain. 

In  like  manner  any  sense  could  be  temporarily  paralyzed 
so  that  a  light  could  be  flashed  on  his  eyes  or  a  pistol  fired 
behind  his  head  without  his  showing  the  slightest  sign  of 
having  seen  or  heard  anything.  More  curious  still  was  the 
taking  away  the  memory  so  completely  that  he  could  not  tell 
his  own  name,  and  would  adopt  any  name  that  was  suggested 
to  him,  and  perhaps  remark  how  stupid  he  was  to  have  for- 
gotten it;  and  this  might  be  repeated  several  times  with  dif- 
ferent names,  all  of  which  he  would  implicitly  accept.  Then, 
on  saying  to  him,  "  Now  you  remember  your  own  name  again ; 
what  is  it  ?  "  an  inimitable  look  of  relief  would  pass  over  his 

countenance,  and  he  would  say,  "  Why,  P  ,  of  course,"  in 

a  way  that  carried  complete  conviction. 

But  perhaps  the  most  interesting  group  of  phenomena  to 
me  were  those  termed  phreno-mesmerism.  I  had  read,  when 
with  my  brother,  George  Combe's  "  Constitution  of  Man,"  with 
which  I  had  been  greatly  interested,  and  afterwards  one  of 
the  writer's  works  on  Phrenology,  and  at  the  lecture  I  had 
seen  some  of  the  effects  of  exciting  the  phrenological  organs 
by  touching  the  corresponding  parts  of  the  patient's  head. 
But  as  I  had  no  book  containing  a  chart  of  the  organs,  I 
bought  a  small  phrenological  bust  to  help  me  in  determining 
the  positions. 

Having  my  patient  in  the  trance,  and  standing  close  to  him, 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER  235 


with  the  bust  on  my  table  behind  him,  I  touched  successively 
several  of  the  organs,  the  position  of  vi^hich  it  was  easy  to  de- 
termine. After  a  few  seconds  he  would  change  his  attitude 
and  the  expression  of  his  face  in  correspondence  with  the 
organ  excited.  In  most  cases  the  effect  was  unmistakable, 
and  superior  to  that  which  the  most  finished  actor  could  give 
to  a  character  exhibiting  the  same  passion  or  emotion. 

At  this  very  time  the  excitement  caused  by  painless  surgical 
operations  during  the  mesmeric  trance  was  at  its  full  height, 
as  I  have  described  in  my  "  Wonderful  Century "  (chapter 
xxi.),  and  I  had  read  a  good  deal  about  these,  and  also  about 
the  supposed  excitement  of  the  phrenological  organs,  and  the 
theory  that  these  latter  were  caused  by  mental  suggestion 
from  the  operator  to  the  patient,  or  what  is  now  termed  telepa- 
thy. But  as  the  manifestations  often  occurred  in  a  different 
form  from  what  I  expected,  I  felt  sure  that  this  theory  was  not 
correct.  One  day  I  intended  to  touch  a  particular  organ,  and 
the  effect  on  the  patient  was  quite  different  from  what  I 
expected,  and  looking  at  the  bust  while  my  finger  was  still  on 
the  boy's  head,  I  found  that  I  was  not  touching  the  part  I 
supposed,  but  an  adjacent  part,  and  that  the  effect  exactly 
corresponded  to  the  organ  touched  and  not  to  the  organ  I 
thought  I  had  touched,  completely  disproving  the  theory  of 
suggestion.  I  then  tried  several  experiments  by  looking  away 
from  the  boy's  head  while  I  put  my  finger  on  it  at  random, 
when  I  always  found  that  the  effect  produced  corresponded  to 
that  indicated  by  the  bust.  I  thus  established,  to  my  own 
satisfaction,  the  fact  that  a  real  effect  was  produced  on  the 
actions  and  speech  of  a  mesmeric  patient  by  the  operator 
touching  various  parts  of  the  head ;  that  the  effect  corresponded 
with  the  natural  expression  of  the  emotion  due  to  the  phreno- 
logical organ  situated  at  that  part — as  combativeness,  acquisi- 
tiveness, fear,  veneration,  wonder,  tune,  and  many  others; 
and  that  it  was  in  no  way  caused  by  the  will  or  suggestion  of 
the  operator. 

As  soon  as  I  found  that  these  experiments  were  successful 
I  informed  Mr.  Hill,  who  made  no  objection  to  my  continuing 
them,  and  several  times  came  to  see  them.    He  was  so  much 


236 


MY  LIFE 


interested  that  one  evening  he  invited  two  or  three  friends 
who  were  interested  in  the  subject,  and  with  my  best  patient 
I  showed  most  of  the  phenomena.  At  the  suggestion  of  one 
of  the  visitors  I  told  the  boy  he  was  a  jockey,  and  was  to  get 
on  his  horse  and  be  sure  to  win  the  race.  Without  another 
word  from  me  he  went  through  the  motions  of  getting  on 
horseback,  of  riding  at  a  gallop,  and  after  a  minute  or  two  he 
got  excited,  spoke  to  his  horse,  appeared  to  use  his  spurs, 
shake  the  reins,  then  suddenly  remain  quiet,  as  if  he  had 
passed  the  wanning-post ;  and  the  gentleman  who  had  sug- 
gested the  experiment  declared  that  his  whole  motions,  expres- 
sions, and  attitudes  were  those  of  a  jockey  riding  a  race.  At 
that  time  I  myself  had  never  seen  a  race.  The  importance 
of  these  experiments  to  me  was  that  they  convince  me,  once 
for  all,  that  the  antecedently  incredible  may  nevertheless  be 
true;  and,  further,  that  the  accusations  of  imposture  by  scien- 
tific men  should  have  no  w^eight  whatever  against  the  detailed 
observations  and  statements  of  other  men,  presumably  as  sane 
and  sensible  as  their  opponents,  who  had  witnessed  and  tested 
the  phenomena,  as  I  had  done  myself  in  the  case  of  some  of 
them.  At  that  time  lectures  on  this  subject  were  frequent, 
and  during  the  holidays,  which  I  generally  spent  in  London 
with  my  brother,  we  took  every  opportunity  of  attending  these 
lectures  and  witnessing  as  many  experiments  as  possible. 
Knowing  by  my  own  experience  that  it  is  quite  unnecessary 
to  resort  to  trickery  to  produce  the  phenomena,  I  was  relieved 
from  that  haunting  idea  of  imposture  which  possesses  most 
people  who  first  see  them,  and  which  seems  to  blind  most 
medical  and  scientific  men  to  such  an  extent  as  to  render  them 
unable  to  investigate  the  subject  fairly,  or  to  arrive  at  any 
trustworthy  conclusions  in  regard  to  it. 

How  I  was  introduced  to  Henry  Walter  Bates  I  do  not 
exactly  remember,  but  I  rather  think  I  heard  him  mentioned 
as  an  enthusiastic  entomologist,  and  met  him.  at  the  library. 
I  found  that  his  specialty  was  beetle  collecting,  though  he  also 
had  a  good  set  of  British  butterflies.  Of  the  former  I  had 
scarcely  heard,  but  as  I  already  knew  the  fascinations  of  plant 
life  I  was  quite  prepared  to  take  an  interest  in  any  other 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER  237 


department  of  nature.  He  asked  me  to  see  his  collection,  and 
I  was  amazed  to  find  the  great  number  and  variety  of  beetles, 
their  many  strange  forms  and  often  beautiful  markings  or 
colouring,  and  was  even  more  surprised  when  I  found  that 
almost  all  I  saw  had  been  collected  around  Leicester,  and  that 
there  were  still  many  more  to  be  discovered.  If  I  had  been 
asked  before  how  many  different  kinds  of  beetles  were  to  be 
found  in  any  small  district  near  a  town,  I  should  probably 
have  guessed  fifty  or  at  the  outside  a  hundred,  and  thought 
that  a  very  liberal  allowance.  But  I  now  learnt  that  many 
hundreds  could  easily  be  collected,  and  that  there  were  proba- 
bly a  thousand  different  kinds  within  ten  miles  of  the  town. 
He  also  showed  me  a  thick  volume  containing  descriptions  of 
more  than  three  thousand  species  inhabiting  the  British  Isles. 
I  also  learnt  from  him  in  what  an  infinite  variety  of  places 
beetles  may  be  found,  while  some  may  be  collected  all  the 
year  round,  so  I  at  once  determined  to  begin  collecting,  as  I 
did  not  find  a  great  many  new  plants  about  Leicester.  I 
therefore  obtained  a  collecting  bottle,  pins,  and  a  store-box; 
and  in  order  to  learn  their  names  and  classification  I  obtained, 
at  wholesale  price  through  Mr.  Hill's  bookseller,  Stephen's 
"  Manual  of  British  Coleoptera,"  which  henceforth  for  some 
years  gave  me  almost  as  much  pleasure  as  Lindley's  Botany, 
with  my  MS.  descriptions,  had  already  done. 

This  new  pursuit  gave  a  fresh  interest  to  my  Wednesday 
and  Saturday  afternoon  walks  into  the  country,  when  two  or 
three  of  the  boys  often  accompanied  me.  The  most  delight- 
ful of  all  our  walks  was  to  Bradgate  Park,  about  five  miles 
from  the  town,  a  wild,  neglected  park  with  the  ruins  of  a 
mansion,  and  many  fine  trees  and  woods  and  ferny  or  bushy 
slopes.  Sometimes  the  whole  school  went  for  a  picnic,  the 
park  at  that  time  being  quite  open,  and  we  hardly  ever  met 
anyone.  After  we  got  out  of  the  town  there  was  a  wide 
grassy  lane  that  led  to  it,  which  itself  was  a  delightful  walk 
and  was  a  good  collecting  ground  for  both  plants  and  insects. 
For  variety  we  had  the  meadows  along  the  course  of  the  little 
river  Soar,  which  were  very  pleasant  in  spring  and  summer. 
Twice  during  the  summer  the  whole  of  the  boarders  w^ere 


238  MY  LIFE 

taken  for  a  long  day's  excursion.  The  first  time  we  went  to 
Kenilworth  Castle,  about  thirty  miles  distant,  driving  in  coaches 
by  pleasant  country  roads,  and  passing  through  Coventry. 
Towards  the  autumn  we  had  a  much  longer  excursion,  partly 
by  coach  and  partly  by  canal  boat,  to  a  very  picturesque  coun- 
try with  wooded  hills  and  limestone  cliffs,  rural  villages,  and 
an  isolated  hill,  from  the  top  of  which  we  had  a  very  fine  and 
extensive  view.  I  think  it  must  have  been  in  Derbyshire,  near 
Wirksworth,  as  there  is  a  long  canal  tunnel  on  the  way  there. 
One  of  the  rough  out-of-door  sketches  made  on  this  occasion 
is  reproduced  here  on  a  reduced  scale,  as  well  as  a  more  fin- 
ished drawing  of  some  village,  perhaps  near  Leicester,  as  they 
may  possibly  enable  some  reader  to  recognize  the  localities, 
and  also  serve  to  show  the  limits  of  my  power  as  an  artist. 

At  midsummer  there  was  the  usual  prize-giving,  accom- 
panied by  recitation;  and  to  introduce  a  little  variety  I  wrote 
a  prologue,  in  somewhat  boyish  style,  to  be  spoken  by  a  chubby 
boy  about  twelve  years  old;  and  it  took  me  a  good  deal  of 
trouble  to  drill  him  into  appropriate  emphasis  and  action.  It 
went  off  very  well,  and  as  it  was  to  some  extent  a  programme 
as  well  as  a  prologue,  I  give  here  as  much  of  it  as  I  can 
recollect. 

PROLOGUE 

With  Greek  and  Latin,  French,  and  other  stuff, 

And  Euclid  too,  and  Algebra  enough, 

For  this  half-year  I'm  glad  to  say  we've  done, 

And  the  long  looked-for  hour  at  length  is  come 

That  brings  before  us  this  superb  array 

Of  company  to  grace  our  holiday. 

We  bid  you  welcome !  and  hope  each  may  find 

Something  we've  chosen  suited  to  his  mind; 

Our  bill  of  fare  contains  some  curious  dishes 

To  satisfy  your  various  tastes  and  wishes. 

And  first,  to  show  our  classic  lore,  we'll  speak 

What  Sophocles  composed  in  sounding  Greek, 

Repeat  the  words  his  olden  heroes  said. 

And  from  their  graves  call  back  the  mighty  dead. 

Then  in  Rome's  Senate  we  will  bid  you  stand, 

The  Conscript  Fathers  ranged  on  either  hand 


LONDON  AND  LEICESTER  239 


When  Cicero  th'  expectant  silence  broke, 

And  cruel  Verres  trembled  while  he  spoke. 

In  modern  Rome's  soft  language  we'll  rehearse 

Immortal  Tasso's  never-dying  verse : 

In  German  we've  a  name  you  all  know  well, 

The  brave,  the  free,  the  patriot,  William  Tell; 

And  then,  for  fear  all  this  dry  stuff  they'll  tire  on, 

To  please  the  ladies  we've  a  piece  from  Byron, 

Next,  we've  the  one-legged  goose — that  rara  avis. 

Whose  history  will  be  told  by  Master  Davis, 

And  Monsieur  Tonson's  griefs  we're  sure  will  call 

A  little  hearty  laughter  from  you  all. 

With  a  few  concluding  lines  which  I  cannot  remember. 

Just  before  the  Christmas  holidays  (or  perhaps  on  the  fifth 
of  November)  I  wrote  a  slight  serio-comic  play,  the  subject 
being  "  Guy  Faux."  While  .following  history  pretty  closely 
as  to  the  chief  characters  and  events,  I  purposely  introduced  a 
number  of  anachronisms,  as  umbrellas,  macintoshes,  lucifer 
matches,  half-farthings  then  just  issued.  I  also  made  use  of 
some  modern  slang,  and  concluded  with  a  somewhat  mock- 
heroic  speech  by  the  judge  when  sentencing  the  criminal. 
The  boys  acted  their  parts  very  well,  and  the  performance  was 
quite  a  success. 

Early  in  the  following  year  (February,  1846)  I  received 
the  totally  unexpected  news  of  the  death  of  my  brother 
William  at  Neath.  He  had  been  in  London  to  give  evidence 
before  a  committee  on  the  South  Wales  Railway  Bill,  and 
returning  at  night  caught  a  severe  cold  by  being  chilled  in  a 
wretched  third  class  carriage,  succeeded  by  a  damp  bed  at 
Bristol.  This  brought  on  congestion  of  the  lungs,  to  which 
he  speedily  succumbed.  I  and  my  brother  John  went  down  to 
Neath  to  the  funeral,  and  as  William  had  died  without  a  will, 
we  had  to  take  out  letters  of  administration.  Finding  from 
my  brother's  papers  that  he  had  obtained  a  small  local  business, 
and  that  there  was  railway  work  in  prospect,  I  determined  to 
take  his  place,  and  at  once  asked  permission  of  Mr.  Hill  to  be 
allowed  to  leave  at  Easter. 

My  year  spent  at  Leicester  had  been  in  many  ways  useful 
to  me,  and  had  also  a  determining  influence  on  my  whole 


240 


MY  LIFE 


future  life.  It  satisfied  me  that  I  had  no  vocation  for  teaching, 
for  though  I  performed  my  duties  I  beUeve  quite  to  Mr.  Hill's 
satisfaction,  I  felt  myself  out  of  place,  partly  because  I  knew 
no  subject — with  the  one  exception  of  surveying — sufficiently 
well  to  be  able  to  teach  it  properly,  but  mainly  because  a  com- 
pletely subordinate  position  was  distasteful  to  me,  although  I 
could  not  have  had  a  more  considerate  employer  than  Mr. 
Hill.  The  time  and  opportunity  I  had  for  reading  was  a 
great  advantage  to  me,  and  gave  me  an  enduring  love  of  good 
literature.  I  also  had  the  opportunity  of  hearing  almost  every 
Sunday  one  of  the  most  impressive  and  eloquent  preachers 
I  have  ever  met  with — Dr.  John  Brown,  I  think,  was  his  name. 
He  was  one  of  the  few  Church  of  England  clergymen  who 
preached  extempore,  and  he  did  it  admirably,  so  that  it  was  a 
continual  pleasure  to  listen  to  him.  But  I  was  too  firmly  con- 
vinced of  the  incredibility  of  large  portions  of  the  Bible,  and  of 
the  absence  of  sense  or  reason  in  many  of  the  doctrines  of 
orthodox  religion  to  be  influenced  by  any  such  preaching, 
however  eloquent.  My  return  to  some  form  of  religious  belief 
was  to  come  much  later,  and  from  a  quite  different  source. 

But,  as  already  stated,  the  events  which  formed  a  turning- 
point  in  my  life  were,  firsts  my  acquaintance  with.  Bates,  and 
through  him  deriving  a  taste  for  the  wonders  of  insect-life, 
opening  to  me  a  new  aspect  of  nature,  and  later  on  finding  in 
him  a  companion  without  whom  I  might  have  never  ventured 
on  my  journey  to  the  Amazon.  The  other  and  equally  im- 
portant circumstance  was  my  reading  Malthus,  without  which 
work  I  should  probably  not  have  hit  upon  the  theory  of  natural 
selection  and  obtained  full  credit  for  its  independent  discovery. 
My  year  spent  at  Leicester  must,  therefore,  be  considered  as 
perhaps  the  most  important  in  my  early  life. 


CHAPTER  XVII 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH 

At  Easter  I  bade  farewell  to  Leicester  and  went  to  Neath 
with  my  brother  John,  in  order  to  wind  up  our  brother 
William's  affairs.  We  found  from  his  books  that  a  consid- 
erable amount  was  owing  to  him  for  work  done  during  the 
past  year  or  two,  and  we  duly  made  out  accounts  of  all  these 
and  sent  them  in  to  the  respective  parties.  Some  were  paid  at 
once,  others  we  had  to  write  again  for  and  had  some  trouble 
to  get  paid.  Others,  again,  were  disputed  as  being  an  extrav- 
agant charge  for  the  work  done,  and  v/e  had  to  put  them  in  a 
lawyer's  hands  to  get  settled.  One  gentleman,  whose  account 
was  a  few  pounds,  declared  he  had  paid  it,  and  asked  us  to  call 
on  him.  We  did  so,  and,  instead  of  producing  the  receipt  as 
we  expected,  he  was  jocose  about  it,  asked  us  what  kind  of 
business  men  we  were  to  want  him  to  pay  twice;  and  when 
we  explained  that  it  was  not  shown  so  in  my  brother's  books, 
and  asked  to  look  at  the  receipt,  he  coolly  replied,  "  Oh,  I 
never  keep  receipts ;  never  kept  a  receipt  in  my  life,  and  never 
was  asked  to  pay  a  bill  twice  till  now ! "  In  vain  we  urged 
that  we  were  bound  as  trustees  for  the  rest  of  the  family  to 
collect  all  debts  shown  by  my  brother's  books  to  be  due  to 
him,  and  if  he  did  not  pay  it,  we  should  have  to  lose  the  amount 
ourselves.  He  still  maintained  that  he  had  paid  it,  that  he 
remembered  it  distinctly,  and  that  he  was  not  going  to  pay  it 
twice.  At  last  we  were  obliged  to  tell  him  that  if  he  did  not 
pay  it  we  must  put  it  in  the  hands  of  a  lawyer  to  take  what 
steps  he  thought  necessary ;  then  he  gave  way,  and  said,  "  Oh, 
if  you  are  going  to  law  about  such  a  trifle,  I  suppose  I  must 
pay  it  again !  "  and,  counting  out  the  money,  added,  "  There 
it  is;  but  I  paid  it  before,  so  give  me  a  receipt  this  time," 
apparently  considering  himself  a  very  injured  man.  This 

241 


242 


MY  LIFE 


little  experience  annoyed  me  much,  and,  with  others  of  the 
same  nature  later  on,  so  disgusted  me  with  business  as  to  form 
one  of  the  reasons  which  induced  me  to  go  abroad. 

When  we  had  wound  up  William's  affairs  as  well  as  we 
could,  my  brother  John  returned  to  London,  and  I  was  left  to 
see  if  any  work  was  to  be  had,  and  in  the  mean  time  devoted 
myself  to  collecting  butterflies  and  beetles.  While  at  Leices- 
ter I  had  been  altogether  out  of  the  business  world,  and  do 
not  remember  even  looking  at  a  newspaper,  or  I  might  have 
heard  something  of  the  great  railway  mania  which  that  year 
reached  its  culmination.  I  now  first  heard  rumours  of  it,  and 
someone  told  me  of  a  civil  engineer  in  Swansea  who  wanted 
all  the  surveyors  he  could  get,  and  that  they  all  had  two 
guineas  a  day,  and  often  more.  This  I  could  hardly  credit, 
but  I  wrote  to  the  gentleman,  who  soon  after  called  on  me, 
and  asked  me  if  I  could  do  levelling.  I  told  him  I  could,  and 
had  a  very  good  level  and  levelling  staves.  After  some  little 
conversation  he  told  me  he  wanted  a  line  of  levels  up  the 
Vale  of  Neath  to  Merthyr  Tydfil  for  a  proposed  railway,  with 
cross  levels  at  frequent  intervals,  and  that  he  would  give  me 
two  guineas  a  day,  and  all  expenses  of  chain  and  staff  men, 
hotels,  etc.  He  gave  me  all  necessary  instructions,  and  said 
he  would  send  a  surveyor  to  map  the  route  at  the  same  time. 
This  was,  I  think,  about  mid-summer,  and  I  was  hard  at  work 
till  the  autumn,  and  enjoyed  myself  immensely.  It  took  me 
up  the  south-east  side  of  the  valley,  of  which  I  knew  very  little, 
along  pleasant  lanes  and  paths  through  woods  and  by  streams, 
and  up  one  of  the  wildest  and  most  picturesque  little  glens 
I  have  ever  explored.  Here  we  had  to  climb  over  huge  rocks 
as  big  as  houses,  ascend  cascades,  and  take  cross-levels  up 
steep  banks  and  precipices  all  densely  wooded.  It  was  sur- 
veying under  difficulties,  and  excessively  interesting.  After 
the  first  rough  levels  were  taken  and  the  survey  made,  the 
engineers  were  able  to  mark  out  the  line  provisionally,  and  I 
then  went  over  the  actual  line  to  enable  the  sections  to  be 
drawn  as  required  by  the  Parliamentary  Standing  Orders. 

In  the  autumn  I  had  to  go  to  London  to  help  finish  the 
plans  and  reference  books  for  Parliament.    There  were  about 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  243 


a  dozen  surveyors,  draughtsmen,  and  clerks  in  a  big  hotel  in 
the  Haymarket,  where  we  had  a  large  room  upstairs  for  work, 
and  each  of  us  ordered  what  we  pleased  for  our  meals  in  the 
coffee-room.  Towards  the  end  of  November  we  had  to  work 
very  late,  often  till  past  midnight,  and  for  the  last  few  days 
of  the  month  we  literally  worked  all  night  to  get  everything 
completed. 

In  this  year  of  wild  speculation  it  is  said  that  plans  and 
sections  for  1263  new  railways  were  duly  deposited,  having  a 
proposed  capital  of  £563,000,000,  and  the  sum  required  to  be 
deposited  at  the  Board  of  Trade  was  so  much  larger  than  the 
total  amount  of  gold  in  the  Bank  of  England  and  notes  in 
circulation  at  the  time,  that  the  public  got  frightened,  a  panic 
ensued,  shares  in  the  new  lines  which  had  been  at  a  high 
premium  fell  almost  to  nothing,  and  even  the  established  lines 
were  greatly  depreciated.  Many  of  the  lines  were  proposed 
merely  for  speculation,  or  to  be  bought  off  by  opposing  lines 
which  had  a  better  chance  of  success.  The  line  we  were  at 
work  on  was  a  branch  of  the  Great  Western  and  South  Wales 
Railway  then  making,  and  was  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  the 
coal  and  iron  of  Merthyr  Tydfil  and  the  surrounding  district 
to  Swansea,  then  the  chief  port  of  South  Wales.  But  we  had 
a  competitor  along  the  whole  of  our  route  in  a  great  line 
from  Swansea  to  Yarmouth,  by  way  of  Merthyr,  Hereford, 
Worcester,  and  across  the  midland  agricultural  counties, 
called,  I  think,  the  East  and  West  Junction  Railway,  which 
sounded  grand,  but  which  had  no  chance  of  passing.  It 
competed,  however,  with  several  other  lines,  and  I  heard  that 
many  of  these  agreed  to  make  up  a  sum  to  buy  off  its  opposi- 
tion. Not  one-tenth  of  the  lines  proposed  that  year  were  ever 
made,  and  the  money  wasted  upon  surveyors,  engineers,  and 
law  expenses  must  have  amounted  to  millions. 

Finding  it  rather  dull  at  Neath  living  by  myself,  I  per- 
suaded my  brother  to  give  up  his  work  in  London  as  a  jour- 
neyman carpenter  and  join  me,  thinking  that,  with  his  practical 
experience  and  my  general  knowledge,  we  might  be  able  to  do 
architectural,  building,  and  engineering  work,  as  well  as  sur- 
veying, and  in  time  get  up  a  profitable  business.    We  returned 


244 


MY  LIFE 


together  early  in  January,  and  continued  to  board  and  lodge 
with  Mr.  Sims  in  the  main  street,  where  I  had  been  very 
comfortable,  till  the  autumn,  when,  hearing  that  my  sister 
would  probably  be  home  from  America  the  following  summer, 
and  my  mother  wishing  to  live  with  us,  we  took  a  small  cottage 
close  to  Llantwit  Church,  and  less  than  a  mile  from  the  middle 
of  the  town.  It  had  a  nice  little  garden  and  yard,  with  fowl- 
house,  shed,  etc.,  going  down  to  the  Neath  Canal,  immediately 
beyond  which  was  the  river  Neath,  with  a  pretty  view  across 
the  valley  to  Cadoxton  and  the  fine  Drumau  Mountain. 

Having  the  canal  close  at  hand  and  the  river  beyond,  and 
then  another  canal  to  Swansea,  made  us  long  for  a  small 
boat,  and  not  having  much  to  do,  my  brother  determined  to 
build  one,  so  light  that  it  could  easily  be  drawn  or  carried 
from  the  canal  to  the  river,  and  so  give  access  to  Swansea. 
It  was  made  as  small  and  light  as  possible  to  carry  two  or,  at 
most,  three  persons.  When  finished,  we  tried  it  with  much 
anxiety  and  found  it  rather  unstable,  but  with  a  little  ballast 
at  the  bottom  and  care  in  moving,  it  did  very  well,  and  was 
very  easy  to  row.  One  day  I  persuaded  my  mother  to  let  me 
row  her  to  Swansea,  where  we  made  a  few  purchases;  and 
then  came  back  quite  safely  till  within  about  a  mile  of  home, 
when,  passing  under  a  bridge,  my  mother  put  her  hand  out  to 
keep  the  boat  from  touching,  and  leaning  over  a  little  too 
much,  the  side  went  under  water,  and  upset  us  both.  As  the 
water  was  only  about  two  or  three  feet  deep  we  escaped  with 
a  thorough  wetting.  The  boat  was  soon  bailed  dry,  and  then 
I  rowed  on  to  Neath  Bridge,  where  my  mother  got  out  and 
walked  home,  and  did  not  trust  herself  in  our  boat  again, 
though  I  and  my  brother  had  many  pleasant  excursions. 

Our  chief  work  in  1846  was  the  survey  of  the  parish  of 
Llantwit-juxta-Neath,  in  which  we  lived.  The  agent  of  the 
Gnoll  Estate  had  undertaken  the  valuation  for  the  tithe  com- 
mutation, and  arranged  with  me  to  do  the  survey  and  make 
the  map  and  the  necessary  copies.  When  all  was  finished 
and  the  valuation  made,  I  was  told  that  I  must  collect .  the 
payment  from  the  various  farmers  in  the  parish,  who  would 
afterwards  deduct  it  from  their  rent.   This  was  a  disagreeable 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  245 


business,  as  many  of  the  farmers  were  very  poor;  some  could 
not  speak  English,  and  could  not  be  made  to  understand  what 
it  was  all  about;  others  positively  refused  to  pay;  and  the 
separate  amounts  were  often  so  small  that  it  was  not  worth 
going  to  law  about  them,  so  that  several  were  never  paid  at  all, 
and  others  not  for  a  year  afterwards.  This  was  another  of 
the  things  that  disgusted  me  with  business,  and  made  me  more 
than  ever  disposed  to  give  it  all  up  if  I  could  but  get  anything 
else  to  do. 

We  also  had  a  little  building  and  architectural  work.  A 
lady  wanted  us  to  design  a  cottage  for  her,  with  six  or  seven 
rooms,  I  think,  for  £200.  Building  with  the  native  stone 
was  cheap  in  the  country,  but  still,  what  she  wanted  was 
impossible,  and  at  last  she  agreed  to  go  £250,  and  with  some 
difficulty  we  managed  to  get  one  built  for  her  for  this  amount. 
We  also  sent  in  a  design  for  a  new  Town  Hall  for  Swansea, 
which  was  beyond  our  powers,  both  of  design  and  draughts- 
manship; and  as  there  were  several  established  architects 
among  the  competitors,  our  very  plain  building  and  poor 
drawings  had  no  chance.  But  shortly  afterwards  a  building 
was  required  at  Neath  for  a  Mechanics'  Institute,  for  which 
£600  was  available.  It  was  to  be  in  a  narrow  side  street, 
and  to  consist  of  two  rooms  only,  a  reading  room  and  library 
below,  and  a  room  above  for  classes  and  lectures.  We  were 
asked  to  draw  the  plans  and  supervise  the  execution,  which 
we  did,  and  I  think  the  total  cost  did  not  exceed  the  sum 
named  by  more  than  £50.  It  was,  of  course,  very  plain,  but 
the  whole  was  of  local  stone,  with  door  and  window-quoins^ 
cornice,  etc.,  hammer-dressed;  and  the  pediments  over  the 
door  and  windows,  arched  doorway,  and  base  of  squared 
blocks  gave  the  whole  a  decidedly  architectural  appearance. 
It  is  now  used  as  a  free  library,  and  through  the  kindness  of 
Miss  Florence  Neale,  of  Penarth,  I  am  enabled  to  give  a 
photographic  reproduction  of  it. 

This  reminds  me  that  the  Mechanics'  Institution  was,  I 
think,  established  by  Mr.  William  Jevons,  a  retired  merchant 
or  manufacturer  of  Liverpool,  and  the  uncle  of  William  Stan- 
ley Jevons,  the  well-known  writer  on  Logic  and  Political 


246 


MY  LIFE 


Economy.  Mr.  Jevons  was  the  author  of  a  work  on  "  Sys- 
tematic MoraHty,"  very  systematic  and  very  correct,  but  as 
dr>'  as  its  title.  He  had  a  good  Hbrary,  and  was  supposed  in 
Neath  to  be  a  man  of  almost  universal  knowledge.  I  think 
my  brother  William  had  become  acquainted  with  him  after  I 
left  Neath,  as  he  attended  the  funeral,  and  I  and  John  spent 
the  evening  with  him.  When  I  came  to  live  in  Neath  after 
my  brother's  death,  I  often  saw  him  and  occasionally  visited 
him,  and  I  think  borrowed  books,  and  the  following  winter, 
finding  I  was  interested  in  science  generally,  he  asked  me  to 
give  some  familiar  lectures  or  lessons  to  the  mechanics  of 
Neath,  who  then  met,  I  think,  in  one  of  the  schoolrooms.  I 
was  quite  afraid  of  undertaking  this,  and  tried  all  I  could  to 
escape,  but  Mr.  Jevons  was  very  persistent,  assured  me  that 
they  knew  actually  nothing  of  science,  and  that  the  very  sim- 
plest things,  with  a  few  diagrams  and  experiments,  would  be 
sure  to  interest  them.  At  last  I  reluctantly  consented,  and 
begun  with  very  short  and  simple  talks  on  the  facts  and  laws 
of  mechanics,  the  principle  of  the  lever,  pulley,  screw,  etc., 
falling  bodies  and  projectiles,  the  pendulum,  etc. 

I  got  on  fairly  well  at  first,  but  on  the  second  or  third  occa- 
sion I  was  trying  to  explain  something  which  required  a 
rather  complex  argument  which  I  thought  I  knew  perfectly, 
when,  in  the  middle  of  it,  I  seemed  to  lose  myself  and  could 
not  think  of  the  next  step.  After  a  minute's  dead  silence, 
]\Ir.  Jevons,  who  sat  by  me,  said  gently — "  Never  mind  that 
now.  Go  on  to  the  next  subject."  I  did  so,  but  after  a  few 
minutes,  what  I  had  forgotten  became  clear  to  me,  and  I 
returned  to  it,  and  went  over  it  with  success.  I  gave  these 
lessons  for  two  winters,  going  through  the  elementary  por- 
tions of  physics ;  and  after  a  week  in  Paris  in  1847,  ^  gave  to 
the  same  audience  a  general  account  of  the  city,  with  special 
reference  to  its  architecture,  museums,  and  gardens,  showing 
that  it  was  often  true  that  they  did  these  things  better  in 
France."  ^ 

1  In  1895  I  received  a  letter  from  Cardiff,  from  one  of  the  work- 
men who  attended  the  Neath  Mechanics'  Institution,  asking  if  the 
author  of  "  Island  Life,"  the  "  Malay  Archipelago,"  and  other  books  is 


FREE  LIBRARY,  NEATH 
(Designed  by  A.  R.  Wallace.  1847) 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH         -  247 

There  was  also  in  Neath  a  Philosophical  Society  with  a 
small  library  and  reading  room,  in  connection  with  which 
occasional  lectures  were  given.  Sir  G.  B.  Airy,  the  Astrono- 
mer Royal,  gave  a  lecture  there  on  the  return  of  Halley's 
Comet  shortly  before  we  came  to  Neath.  He  recommended 
them  to  purchase  a  good  telescope  of  moderate  size  and  have 
it  properly  mounted,  so  as  to  be  able  to  observe  all  the  more 
remarkable  astronomical  phenomena.  A  telescope  was  actually 
obtained  with,  I  think,  a  four-  or  five-inch  object  glass,  and 
as  there  was  no  good  position  for  it  available,  a  kind  of  square 
tower  was  built  attached  to  the  library,  high  enough  to  obtain 
a  clear  view,  on  the  top  of  which  it  was  proposed  to  use  the 
telescope.  But  the  funds  for  a  proper  mounting  and  observa- 
tory roof  not  being  forthcoming,  the  telescope  was  hardly 
ever  used,  owing  to  the  time  and  trouble  always  required  to 
carry  upstairs  and  prepare  for  observation  any  astronomical 
telescope  above  the  very  smallest  size. 

During  the  two  summers  that  I  and  my  brother  John  lived 
at  Neath  we  spent  a  good  deal  of  our  leisure  time  in  wandering 
about  this  beautiful  district,  on  my  part  in  search  of  insects, 
while  my  brother  always  had  his  eyes  open  for  any  uncommon 
bird  or  reptile.  One  day  when  I  was  insect  hunting  on 
Crymlyn  Burrows,  a  stretch  of  very  interesting  sand-hills, 
rock,  and  bog  near  the  sea,  and  very  rich  in  curious  plants, 
he  came  upon  several  young  vipers  basking  on  a  rock.  They 
were  about  eight  or  nine  inches  long.  As  they  were  quite  still, 
he  thought  he  could  catch  one  by  the  neck,  and  endeavoured 
to  do  so,  but  the  little  creature  turned  round  suddenly,  bit  his 
finger,  and  escaped.  He  immediately  sucked  out  the  poison, 
but  his  whole  hand  swelled  considerably,  and  was  very  pain- 
ful.   Owing,  however,  to  the  small  size  of  the  animal  the 

the  same  Mr.  Alfred  Wallace  who  taught  in  the  evening  science  classes 
to  the  Neath  Abbey  artificers.  He  writes — "  I  have  often  had  a  desire 
to  know,  as  I  benefited  more  while  in  your  class — if  you  are  the  same 
Mr.  A.  Wallace — than  I  ever  was  taught  at  school.  I  have  often  wished 
I  knew  how  to  thank  you  for  the  good  I  and  others  received  from  your 
teaching. — (Signed)  Matthew  Jones." 


248 


MY  LIFE 


swelling  soon  passed  off,  and  left  no  bad  eftects.  Another 
day,  towards  the  autumn,  we  found  the  rather  uncommon 
black  viper  in  a  wood  a  few  miles  from  Xeath.  This  he 
caught  with  a  forked  stick,  to  which  he  then  tied  it  firmly  by 
the  neck,  and  put  it  in  his  coat  pocket.  Meeting  a  labourer 
on  the  way,  he  pulled  it  out  of  his  pocket,  wriggling  and 
twisting  around  the  stick  and  his  hand,  and  asked  the  man  if 
he  knew  what  it  was,  holding  it  towards  him.  The  man's 
alarm  was  ludicrous.  Of  course,  he  declared  it  to  be  deadly, 
and  for  once  was  right,  and  he  added  that  he  would  not  carry 
such  a  thing  in  his  pocket  for  anything  we  could  give  him. 

Though  I  have  by  no  means  a  very  wide  acquaintance  with 
the  mountain  districts  of  Britain,  yet  I  know  Wales  pretty 
well;  have  visited  the  best  parts  of  the  lake  district;  in  Scot- 
land have  been  to  Loch  Lomond,  Loch  Katrine,  and  Loch 
Tay;  have  climbed  Ben  Lawers,  and  roamed  through  Glen 
Clova  in  search  of  rare  plants;  but  I  cannot  call  to  mind 
a  single  valley  that  in  the  same  extent  of  country  comprises 
so  much  beautiful  and  picturesque  scenery,  and  so  many 
interesting  special  features,  as  the  Vale  of  Neath.  The  town 
itself  is  beautifully  situated,  with  the  fine  wooded  and  rock- 
girt  Drumau  Mountain  to  the  west,  while  immediately  to  the 
east  are  well-wooded  heights  crowned  by  Gnoll  House,  and 
to  the  south-east,  three  miles  away,  a  high  rounded  hill,  up 
which  a  chimney  has  been  carried  from  the  Cwm  Avon  copper- 
works  in  the  valley  beyond,  the  smoke  from  which  gives  the 
hill  much  the  appearance  of  an  active  volcano.  To  the  south- 
west the  view  extends  down  the  valley  to  Swansea  Bay,  while 
to  the  north-east  stretches  the  Vale  of  Neath  itself,  nearly 
straight  for  twelve  miles,  the  river  winding  in  a  level  fertile 
valley  about  a  quarter  to  half  a  mile  wide,  bounded  on  each 
side  by  abrupt  hills,  whose  lower  slopes  are  finely  wooded^ 
and  backed  by  mountains  from  fifteen  hundred  to  eighteen 
hundred  feet  high.  The  view  up  this  valley  is  delightful,  its 
sides  being  varied  with  a  few  houses  peeping  out  from  the 
woods,  abundance  of  lateral  valleys  and  ravines,  with  here 
and  there  the  glint  of  falling  water,  while  its  generally  straight 
direction  affords  fine  perspective  effects,  sometimes  fading  in 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH 


the  distance  into  a  warm  yellow  haze,  at  others  affording  a 
view  of  the  distant  mountain  ranges  beyond. 

At  twelve  miles  from  the  town  we  come  to  the  little  village 
of  Pont-nedd-fychan  (the  bridge  of  the  little  Neath  river), 
where  we  enter  upon  a  quite  distinct  type  of  scenery,  dependent 
on  our  passing  out  of  the  South  Wales  coal  basin,  crossing 
the  hard  rock-belt  of  the  millstone  grit,  succeeded  by  the  pic- 
turesque crags  of  the  mountain  limestone,  and  then  entering 
on  the  extensive  formation  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone.  The 
river  here  divides  first  into  two,  and  a  little  further  on  into 
four  branches,  each  in  a  deep  ravine  with  wooded  slopes  or 
precipices,  above  which  is  an  undulating  hilly  and  rocky  coun- 
try backed  by  the  range  of  the  great  forest  of  Brecon,  with  its 
series  of  isolated  summits  or  vans,  more  than  two  thousand 
feet  high,  and  culminating  in  the  remarkable  twin  summits  of 
the  Brecknock  Beacons,  which  reach  over  twenty-nine  hun- 
dred feet.  Within  a  four-mile  walk  of  Pont-nedd-fychan 
there  are  six  or  eight  picturesque  waterfalls  or  cascades,  one 
of  the  most  interesting,  named  Ysgwd  Gladys,  being  a  minia- 
ture of  Niagara,  inasmuch  as  it  falls  over  an  overhanging  rock, 
so  that  it  is  easy  to  walk  across  behind  it.  A  photograph  of 
this  fall  is  given  here.  Another,  Ysgwd  Einon  Gam,  is  much 
higher,  while  five  miles  to  the  west,  near  Capel  Coelbren,  is 
one  of  the  finest  waterfalls  in  Wales,  being  surpassed  only, 
so  far  as  I  know,  by  the  celebrated  falls  above  Llanrhaiadr  in 
the  Berwyn  Mountains.  From  the  open  moor  it  drops  sud- 
denly about  ninety  feet  into  a  deep  ravine,  with  vertical  preci- 
pices wooded  at  the  top  all  round.  In  summer  the  stream  is 
small,  but  after  heavy  rains  it  must  be  a  very  fine  sight,  as  it 
falls  unbroken  into  a  deep  pool  below,  and  then  flows  away 
down  a  thickly-wooded  glen  to  the  river  Tawe. 

Within  a  mile  of  Pont-nedd-fychan  is  the  Dinas  rock,  a 
tongue  of  mountain  limestone  jutting  out  across  the  millstone 
grit,  and  forming  fine  precipices,  one  of  which  was  called  the 
Bwa-maen,  or  bow  rock,  from  its  being  apparently  bent 
double.  Lower  down  there  are  also  some  curious  waving 
lines  of  apparent  stratification,  but  on  a  recent  examination  I 
am  inclined  to  think  that  these  are  really  glacial  groovings 


250  MY  LIFE 

caused  by  the  ice  coming  down  from  Hirwain,  right  against 
these  ravines  and  precipices,  and  being  thus  heaped  up  and 
obHged  to  flow  away  at  right  angles  to  its  former  course. 

But  the  most  remarkable  and  interesting  of  the  natural 
phenomena  of  the  upper  valley  is  Porth-yr-Ogof  (the  gate- 
way of  the  cavern),  where  the  river  Mellte  runs  for  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  underground.  The  entrance  is  under  a  fine  arch 
of  limestone  rock  overhung  with  trees,  as  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying photograph.  The  outlet  is  more  irregular  and  less 
lofty,  and  is  also  less  easily  accessible;  but  the  valley  just 
below  has  wooded  banks,  open  glades,  and  fantastic  rocks 
near  the  cave,  forming  one  of  the  most  charmingly  picturesque 
spots  imaginable.  It  is  also  very  interesting  to  walk  over  the 
underground  river  along  a  hollow  strewn  with  masses  of  rock, 
and  with  here  and  there  irregular  funnels,  where  the  water 
can  be  heard  and  in  one  place  seen.  The  whole  place  is  very 
instructive,  as  showing  us  how  many  of  the  narrow  limestone 
gorges,  bounded  by  irregular  perpendicular  rocks  with  no 
sign  of  water-wear,  have  been  formed.  Caves  abound  in  all 
limestone  regions,  owing  to  the  dissolving  power  of  rain-water 
penetrating  the  fissures  of  the  rock,  and  finding  outlets  often 
at  a  distance  of  many  miles  and  then  gushing  forth  in  a  copious 
spring.  Where  a  range  of  such  caverns  lies  along  an  ancient 
valley,  and  are  not  very  far  below  the  surface,  they  in  time 
fall  in,  and,  partially  blocking  up  the  drainage,  cause  the 
caverns  to  be  filled  up  and  still  further  enlarged.  In  time 
the  fallen  portion  is  dissolved  and  worn  away,  other  portions 
fall  in,  and  in  course  of  ages  an  open  valley  is  formed, 
bounded  by  precipices  with  fractured  surfaces,  and  giving 
the  idea  of  their  being  rent  open  by  some  tremendous  convul- 
sion of  nature — a  favourite  expression  of  the  old  geologists. 

I  have  already  (in  chap,  xi.)  described  one  of  the  curious 
"  standing  stones  "  near  the  source  of  the  Llia  river,  but  there 
is  a  still  more  interesting  example  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
north-west  of  Ystrad-fellte,  where  the  old  Roman  road — the 
Saru  Helen — crosses  over  the  ridge  between  the  Nedd  and 
the  Llia  valleys.  This  is  a  tall,  narrow  stone,  roughly  quadri- 
lateral, on  one  of  the  faces  of  which  there  is  a  rudely  inscribed 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  251 


Latin  inscription,  as  seen  in  the  photograph,  and  in  a  copy  of 
the  letters  given  opposite.   It  reads  as  follows: — 

DERVACI  FILIUS  JUSTI  IC  lACIT 

meaning  [The  body]  of  Dervacus  the  son  of  Justus  lies  here. 
It  will  be  seen  that  the  letters  D,  A,  and  I  in  Dervaci,  and  the 
T  and  I  in  Justi  are  inverted  or  reversed,  probably  indicating 
that  the  cutting  was  done  by  an  illiterate  workman,  who 
placed  them  as  most  convenient  when  working  on  an  erect 
stone.  The  stone  itself  is  probably  British,  and  was  util- 
ized as  a  memorial  of  a  Roman  soldier  who  died  near  the 
place. 

One  of  our  mq^t  memorable  excursions  was  in  June,  1846, 
when  I  and  my  brother  spent  the  night  in  this  water-cave. 
I  wanted  to  go  again  to  the  top  of  the  Beacons  to  see  if  I 
could  find  any  rare  beetles  there,  and  also  to  show  my  brother 
the  waterfalls  and  other  beauties  of  the  upper  valley.  Start- 
ing after  an  early  breakfast  we  walked  to  Pont-nedd-fychan, 
and  then  turned  up  the  western  branch  to  the  Rocking  Stone, 
a  large  boulder  of  millstone-grit  resting  on  a  nearly  level  sur- 
face, but  which  by  succession  of  pushes  with  one  hand  can 
be  made  to  rock  considerably.  It  was  here  that  I  obtained 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  British  beetles,  Trichms  fasciatus, 
the  only  time  I  ever  captured  it.  We  then  went  on  to  the 
Gladys  and  Einon  Gam  falls ;  then,  turning  back,  followed  up 
the  river  Nedd  for  some  miles,  crossed  over  to  the  cavern 
and  then  on  to  Ystrad-fellte,  where  we  had  supper  and  spent 
the  night,  having  walked  leisurely  about  eighteen  or  twenty 
miles. 

The  next  morning  early  we  proceeded  up  the  valley  to  the 
highest  farm  on  the  Dringarth,  then  struck  across  the  moun- 
tain to  the  road  from  Hirwain  to  Brecon,  which  we  followed 
to  the  bridge  over  the  Taff,  and  then  turned  off  towards  the 
Beacons,  the  weather  being  perfect.  It  was  a  delightful  walk, 
on  a  gradual  slope  of  fifteen  hundred  feet  in  a  mile  and  a  half, 
with  a  little  steeper  bit  at  the  end,  and  the  small  overhanging 
cap  of  peat  at  the  summit,  as  already  described  in  chapter  xi. 
I  searched  over  it  for  beetles,  which  were,  however,  very 


252  MY  LIFE 

scarce,  and  we  then  walked  along  the  ridge  to  the  second 
and  higher  triangular  summit,  peeped  with  nervous  dread  on 
my  part  over  the  almost  perpendicular  precipice  towards 
Brecon^  noted  the  exact  correspondence  in  slope  of  the  two 
peat  summits,  and  then  back  to  the  ridge  and  a  little  way 
down  the  southern  slope  to  where  a  tiny  spring  trickles  out — 
the  highest  source  of  the  river  Taff — and  there,  lying  on  the 
soft  mountain  turf,  enjoyed  our  lunch  and  the  distant  view 
over  the  valley  and  mountain  to  the  faint  haze  of  the  British 
Channel.  We  then  returned  to  the  western  summit,  took  a 
final  view  of  the  grand  panorama  around  us,  and  bade  fare- 
well to  the  beautiful  mountain,  the  summit  of  which  neither 
of  us  visited  again,  though  I  have  since  been  very  near  it. 
We  took  nearly  the  same  route  back,  had  a  substantial  tea  at 
the  little  inn  at  Ystrad-fellte,  and  then,  about  seven  o'clock, 
walked  down  to  the  cave  to  prepare  our  quarters  for  the 
night.  I  think  we  had  both  of  us  at  this  time  determined, 
if  possible,  to  go  abroad  into  more  or  less  wild  countries,  and 
we  wanted  for  once  to  try  sleeping  out-of-doors,  with  no 
shelter  or  bed  but  what  nature  provided. 

Just  inside  the  entrance  of  the  cave  there  are  slopes  of 
water-worn  rock  and  quantities  of  large  pebbles  and  boulders, 
and  here  it  was  quite  dry,  while  farther  in,  where  there  were 
patches  of  smaller  stones  and  sand,  it  was  much  colder  and 
quite  damp,  so  our  choice  of  a  bed  was  limited  to  rock  or 
boulders.  We  first  chose  a  place  for  a  fire,  and  then  searched 
for  sufficient  dead  or  dry  wood  to  last  us  the  night.  This 
took  us  a  good  while,  and  it  was  getting  dusk  before  we  lit 
our  fire.  We  then  sat  down,  enjoying  the  flicker  of  the  flame 
on  the  roof  of  the  cavern,  the  glimmer  of  the  stars  through 
the  trees  outside,  and  the  gentle  murmur  of  the  little  river 
beside  us.  After  a  scanty  supper  we  tried  to  find  a  place 
where  we  could  sleep  with  the  minimum  of  discomfort,  but 
with  very  little  success.  We  had  only  our  usual  thin  summer 
clothing,  and  had  nothing  whatever  with  us  but  a  small 
satchel,  which  served  as  a  pillow.  As  the  cave  faces  north 
the  rock>^  floor  had  not  been  warmed  by  the  sun,  and  struck 
cold  through  our  thin  clothing,  and  we  turned  about  in  vain 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  253 


for  places  where  we  could  fit  ourselves  into  hollows  without 
feeling  the  harsh  contact  of  our  bones  with  the  rock  or  peb- 
bles. I  found  it  almost  impossible  to  lie  still  for  half  an  hour 
without  seeking  a  more  comfortable  position,  but  the  change 
brought  little  relief.  Being  midsummer,  there  were  no  dead 
leaves  to  be  had,  and  we  had  no  tool  with  which  to  cut  suffi- 
cient branches  to  make  a  bed.  But  I  think  we  had  determined 
purposely  to  make  no  preparation,  but  to  camp  out  just  as 
if  we  had  come  accidentally  to  the  place  in  an  unknown 
country,  and  had  been  compelled  to  sleep  there.  But  very 
little  sleep  was  to  be  had,  and  while  in  health  I  have  never 
passed  a  more  uncomfortable  night.  Luckily  it  was  not  a 
long  one,  and  before  sunrise  we  left  our  gloomy  bedroom, 
walked  up  to  the  main  road  to  get  into  the  sunshine,  descended 
into  the  Nedd  valley  and  strolled  along,  enjoying  the  fresh 
morning  air  and  warm  sun  till  we  neared  Pont-nedd-fychan, 
when,  finding  a  suitable  pool,  we  took  a  delightful  and  refresh- 
ing bath,  dried  our  bodies  in  the  sun,  and  then  walked  on  to 
the  little  inn,  where  we  enjoyed  our  ample  dish  of  eggs  and 
bacon,  with  tea,  and  brown  bread-and-butter.  We  then 
walked  slowly  on,  collecting  and  exploring  by  paths  and  lanes 
and  through  shady  woods  on  the  south  bank  of  the  river,  till 
we  reached  our  lodgings  at  Neath,  having  thoroughly  enjoyed 
our  little  excursion. 

A  few  months  later  one  of  our  walks  had  a  rather  serious 
sequel.  We  started  after  breakfast  one  fine  Sunday  morning 
for  a  walk  up  the  Dulais  valley,  returning  by  Pont-ar-dawe, 
and  about  four  in  the  afternoon  found  ourselves  near  my 
old  lodgings  at  Bryn-coch.  We  accordingly  went  in  and,  of 
course,  were  asked  to  stay  to  tea,  which  was  just  being  got 
ready.  The  Misses  Rees,  with  their  usual  hospitality,  made 
a  huge  plate  of  buttered  toast  with  their  home-made  bread, 
which  was  very  substantial,  and,  being  very  hungry  after  our 
long  walk,  we  made  a  hearty  meal  of  it.  My  brother  felt  no 
ill  effects  from  this,  but  in  my  case  it  brought  on  a  severe 
attack  of  inflammation  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  which 
kept  me  in  bed  some  weeks,  and  taught  me  not  to  overtax  my 
usually  good  digestion. 


254 


MY  LIFE 


During  my  residence  at  Xeath  I  kept  up  some  correspon- 
dence with  H.  W.  Bates,  chiefly  on  insect  collecting.  We 
exchanged  specimens,  and,  I  think,  in  the  summer  of  1847, 
he  came  on  a  week's  visit,  which  we  spent  chiefly  in  beetle- 
collecting  and  in  discussing  various  matters,  and  it  must  have 
been  at  this  time  that  we  talked  over  a  proposed  collecting 
journey  to  the  tropics,  but  had  not  then  decided  where  to  go. 
'^^T.  Bates'  widow  having  kindly  returned  to  me  such  of  my 
letters  as  he  had  preserved,  I  find  in  them  some  references  to 
the  subjects  in  which  I  was  then  interested.  I  will,  therefore, 
here  give  a  few  extracts  from  them. 

In  a  letter  written  November  9,  I  finish  by  asking :  "  Have 
you  read  '  Vestiges  of  the  Natural  History  of  Creation,'  or  is 
it  out  of  your  line?"  And  in  my  next  letter  (December  28), 
having  had  Bates'  reply  to  the  question,  I  say :  "  I  have  rather  a 
more  favourable  opinion  of  the  '  Vestiges  '  than  you  appear  to 
have.  I  do  not  consider  it  a  hasty  generalization,  but  rather  as 
an  ingenious  hypothesis  strongly  supported  by  some  striking 
facts  and  analogies,  but  which  remains  to  be  proved  by  more 
facts  and  the  additional  light  which  more  research  may  throw 
upon  the  problem.  It  furnishes  a  subject  for  every  observer  of 
nature  to  attend  to;  every  fact  he  observes  will  make  either 
for  or  against  it,  and  it  thus  serves  both  as  an  incitement  to 
the  collection  of  facts,  and  an  object  to  which  they  can  be 
applied  when  collected.  }^Iany  eminent  writers  support  the 
theory  of  the  progressive  developm.ent  of  animals  and  plants. 
There  is  a  very  philosophical  work  bearing  directly  on  the 
question — Lawrence's  *  Lectures  on  Man  ' — delivered  before 
the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  now  published  in  a  cheap  form. 
The  great  object  of  these  '  Lectures  '  is  to  illustrate  the  differ- 
ent races  of  mankind,  and  the  manner  in  which  they  probably 
originated,  and  he  arrives  at  the  conclusion  (as  also  does 
Pritchard  in  his  work  on  the  *  Physical  History  of  Alan ')  that 
the  varieties  of  the  human  race  have  not  been  produced  by 
any  external  causes,  but  are  due  to  the  development  of  certain 
distinctive  peculiarities  in  some  individuals  which  have  there- 
after become  propagated  through  an  entire  race.  Now,  I 
should  say  that  a  permanent  peculiarity  not  produced  by 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH 


255 


external  causes  is  a  characteristic  of  '  species  '  and  not  of  mere 
*  variety/  and  thus,  if  the  theory  of  the  '  Vestiges  '  is  accepted, 
the  Negro,  the  Red  Indian,  and  the  European  are  distinct 
species  of  the  genus  Homo. 

"  An  animal  which  differs  from  another  by  some  decided 
and  permanent  character,  however  slight,  which  difference  is 
undiminished  by  propagation  and  unchanged  by  climate  and 
external  circumstances,  is  universally  held  to  be  a  distinct 
species;  while  one  which  is  not  regularly  transmitted  so  as  to 
form  a  distinct  race,  but  is  occasionally  reproduced  from  the 
parent  stock  (like  Albinoes),  is  generally,  if  the  difference  is 
not  very  considerable,  classed  as  a  variety.  But  I  would 
class  both  these  as  distinct  species,  and  I  would  only  consider 
those  to  be  varieties  w^hose  differences  are  produced  by  external 
causes,  and  which,  therefore,  are  not  propagated  as  distinct 
races.  ...  As  a  further  support  to  the  '  Vestiges,'  I  have 
heard  that  in  his  *  Cosmos '  the  venerable  Humboldt  supports 
its  views  in  almost  every  particular,  not  excepting  those  relat- 
ing to  animal  and  vegetable  life.  This  work  I  have  a  great 
desire  to  read,  but  fear  I  shall  not  have  an  opportunity  at 
present.    Read  Lawrence's  work;  it  is  well  worth  it." 

This  long  quotation,  containing  some  very  crude  ideas, 
would  not  have  been  worth  giving  except  for  showing  that  at 
this  early  period,  only  about  four  years  after  I  had  begun  to 
take  any  interest  in  natural  history,  I  was  already  speculating 
upon  the  origin  of  species,  and  taking  note  of  everything 
bearing  upon  it  that  came  in  my  way.  It  also  serves  to  show 
the  books  I  was  reading  about  this  time,  as  well  as  my  appre- 
ciation of  the  "  Vestiges,"  a  book  which,  in  my  opinion,  has 
always  been  undervalued,  and  which  when  it  first  appeared 
was  almost  as  much  abused,  and  for  very  much  the  same 
reasons,  as  was  Darwin's  "  Origin  of  Species,"  fifteen  years 
later. 

In  a  letter  dated  April  11,  1846,  there  occur  the  following 
remarks  on  two  books  about  which  there  has  been  little  differ- 
ence of  opinion,  and  whose  authors  I  had  at  that  time  no 
expectation  of  ever  calling  my  friends.  "  I  was  much  pleased 
to  find  that  you  so  well  appreciated  Lyell.    I  first  read  Dar- 


256 


MY  LIFE 


win's  '  Journal '  three  or  four  years  ago,  and  have  lately 
re-read  it.  As  the  Journal  of  a  scientific  traveller,  it  is  second 
only  to  Humboldt's  '  Personal  Narrative ' — as  a  work  of 
general  interest,  perhaps  superior  to  it.  He  is  an  ardent 
admirer  and  most  able  supporter  of  Mr.  Lyell's  views.  His 
style  of  writing  I  very  much  admire,  so  free  from  all  labour, 
affectation,  or  egotism,  and  yet  so  full  of  interest  and  original 
thought.  ...  I  quite  envy  you,  who  have  friends  near  you 
attached  to  the  same  pursuits.  I  know  not  a  single  person 
in  this  little  town  who  studies  any  one  branch  of  natural  his-  • 
tory,  so  that  I  am  quite  alone  in  this  respect."  My  references 
to  Darwin's  "  Journal "  and  to  Humboldt's  "  Personal  Narra- 
tive "  indicate,  I  believe,  the  two  works  to  whose  inspira- 
tion I  owe  my  determination  to  visit  the  tropics  as  a  col- 
lector. 

In  September,  1847,  sister  returned  home  from  Alabama, 
and  from  that  time  till  I  left  for  Para,  in  the  following  year, 
we  lived  together  at  Llantwit  Cottage.  To  commemorate  her 
return  she  invited  my  brother  and  me  to  go  to  Paris  for  a 
week,  partly  induced  by  the  fact  that  everywhere  in  America 
she  was  asked  about  it,  while  we  were  very  glad  to  have  her 
as  an  interpreter.  The  last  letter  to  Bates  before  our  South 
American  voyage  is  occupied  chiefly  with  an  account  of  this 
visit,  a  comparison  of  Paris  with  London,  and  especially  an 
account  of  the  museums  at  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  as  compared 
v/ith  the  British  Museum.  Towards  the  end  of  this  long  letter 
the  following  passages  are  the  only  ones  that  relate  to  the 
development  of  my  views.  After  referring  to  a  day  spent  in 
the  insect-room  at  the  British  Museum  on  my  way  home,  and 
the  overwhelming  numbers  of  the  beetles  and  butterflies  I  was 
able  to  look  over,  I  add :  "  I  begin  to  feel  rather  dissatisfied 
with  a  mere  local  collection;  little  is  to  be  learnt  by  it.  I 
should  like  to  take  some  one  family  to  study  thoroughly, 
principally  with  a  view  to  the  theory  of  the  origin  of  species. 
By  that  means  I  am  strongly  of  opinion  that  some  definite 
results  might  be  arrived  at."  And  at  the  very  end  of  the 
letter  I  say :  "  There  is  a  work  published  by  the  Ray  Society 
I   should  much  like  to  see,  Oken's  '  Elements  of  Physio- 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  257 


philosophy.'  There  is  a  review  of  it  in  the  Athenceum.  It 
contains  some  remarkable  views  on  my  favourite  subject — 
the  variations,  arrangements,  distribution,  etc.,  of  species." 

These  extracts  from  my  early  letters  to  Bates  suf¥ice  to 
show  that  the  great  problem  of  the  origin  of  species  was 
already  distinctly  formulated  in  my  mind ;  that  I  was  not 
satisfied  with  the  more  or  less  vague  solutions  at  that  time 
offered;  that  I  believed  the  conception  of  evolution  through 
natural  law  so  clearly  formulated  in  the  "  Vestiges  "  to  be,  so 
far  as  it  went,  a  true  one;  and  that  I  firmly  believed  that  a 
full  and  careful  study  of  the  facts  of  nature  would  ultimately 
lead  to  a  solution  of  the  mystery. 

There  is  one  other  subject  on  which  I  obtained  conclusive 
evidence  while  living  at  Neath,  which  may  here  be  briefly 
noticed.  I  have  already  described  how  at  Leicester  I  became 
convinced  of  the  genuineness  "  of  the  phenomena  of  mes- 
merism, and  was  able  thoroughly  to  test  them  myself.  I  also 
was  able  to  make  experiments  which  satisfied  me  of  the  truth 
of  phrenology,  and  had  read  sufficient  to  enable  me  to  under- 
stand its  general  principles.  But  during  my  early  residence 
at  Neath  after  my  brother's  death,  I  heard  two  lectures  on 
the  subject,  and  in  both  cases  I  had  my  character  delineated 
with  such  accuracy  as  to  render  it  certain  that  the  positions 
of  all  the  mental  organs  had  been  very  precisely  determined. 
It  must  be  understood  that  the  lecturers  were  both  strangers, 
and  that  they  each  gave  only  a  single  lecture  on  their  way 
to  more  important  centres.  In  each  case  I  received  a  large 
printed  sheet,  with  the  organs  and  their  functions  stated,  and 
a  number  placed  opposite  to  each  to  indicate  its  comparative 
size.  In  addition  to  this,  there  was  a  written  delineation  of 
character,  but  in  each  case  it  only  professed  to  be  a  sketch, 
as  I  could  not  then  afford  the  higher  fee  for  a  full  written 
development  of  character.  As  these  two  documents  have 
fortunately  been  preserved  and  are  now  before  me,  it  will  be 
interesting  to  see  how  closely  the  main  features  of  my 
character  were  stated  by  these  two  itinerant  lecturers  about 
sixty  years  ago. 

I  will  take  first  that  of  Mr.  Edwin  Thomas  Hicks,  who 


MY  LIFE 


called  himself  "  Professor  of  Phrenology',"  and  whose  delinea- 
tion was  the  less  detailed  of  the  two.    It  is  as  follows: — 

"  The  intellectual  faculties  are  very  well  combined  in  your 
head,  you  will  manifest  a  good  deal  of  perception,  and  will 
pay  great  attention  to  facts,  but  as  soon  as  facts  are  presented 
you  begin  to  reason  and  theorize  upon  them;  you  will  be 
constantly  searching  for  causes,  and  will  form  your  judgment 
from  the  analogy  which  one  fact  bears  to  another.  You  have 
a  good  development  of  number  and  order,  will  therefore  be  a 
good  calculator,  will  excel  in  mathematics,  and  will  be  very 
systematic  in  your  arrangements  and  plans.  You  possess  a 
good  deal  of  firmness  in  what  you  consider  to  be  right,  but 
you  want  self-confidence.  You  are  cautious  in  acting  and 
speaking,  quick  in  temper,  but  kind  and  good  in  disposition." 

The  above  estimate,  although  partial,  and  dealing  almost 
entirely  with  the  intellectual  faculties,  is  yet  wonderfully 
accurate  if  we  consider  that  it  is  founded  upon  a  necessarily 
hasty  examination,  and  a  comparison  of  the  proportionate 
development  of  the  thirty-seven  distinct  organs  which  the 
examiner  recognized.  It  is  not  generally  known  that  even 
when  the  size  or  development  of  each  organ  is  accurately 
given  the  determination  of  the  resulting  character  is  not  a 
simple  matter,  as  it  depends  upon  a  very  careful  study  of  the 
infinitely  varied  combinations  of  the  organs,  the  result  of 
which  is  sometimes  very  different  from  what  might  be  antici- 
pated. A  good  phrenologist  has  to  make,  first,  a  very 
accurate  determination  of  the  comparative  as  well  as  the 
absolute  size  of  all  the  organs,  and  then  a  careful  estimate  of 
the  probable  result  of  the  special  combination  of  organs  in 
each  case;  and  in  both  there  will  be  a  certain  amount  of 
difference  even  between  equally  well-trained  observers,  while 
in  special  details  there  may  be  a  considerable  difference  in  the 
final  estimate,  especially  when  the  two  observers  are  not  equal 
in  knowledge  and  experience. 

The  first  sentence  in  the  estimate  is  wonderfully  accurate 
and  comprehensive,  since  it  gives  in  very  few  words  the 
exact  combination  of  faculties  which  have  been  the  effec- 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  259 


tive  agents  in  all  the  work  I  have  done,  and  which  have 
given  me  whatever  reputation  in  science,  literature,  and 
thought  which  I  possess.  It  is  the  result  of  the  organs  of 
comparison,  causality,  and  order,  with  firmness,  acquisitive- 
ness, concentrativeness,  constructiveness,  and  wonder,  all 
above  the  average,  but  none  of  them  excessively  developed, 
combined  with  a  moderate  faculty  of  language,  which  enables 
me  to  express  my  ideas  and  conclusions  in  writing,  though 
but  imperfectly  in  speech.  I  feel,  myself,  how  curiously  and 
persistently  these  faculties  have  acted  in  various  combinations 
to  determine  my  tastes,  disposition,  and  actions.  Thus,  my 
organ  of  order  is  large  enough  to  make  me  wish  to  have 
everything  around  me  in  its  place,  but  not  sufficient  to  enable 
me  to  keep  them  so,  among  the  multiplicity  of  interests  and 
occupations  which  my  more  active  intellectual  faculties  lead 
me  to  indulge  in. 

The  next  sentence  is  also  fairly  accurate,  as  at  school  I 
always  found  arithmetic  easy,  but  Mr.  Hicks  did  not,  perhaps, 
know  that  my  rather  small  organ  of  wit  would  prevent  my 
ever  "  excelling "  in  mathematics.  That  I  am  "  systematic 
in  my  arrangements  and  plans  "  is,  however,  quite  correct. 
My  want  of  self-confidence  has  already  been  stated  in  my  own 
estimate  of  my  character;  and  the  last  sentence  is  also  fairly 
precise  and  accurate. 

Among  the  other  organs  not  referred  to  in  the  written 
character,  there  are  a  few  worth  noting.  Inhabitiveness, 
giving  attachment  to  place,  is  among  my  smaller  faculties, 
while  Locality,  giving  power  of  remembering  places  and  the 
desire  to  travel,  is  noted  as  being  one  of  the  largest.  Indi- 
viduality, giving  power  of  remembering  names  and  dates,  is 
rather  small,  while  Time  is  given  as  the  smallest  of  all,  in 
both  cases  strictly  corresponding  with  the  amount  of  each 
faculty  I  possess.  Again,  Veneration  is  among  the  smallest 
indicated,  and  is  shown  in  my  character  by  my  disregard  for 
mere  authority  or  rank,  its  place  being  taken  by  Ideality  and 
Wonder,  both  marked  as  well  developed,  and  which  lead  to 
my  intense  delight  in  the  grand,  the  beautiful,  or  the  mysteri- 
ous in  nature  or  in  art. 


26o 


MY  LIFE 


Coming  now  to  the  estimate  of  the  other  lecturer,  Mr. 
James  Quilter  Rumball,  an  M.R.C.S.  and  author  of  some 
medical  works,  we  have  a  more  detailed  and  careful  "  Phreno- 
logical Development,"  founded  on  the  comparative  sizes  of 
thirty-nine  organs.  It  is  as  follows,  only  omitting  a  few  words 
at  the  end,  which  are  of  a  purely  private  and  personal  nature. 

(a)  There  is  some  delicacy  in  the  nervous  system,  and 
consequent  sensitiveness  which  unfits  it  for  any  very  long- 
continued  exertion ;  but  this  may  be  overcome  by  a  strong 
will.  There  is  some  tendency  to  indigestion;  this  requires  air 
and  exercise. 

"(b)  The  power  of  fixing  the  attention  is  very  good 
indeed,  and  there  is  very  considerable  perceptive  power,  so 
that  this  gentleman  should  learn  easily  and  remember  well, 
notwithstanding  verbal  memory  is  but  moderate.  Concen- 
trativeness  is  the  chief  organ  upon  which  all  the  memories 
depend,  and  this  is  undoubtedly  large. 

"(c)  He  has  some  vanity,  and  more  ambition.  He  may 
occasionally  exhibit  a  want  of  self-confidence ;  but  general 
opinion  ascribes  to  him  too  much.  In  this,  opinion  is  wrong: 
he  knows  that  he  has  not  enough;  he  may  assume  it,  but  it 
will  sit  ill. 

"  (d)  If  Wit  were  larger  he  would  be  a  good  Mathe- 
matician; but  without  it,  however  clear  and  analytical  the 
mind  may  be,  it  wants'  breadth  and  depth,  and  so  I  do  not 
put  down  his  mathematical  talents  as  first-rate,  although 
Number  is  good,  the  same  must  be  said  of  his  classical 
abiHties — good,  but  not  first-rate. 

"(e)  He  has  some  love  for  music  from  his  Ideality,  but  I 
do  not  find  a  good  ear,  or  sufficient  time;  he  has,  however, 
mechanical  ability  sufficient  to  produce  enough  of  both, 
especially  for  the  flute,  if  he  so  choose. 

"(f)  As  an  artist,  he  would  excel  if  his  vision  were 
perfect:  he  has  every  necessary  faculty,  even  to  Imitation. 

"(g)  He  is  fond  of  argument,  and  not  easily  convinced;  he 
would  exhibit  physical  courage  if  called  upon;  and  although 
he  loves  money — as  who  does  not? — so  far  from  there  being 
any  evidence  of  greediness,  he  is  benevolent  and  liberal,  but 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  261 


probably  not  extravagant.  This  part  of  his  disposition  is, 
however,  so  evenly  balanced  that  there  is  not  likely  to  be 
much  peculiarity. 

"  (/j)  His  domestic  affections  are  his  best.  Conscientious- 
ness ought  to  be  one  more,  but  I  do  not  see  what  will  try  it. 

"  J.  Q.  RUMBALL." 

I  will  make  a  few  remarks  on  this  estimate,  referring  to 
the  lettered  paragraphs:  (a)  This  is  more  medical  than 
phrenological,  but  it  is  strikingly  accurate.  So  long  as  I  was 
at  school  I  suffered  from  indigestion;  but  my  after  life, 
largely  spent  in  the  open  air,  has  almost  entirely  removed 
this  slight  constitutional  failing,  (b)  A  very  accurate  state- 
ment, (c)  This  is  strikingly  correct,  (d)  I  have  already 
shown  how  my  experience  at  Leicester  exactly  accorded 
with  this  estimate,  (e)  This  also  is  an  exact  statement 
of  my  relation  to  music.  (/)  Here  I  think  Mr.  Rumball 
has  gone  somewhat  beyond  his  own  detailed  estimate  of 
the  development  of  my  organs  of  Weight,  Form,  and  Size, 
which  are  put  at  only  a  little  above  the  average.  The  posi- 
tion of  these  organs  over  the  frontal  sinus  renders  their 
estimate  very  difficult,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  they  are 
really  a  little  below  rather  than  above  the  average.  At  the 
same  time  I  did  draw  a  little  without  any  teaching  worth  the 
name,  and  I  have  a  high  appreciation  of  good  design,  and 
especially  of  the  artistic  touch,  so  that  if  my  attention  had 
been  wholly  devoted  to  the  study  and  practice  of  art,  I  may 
possibly  have  succeeded.  But  my  occupations  and  tastes  led 
me  in  other  directions,  while  the  progress  of  photography 
rendered  sketching  less  and  less  necessary. 

(g)  The  first  statement  here  is  not  only  correct,  but  it  is 
really  the  main  feature  of  my  intellectual  character.  I  can 
hardly  write  with  ease,  unless  I  am  seeking  to  prove  some- 
thing. Mere  narrative  is  distasteful  to  me.  The  remainder 
of  the  section  calls  for  no  special  observation. 

(h)  I  will  only  remark  that  the  defect  here  pointed  out 
does  undoubtedly  exist,  and  it  has  been  of  some  use  to  me  to 
know  it. 


262 


MY  LIFE 


On  the  whole,  it  appears  to  me  that  these  two  expositions 
of  my  character,  the  result  of  a  very  rapid  examination  of  the 
form  of  my  head  by  two  perfect  strangers,  made  in  public 
among,  perhaps,  a  dozen  others,  all  waiting  at  the  end  of 
an  evening  lecture,  are  so  curiously  exact  in  so  many  dis- 
tinct points  as  to  demonstrate  a  large  amount  of  truth — 
both  in  the  principle  and  in  the  details — of  the  method  by 
which  they  were  produced.  A  short  account  of  the  evidence 
in  support  of  Phrenolog}^  is  given  in  my  "  Wonderful 
Century"  (chapter  xx.),  and  those  who  are  interested  in  the 
subject  will  there  see  that  the  supposed  "  localization  of 
motor  areas,"  by  Professor  Ferrier  and  others,  which  are 
usually  stated  to  be  a  disproof  of  the  science,  are  really  one 
of  its  supports,  the  movements  produced  being  merely  those 
which  express  the  emotions  due  to  the  excitation  of  the 
phrenological  organ  excited.  When  I  touched  the  organ  of 
Veneration  in  one  of  my  boy  patients  at  Leicester  he  fell 
upon  his  knees,  closed  his  palms  together,  and  gazed  upwards, 
with  the  facial  expression  of  a  saint  in  the  ecstasy  of  adora- 
tion. Here  are  very  definite  movements  of  a  great  number 
of  the  muscles  of  the  whole  body,  and  some  of  the  movements 
observed  by  Professor  Ferrier  were  almost  as  complex,  and 
almost  as  clearly  due  to  the  physical  expression  of  a  famihar 
and  powerful  emotion. 

I  will  here  briefly  record  a  few  family  events  which  suc- 
ceeded my  departure  from  England  early  in  1848.  My 
brother,  not  having  enough  surveying  or  other  work  to  live 
upon,  took  a  small  house  and  a  few  acres  of  good  pasture  land 
near  the  town,  in  order  to  keep  cows  and  supply  milk.  This 
he  tried  for  a  year,  my  mother  and  sister  living  with  him, 
doing  the  house  work,  while  he  carried  the  milk  daily  into 
the  town  in  a  small  pony-cart.  But  the  rent  was  too  high, 
and  it  did  not  pay;  so  in  the  spring  of  1849  he  gave  it  up 
and  sailed  for  California  in  April,  soon  after  the  discoveries 
of  gold  there  and  when  San  Francisco  was  a  city  of  huts  and 
tents,  and  he  lived  there  till  his  death  in  1895,  having  only 
once  visited  England,  in  the  winter  of  1850-51,  in  order  to 


RESIDENCE  AT  NEATH  263 


marry  the  only  daughter  of  his  former  employer,  Mr. 
Webster. 

Shortly  after  this  my  sister  married  Mr.  Thomas  Sims, 
eldest  son  of  the  Mr.  Sims  with  whom  I  and  my  brother  had 
lodged  in  Neath.  He  had  taught  himself  the  then  unde- 
veloped art  of  photography,  and  he  and  his  wife  settled  first  in 
Weston-super-Mare,  and  afterwards  came  to  London,  where 
I  lived  with  them  in  Upper  Albany  Street,  after  my  return 
from  the  Amazon. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON 

What  decided  our  going  to  Para  and  the  Amazon  rather 
than  to  any  other  part  of  the  tropics  was  the  publication  in 
1847,  Murray's  Home  and  Colonial  Library,  of  "  A 
Voyage  up  the  Amazon,"  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Edwards.  This  little 
book  was  so  clearly  and  brightly  written,  described  so  well  the 
beauty  and  the  grandeur  of  tropical  vegetation,  and  gave 
such  a  pleasing  account  of  the  people,  their  kindness  and 
hospitality  to  strangers,  and  especially  of  the  English  and 
American  merchants  in  Para,  while  expenses  of  living  and 
of  travelling  were  both  very  moderate,  that  Bates  and  myself 
at  once  agreed  that  this  was  the  very  place  for  us  to  go  to 
if  there  was  any  chance  of  paying  our  expenses  by  the  sale 
of  our  duplicate  collections.  I  think  we  read  the  book  in 
the  latter  part  of  the  year  (or  very  early  in  1848),  and  we 
immediately  communicated  with  Mr.  Edward  Doubleday, 
who  had  charge  of  the  butterflies  at  the  British  Museum, 
for  his  advice  upon  the  matter.  He  assured  us  that  the 
whole  of  northern  Brazil  was  very  little  known,  that  some 
small  collections  they  had  recently  had  from  Para  and 
Pernambuco  contained  many  rarities  and  some  new  species, 
and  that  if  we  collected  all  orders  of  insects,  as  well  as  land- 
shells,  birds,  and  mammals,  there  was  no  doubt  we  could 
easily  pay  our  expenses.  Thus  encouraged,  we  determined  to 
go  to  Para,  and  began  to  make  all  the  necessary  arrange- 
ments. We  found  that  by  sailing  in  early  spring  we  should 
reach  Para  at  the  beginning  of  the  dry  season,  which  is  both 
the  most  agreeable  for  new-comers  and  the  best  for  making 
collections.    We  arranged,  therefore,  to   meet  in  London 

264 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  265 


towards  the  end  of  March  to  study  the  collections  at  the 
British  Museum,  make  purchases  of  books,  collecting  appa- 
ratus, and  outfit,  arrange  with  an  agent  to  receive  and  dispose 
of  our  collections,  and  make  inquiries  as  to  our  passage. 

By  a  curious  coincidence  we  found  that  Mr.  Edwards, 
whose  book  had  determined  us  to  go  to  the  Amazon,  was  in 
London  exhibiting  a  very  fine  ivory  crucifix  of  Italian  work- 
manship. We  called  upon  him  in  a  street  out  of  Regent 
Street,  and  we  had  an  interesting  talk  about  the  country. 
He  kindly  gave  us  letters  of  introduction  to  some  of  his 
American  friends  in  Para,  among  others,  to  Mr.  Leavens  at 
the  Saw  Mills,  with  whom  we  went  on  our  short  expedition 
up  the  Tocantins  river.  We  also  saw  the  crucifix,  which  was 
certainly  a  very  fine  work  of  art,  carved  out  of  an  unusually 
large  mass  of  ivory.  Mr.  Edwards,  who,  though  a  little  older 
than  myself,  is  still  alive,  writes  to  me  (October  23,  1904)  that 
the  crucifix  was  the  work  of  a  monk  of  St.  Nicholas,  Genoa, 
and  was  purchased  by  Mr.  C.  Edwards  Lester,  United  States 
consul  in  that  city.  A  brother  of  our  Mr.  Edwards  purchased 
it  for  ten  thousand  dollars,  and  exhibited  it  successfully  in 
many  American  cities.  He  died,  however,  in  1847, 
was  necessary  to  sell  it,  our  Mr.  Edwards,  who  was  his  execu- 
tor, brought  it  to  London,  and  was  exhibiting  it  with  the 
object  of  finding  a  purchaser.  But  the  Louis  Philippe  revolu- 
tion in  France  occurred  just  at  the  time  he  arrived  in  London, 
and  caused  such  disturbances  and  excitement  throughout 
Europe  as  to  be  very  unfavourable  for  the  disposal  of  works 
of  art,  and  he  was  obliged  to  take  it  back  to  America.  In  a 
year  or  two  it  was  sold  to  the  Catholics,  and  he  thinks  it  is 
now  in  one  of  their  churches  at  Cleveland,  Ohio.  Nearly 
forty  years  later  I  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  Mr.  Edwards 
at  his  residence  in  Coalburgh,  West  Virginia,  as  will  be 
referred  to  in  its  proper  place. 

Among  the  interesting  visits  we  paid  while  in  London 
was  one  to  Dr.  Horsfield  at  the  India  Museum,  who  showed 
us  the  cases  in  which  he  had  brought  home  his  large  col- 
lection of  butterflies  from  Java.    These  were  stout,  oblong 


266 


MY  LIFE 


boxes,  about  three  feet  long  by  two  feet  wide  and  two  feet 
deep.  Inside  these  were  vertical  grooves,  about  two  inches 
apart,  to  hold  the  boards  corked  on  both  sides,  on  which  the 
insects  were  pinned.  The  advantages  were  that  a  large  number 
of  specimens  were  packed  in  a  small  space,  and  at  much 
less  cost  than  in  store  boxes,  while  any  insects  which  should 
accidentally  get  loose  would  fall  to  the  bottom,  where  a  small 
vacant  space  was  left,  and  do  no  injury  to  other  specimens. 
It  seemed  such  an  excellent  plan  that  we  had  a  case  made 
like  it,  and  sent  home  our  first  collections  in  it;  but  though 
it  answered  its  purpose  it  was  very  inconvenient,  and  quite 
unsuited  to  a  travelling  collector.  We  therefore  returned  to 
the  old  style  of  store  box,  which  we  got  made  in  the  country, 
while  a  very  good  substitute  for  cork  was  found  in  some  of 
the  very  soft  woods,  or  in  slices  of  the  midribs  of  palms. 

We  were  fortunate  in  finding  an  excellent  and  trustworthy 
agent  in  Mr.  Samuel  Stevens,  an  enthusiastic  collector  of 
British  Coleoptera  and  Lepidoptera,  and  brother  of  Mr.  J.  C. 
Stevens,  the  well-known  natural  history  auctioneer,  of  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden.  He  continued  to  act  as  my  agent 
during  my  whole  residence  abroad,  sparing  no  pains  to  dispose 
of  my  duplicates  to  the  best  advantage,  taking  charge  of  my 
private  collections,  insuring  each  collection  as  its  dispatch  was 
advised,  keeping  me  supplied  wath  cash,  and  with  such  stores 
as  I  required,  and,  above  all,  writing  me  fully  as  to  the  prog- 
ress of  the  sale  of  each  collection,  what  striking  novelties 
it  contained,  and  giving  me  general  information  on  the 
progress  of  other  collectors  and  on  matters  of  general  scientific 
interest.  During  the  whole  period  of  our  business  relations, 
extending  over  more  than  fifteen  years,  I  cannot  remember 
that  we  ever  had  the  least  disagreement  about  any  matter 
whatever. 

Mr.  Bates'  parents  having  kindly  invited  me  to  spend  a 
week  with  them  before  we  sailed,  we  left  London  early  in 
April  for  Leicester,  where  I  was  very  hospitably  entertained, 
and  had  an  opportunity  of  visiting  some  of  my  old  friends.  I 
also  practised  shooting  and  skinning  birds ;  and  as  the  ship 
we  were  to  sail  in  was  somewhat  delayed,  I  spent  some  days 


ALFRED  R.  WALLACE,  i 
(From  a  daguerreotype) 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  267 


in  the  wild  district  of  Charnwood  Forest,  which  I  had  often 
wished  to  visit.  At  length,  everything  being  ready,  and  our 
date  of  sailing  being  fixed  for  April  20,  we  left  Leicester  by 
coach  a  few  days  before  that  date,  and  stayed,  I  think,  at 
Bakewell,  in  order  to  visit  Chatsworth  and  see  the  palm  and 
orchid  houses,  then  the  finest  in  England.  The  next  day  we 
went  on  to  Liverpool,  where  we  arrived  late,  after  a  cold  and 
rather  miserable  journey  outside  a  stage-coach. 

The  next  morning  we  called  upon  Mr.  J.  G.  Smith,  the 
gentleman  who  had  collected  butterflies  at  Pernambuco  and 
Para,  at  his  office,  and  he  invited  us  to  dine  with  him  in  the 
evening,  when  he  showed  us  his  collection,  and  gave  us  much 
information  about  the  country,  the  people,  and  the  beauties 
of  nature.  During  the  day  we  got  our  luggage  on  board, 
saw  our  berths,  and  other  accommodation,  which  was  of  the 
scantiest,  and  heard  that  the  ship  was  to  sail  the  next  day. 
In  the  morning,  after  breakfast  at  our  inn,  we  made  a  few 
final  purchases,  received  a  letter  of  introduction  to  the  con- 
signee of  the  vessels,  and  bade  farewell  to  our  native  land. 

At  that  time  there  were  very  few  steamships,  and  most  of 
the  ocean  trade  was  still  carried  on  in  sailing  vessels.  Ours 
was  one  of  the  smallest,  being  a  barque  of  192  tons,  named 
the  Mischief,  and  said  to  be  a  very  fast  sailer.  We  were  told 
that  she  was  ranked  A  i  at  Lloyds,  and  that  we  might  there- 
fore be  quite  sure  that  she  was  thoroughly  seaworthy.  We 
were  the  only  passengers,  and  were  to  have  our  meals  with 
the  captain  and  mate,  both  youngish  men,  but  of  whom,  owing 
to  my  deficient  individuality,  I  have  not  the  slightest  recol- 
lection. Soon  after  we  got  out  to  sea  the  wind  rose  and 
increased  to  a  gale  in  the  Bay  of  Biscay,  with  waves  that 
flooded  our  decks,  washed  away  part  of  our  bulwarks,  and 
was  very  near  swamping  us  altogether.  All  this  time  I  was 
in  my  berth  prostrate  with  sea-sickness,  and  it  was  only,  I 
think,  on  the  sixth  day,  when  the  weather  had  become  fine 
and  the  sea  smooth,  that  I  was  able  to  go  on  deck  just  as  we 
had  a  distant  sight  of  Madeira.  Shortly  afterwards  we  got 
into  the  region  of  the  trade-wind,  and  had  fine,  bright  weather 
all  the  rest  of  the  voyage.    We  passed  through  part  of  the 


268 


MY  LIFE 


celebrated  Sargasso  Sea,  where  the  surface  is  covered  with 
long  stretches  of  floating  sea-weed,  not  brought  there  by 
storms  from  the  distant  shore,  but  living  and  growing  where 
it  is  found,  and  supporting  great  numbers  of  small  fish,  crabs, 
mollusca,  and  innumerable  low  forms  of  marine  life.  And 
when  we  left  this  behind  us,  the  exquisite  blue  of  the  water 
by  day  and  the  vivid  phosphorescence  often  seen  at  night 
were  a  constant  delight,  while  our  little  barque,  with  every 
sail  set,  and  going  steadily  along  day  and  night  about  ten 
knots  an  hour,  was  itself  a  thing  of  beauty  and  a  perpetual 
enjoyment. 

At  length  the  water  began  to  lose  its  blue  colour,  becom- 
ing first  greenish,  then  olive,  and  finally  olive-yellow,  and 
one  morning  we  saw  on  the  horizon  the  long,  low  line  of 
the  land,  and  on  the  next,  when  we  came  on  deck  before 
sunrise,  found  ourselves  anchored  opposite  the  city  of 
Para,  twenty-nine  days  after  leaving  Liverpool.  From  this 
date  till  I  landed  at  Deal,  in  October,  1852,  my  adventures 
and  experiences  are  given  in  my  book,  "  A  Narrative  of 
Travels  on  the  Amazon  and  Rio  Negro,"  a  cheap  edition  of 
which  is  comprised  in  the  Minerva  Library  of  Famous 
Books. 

In  order  that  no  large  gap  may  occur  in  these  memories 
of  my  life,  I  will  give  here  a  general  outline  of  my  travels, 
with  such  incidental  remarks  or  recollections  as  may  occur  to 
me.  To  begin  with,  I  will  give  a  short  description  of  my 
impressions  written  to  my  old  friend  and  schoolfellow,  Mr. 
George  Silk,  about  a  fortnight  after  our  arrival,  to  supplement 
the  more  detailed  but  less  impulsive  account  in  my  published 
narrative. 

"  We  have  been  staying  for  near  a  fortnight  at  the  country 
house  (called  here  Rosinha)  of  Mr.  ^Miller,  the  consignee  of 
the  vessel  and  the  captain's  brother,  about  half  a  mile  out  of 
the  city.  We  have  just  taken  a  house  ourselves  rather  nearer 
the  woods,  and  to-morrow  expect  to  be  in  it.  We  have  an 
old  nigger  who  cooks  for  us.  The  city  of  Para  is  a  curious, 
outlandish  looking  place,  the  best  part  of  it  very  like 
Boulogne,  the  streets  narrow  and  horribly  rough — no  pave- 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  269 


ment.  The  public  buildings  handsome,  but  out  of  repair  or 
even  ruinous.  The  squares  and  public  places  covered  v^^ith 
grass  and  weeds  like  an  English  common.  Palm  trees  of 
many  different  kinds,  bananas  and  plantains  abundant  in  all 
the  gardens,  and  orange  trees  innumerable,  most  of  the  roads 
out  of  the  city  being  bordered  on  each  side  with  them. 
Bananas  and  oranges  are  delicious.  I  eat  them  at  almost 
every  meal.  Beef  is  the  only  meat  to  be  constantly  had,  not 
very  good,  but  cheap — 2|d  a  pound.  Coffee  grows  wild  all 
about  the  city,  yet  it  is  imported  for  use,  the  people  are  so 
lazy.  Every  shade  of  colour  is  seen  here  in  the  people  from 
white  to  yellow,  brown,  and  black — negroes,  Indians,  Bra- 
zilians, and  Europeans,  with  every  intermediate  mixture.  The 
Brazilians  and  Portuguese  are  very  polite,  and  have  all  the 
appearance  of  civilization.  Naked  nigger  children  abound  in 
the  streets. 

"  Within  a  mile  of  the  city  all  around  is  the  forest,  extend- 
ing uninterruptedly  many  hundreds  and  even,  in  some 
directions,  thousands  of  miles  into  the  interior.  The  climate 
is  beautiful.  We  are  now  at  the  commencement  of  the  dry 
season.  It  rains  generally  for  an  hour  or  two  every  evening, 
though  not  always.  Before  sunrise  the  thermometer  is  about 
75°,  in  the  afternoon  85°  to  87°,  the  highest  I  have  yet  noted. 
This  is  hot,  but  by  no  means  oppressive.  I  enjoy  it  as  much 
as  the  finest  summer  weather  in  England.  We  have  been 
principally  collecting  insects  at  present.  The  variety  is 
immense;  we  have  already  got  about  four  hundred  distinct 
kinds." 

In  fulfilment  of  a  promise  I  made  before  I  left  Neath,  I 
wrote  a  letter  to  the  members  of  the  Mechanics'  Institution, 
after  I  had  been  nine  months  in  the  country,  and  as  my 
mother  preserved  a  copy  of  it,  I  will  give  the  more  important 
parts  of  it  here.  After  a  few  preliminary  observations,  I 
proceed  thus: — 

"  Previous  to  leaving  England  I  had  read  many  books  of 
travels  in  hot  countries,  I  had  dwelt  so  much  on  the  enthusi- 
astic  descriptions   most  naturalists  give  of  the  surpassing 


270 


MY  LIFE 


beauty  of  tropical  vegetation,  and  of  the  strange  forms  and 
brilliant  colours  of  the  animal  world,  that  I  had  wrought 
myself  up  to  a  fever-heat  of  expectation,  and  it  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at  that  my  early  impressions  were  those  of  disap- 
pointment. On  my  first  walk  into  the  forest  I  looked  about, 
expecting  to  see  monkeys  as  plentiful  as  at  the  Zoological 
Gardens,  with  humming-birds  and  parrots  in  profusion.  But 
for  several  days  I  did  not  see  a  single  monkey,  and  hardly  a 
bird  of  any  kind,  and  I  began  to  think  that  these  and  other 
productions  of  the  South  American  forests  are  much  scarcer 
than  they  are  represented  to  be  by  travellers.  But  I  soon 
found  that  these  creatures  were  plentiful  enough  when  I  knew 
where  and  how  to  look  for  them,  and  that  the  number  of 
different  kinds  of  all  the  groups  of  animals  is  wonderfully 
great.  The  special  interest  of  this  country  to  the  naturalist 
is,  that  while  there  appears  at  first  to  be  so  few  of  the  higher 
forms  of  life,  there  is  in  reality  an  inexhaustible  variety  of 
almost  all  animals.  I  almost  think  that  in  a  single  walk  you 
may  sometimes  see  more  quadrupeds,  birds,  and  even  some 
groups  of  insects  in  England  than  here.  But  when  seeking 
after  them  day  after  day,  the  immense  variety  of  strange 
forms  and  beautiful  colours  is  really  astonishing.  There  are, 
for  instance,  few  places  in  England  where  during  one  summer 
more  than  thirty  different  kinds  of  butterflies  can  be  collected ; 
but  here,  in  about  two  months,  we  obtained  more  than  four 
hundred  distinct  species,  many  of  extraordinary  size,  or  of 
the  most  brilliant  colours. 

"  There  is,  however,  one  natural  feature  of  this  country,  the 
interest  and  grandeur  of  which  may  be  fully  appreciated  in  a 
single  walk :  it  is  the  '  virgin  forest.'  Here  no  one  who  has 
any  feeling  of  the  magnificent  and  the  sublime  can  be 
disappointed ;  the  sombre  shade,  scarce  illumined  by  a  single 
direct  ray  even  of  the  tropical  sun,  the  enormous  size  and 
height  of  the  trees,  most  of  which  rise  like  huge  columns  a 
hundred  feet  or  more  without  throwing  out  a  single  branch, 
the  strange  buttresses  around  the  base  of  some,  the  spiny  or 
furrowed  stems  of  others,  the  curious  and  even  extraordinary 
creepers  and  climbers  which  wind  around  them,  hanging  in 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  271 


long  festoons  from  branch  to  branch,  sometimes  curling  and 
twisting  on  the  ground  like  great  serpents,  then  mounting  to 
the  very  tops  of  the  trees,  thence  throwing  down  roots  and 
fibres  which  hang  waving  in  the  air,  or  twisting  round  each 
other  form  ropes  and  cables  of  every  variety  of  size  and 
often  of  the  most  perfect  regularity.  These,  and  many  other 
novel  features — the  parasitic  plants  growing  on  the  trunks  and 
branches,  the  wonderful  variety  of  the  foliage,  the  strange 
fruits  and  seeds  that  lie  rotting  on  the  ground — taken  alto- 
gether surpass  description,  and  produce  feelings  in  the 
beholder  of  admiration  and  awe.  It  is  here,  too,  that  the 
rarest  birds,  the  most  lovely  insects,  and  the  most  interesting 
mammals  and  reptiles  are  to  be  found.  Here  lurk  the 
jaguar  and  the  boa-constrictor,  and  here  amid  the  densest 
shade  the  bell-bird  tolls  his  peal.  But  I  must  leave  these 
details  and  return  to  some  more  general  description. 

"  The  whole  country  for  some  hundreds  of  miles  around 
Para  is  almost  level,  and  seems  to  be  elevated  on  the  average 
about  thirty  or  forty  feet  above  the  river,  the  only  slopes 
being  where  streams  occur,  which  flow  in  very  shallow  and 
often  scarcely  perceptible  valleys.  The  great  island  of 
Mara  jo,  opposite  Para,  is  equally  flat,  and  the  smaller  island 
of  Mexiana  (pronounced  Mishiana),  which  is  about  forty 
miles  long,  is  even  more  so,  there  not  being,  I  believe,  a  rise 
or  fall  of  ten  feet  over  the  whole  of  it.  Up  the  river  Tocan- 
tins,  however,  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  southwest  of 
Para,  the  land  begins  to  rise.  At  about  a  hundred  miles 
from  its  mouth  the  bed  of  the  river  becomes  rocky  and  the 
country  undulating,  with  hills  four  or  five  hundred  feet  high, 
entirely  covered  with  forest  except  at  a  few  places  on  the 
banks  where  some  patches  of  open  grass  land  occur,  probably 
the  site  of  old  cultivation  and  kept  open  by  the  grazing  of 
cattle. 

"  The  whole  of  the  Para  district  is  wonderfully  intersected 
by  streams,  and  the  country  being  so  flat,  there  are  frequently 
cross-channels  connecting  them  together.  Up  all  these  the 
tide  flows,  and  on  their  banks  all  the  villages,  estates,  and 
native  huts  are  situated.    There  is  probably  no  country  in 


272 


MY  LIFE 


the  world  that  affords  such  facilities  for  internal  communica- 
tion by  water. 

"  The  climate  of  Para  cannot  be  spoken  of  too  highly. 
The  temperature  is  wonderfully  uniform,  the  average  daily 
variation  of  the  thermometer  being  only  12°  F.  The  lowest 
temperature  at  night  is  about  74°,  the  highest  in  the  day 
about  86°,  but  with  occasional  extremes  of  70°  and  90°. 
Though  I  have  been  constantly  out  at  all  times  of  the  day, 
and  often  exposed  to  the  vertical  sun,  I  have  never  suffered 
any  ill  effects  from  the  heat,  or  even  experienced  so  much 
inconvenience  from  it  as  I  have  often  done  during  a  hot  sum- 
mer at  home.  There  are  two  principal  divisions  of  the  year 
into  wet  and  dry  seasons,  called  here  winter  and  summer. 
The  wet  season  is  from  January  to  June,  during  which 
time  it  rains  more  or  less  every  day,  but  seldom  the  whole 
day,  the  mornings  usually  being  fine.  The  dry  season  is  by 
no  means  what  it  is  in  some  parts  of  the  world;  it  still  rains 
every  two  or  three  days,  and  it  is  a  rare  thing  for  more  than 
a  week  to  pass  without  a  showxr,  so  that  vegetation  is  never 
dried  up,  and  a  constant  succession  of  fruits  and  flowers  and 
luxuriant  foliage  prevails  throughout  the  year.  Notwith- 
standing the  amount  of  water  everywhere.  Para  is  very 
healthful.  The  English  and  Americans  who  have  lived  here 
the  longest  look  the  healthiest.  As  for  myself,  I  have  enjoyed 
the  most  perfect  health  and  spirits  without  the  necessity  for 
nearly  so  many  precautions  as  are  required  at  home. 

"  The  vegetable  productions  of  the  country  around  Para  are 
very  numerous  and  interesting.  There  are  upwards  of 
thirty  different  kinds  of  palms,  and  in  almost  every  case  the 
leaves,  stems,  or  fruits  are  useful  to  man.  One  elegant  species, 
the  stem  of  which,  though  not  thicker  than  a  man's  arm, 
rises  to  a  height  of  sixty  or  eighty  feet,  produces  a  small 
blackish  fruit,  from  which  a  creamy  preparation  is  made,  of 
which  everybody  becomes  very  fond,  and  which  forms  a  large 
part  of  the  subsistence  of  the  natives.  From  the  fibres  of  one 
kind  ropes  are  made,  which  are  in  general  use  for  the  cables 
of  native  vessels,  as  they  are  almost  indestructible  in  water. 
The  houses  of  the  Indians  are  often  entirely  built  of  various 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  273 


parts  of  palm-trees,  the  stems  forming  posts  and  rafters,  while 
the  leaf-stalks,  often  twenty  feet  long,  placed  side  by  side  and 
pegged  together,  make  walls  and  partitions.  Not  a  particle 
of  iron  is  needed,  the  various  parts  of  the  roofs  being  fastened 
together  with  the  lianas  or  forest-ropes  already  described, 
while,  as  both  stem  and  leaf-stalks  split  perfectly  straight  no 
tools  whatever  are  needed  besides  the  heavy  bush-knife  which 
every  countryman  carries. 

"  The  calabash  tree  supplies  excellent  basins,  while  gourds 
of  various  sizes  and  shapes  are  formed  into  spoons,  cups,  and 
bottles;  and  cooking-pots  of  rough  earthenware  are  made 
everywhere.  Almost  every  kind  of  food,  and  almost  all  the 
necessaries  of  life,  can  be  here  grown  with  ease,  such  as  coffee 
and  cocoa,  sugar,  cotton,  farina  from  the  mandioca  plant 
(the  universal  bread  of  the  country),  with  vegetables  and 
fruits  in  inexhaustible  variety.  The  chief  articles  of  export 
from  Para  are  india-rubber,  brazil-nuts,  and  piassaba  (the 
coarse  stiff  fibre  of  a  palm,  used  for  making  brooms  for  street- 
sweeping),  as  well  as  sarsaparilla,  balsam-capivi,  and  a  few 
other  drugs.  Oranges,  bananas,  pine-apples,  and  water- 
melons are  very  plentiful,  while  custard-apples,  mangoes, 
cashews,  and  several  other  fruits  abound  in  their  season.  All 
are  very  cheap,  as  may  be  judged  by  the  fact  that  a  bushel 
basket  of  delicious  oranges  may  be  purchased  for  sixpence  or 
a  shilling. 

"  Coming  to  the  animal  world,  a  forest  country  is  often 
disappointing  because  so  few  of  the  larger  animals  can  be  seen, 
though  some  of  them  may  be  often  heard,  especially  at  night. 
The  m.onkeys  are  in  every  way  the  most  interesting,  and  are 
the  most  frequently  to  be  met  with.  A  large  proportion  of 
American  monkeys  have  prehensile  tails,  which  are  so  power- 
ful in  some  of  the  species  that  they  can  hang  their  whole 
weight  upon  it  and  swing  about  in  the  air  with  only  a  few 
inches  of  the  tip  twisted  round  a  branch.  If  disturbed  in 
such  a  position  they  swing  themselves  off,  catching  hold  of 
boughs  hand  over  hand,  and  rapidly  disappear.  They  live 
entirely  in  the  tree-tops,  hardly  ever  descending  to  the  ground, 
and  in  this  region  of  forests  they  can  travel  hundreds  of 


274 


MY  LIFE 


miles  without  requiring  to  do  so,  so  that  they  are  almost  as 
independent  of  the  earth  as  are  the  swifts  and  the  humming- 
birds. They  vary  in  size  from  the  little  marmosets,  not  so 
large  as  a  squirrel,  up  to  the  howling  monkeys  the  size  of  a 
large  shepherd's  dog.  Of  what  are  commonly  termed  wild 
beasts  the  jaguar  or  onga  (somewhat  similar  to  a  leopard,  but 
stouter)  is  the  most  powerful  and  dangerous,  and  is  very 
destructive  to  horses  and  cattle.  The  puma  (often  called  the 
American  lion),  though  equally  large,  is  much  less  dangerous. 
Tapirs,  agoutis,  armadillos,  and  sloths  are  not  uncommon,  but 
are  very  rarely  seen.  Birds  are  very  abundant,  and  many 
are  exceedingly  beautiful.  Macaws,  parrots,  toucans,  trogons, 
chatterers,  and  tanagers,  are  all  common,  and  often  of  the 
most  gorgeous  colours,  while  the  lovely  little  humming-birds, 
though  not  so  numerous  as  in  the  mountain  districts,  are  to 
be  seen  in  every  garden.  In  the  islands  of  Mexiana  and 
Marajo,  those  splendid  birds  the  scarlet  ibis  and  the  roseate 
spoonbill  abound,  together  with  great  numbers  of  storks, 
herons,  ducks,  divers,  and  other  aquatic  birds ;  while  in  the 
forests  of  the  mainland  the  fine  crested  curassows  and  the 
elegant  trumpeters  are  among  the  larger  ground-feeders. 

"  Lizards  swarm  everywhere  in  a  variety  of  strange  forms 
— the  curious  geckos,  which  can  walk  about  the  ceilings  by 
means  of  suckers  on  their  toes ;  the  large  iguanas,  which  cling 
to  branches  by  their  prehensile  tails,  and  whose  flesh  is  a 
delicacy ;  and  the  large  ground  lizards,  three  or  four  feet  long. 
Frogs  of  all  kinds  abound,  and  some  of  the  little  tree  frogs 
are  so  gaily  coloured  as  to  be  quite  pretty.  The  rivers  are 
full  of  turtles  of  many  kinds,  one  of  the  largest  being  very 
plentiful  and  as  delicate  eating  as  the  well-known  marine 
turtle  of  City  feasts.  Snakes,  though  not  often  seen,  are 
really  very  numerous,  but  comparatively  few  are  poisonous. 

"  Fish  abound  in  all  the  rivers,  and  many  of  them  are  of  the 
very  finest  quality.  One  very  large  fish,  called  the  pirarucu, 
is  three  or  four  feet  long,  and  when  slightly  salted  and 
dried  in  the  sun  can  be  kept  for  any  time,  and  takes  the 
place  of  salt  cod,  kippered  haddocks,  and  red  herrings  in 
Europe. 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  275 

"  The  inhabitants  of  Para,  as  of  all  Brazil,  consist  of  three 
distinct  races:  The  Portuguese  and  their  descendants  with  a 
few  other  Europeans,  the  native  Indians,  and  the  Negroes 
together  with  a  considerable  number  of  mixed  descent.  The 
Indians  in  and  near  Para  are  all  *  tame  Indians,'  being 
Roman  Catholics  in  religion  and  speaking  Portuguese,  though 
many  speak  also  the  Lingoa-Geral  or  common  Indian 
language.  They  are  the  chief  boatmen,  fishermen,  hunters, 
and  cultivators  in  the  country,  while  many  of  them  work  as 
labourers  or  mechanics  in  the  towns.  The  negroes  were 
originally  all  slaves,  but  a  large  number  are  now  free,  some 
having  purchased  their  freedom,  while  others  have  been  freed 
by  their  owners  by  gift  or  by  will.  Most  of  the  sugar  and 
cocoa  plantations  are  worked  partly  by  slave  and  partly  by 
hired  labour.  The  negroes,  here  as  elsewhere,  are  an  exceed- 
ingly talkative  and  contented  race,  as  honest  as  can  be 
expected  under  the  circumstances,  and  when  well  treated 
exceedingly  faithful  and  trustworthy.  Generally  they  are  not 
hard-worked,  and  are  treated  with  comparative  kindness  and 
lenity. 

The  people  of  all  races  are  universally  polite,  and  are 
generally  temperate  and  peaceful.  The  streets  of  Para  are 
more  free  from  drunkenness  and  quarrels  than  any  town  of 
like  size  in  England  or  Wales ;  yet  in  the  time  of  Portuguese 
rule  there  were  some  fearful  insurrections,  brought  on  by 
oppressive  government.  But  now,  foreigners  of  all  sorts  can 
live  in  perfect  safety,  and  on  excellent  terms  with  the  native 
residents  and  officials,  though,  of  course,  they  have  to  conform 
to  the  customs  of  the  country,  and  obey  all  the  laws  and 
regulations,  which  latter  are  sometimes  inconvenient  and 
troublesome." 

Shortly  after  writing  this  letter  I  went  on  a  collecting 
expedition  up  the  river  Guama,  and  soon  after  my  return,  in 
July,  1849,  younger  brother  Herbert  came  out  to  join  me 
in  order  to  see  if  he  had  sufficient  taste  for  natural  history  to 
become  a  good  collector.  I  had  decided  to  start  up  the 
Amazon  as  soon  as  I  could  find  an  opportunity,  and  after 


276 


MY  LIFE 


a  month  in  the  suburbs  of  Para  we  left  in  a  small  empty  boat 
returning  to  Santarem,  where  we  intended  to  stay  for  some 
time.  Dr.  Richard  Spruce,  the  now  well-known  traveller  and 
botanist,  came  out  in  the  same  ship  with  my  brother,  and  was 
accompanied  by  a  young  Englishman,  Mr.  King,  as  an 
assistant  and  pupil  in  botany;  and  as  Dr.  Spruce  was  a  well- 
educated  man,  a  most  ardent  botanist,  and  of  very  pleasing 
manners  and  witty  conversation,  we  very  much  enjoyed  the 
short  time  we  were  together.  My  brother  was  the  only  one 
of  our  family  who  had  some  natural  capacity  as  a  verse-writer, 
and  I  will  therefore  supplement  my  rather  dry  descriptions  by 
some  bright  verses  he  sent  home,  giving  his  impressions  of 
Para  and  the  voyage  to  Santarem,  which  occupied  twenty- 
eight  days,  the  distance  being  about  seven  hundred  miles. 

"  From  Para  to  Santarem. 

"Well!  here  we  are  at  anchor 

In  the  river  of  Para; 
We  have  left  the  rolling  ocean 

Behind  us  and  afar; 
Our  weary  voyage  is  over, 

Sea-sickness  is  no  more, 
The  boat  has  come  to  fetch  us 

So  let  us  go  on  shore. 
How  strange  to  us  the  aspect 

This  southern  city  wears ! 
The  ebon  niggers  grinning, 

The  Indians  selling  wares ; 
The  lasses  darkly  delicate, 

With  eyes  that  ever  kill, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

**The  streets  are  green  and  pleasant. 

The  natives  clad  in  white ; 
We  miss  the  noise  of  coaches, 

But  miss  it  with  delight. 
The  hairy  sheep  is  biting 

The  grass  between  the  stones, 
And  many  a  pig  is  grunting 

In  half  familiar  tones ; 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON 

And  through  the  green  janellas  i 

(Which  we  should  like  to  raise) 
Dark  eyes  of  the  senhoras 

Upon  the  strangers  gaze. 
The  many  foreign  faces, 

The  lingo  stranger  still, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

"We  stroll  about  the  suburbs, 

Beneath  the  mango  groves. 
Where  friends  appoint  their  meetings 

And  lovers  seek  their  loves; 
Where  fruit  and  doce  vendors, 

With  many  a  varied  cry, 
Invite  the  evening  stroller 

Their  luxuries  to  buy. 
Here  soars  the  lofty  cocoa. 

Here  feathery  palm-trees  rise, 
And  the  green  broad-leaved  banana 

Swells  forth  'neath  sunny  skies. 
The  cooling  water-melon. 

The  wild  pine  by  the  rill, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

"  Once  more  upon  the  waters, 

Adieu  to  thee,  Para, 
Adieu,  kind  friends,  whose  latticed  homes 

Are  fading  now  afar. 
We  sail  'mid  lovely  islands. 

Where  man  has  seldom  trod, 
Where  the  wild  deer  and  the  on^a 

Are  owners  of  the  sod ; 
By  forests  high  and  gloomy. 

Where  never  a  ray  of  sun 
Can  pierce  its  way  to  enter 

Those  shades  so  thick  and  dun, 
The  cry  of  parrots  overhead, 

The  toucan  with  his  bill, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

1  Venetian  shutters  in  place  of  sashes. 


MY  LIFE 


"And  now  upon  the  Amazon, 

The  waters  rush  and  roar — 
The  noble  river  that  flows  between 

A  league  from  shore  to  shore; 
Our  little  bark  speeds  gallantly, 

The  porpoise,  rising,  blows, 
The  gull  darts  downward  rapidly 

At  a  fish  beneath  our  bows. 
The  far-off  roar  of  the  onga. 

The  cry  of  the  whip-poor-will — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

By  many  an  Indian  cottage, 

By  many  a  village  green, 
Where  naked  little  urchins 

Are  fishing  in  the  stream, 
With  days  of  sunny  pleasure, 

But,  oh,  with  weary  nights. 
For  here  upon  the  Amazon 

The  dread  mosquito  bites — 
Inflames  the  blood  with  fever. 

And  murders  gentle  sleep. 
Till,  weary  grown  and  peevish. 

We've  half  a  mind  to  weep  ! 
But  still,  although  they  torture. 

We  know  they  cannot  kill, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil. 

"And  now  the  wave  around  us 

Has  changed  its  muddy  hue, 
For  we  are  on  the  Tapajoz, 

And  Santarem's  in  view ; 
Fair  Santarem,  whose  sandy  beach 

Slopes  down  into  the  wave, 
Where  mothers  wash  their  garments. 

And  their  happy  children  lave. 
Now  comes  the  welcome  greeting, 

The  warm  embrace  of  friends, 
And  here,  then,  for  a  season, 

The  toil  of  voyaging  ends. 
The  silent  Indian  sentry, 

The  mud  fort  on  the  hill, — 
All  breathe  to  us  in  whispers 

That  we  are  in  Brazil." 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  279 

We  remained  at  Santarem  about  three  months,  including 
a  visit  to  Monte  Alegre,  a  village  on  the  opposite  or  north 
side  of  the  river,  where  we  had  heard  there  were  some  very- 
interesting  caves,  and  where  we  found  the  great  water-lily, 
the  Victoria  regia,  growing  abundantly  in  a  backwater  of  the 
Amazon.  Santarem  and  Monte  Alegre  both  differ  from 
almost  all  the  rest  of  the  places  on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon 
in  being  open  country,  with  rocky  hills  dotted  all  over  with 
low  trees  and  shrubs,  and  with  only  isolated  patches  of  forest 
for  many  miles  round.  This  peculiarity  of  vegetation  was 
accompanied  by  an  equal  peculiarity  of  insect  life,  especially 
in  the  butterflies,  which  were  almost  all  different  from  any  I 
had  found  at  Para,  and  many  of  them  wonderfully  beautiful. 
Here  I  first  obtained  evidence  of  the  great  river  limiting  the 
range  of  species.  At  Santarem  I  found  a  lovely  butterfly 
about  the  size  of  our  largest  peacocks  or  red-admirals,  but 
entirely  of  different  shades  of  the  most  exquisite  sky-blue  of 
a  velvety  texture  (Callithea  sapphirina) ,  while  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  river  was  a  closely  allied  species  of  an  almost 
indigo-blue  colour,  and  with  different  markings  underneath. 
Dr.  Spruce  assured  me  that,  though  he  had  studied  all  the 
known  plants  of  the  Amazon  before  leaving  England,  he  felt 
quite  puzzled  when  collecting  at  Santarem,  because  almost 
every  shrub  and  tree  he  found  there  proved  to  be  a  new 
species. 

We  greatly  enjoyed  our  short  residence  at  Santarem,  both 
on  account  of  the  delightful  climate,  the  abundance  of  good 
milk,  which  we  could  get  nowhere  else  after  leaving  Para,  and 
for  the  pleasant  friends  we  met  there.  The  following  descrip- 
tive verses  by  my  brother  may  therefore  appropriately  follow 
here : — 

"  A  Description  of  Santarem. 

"  I  stand  within  a  city, 

A  city  strangely  small; 
'Tis  not  at  all  like  Liverpool, 

Like  London,  not  at  all. 
The  blue  waves  of  the  Tapajoz 

Are  rippling  at  its  feet, 


280 


MY  LIFE 


Where  anchored  lie  the  light  canoes— 

A  Lilliputian  fleet. 
The  scream  of  parrots  overhead. 

The  cry  of  the  whip-poor-will, 
All  tell  me  you're  in  England, 

And  I  am  in  Brazil. 

"  I  wander  through  the  city, 

Where  everything  is  new: 
The  grinning,  white-toothed  negroes, 

The  pigs  of  varied  hue ; 
The  naked  little  children, 

With  skins  of  every  dye, 
Some  black,  some  brown,  some  lighter, 

Some  white  as  you  or  1. 
A  dozen  such  in  family. 

With  bellies  all  to  fill, 
Would  be  no  joke  in  England; 

'Tis  nothing  in  Brazil !  " 

Then  follow  his  farewell  verses,  well  expressing  the  regret 
we  both  felt  at  leaving  it.  I  may  just  note  here  that  his  refer- 
ence to  "  blue  pig "  is  not  imagination  only.  Among  the 
quantities  of  pigs  that  roamed  about  the  city  and  suburbs 
(really  little  more  than  a  large  straggling  village)  was  one 
whose  nearly  black  skin  was  seen  in  certain  lights  to  be  dis- 
tinctly blue ;  and  to  have  found  the  real  "  blue  pig,"  which 
under  the  name  of  the  "Blue  Boar  "  is  a  not  uncommon  inn- 
sign  at  home,  greatly  delighted  my  brother. 

"  Farewell  to  Santarem. 

"  My  skiff  is  waiting  on  the  shore. 
And  on  the  wave  is  my  canoe; 
Ye  citizens  of  Santarem, 

To  each  and  all,  adieu! 
The  hour  has  come  to  bid,  with  grief, 
Adieu  to  milk  and  tender  beef. 

"Adieu,  the  fort  upon  the  hill. 

And  yon  cathedral's  domes. 
Like  guardian  giants  gazing  down 

Upon  thy  lowly  homes ; 
Ye  naked  children,  all  adieu, 
And  thou  strange  pig  with  skin  of  blue  1 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  281 

"  Farewell,  the  forest's  deep  recess, 
Where  Sol  can  never  come ; 
Farewell,  the  campo's  sandy  plain. 

The  lizards  in  the  sun. 
To  water-melons  cool,  adieu ; 
And  farewell,  old  black  cook,  to  you. 

"Adieu,  thy  shores,  broad  Tapajoz, 

Within  thy  heaven-dyed  wave, 
At  noonday's  silent,  sultry  hour 

I've  joy'd  to  plunge  and  lave. 
Adieu  !  to-morrow's  noonday  sun, 
I'll  bathe  in  yellow  Amazon." 

On  reaching  the  city  of  Barra  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio 
Negro  we  found  a  strange  and  even  now  unaccountable 
poverty  both  in  insects  and  birds,  although  there  was  fine 
virgin  forest  within  a  walk,  with  roads  and  paths  and  fine 
rocky  streams.  All  seemed  barren  and  lifeless  as  compared 
with  the  wonderful  productiveness  of  Para.  It  was,  therefore, 
necessary  to  seek  other  localities  in  search  of  rarities.  I 
accordingly  went  a  three  days'  journey  up  the  Rio  Negro  to 
obtain  specimens  of  the  umbrella-bird,  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  birds  of  these  regions,  my  brother  going  in 
another  direction  to  see  what  he  could  discover. 

After  a  month  I  returned  to  Barra,  and  after  some  months 
of  almost  constant  wet  weather  went  to  a  plantation  on  the 
Amazon  above  Barra  for  two  months,  where  I  made  a  toler- 
able collection,  while  my  brother  went  to  Serpa,  lower  down 
on  the  Amazon;  and  on  returning  I  prepared  for  my  long 
intended  voyage  to  the  Upper  Rio  Negro  in  hopes  of  getting 
into  a  new  and  more  productive  country.  As  soon  as  a 
much  overdue  vessel  had  arrived,  bringing  letters  and  remit- 
tances from  England,  I  was  ready  to  start  for  a  journey  of 
unknown  duration.  After  a  year's  experience  it  was  now 
clear  that  my  brother  was  not  fitted  to  become  a  good 
natural-history  collector,  as  he  took  little  interest  in  birds 
or  insects,  and  without  enthusiasm  in  the  pursuit  he  would 
not  have  been  likely  to  succeed.  We  therefore  arranged  that 
he  should  stay  at  or  near  Bara  for  a  few  months  of  the  dry 


282 


MY  LIFE 


season,  make  what  collections  he  could,  then  return  to  Para 
on  his  way  home.  I  left  him  what  money  I  could  spare,  and 
as  he  was  now  well  acquainted  with  the  country,  and  could, 
if  absolutely  necessary,  get  an  advance  from  our  agents  at 
Para,  I  had  little  doubt  that  he  would  get  home  without 
difficulty.  But  I  never  saw  him  again.  When  he  reached 
Para,  towards  the  end  of  May,  1 851,  he  at  once  took  a  passage 
to  England  in  a  ship  to  leave  early  in  June,  but  before  it 
sailed  he  was  seized  with  yellow  fever,  then  prevalent  in  the 
town,  and  though  at  first  seeming  to  get  better,  died  a  few 
days  afterwards.  Mr.  Bates  was  at  Para  at  the  time,  pre- 
paring for  his  second  long  journey  up  the  Amazon.  He  was 
with  him  when  he  was  taken  ill,  and  did  all  he  could  in  getting 
medical  assistance  and  helping  to  nurse  him.  But  just  when 
my  brother  was  at  his  worst,  two  days  before  his  death,  he 
was  himself  attacked  with  the  same  disease,  which  rendered 
him  absolutely  helpless  for  ten  days,  though,  being  of  a 
stronger  and  more  hardened  constitution,  he  finally  recovered. 
Mr.  Miller,  the  Vice-consul,  with  whom  I  and  Bates  had 
stayed  when  we  arrived  at  Para,  was  with  my  brother  when  he 
died.  This  gentleman  had  severe  b)rain-fever  not  long  after- 
wards, and  also  died;  but  he  told  Mr.  Bates  that  a  few  hours 
before  my  brother's  death  he  had  said  that  "  it  was  sad  to  die 
so  young."  In  one  of  his  last  letters  home  he  had  spoken 
quite  cheerfully,  saying,  "  When  I  arrive  in  England  I  have 
my  plans,  which  I  can  better  tell  than  write."  And  then 
referring  to  his  brother  John's  emigration  to  California,  and 
some  idea  that  he,  Herbert,  might  go  there  too,  he  says,  "  I 
do  not  like  the  California  scheme  for  many  reasons.  I  should 
like  to  have  seen  John's  first  letter.  No  doubt  he  is  sure  to 
get  on.  I  wish  I  was  a  little  less  poetical ;  but,  as  I  am  what 
I  am,  I  must  try  and  do  the  best  for  myself  I  can."  I  rather 
think  he  had  the  idea  of  getting  some  literary  work  to  do,  per- 
haps on  a  country  newspaper  or  magazine,  and  it  is  not 
unlikely  that  that  was  what  he  was  best  fitted  for. 

I  may  here  briefly  explain  why  he  had  no  regular  employ- 
ment to  fall  back  upon.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  I  left  home 
when  I  was  fourteen  (he  being  then  only  seven  and  a  half), 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  283 


and  that  when  I  happened  to  be  at  home  afterwards  he  was 
often  away  at  school,  I  really  knew  very  little  of  him  till  he 
came  to  me  at  Para.  Until  I  left  school  he  had  been  taught 
at  home  by  my  father,  and  afterwards  went  for  a  year  or  two 
to  a  cheap  boarding  school  in  Essex.  As  it  was  necessary 
for  him  to  learn  something,  he  was  placed  with  a  portmanteau 
and  bag-maker  in  Regent  Street,  where  he  was  at  first  a  mere 
shop-boy,  and  as  he  showed  little  aptitude  for  learning  the 
trade,  and  was  not  treated  very  kindly  by  his  master,  he  was 
rather  miserable,  and  was  taken  away  after  a  year.  My 
brother  William  then  got  him  into  the  pattern-shop  at  the 
Neath  Abbey  Iron  Works  soon  after  I  had  gone  to  Leicester. 
There  he  remained,  lodging  near  the  works,  and  when  we 
went  to  live  at  Neath,  spending  his  Sundays  with  us.  At  this 
time  he  took  to  writing  verses,  and  especially  enigmas  in  the 
style  of  W.  Mackworth  Praed,  and  these  appeared  almost 
weekly  in  some  of  the  local  papers.  But  he  evidently  had  no 
inclination  or  taste  for  mechanical  work,  and  though  he 
spent,  I  think,  about  four  years  in  the  pattern-shops  he  never 
became  a  good  workman ;  and  as  he  saw  no  prospect  of  ever 
earning  more  than  a  bare  subsistence  as  a  mechanic,  and 
perhaps  not  even  that,  he  gladly  came  out  to  me,  when  he 
had  just  completed  his  twentieth  year.  His  misfortune  was 
that  he  had  no  thorough  school  training,  no  faculty  for  or 
love  of  mechanical  work,  and  was  not  possessed  of  sufficient 
energy  to  overcome  these  deficiencies  of  nature  and  nurture. 

The  remainder  of  my  South  American  travels  consisted  of 
two  voyages  up  the  Rio  Negro.  On  the  first  I  went  beyond 
the  boundaries  of  Brazil,  and  crossed  by  a  road  in  the  forest 
to  one  of  the  tributaries  of  the  Orinoko.  Returning  thence 
I  visited  a  village  up  a  small  branch  of  the  Rio  Negro,  where 
there  is  an  isolated  rocky  mountain,  the  haunt  of  the  beautiful 
Cock  of  the  Rock;  afterwards  going  up  the  Uaupes  as  far  as 
the  second  cataract  at  Juaurite.  I  then  returned  with  my 
collections  to  Barra,  having  determined  to  go  much  farther 
up  the  Uaupes  in  order  to  obtain,  if  possible,  the  white 
umbrella  bird   which   I  had  been  positively  assured  was 


284 


MY  LIFE 


found  there ;  and  also  in  the  hopes  of  finding  some  new  and 
better  collecting  ground  near  the  Andes.  These  journeys 
were  made,  but  the  second  was  cut  short  by  delays  and  the 
wet  season.  My  health  also  had  suffered  so  much  by  a 
succession  of  fevers  and  dysentery  that  I  did  not  consider  it 
prudent  to  stay  longer  in  the  country. 

Although  during  the  last  two  journeys  in  the  Rio  Negro 
and  Orinoko  districts  I  had  made  large  miscellaneous 
collections,  and  especially  of  articles  of  native  workmanship, 
I  never  found  any  locality  at  all  comparable  with  Para  as  a 
collecting  ground.  The  numerous  places  I  visited  along 
more  than  a  thousand  miles  of  river,  all  alike  had  that 
poverty  of  insect  and  bird-Hfe  w^hich  characterized  Barra 
itself,  a  poverty  which  is  not  altogether  explicable.  The 
enormous  difficulties  and  delays  of  travel  made  it  impossible 
to  be  at  the  right  place  at  the  right  season;  while  the 
excessive  wetness  of  the  climate  rendered  the  loss  of  the  only 
month  or  two  of  fine  weather  irreparable  for  the  whole  year. 
The  comparative  scantiness  of  native  population  at  all  the 
towns  of  the  Rio  Negro,  the  small  amount  of  cultivation,  the 
scarcity  of  roads  through  the  forest,  and  the  want  of  any 
guide  from  the  experience  of  previous  collectors,  combined  to 
render  my  numerous  journeys  in  this  almost  totally  unknown 
region  comparatively  unproductive  in  birds  and  insects.  As 
it  happened  (owing  to  Custom  House  formalities  at  Barra), 
the  whole  of  my  collections  during  the  last  two  voyages  were 
with  me  on  the  ship  that  was  burnt,  and  were  thus  totally 
lost.  On  the  whole,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  best 
places  now  available  for  a  collector  in  the  country  I  visited 
are  at  the  San  Jeronym  and  Juarite  falls  on  the  River 
Uaupes,  and  at  Javita,  on  a  tributary  of  the  Orinoko,  if  the 
whole  of  the  dryest  months  could  be  spent  there.  So  far  as 
I  have  heard,  no  English  traveller  has  to  this  day  ascended 
the  Uaupes  river  so  far  as  I  did,  and  no  collector  has  stayed 
any  time  at  Javita,  or  has  even  passed  through  it.  There  is, 
therefore,  an  almost  unknown  district  still  waiting  for  explora- 
tion by  some  competent  naturalist. 

One  letter  I  wrote  from  Guia  on  the  Upper  Rio  Negro, 


CYNODON   SCOM13ROIDES.     FAM.  CHARACINID.E 
(One-fourth  nat^^ral  size) 


XIPHOSTOMA  LATERISTRIGA.     FAM.  CHARACINID^ 
(One-third  natural  size) 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  285 

three  months  after  my  arrival  there,  has  been  preserved,  and 
from  it  I  extract  the  following  passage: — 

"  I  have  been  spending  a  month  with  some  Indians  three 
days'  journey  up  a  narrow  stream  (called  the  Cobati  River). 
From  there  we  went  half  a  day's  journey  through  the  forest 
to  a  rocky  mountain  where  the  celebrated  '  Gallos  de  Serra ' 
(Cocks  of  the  Rock)  breed.  But  we  were  very  unfortunate, 
for  though  I  had  with  me  ten  hunters  and  we  remained  nine 
days  at  the  Serra,  suffering  many  inconveniences  (having 
only  taken  farina  and  salt  with  us),  I  only  got  a  dozen 
gallos,  whereas  I  had  expected  in  less  time  to  have  secured 
fifty.  Insects,  there  were  none  at  all;  and  other  good  birds 
excessively  rare. 

"  My  canoe  is  now  getting  ready  for  a  further  journey  up 
to  near  the  sources  of  the  Rio  Negro  in  Venezuela,  where  I 
have  reason  to  believe  I  shall  find  insects  more  plentiful,  and 
at  least  as  many  birds  as  here.  On  my  return  from  there 
I  shall  take  a  voyage  up  the  great  river  Uaupes,  and  another 
up  the  Isanna,  not  so  much  for  my  collections,  which  I  do 
not  expect  to  be  very  profitable  there,  but  because  I  am  so 
much  interested  in  the  country  and  the  people  that  I  am 
determined  to  see  and  know  more  of  it  and  them  than  any 
other  European  traveller.  If  I  do  not  get  profit,  I  hope  at 
least  to  get  some  credit  as  an  industrious  and  persevering 
traveller." 

I  then  go  on  to  describe  the  materials  I  was  collecting  for 
books  on  the  palms  and  on  the  fishes  of  these  regions,  and 
also  for  a  book  on  the  physical  history  of  the  Amazon  valley. 
Only  the  "  Palms  "  were  published,  but  I  give  here  a  few 
copies  of  the  drawings  I  made  of  about  two  hundred  species 
of  Rio  Negro  fishes,  which  I  had  hoped  to  increase  to  double 
that  number  had  I  remained  in  the  country. 

The  two  first  figures  {Cynodon  scombroides  and  Xiphos- 
toma  lateristriga)  belong  to  the  family  Characinidse,  a  group 
which  abounds  in  the  fresh  waters  of  tropical  America  and 
Africa,  where  it  replaces  the  carps  (Cyprinidse)  of  Europe 
and  the  Old  World  generally,  though  not  very  closely  allied  to 


286 


MY  LIFE 


them.  Many  of  the  species  are  very  like  some  of  our  com- 
monest river-fish,  such  as  gudgeons,  dace,  roach,  tench,  and 
bream,  and  I  have  drawings  of  no  less  than  sixty-five  species 
of  the  family.  They  are  all,  I  believe,  eatable,  but  are  not 
held  to  be  fishes  of  the  best  quality. 

The  next  figure  (Pimelodus  holomclas)  is  an  example  of 
the  family  Siluridae,  which  is  found  in  the  fresh  waters  of  all 
parts  of  the  world.  The  cat-fishes  of  North  America  and 
the  sturgeons  of  Eastern  Europe  belong  to  it.  I  obtained 
thirty-four  species  on  the  Rio  Negro,  many  being  of  a  large 
size.  They  are  generally  bottom-feeding  fishes  and  are 
greatly  esteemed,  the  flesh  being  very  fat  and  rich,  quite 
beyond  any  of  our  English  fishes. 

The  next  figure  (Plecostomus  gitacari)  is  one  of  the 
Loricarudae,  which  are  allied  to  the  Siluridae,  but  characterized 
by  hard  bony  scales  or  plates,  and  dangerous  bony  spines  to 
the  dorsal  and  pectoral  fins.  Many  are  of  very  strange  and 
repulsive  forms,  and  though  eatable  are  not  esteemed.  I 
obtained  seven  species  of  these  curious  fishes. 

The  remaining  two  figures  serve  to  illustrate  the  family 
Cichlidae,  one  of  the  most  abundant  and  characteristic  groups 
of  South  American  fishes.  All  are  of  moderate  size,  and  feed 
partially  or  entirely  on  vegetable  substances,  especially  fruits 
which  grow  on  the  river-banks  and  when  ripe  fall  into  the 
water.  They  are  caught  with  fruits  as  a  bait,  and  the  fisher- 
man gently  lashes  the  water  with  his  rod  so  as  to  imitate 
the  sound  of  falling  fruit,  thus  attracting  the  fish.  Some  of 
these  are  the  most  delicious  fish  in  the  world,  both  delicate 
and  fat,  to  such  an  extent  that  the  water  they  are  boiled  in 
is  always  served  at  table  in  basins,  and  is  a  very  delicious 
broth,  quite  different  to  any  meat  broth  and  equal  to  the 
best.  It  is  more  like  a  very  rich  chicken  broth  than  any- 
thing else.  I  obtained  twenty-two  species  of  this  family  of 
fishes,  the  little  Pterophyllum  scalaris,  called  the  butterfly 
fish,  being  one  of  the  most  fantastic  of  fresh-water  fishes. 
The  other,  Cichlosoma  severum,  is  one  of  the  best  for  the 
table. 

I  have  presented  my  collection  of  fish  drawings  to  the 


PIMKLODUS  HOLOMELAS.     FAM.  SILURID.E 
(One-third  natural  size) 


PLECOSTOMUS  GUACARI.    FAM.  LORICARID^ 
(One-third  natural  size) 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  287 


British  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  I  am  indebted  to 
Mr.  C.  Tate  Regan,  who  has  charge  of  this  department,  for 
giving  me  the  names  of  the  species  represented.  In  a  paper 
read  before  the  Zoological  Society  in  August,  1905,  he  states 
that  he  has  named  about  a  hundred  species,  and  that  a  large 
portion  of  the  remainder  are  probably  new  species,  showing 
how  incomplete  is  our  knowledge  of  the  fishes  of  the  Amazon 
and  its  tributaries. 

Looking  back  over  my  four  years'  wanderings  in  the  Ama- 
zon valley,  there  seem  to  me  to  be  three  great  features 
which  especially  impressed  me,  and  which  fully  equalled  or 
even  surpassed  my  expectations  of  them.  The  first  was  the 
virgin  forest,  everywhere  grand,  often  beautiful  and  even  sub- 
lime. Its  wonderful  variety  with  a  more  general  uniformity 
never  palled.  Standing  under  one  of  its  great  buttressed 
trees — itself  a  marvel  of  nature — and  looking  carefully 
around,  noting  the  various  columnar  trunks  rising  like  lofty 
pillars,  one  soon  perceives  that  hardly  two  of  these  are  aUke. 
The  shape  of  the  trunks,  their  colour  and  texture,  the  nature 
of  their  bark,  their  mode  of  branching  and  the  character  of 
the  foliage  far  overhead,  or  of  the  fruits  or  flowers  lying  on 
the  ground,  have  an  individuality  which  shows  that  they  are 
all  distinct  species  differing  from  one  another  as  our  oak,  elm, 
beech,  ash,  lime,  and  sycamore  differ.  This  extraordinary 
variety  of  the  species  is  a  general  though  not  universal 
characteristic  of  tropical  forests,  but  seems  to  be  nowhere  so 
marked  a  feature  as  in  the  great  forest  regions  which  encircle 
the  globe  for  a  few  degrees  on  each  side  of  the  equator.  An 
equatorial  forest  is  a  kind  of  natural  arboretum  where  speci- 
mens of  an  immense  number  of  species  are  brought  together 
by  nature.  The  western  half  of  the  island  of  Java  affords  an 
example  of  such  a  forest-region  which  has  been  well-explored, 
botanically;  and  although  almost  all  the  fertile  plains  have 
been  cleared  for  cultivation,  and  the  forests  cover  only  a 
small  proportion  of  the  country,  the  number  of  distinct 
species  of  forest-trees  is  said  to  be  over  fifteen  hundred. 
Now  the  whole  island  is  only  about  as  large  as  Ireland,  and 


288 


MY  LIFE 


has  a  population  of  over  twenty  millions ;  and  as  the  eastern 
half  of  the  island  has  a  much  drier  climate,  where  there  are 
forests  of  teak  and  much  more  open  country,  it  is  certain 
that  this  enormous  variety  of  species  is  found  in  a  wonder- 
fully small  area,  probably  little  larger  than  Wales.  I  have 
no  doubt  that  the  forests  of  the  Amazon  valley  are  equally 
rich,  while  there  are  not  improbably  certain  portions  of  their 
vast  extent  which  are  still  richer. 

The  second  feature,  that  I  can  never  think  of  without 
delight,  is  the  wonderful  variety  and  exquisite  beauty  of  the 
butterflies  and  birds,  a  variety  and  charm  which  grow  upon 
one  month  after  month  and  year  after  year,  as  ever  new  and 
beautiful,  strange  and  even  mysterious,  forms  are  continually 
met  with.  Even  now  I  can  hardly  recall  them  without  a 
thrill  of  admiration  and  wonder. 

The  third  and  most  unexpected  sensation  of  surprise  and 
delight  was  my  first  meeting  and  living  with  a  man  in  a  state 
of  nature — with  absolute  uncontaminated  savages!  This  was 
on  the  Uaupes  river,  and  the  surprise  of  it  was  that  I  did  not 
in  the  least  expect  to  be  so  surprised.  I  had  already  been 
two  years  in  the  country  always  among  Indians  of  many 
tribes;  but  these  were  all  what  are  called  tame  Indians,  they 
wore  at  least  trousers  and  shirt;  they  had  been  (nominally) 
converted  to  Christianity,  and  were  under  the  government  of 
the  nearest  authorities;  and  all  of  them  spoke  either  Portu- 
guese or  the  common  language,  called  "  Lingoa-Geral." 

But  these  true  wild  Indians  of  the  Uaupes  were  at  once 
seen  to  be  something  totally  different.  They  had  nothing 
that  we  call  clothes;  they  had  peculiar  ornaments,  tribal 
marks,  etc.;  they  all  carried  weapons  or  tools  of  their  own 
manufacture ;  they  are  living  in  a  large  house,  many 
families  together,  quite  unlike  the  hut  of  the  tame  Indians ; 
but,  more  than  all,  their  whole  aspect  and  manner  were  dif- 
ferent— they  were  all  going  about  their  own  work  or  pleasure 
which  had  nothing  to  do  with  white  men  or  their  ways;  they 
walked  with  the  free  step  of  the  independent  forest-dweller, 
and,  except  the  few  that  were  known  to  my  companion,  paid 
no  attention  whatever  to  us,  mere  strangers  of  an  alien  race. 


PTEROPHYLLUM  SCALARA.    FAM.  CICHLID^ 
(One-third  natural  size) 


CICHLOSOMA  SEVERUM.    FAM.  CICHLID.^: 
(One-third  natural  size) 


THE  JOURNEY  TO  THE  AMAZON  289 


In  every  detail  they  were  original  and  self-sustaining  as  are 
the  wild  animals  of  the  forests,  absolutely  independent  of 
civilization,  and  who  could  and  did  live  their  own  lives  in 
their  own  way,  as  they  had  done  for  countless  generations 
before  America  was  discovered.  I  could  not  have  believed 
that  there  would  be  so  much  difference  in  the  aspect  of  the 
same  people  in  their  native  state  and  when  living  under 
European  supervision.  The  true  denizen  of  the  Amazonian 
forests,  like  the  forest  itself,  is  unique  and  not  to  be  forgotten. 


CHAPTER  XIX 


"  IN  MEMORIAM  " 

In  memory  of 
Herbert  Edward  Wallace, 
who  died  of  yellow  fever  at  Para,  June  8,  1851, 
Age  22  years. 

During  the  three  or  four  years  my  brother  lived  at  Neath 
he  contributed  a  considerable  number  of  verses  and  enigmas 
to  the  local  newspapers,  while  some  of  his  old  notebooks 
contain  many  others  in  an  unfinished  state.  While  on  the 
Amazon  he  wrote  several  more,  and  I  will  here  give  a  few 
samples  of  these,  which  may  perhaps  be  thought  w^orth  pre- 
serving, and  as  a  memento  of  a  young  life  prematurely  closed 
in  a  distant  land.  He  was  a  great  admirer  of  Hood  and  of 
Longfellow,  and  several  of  his  little  poems  are  reflections  of 
their  writings,  while  the  enigmas  were  inspired  by  those  of 
William  Mackworth  Praed. 

The  only  two  likenesses  of  my  brother  we  possess  are  copied 
here.  The  first  is  from  a  pencil  sketch  by  an  old  friend  of  the 
family  (Miss  Townsend),  taken  at  Hoddesdon  when  he  was 
about  eight  years  old,  which  was  always  thought  to  be  a  strik- 
ing likeness.  The  other  is  a  copy  of  a  black  silhouette  taken 
before  he  came  out  to  the  Amazon  in  1849,  when  he  was  just 
twenty  years  old. 

My  lamented  friend  Dr.  Spruce  kindly  sent  me  two  letters 
he  received  from  my  brother  in  the  interval  between  our  part- 
ing at  Santarem  and  on  his  return  to  Para,  and  as  they  are 
probably  the  last  he  ever  wrote  I  give  them  here  (omitting 
one  or  two  personal  matters)  in  order  to  show  his  usual  good 
spirits  and  random  style  of  writing. 

290 


"IN  MEMORIAM"  291 

"  Barra,  March  15,  1850. 

"  Dear  Sir, 

"  A  lodge  is  gained  at  last.    Here  we  are  in  a 

Barra ! 

"  Here  we  work  with  Net  and  Trigger, 
By  the  famous  river  Nigger, 

on  whose  midnight  waters  never  is  heard  the  hum  of  the 
sanguinary  carapana,^  where  '  sleep  which  knits  up  the  ravelled 
sleave  of  care/  hath  no  intruder.  By  the  bye,  talking  of  sleep 
reminds  me  of  redes.^  All  the  redes  in  Barra  possess  a  title. 
Why?  Because  they  are  Barra-nets.  This  you  may  think 
far-fetched.  Well !  I  will  own  'tis  rather  distant ;  perhaps 
you  would  like  one  a  little  nearer  ?  Good.  As  we  left  Obydos, 
remarking  the  woody  declivity  on  our  right,  the  following 
sublime  comparative  similitude  burst  forth  spontaneously. 
Why  is  this  hill  like  a  dead  body  running?  Because,  says  I — 
but  no !  you  must  really  try  to  guess  it ;  however,  I  will  enclose 
the  answer  to  refer  to  in  case  of  failure.    (See  p.  292.) 

"  With  best  wishes  for  your  health  and  success,  and  kind 
remembrances  to  Mr.  King  and  Santarem  friends 

I  remain,  yours  respectfully 

"  Edward  Wallace." 

"  Serpa,  December  29,  1850. 

"  Dear  Sir, 

I  have  just  returned  from  a  month's  excursion 
among  the  lakes  and  byways  of  the  mighty  Amazon,  and 
whilst  reposing  my  weary  limbs  amid  the  luxurious  folds  of 
a  rede,  drinking  a  fragrant  cup  of  the  sober  beverage,  and 
meditating  (but  cheerfully)  upon  the  miseries  of  human 
nature,  I  received  notice  of  your  arrival  in  the  Barra. 

"  So  you  have  at  last  gained  that  '  lodge '  so  long  pictured 
in  the  vista  of  imagination.    You  are  at  last  in  that  Promised 

1  Carapana  is  the  native  name  of  the  mosquito. 
2 Rede  or  net,  the  local  name  for  "hammock." 


292 


MY  LIFE 


Land — a  land  flowing  with  caxaga  and  farina ;  ^  a  land  where 
a  man  may  literally,  and  safely,  sleep  without  breeches — a 
luxury  which  must  be  enjoyed  to  be  appreciated. 

"  I  am  now  waiting  for  a  passage  to  Para,  from  thence  to 
return  to  England.  There  is  a  vessel  caulking  here  I  expect 
will  go  in  two  or  three  weeks.  I  have  a  small  collection  of 
birds  and  butterflies,  but  new  species  of  the  latter  are  very 
scarce. 

"  The  Christmas  festa  is  now  over,  and  this  little  village 
has  resumed  its  wonted  tranquillity.  I  suppose  you  intend  soon 
to  proceed  up  the  Rio  Negro;  no  doubt  my  brother  is  now 
glorying  in  ornithological  rarities,  and  revelling  amid  the 
sweets  of  lepidopterous  loveliness.  But  enough!  A  little 
while  and  the  wintry  sea  is  roaring  around  my  pillow;  then 
shall  I  envy  you  in  your  snug  redes  far  from  the  restless  bil- 
low; then,  whilst  vainly  endeavouring  to  swallow  preserved 
salmon  or  other  ship  luxury,  I  shall  long  for  my  Amazonian 
appetite  and  roasted  pirarucu ;  then   But  I  will  not  antici- 

pate hours  which  are  inevitable.  I  hope  yourself  and  Mr. 
King  are  in  good  health.  In  this  respect  I  have  no  cause  to 
complain.  Wishing  you  both  a  prosperous  and  a  pleasant 
time,  I  must  now  remain, 

"  Yours  sincerely, 

"  Edward  Wallace.'' 

It  is  evident  from  this  letter  that  the  usual  dilatoriness  and 
difficulties  of  Amazonian  travel  delayed  his  arrival  at  Para 
about  four  months  beyond  the  time  he  calculated  on.  The 
answer  to  the  enigma  in  the  first  letter,  which  he  says  he  has 
enclosed,  I  did  not  receive ;  but  I  have  no  doubt  it  is  as  follows : 
"  Because  it  is  a  corpse  (copse)  sloping  away  from  the  town." 
"  Slope,"  "  sloping,"  were  at  that  time  slang  words  for  escaping 
or  running  away,  '  understanded  by  the  people,'  which  perhaps 
they  may  not  be  now.  I  may  add  here  that  he  did  not  like  the 
name  Herbert  (his  first  name),  and  so  took  to  his  second — 
Edward. 

1  Native  rum  and  mandioca  meal. 


"IN  MEMORIAM" 


293 


The  friends  of  temperance  often  complain  of  the  want  of 
a  good  song.  I  think  the  following,  written  by  my  brother 
about  1848,  may  perhaps  be  considered  suitable  till  a  better 
one  is  written  : — 


"The  Cup  of  Tea. 
I. 

"Some  love  to  sip  their  Burgundy, 

And  some  prefer  Champagne  ; 
Some  like  the  wines  of  sunny  France, 

And  some  the  grape  of  Spain. 
There's  some  will  take  their  brandy  neat, 

While  others  mix  with  water; 
There's  some  drink  only  Indian  ale, 

And  others  London  porter. 
Away  with  poisons  such  as  these, 

No  Alcohol  for  me  ! 
Oh,  fill  me  up  the  sober  cup, 

The  social  cup  of  Tea. 

n. 

"  Some  love  to  sing  of  ancient  times. 

And  drinking  customs  preach  ; 
Such  customs  are — as  Shakespeare  saith — 

More  honoured  in  the  breach; 
For  we  can  sing  a  joyous  song 

Without  the  aid  of  wine, 
And  court  the  muse  without  a  glass 

To  spur  the  lagging  rh5'me. 
Then  take  the  pledge,  be  one  of  us, 

And  join  our  melody — 
*  Oh,  fill  me  up  the  sober  cup, 

The  social  cup  of  Tea.' 

III. 

"We  pray  for  that  long  wished-for  hour 

When  Bacchus  shall  be  slain, 
John  Barleycorn  be  trodden  down 

And  ne'er  rise  up  again ; 
When  man,  begim  to  know  himself. 

Shall  maddening  bowls  resign, 


294 


MY  LIFE 


And  Temperance,  with  a  mighty  hand, 

'Dash  down  the  Samian  wine.' 
Here's  to  the  death  of  Alcohol ! 

And  still  our  song  shall  be, 
*  Oh,  fill  me  up  the  sober  cup, 

The  social  cup  of  Tea.' " 

The  next  verses,  suggested  by  a  well-known  old  song,  show 
his  early  love  of  humanity  and  aspirations  for  an  improved 
social  state.  It  was  probably  written  at  Neath  about  1847  or 
1848: 

"The  Light  of  Days  to  Come. 

"The  light  of  other  days  is  faded, 

But  we  will  not  repine. 
Nor  waste  the  precious  hours  as  they  did, 

The  dwellers  in  that  time. 
We  will  not  sigh  in  gloom  and  sadness 

O'er  what  can  ne'er  return, 
But  rather  share  the  mirth  and  gladness 

In  the  light  we  now  discern. 

"The  past  brought  luxury  and  pleasure 

To  few  beneath  the  sun. 
But  equal  all  shall  share  the  treasure 

Of  the  light  of  days  to  come. 
Knowledge  shall  strengthen  each  endeavour 

To  set  the  future  right, 
And  Justice  with  her  sword  shall  sever 

The  iron  hand  of  Might. 

"  The  fields  where  warriors  have  commanded, 

And  men  have  fought  for  fame, 
Shall  in  a  future  age  be  branded 

With  an  inglorious  name. 
Bright  souls  who  perish  unassuming, 

Your  work  is  not  yet  done. 
Like  scattered  seed  your  deeds  shall  bloom  in 

The  Light  of  days  to  come." 


I  preserve  the  following  fantastic  little  poem  because  it  so 
well  describes  the  mode  of  house-building  of  the  dwellers  in 


"IN  MEMORIAM" 


295 


the  grand  equatorial  forests  which  supply  so  many  of  man's 
wants  in  a  way  unknown  in  the  colder  climes : 

"The  Indian's  Hut. 

"'Twas  on  the  mighty  Amazon, 

We  floated  with  the  tide, 
While  steep  and  flowery  were  the  banks 

That  rose  on  either  side, 
And  where  the  green  bananas  grow, 

An  Indian's  cot  I  spied. 

"Like  to  the  halls  of  Solomon, 

Yon  humble  dwelling  rose, 
Without  the  grating  of  the  saw 

Or  echoing  hammer's  blows ; 
For  all  its  parts  are  bound  with  rope, 

Which  in  the  forest  grows. 

"Those  wild  fantastic  slender  cords 

Which  hang  from  branches  high, 
The  place  of  staple,  screw,  and  nail. 

With  equal  strength  supply, 
And  pole  and  rafter  firm  and  fast 

All  silently  they  tie. 

"All  silently,  for  stake  and  pole 

Were  sharpened  where  they  grew  ; 
And  where  the  house  was  built,  no  axe 

Was  lifted  up  to  hew. 
But  slow  and  still  the  Indian  worked, 

His  wife  and  children  too. 

***0h,  for  a  lodge!'  thus  Cowper  cried; 

And  here's  a  peaceful  home, 
A  quiet  spot,  a  calm  retreat. 

Where  care  can  seldom  come. 
Adieu  !  thou  silent  Indian  cot, 

My  fate  it  is  to  roam." 

I  give  the  following  verses  on  the  Cayman  or  Alligator  of 
the  Amazon  because  I  remember  how  pleased  my  brother 
was  with  the  quotation  from  Macbeth,  which  so  aptly  applies 
to  this  dangerous  reptile. 


296 


MY  LIFE 


"  Song  of  the  Cayman. 

(Written,  1850.) 

"  Thy  bones  are  marrowless,  thy  blood  is  cold : 
Thou  hast  no  speculation  in  those  eyes 
Which  thou  dost  glare  with." 

"  I  bask  in  the  waveless  waters 

When  the  sun  is  shining  on  high, 

Watching  the  Indian  children 
With  a  grim  and  greedy  eye; 

Woe  to  the  careless  bather 
Who  ventures  where  I  lie. 

"  I  float  on  the  midnight  waters 

With  my  deathly  demon  head; 
My  skin  is  an  iron  armour 

Which  flattens  the  hunter's  lead; 
And  my  eyes  are  a  living  terror, 

Glassy  as  those  of  the  dead. 

"  I  hear  the  house-dog  prowling, 
And  without  a  ripple  sink; 
Down  to  the  stream  he  cometh 

And  enters  the  water  to  drink, 
I  rise  again  as  noiseless 
And  seize  him  on  the  brink. 

"  I  dwell  not  in  rushing  waters, 
But  in  woodland  pool  and  lake, 
Where  the  cowfish  and  the  turtle 

Lie  sleeping  neath  the  brake ; 
I  seize  the  senseless  dreamers, 
And  a  merry  meal  I  make. 

"  Midnight  deeds  have  I  witness'd, 
But  never  shudder'd  to  see. 
Tremble  not,  thou  murderer  pale! 

Go!  leave  the  corpse  to  me. 
And  not  a  hair  or  a  whiten'd  bone 
I'll  leave  to  speak  of  thee." 


I  preserve  the  next  little  poem  because  I  feel  sure  that  the 
first  three  verses  were  inspired  by  the  memories  of  his  child- 


"IN  MEMORIAM"  297 

hood,  while  the  conclusion  indicates  those  deeper  feelings  still 
more  dominant  in  that  which  follows  it. 

"  Voices. 

"I  remember  voices 
In  my  early  home, 
Pleasant  and  familiar. 
Breathed  in  sweetest  tone — 

"Little  manly  voices, 

Brothers  then  were  near. 
Soft  and  kindly  voices; 
Of  my  sisters  dear. 

"Grave  and  tender  voices, 
Voices  now  no  more. 
In  the  ear  of  childhood 
Whispered  golden  lore. 

"I  remember  voices. 
Tones  of  later  years, 
Passionate  and  tearful, 
Full  of  hopes  and  fears. 

"Eloquent  and  earnest, 
Seeming  firm  and  true, 
Trusting  to  these  voices 
I've  had  cause  to  rue. 

"Friendship's  voice  deceived  me. 
And  the  maid  I  loved. 
Vain  of  wealth  and  beauty. 
False  and  fickle  proved. 

"I  remember  voices, 
Now  I  hear  but  one. 
The  silent  voice  within  me 
Speaks  to  me  alone — 

" '  Calm  amid  the  tempests. 
Live  in  peace  with  me. 
Thou  shalt  learn  Earth's  wisdom 
And  Heaven's  mystery.'  " 


298 


MY  LIFE 


The  following  poem  is  probably  the  last  written  by  my 
brother.  There  is  no  draft  or  note  of  it  in  his  rough  note- 
book, and  it  is  written  out  carefully  on  a  sheet  of  thin  letter- 
paper  which  is  probably  obtained  in  Para.  It  was  therefore 
almost  certainly  written  during  the  two  weeks  before  his  fatal 
illness. 

"  Our  Better  Moments. 

"Uncalled  they  come  across  the  mind, 
We  know  not  why  or  how, 
And  with  instinctive  reverence 

Ignoble  feelings  bow; 
A  power  strange,  yet  holy  too, 

Breathes  through  our  every  sense; 
Each  atom  of  our  being  feels 

Its  subtle  influence. 
High  visions,  noble  thinking,  flash 
Like  meteors  through  the  brain. 
If  Paradise  was  lost  to  us, 
*Tis  surely  come  again  ! 
Better  moments !   Better  moments !   Ye  are  sunny  angels*  wings, 
Sent  to  shed  a  holier  radiance  o'er  all  dim  and  worldly  things. 

"  Perchance  we  love  to  watch  awhile, 
In  simple  child-like  mood, 
The  waving  of  the  summer  grass, 

The  ebbing  of  the  flood. 
Or  lie  upon  a  mossy  bank 

In  some  secluded  shade, 
When  sudden,  from  before  our  gaze. 

The  grass — the  waters  fade; 
And  giving  up  our  being's  rein 
To  unknown  guiding  hands. 
We  float  in  passive  confidence 
To  voiceless  spirit  lands. 
Better  moments!    Better  moments!    Ye  are  sunny  angels'  wings, 
Sent  to  shed  a  holier  radiance  o'er  all  dim  and  worldly  things. 

"Or  sitting  in  a  leafy  wood. 

Some  still  and  breathless  hour, 
The  joyous  twitter  of  a  bird 

Has  strange  unconscious  power; 
The  power  to  send  through  ev'ry  nerve 
A  thrill  of  soft  delight ; 


"IN  MEMORIAM" 


299 


A  better  moment,  like  the  dawn. 

Steals  in  with  ambient  light; 
The  soul  expands,  and  lovingly 

Takes  in  its  pure  embrace, 
All  life!  all  nature!  high  or  mean. 
Of  colour,  tongue  or  race. 
Better  moments !    Better  moments !    Ye  are  sunny  angels*  wings, 
Sent  to  shed  a  holier  radiance  o'er  all  dim  and  worldly  things. 

"  A  thousand  various  scenes  and  tones 
Awake  the  better  thought, 
By  which  our  duller  years  of  life 

Become  inspired  and  taught. 
In  olden  times  there  rudely  came 

Handwriting  on  the  wall, 
And  prostrate  souls  fell  horror-struck 

At  that  wild  spirit-call; 
But  now  God's  momentary  gleam 

Is  sent  into  the  soul 
To  guide  uncertain  wavering  feet 
To  Life's  high  solemn  goal. 
Better  moments!   Better  moments!    Ye  are  sunny  angels'  wings, 
Sent  to  shed  a  holier  radiance  o'er  all  dim  and  worldly  things." 

Of  the  numerous  versified  enigmas  he  wrote,  I  print  four 
of  the  best.  They  may  interest  some  of  my  younger  readers. 
They  are  not  difficult  to  guess,  but  I  give  the  solutions  at  the 
end. 

Enigmas. 
I. 

"There  was  a  Spanish  gentleman 

Of  high  and  noble  mien, 
Who  riding  into  Seville's  town 

One  summer's  eve  was  seen; 
He  came  among  us  suddenly. 

And  vanished  as  he  came; 
We  only  knew  him  as  my  First, 

But  never  knew  his  name. 

"We  saw  him  at  the  opera, 
We  met  him  at  the  ball. 
The  very  point  of  chivalry 
A  pattern  for  us  all; 


300 


MY  LIFE 


And  oft  upon  my  Second  seen 

Where  Seville's  beauties  came, 
But  still  we  knew  him  as  my  First, 

And  did  not  know  his  name. 

**'Twas  /  who  brought  that  gentleman 

From  out  another  clime, 
'Twas  I  upon  my  Second  stood 

With  skins  of  smuggled  wine; 
And  ye  were  duller  far  than  me. 

Proud  gentlemen  of  Spain, 
To  only  know  him  as  my  First, 

And  never  know  his  name." 

n. 

(Written  in  1847.). 

**  Know  ye  my  Second,  the  green  and  the  beautiful. 
Sitting  alone  by  the  sea, 
Weeping  in  sadness  o'er  children  undutiful. 
Woe-worn  and  pallid  is  she. 

"For  skeleton  famine  is  rapidly  striding, 
Blasting  the  fruits  of  the  earth, 
Many  a  hovel  his  victims  have  died  in. 
Cursing  the  hour  of  their  birth. 

"Ah!  my  First  from  the  heavens  has  darkly  descended, 
Wrapping  the  earth  in  its  gloom  ; 
The  dying  lie  helpless  by  corpses  extended. 
Sullenly  awaiting  their  doom. 

"  And  the  living  watch  hopeless  the  dead  and  the  dying. 
All  gentler  feelings  have  fled; 
They  knov/  not — an  hour  and  they  may  be  lying 
Outstretched,  and  cold  with  the  dead. 

"  To  see  their  blank  features  so  set  and  despairing, 
To  gaze  on  those  dark,  tearless  eyes 
Which  look  into  vacancy  listlessly  staring. 
Might  humble  the  great  and  the  wise. 

"Ah!  the  great  and  the  wise!  can  no  way  be  suggested 
By  the  mighty  in  power  and  in  soul, 
To  banish  the  curse  that  too  long  has  rested 
A  shade  and  a  fear  on  my  Whole." 


"IN  MEMORIAM^' 

IIL 

"There  stood  by  the  stake  a  sable  form, 

His  grimy  arms  were  bare, 
A  heavy  sledge  on  his  shoulder  swung 

That  had  fashioned  many  a  share. 
And  his  dark  eyes  shone  like  fiery  sparks 

From  the  red-hot  iron's  glare. 

"Open  the  way!    Fall  back!    Fall  back! 

And  let  the  victim  through. 
To  the  mocking  chant  of  the  bigot  priest 

And  the  muffled  drum's  tattoo ; 
They  have  tortured  him  long,  but  his  spirit  strong, 

Ne'er  cowed  'neath  rack  or  screw. 

"My  First  stepped  forth  and  grasped  his  arm 

(He  felt  no  muscle  shake). 
And  led  him  within  the  .fatal  ring; 

Nor  then  did  his  victim  quake, 
When  a  chain  was  riveted  to  his  waist, 

And  round  the  fatal  stake. 

"  He  had  seen  my  Second  red  with  blood 
Of  friend  and  foe  and  steed, 
He  had  looked  on  death  in  every  form. 

He  had  seen  a  father  bleed; 
The  flames  of  my  Whole  were  a  terrible  goal. 
But  he  could  not  renounce  his  creed." 


IV. 

(August,  1849.) 

"She  stood  upon  the  scaffold 
With  a  firm,  undaunted  mien. 
Condemned  to  die  a  shameful  death, 

But  yesterday  a  Queen! 
Ill-fated  Jane,  how  brief  thy  reign ! 
How  dark  thy  closing  scene ! 

"  She  fearless  gazes  on  my  First 
With  sable  trappings  hung. 
And  to  the  bright  and  glittering  axe 

She  speaks  with  jesting  tongue  : 
*Fear  not  to  fall,  my  neck  is  small, 
Thy  work  is  quickly  done.* 


MY  LIFE 


** Where  are  the  eyes  that  fearless  gazed? 

Their  lustre  now  is  fled. 
Where  is  the  tongue  where  hung  the  jest? 

Inanimate  and  dead. 
The  snowy  neck  she  used  to  deck. 

The  axe  has  left  it  red. 

**A  ghastly  sight  it  is  to  see 

My  Second  bleeding  there, 
Distorted  now  those  features,  erst 

So  perfect  and  so  fair; 
No  art  can  dress  that  gory  tress 

Of  dark,  luxuriant  hair. 

"This  is  a  scene  from  history's  page, 
The  triumph  of  might  and  wrong; 

That  barbarous  age  has  passed  away 
With  the  power  of  the  proud  and  strong; 

But  still  in  our  day  by  law  we  slay 
To  teach  the  erring  throng. 

"To  show  our  abhorrence  of  shedding  blood 

We  send  the  murderer's  soul, 
Unfit,  I  ween,  to  meet  his  judge, 

To  a  last  and  awful  goal. 
He  who  can  draw  good  from  such  law 

Must  be  my  senseless  Whole." 


Solutions  of  the  Enigmas. 


Donkey.    2.  Ireland.    3.  Smithfield.    4.  Blockhead. 


CHAPTER  XX 


IN   LONDON^   AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE 

Among  the  letters  preserved  and  kindly  returned  to  me  by 
Dr.  Spruce  is  one  partly  written  on  board  ship  on  my  way 
home,  giving  an  account  of  my  somewhat  adventurous  voyage 
while  it  was  fresh  in  my  memory,  and  containing  some  details 
not  given  in  the  narrative  in  my  "  Travels  on  the  Amazon." 
I  will  therefore  print  it  here,  as  no  part  of  it  has  yet  been 
made  public. 

"  Brig,  Jordeson,  N.  Lat.  49"  30',  W.  Long.  20°. 

"Sunday,  September  19,  1852. 

"  My  Dear  Friend, 

"  Having  now  some  prospect  of  being  home  in  a 
week  or  ten  days,  I  will  commence  giving  you  an  account  of 
the  peculiar  circumstances  which  have  already  kept  me  at  sea 
seventy  days  on  a  voyage  which  took  us  only  twenty-nine  days 
on  our  passage  out.  I  hope  you  have  received  the  letter  sent 
you  from  Para,  dated  July  9  or  10,  in  which  I  informed  you 
that  I  had  taken  my  passage  in  a  vessel  bound  for  London, 
which  was  to  sail  in  a  few  days.  On  Monday,  July  12,  I  went 
on  board  with  all  my  cargo,  and  some  articles  purchased  or 
collected  on  my  way  down,  with  the  remnant  (about  twenty) 
of  my  live  stock.^  After  being  at  sea  about  a  week  I  had  a 
slight  attack  of  fever,  and  at  first  thought  I  had  got  the  yellow 
fever  after  all.  However,  a  little  calomel  set  me  right  in  a 
few  days,  but  I  remained  rather  weak,  and  spent  most  of  my 
time  reading  in  the  cabin,  which  was  very  comfortable.  On 
Friday,  August  6,  we  were  in  N.  Lat.  30°  30',  W.  Long.  52°, 

1  These  consisted  of  numerous  parrots  and  parrakeets,  and  several 
uncommon  monkeys,  a  forest  wild-dog,  etc. 

303 


304 


MY  LIFE 


when,  about  nine  in  the  morning,  just  after  breakfast,  Captain 
Turner,  who  was  half-owner  of  the  vessel,  came  into  the  cabin, 
and  said,  Tm  afraid  the  ship's  on  fire.  Come  and  see  what 
you  think  of  it.'  Going  on  deck  I  found  a  thick  smoke  coming 
out  of  the  forecastle,  which  we  both  thought  more  like  the 
steam  from  heating  vegetable  matter  than  the  smoke  from  a 
fire.  The  fore  hatchway  was  immediately  opened  to  try  and 
ascertain  the  origin  of  the  smoke,  and  a  quantity  of  cargo  was 
thrown  out,  but  the  smoke  continuing  without  any  perceptible 
increase,  we  went  to  the  after  hatchway,  and  after  throwing 
out  a  quantity  of  piassaba,  with  which  the  upper  part  of  the 
hold  was  filled,  the  smoke  became  so  dense  that  the  men  could 
not  stay  in  it.  Most  of  them  were  then  set  to  work  throwing 
in  buckets  of  water,  and  the  rest  proceeded  to  the  cabin  and 
opened  the  lazaretto  or  store-place  beneath  its  floor,  and  found 
smoke  issuing  from  the  bulkhead  separating  it  from  the  hold, 
which  extended  half-way  under  the  fore  part  of  the  cabin. 
Attempts  were  then  made  to  break  down  this  bulkhead,  but 
it  resisted  all  efforts,  the  smoke  being  so  suffocating  as  to  pre- 
vent anyone  stopping  in  it  more  than  a  minute  at  a  time.  A 
hole  was  then  cut  in  the  cabin  floor,  and  while  the  carpenter 
was  doing  this,  the  rest  of  the  crew  were  employed  getting 
out  the  boats,  the  captain  looked  after  his  chronometer,  sextant, 
books,  charts,  and  compasses,  and  I  got  up  a  small  tin  box 
containing  a  few  shirts,  and  put  in  it  my  drawings  of  fishes 
and  palms,  which  were  luckily  at  hand;  also  my  watch  and  a 
purse  with  a  few  sovereigns.  Most  of  my  clothes  were  scat- 
tered about  the  cabin,  and  in  the  dense  suffocating  smoke  it 
was  impossible  to  look  about  after  them.  There  were  two 
boats,  the  long-boat  and  the  captain's  gig,  and  it  took  a  good 
deal  of  time  to  get  the  merest  necessaries  collected  and  put 
into  them,  and  to  lower  them  into  the  water.  Two  casks  of 
biscuit  and  a  cask  of  water  were  got  in,  a  lot  of  raw  pork  and 
some  ham,  a  few  tins  of  preserved  meats  and  vegetables,  and 
some  wine.  Then  there  were  corks  to  stop  the  holes  in  the 
boats,  oars,  masts,  sails,  and  rudders  to  be  looked  up,  spare 
spars,  cordage,  twine,  canvas,  needles,  carpenter's  tools,  nails, 
etc.    The  crew  brought  up  their  bags  of  clothes,  and  all  were 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  305 


bundled  indiscriminately  into  the  boats,  which,  having  been 
so  long  in  the  sun,  were  very  leaky  and  soon  became  half  full 
of  water,  so  that  two  men  in  each  of  them  had  to  be  constantly 
baling  out  the  water  with  buckets.  Blankets,  rugs,  pillows, 
and  clothes  were  all  soaked,  and  the  boats  seemed  overloaded, 
though  there  was  really  very  little  weight  in  them.  All  being 
now  prepared,  the  crew  were  again  employed  pouring  water 
in  the  cabin  and  hatchway. 

"  The  cargo  of  the  ship  consisted  of  rubber,  cocoa,  anatto, 
balsam-capivi,  and  piassaba.  The  balsam  was  in  small  casks, 
twenty  stowed  in  sand,  and  twenty  small  kegs  in  rice-chaff, 
immediately  beneath  the  cabin  floor,  where  the  fire  seemed  to 
be.  For  some  time  we  had  heard  this  bubbling  and  hissing 
as  if  boiling  furiously,  the  heat  in  the  cabin  was  very  great, 
flame  soon  broke  into  the  berths  and  through  the  cabin  floor, 
and  in  a  few  minutes  more  blazed  up  through  the  skylight  on 
deck.  All  hands  were  at  once  ordered  into  the  boats,  which 
were  astern  of  the  ship.  It  was  now  about  twelve  o'clock, 
only  three  hours  from  the  time  the  smoke  was  first  discovered. 
I  had  to  let  myself  down  into  the  boat  by  a  rope,  and  being 
rather  weak  it  slipped  through  my  hands  and  took  the  skin 
off  all  my  fingers,  and  finding  the  boat  still  half  full  of  water 
I  set  to  baling,  which  made  my  hands  smart  very  painfully. 
We  lay  near  the  ship  all  the  afternoon,  watching  the  progress 
of  the  flames,  which  soon  covered  the  hinder  part  of  the  ves- 
sel and  rushed  up  the  shrouds  and  sails  in  a  most  magnificent 
conflagration.  Soon  afterwards,  by  the  rolling  of  the  ship, 
the  masts  broke  off  and  fell  overboard,  the  decks  soon  burnt 
away,  the  ironwork  at  the  sides  became  red-hot,  and  last  of  all 
the  bowsprit,  being  burnt  at  the  base,  fell  also.  No  one  had 
thought  of  being  hungry  till  darkness  came  on,  when  we  had 
a  meal  of  biscuit  and  raw  ham,  and  then  disposed  ourselves  as 
well  as  we  could  for  the  night,  which,  you  may  be  sure,  was 
by  no  means  a  pleasant  one.  Our  boats  continued  very  leaky, 
and  we  could  not  cease  an  instant  from  baling;  there  was  a 
considerable  swell,  though  the  day  had  been  remarkably  fine, 
and  there  were  constantly  floating  around  us  pieces  of  the 
burnt  wreck,  masts,  etc.,  which  might  have  stove  in  our  boats 


3o6 


MY  LIFE 


had  we  not  kept  a  constant  lookout  to  keep  clear  of  them. 
We  remained  near  the  ship  all  night  in  order  that  we  might 
have  the  benefit  of  its  flames  attracting  any  vessel  that  might 
pass  within  sight  of  it. 

"  It  now  presented  a  magnificent  and  awful  sight  as  it  rolled 
over,  looking  like  a  whole  caldron  of  fire,  the  whole  cargo  of 
rubber,  etc.,  forming  a  liquid  burning  mass  at  the  bottom.  In 
the  morning  our  little  masts  and  sails  were  got  up,  and  we 
bade  adieu  to  the  Helen,  now  burnt  down  to  the  water's  edge, 
and  proceeded  with  a  light  east  wind  towards  the  Bermudas, 
the  nearest  land,  but  which  were  more  than  seven  hundred 
miles  from  us.  As  we  were  nearly  in  the  track  of  West 
Indian  vessels,  we  expected  to  fall  in  with  some  ship  in  a  few 
days. 

"  I  cannot  attempt  to  describe  my  feelings  and  thoughts 
during  these  events.  I  was  surprised  to  find  myself  very 
cool  and  collected.  I  hardly  thought  it  possible  we  should 
escape,  and  I  remember  thinking  it  almost  foolish  to  save  my 
watch  and  the  little  money  I  had  at  hand.  However,  after 
being  in  the  boats  some  days  I  began  to  have  more  hope,  and 
regretted  not  having  saved  some  new  shoes,  cloth  coat  and 
trousers,  hat,  etc.,  which  I  might  have  done  with  a  little  trou- 
ble. My  collections,  however,  were  in  the  hold,  and  were 
irretrievably  lost.  And  now  I  began  to  think  that  almost  all 
the  reward  of  my  four  years  of  privation  and  danger  was  lost. 
What  I  had  hitherto  sent  home  had  little  more  than  paid  my 
expenses,  and  what  I  had  w^ith  me  in  the  Helen  I  estimated 
would  have  realized  about  £500.  But  even  all  this  might 
have  gone  with  little  regret  had  not  by  far  the  richest  part  of 
my  own  private  collection  gone  also.  All  my  private  collec- 
tion of  insects  and  birds  since  I  left  Para  was  with  me,  and 
comprised  hundreds  of  new  and  beautiful  species,  which  would 
have  rendered  (I  had  fondly  hoped)  my  cabinet,  as  far  as 
regards  American  species,  one  of  the  finest  in  Europe.  Fancy 
your  regrets  had  you  lost  all  your  Pyrenean  mosses  on  your 
voyage  home,  or  should  you  now  lose  all  your  South  American 
collection,  and  you  will  have  some  idea  of  what  I  suffer.  But 
besides  this,  I  have  lost  a  number  of  sketches,  drawings,  notes. 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  307 


and  observations  on  natural  history,  besides  the  three  most 
interesting  years  of  my  journal,  the  whole  of  which,  unlike 
any  pecuniary  loss,  can  never  be  replaced;  so  you  will  see 
that  I  have  some  need  of  philosophic  resignation  to  bear  my 
fate  with  patience  and  equanimity. 

"  Day  after  day  we  continued  in  the  boats.  The  winds 
changed,  blowing  dead  from  the  point  to  which  we  wanted  to 
go.  We  were  scorched  by  the  sun,  my  hands,  nose,  and  ears 
being  completely  skinned,  and  were  drenched  continually  by 
the  seas  or  spray.  We  were  therefore  almost  constantly  wet, 
and  had  no  comfort  and  little  sleep  at  night.  Our  meals  con- 
sisted of  raw  pork  and  biscuit,  with  a  little  preserved  meat 
or  carrots  once  a  day,  which  was  a  great  luxury,  and  a  short 
allowance  of  water,  which  left  us  as  thirsty  as  before  directly 
after  we  had  drunk  it.  Ten  days  and  ten  nights  we  spent  in 
this  manner.  We  were  still  two  hundred  miles  from  Bermuda, 
when  in  the  afternoon  a  vessel  was  seen,  and  by  eight  in  the 
evening  we  were  on  board  her,  much  rejoiced  to  have  escaped 
a  death  on  the  wide  ocean,  whence  none  would  have  come  to 
tell  the  tale.  The  ship  was  the  Jordeson,  bound  for  London, 
and  proves  to  be  one  of  the  slowest  old  ships  going.  With  a 
favourable  wind  and  all  sail  set,  she  seldom  does  more  than 
five  knots,  her  average  being  two  or  three,  so  that  we  have 
had  a  most  tedious  time  of  it,  and  even  now  cannot  calculate 
with  any  certainty  as  to  when  we  shall  arrive.  Besides  this, 
she  was  rather  short  of  provisions,  and  as  our  arrival  exactly 
doubled  her  crew,  we  were  all  obliged  to  be  put  on  strict  allow- 
ance of  bread,  meat,  and  water.  A  little  ham  and  butter  of 
the  captain's  were  soon  used  up,  and  we  have  been  now  for 
some  time  on  the  poorest  of  fare.  We  have  no  suet,  butter,  or 
raisins  with  which  to  make  '  duff,'  or  even  molasses,  and 
barely  enough  sugar  to  sweeten  our  tea  or  coffee,  which  we 
take  with  dry,  coarse  biscuit,  and  for  dinner,  beef  or  pork  of 
the  very  worst  quality  I  have  ever  eaten  or  even  imagined  to 
exist.  This,  repeated  day  after  day  without  any  variation, 
beats  even  Rio  Negro  fare,  rough  though  it  often  was.  About 
a  week  after  we  were  picked  up  we  spoke  and  boarded  an  out- 
ward bound  ship,  and  got  from  her  some  biscuits,  a  few 


3o8 


MY  LIFE 


potatoes,  and  some  salt  cod,  which  were  a  great  improvement, 
but  did  not  last  long.  We  have  also  occasionally  caught  some 
dolphin  and  a  few  fish  resembling  the  acarras  of  the  Rio 
Negro;  but  for  some  time  now  we  have  seen  none,  so  that  I 
am  looking  forward  to  the  "  flesh-pots  of  Egypt "  with  as 
much  pleasure  as  when  we  were  luxuriating  daily  on  farina 
and  "  fiel  amigo."  ^  While  we  were  in  the  boats  we  had  gener- 
ally fine  weather,  though  with  a  few  days  and  nights  squally 
and  with  a  heavy  sea,  which  made  me  often  tremble  for  our 
safety,  as  we  heeled  over  till  the  water  poured  in  over  the 
boat's  side.  We  had  almost  despaired  of  seeing  any  vessel, 
our  circle  of  vision  being  so  limited;  but  we  had  great  hopes 
of  reaching  Bermuda,  though  it  is  doubtful  if  we  should  have 
done  so,  the  neighbourhood  of  those  islands  being  noted  for 
sudden  squalls  and  hurricanes,  and  it  was  the  time  of  the 
year  when  the  hurricanes  most  frequently  occur.  Having 
never  seen  a  great  gale  or  storm  at  sea,  I  had  some  desire  to 
witness  the  phenomenon,  and  have  now  been  completely  grati- 
fied. The  first  we  had  about  a  fortnight  ago.  In  the  morning 
there  was  a  strong  breeze  and  the  barometer  had  fallen  nearly 
half  an  inch  during  the  night  and  continued  sinking,  so  the 
captain  commenced  taking  in  sail,  and  while  getting  in  the 
royals  and  studding-sails,  the  wind  increased  so  as  to  split  the 
mainsail,  fore-topsail,  fore-trysail,  and  jib,  and  it  was  some 
hours  before  they  could  be  got  off  her,  and  the  main-topsail 
and  fore-sail  double  reefed.  We  then  went  flying  along,  the 
whole  ocean  a  mass  of  boiling  foam,  the  crests  of  the  waves 
being  carried  in  spray  over  our  decks.  The  sea  did  not  get 
up  immediately,  but  by  night  it  was  very  rough,  the  ship 
plunging  and  rolling  most  fearfully,  the  sea  pouring  in  a 
deluge  over  the  top  of  her  bulwarks,  and  sometimes  up  over 
the  cabin  skylight.  The  next  morning  the  wind  abated,  but 
the  ship,  which  is  a  very  old  one,  took  in  a  deal  of  water,  and 
the  pumps  were  kept  going  nearly  the  whole  day  to  keep  her 
dry.    During  this  gale  the  wind  went  completely  round  the 

1  This  was  the  name  given  by  our  kind  host,  Senor  Henrique,  at 
Barra,  to  dried  pirarucu,  meaning  "  faithful  friend,"  always  at  hand 
when  other  food  failed. 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  309 


compass,  and  then  settled  nearly  due  east,  where  it  pertina- 
ciously continued  for  twelve  days,  keeping  us  tacking  about, 
and  making  less  than  forty  miles  a  day  against  it.  Three  days 
ago  we  had  another  gale,  more  severe  than  the  former  one — 
a  regular  equinoctial  which  lasted  two  entire  days  and  nights, 
and  split  one  of  the  newest  and  strongest  sails  on  the  ship. 
The  rolling  and  plunging  were  fearful,  the  bowsprit  going 
completely  under  water,  and  the  ship  being  very  heavily  laden 
with  mahogany,  fustic,  and  other  heavy  woods  from  Cuba, 
strained  and  creaked  tremendously,  and  leaked  to  that  extent 
that  the  pumps  were  obliged  to  be  kept  constantly  going,  and 
their  continued  click-clack,  click-clack  all  through  the  night 
was  a  most  disagreeable  and  nervous  sound.  One  day  no 
fire  could  be  made  owing  to  the  sea  breaking  continually  into 
the  galley,  so  we  had  to  eat  a  biscuit  for  our  dinner;  and  not 
a  moment's  rest  was  to  be  had,  as  we  were  obliged  to  be  con- 
stantly holding  on,  whether  standing,  sitting,  or  lying,  to  pre- 
vent being  pitched  about  by  the  violent  plunges  and  lurches  of 
the  vessel.  The  gale,  however,  has  now  happily  passed,  and 
we  have  a  fine  breeze  from  the  north-west,  which  is  taking  us 
along  six  or  seven  knots — quicker  than  we  have  ever  gone  yet. 
Among  our  other  disagreeables  here  we  have  no  fresh  water 
to  spare  for  washing,  and  as  I  only  saved  a  couple  of  shirts, 
they  are  in  a  state  of  most  uncomfortable  dirtiness,  but  I 
console  myself  with  the  thoughts  of  a  glorious  warm  bath 
when  I  get  on  shore. 

"October  i.  Oh,  glorious  day!  Here  we  are  on  shore  at 
Deal,  where  the  ship  is  at  anchor.  Such  a  dinner,  with  our 
two  captains !  Oh,  beef-steaks  and  damson  tart,  a  paradise 
for  hungry  sinners. 

"  October  5.  London.  Here  I  am  laid  up  with  swelled 
ankles,  my  legs  not  being  able  to  stand  work  after  such  a 
long  rest  in  the  ship.  I  cannot  write  now  at  any  length — I 
have  too  much  to  think  about.  We  had  a  narrow  escape  in  the 
Channel.  Many  vessels  were  lost  in  a  storm  on  the  night  of 
September  29,  but  we  escaped.    The  old  *  Iron  Duke '  is  dead. 


MY  LIFE 


The  Crystal  Palace  is  being  pulled  down,  and  is  being  rebuilt 
on  a  larger  and  improved  plan  by  a  company.  Loddige's  col- 
lection of  plants  has  been  bought  entire  to  stock  it,  and  they 
think  by  heating  it  in  the  centre  to  get  a  gradation  of  climates, 
so  as  to  be  able  to  have  the  plants  of  different  countries,  tropi- 
cal or  temperate,  in  one  undivided  building.  This  is  Paxton's 
plan. 

"  How  I  begin  to  envy  you  in  that  glorious  country  where 
*  the  sun  shines  for  ever  unchangeably  bright,'  where  farina 
abounds,  and  of  bananas  and  plantains  there  is  no  lack !  Fifty 
times  since  I  left  Para  have  I  vowed,  if  I  once  reached  England, 
never  to  trust  myself  more  on  the  ocean.  But  good  resolu- 
tions soon  fade,  and  I  am  already  only  doubtful  whether  the 
Andes  or  the  Philippines  are  to  be  the  scene  of  my  next  wan- 
derings. However,  for  six  months  I  am  a  fixture  here  in 
London,  as  I  am  determined  to  make  up  for  lost  time  by  enjoy- 
ing myself  as  much  as  possible  for  awhile.  I  am  fortunate 
in  having  about  i200  insured  by  Mr.  Stevens'  foresight,  so 
I  must  be  contented,  though  it  is  very  hard  to  have  nothing  to 
show  of  what  I  took  so  much  pains  to  procure. 

"  I  trust  you  are  well  and  successful.  Kind  remembrances 
to  everybody,  everywhere,  and  particularly  to  the  respectable 
Senhor  Joao  de  Lima  of  Sao  Joachim. 

"  Your  very  sincere  friend, 

"Alfred  R.  Wallace." 

Some  of  the  most  alarming  incidents,  to  a  landsman,  are 
not  mentioned  either  in  this  letter  or  in  my  published  "  Narra- 
tive." The  captain  had  given  the  only  berths  in  the  cabin  to 
Captain  Turner  and  myself,  he  sleeping  on  a  sofa  in  fine 
weather,  and  on  a  mattress  on  the  floor  of  the  cabin  when 
rough.  On  the  worst  night  of  the  storm  I  saw  him,  to  my 
surprise,  bring  down  an  axe  and  lay  it  beside  him,  and  on 
asking  what  it  was  for,  he  replied,  "  To  cut  away  the  masts  in 
case  we  capsize  in  the  night."  In  the  middle  of  the  night  a 
great  sea  smashed  our  skylight  and  poured  in  a  deluge  of 
water,  soaking  the  poor  captain,  and  then  slushing  from  side 
to  side  with  every  roll  of  the  ship.    Now,  I  thought,  our  time 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  311 


is  come;  and  I  expected  to  see  the  captain  rush  up  on  deck 
with  his  axe.  But  he  only  swore  a  good  deal,  sought  out  a 
dry  coat  and  blanket,  and  then  lay  down  on  the  sofa  as  if 
nothing  had  happened.    So  I  was  a  little  reassured. 

Not  less  alarming  was  the  circumstance  of  the  crew  coming 
aft  in  a  body  to  say  that  the  forecastle  was  uninhabitable,  as  it 
was  constantly  wet,  and  several  of  them  brought  handfuls  of 
wet  rotten  wood  which  they  could  pull  out  in  many  places. 
This  happened  soon  after  the  first  gale  began;  so  the  two 
captains  and  I  went  to  look,  and  we  saw  sprays  and  squirts  of 
water  coming  in  at  the  joints  in  numerous  places,  soaking 
almost  all  the  men's  berths,  while  here  and  there  we  could  see 
the  places  where  they  had  pulled  out  rotten  wood  with  their 
fingers.  The  captain  then  had  the  sail-room  amidships  cleared 
out  for  the  men  to  sleep  in  for  the  rest  of  the  voyage. 

One  day  in  the  height  of  the  storm,  when  we  were  being 
flooded  with  spray  and  enormous  waves  were  coming  up  behind 
us,  Captain  Turner  and  I  were  sitting  on  the  poop  in  the  driest 
place  we  could  find,  and,  as  a  bigger  wave  than  usual  rolled 
under  us  and  dashed  over  our  sides,  he  said  quietly  to  me,  If 
we  are  pooped  by  one  of  those  waves  we  shall  go  to  the  bot- 
tom ; "  then  added,  "  We  were  not  very  safe  in  our  two  small 
boats,  but  I  had  rather  be  back  in  them  where  we  were  picked 
up  than  in  this  rotten  old  tub."  It  is,  therefore,  I  think,  quite 
evident  that  we  did  have  a  very  narrow  escape.  Yet  this 
unseaworthy  old  ship,  which  ought  to  have  been  condemned 
years  before,  had  actually  taken  Government  stores  out  to 
Halifax,  had  there  been  patched  up,  and  sent  to  Cuba  for  a 
cargo  of  heavy  timber,  which  we  were  bringing  home. 

I  may  here  make  a  few  remarks  on  the  cause  of  the  fire, 
which  at  the  time  was  quite  a  mystery  to  us.  We  learnt 
afterwards  that  balsam-capivi  is  liable  to  spontaneous  com- 
bustion by  the  constant  motion  on  a  voyage,  and  it  is  for  that 
reason  that  it  is  always  carried  in  small  kegs  and  imbedded 
in  damp  sand  in  the  lowest  part  of  the  hold.  Captain  Turner 
had  never  carried  any  before,  and  knew  nothing  of  its  prop- 
erties, and  when  at  the  last  moment  another  boat  load  of 
small  kegs  of  balsam  came  with  no  sand  to  pack  them  in. 


312 


MY  LIFE 


he  used  rice-chaff  which  was  at  hand,  and  which  he  thought 
would  do  as  well  and  this  lot  was  stored  under  the  cabin 
floor,  where  the  flames  first  burst  through  and  where  the  fire, 
no  doubt,  originated. 

Captain  Turner  had  evidently  had  no  experience  of  fire 
in  a  ship's  cargo,  and  took  quite  the  wrong  way  in  the  attempt 
to  deal  with  it.  By  opening  the  hatchways  to  pour  in  water 
he  admitted  an  abundance  of  air,  and  this  was  what  changed 
a  smouldering  heat  into  actual  fire.  If  he  had  at  once  set 
all  hands  at  work  caulking  up  every  crack  through  which 
smoke  came  out,  making  the  hatchways  also  air-tight  by 
nailing  tarpaulins  over  them,  no  flame  could  have  been  pro- 
duced, or  could  have  spread  far,  and  the  heat  due  to  the 
decomposition  of  the  balsam  would  have  been  gradually 
diffused  through  the  cargo,  and  in  all  probability  have  done 
no  harm.  A  few  years  later  a  relative  of  mine  returning 
home  from  Australia  had  a  somewhat  similar  experience,  in 
which  the  captain  adopted  this  plan  and  saved  the  ship.  When 
in  the  Indian  Ocean  some  portion  of  the  cargo  was  found 
to  be  on  fire,  by  smoke  coming  out  as  in  our  case.  But  the 
captain  immediately  made  all  hatches  and  bulkheads  air-tight ; 
then  had  the  boats  got  out  and  prepared  for  the  worst,  towing 
them  astern;  but  he  reached  Mauritius  in  safety,  and  was 
there  able  to  extinguish  the  fire  and  save  the  greater  part  of 
the  cargo. 

On  the  receipt  of  my  letter  Dr.  Spruce,  who  was  then,  I 
think,  somewhere  on  the  Rio  Negro  or  Uaupes,  wrote  to 
the  "Joao  de  Lima,"  referred  to  by  me  (and  usually  men- 
tioned in  my  "Travels"  as  Senhor  L.),  giving  him  a  short 
account  of  my  voyage  home;  and  a  few  months  later  he 
received  a  reply  from  him.  He  was  a  Portuguese  trader  who 
had  been  many  years  resident  on  the  upper  Rio  Negro,  on 
whose  boat  I  took  a  passage  for  my  first  voyage  up  the  river, 
and  with  whom  I  lived  a  long  time  at  Guia.  I  also  went 
with  him  on  my  first  voyage  up  the  river  Uaupes.  He  was 
a  fairly  educated  man,  and  had  an  inexhaustible  fund  of 
anecdotes  of  his  early  life  in  Portugal,  and  would  also  relate 
many  "  old-time  "  stories,  usually  of  the  grossest  kind,  some- 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  313 


what  in  the  style  of  Rabelais,  or  of  Chaucer's  coarsest  Canter- 
bury tales.  Old  Jeronymo  was  a  quiet  old  man,  a  half-bred 
Indian,  or  Mameluco  as  they  were  called,  who  lived  with 
Senhor  Lima  as  a  humble  dependent,  assisting  him  in  his 
business  and  making  himself  generally  useful.  It  was  these 
two  who  were  with  me  during  my  terrible  fever,  and  who  one 
night  gave  me  up  as  certain  not  to  live  till  morning.  Dr. 
Spruce  gave  me  this  letter,  and  as  it  mainly  refers  to  me,  I 
will  here  give  a  nearly  literal  translation  of  it. 

"  San  Joaquim,  June  7,  1853. 
"  Illustrissimo  Senhor  Ricardo  Spruce  : 

"  I  received  your  greatly  esteemed  favour  dated  the 
26th  April  last,  and  was  rejoiced  to  hear  of  your  honour's 
health  and  all  the  news  that  you  give  me,  and  I  was  much 
grieved  at  the  misfortunes  which  befell  our  good  friend 
Alfredo!  My  dear  Senhor  Spruce,  what  labours  he  per- 
formed for  mankind,  and  what  trouble  to  lose  all  his  work 
of  four  years;  but  yet  his  life  is  saved,  and  that  is  the  most 
precious  for  a  man!  Do  me  the  favour,  when  you  write  to 
Senhor  Alfredo,  to  give  my  kind  remembrances.  The  mother 
of  my  children  also  begs  you  to  give  her  remembrances  to 
Senhor  Alfredo,  also  tell  him  from  me  that  if  he  ever  comes 
to  these  parts  again  he  will  find  that  I  shall  be  to  him  the 
same  Lima  as  before,  and  give  him  more  remembrances  from 
the  bottom  of  my  heart,  and  also  to  yourself,  from 

"  Yours,  with  much  affection  and  respect, 

"  JoAO  Antonio  de  Lima. 

"  N.B. — Old  Jeronymo  also  asks  you  to  remember  him  to 
Senhor  Alfredo,  and  to  tell  him  that  he  still  has  the  shirt 
that  Senhor  Alfredo  gave  him,  and  that  he  is  still  living  a 
poor  wanderer  with  his  friend  Lima." 

On  reaching  London  in  the  condition  described  in  my  letter 
to  Dr.  Spruce,  and  my  only  clothing  a  suit  of  the  thinnest 
calico,  I  was  met  by  my  kind  friend  and  agent,  Mr.  Samuel 
Stevens,  who  took  me  first  to  the  nearest  ready-made  clothes 


314 


MY  LIFE 


shop,  where  I  got  a  warm  suit,  then  to  his  own  tailor,  where  I 
was  measured  for  what  clothes  I  required,  and  afterwards  to  a 
haberdasher's  to  get  a  small  stock  of  other  necessaries.  Having 
at  that  time  no  relatives  in  London,  his  mother,  with  whom  he 
lived  in  the  south  of  London — I  think  in  Kennington — had 
invited  me  to  stay  with  her.  Here  I  lived  most  comfortably 
for  a  week,  enjoying  the  excellent  food  and  delicacies  Mrs. 
Stevens  provided  for  me,  which  quickly  restored  me  to  my 
usual  health  and  vigour. 

Since  I  left  home,  and  after  my  brother  John  had  gone  to 
California  in  1849,  my  sister  had  married  Mr.  Thomas  Sims, 
the  elder  son  of  my  former  host  at  Neath.  Mr.  Sims  had 
taught  himself  the  then  rapidly  advancing  art  of  photography, 
and  as  my  sister  could  draw  very  nicely  in  water-colours,  they 
had  gone  to  live  at  Weston-super-Mare,  and  established  a 
small  photographic  business.  As  I  wished  to  be  with  my  sister 
and  mother  during  my  stay  in  England,  I  took  a  house  then 
vacant  in  Upper  Albany  Street  (No.  44),  where  there  was 
then  no  photographer,  so  that  we  might  all  live  together. 
While  it  was  getting  ready  I  took  lodgings  next  door,  as  the 
situation  was  convenient,  being  close  to  the  Regent's  Park 
and  Zoological  Gardens,  and  also  near  the  Society's  offices  in 
Hanover  Square,  and  with  easy  access  to  Mr.  Stevens's  office 
close  to  the  old  British  Museum.  At  Christmas  we  were  all 
comfortably  settled,  and  I  was  able  to  begin  the  work  which 
I  had  determined  to  do  before  again  leaving  England. 

In  the  small  tin  box  which  I  had  saved  from  the  wreck 
I  fortunately  had  a  set  of  careful  pencil  drawings  of  all  the 
different  species  of  palms  I  had  met  with,  together  with  notes 
as  to  their  distribution  and  uses.  I  had  also  a  large  number 
of  drawings  of  fish,  as  already  stated,  carefully  made  to  scale, 
with  notes  of  their  colours,  their  dentition,  and  their  fin-rays, 
scales,  etc.  I  had  also  a  folio  Portuguese  note-book  contain- 
ing my  diary  while  on  the  Rio  Negro,  and  some  notes  and 
observations  made  for  a  map  of  that  river  and  the  Uaupes. 
With  these  scanty  materials,  helped  by  the  letters  I  had  sent 
home,  I  now  set  to  work  to  write  an  account  of  my  travels, 
as  well  as  a  few  scientific  papers  for  which  I  had  materials  in 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  315 


the  portion  of  my  collections  made  in  Para,  Santarem  and  the 
Lower  Rio  Negro.  These  I  had  sent  off  before  leaving  Barra 
on  my  first  voyage  up  the  Rio  Negro,  and  they  had  arrived 
home  safely ;  but  I  had  reserved  all  my  private  collections  for 
comparison  with  future  discoveries,  and  though  I  left  these  to 
be  sent  home  before  starting  on  my  second  voyage  up  the  Rio 
Negro,  they  were  never  dispatched,  owing  to  the  Custom 
House  authorities  at  Barra  insisting  on  seeing  the  contents 
before  allowing  them  to  go  away.  I  therefore  found  them  at 
Barra  on  my  way  home,  and  they  were  all  lost  with  the  ship. 

I  had  sent  home  in  1850  a  short  paper  on  the  Umbrella  Bird, 
then  almost  unknown  to  British  ornithologists,  and  it  was 
printed  in  the  Zoological  Society's  Proceedings  for  that  year. 
The  bird  is  in  size  and  general  appearance  like  a  short-legged 
crow,  being  black  with  metallic  blue  tints  on  the  outer  margins 
of  the  feathers.  Its  special  peculiarity  is  its  wonderful  crest. 
This  is  formed  of  a  quantity  of  slender  straight  feathers, 
which  grow  on  the  contractile  skin  of  the  top  of  the  head. 
The  shafts  of  these  feathers  are  white,  with  a  tufted  plume  at 
the  end,  which  is  glossy  blue  and  almost  hair-like.  When  the 
bird  is  flying  or  feeding  the  crest  is  laid  back,  forming  a  com- 
pact white  mass  sloping  a  little  upward,  with  the  terminal 
plumes  forming  a  tuft  behind;  but  when  at  rest  the  bird  ex- 
pands the  crest,  which  then  forms  an  elongated  dome  of  a 
fine  glossy,  deep  blue  colour,  extending  beyond  the  beak,  and 
thus  completely  masking  the  head.  This  dome  is  about  five 
inches  long  by  four  or  four  and  a  half  inches  wide.  Another 
almost  equally  remarkable  feature  is  a  long  cylindrical  plume 
of  feathers  depending  from  the  lower  part  of  the  neck.  These 
feathers  grow  on  a  fleshy  tube  as  thick  as  a  goose-quill,  and 
about  an  inch  and  a  half  long.  They  are  large  and  overlap 
each  other,  with  margins  of  a  fine  metallic  blue.  The  whole 
skin  of  the  neck  is  very  loose  and  extensible,  and  when  the 
crest  is  expanded  the  neck  is  inflated,  and  the  cylindrical 
neck-ornament  hangs  down  in  front  of  it.  The  effect  of  these 
two  strange  appendages  when  the  bird  is  at  rest  and  the 
head  turned  backwards  must  be  to  form  an  irregular  ovate 
black  mass  with  neither  legs,  head,  nor  eyes  visible,  so  as  to 


3i6 


MY  LIFE 


be  quite  unlike  any  living  thing.  It  may  thus  be  a  protection 
against  arboreal  camivora,  owls,  etc.  It  is,  undoubtedly,  one 
of  the  most  extraordinary  of  birds,  and  is  an  extreme  from 
the  great  family  of  Chatterers,  which  are  peculiar  to  tropical 
America.  Strange  to  say,  it  is  rather  nearly  allied  to  the 
curious  white  bell-bird,  so  different  in  colour,  but  also  pos- 
sessing a  fleshy  erectile  appendage  from  the  base  of  the  upper 
mandible.  The  umbrella  bird  inhabits  the  lofty  forests  of 
the  islands  of  the  lower  Rio  Negro,  and  some  portions  of 
the  flooded  forests  of  the  Upper  Amazon. 

About  the  time  when  I  was  collecting  these  birds  (Januarv-, 
1850)  a  new  species  {Cephalopterus  glabricolUs)  was  brought 
home  by  M.  Warzewickz  from  Central  America,  where  a  sin- 
gle specimen  was  obtained  on  the  mountains  of  Chirique  at  an 
elevation  of  eight  thousand  feet.  This  is  a  similar  bird,  and 
has  a  crest  of  the  same  form  but  somewhat  less  developed; 
but  the  main  distinction  is  that  a  large  patch  on  the  neck  is 
of  bare  red  skin,  from  the  lower  part  of  which  hangs  the 
fleshy  tube,  also  red  and  bare,  with  only  a  few  feathers,  form- 
ing a  small  tuft  at  its  extremity.  This  species  is  figured  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  for  1850  "  (p.  92), 
and  will  serve  to  explain  my  description  of  the  larger  species 
in  the  same  volume  (p.  206).  Nine  years  later  a  third  species 
was  discovered  in  the  eastern  Andes  of  Ecuador,  which  more 
resembles  the  original  species,  but  has  the  feathered  dewlap 
so  greatly  developed  as  to  be  nearly  as  long  as  the  whole  bird. 
This  is  figured  in  The  Ibis  (1859,,  PI.  III.).  The  white 
species  which  I  was  told  inhabited  the  Uaupes  river  has  not 
been  found,  and  may  probably  have  been  confounded  by  my 
informants  with  the  white  bell-bird. 

During  the  two  ascents  and  descents  of  the  Rio  Negro 
and  Uaupes  in  1850- 1852  I  took  observations  with  a  prismatic 
compass,  not  only  of  the  course  of  the  canoe,  but  also  of 
every  visible  point,  hill,  house,  or  channel  between  the  islands, 
so  as  to  be  able  to  map  this  little  known  river.  For  the  dis- 
tances I  timed  our  journey  by  a  good  watch,  and  estimated 
the  rate  of  travel  up  or  down  the  river,  and  whether  paddling 
or  sailing.    With  my  sextant  I  determined  several  latitudes 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  317 


by  altitudes  of  the  sun,  or  of  some  of  the  fixed  stars.  The 
longitudes  of  Barra  and  of  San  Carlos,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Cassiquiare,  had  been  determined  by  previous  travellers,  and 
my  aim  was  to  give  a  tolerable  idea  of  the  course  and  width 
of  the  river  between  these  points,  and  to  map  the  almost 
unknown  river  Uaupes  for  the  first  four  hundred  miles  of  its 
course.  From  these  observations  I  made  a  large  map  to 
illustrate  a  paper  which  I  read  before  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society.  This  map  was  reduced  and  lithographed  to  accom- 
pany the  paper,  and  as  it  contains  a  good  deal  of  information 
as  to  the  nature  of  the  country  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers, 
the  isolated  granite  mountains  and  peaks,  with  an  enlarged 
map  of  the  river  Uaupes,  showing  the  position  of  the  various 
cataracts  I  ascended,  the  Indian  tribes  that  inhabit  it,  with 
some  of  the  more  important  vegetable  products  of  the  sur- 
rounding forests,  it  is  given  here,  to  illustrate  this  and  the 
two  preceding  chapters.  (See  p.  320.)  It  will  also  be  of 
interest  to  readers  who  possess  my  "  Travels  on  the  Amazon 
and  Rio  Negro,"  which  was  published  before  the  map  was 
available. 

The  great  feature  of  this  river  is  its  enormous  width,  often 
fifteen  or  twenty  miles,  and  its  being  so  crowded  with  islands, 
all  densely  forest-clad  and  often  of  great  extent,  that  for  a 
distance  of  nearly  five  hundred  miles  it  is  only  at  rare  intervals 
that  the  northern  bank  is  visible  from  the  southern,  or  vice 
versa.  For  the  first  four  hundred  and  fifty  miles  of  its  course 
the  country  is  a  great  forest  plain,  the  banks  mostly  of  alluvial 
clays  and  sands,  though  there  are  occasional  patches  of  sand- 
stone. Then  commences  the  great  granitic  plateau  of  the 
upper  river,  with  isolated  mountains  and  rock-pillars,  extend- 
ing over  the  watershed  to  the  cataracts  of  the  Orinoko,  to  the 
mountains  of  Guiana,  and,  perhaps,  in  some  parts  up  to  the 
foot  of  the  Andes.  The  other  great  peculiarity  of  the  river 
is  its  dark  brown,  or  nearly  black,  waters,  which  are  yet 
perfectly  clear  and  pleasant  to  drink.  This  is  due,  no  doubt, 
to  the  greater  part  of  the  river's  basin  being  an  enormous 
forest-covered  plain,  and  its  chief  tributaries  flowing  over 
granite  rocks.   It  is,  in  fact,  of  the  same  nature  as  the  coflPee- 


3i8 


MY  LIFE 


coloured  waters  of  our  Welsh  and  Highland  streams,  which 
have  their  sources  among  peat-bogs.  A  delightful  peculiarity 
of  all  these  black  or  clear  water  rivers  is  that  their  shores  are 
entirely  free  from  mosquitoes,  as  is  amusingly  referred  to 
in  my  brother's  letter,  already  quoted  in  chapter  xviii. 

After  my  journey  the  river  Uaupes  remained  unknown  to 
the  world  for  thirty  years,  when,  in  1881  and  1882,  Count 
Ermanno  Stradelli,  after  spending  two  years  in  various  parts 
of  the  Amazon  valley,  ascending  the  Purus  and  Jurua  rivers, 
visited  this  river  to  beyond  the  first  cataracts.  Having  fever 
he  returned  to  Manaos  (Barra),  and  joined  an  expedition  to 
determine  the  boundary  between  Brazil  and  Venezuela  through 
an  unknown  region,  and  descended  the  Rio  Branco  to  Manaos. 
He  then  went  a  voyage  up  the  Madeira  river,  returning  home 
in  1884.  In  1887  he  again  visited  South  America,  ascending 
the  Orinoko,  passed  through  the  Cassiquiare  to  the  Rio  Negro, 
and  having  become  much  interested  in  the  rock-pictures  he 
had  met  with  in  various  parts  of  these  rivers,  he  again  made 
a  voyage  up  the  Uaupes,  this  time  penetrating  to  the  Jurupari 
cataract,  which  I  had  failed  to  reach,  and  going  about  a  hun- 
dred miles  beyond  it.  This  last  voyage  was  made  in  1890- 
1891.  His  only  objects  seem  to  have  been  geographical  and 
anthropological  explorations,  and  he  has  probably  explored 
a  larger  number  of  the  great  tributaries  of  the  Amazon  and 
Orinoko  than  any  other  European. 

For  a  knowledge  of  this  great  traveller  I  am  indebted  to 
Mr.  Heawood,  the  librarian  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society, 
who,  in  reply  to  my  inquiry  as  to  any  ascents  of  the  Uaupes 
since  my  journey,  sent  me  two  volumes  of  the  Bolletino  della 
Societa  Geographica  Italiana  (1887  and  1900),  which  give, 
so  far  as  he  can  ascertain,  all  that  is  known  of  Count  Stradelli's 
work.  This  is  most  scanty.  In  the  1887  volume  there  is  a 
very  short  abstract  of  his  earlier  explorations,  with  a  portion 
of  his  journey  up  the  Orinoko  in  that  year.  In  the  volume 
for  1900  is  an  article  by  the  Count,  almost  entirely  devoted  to 
a  description,  with  drawings,  of  all  the  rock  inscriptions  which 
he  found  in  the  Uaupes.  These  drawings  are  very  carefully 
made,  and  are  twelve  in  number,  each  representing  a  whole 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  319 


rock  surface,  often  containing  several  groups  of  forty  or  fifty- 
distinct  figures.  It  is  rather  curious  that  several  of  the  groups 
in  my  two  plates  do  not  appear  in  any  of  the  twelve  plates 
of  Count  Stradelli.  Besides  these  drawings  there  are  several 
large  scale  sketch-plans  of  the  portions  of  the  river  where 
they  were  found,  mostly  at  cataracts  or  rapids  where  there 
are  large  exposed  rock  surfaces.  The  map  showing  the  first 
three  cataracts  well  illustrates  the  description  of  them  given 
at  p.  197  of  my  "  Travels."  But  besides  these  sketch-plans 
there  is  a  large  folding  map  of  the  Uaupes,  drawn  by  Count 
Stradelli  from  "  compass  "  bearings  during  this  last  journey. 
There  is  no  reference  whatever  to  this  map  by  the  Count 
himself,  except  the  statement  on  the  title  that  it  is  by  "  com- 
pass "  observations,  as  was  mine.  And  as  there  is  no  refer- 
ence to  any  determinations  of  longitude  the  distances  could 
only  have  been  ascertained  by  estimated  rates  of  canoe-travel, 
such  as  I  used  myself.  I  therefore  compared  the  two  maps 
with  much  interest,  and  found  some  discrepancies  of  consid- 
erable amount.  His  map  is  on  a  scale  rather  more  than  four 
times  that  of  mine;  but  my  original  map,  now  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  Geographical  Society,  is  on  a  larger  scale  than 
his.  His  longitude  of  the  river's  mouth  is  67°  5',  mine  being 
68°,  more  accurate  determinations  having  now  been  made 
than  were  available  at  the  time  I  prepared  my  map,  more 
than  fifty  years  ago.  On  comparing  the  two  maps  we  see 
at  once  a  very  close  agreement  in  the  various  curves,  sharp 
bends,  loops,  and  other  irregularities  of  the  river's  course,  so 
that,  omitting  the  minuter  details,  the  two  correspond  very 
satisfactorily.  But  when  we  compare  the  total  length  of  the 
river  to  my  furthest  point,  close  to  the  mouth  of  the  Codiary, 
there  is  a  large  difference.  The  difference  of  the  longitudes 
of  these  two  points  on  the  Count's  map  is  2°  22',  whereas  on 
mine  it  is  3°  45';  my  estimate  being  about  60  per  cent,  more 
than  his.  By  measuring  carefully  with  compasses  in  lengths 
of  five  miles,  with  a  little  allowance  for  the  minuter  bends, 
his  distance  is  315  miles,  mine  494,  mine  being  thus  55  per 
cent.  more. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  Count  Stradelli  has  given  us  no 


320 


MY  LIFE 


information  as  to  how  he  estimated  his  distances.  In  a  river 
flowing  through  a  densely  wooded  country,  with  nowhere 
more  than  a  few  hundred  yards  of  clear  ground  on  its  banks, 
with  a  very  crooked  and  twisted  course,  and  with  a  current 
varying  from  being  scarcely  perceptible  to  such  rapidity  that 
a  whole  crew  of  paddlers  can  hardly  make  way  against  it,  it 
is  exceedingly  difficult  to  ascertain  the  rate  of  motion  in  miles 
per  hour. 

Canoes  of  different  sizes  do  not  travel  at  very  different 
rates,  when  each  has  its  complement  of  men,  and  I  had 
taken  many  opportunities  to  ascertain  this  rate  in  still  water. 
Then,  by  noting  the  time  occupied  for  a  particular  distance, 
say  between  two  of  the  cataracts,  both  during  the  ascent  and 
descent  of  the  river,  the  mean  of  the  two  would  be  the  time 
if  there  were  no  current.  Making  a  little  allowance  for  the 
load  in  the  canoe,  the  number  or  the  quality  of  the  rowers, 
etc.,  this  time  multiplied  by  the  rate  of  travel  in  still  water 
would  give  the  distance.  This  was  the  plan  I  adopted  in 
making  my  map  of  the  Uaupes.  It  is,  of  course,  a  mere 
approximation,  and  liable  to  considerable  errors,  but  I  did 
not  think  they  would  lead  to  such  a  large  difference  of  dis- 
tance as  that  between  the  Count's  map  and  my  own.  We 
have  no  doubt  erred  in  opposite  directions,  and  the  truth  lies 
somewhere  between  us;  but  until  some  traveller  takes  a  good 
chronometer  up  the  river  with  a  sextant  for  determining  local 
time,  or  a  telescope  of  sufficient  size  to  observe  eclipses  of 
Jupiter's  satellites,  the  true  length  of  the  river  will  not  be 
settled. 

In  one  of  the  latest  atlases,  "  The  Twentieth  Century  Citi- 
zens' Atlas,"  by  Bartholomew,  the  position  of  the  Jurupari 
fall  is  62  per  cent,  further  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  than 
on  Stradelli's  map,  which  seems  to  show  either  that  some 
other  traveller  has  determined  the  longitude,  or  that  they  con- 
sider my  distances  more  correct  than  his. 

Another  traveller.  Dr.  T.  Koch,  only  last  year  (1904) 
ascended  the  Uaupes  to  beyond  the  Jurupari  fall,  and  also 
went  up  the  Codiary  branch  where  he  reached  an  elevated 
plateau.    But  it  is  not  stated  whether  he  made  any  observa- 


] 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  321 


tions  to  determine  the  true  positions  of  his  farthest  point. 
(The  Geographical  Journal,  July,  1905,  p.  89.) 

It  seems  probable,  therefore,  that  the  upper  course  of  this 
great  river  for  a  distance  of  two  or  three  hundred  miles 
is  quite  unknown.  But  this  is  only  one  indication  of  the 
enormous  area  of  country  in  the  central  plains  of  South 
America,  which,  except  the  banks  of  a  few  of  the  larger 
rivers,  is  occupied  only  by  widely  scattered  tribes  of  Indians, 
and  is  as  absolutely  unknown  to  civilized  man  as  any  por- 
tion of  the  globe.  From  the  Meta  river  on  the  north,  to  the 
Juambari  and  Beni  rivers  on  the  south,  a  distance  of  about 
twelve  hundred  miles,  and  to  an  equal  average  distance  from 
the  lower  slopes  of  the  Andes  eastward,  is  one  vast,  nearly 
level,  tropical  forest,  only  known  or  utilized  for  a  few  miles 
from  the  banks  of  comparatively  few  of  the  rivers  that  every- 
where permeate  it.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  in  the  not  remote 
future  this  grand  and  luxuriant  country  will  be  utilized,  not 
for  the  creation  of  wealth  for  speculators,  but  to  provide  happy 
homes  for  millions  of  families. 

As  my  collections  had  now  made  my  name  well  known  to 
the  authorities  of  the  Zoological  and  Entomological  Societies, 
I  received  a  ticket  from  the  former,  giving  me  admission  to 
their  gardens  while  I  remained  in  England,  and  I  was  a  wel- 
come visitor  at  the  scientific  meetings  of  both  societies,  which 
I  attended  very  regularly,  and  thus  made  the  acquaintance 
of  most  of  the  London  zoologists  and  entomologists.  I  also 
went  frequently  to  examine  the  insect  and  bird  collections 
in  the  British  Museum  (then  in  Great  Russell  Street),  and 
also  to  the  Linngean  Society,  and  to  the  Kew  Herbarium  to 
consult  works  on  botany,  in  order  to  name  my  palms. 

After  discussing  the  matter  with  some  of  my  friends,  I 
determined  to  publish,  at  my  own  expense,  a  small  popular 
volume  on  the  "  Palms  of  the  Amazon  and  Rio  Negro,"  with 
an  account  of  their  uses  and  distribution,  and  figures  of  all 
the  species  from  my  sketches  and  specimens  of  fruits.  I  ar- 
ranged with  Mr.  Walter  Fitch  of  Kew,  the  first  botanical 
artist  of  the  day,  to  draw  them  on  stone,  adding  a  few 


MY  LIFE 


artistic  touches  to  give  them  life  and  variety,  and  in  a  few 
cases  some  botanical  details  from  species  living  in  the  gar- 
dens. In  one  of  the  drawings  a  large  native  house  on  the 
Uaupes  is  introduced,  with  some  figures  which,  I  am  sorry 
to  say,  are  as  unlike  the  natives  as  are  the  inhabitants  of  a 
London  slurrk  I  arranged  with  Mr.  Van  Voorst  to  publish 
this  small  volume,  and  it  was  not  thought  advisable  to  print 
more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  copies,  the  sale  of  which 
just  covered  all  expenses. 

At  the  same  time  I  was  preparing  my  Travels  on  the 
Amazon  and  Rio  Negro "  from  the  scanty  materials  I  had 
saved,  supplemented  by  the  letters  I  had  written  home.  I 
arranged  with  Mr.  Lovel  Reeve  for  its  publication  on  an 
agreement  for  half  profits."  Only  750  copies  were  printed, 
and  when  I  returned  home  from  the  East  in  1862,  about 
250  copies  were  still  unsold,  and  there  were  consequently  no 
profits  to  divide.  We  agreed,  how^ever,  to  share  the  remain- 
ing copies,  and  my  portion  was  disposed  of  by  my  new  pub- 
lisher, Messrs.  Macmillan  &  Co.,  and  brought  me  in  a  few 
pounds. 

I  had  brought  with  me  vocabularies  of  about  a  hundred 
common  words  in  ten  different  Indian  languages,  and  as  the 
greatest  philologist  at  that  time  was  the  late  Dr.  R.  G.  Latham, 
I  obtained  an  introduction  to  him,  and  he  kindly  offered  to 
write  some  "  Remarks  "  upon  the  vocabularies,  and  these  are 
published  in  the  first  edition  of  my  Travels." 

Dr.  Latham  was  at  this  time  engaged  in  fitting  up  groups 
of  figures  to  illustrate  the  family  life  and  habits  of  the  various 
races  of  mankind  at  the  new  Cr}-stal  Palace  at  Sydenham, 
then  just  completed,  and  he  asked  me  to  meet  him  there  and 
see  whether  any  alterations  were  required  in  a  group  of 
natives,  I  think,  of  Guiana. 

I  found  Dr.  Latham  among  a  number  of  workmen  in 
white  aprons,  several  life-size  clay  models  of  Indians,  and  a 
number  of  their  ornaments,  weapons,  and  utensils.  The  head 
modellers  were  Italians,  and  Dr.  Latham  told  me  he  could 
get  no  Englishmen  to  do  the  work,  and  that  these  Italians, 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  323 


although  clever  modellers  of  the  human  figure  in  any  re- 
quired attitude,  had  all  been  trained  in  the  schools  of  classical 
sculpture,  and  were  unable  to  get  away  from  this  training. 
The  result  was  very  curious,  and  often  even  ludicrous,  a 
brown  Indian  man  or  girl  being  given  the  attitudes  and 
expressions  of  an  Apollo  or  a  Hercules,  a  Venus  or  a 
Minerva.  In  those  days  there  were  no  photographs,  and 
the  ethnologist  had  to  trust  to  paintings  or  drawings,  usually 
exaggerated  or  taken  from  individuals  of  exceptional  beauty 
or  ugliness.  Under  my  suggestion  alterations  were  made 
both  in  the  features  and  pose  of  one  or  two  of  the  figures 
just  completed,  so  as  to  give  them  a  little  m^ore  of  the  Indian 
character,  and  serve  as  a  guide  in  modelling  others,  in  which 
the  same  type  of  physiognomy  was  to  be  preserved.  I  went 
several  times  during  the  work  on  the  groups  of  South  Ameri- 
can origin,  but  though  when  completed  with  the  real  orna- 
ments, clothing,  weapons,  and  domestic  implements  the  groups 
were  fairly  characteristic  and  life-like,  yet  there  remained 
occasionally  details  of  attitude  or  expression  which  suggested 
classic  Greek  or  Italy  rather  than  the  South  American  savage. 

These  ethnological  figures,  although  instructive  to  the 
student,  were  never  very  popular,  and  soon  became  the 
subject  of  contempt  and  ridicule.  One  reason  of  this  was 
their  arrangement  in  the  open,  quite  close  to  the  passing 
visitor,  with  nothing  to  isolate  them  from  altogether  incon- 
gruous surroundings.  Another  was,  that  they  were  not  care- 
fully attended  to,  and  when  I  saw  them  after  my  return 
from  the  East,  they  had  a  shabby  and  dilapidated  appear- 
ance, and  the  figures  themselves  were  more  or  less  dusty, 
which  had  a  most  ludicrous  eflfect  in  what  were  intended  to 
represent  living  men  and  women,  being  so  utterly  unlike  the 
clear,  glossy,  living  skins  of  all  savage  peoples.  To  be  suc- 
cessful and  life-like,  such  groups  should  be  each  completely 
isolated  in  a  deep  recess,  with  three  sides  representing  houses 
or  huts,  or  the  forest,  or  river-bank,  while  the  open  front 
should  be  enclosed  by  a  single  sheet  of  plate-glass,  and  the 
group  should  be  seen  at  a  distance  of  at  least  ten  or  fifteen 
feet.    In  this  way,  with  a  carefully  arranged  illumination 


3^4 


MY  LIFE 


from  above  and  an  artistic  colouring  of  the  figures  and  acces- 
sories, each  group  might  be  made  to  appear  as  Ufe-Hke  as  some 
of  the  best  figures  at  Madame  Tussaud's,  or  as  the  grand 
interiors  of  cathedrals,  which  were  then  exhibited  at  the 
Diorama.  In  the  museum  of  the  future,  such  groups  will  find 
their  place  in  due  succession  to  the  groups  illustrating  the  life 
histories  of  the  other  mammalia;  but  ample  space  and  a  very 
careful  attention  to  details  must  be  given  in  order  to  ensure 
a  successful  and  attractive  representation. 

It  was  at  this  time  that  I  first  saw  Huxley.  At  one  of 
the  evening  meetings  of  the  Zoological  Society  (in  December, 
1852)  he  gave  an  account  of  some  Echinococci  found  in  the 
liver  of  a  zebra  which  died  in  the  gardens.  He  did  not  read 
the  paper,  but,  with  the  help  of  diagrams  and  sketches  on  the 
blackboard,  showed  us  clearly  its  main  points  of  structure,  its 
mode  of  development,  and  the  strange  transformations  it 
underwent  when  the  parent  worm  migrated  from  the  intestine 
to  other  parts  of  the  body  of  the  animal.  I  was  particularly 
struck  with  his  wonderful  power  of  making  a  difficult  and 
rather  complex  subject  perfectly  intelligible  and  extremely 
interesting  to  persons  who,  like  myself,  were  absolutely  ignor- 
ant of  the  whole  group.  Although  he  was  two  years  younger 
than  myself,  Huxley  had  already  made  a  considerable  repu- 
tation as  a  comparative  anatomist,  was  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal 
Society,  and  a  few  months  later  was  appointed  Professor 
of  Natural  History  and  Palaeontology  at  the  Royal  School 
of  Mines.  I  was  amazed,  too,  at  his  complete  mastery  of  the 
subject,  and  his  great  amount  of  technical  knowledge  of  a 
kind  to  which  I  have  never  given  any  attention,  the  structure 
and  development  of  the  lower  forms  of  animal  life.  From 
that  time  I  always  looked  up  to  Huxley  as  being  immeasur- 
ably superior  to  myself  in  scientific  knowledge,  and  supposed 
him  to  be  much  older  than  I  was.  Many  years  afterwards 
I  was  surprised  to  find  that  he  was  really  younger. 

About  this  time  I  read  before  the  same  Society  a  few 
notes  on  the  species  of  monkeys  I  had  observed  on  the 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  325 


Amazon,  either  wild  or  in  a  state  of  captivity,  with  the  par- 
ticular object  of  pointing  out  their  peculiarities  of  distribu- 
tion. As  with  butterflies  and  many  birds,  I  found  that  both 
the  Amazon  and  the  Rio  Negro  formed  the  limit  to  the  range 
of  several  species.  The  rare  monkey,  Lagothrix  Humholdti, 
inhabits  the  district  between  the  Rio  Negro  and  the  Andes, 
but  is  quite  unknown  to  the  east  of  that  river.  A  spider- 
monkey  (Afeles  paniscus)  is  found  in  the  Guiana  district 
up  to  the  Rio  Negro,  but  not  beyond  it.  The  short-tailed 
Brachiiiriis  Couxiu  has  the  same  range,  while  distinct  species 
are  found  in  the  Upper  Amazon  and  the  Upper  Rio  Negro. 
The  two  species  of  sloth -monkeys  (Pifhecia)  are  found  one 
to  the  north  the  other  to  the  south  of  the  Upper  Amazon. 
In  several  other  cases  also,  as  well  as  with  the  beautiful 
trumpeters  among  birds,  the  great  rivers  are  found  to  form 
the  dividing  lines  between  quite  distinct  species.  Four  great 
divisions  of  eastern  equatorial  America,  which  may  be  termed 
those  of  Guiana,  Ecuador,  Peru,  and  Brazil,  are  thus  distinctly 
marked  out  by  the  Amazon  and  its  great  northern  and  south- 
ern tributaries — the  Rio  Negro  and  the  Madeira  river;  and  it 
seems  easy  to  account  for  this  if  we  look  upon  the  vast  central 
plains  of  South  America,  so  little  elevated  above  the  sea-level, 
as  having  been  formerly  a  gulf  or  great  inland  sea  which  has 
been  gradually  filled  up  by  alluvial  deposits  from  the  sur- 
rounding highlands,  and  to  have  been  all  stocked  with  forms 
of  life  from  the  three  great  land-masses  of  the  continent. 
These  would  be  diversely  modified  by  the  different  conditions 
of  each  of  these  areas,  and  as  the  intervening  seas  became 
formed  into  alluvial  plains  drained  by  a  great  river,  that  river 
would  naturally  form  the  dividing  line  between  distinct  but 
closely  allied  species. 

It  was  in  the  autumn  of  1853  that  I  made  my  first  visit 
to  Switzerland  with  my  friend  Mr.  George  Silk.  On  our  way 
from  London  to  Dover  we  had  for  companion  in  our  com- 
partment a  stout,  good-humoured  American,  a  New  England 
manufacturer,  going  to  Paris  on  business  for  the  first  time. 
He  asked  us  if  we  could  recommend  him  a  good  kafe.  On 


320 


MY  LIFE 


telling  him  we  didn't  know  what  a  kafe  was,  he  said,  "  Why, 
a  hotel  or  eating-house,  to  be  sure ;  the  French  call  it  '  kafe/  " 
So  we  told  him  where  we  were  going  for  the  night,  and  he 
went  with  us.  The  next  day  we  v/ent  on  by  diligence  to 
Geneva,  where  we  stayed  a  day,  and  then  walked  with  our 
knapsacks  to  Chamouni ;  but  the  heat  was  so  intense  that  we 
stayed  at  a  small  inn  on  the  way  for  the  night.  We  walked 
up  to  the  Flegere  to  see  the  grand  view  of  the  Aiguilles  and 
]\Iont  Blanc,  and  the  next  day  joined  a  party  to  Montanvert, 
the  Mer  de  Glace,  and  the  Jardin,  having  a  guide  to  take 
care  of  us.  The  day  was  magnificent;  we  saw  the  sights  of 
the  glacier,  its  crevasses  and  ice-tables,  and  when  passing 
round  the  precipice  of  the  Couvercle  above  the  ice-fall  of  the 
Talefre  glacier,  there  were  masses  of  cloud  below  us  which 
partially  rolled  away,  revealing  the  wonderful  ice-pinnacles 
brilliantly  illuminated  by  the  afternoon  sun,  and  affording  a 
spectacle  the  grandeur  and  sublimity  of  which  I  have  never 
since  seen  equalled.  Only  a  portion  of  our  party  reached 
the  Jardin,  where  I  made  a  hasty  collection  of  the  flowers, 
and  by  the  time  we  got  back  to  the  hotel,  having  made  the 
steep  descent  from  Montanvert  in  the  dark,  we  were  all  pretty 
well  exhausted. 

The  next  day  I  and  my  friend  walked  over  the  Tete  Noir 
to  Martigny.  From  here  we  took  a  chaise  to  Leuk,  and 
then  walked  up  to  Leukerbad  and  hired  a  porter  to  carry  our 
knapsacks  up  the  Gemmi  Pass,  in  order  that  we  might  enjoy 
the  ascent  of  that  wonderful  mountain  road.  Before  reach- 
ing the  top  snow  began  to  fall,  and  we  reached  the  little 
inn  on  the  summit  in  a  snow-storm.  It  was  crowded,  and  we 
had  to  sleep  on  the  floor.  Next  day  we  walked  down  to 
Thun,  whence  we  returned  home  via  Strasburg  and  Paris. 
Although  I  enjoyed  this  my  first  visit  to  snowy  mountains 
and  glaciers,  I  had  not  at  that  time  sufficient  knowledge  to 
fully  appreciate  them.  The  three  visits  I  have  since  made 
have  filled  me  with  a  deeper  sense  of  the  grandeur  and  the 
exquisite  scenery  of  the  Alps.  My  increased  general  knowledge 
of  geolog}',  and  especially  of  the  glacial  theor\%  have  added 
greatly  to  my  enjoyment  of  the  great  physical  features  of  the 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  327 


country;  while  my  continually  growing  interest  in  botany 
and  in  the  cultivation  of  plants  has  invested  every  detail  of 
meadow  and  forest,  rock  and  alp,  with  beauties  and  delights 
which  were  almost  absent  from  my  early  visit.  The  appre- 
ciation of  nature  grows  with  years,  and  I  feel  to-day  more 
deeply  than  ever  its  mystery  and  its  charms. 

During  my  constant  attendance  at  the  meetings  of  the 
Zoological  and  Entomological  Societies,  and  visits  to  the 
insect  and  bird  departments  of  the  British  Museum,  I  had 
obtained  sufficient  information  to  satisfy  me  that  the  very 
finest  field  for  an  exploring  and  collecting  naturalist  was  to 
be  found  in  the  great  Malayan  Archipelago,  of  which  just 
sufficient  was  known  to  prove  its  wonderful  richness,  while 
no  part  of  it,  with  the  one  exception  of  the  island  of  Java, 
had  been  well  explored  as  regards  its  natural  history.  Sir 
James  Brooke  had  recently  become  Rajah  of  Sarawak,  while 
the  numerous  Dutch  settlements  in  Celebes  and  the  Moluccas 
offered  great  facilities  for  a  traveller.  So  far  as  known  also, 
the  country  was  generally  healthy,  and  I  determined  that  it 
would  be  much  better  for  me  to  go  to  such  a  new  country  than 
to  return  to  the  Amazon,  where  Bates  had  already  been  suc- 
cessfully collecting  for  five  years,  and  where  I  knew  there  was 
a  good  bird-collector  who  had  been  long  at  work  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  river  towards  the  Andes. 

As  the  journey  to  the  East  was  an  expensive  one,  I  was 
advised  to  try  and  get  a  free  passage  in  some  Government 
ship.  Through  my  paper  on  the  Rio  Negro,  I  had  made  the 
acquaintance  of  Sir  Roderick  Murchison,  then  President  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  and  one  of  the  most  accessible 
and  kindly  of  men  of  science.  On  calling  upon  him  and  stating 
my  wishes,  he  at  once  agreed  to  make  an  application  on  my 
behalf  for  a  passage  to  some  Malayan  port,  and  as  he  was 
personally  known  to  many  members  of  the  Government  and 
had  great  influence  with  them,  a  passage  was  promised  me  on 
the  first  ship  going  to  those  seas.  This  was,  I  think,  near  the 
end  of  the  year  1853,  when  I  had  published  my  two  books, 
and  had  spent  much  of  my  spare  time  at  the  British  Museum, 


MY  LIFE 


examining  the  collections,  and  making  notes  and  sketches, 
of  the  rarer  and  more  valuable  species  of  birds,  butterflies, 
and  beetles  of  the  various  Malay  islands. 

Among  the  greatest  wants  of  a  collector  who  wishes  to 
know  what  he  is  doing,  and  how  many  of  his  captures  are 
new  or  rare,  are  books  containing  a  compact  summary  with 
brief  descriptions  of  all  the  more  important  known  species ; 
and,  speaking  broadly,  such  books  did  not  then  nor  do  now 
exist.  Having  found  by  my  experience  when  beginning  botany 
how  useful  are  even  the  shortest  characters  in  determining 
a  great  number  of  species,  I  endeavoured  to  do  the  same 
thing  in  this  case.  I  purchased  the  "  Conspectus  Generum 
Avium  "  of  Prince  Lucien  Bonaparte,  a  large  octavo  volume 
of  800  pages,  containing  a  well-arranged  catalogue  of  all  the 
known  species  of  birds  up  to  1850,  with  references  to  descrip- 
tions and  figures,  and  the  native  country  and  distribution 
of  each  species.  Besides  this,  in  a  very  large  number — I 
should  think  nearly  half — a  short  but  excellent  Latin  descrip- 
tion was  given,  by  which  the  species  could  be  easily  deter- 
mined. In  many  famihes  (the  cuckoos  and  woodpeckers,  for 
example)  every  species  was  thus  described,  in  others  a  large 
proportion.  As  the  book  had  very  wide  margins  I  consulted 
all  the  books  referred  to  for  the  Malayan  species,  and  copied 
out  in  abbreviated  form  such  of  the  characters  as  I  thought 
would  enable  me  to  determine  each,  the  result  being  that 
during  my  whole  eight  years'  collecting  in  the  East,  I  could 
almost  always  identify  every  bird  already  described,  and  if 
I  could  not  do  so,  was  pretty  sure  that  it  was  a  new  or  un- 
described  species. 

No  one  who  is  not  a  naturalist  and  collector  can  imagine 
the  value  of  this  book  to  me.  It  was  my  constant  companion 
on  all  my  journeys,  and  as  I  had  also  noted  in  it  the  species 
not  in  the  British  Museum,  I  was  able  every  evening  to 
satisfy  myself  whether  among  my  day's  captures  there  was 
anything  either  new  or  rare.  Now,  such  a  book  is  equally 
valuable  to  the  amateur  collector  at  home  in  naming  and 
arranging  his  collections,  but  to  answer  the  purpose  thoroughly 
it  must,  of  course,  be  complete — that  is,  every  species  must  be 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  329 


shortly  characterized.  During  the  last  fifty  years  it  is  prob- 
able that  the  described  species  of  birds  have  doubled  in 
number,  yet  with  slight  alteration  the  whole  of  these  might 
be  included  in  a  volume  no  larger  than  that  I  am  referring 
to.  This  could  be  effected  by  giving  only  one  name  to  each 
species  (that  in  most  general  use),  whereas  Prince  Bonaparte 
has  usually  given  several  synonyms  and  references  to  figures, 
so  that  these  occupy  fully  as  much  space  as  the  descriptions. 
These  are  quite  unnecessary  for  the  collector  abroad  or  at 
home.  What  he  requires  is  to  have  a  compact  and  cheap 
volume  by  which  he  can  name,  if  not  all,  at  least  all  well- 
marked  species.  A  series  of  volumes  of  this  character  should 
be  issued  by  the  various  national  museums  of  the  world  (each 
one  taking  certain  groups)  and  be  kept  up  to  date  by  annual 
or  quinquennial  supplements,  as  in  the  case  of  the  admirable 
"  List  of  Plants  introduced  to  Cultivation  during  the  twenty- 
one  years,  1876 — 1896,  issued  by  the  Director  of  the  Kew 
Gardens."  In  this  very  compact  volume  of  420  pages,  7600 
species  of  plants  are  sufficiently  described  for  identification, 
while  by  the  use  of  double  columns  and  thin  paper,  the  volume 
is  only  about  half  the  weight  of  Bonaparte's  "  Conspectus," 
in  which  about  the  same  number  of  birds  are  catalogued,  but 
only  half  of  them  described.  By  a  division  of  labour  such 
as  is  here  suggested,  the  mammals,  reptiles,  and  freshwater 
fishes  might  be  issued  in  this  form  without  difficulty.  The 
land  and  freshwater  shells  might  have  separate  volumes  deal- 
ing with  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres,  or  with  the 
separate  continents,  as  might  the  Diurnal  Lepidoptera.  The 
other  orders  of  insects  are  too  extensive  to  be  treated  in  this 
way,  but  the  more  attractive  families — as  the  Geodephaga,  the 
Lamellicornes,  the  Longicornes,  and  the  Buprestidse  among 
beetles,  the  bees  and  wasps  among  Hysuoptera,  might  have 
volumes  devoted  to  them.  As  these  volumes  would,  if  com- 
pact and  cheap,  have  a  very  large  sale  in  every  civilized 
country,  they  might  be  issued  at  a  very  low  price,  and  would 
be  an  immense  boon  to  all  amateur  collectors,  travellers,  and 
residents  abroad;  and  if  the  chief  genera  were  illustrated  by 
a  careful  selection  of  photographic  prints,  now  so  easily  and 


330 


MY  LIFE 


economically  produced,  they  would  constitute  one  of  the 
greatest  incentives  to  the  study  of  nature. 

The  only  other  book  of  much  use  to  me  was  the  volume 
by  Boisduval,  describing  all  the  known  species  of  the  two 
families  of  butterflies,  the  Papilionidse  and  Pieridse.  The  de- 
scriptions by  this  French  author  are  so  clear  and  precise  that 
every  species  can  be  easily  determined,  and  the  volume, 
though  dealing  with  so  iimited  a  group,  was  of  immense 
interest  to  me.  For  other  families  of  butterflies  and  for  some 
of  the  beetles  I  made  notes  and  sketches  at  the  British 
Museum,  which  enabled  me  to  recognize  some  of  the  larger 
and  best  known  species;  but  I  soon  found  that  so  many  of 
the  species  I  collected  were  new  or  very  rare,  that  in  the 
less  known  groups  I  could  safely  collect  all  as  of  equal 
importance. 

It  was,  I  think,  in  the  latter  part  of  January,  1854,  that  I 
received  a  notification  from  the  Government  that  a  passage 
had  been  granted  me  to  Singapore  in  the  brig  Frolic,  shortly 
sailing  for  that  port,  and  that  I  was  to  communicate  with 
the  Captain — Commander  Nolloth — as  to  when  I  should  go 
on  board.  I  think  it  was  about  the  middle  of  February  that 
I  went  to  Portsmouth  with  all  necessaries  for  the  voyage, 
my  heavy  baggage  having  been  sent  off  by  a  merchant  ship 
some  time  previously.  The  Frolic  was  anchored  at  Spithead 
with  a  number  of  other  warships.  She  was  about  seven  hun- 
dred tons,  and  carried,  I  think,  twelve  guns.  The  accommo- 
dation was  very  scanty.  I  messed  with  the  gun-room  officers, 
and  as  there  was  no  vacant  cabin  or  berth,  the  captain  very 
kindly  accommodated  me  in  a  cot  slung  in  his  cabin,  which 
was  a  large  one,  and  also  provided  me  with  a  small  table  in 
one  comer  where  I  could  write  or  read  quietly. 

The  captain  was  a  rather  small,  nervous  man,  but  very 
kind  and  of  rather  scientific  and  literary  tastes.  He  wished 
to  take  some  deep  sea-soundings  during  the  voyage,  and  to 
bring  up  good  samples  of  the  bottom;  and  we  discussed  an 
apparatus  he  was  having  made  for  the  purpose,  in  which  I 
suggested  some  improvements,  which  he  adopted.  Sailing 
orders  were  expected  every  day,  as  the  ship  was  quite  ready, 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  331 


with  the  stores  she  was  taking  out  to  the  East  all  on  board; 
but  day  after  day  and  week  after  week  passed,  signals  were 
exchanged  with  the  admiral^  but  we  seemed  no  nearer  sailing 
than  when  I  came  on  board.  It  was  rather  dull  work,  but 
I  consoled  myself  with  getting  acquainted  with  the  ship  and 
its  ways,  the  regular  routine  of  which  went  on,  and  every- 
body seemed  as  fully  occupied  as  if  we  were  at  sea.  The 
captain  had  a  nice  little  library  in  his  cabin,  among  which 
the  only  book  I  specially  remember  was  a  fine  Spanish 
edition  of  Don  Quixote.  This  I  intended  to  read  through 
during  the  voyage,  as  my  familiarity  with  Portuguese  and  the 
small  experience  of  Spanish  conversation  while  in  Venezuela 
enabled  me  to  understand  a  good  deal  of  it.  But  this  was 
not  to  be. 

Having  read  almost  all  Marryat's  novels,  I  was  especially 
interested  in  the  characters  and  manners  of  the  various 
officers,  in  whom  I  found  several  of  Marryat's  types  repro- 
duced. The  captain,  as  I  have  said,  was  nervous,  and  espe- 
cially on  everything  connected  with  official  etiquette.  One  day 
signals  were  being  made  from  the  admiral's  ship,  and  there 
seemed  to  be  some  doubt  as  to  what  ships  it  was  intended 
for.  The  first-lieutenant  asked  what  they  were  to  do  about 
it,  and  the  captain  was  quite  excited  for  fear  of  a  reprimand, 
and  at  last  said,  "  We  can  only  do  what  the  others  do.  Watch 
them  and  repeat  the  signals  they  make."  Whether  it  was 
right  or  not  I  don't  remember.  One  officer,  I  think  it  was 
the  purser,  was  the  great  authority  on  naval  history.  His 
small  cabin  had  a  complete  set  of  the  Navy  List  for  fifty  years 
or  more,  and  every  matter  in  dispute  as  to  what  ship  was  at 
a  certain  station  in  a  given  year,  or  where  any  particular 
officer  was  stationed,  was  always  referred  to  him,  and  if  he 
could  not  say  ofiF-hand,  he  retired  to  his  cabin  for  a  few 
minutes,  and  then  produced  the  authority  which  settled  the 
question.  The  others  were  nothing  remarkable,  except  the 
doctor,  who  was  of  the  jolly,  talkative  sort,  and  seemed 
especially  to  pride  himself  on  his  knowledge  of  seamanship. 
One  day  I  remember  the  captain  was  summoned  by  signal  to 
go  on  shore  to  the  admiral's  office.    It  was  a  cold  day  with 


332  MY  LIFE 

a  strong  wind,  and  there  was  a  very  choppy  sea  on,  as  there 
often  is  at  Spithead.  When  the  captain's  gig  came  alongside 
it  was  difficult  to  keep  it  clear  of  the  ship,  it  was  so  tossed 
about  in  sudden  and  unexpected  ways;  and  when  the  captain 
had  got  in,  there  was  a  difficulty  in  getting  away,  and  for  a 
few  moments  the  boat  seemed  quite  out  of  command  and  in 
danger  of  upsetting.  The  officers  were  all  looking  on  with 
anxiety,  and  as  soon  as  the  boat  had  got  clear  away,  it  was 
the  doctor  that  spoke,  and  declared  that  he  never  saw  such 
bad  seamanship.  They  were  very  near  losing  the  captain! 
They  were  a  set  of  lubbers !  etc.,  etc. 

Finding  that  I  was  a  bad  sailor,  I  was  assured  that  before 
we  got  to  Singapore  I  should  be  thoroughly  seasoned,  for  the 
brig  was  what  they  called  a  Simonite,  a  class  of  ships  named 
after  the  designer,  which,  though  stable,  were  very  uncom- 
fortable in  bad  weather,  having  a  quick  jumping  motion,  which 
often  made  old  sailors  seasick.  I  hoped  this  was  exaggerated, 
but  looked  forward  to  the  ordeal  with  some  dread.  But  one 
day  the  captain  informed  me  that  he  had  received  fresh 
orders  to  carry  stores  to  the  Crimea,  where  the  great  war  with 
Russia  was  about  to  commence.  He  said  that  he  regretted 
the  change,  because  he  much  preferred  the  voyage  to  Singa- 
pore and  China,  and  that  he  also  regretted  the  loss  of  my 
company;  but  as  it  was,  I  had  better  leave  the  next  morning, 
and  that  no  doubt  the  Government  would  provide  me  a  pas- 
sage in  some  other  vessel.  So  I  bade  farewell  to  him  and  his 
officers,  none  of  whom  I  ever  met  again. 

On  returning  to  London  I  at  once  called  on  Sir  Roderick 
Murchison,  and  through  his  representations  I  received  in  a 
few  days  a  first-class  ticket  overland  to  Singapore  by  the 
next  Peninsular  and  Oriental  steamer,  which  sailed  in  about 
a  week,  so  that  I  did  not  lose  much  time.  The  voyage  was 
a  very  interesting  one,  stopping  a  few  hours  at  Gibraltar, 
passing  within  sight  of  the  grand  Sierra  Nevada  of  Spain, 
staying  a  day  at  Malta,  where  the  town  and  the  tombs  of  the 
knights  were  inspected,  and  then  on  to  Alexandria.  But  hav- 
ing by  me  a  long  letter  I  wrote  to  my  schoolfellow,  Mr. 
George  Silk,  I  will  here  quote  from  it  a  few  of  the  impressions 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  333 


of  my  journey  as  they  appeared  to  me  at  the  time  they 
occurred ;  and  first  as  to  my  fellow-passengers : — 

"  Our  company  consists  of  a  few  officers  and  about  twenty 
cadets  for  India,  three  or  four  Scotch  clerks  for  Calcutta,  the 
same  number  of  business  men  for  Australia,  a  Government 
interpreter  and  two  or  three  others  for  China;  a  Frenchman; 
a  Portuguese  officer  for  Goa,  with  whom  I  converse;  three 
Spaniards  for  the  Philippines,  very  grave;  a  gentleman  and 
two  ladies,  Dutch,  going  to  Batavia ;  and  some  English  officers 
for  Alexandria.  At  Gibraltar  we  were  quarantined  for  fear 
of  cholera,  then  rather  prevalent  in  England,  and  all  com- 
munication with  the  ship  was  by  means  of  tongs  and  a  basin 
of  water,  the  latter  to  drop  the  money  in.  We  had  a  morn- 
ing at  Malta,  and  went  on  shore  from  6  a.  m.  to  9  a.  m.,  walked 
through  the  narrow  streets,  visited  the  market  to  hear  the 
Maltese  language,  admired  the  beggar  boys  and  girls,  strolled 
through  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John,  gorgeous  with  marbles 
and  gold  and  the  tombs  of  the  knights.  A  clergy^man  came 
on  board  here  going  to  Jerusalem,  and  a  namesake  of  my 
own  to  Bombay.  The  latter  has  a  neat  figure,  sharp  face, 
and  looks  highly  respectable,  not  at  all  like  me!  I  have 
found  no  acquaintance  on  board  who  exactly  suits  me.  One 
of  my  cabin  mates  is  going  to  Australia,  and  reads  '  How 
to  make  Money ' — seems  to  be  always  thinking  of  it,  and  is 
very  dull  and  unsociable.  The  other  is  one  of  the  Indian 
cadets,  very  aristocratic,  great  in  dressing-case  and  jewellery, 
takes  an  hour  to  dress,  and  persistently  studies  the  Hindo- 
stanee  grammar.  The  Frenchman,  the  Portuguese,  and  the 
Scotchman  I  find  the  most  amusing;  there  is  also  a  little  fat 
Navy  lieutenant,  who  is  fond  of  practical  jokes,  and  has 
started  a  Monte  Table." 

"Steamer  Bengal,  Red  Sea,  March  26. 

"Of  all  the  eventful  days  in  my  life  (so  far),  my  first  in 
Alexandria  was  (in  some  respects)  the  most  exciting.  Ima- 
gine my  feeling  when,  coming  out  of  the  hotel  (to  which 
we  had  been  conveyed  in  an  omnibus)  with  the  intention  of 
taking  a  quiet  stroll   through   the   city,  I  suddenly  found 


334 


MY  LIFE 


myself  in  the  midst  of  a  vast  crowd  of  donkeys  and  their 
drivers,  all  thoroughly  determined  to  appropriate  my  person 
to  their  own  use  and  interest,  without  in  the  least  consulting 
my  inclinations.  In  vain  with  rapid  strides  and  waving  arms 
I  endeavoured  to  clear  a  way  and  move  forward,  arms  and 
legs  were  seized  upon,  and  even  the  Christian  coat-tails  were 
not  sacred  from  the  profane  hands  of  the  Mahometan  crowd. 
One  would  hold  together  two  donkeys  by  their  tails  whilst  I 
was  struggling  between  them,  and  another,  forcing  their  heads 
together,  hoped  to  compel  me  to  mount  one  or  both  of  them. 
One  fellow,  more  impudent  than  the  rest,  I  laid  flat  upon  the 
ground,  and,  sending  the  little  donkey  staggering  after  him,  I 
escaped  for  a  moment  midst  hideous  yells  and  most  unearthly 
cries.  I  now  beckoned  to  a  fellow  more  sensible-looking 
than  the  rest,  and  told  him  that  I  wished  to  walk,  and  would 
take  him  as  a  guide,  and  now  hoped  that  I  might  be  left  at 
peace.  But  vain  thought!  I  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Philis- 
tines, who,  getting  me  up  against  a  wall,  formed  around 
me  an  impenetrable  phalanx  of  men  and  brutes,  thoroughly 
determined  that  I  should  only  escape  from  the  spot  upon  the 
four  legs  of  a  donkey.  So,  bethinking  myself  that  donkey- 
riding  was  a  national  institution  of  venerable  antiquity,  and 
seeing  a  fat  Yankee  (very  like  our  Paris  friend)  already 
mounted,  being  like  myself,  hopeless  of  any  other  means  of 
escape,  I  seized  upon  a  bridle  in  hopes  that  I  should  then  be 
left  by  the  remainder  of  the  crowd.  But  seeing  that  I  was  at 
last  going  to  ride,  each  one  was  determined  that  he  alone 
should  profit  by  the  transaction,  and  a  dozen  animals  were 
forced  suddenly  upon  me,  and  a  dozen  pair  of  hands  tried  to 
lift  me  upon  their  respective  beasts.  But  now  my  patience 
was  exhausted,  so,  keeping  firm  hold  of  the  bridle  I  had  first 
taken  with  one  hand,  I  hit  right  and  left  with  the  other,  and 
calling  upon  my  guide  to  do  the  same,  we  succeeded  in  clear- 
ing a  little  space  around  us.  Now,  then,  behold  your  long- 
legged  friend  mounted  upon  a  jackass  in  the  streets  of 
Alexandria;  a  boy  behind,  holding  by  his  tail  and  whipping 
him  up;  Charles,  who  had  been  lost  sight  of  in  the  crowd, 
upon  another;  and  my  guide  upon  a  third;  and  off  we  go 


LONDON,  AND  VOYAGE  TO  SINGAPORE  335 


among  a  crowd  of  Jews  and  Greeks,  Turks  and  Arabs,  and 
veiled  women  and  yelling  donkey-boys,  to  see  the  city.  We 
saw  the  bazaars,  and  the  slave  market  (where  I  was  again 
nearly  pulled  to  pieces  for  'backsheesh'),  the  mosques  with 
their  graceful  minarets,  and  then  the  pasha's  new  palace,  the 
interior  of  which  is  most  gorgeous.  We  passed  lots  of  Turkish 
soldiers,  walking  in  comfortable  irregularity;  and  after  the 
consciousness  of  being  dreadful  guys  for  two  crowded  hours, 
returned  to  the  hotel,  whence  we  are  to  start  for  the  canal 
boats.  You  may  think  this  little  narrative  is  exaggerated, 
but  it  is  not  so.  The  pertinacity,  vigour,  and  screams  of  the 
Alexandrian  donkey-drivers  cannot  be  exaggerated.  On  our 
way  to  the  boats  we  passed  Pompey's  Pillar;  for  a  day  we 
were  rowed  in  small  boats  on  a  canal,  then  on  the  Nile  in 
barges,  with  a  panorama  of  mud  villages,  palm-trees,  camels, 
and  irrigating  wheels  turned  by  buffaloes, — a  perfectly  flat 
country,  beautifully  green  with  crops  of  corn  and  lentils ;  end- 
less boats  with  immense  triangular  sails.  Then  the  Pyramids 
came  in  sight,  looking  huge  and  solemn;  then  a  handsome 
castellated  bridge  for  the  Alexandria  and  Cairo  railway;  and 
then  Cairo — Grand  Cairo !  the  city  of  romance,  which  Ave 
reached  just  before  sunset.  We  took  a  guide  and  walked 
in  the  city,  very  picturesque  and  very  dirty.  Then  to  a  quiet 
English  hotel,  where  a  Mussulman  waiter,  rejoicing  in  the 
name  of  Ali-baba,  gave  us  a  splendid  tea,  brown  bread  and 
fresh  butter.  One  or  two  French  and  English  travellers  were 
the  only  guests,  and  I  could  hardly  realize  my  situation.  I 
longed  for  you  to  enjoy  it  with  me.  Thackeray's  '  First  Day 
in  the  East '  is  admirable.  Read  it  again,  and  you  will  under- 
stand just  how  I  think  and  feel. 

"  Next  morning  at  seven  we  started  for  Suez  in  small  four- 
horsed  two-wheeled  omnibuses,  carrying  six  passengers  each. 
Horses  were  changed  every  five  miles,  and  we  had  a  meal 
every  three  hours  at  very  comfortable  stations.  The  desert 
is  undulating,  mostly  covered  with  a  coarse,  volcanic-looking 
gravel.  The  road  is  excellent.  The  skeletons  of  camels — 
hundreds  of  them — lay  all  along  the  road;  vultures,  sand- 
grouse,  and  sand-larks  were  occasionally  seen.   We  frequently 


336 


MY  LIFE 


saw  the  mirage,  like  distant  trees  and  water.  Near  the 
middle  station  the  pasha  has  a  hunting-lodge — a  perfect  pal- 
ace. The  Indian  and  Australian  mails,  about  six  hundred 
boxes,  as  well  as  all  the  parcels,  goods,  and  passengers'  lug- 
gage, were  brought  by  endless  trains  of  camels,  which  we 
passed  on  the  way.  At  the  eating  places  I  took  a  little  stroll, 
gathering  some  of  the  curious  highly  odoriferous  plants  that 
grew  here  and  there  in  the  hollow,  which  I  dried  in  my 
pocket-books,  and  I  also  found  a  few  land-shells.  We  enjoyed 
the  ride  exceedingly,  and  reached  Suez  about  midnight.  It 
is  a  miserable  little  town,  and  the  bazaar  is  small,  dark,  and 
dirty.  There  is  said  to  be  no  water  within  ten  miles.  The 
next  afternoon  we  went  on  board  our  ship,  a  splendid  vessel 
with  large  and  comfortable  cabins,  and  everything  very 
superior  to  the  Eiixine.  Adieu." 

I  have  given  this  description  of  my  journey  from  Alex- 
andria to  Suez,  over  the  route  established  by  Lieutenant 
Waghorn,  and  which  was  superseded  a  few  years  later  by 
the  railway,  and  afterwards  by  the  canal,  because  few  persons 
now  living  will  remember  it,  or  know  that  it  ever  existed. 
Of  the  rest  of  our  journey  I  have  no  record.  We  stayed  a 
day  at  desolate,  volcanic  Aden,  and  thence  across  to  Galle, 
with  its  groves  of  cocoa-nut  palms,  and  crowds  of  natives 
offering  for  sale  the  precious  stones  of  the  country;  thence 
across  to  Pulo  Penang,  with  its  picturesque  mountain,  its 
spice-trees,  and  its  waterfall,  and  on  down  the  Straits  of 
Malacca,  with  its  richly-wooded  shores,  to  our  destination, 
Singapore,  where  I  was  to  begin  the  eight  years  of  wandering 
throughout  the  Malay  Archipelago,  which  constituted  the  cen- 
tral and  controlling  incident  of  my  life. 


CHAPTER  XXI 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO — SINGAPORE,  MALACCA, 
BORNEO 

In  order  not  to  omit  so  important  a  portion  of  my  life  as  my 
eight  years  in  the  far  East,  I  propose  to  give  a  general  sketch 
of  my  various  journeys  and  their  results,  told  as  far  as  pos- 
sible in  quotations  from  the  few  of  my  letters  home  that 
have  been  preserved,  with  such  connecting  facts  as  may  serve 
to  render  them  intelligible. 

Ten  days  after  my  arrival  at  Singapore  I  wrote  home  as 
follows : — "  After  being  a  week  in  a  hotel  here,  I  at  last  got 
permission  to  stay  with  a  French  Roman  Catholic  missionary, 
who  liv^es  about  eight  miles  out  of  town,  in  the  centre  of  the 
island,  and  close  to  the  jungle.  The  greater  part  of  the 
inhabitants  of  Singapore  are  Chinese,  many  of  whom  are 
very  rich,  and  almost  all  the  villages  around  are  wholly  Chi- 
nese, who  cultivate  pepper  and  gambler,  or  cut  timber.  Some 
of  the  English  merchants  have  fine  country  hous.es.  I  dined 
with  one,  to  whom  I  brought  an  introduction.  His  house 
was  spacious,  and  full  of  magnificent  China  and  Japan  fur- 
niture. We  are  now  staying  at  the  mission  of  Bukit  Tima. 
The  missionary  (a  French  Jesuit)  speaks  English,  Malay,  and 
Chinese,  and  is  a  very  pleasant  man.  He  has  built  a  pretty 
church  here,  and  has  about  three  hundred  Chinese  converts." 

A  month  later  (May  28th)  I  wrote — "  I  am  very  comfort- 
able here  with  the  missionary.  I  and  Charles  go  into  the 
jungle  every  day  for  insects.  The  forest  here  is  very  similar 
to  that  of  South  America.  Palms  are  very  numerous,  but 
they  are  generally  small,  and  very  spiny.  There  are  none  of 
the  large  majestic  species  so  common  on  the  Amazon.    I  am 

337 


338 


MY  LIFE 


so  busy  with  insects  now  that  I  have  no  time  for  anything 
else.  I  send  now  about  a  thousand  beetles  to  Mr.  Stevens, 
and  I  have  as  many  other  insects  still  on  hand,  which  will 
form  part  of  my  next  and  principal  consignment.  Singapore 
is  rich  in  beetles,  and  before  I  leave  I  think  I  shall  have  a 
beautiful  collection  of  them.  I  will  tell  you  how  my  day  is 
now  occupied.  Get  up  at  half-past  five,  bath,  and  coffee. 
Sit  down  to  arrange  and  put  away  my  insects  of  the  day 
before,  and  set  them  in  a  safe  place  to  dry.  Charles  mends 
our  insect-nets,  fills  our  pin-cusions,  and  gets  ready  for  the 
day.  Breakfast  at  eight;  out  to  the  jungle  at  nine.  We 
have  to  walk  about  a  quarter  mile  up  a  steep  hill  to  reach 
it,  and  arrive  dripping  with  perspiration.  Then  we  wander 
about  in  the  delightful  shade  along  paths  made  by  the  Chi- 
nese wood-cutters  till  two  or  three  in  the  afternoon,  generally 
returning  with  fifty  or  sixty  beetles,  some  very  rare  or  beau- 
tiful, and  perhaps  a  few  butterflies.  Change  clothes  and  sit 
down  to  kill  and  pin  insects,  Charles  doing  the  flies,  wasps, 
and  bugs;  I  do  not  trust  him  yet  with  beetles.  Dinner  at 
four,  then  at  work  again  till  six:  coffee.  Then  read  or  talk, 
or  if  insects  very  numerous,  work  again  till  eight  or  nine. 
Then  to  bed." 

In  July  I  wrote  from  "  The  Jungle,  near  Malacca  " :  "  We 
have  been  here  a  week,  living  in  a  Chinese  house  or  shed, 
which  reminds  me  of  some  of  my  old  Rio  Negro  habitations. 
We  came  from  Singapore  in  a  small  trading  schooner,  with 
about  fifty  Chinese,  Hindoos,  and  Portuguese  passengers,  and 
were  two  days  on  the  voyage  with  nothing  but  rice  and 
curry  to  eat,  not  having  made  any  special  provision,  it  being 
our  first  experience  of  the  country  vessels.  Malacca  is  a 
very  old  Dutch  city,  but  the  Portuguese  have  left  the  clearest 
marks  of  their  possession  of  it  in  the  common  language  of 
the  place  being  still  theirs.  I  have  now  two  Portuguese 
servants,  a  cook  and  a  hunter,  and  find  myself  almost  back 
in  Brazil,  owing  to  the  similarity  of  the  language,  the  people, 
and  the  general  aspect  of  the  forest.  In  Malacca  we  stayed 
only  two  days,  being  anxious  to  get  into  the  country  as  soon 
as  possible.    I  stayed  with  a  Roman  Catholic  missionary; 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  339 

there  are  several  here,  each  devoted  to  a  particular  portion  of 
the  population — Portuguese,  Chinese,  and  wild  Malays  of  the 
jungle.  The  gentleman  we  were  with  is  building  a  large 
church,  of  which  he  is  architect  himself,  and  superintends  the 
laying  of  every  brick  and  the  cutting  of  every  piece  of  tim- 
ber. Money  enough  could  not  be  raised  here,  so  he  took  a 
voyage  round  the  world,  and  in  the  United  States,  California, 
and  India  got  enough  subscribed  to  finish  it.  It  is  a  curious 
and  not  very  creditable  thing,  that  in  the  English  possessions 
of  Singapore  and  Malacca,  there  is  not  a  single  Protestant 
missionary;  while  the  conversion,  education,  and  physical  and 
moral  improvement  of  the  non-European  inhabitants  is  left 
entirely  to  these  French  missionaries,  who,  without  the  slight- 
est assistance  from  our  Government,  devote  their  lives  to  Chris- 
tianizing and  civilizing  the  varied  population  under  our  rule. 

"  Here  the  birds  are  abundant  and  most  beautiful,  more 
so  than  on  the  lower  Amazon,  and  I  think  I  shall  soon  form 
a  fine  collection.  They  are,  however,  almost  all  common 
species,  and  are  of  little  value,  except  that  I  hope  they  will 
be  better  specimens  than  usually  reach  England.  My  guns 
are  both  very  good,  but  I  find  powder  and  shot  actually 
cheaper  in  Singapore  than  in  London,  so  I  need  not  have 
troubled  myself  to  bring  any.  So  far  both  I  and  Charles  have 
had  excellent  health.  He  can  now  shoot  pretty  well,  and 
is  so  fond  of  it  that  I  can  hardly  get  him  to  do  anything 
else. 

"  The  Chinese  here  are  most  industrious.  They  clear  and 
cultivate  the  ground  with  a  neatness  which  I  have  never  seen 
equalled  in  the  tropics,  and  they  save  every  particle  of 
manure,  both  from  animals  and  men,  to  enrich  the  ground. 

"  The  country  around  Malacca  is  much  more  beautiful 
than  near  Singapore,  it  being  an  old  settlement  with  abun- 
dance of  old  fruit  and  forest  trees  scattered  about.  Monkeys 
of  many  sorts  are  abundant ;  in  fact,  all  animal  life  seems  more 
abundant  than  in  Brazil.  Among  the  fruits  I  miss  the  de- 
licious oranges  of  Para  and  the  Amazon.  Here  they  are 
scarce  and  not  good,  and  there  is  nothing  that  can  replace 
them." 


340 


MY  LIFE 


I  may  as  well  state  here  that  the  "  Charles  "  referred  to  in 
the  preceding  letter  was  a  London  boy,  the  son  of  a  carpenter 
who  had  done  a  little  work  for  my  sister,  and  whose  parents 
were  willing  for  him  to  go  with  me  to  learn  to  be  a  collector. 
He  was  sixteen  years  old,  but  quite  undersized  for  his  age, 
so  that  no  one  would  have  taken  him  for  more  than  thirteen 
or  fourteen.  He  remained  with  me  about  a  year  and  a  half, 
and  learned  to  shoot  and  to  catch  insects  pretty  well,  but  not 
to  prepare  them  properly.  He  was  rather  of  a  religious  turn, 
and  when  I  left  Borneo  he  decided  to  stay  with  the  bishop 
and  become  a  teacher.  After  a  year  or  two,  however,  he 
returned  to  Singapore,  and  got  employment  on  some  plan- 
tations. About  five  years  later  he  joined  me  in  the  Moluccas 
as  a  collector.  He  had  grown  to  be  a  fine  young  man,  over 
six  feet.  When  I  returned  home  he  remained  in  Singapore, 
married,  and  had  a  family.  He  died  some  fifteen  years 
since. 

At  the  end  of  September  I  returned  to  Singapore,  whence 
I  wrote  home  as  follows: — 

"  I  have  now  just  returned  to  Singapore  after  two  months' 
hard  work.  At  Malacca  I  had  a  strong  touch  of  fever,  with 
the  old  *  Rio  Negro '  symptoms,  but  the  Government  doctor 
made  me  take  large  doses  of  quinine  every  day  for  a  week,  and 
so  killed  it,  and  in  less  than  a  fortnight  I  was  quite  well, 
and  oflF  to  the  jungle  again.  I  never  took  half  enough  quinine 
in  America  to  cure  me. 

"  Malacca  is  a  pretty  place.  Insects  are  not  very  abundant 
there,  still,  by  perseverance,  I  got  a  good  number,  and  many 
rare  ones.  Of  birds,  too,  I  made  a  good  collection.  I  went 
to  the  celebrated  Mount  Ophir,  and  ascended  to  the  top,  sleep- 
ing under  a  rock.  The  walk  there  was  hard  work,  thirty 
miles  through  jungle  in  a  succession  of  mud-holes,  and 
swarming  with  leeches,  which  crawled  all  over  us,  and  sucked 
when  and  where  they  pleased.  We  lived  a  week  at  the  foot 
of  the  mountain,  in  a  little  hut  built  by  our  men,  near  a 
beautiful  rocky  stream.  I  got  some  fine  new  butterflies  there, 
and  hundreds  of  other  new  or  rare  insects.  Huge  centipedes 
and  scorpions,  some  nearly  a  foot  long,  were  common,  but  we 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  341 


none  of  us  got  bitten  or  stung.  We  only  had  rice,  and  a  little 
fish  and  tea,  but  came  home  quite  well.  The  mountain  is 
over  four  thousand  feet  high.  Near  the  top  are  beautiful 
ferns  and  pitcher-plants,  of  which  I  made  a  small  collection. 
Elephants  and  rhinoceroses,  as  well  as  tigers,  are  abundant 
there,  but  we  had  our  usual  bad  luck  in  seeing  only  their 
tracks.  On  returning  to  Malacca  I  found  the  accumulation 
of  two  or  three  posts — a  dozen  letters,  and  about  fifty  news- 
papers. ...  I  am  glad  to  be  safe  in  Singapore  with  my 
collections,  as  from  here  they  can  be  insured.  I  have  now 
a  fortnight's  work  to  arrange,  examine,  and  pack  them,  and 
four  months  hence  there  will  be  work  for  Mr.  Stevens. ^ 

"  Sir  James  Brooke  is  here.  I  have  called  on  him.  He 
received  me  most  cordially,  and  offered  me  every  assistance 
at  Sarawak.  I  shall  go  there  next,  as  the  missionary  does  not 
go  to  Cambodia  for  some  months.  Besides,  I  shall  have  some 
pleasant  society  at  Sarawak,  and  shall  get  on  in  Malay,  which 
is  very  easy;  but  I  have  had  no  practice  yet,  though  I  can 
ask  for  most  common  things." 

I  reached  Sarawak  early  in  November,  and  remained  in 
Borneo  fourteen  months,  seeing  a  good  deal  of  the  country. 
The  first  four  months  was  the  wet  season,  during  which  I 
made  journeys  up  and  down  the  Sarawak  river,  but  obtained 
very  scanty  collections.  In  March  I  went  to  the  Sadong 
river,  where  coal  mines  were  being  opened  by  an  English 
mining  engineer,  Mr.  Coulson,  a  Yorkshireman,  and  I  stayed 
there  nearly  nine  months,  it  being  the  best  locality  for  beetles 
I  found  during  my  twelve  years'  tropical  collecting,  and 
very  good  for  other  groups.  It  was  also  in  this  place  that  I 
obtained  numerous  skins  and  skeletons  of  the  orang-utan,  as 
fully  described  in  my  "  Malay  Archipelago." 

In  my  first  letter,  dated  May,  1855,  I  gave  a  sketch  of  the 
country  and  people: — 

"  As  far  inland  as  I  have  yet  seen  this  country  may  be 
described  as  a  dead  level,  and  a  lofty  and  swampy  forest.  It 

1  They  were  sent  by  sailing  ship  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the 
overland  route  being  too  costly  for  goods. 


342 


MY  LIFE 


would,  therefore,  be  very  uninviting  were  it  not  for  a  few- 
small  hills  which  here  and  there  rise  abruptly — oases  in  the 
swampy  wilderness.  It  is  at  one  of  these  that  we  are  located, 
a  hill  covering  an  area  of,  perhaps,  three  or  four  square  miles, 
and  less  than  a  thousand  feet  high.  In  this  hill  there  are 
several  coal  seams;  one  of  these  three  feet  and  a  half  thick, 
of  very  good  coal  for  steamers  crops  out  round  three-fourths 
of  the  hill,  dipping  down  at  a  moderate  angle.  We  have  here 
near  a  hundred  men,  mostly  Chinese ;  ground  has  been  cleared, 
and  houses  built^  and  a  road  is  being  made  through  the  jungle, 
a  distance  of  two  miles,  to  the  Sadong  river,  where  the  coal 
will  be  shipped. 

The  jungle  here  is  exceedingly  gloomy  and  monotonous ; 
palms  are  scarce,  and  flowers  almost  wanting,  except  some 
species  of  dwarf  gingervvorts.  It  is  only  high  overhead  that 
flowers  can  be  seen.  There  are  many  fine  orchids  of  the 
genus  C3elog}ne,  with  great  drooping  spikes  of  white  or  yel- 
low flowers,  and  occasionally  bunches  of  the  scarlet  flowers 
of  a  magnificent  creeper,  a  species  of  seschynanthus.  Oak 
trees  are  rather  common,  and  I  have  already  noticed  three 
species  having  large  acorns  of  a  red,  brown,  and  black  colour 
respectively. 

"  Our  mode  of  life  here  is  ver\'  simple,  and  we  have  a  con- 
tinual struggle  to  get  enough  to  eat,  as  all  fowls  and  vegetables 
grown  by  the  Dyaks  go  to  Sarawak,  and  I  have  been  obliged 
to  send  there  to  buy  some. 

"  The  old  men  here  relate  with  pride  how  many  *  heads  * 
they  took  in  their  youth ;  and  though  they  all  acknowledge 
the  goodness  of  the  present  rajah,  yet  they  think  that  if  they 
were  allowed  to  take  a  few  heads,  as  of  old,  they  would  have 
better  crops.  The  more  I  see  of  uncivilized  people,  the  better 
I  think  of  human  nature  on  the  whole,  and  the  essential 
differences  between  civilized  and  savage  man  seem  to  disap- 
pear. Here  we  are,  two  Europeans,  surrounded  by  a  popula- 
tion of  Chinese,  Malays,  and  Dyaks.  The  Chinese  are  gener- 
ally considered,  and  with  some  amount  of  truth,  to  be  thieves, 
liars,  and  reckless  of  human  life,  and  these  Chinese  are  coolies 
of  the  lowest  and  least  educated  class,  though  they  can  all  read 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  343 


and  write.  The  Malays  are  invariably  described  as  being 
barbarous  and  bloodthirsty;  and  the  Dyaks  have  only  recently 
ceased  to  think  head-taking  a  necessity  of  their  existence. 
We  are  two  days'  journey  from  Sarawak,  where,  though  the 
government  is  nominally  European,  it  only  exists  with  the 
consent  and  by  the  support  of  the  native  population.  Yet  I 
can  safely  say  that  in  any  part  of  Europe  where  the  same 
opportunities  for  crime  and  disturbance  existed,  things  would 
not  go  so  smoothly  as  they  do  here.  We  sleep  with  open 
doors,  and  go  about  constantly  unarmed;  one  or  two  petty 
robberies  and  a  little  fighting  have  occurred  among  the  Chi- 
nese, but  the  great  majority  of  them  are  quiet,  honest,  decent 
sort  of  people.  They  did  not  at  first  like  the  strictness  and 
punctuality  with  which  the  English  manager  kept  them  to 
their  work,  and  two  or  three  ringleaders  tried  to  get  up  a 
strike  for  shorter  hours  and  higher  wages,  but  Mr.  Coulson's 
energy  and  decision  soon  stopped  this  by  discharging  the 
ringleaders  at  once,  and  calling  all  the  Malays  and  Dyaks  in 
the  neighbourhood  to  come  up  to  the  mines  in  case  any 
violence  was  attempted.  It  was  very  gratifying  to  see  how 
rapidly  they  obeyed  the  summons,  knowing  that  Mr.  Coulson 
represented  the  rajah,  and  this  display  of  power  did  much 
good,  for  since  then  everything  has  gone  on  smoothly. 
Preparations  are  now  making  for  building  a  '  joss-house,'  a 
sure  sign  that  the  Chinese  have  settled  down  contentedly." 

In  my  next  letter,  a  month  later,  I  gave  the  following  ac- 
count of  an  interesting  episode : — 

'T  must  now  tell  you  of  the  addition  to  my  household  of 
an  orphan  baby,  a  curious  little  half-nigger  baby,  which  I 
have  nursed  now  more  than  a  month.  I  will  tell  you  pres- 
ently how  I  came  to  get  it,  but  must  first  relate  my  inventive 
skill  as  a  nurse.  The  little  innocent  was  not  weaned,  and  I 
had  nothing  proper  to  feed  it  with,  so  was  obliged  to  give  it 
rice-water.  I  got  a  large-mouthed  bottle,  making  two  holes 
in  the  cork,  through  one  of  which  I  inserted  a  large  quill  so 
that  the  baby  could  suck.  I  fitted  up  a  box  for  a  cradle  with 
a  mat  for  it  to  lie  upon,  which  I  had  washed  and  changed 


344 


MY  LIFE 


every  day.  I  feed  it  four  times  a  day,  and  wash  it  and  brush 
its  hair  every  day,  which  it  Hkes  very  much,  only  crying  when 
it  is  hungry  or  dirty.  In  about  a  week  I  gave  it  the  rice-water 
a  Httle  thicker,  and  always  sweetened  it  to  make  it  nice.  I 
am  afraid  you  would  call  it  an  ugly  baby,  for  it  has  a  dark 
brown  skin  and  red  hair,  a  very  large  mouth,  but  very  pretty 
little  hands  and  feet.  It  has  now  cut  its  two  lower  front 
teeth,  and  the  uppers  are  coming.  At  first  it  would  not  sleep 
alone  at  night,  but  cried  very  much;  so  I  made  it  a  pillow 
of  an  old  stocking,  which  it  likes  to  hug,  and  now  sleeps 
very  soundly.  It  has  powerful  lungs,  and  sometimes  screams 
tremendously,  so  I  hope  it  will  live. 

"  But  I  must  now  tell  you  how  I  came  to  take  charge  of 
it.  Don't  be  alarmed;  I  was  the  cause  of  its  mother's  death. 
It  happened  as  follows: — I  was  out  shooting  in  the  jungle 
and  saw  something  up  a  tree  which  I  thought  was  a  large 
monkey  or  orang-utan,  so  I  fired  at  it,  and  down  fell  this  little 
baby — in  its  mother's  arms.  What  she  did  up  in  the  tree  of 
course  I  can't  imagine,  but  as  she  ran  about  the  branches  quite 
easily,  I  presume  she  was  a  wild  '  woman  of  the  woods ; ' 
so  I  have  preserved  her  skin  and  skeleton,  and  am  trying  to 
bring  up  her  only  daughter,  and  hope  some  day  to  introduce 
her  to  fashionable  society  at  the  Zoological  Gardens.  When 
its  poor  mother  fell  mortally  wounded,  the  baby  was  plunged 
head  over  ears  in  a  swamp  about  the  consistence  of  pea- 
soup,  and  when  I  got  it  out  looked  very  pitiful.  It  clung  to 
me  very  hard  when  I  carried  it  home,  and  having  got  its  little 
hands  unawares  into  my  beard,  it  clutched  so  tight  that  I  had 
great  difficulty  in  extricating  myself.  Its  mother,  poor  crea- 
ture, had  very  long  hair,  and  while  she  was  running  about 
the  trees  like  a  mad  woman,  the  little  baby  had  to  hold 
fast  to  prevent  itself  from  falling,  which  accounts  for  the 
remarkable  strength  of  its  little  fingers  and  toes,  which  catch 
hold  of  anything  with  the  firmness  of  a  vice.  About  a  week 
ago  I  bought  a  Httle  monkey  with  a  long  tail,  and  as  the  baby 
was  very  lonely  while  we  were  out  in  the  daytime,  I  put 
the  little  monkey  into  the  cradle  to  keep  it  warm.  Per- 
haps you  will  say  that  this  was  not  proper.    '  How  could  you 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  345 


do  such  a  thing?'  But,  I  assure  you,  the  baby  likes  it  ex- 
ceedingly, and  they  are  excellent  friends.  When  the  monkey 
wants  to  run  away,  as  he  often  does,  the  baby  clutches  him 
by  the  tail  or  ears  and  drags  him  back;  and  if  the  monkey 
does  succeeding  in  escaping,  screams  violently  till  he  is  brought 
back  again.  Of  course,  baby  cannot  walk  yet,  but  I  let  it 
crawl  about  on  the  floor  to  exercise  its  limbs;  but  it  is  the 
most  wonderful  baby  I  ever  saw,  and  has  such  strength  in  its 
arms  that  it  will  catch  hold  of  my  trousers  as  I  sit  at  work,  and 
hang  under  my  legs  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  at  a  time  with- 
out being  the  least  tired,  all  the  time  trying  to  suck,  thinking, 
no  doubt,  it  has  got  hold  of  its  poor  dear  mother.  When  it 
finds  no  milk  is  to  be  had,  there  comes  another  scream,  and 
I  have  to  put  it  back  in  its  cradle  and  give  it  '  Toby ' — the 
little  monkey — to  hug,  which  quiets  it  immediately.  From 
this  short  account  you  will  see  that  my  baby  is  no  common 
baby,  and  I  can  safely  say,  what  so  many  have  said  before 
with  much  less  truth,  '  There  never  was  such  a  baby  as  my 
baby,'  and  I  am  sure  nobody  ever  had  such  a  dear  little  duck 
of  a  darling  of  a  little  brown  hairy  baby  before." 

In  a  letter  dated  Christmas  Day,  1855,  I  gave  my  impres- 
sion of  the  Dyaks,  and  of  Sir  James  Brooke,  as  follows : 

"  I  have  now  lived  a  month  in  a  Dyak's  house,  and  spent 
a  day  or  two  in  several  others,  and  I  have  been  very  much 
pleased  with  them.  They  are  a  very  kind,  simple,  hospitable 
people,  and  I  do  not  wonder  at  the  great  interest  Sir  James 
Brooke  takes  in  them.  They  are  more  communicative  and 
more  cheerful  than  the  American  Indians,  and  it  is  therefore 
more  agreeable  to  live  with  them.  In  moral  character  they 
are  far  superior  to  either  the  Malays  or  the  Chinese,  for 
though  head-taking  was  long  a  custom  among  them,  it  was 
only  as  a  trophy  of  war.  In  their  own  villages  crimes  are 
very  rare.  Ever  since  Sir  James  Brooke  has  been  rajah,  more 
than  twelve  years,  there  has  only  been  one  case  of  murder  in 
a  Dyak  tribe,  and  that  was  committed  by  a  stranger  who  had 
been  adopted  into  the  tribe.  One  wet  day  I  produced  a  piece 
of  string  to  show  them  how  to  play  '  cat's  cradle '  and  was 


346 


MY  LIFE 


quite  astonished  to  find  that  they  knew  it  much  better  than  I 
did,  and  could  make  all  sorts  of  new  figures  I  had  never  seen. 
They  were  also  very  clever  at  tricks  with  string  on  their 
fingers,  which  seemed  to  be  a  favourite  amusement.  Many  of 
the  remoter  tribes  think  the  rajah  cannot  be  a  man.  They  ask 
all  sorts  of  curious  questions  about  him — Whether  he  is  not 
as  old  as  the  mountains ;  whether  he  cannot  bring  the  dead  to 
life;  and  I  have  no  doubt,  for  many  years  after  his  death,  he 
will  be  held  to  be  a  deity  and  expected  to  come  back  again. 

"I  have  now  seen  a  good  deal  of  Sir  James,  and  the  more 
I  see  of  him  the  more  I  admire  him.  With  the  highest 
talents  for  government  he  combines  in  a  high  degree  good- 
ness of  heart  and  gentleness  of  manner.  At  the  same  time, 
he  has  so  much  self-confidence  and  determination  that  he 
has  put  down  with  the  greatest  ease  the  conspiracies  of  one 
or  two  of  the  Malay  chiefs  against  him.  It  is  a  unique  case 
in  the  history  of  the  world  for  a  private  English  gentleman 
to  rule  over  two  conflicting  races — a  superior  and  an  inferior 
— with  their  own  consent,  without  any  means  of  coercion, 
but  depending  solely  upon  them  both  for  protection  and  sup- 
port, while  at  the  same  time  he  introduces  some  of  the  best 
customs  of  civilization,  and  checks  all  crimes  and  barbarous 
practices  that  before  prevailed.  Under  his  government  '  run- 
ning-a-muck,'  so  frequent  in  other  Malay  countries,  has  never 
taken  place,  and  in  a  population  of  about  30,000  Malays,  almost 
all  of  whom  carry  their  kris,  and  were  accustomed  to  revenge 
an  insult  with  a  stab,  murders  only  occur  once  in  several  years. 
The  people  are  never  taxed  except  with  their  own  consent,  and 
in  the  manner  most  congenial  to  them,  while  almost  the  whole 
of  the  rajah's  private  fortune  has  been  spent  in  the  improve- 
ment of  the  country  or  for  its  benefit.  Yet  this  is  the  man  who 
has  been  accused  in  England  of  wholesale  murder  and  butchery 
of  unoffending  tribes  to  secure  his  own  power !  " 

In  my  next  letter  (from  Singapore  in  February,  1856)  I 
say — "  I  have  now  left  Sarawak,  where  I  began  to  feel  quite 
at  home,  and  may  perhaps  never  return  to  it  again,  but  I 
shall  always  look  back  with  pleasure  to  my  residence  there 
and  to  my  acquaintance  with  Sir  James  Brooke,  who  is  a 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  347 


gentleman  and  a  nobleman  in  the  truest  and  best  sense  of 
those  words." 

At  the  end  of  this  letter  I  make  some  remarks  on  the 
Crimean  War,  then  almost  concluded,  and  though  I  after- 
wards saw  reason  to  change  my  opinion  as  regards  this 
particular  war,  my  views  then  as  to  the  menace  of  Russian 
power  to  civilization  are  not  altogether  inapplicable  at  the 
present  day.  I  say — "  The  warlike  stores  found  in  Sebasto- 
pol  are  alone  a  sufficient  justification  of  the  war.  For  what 
purpose  were  four  thousand  cannon  and  other  stores  in  pro- 
portion accumulated  there  for  if  not  to  take  Constantinople, 
get  a  footing  in  the  Mediterranean,  and  ultimately  to  subju- 
gate Europe?  And  why  do  such  tremendous  fortresses  exist 
in  every  part  of  the  frontiers  of  Russia,  if  not  to  render  her- 
self invulnerable  from  the  attacks  which  she  has  determined 
by  her  ambitious  designs  to  bring  upon  her?  Russia  is  per- 
petually increasing  her  means  both  of  defence  and  of  aggres- 
sion; if  she  had  continued  unmolested  for  a  few  years  longer, 
it  would  have  cost  still  greater  sacrifices  to  subdue  her.  The 
war,  therefore,  is  absolutely  necessary  as  the  only  means  of 
teaching  Russia  that  Europe  will  not  submit  to  the  indefinite 
increase  of  her  territory  and  power,  and  the  constant  menace 
of  her  thousands  of  cannons  and  millions  of  men.  It  is  the 
only  means  of  saving  Europe  from  a  despotism  as  much  worse 
than  that  of  Napoleon  as  the  Russian  people  are  behind  the 
French  in  civilization." 

There  is  a  certain  amount  of  truth  in  this,  but  to  avoid 
misconception  I  wish  to  state  that  I  think  the  danger  does 
not  arise  from  the  Russian  Government  being  any  worse 
than  our  own,  or  than  the  Governments  of  Germany  or  France. 
All  have  the  same  insatiable  craving  for  extending  their  ter- 
ritories and  ruling  subject  peoples  for  the  benefit  of  their  own 
upper  classes.  Russia  is  only  the  most  dangerous  because 
she  is  already  so  vast,  and  each  fresh  extension  of  her  territory 
adds  to  her  already  too  large  population,  from  which  to  create 
enormous  armies,  which  she  can  and  will  use  for  further 
aggrandizement.  It  is  a  disgrace  to  Europe  that  they  have 
allowed  Russia  to  begin  the  dismemberment  of  China,  and 


348 


MY  LIFE 


to  leave  to  Japan  the  tremendous  task  of  putting  a  check  to 
her  progress. 

A  later  letter  from  Singapore  touches  on  two  matters  of 
some  interest.  "  I  quite  enjoy  being  a  short  time  in  Singapore 
again.  The  scene  is  at  once  so  familiar  and  yet  so  strange. 
The  half-naked  Chinese  coolies,  the  very  neat  shopkeepers, 
the  clean,  fat,  old,  long-tailed  merchants,  all  as  pushing  and 
full  of  business  as  any  Londoners.  Then  the  handsome,  dark- 
skinned  klings  from  southern  India,  who  always  ask  double 
what  they  will  take,  and  with  whom  it  is  most  amusing  to 
bargain.  The  crowd  of  boatmen  at  the  ferry,  a  dozen  beg- 
ging and  disputing  for  a  farthing  fare;  the  tall,  well-dressed 
Armenians ;  the  short,  brown  Malays  in  their  native  dress ; 
and  the  numerous  Portuguese  clerks  in  black,  make  up  a  scene 
doubly  interesting  to  me  now  that  I  know  something  about 
them,  and  can  talk  to  them  all  in  the  common  language  of  the 
place — ]\Ialay.  The  streets  of  Singapore  on  a  fine  day  are 
as  crowded  and  busy  as  Tottenham  Court  Road,  and  from 
the  variety  of  nationalities  and  occupations  far  more  interest- 
ing. I  am  more  convinced  than  ever  that  no  one  can  appre- 
ciate a  new  country  by  a  short  visit.  After  two  years  in  the 
East  I  only  now  begin  to  understand  Singapore,  and  to 
thoroughly  appreciate  the  life  and  bustle,  and  the  varied  occu- 
pations of  so  many  distinct  nationalities  on  a  spot  which  a 
short  time  ago  was  an  uninhabited  jungle.  A  volume  might 
be  written  upon  it  without  exhausting  its  humours  and  its 
singularities.    .    .  . 

"  I  have  been  spending  three  weeks  with  my  old  friend  the 
French  Jesuit  missionary  at  Bukit  Tima,  going  daily  into 
the  jungle,  and  every  Friday  fasting  on  omelet  and  vegetables, 
a  most  wholesome  custom,  which  the  Prostestants  erred  in 
leaving  off.  I  have  been  reading  Hue's  *  Travels '  in  French, 
and  talking  a  good  deal  with  one  of  the  missionaries  just 
arrived  from  Tonquin,  who  can  speak  no  English.  I  have 
thus  obtained  a  good  deal  of  information  about  these  countries, 
and  about  the  extent  of  the  Catholic  missions  in  them,  which 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  349 

is  really  astonishing.  How  is  it  that  they  do  their  work  so 
much  more  thoroughly  than  most  Protestant  missions  ?  In 
Cochin  China,  Tonquin,  and  China,  where  Christian  mis- 
sionaries are  obliged  to  live  in  secret,  and  are  subject  to  perse- 
cution, expulsion,  or  death,  every  province,  even  those  farthest 
in  the  interior  of  China,  has  its  regular  establishment  of  mis- 
sionaries constantly  kept  up  by  fresh  supplies,  who  are  all 
taught  the  languages  of  the  countries  they  are  going  to  at 
Penang  or  Singapore.  In  China  there  are  near  a  million  of 
Catholics,  in  Tonquin  and  Cochin  China  more  than  half  a 
million.  One  secret  of  their  success  is  their  mode  of  living. 
Each  missionary  is  allowed  about  £30  a  year,  on  which  he 
lives  in  whatever  country  he  may  be.  This  has  two  good 
results.  A  large  number  of  missionaries  can  be  kept  on 
limited  funds,  and  the  people  of  the  country  in  which  they 
reside,  seeing  that  they  live  in  poverty  and  with  none  of  the 
luxuries  of  life,  are  convinced  that  they  are  sincere.  Most 
of  them  are  Frenchmen,  and  those  I  have  seen  or  heard  of 
are  well-educated  men,  who  give  up  their  lives  to  the  good 
of  the  people  they  live  among.  No  wonder  they  make  con- 
verts, among  the  lower  orders  principally;  for  it  must  be  a 
great  blessing  to  these  poor  people  to  have  a  man  among 
them  to  whom  they  can  go  in  any  trouble  or  distress,  whose 
sole  object  is  to  advise  and  help  them,  who  visits  them  in 
sickness  and  relieves  them  in  want,  and  whom  they  see  living 
in  continual  danger  of  persecution  and  death  only  for  their 
benefit." 

Before  leaving  Singapore  I  wrote  a  long  letter  to  my  old 
fellow  traveller  and  companion,  Henry  Walter  Bates,  then 
collecting  on  the  Upper  Amazon,  almost  wholly  devoted  to 
entomology  and  especially  giving  my  impressions  of  the 
comparative  richness  of  the  two  countries.  As  this  com- 
parison is  of  interest,  not  only  to  entomologists,  but  to  all 
students  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  animals,  I  give  it 
here  almost  entire.   The  letter  is  dated  April  30,  1856: — 

"  I  must  first  inform  you  that  I  have  just  received  the 
Zoologist  containing  your  letters  up  to  September  14,  1855 


350 


MY  LIFE 


(Ega),  which  have  interested  me  greatly,  and  have  almost 
made  me  long  to  be  again  on  the  Amazon,  even  at  the  cost 
of  leaving  the  unknown  Spice  Islands  still  unexplored.  I 
have  been  here  since  Februar}'  waiting  for  a  vessel  to  Macassar 
(Celebes),  a  country  I  look  forward  to  with  the  greatest 
anxiety  and  with  expectations  of  vast  treasures  in  the  insect 
world.  Malacca,  Sumatra,  Java,  and  Borneo  form  but  one 
zoological  province,  the  majority  of  the  species  in  all  classes 
of  animals  being  common  to  two  or  more  of  these  countries. 
There  is  decidedly  less  difference  between  them  than  between 
Para  and  Santarem  or  Barra.  I  have  therefore  as  yet  only 
visited  the  best  known  portion  of  the  Archipelago,  and  con- 
sider that  I  am  now  about  to  commence  my  real  work.  I 
have  spent  six  months  in  ^lalacca  and  Singapore,  and  fifteen 
months  in  Borneo  (Sarawak),  and  have  therefore  got  a  good 
idea  of  what  this  part  of  the  Archipelago  is  like.  Compared 
with  the  Amazon  valley,  the  great  and  striking  feature  here 
is  the  excessive  poverty  of  the  Diurnal  Lepidoptera.  The 
glorious  Heliconidae  are  represented  here  by  a  dozen  or 
twenty  species  of  generally  obscure-coloured  Euplseas,  the 
Nymphalidse  containing  nothing  comparable  with  Epicalias, 
Callitheas,  Catagrammas,  etc.,  either  in  variety  or  abundance 
to  make  up  for  their  want  of  briUiancy.  A  few  species  of 
Adolias,  Limentis.  and  Charaxes  are  the  most  notable  forms. 
The  Satyridse  have  nothing  to  be  placed  by  the  side  of  the 
lovely  Haeteras  of  the  i\mazon.  Your  glorious  Erycinidse 
are  represented  by  half  a  dozen  rather  inconspicuous  species, 
and  even  the  Lycaenidae,  though  more  numerous  and  com- 
prising some  lovely  species,  do  not  come  up  to  the  Theclas 
of  Para.  Even  the  dull  Hesperidae  are  almost  wanting  here, 
for  I  do  not  think  I  have  yet  exceeded  a  dozen  species  of 
this  family.  All  this  is  very  miserable  and  discouraging  to 
one  who  has  wandered  in  the  forest-paths  around  Para  or  on 
the  sandy  shores  of  the  Amazon  or  Rio  Negro.  The  only 
group  in  which  we  may  consider  the  two  countries  to  be 
about  equal  is  that  of  the  true  Papilios  (including  Omithop- 
tera),  though  even  in  these  I  think  you  have  more  species. 
Including  Ornithoptera  and  Leptocircus,  I  have  found  as  yet 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  351 


only  thirty  species,  five  of  which  I  beheve  are  new.  Among 
these  is  the  magnificent  Ornithoptera  Brookcana,  perhaps  the 
most  elegant  butterfly  in  the  world. 

"  To  counterbalance  this  dearth  of  butterflies  there  should 
be  an  abundance  of  other  orders,  or  you  will  think  I  have 
made  a  change  for  the  worse,  and  compared  with  Para  only 
perhaps  there  is,  though  it  is  doubtful  whether  at  Ega  you 
have  not  found  Coleoptera  quite  as  abundant  as  they  are 
here.  But  I  will  tell  you  my  experience  so  far  and  then  you 
can  decide  the  question,  and  let  me  know  how  you  decide  it. 
You  must  remember  that  it  is  now  just  two  years  since  I 
reached  Singapore,  and  out  of  that  time  I  have  lost  at  least 
six  months  by  voyages  and  sickness,  besides  six  months  of 
an  unusually  wet  season  at  Sarawak.  However,  during  the 
dry  weather  at  Sarawak  I  was  very  fortunate  in  finding  a 
good  locality  for  beetles,  at  which  I  worked  hard  for  five  or 
six  months.  At  Singapore  and  Malacca  I  collected  about  a 
thousand  species  of  beetles,  at  Sarawak  about  two  thousand, 
but  as  about  half  my  Singapore  species  occurred  also  at 
Sarawak,  I  reckon  that  my  total  number  of  species  may  be 
about  2500.  The  most  numerous  group  is  (as  I  presume 
with  you)  the  Rhyncophora  (weevils,  etc.),  of  which  I  have  at 
least  600  species,  perhaps  many  more.  The  majority  of  these 
are  very  small,  and  all  are  remarkably  obscure  in  their  colours, 
being  in  this  respect  inferior  to  some  of  our  British  species. 
There  are,  however,  many  beautiful  and  interesting  forms, 
especially  among  the  Anthribidae,  of  one  of  which — a  new 
genus — I  send  a  rough  sketch.  The  group  next  in  point  of 
numbers  and,  to  me,  of  the  highest  interest  are  the  Longicorns. 
Of  these  I  obtained  fifty  species  in  the  first  ten  days  at 
Singapore,  and  when  in  a  good  locality  I  seldom  passed  a 
day  without  getting  a  new  one.  At  Malacca  and  Singapore 
I  collected  about  160  species,  at  Sarawak  290,  but  as  only 
about  fifty  from  the  former  places  occurred  at  the  latter,  my 
Longicorns  must  now  reach  about  400  species.  ...  As  to 
size,  I  have  only  about  thirty  species  which  exceed  an  inch  in 
length,  the  majority  being  from  one  half  to  three  quarters 
of  an  inch,  while  a  considerable  number  are  two  or  three 


352  MY  LIFE 

lines  only.  I  see  you  say  you  must  have  near  500  species 
of  Longicorns  ;  but  I  do  not  know  if  this  refers  to  Ega 
only,  or  to  your  whole  South  American  collections. 

"  The  Geodephaga,  always  rare  in  the  tropics,  we  must 
expect  to  be  still  more  so  in  a  level  forest  country  so  near  the 
equator,  yet  I  have  found  more  species  than  I  anticipated — 
as  nearly  as  I  can  reckon,  a  hundred — twenty-four  being 
Cicindelidse  (tiger  beetles)  of  various  groups. 

Lamellicorns  are  very  scarce,  about  one  hundred  and 
forty  species  in  all,  of  which  twenty-five  are  Cetoniidae,  all 
rare,  and  about  the  same  number  of  Lucanidse.  Elaters  are 
rather  plentiful,  but  with  few  exceptions  small  and  obscure. 
I  have  one  hundred  and  forty  species,  one  nearly  three  inches 
long,  and  several  of  one  and  a  half  inch.  The  Buprestidse 
are  exceedingly  beautiful,  but  the  larger  and  finer  species  are 
very  rare.  I  have  one  hundred  and  ten  species,  of  which  half 
are  under  one-third  of  an  inch  long,  though  one,  Cafoxantha 
bicolor,  is  two  and  a  half  inches.  Two  genera  of  Cleridse  are 
rather  abundant,  others  rare;  but  I  have  obtained  about  fifty 
species,  which,  compared  with  the  very  few  previously  known, 
is  very  satisfactory.  Of  the  remaining  groups,  in  which  I 
took  less  interest,  I  have  not  accurately  noted  the  number  of 
species. 

"The  individual  abundance  of  beetles  is  not,  however,  so 
large  as  the  number  of  species  would  indicate.  I  hardly 
collect  on  an  average  more  than  fifty  beetles  a  day,  in  which 
number  there  will  be  from  thirty  to  forty  species.  Often,  in 
fact,  twenty  or  thirty  beetles  are  as  much  as  I  can  scrape 
together,  even  when  giving  my  whole  attention  to  them,  for 
butterflies  are  too  scarce  to  distract  it.  Of  the  other  orders 
of  insects,  I  have  no  accurate  notes ;  the  species,  however,  of 
all  united  (excluding  Lepidoptera)  about  equal  those  of  the 
beetles.  I  found  one  place  only  where  I  could  collect  moths, 
and  have  obtained  altogether  about  one  thousand  species, 
mostly  of  small  or  average  size.  My  total  number  of  species 
of  insects,  therefore,  I  reckon  at  about  six  thousand,  and  of 
specimens  collected  about  thirty  thousand.  From  these  data 
I  think  you  will  be  able  to  form  a  pretty  good  judgment  of 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  353 


the  comparative  entomological  riches  of  the  two  countries. 
The  matter,  however,  will  not  be  definitely  settled  till  I  have 
visited  Celebes,  the  Moluccas,  etc.,  which  I  hope  to  find  as 
much  superior  to  the  western  group  of  islands  as  the  Upper 
is  to  the  Lower  Amazon. 

"  In  other  branches  of  Natural  History  I  have  as  yet  done 
little.  The  birds  of  Malacca  and  Borneo,  though  beautiful, 
are  too  well  known  to  be  worth  collecting  largely.  With 
the  orang-utans  I  was  successful,  obtaining  fifteen  skins  and 
skeletons,  and  proving,  I  think,  the  existence  of  two  species, 
hitherto  a  disputed  question.  The  forests  here  are  scarcely 
to  be  distinguished  from  those  of  Brazil,  except  by  the  fre- 
quent presence  of  the  various  species  of  Calamus  (Rattan 
palms),  and  the  Pandani  (Screw  pines)  and  by  the  rarity  of 
those  Leguminous  trees  with  finely  divided  foliage,  which  are 
so  frequent  in  the  Amazonian  forests.  The  people  and  their 
customs  I  hardly  like  as  well  as  those  of  Brazil,  but  the  com- 
paratively new  settlements  of  Singapore  and  Sarawak  are 
not  quite  comparable  with  the  older  towns  of  the  Amazon. 
Here  provisions  and  labour  are  dear,  and  travelling  is  both 
tedious  and  expensive.  Servants*  wages  are  high,  and  the 
customs  of  the  country  do  not  permit  you  to  live  in  the  free- 
and-easy  style  of  Brazil. 

"  I  must  tell  you  that  the  fruits  of  the  East  are  a  delusion. 
Never  have  I  seen  a  place  where  fruits  are  more  scarce  and 
poor  than  at  Singapore.  In  Malacca  and  Sarawak  they  are 
more  abundant,  but  there  is  nothing  to  make  up  for  the 
deficiency  of  oranges,  which  are  so  poor  and  sour  that  they 
would  hardly  be  eaten  even  in  England.  There  are  only  two 
good  fruits,  the  mangosteen  and  the  durian.  The  first  is  a 
very  delicate  juicy  fruit,  but  hardly  worthy  of  the  high  place 
that  has  been  given  it;  the  latter,  however,  is  a  wonderful 
fruit,  quite  unique  of  its  kind,  and  worth  coming  to  the  Malay 
Archipelago  to  enjoy;  it  is  totally  unlike  every  other  fruit. 
A  thick  glutinous,  almond-flavoured  custard  is  the  only  thing 
it  can  be  compared  to,  but  which  it  far  surpasses.  These 
two  fruits,  however,  can  only  be  had  for  about  two  months  in 


354 


MY  LIFE 


the  year,  and  everywhere,  except  far  in  the  interior,  they 
are  dear.  The  plantains  and  bananas  even  are  poor,  like  the 
worst  sorts  in  South  America. 

"  May  loth. — The  ship  for  which  I  have  been  waiting 
nearly  three  months  is  in  at  last,  and  in  about  a  week  I  hope 
to  be  off  for  Macassar.  The  monsoon,  however,  is  against 
us,  and  we  shall  probably  have  a  long  passage,  perhaps  forty 
days.  Celebes  is  quite  as  unknown  as  was  the  Upper 
Amazon  before  your  visit  to  it,  perhaps  even  more  so.  In 
the  British  Museum  catalogues  of  Cetoniidae,  Buprestidse, 
Longicorns,  and  Papilionidae,  not  a  single  specimen  is  recorded 
from  Celebes,  and  very  few  from  the  Moluccas ;  but  the  fine 
large  species  described  by  the  old  naturalists,  some  of  which 
have  recently  been  obtained  by  Madame  Reiffer,  give  promise 
of  what  systematic  collection  may  produce." 

Before  giving  a  general  sketch  of  my  life  and  work  in  less 
known  parts  of  the  Archipelago,  I  must  refer  to  an  article  I 
wrote  while  in  Sarawak,  which  formed  my  first  contribution 
to  the  great  question  of  the  origin  of  species.  It  was  written 
during  the  wet  season,  while  I  was  staying  in  a  little  house 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Sarawak  river,  at  the  foot  of  the  Santu- 
bong  mountain.  I  was  quite  alone,  with  one  Malay  boy  as 
cook,  and  during  the  evenings  and  wet  days  I  had  nothing  to 
do  but  to  look  over  my  books  and  ponder  over  the  problem 
which  was  rarely  absent  from  my  thoughts.  Having  always 
been  interested  in  the  geographical  distribution  of  animals 
and  plants,  having  studied  Swainson  and  Humboldt,  and 
having  now  myself  a  vivid  impression  of  the  fundamental 
differences  between  the  Eastern  and  Western  tropics;  and 
having  also  read  through  such  books  as  Bonaparte's  "  Con- 
spectus," already  referred  to,  and  several  catalogues  of  insects 
and  reptiles  in  the  British  Museum  (which  I  almost  knew  by 
heart),  giving  a  mass  of  facts  as  to  the  distribution  of  animals 
over  the  whole  vrorld,  it  occurred  to  me  that  these  facts  had 
never  been  properly  utilized  as  indications  of  the  way  in 
which  species  had  come  into  existence.  The  great  work  of 
Lyell  had  furnished  me  with  the  main  features  of  the  succes- 


THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO  355 


sion  of  species  in  time,  and  by  combining  the  two  I  thought 
that  some  valuable  conclusions  might  be  reached.  I  accord- 
ingly put  my  facts  and  ideas  on  paper,  and  the  result  seeming 
to  me  to  be  of  some  importance,  I  sent  it  to  The  Annals  and 
Magazine  of  Natural  History,  in  which  it  appeared  in  the 
following  September  (1855).  Its  title  was  "On  the  Law 
which  has  regulated  the  Introduction  of  New  Species,"  which 
law  was  briefly  stated  (at  the  end)  as  follows :  Every  species 
has  come  into  existence  coincident  both  in  space  and  time  with 
a  pre-existing  closely-allied  species."  This  clearly  pointed  to 
some  kind  of  evolution.  It  suggested  the  when  and  the  where 
of  its  occurrence,  and  that  it  could  only  be  through  natural 
generation,  as  was  also  suggested  in  the  "  Vestiges  " ;  but  the 
how  was  still  a  secret  only  to  be  penetrated  some  years  later. 

Soon  after  this  article  appeared,  Mr.  Stevens  wrote  me 
that  he  had  heard  several  naturalists  express  regret  that  I 
was  "  theorizing,"  when  what  we  had  to  do  was  to  collect 
more  facts.  After  this,  I  had  in  a  letter  to  Darwin  expressed 
surprise  that  no  notice  appeared  to  have  been  taken  of  my 
paper,  to  which  he  replied  that  both  Sir  Charles  Lyell  and 
Mr.  Edward  Blyth,  two  very  good  men,  specially  called  his 
attention  to  it.  I  was,  however,  rewarded  later,  when  in 
Huxley's  chapter,  "  On  the  Reception  of  the  Origin  of 
Species,"  contributed  to  the  Life  and  Letters,  he  referred 
to  this  paper  as — his  powerful  essay,"  adding — "  On  reading 
it  afresh  I  have  been  astonished  to  recollect  how  small  was 
the  impression  it  made."  (vol.  ii.,  p.  185).  The  article  is 
reprinted  in  my  "  Natural  Selection  and  Tropical  Nature." 


CHAPTER  XXII 


CELEBES^  THE  MOLUCCAS,  NEW  GUINEA,  TIMOR, 
JAVA,  AND  SUMATRA 

Having  been  unable  to  find  a  vessel  direct  to  Macassar,  I  took 
passage  to  Lombok,  whence  I  was  assured  I  should  easily 
reach  my  destination.  By  this  delay,  which  seemed  to  me  at 
the  time  a  misfortune,  I  was  enabled  to  make  some  very  in- 
teresting collections  in  Bali  and  Lombok,  two  islands  which 
I  should  otherwise  never  have  seen.  I  was  thus  enabled  to 
determine  the  exact  boundary  between  two  of  the  primary 
zoological  regions,  the  Oriental  and  the  Australian,  and  also 
to  see  the  only  existing  remnant  of  the  Hindu  race  and  reli- 
gion, and  of  the  old  civilization  which  had  erected  the  wonder- 
ful ruined  temples  in  Java  centuries  before  the  Mohammedan 
invasion  of  the  archipelago. 

After  two  months  and  a  half  in  Lombok,  I  found  a  pas- 
sage to  Macassar,  which  I  reached  the  beginning  of  Septem- 
ber, and  lived  there  nearly  three  months,  when  I  left  for  the 
Aru  Islands  in  a  native  prau.  The  country  around  Macassar 
greatly  disappointed  me,  as  it  was  perfectly  flat  and  all  cul- 
tivated as  rice  fields,  the  only  sign  of  woods  being  the  palms 
and  fruit  trees  in  the  suburbs  of  Macassar  and  others  mark- 
ing the  sites  of  native  villages.  I  had  letters  to  a  Dutch 
merchant  who  spoke  English  as  well  as  Malay  and  the  Bugis 
language  of  Celebes,  and  who  was  quite  friendly  with  the 
native  rajah  of  the  adjacent  territory.  Through  his  good 
offices  I  was  enabled  to  stay  at  a  native  village  about  eight 
miles  inland,  where  there  were  some  patches  of  forest,  and 
where  I  at  once  obtained  some  of  the  rare  birds  and  insects 
peculiar  to  Celebes.    After  about  a  month  I  returned  to 

356 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  357 

Macassar,  and  found  that  I  could  obtain  a  passage  to  the 
celebrated  Aru  Islands,  where  at  least  two  species  of  birds  of 
paradise  are  found,  and  which  had  never  been  visited  by  an 
English  collector.  This  was  a  piece  of  good  fortune  I  had 
not  expected,  and  it  was  especially  fortunate  because  the  next 
six  months  would  be  wet  in  Celebes,  while  it  would  be  the 
dry  season  in  the  Aru  Islands.  This  journey  was  the  most 
successful  of  any  that  I  undertook,  as  is  fully  described  in 
my  book ;  and  as  no  letters  referring  to  it  have  been  preserved, 
I  shall  say  no  more  about  it  here. 

The  illustration  opposite  is  from  a  photograph  of  a  native 
house  in  the  island  of  Wokan,  which  was  given  me  by  the 
late  Professor  Moseley  of  the  Challenger  expedition,  because 
it  so  closely  resembles  the  hut  in  which  I  lived  for  a  fort- 
night, and  where  I  obtained  my  first  King  bird  of  paradise, 
that  I  feel  sure  it  must  be  the  same,  especially  as  I  saw  no 
other  like  it.  It  is  described  at  the  beginning  of  chap.  xxxi. 
of  my  "  Malay  Archipelago,"  and  will  be  of  interest  to  such 
of  my  readers  as  possess  that  work. 

Several  months  later  I  arrived  again  at  Macassar,  and 
after  arranging  and  despatching  my  Aru  collections,  I  went 
to  an  estate  a  few  days'  journey  north,  the  property  of  a 
brother  of  my  kind  friend  Mr.  Mesman.  I  had  a  house  built 
for  me  in  a  patch  of  forest  where  I  lived  with  two  Malay 
servants  for  three  months  making  very  interesting  collections 
both  of  birds  and  insects;  and  I  have  rarely  enjoyed  myself 
so  much  as  I  did  here.  About  the  end  of  November  I 
returned  to  Macassar,  and  in  December  embarked  on  the  Dutch 
mail  steamer  for  Amboyna,  calling  by  the  way  at  Timor  and 
at  Banda. 

At  Amboyna  I  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  German  and 
a  Hungarian  doctor,  both  entomologists,  and  in  a  fortnight's 
visit  to  an  estate  in  the  interior  surrounded  by  virgin  forest 
I  obtained  some  of  the  lovely  birds  and  gorgeous  insects 
which  have  made  the  island  celebrated.  The  only  letter  I 
possess  which  indicates  something  of  my  opinions  and  antici- 
pations at  this  period  of  my  travels  is  one  to  Bates,  dated 
Amboyna,  January  4,  1858,  from  which  I  will  make  a  few 


358 


MY  LIFE 


extracts.  The  larger  portion  is  occupied  with  remarks  on  the 
comparative  riches  of  our  respective  regions  in  the  various 
families  of  beetles,  founded  on  a  letter  I  had  received  from 
him  a  few  months  before,  which,  though  very  interesting  to 
entomologists,  are  not  suitable  for  reproduction  here.  I  then 
touched  on  the  subject  of  my  paper  referred  to  at  the  end  of 
the  last  chapter. 

"To  persons  who  have  not  thought  much  on  the  subject 
I  fear  my  paper  on  the  -  Succession  of  Species  '  will  not 
appear  so  clearly  as  it  does  to  you.  That  paper  is,  of  course, 
merely  the  announcement  of  the  theory,  not  its  development. 
I  have  prepared  the  plan  and  written  portions  of  a  work 
embracing  the  whole  subject,  and  have  endeavoured  to  prove 
in  detail  what  I  have  as  yet  only  indicated.  It  was  the  pro- 
mulgation of  Forbes's  theory  of  '  polarity  '  which  led  me  to 
write  and  publish,  for  I  was  annoyed  to  see  such  an  ideal 
absurdity  put  forth,  when  such  a  simple  hypothesis  will 
explain  all  the  facts.  I  have  been  much  gratified  by  a  letter 
from  Darwin,  in  which  he  says  that  he  agrees  with  '  almost 
every  word '  of  my  paper.  He  is  now  preparing  his  great 
work  on  '  Species  and  Varieties,'  for  which  he  has  been  collect- 
ing materials  twenty  years.  He  may  save  me  the  trouble  of 
writing  more  on  my  hypothesis,  by  proving  that  there  is  no 
difference  in  nature  between  the  origin  of  species  and  of 
varieties ;  or  he  may  give  me  trouble  by  arriving  at  another 
conclusion ;  but  at  all  events,  his  facts  will  be  given  for  me  to 
work  upon.  Your  collections  and  my  own  will  furnish  most 
valuable  material  to  illustrate  and  prove  the  universal  applic- 
ability of  the  hypothesis.  The  connection  between  the  suc- 
cession of  affinities  and  the  geographical  distribution  of  a 
group,  worked  out  species  by  species,  has  never  yet  been 
shown  as  we  shall  be  able  to  show  it. 

"  In  this  archipelago  there  are  two  distinct  faunas  rigidly 
circumscribed,  which  differ  as  much  as  do  those  of  Africa 
and  South  America,  and  more  than  those  of  Europe  and 
North  America;  yet  there  is  nothing  on  the  map  or  on  the 
face  of  the  islands  to  mark  their  limits.  The  boundary  line 
passes  between  islands  closer  together  than  others  belonging 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  359 


to  the  same  group.  I  believe  the  western  part  to  be  a 
separated  portion  of  continental  Asia,  while  the  eastern  is  a 
fragmentary  prolongation  of  a  former  west  Pacific  continent. 
In  mammalia  and  birds  the  distinction  is  marked  by  genera, 
families,  and  even  orders  confined  to  one  region;  in  insects 
by  a  number  of  genera,  and  little  groups  of  peculiar  species, 
the  families  of  insects  having  generally  a  very  wide  or  univer- 
sal distribution." 

This  letter  proves  that  at  this  time  I  had  not  the  least 
idea  of  the  nature  of  Darwin's  proposed  work  nor  of  the 
definite  conclusions  he  had  arrived  at,  nor  had  I  myself  any 
expectation  of  a  complete  solution  of  the  great  problem  to 
which  my  paper  was  merely  the  prelude.  Yet  less  than  two 
months  later  that  solution  flashed  upon  me,  and  to  a  large 
extent  marked  out  a  different  line  of  work  from  that  which 
I  had  up  to  this  time  anticipated: 

I  finished  the  letter  after  my  arrival  at  Ternate  (January 
25,  1858),  and  made  the  following  observation:  "  If  you  go  to 
the  Andes  I  think  you  will  be  disappointed,  at  least  in  the 
number  of  species,  especially  of  Coleoptera.  My  experience 
here  is  that  the  low  grounds  are  much  the  most  productive, 
though  the  mountains  generally  produce  a  few  striking  and 
brilliant  species."  This  rather  hasty  generalization  is,  I  am 
inclined  still  to  think,  a  correct  one,  at  all  events  as  regards 
the  individual  collector.  I  doubt  if  there  is  any  mountain 
station  in  the  world  where  so  many  species  of  butterflies 
can  be  collected  within  a  walk  as  at  Para,  or  more  beetles  than 
at  my  station  in  Borneo  and  Bates'  at  Ega.  Yet  it  may 
be  the  case  that  many  areas  of  about  one  hundred  miles  square 
in  the  Andes  and  in  the  Himalayas  actually  contain  a  larger 
number  of  species  than  any  similar  area  in  the  lowlands  of 
the  Amazon  or  of  Borneo.  In  other  parts  of  this  letter  I 
refer  to  the  work  I  hoped  to  do  myself  in  describing,  cata- 
loguing, and  working  out  the  distribution  of  my  insects.  I 
had  in  fact  been  bitten  by  the  passion  for  species  and  their 
description,  and  if  neither  Darwin  nor  myself  had  hit  upon 
"  Natural  Selection,"  I  might  have  spent  the  best  years  of  my 
life  in  this  comparatively  profitless  work.    But  the  new  ideas 


36o 


MY  LIFE 


swept  all  this  away.  I  have  for  the  most  part  left  others  to 
describe  my  discoveries,  and  have  devoted  myself  to  the  great 
generalizations  which  the  laborious  work  of  species-describers 
had  rendered  possible.  In  this  letter  to  Bates  I  enclosed  a 
memorandum  of  my  estimate  of  the  number  of  distinct  species 
of  insects  I  had  collected  up  to  the  time  of  writing — three 
years  and  a  half,  nearly  one  year  of  which  had  been  lost  in 
journeys,  illnesses,  and  various  delays.  The  totals  were  as 
follows : — 

Butterflies   

Moths   

Beetles   

Bees,   wasps,  etc. 

Flies   

Bugs,  cicadas,  etc. 

Locusts,  etc  

Dragonflies,  etc.  . 
Earwigs,  etc  

Total   8540  species  of  Insects. 

It  was  while  waiting  at  Ternate  in  order  to  get  ready  for 
my  next  journey,  and  to  decide  where  I  should  go,  that  the 
idea  already  referred  to  occurred  to  me.  It  has  been  shown 
how,  for  the  preceding  eight  or  nine  years,  the  great  problem 
of  the  origin  of  species  had  been  continually  pondered  over, 
and  how  my  varied  observations  and  study  had  been  made 
use  of  to  lay  the  foundation  for  its  full  discussion  and  eluci- 
dation. My  paper  written  at  Sarawak  rendered  it  certain 
to  my  mind  that  the  change  had  taken  place  by  natural  suc- 
cession and  descent — one  species  becoming  changed  either 
slowly  or  rapidly  into  another.  But  the  exact  process  of  the 
change  and  the  causes  which  led  to  it  were  absolutely  unknown 
and  appeared  almost  inconceivable.  The  great  difficulty 
was  to  understand  how,  if  one  species  was  gradually  changed 
into  another,  there  continued  to  be  so  many  quite  distinct 
species,  so  many  which  differed  from  their  nearest  allies  by 
slight  yet  perfectly  definite  and  constant  characters.  One 
would  expect  that  if  it  was  a  law  of  nature  that  species  were 


620  species 

2000  „ 
3700 

750 

660 

500 

160 

no 

40  " 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  361 


continually  changing  so  as  to  become  in  time  new  and  distinct 
species,  the  world  would  be  full  of  an  inextricable  mixture  of 
various  slightly  different  forms,  so  that  the  well-defined  and 
constant  species  we  see  would  not  exist.  Again,  not  only  are 
species,  as  a  rule,  separated  from  each  other  by  distinct  exter- 
nal characters,  but  they  almost  always  differ  also  to  some 
degree  in  their  food,  in  the  places  they  frequent,  in  their 
habits  and  instincts,  and  all  these  characters  are  quite  as 
definite  and  constant  as  are  the  external  characters.  The 
problem  then  was,  not  only  how  and  why  do  species  change, 
but  how  and  why  do  they  change  into  new  and  well-defined 
species,  distinguished  from  each  other  in  so  many  ways ;  why 
and  how  do  they  become  so  exactly  adapted  to  distinct  modes 
of  life;  and  why  do  all  the  intermediate  grades  die  out  (as 
geology  shows  they  have  died  out)  and  leave  only  clearly 
defined  and  well-marked  species,  genera,  and  higher  groups 
of  animals. 

Now,  the  new  idea  or  principle  which  Darwin  had  arrived 
at  twenty  years  before,  and  which  occurred  to  me  at  this  time, 
answers  all  these  questions  and  solves  all  these  difficulties, 
and  it  is  because  it  does  so,  and  also  because  it  is  in  itself 
self-evident  and  absolutely  certain,  that  it  has  been  accepted 
by  the  whole  scientific  world  as  affording  a  true  solution  of 
the  great  problem  of  the  origin  of  species. 

At  the  time  in  question  I  was  suffering  from  a  sharp 
attack  of  intermittent  fever,  and  every  day  during  the  cold 
and  succeeding  hot  fits  had  to  lie  down  for  several  hours, 
during  which  time  I  had  nothing  to  do  but  to  think  over  any 
subjects  then  particularly  interesting  me.  One  day  something 
brought  to  my  recollection  Malthus's  "  Principles  of  Popula- 
tion," which  I  had  read  about  twelve  years  before.  I  thought 
of  his  clear  exposition  of  "  the  positive  checks  to  increase  " — 
disease,  accidents,  war,  and  famine — which  keep  down  the 
population  of  savage  races  to  so  much  lower  an  average  than 
that  of  more  civilized  peoples.  It  then  occurred  to  me  that 
these  causes  or  their  equivalents  are  continually  acting  in  the 
case  of  animals  also;  and  as  animals  usually  breed  much  more 
rapidly  than  does  mankind,  the  destruction  every  year  from 


362 


MY  LIFE 


these  causes  must  be  enormous  in  order  to  keep  down  the 
numbers  of  each  species,  since  they  evidently  do  not  increase 
regrilarly  from  year  to  year,  as  otherwise  the  world  would  long 
ago  have  been  densely  crowded  with  those  that  breed  most 
quickly.  Vaguely  thinking  over  the  enormous  and  constant 
destruction  which  this  implied,  it  occurred  to  me  to  ask  the 
question,  Why  do  some  die  and  some  live?  And  the  answer 
was  clearly,  that  on  the  whole  the  best  fitted  live.  From  the 
effects  of  disease  the  most  healthy  escaped ;  from  enemies, 
the  strongest,  the  swiftest,  or  the  most  cunning;  from  famine, 
the  best  hunters  or  those  with  the  best  digestion;  and  so  on. 
Then  it  suddenly  flashed  upon  me  that  this  self-acting  process 
would  necessarily  improve  the  race,  because  in  every  genera- 
tion the  inferior  would  inevitably  be  killed  off  and  the 
superior  would  remain — that  is,  the  attest  would  survive. 
Then  at  once  I  seemed  to  see  the  whole  effect  of  this,  that 
when  changes  of  land  and  sea,  or  of  climate,  or  of  food- 
supply,  or  of  enemies  occurred — and  we  know  that  such 
changes  have  always  been  taking  place — and  considering  the 
amount  of  individual  variation  that  my  experience  as  a  col- 
lector had  shown  me  to  exist,  then  it  follow^ed  that  all  the 
changes  necessarv'  for  the  adaptation  of  the  species  to  the 
changing  conditions  would  be  brought  about ;  and  as  great 
changes  in  the  environment  are  always  slow,  there  would  be 
ample  time  for  the  change  to  be  effected  by  the  survival  of 
the  best  fitted  in  every  generation.  In  this  way  every  part 
of  an  animal's  organization  could  be  modified  exactly  as 
required,  and  in  the  very  process  of  this  modification  the 
unmodified  would  die  out,  and  thus  the  definite  characters 
and  the  clear  isolation  of  each  new  species  would  be  explained. 
The  more  I  thought  over  it  the  more  I  became  convinced  that 
I  had  at  length  found  the  long-sought-for  law  of  nature  that 
solved  the  problem  of  the  origin  of  species.  For  the  next 
hour  I  thought  over  the  deficiencies  in  the  theories  of  Lamarck 
and  of  the  author  of  the  "  V estiges,"  and  I  saw  that  my  new 
theory  supplemented  these  views  and  obviated  every  important 
difficulty.  I  waited  anxiously  for  the  termination  of  my  fit 
so  that  I  might  at  once  make  notes  for  a  paper  on  the  subject. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  363 


The  same  evening  I  did  this  pretty  fully,  and  on  the  two  suc- 
ceeding evenings  wrote  it  out  carefully  in  order  to  send  it  to 
Darwin  by  the  next  post,  which  would  leave  in  a  day  or  two. 

I  wrote  a  letter  to  him  in  which  I  said  that  I  hoped  the 
idea  would  be  as  new  to  him  as  it  was  to  me,  and  that  it 
would  supply  the  missing  factor  to  explain  the  origin  of 
species.  I  asked  him  if  he  thought  it  sufficiently  important 
to  show  to  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  who  had  thought  so  highly  of 
my  former  paper. 

The  subsequent  history  of  this  article  is  fully  given  in  the 
"  Life  and  Letters,"  volume  ii.,  and  I  was,  of  course,  very 
much  surprised  to  find  that  the  same  idea  had  occurred  to 
Darwin,  and  that  he  had  already  nearly  completed  a  large 
work  fully  developing  it.  The  paper  is  reprinted  in  my 
"  Natural  Selection  and  Tropical  Nature,"  and  in  reading  it 
now  it  must  be  remembered  that  it  was  but  a  hasty  first  sketch, 
that  I  had  no  opportunity  of  revising  it  before  it  was  printed 
in  the  journal  of  the  Linnsean  Society,  and,  especially,  that 
at  that  time  nobody  had  any  idea  of  the  constant  variability 
of  every  common  species,  in  every  part  and  organ,  which  has 
since  been  proved  to  exist.  Almost  all  the  popular  objec- 
tions to  Natural  Selections  are  due  to  ignorance  of  this  fact, 
and  to  the  erroneous  assumption  that  what  are  called  "  fav- 
ourable variations  "  occur  only  rarely,  instead  of  being  abun- 
dant, as  they  certainly  are,  in  every  generation,  and  quite  large 
enough  for  the  efficient  action  of  "  survival  of  the  fittest "  in 
the  improvement  of  the  race. 

During  the  first  months  of  my  residence  at  Ternate  I 
made  two  visits  to  different  parts  of  the  large  island  of  Gilolo, 
where  my  hunters  obtained  a  number  of  very  fine  birds,  but 
owing  to  the  absence  of  good  virgin  forest  and  my  own  ill- 
health,  I  obtained  very  few  insects.  At  length,  on  March  25, 
I  obtained  a  passage  to  Dorey  Harbour,  on  the  north  coast 
of  New  Guinea,  in  a  trading  schooner,  which  left  me  there, 
and  called  for  me  three  or  four  months  later  to  bring  me 
back  to  Ternate.  I  was  the  first  European  who  had  lived 
alone  on  this  great  island;  but  partly  owing  to  an  accident 


3^4 


MY  LIFE 


which  confined  me  to  the  house  for  a  month,  and  partly 
because  the  locality  was  not  a  good  one,  I  did  not  get  the 
rare  species  of  birds  of  paradise  I  had  expected.  I  obtained, 
however,  a  number  of  new  and  rare  birds  and  a  fine  collection 
of  insects,  though  not  so  many  of  the  larger  and  finer  kinds 
as  I  expected.  The  weather  had  been  unusually  wet,  and 
the  place  was  unhealthy.  I  had  four  Malay  servants  with 
me,  three  of  whom  had  fever  as  well  as  myself,  and  one  of 
my  hunters  died,  and  though  I  should  have  liked  to  have 
stayed  longer,  we  were  all  weak  or  unwell,  and  were  very 
glad  when  the  schooner  arrived  and  took  us  back  to  Ternate. 
Here  wholesome  food  and  a  comfortable  house  soon  restored 
us  to  good  health. 

When  I  unpacked  and  examined  my  collections  I  found 
that  the  birds  I  had  obtained  were  very  numerous  and  beauti- 
ful, and  as  my  journey  and  residence  in  New  Guinea  had 
created  much  interest  among  my  numerous  Dutch  friends  in 
Ternate,  I  determined  to  make  a  little  exhibition  of  them.  I 
accordingly  let  it  be  known  that  I  would  be  glad  to  see  visitors 
on  the  next  Sunday  afternoon.  I  had  a  long  table  in  the 
verandah  which  I  had  covered  with  new  "  trade  "  calico,  and 
on  this  I  laid  out  the  best  specimens  of  all  my  most  showy 
or  strange  birds.  There  were  numbers  of  gorgeous  lories, 
parrots,  and  parrakeets,  white  and  black  cockatoos,  exquisite 
fruit-pigeons  of  a  great  variety  of  colours,  many  fine  king- 
fishers from  the  largest  to  the  most  minute,  as  well  as  the 
beautiful  racquet-tailed  species,  beautiful  black,  green,  and 
blue  ground-thrushes,  some  splendid  specimens  of  the  Papuan 
and  King  paradise-birds,  and  many  beautiful  bee-eaters,  roll- 
ers, fly-catchers,  grakles,  sun-birds,  and  paradise  crows,  mak- 
ing altogether  such  an  assemblage  of  strange  forms  and 
brilliant  colours  as  no  one  of  my  visitors  had  ever  imagined  to 
exist  so  near  them.  Even  I  myself  was  surprised  at  the 
beauty  of  the  show  when  thus  brought  together  and  displayed 
on  the  white  table,  which  so  well  set  off  their  varied  and  bril- 
liant colours. 

I  now  received  letters  informing  me  of  the  reception  of 
the  paper  on  "  Varieties,"  which  I  had  sent  to  Darwin,  and 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  365 


in  a  letter  home  I  thus  refer  to  it.  I  have  received  letters 
from  Mr.  Darwin  and  Dr.  Hooker,  two  of  the  most  eminent 
naturalists  in  England,  which  have  highly  gratified  me.  I 
sent  Mr.  Darwin  an  essay  on  a  subject  upon  which  he  is 
now  writing  a  great  work.  He  showed  it  to  Dr.  Hooker  and 
Sir  Charles  Lyell,  who  thought  so  highly  of  it  that  they  had 
it  read  before  the  Linnsean  Society.  This  insures  me  the 
acquaintance  of  these  eminent  men  on  my  return  home."  I 
also  refer  to  my  next  voyage  as  follows :  "  I  am  now  about 
to  start  for  a  place  where  there  are  some  soldiers,  and  a 
doctor,  and  an  engineer  who  can  speak  English,  so  if  it  is 
good  for  collecting  I  shall  stay  there  some  months.  It  is 
called  '  Batchian,'  an  island  on  the  south-west  side  of  Gilolo, 
and  three  or  four  days'  sail  from  Ternate.  I  have  now  quite 
recovered  from  the  effects  of  my  New  Guinea  voyage,  and 
am  in  good  health." 

I  reached  Batchian  on  October  21,  and  about  a  month 
afterwards,  there  being  a  Government  boat  going  to  Ternate, 
I  took  the  opportunity  of  writing  to  my  school-fellow  and 
oldest  friend,  Mr.  George  Silk.  As  he  knew  nothing  what- 
ever of  natural  history,  I  wrote  to  him  on  subjects  more 
personal  to  myself,  and  which  may  therefore  be  more  suitable 
to  quote  here: — 

"  I  have  just  recived  yours  of  August  3  with  reminis- 
cences of  Switzerland.  To  you  it  seems  a  short  time  since 
we  were  there  together,  to  me  an  immeasurable  series  of 
ages!  In  fact,  Switzerland  and  the  Amazon  now  seem  to 
me  quite  unreal — a  sort  of  former  existence  or  long-ago 
dream.  Malays  and  Papuans,  beetles  and  birds,  are  what 
now  occupy  my  thoughts,  mixed  with  financial  calculations 
and  hopes  for  a  happy  future  in  old  England,  where  I  may 
live  in  solitude  and  seclusion,  except  from  a  few  choice  friends. 
You  cannot,  perhaps,  imagine  how  I  have  come  to  love  soli- 
tude. I  seldom  have  a  visitor  but  I  wish  him  away  in  an 
hour.  I  find  it  very  favourable  to  reflection ;  and  if  you  have 
any  acquaintance  who  is  a  fellow  of  the  Linnsean  Society, 
borrow  the  Journal  of  Proceedings  for  August  last,  and  in  the 
last  article  you  will  find  some  of  my  latest  lucubrations,  and 


366 


MY  LIFE 


also  some  complimentary  remarks  thereon  by  Sir  Charles 
Lyell  and  Dr.  Hooker,  which  (as  I  know  neither  of  them)  I 
am  a  little  proud  of.  As  to  politics,  I  hate  and  abominate 
them.  The  news  from  India  I  now  never  read,  as  it  is  all  an 
inextricable  confusion  without  good  maps  and  regular  papers. 
Mine  come  in  lumps — two  or  three  months  at  a  time,  often 
with  alternate  issues  stolen  or  lost.  I  therefore  beg  you  to 
write  no  more  politics — nothing  public  or  newspaperish.  Tell 
me  about  yourself,  your  own  private  doings,  your  health,  your 
visits,  your  new  and  old  acquaintances  (for  I  know  you  pick 
up  half  a  dozen  every  week  d  la  Barragan) .  But,  above  all, 
tell  me  what  you  read.  Have  you  read  the  *  Currency '  book 
I  returned  you,  '  Horne  Tooke,'  *  Bentham,'  Family  Herald 
leading  articles  ?  Give  me  your  opinions  on  any  or  all  of 
these.  Follow  the  advice  in  Family  Herald  article  on  *  Hap- 
piness,' Ride  a  Hobby,  and  you  will  assuredl}-  find  happiness 
in  it,  as  I  do.  Let  ethnology  be  your  hobby,  as  you  seem 
already  to  have  put  your  foot  in  the  stirrup,  but  ride  it  hard. 
If  I  live  to  return  I  shall  come  out  strong  on  Malay  and 
Papuan  races,  and  shall  astonish  Latham,  Davis,  &  Co. !  By 
the  bye,  I  have  a  letter  from  Davis ;  ^  he  says  he  sent  my  last 
letter  to  you,  and  it  is  lost  mysteriously.  Instead,  therefore,  of 
sending  me  a  reply  to  my  '  poser,'  he  repeats  what  he  has  said 
in  every  letter  I  have  had  from  him,  that  '  myriads  of  miracles 
are  required  to  people  the  earth  from  one  source.'  I  am  sick  of 
him.  You  must  read  '  Pritchard '  through,  and  Lawrence's 
'  Lectures  on  Man  '  carefully :  but  I  am  convinced  no  man  can 
be  a  good  ethnologist  who  does  not  travel,  and  not  travel 
merely,  but  reside,  as  I  do,  months  and  years  with  each  race, 
becoming  well  acquainted  with  their  average  physiognomy  and 
their  character,  so  as  to  be  able  to  detect  cross-breeds,  which 
totally  mislead  the  hasty  traveller,  who  thinks  they  are  transi- 
tions!   Latham,  I  am  sure,  is  quite  wrong  on  many  points. 

"  When  I  went  to  New  Guinea,  I  took  an  old  copy  of 
'  Tristram  Shandy,'  which  I  read  through  about  three  times. 
It  is  an  annoying  and,  you  will  perhaps  say,  a  very  gross 
book;  but  there  are  passages  in  it  that  have  never  been 
1  J.  Barnard  Davis,  the  well-known  craniologist. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  367 


surpassed,  while  the  character  of  Uncle  Toby  has,  I  think, 
never  been  equalled,  except  perhaps  by  that  of  Don  Quixote. 
I  have  lately  read  a  good  many  of  Dumas's  wonderful  novels, 
and  they  are  wonderful,  but  often  very  careless  and  some 
quite  unfinished.  '  The  Memoirs  of  a  Physician  '  is  a  wonder- 
ful mixture  of  history,  science,  and  romance;  the  second  part, 
the  Queen's  Necklace,  being  the  most  wondferful  and,  perhaps, 
the  most  true.  You  should  read  it,  if  you  have  not  yet  done 
so,  when  you  are  horribly  bored ! 

"  In  reference  to  your  private  communication,  it  seems  to 
me  that  marriage  has  a  wonderful  effect  in  brightening  the 
intellect.  For  example,  John  used  not  to  be  considered  witty; 
yet  in  his  last  letter  he  begs  me  to  write  to  him  *  semi-occa- 
sionally,'  or  '  oftener  if  I  have  time,'  and  I  send  a  not  bad 
extract  from  his  letter.  By  this  mail  I  send  more  than  a  dozen 
letters,  for  my  correspondence  is  increasing." 

On  my  return  to  Temate  in  April,  1859,  after  spending 
nearly  six  months  in  Batchian,  where  I  had  made  fairly  good 
though  not  very  large  collections,  including  a  new  and  very 
peculiar  bird  of  paradise  and  a  grand  new  butterfly  of  the 
largest  size  and  most  gorgeous  colouring,  I  determined  to  go 
next  to  Timor  for  a  short  time,  and  afterward  to  Menado,  at 
the  north-eastern  extremity  of  Celebes,  from  which  place 
some  of  the  most  interesting  birds  and  mammalia  had  been 
obtained.  I  had,  of  course,  my  usual  large  batch  of  letters 
to  reply  to.  One  of  these  from  my  brother-in-law,  Mr, 
Thomas  Sims,  urged  me  very  strongly  to  return  home  before 
my  health  was  seriously  affected,  and  for  many  other  reasons. 
In  my  reply  I  gave  full  expressions  to  my  ideas  and  feelings 
compelling  me  to  remain  a  few  years  longer,  and  as  these 
are  a  part  of  the  history  of  my  life  and  character,  I  will  give 
them  here. 

"  Your  ingenious  arguments  to  persuade  me  to  come 
home  are  quite  unconvincing.  I  have  much  to  do  yet  before 
I  can  return  with  satisfaction  of  mind;  were  I  to  leave  now 
I  should  be  ever  regretful  and  unhappy.  That  alone  is  an 
all-sufficient  reason.    I  feel  that  my  work  is  here  as  well  as 


368 


MY  LIFE 


my  pleasure;  and  why  should  I  not  follow  out  my  vocation? 
As  to  materials  for  work  at  home,  you  are  in  error.  I  have, 
indeed,  materials  for  a  life's  study  of  entomology,  as  far  as 
the  forms  and  structure  and  affinities  of  insects  are  con- 
cerned; but  I  am  engaged  in  a  wider  and  more  general 
study — that  of  the  relations  of  animals  to  space  and  time,  or, 
in  other  words,  their  geographical  and  geological  distribution 
and  its  causes.  I  have  set  myself  to  work  out  this  problem 
in  the  Indo-Australian  iVrchipelago,  and  I  must  visit  and 
explore  the  largest  number  of  islands  possible,  and  collect 
materials  from  the  greatest  number  of  localities,  in  order  to 
arrive  at  any  definite  results.  As  to  health  and  life,  what 
are  they  compared  with  peace  and  happiness?  and  happiness 
is  admirably  defined  in  the  Family  Herald  as  to  be  best 
obtained  by  '  work  with  a  purpose,  and  the  nobler  the  pur- 
pose the  greater  the  happiness.  But  besides  these  weighty 
reasons  there  are  others  quite  as  powerful — pecuniary  ones. 
I  have  not  yet  made  enough  to  live  upon,  and  I  am  likely  to 
make  it  quicker  here  than  I  could  in  England.  In  England 
there  is  only  one  way  in  which  I  could  live,  by  returning  to 
my  old  profession  of  land-surveying.  Now,  though  I  always 
liked  surveying,  I  like  collecting  better,  and  I  could  never 
now  give  my  whole  mind  to  any  work  apart  from  the  study 
to  which  I  have  devoted  my  life.  So  far  from  being  angry 
at  being  called  an  enthusiast  (as  you  seem  to  suppose),  it  is 
my  pride  and  glory  to  be  worthy  to  be  so  called.  Who  ever 
did  anything  good  or  great  who  was  not  an  enthusiast?  The 
majority  of  mankind  are  enthusiasts  only  in  one  thing — in 
money-getting;  and  these  call  others  enthusiasts  as  a  term 
of  reproach  because  they  think  there  is  something  in  the 
world  better  than  money-getting.  It  strikes  me  that  the 
power  or  capability  of  a  man  in  getting  rich  is  in  an  inverse 
proportion  to  his  reflective  powers  and  in  direct  proportion 
to  his  impudence.  It  is  perhaps  good  to  he  rich,  but  not  to 
get  rich,  or  to  be  always  trying  to  get  rich,  and  few  men 
are  less  fitted  to  get  rich,  if  they  did  try,  than  myself." 
The  rest  of  the  letter  is  devoted  to  new  discoveries  in  photog- 
raphy and  allied  subjects. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  369 

I  left  Temate  by  the  Dutch  mail  steamer  on  May  i,  1859, 
calling  at  Amboyna  and  spending  two  days  at  Banda,  where 
I  visited  the  celebrated  nutmeg  plantations,  reaching  Coupang, 
at  the  west  end  of  Timor,  on  the  13th.  The  country  round 
proving  almost  a  desert  for  a  collector,  I  went  to  the  small 
island  of  Semau,  where  I  obtained  a  few  birds,  but  little  else. 
I  therefore  returned  to  Coupang  after  a  week  and  deter- 
mined to  go  back  the  way  I  came  by  Amboyna  and  Ternate 
to  Menado,  in  order  to  lose  no  time,  and  arrived  there  on  June 
10.  Here  I  remained  for  four  months  in  one  of  the  most 
interesting  districts  in  the  whole  archipelago.  I  visited  several 
localities  in  the  interior,  and  obtained  a  number  of  the  rare 
and  peculiar  species  of  birds  and  a  considerable  collection 
of  beetles  and  butterflies,  mostly  rare  or  new,  but  by  no  means 
so  numerous  as  I  had  obtained  in  other  good  localities. 

In  October  I  returned  to  Amboyna  in  order  to  visit  the 
almost  unknown  island  of  Ceram,  which,  however,  I  found 
very  unproductive  and  unhealthy.  While  there  I  wrote  a 
short  letter  to  Bates,  congratulating  him  on  his  safe  return 
to  England,  discussing  great  schemes  for  the  writing  and 
publication  of  works  on  our  respective  collections,  adding, 
"  I  have  sent  a  paper  lately  to  the  Linnaean  Society  which 
gives  my  views  of  the  principles  of  geographical  distribution 
in  the  archipelago,  of  which  I  hope  some  day  to  work  out 
the  details."  1 

In  December,  being  almost  starved,  I  returned  to  Amboyna 
to  recruit,  and  in  February  started  on  another  journey  to 
Ceram,  with  the  intention,  if  possible,  of  again  reaching  the 
Ke  Islands,  which  I  had  found  so  rich  during  the  few  days  I 
stayed  there  on  my  voyage  to  the  Aru  Islands.  I  visited 
several  places  on  the  coast  of  Ceram,  and  spent  three  days 
very  near  its  centre,  where  a  very  rough  mountain  path 
crosses  from  the  south  to  the  north  coast.  But  never  in  the 
whole  of  my  tropical  wanderings  have  I  found  a  luxuriant 
forest  so  utterly  barren  of  almost  every  form  of  animal  life. 
Though  I  had  three  guns  out  daily,  I  did  not  get  a  single 

1  The  title  of  this  paper  was,  "  On  the  Zoological  Geography  of 
Malay  Archipelago,"  and  it  was  published  in  i860. 


370 


MY  LIFE 


bird  worth  having;  beetles,  too,  were  totally  wanting;  and 
the  very  few  butterflies  seen  were  most  difficult  to  capture. 
Those  who  imagine  that  a  tropical  forest  in  the  very  midst 
of  so  rich  a  region  as  the  Moluccas  must  produce  abundance 
of  birds  and  insects,  would  have  been  woefully  disillusioned 
if  they  could  have  been  with  me  here.  After  immense  diffi- 
culties I  reached  Coram,  about  fifty  miles  beyond  the  east  end 
of  Ceram,  where  I  purchased  a  boat  and  started  for  Ke;  but 
after  getting  halfway,  the  weather  was  so  bad  and  the  winds 
so  adverse  that  I  was  obliged  to  return  to  the  Matabello 
Islands,  and  thence  by  way  of  Coram  and  the  north  coast  of 
Ceram  to  the  great  island  of  Waigiou.  This  was  a  long  and 
most  unfortunate  voyage,  as  fully  described  elsewhere.  I 
found  there,  however,  what  I  chiefly  went  for — the  rare  red 
bird  of  paradise  {Paradisea  rubra)  ;  but  during  the  three 
months  I  lived  there,  often  with  very  little  food,  I  obtained 
only  about  seventy  species  of  birds,  mostly  the  same  as  those 
from  New  Cuinea,  though  a  few  species  of  parrots,  pigeons, 
kingfishers,  and  other  birds  were  new.  Insects  were  never 
abundant,  but  by  continued  perseverance  I  obtained  rather 
more  species  of  both  butterflies  and  beetles  than  at  New 
Cuinea,  though  fewer,  I  think,  of  the  more  showy  kinds. 

The  voyage  from  Waigiou  back  to  Ternate  was  again 
most  tedious  and  unfortunate,  occupying  thirty-eight  days, 
whereas  with  reasonably  favourable  weather  it  should  not 
have  required  more  than  ten  or  twelve.  Taking  my  whole 
voyage  in  this  canoe  from  Coram  to  Waigiou  and  Ternate,  I 
thus  summarize  my  account  of  it  in  my  "  Malay  Archipelago  " : 
"  My  first  crew  ran  away  in  a  body ;  two  men  were  lost  on 
a  desert  island  and  only  recovered  a  month  later  after  twice 
sending  in  search  of  them;  we  were  ten  times  run  aground 
on  coral  reefs ;  we  lost  four  anchors ;  our  sails  were  devoured 
by  rats ;  our  small  boat  was  lost  astern ;  we  were  thirty-eight 
days  on  a  voyage  which  should  not  have  taken  twelve ;  we 
were  many  times  short  of  food  and  water;  we  had  no  com- 
pass-lamp owing  to  there  being  not  a  drop  of  oil  in  Waigiou 
when  we  left ;  and,  to  crown  all,  during  our  whole  voyage  from 
Coram  by  Ceram  to  Waigiou,  and  from  Waigiou  to  Ternate, 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC  371 


occupying  in  all  seventy-eight  days  (or  only  twelve  days 
short  of  three  months),  all  in  what  was  supposed  to  be  the 
favourable  season,  we  had  not  one  single  day  of  fair  wind. 
We  were  always  close  braced  up,  always  struggling  against 
wind,  currents,  and  leeway,  and  in  a  vessel  that  would  scarcely 
sail  nearer  than  eight  points  from  the  wind!  Every  seaman 
will  admit  that  my  first  (and  last)  voyage  in  a  boat  of  my 
own  was  a  very  unfortunate  one." 

While  living  at  Bessir,  the  little  village  where  I  went  to 
get  the  red  paradise  birds,  I  wrote  a  letter  to  my  friend 
George  Silk,  which  I  finished  and  posted  after  my  arrival  at 
Temate.  As  such  letters  as  this,  absolutely  familiar  and  con- 
fidential, exhibit  my  actual  feelings,  opinions,  and  ideas  at 
the  time,  I  reproduce  it  here : — 

"  Bessir,  September  i,  i860. 

"  My  Dear  George, 

"  It  is  now  ten  months  since  the  date  of  my  last  let- 
ter from  England.  You  may  fancy  therefore  that,  in  the 
expressive  language  of  the  trappers,  I  am  '  half  froze '  for 
news.  No  such  thing!  Except  for  my  own  family  and  per- 
sonal affairs  I  care  not  a  straw  and  scarcely  give  a  thought 
as  to  what  may  be  uppermost  in  the  political  world.  In  my 
situation  old  newspapers  are  just  as  good  as  new  ones,  and 
I  enjoy  the  odd  scraps,  in  which  I  do  up  my  birds  (advertise- 
ments and  all),  as  much  as  you  do  your  Times  at  breakfast. 
If  I  live  to  return  to  Ternate  in  another  month,  I  expect  to 
get  such  a  deluge  of  communications  that  I  shall  probably 
have  no  time  to  answer  any  of  them.  I  therefore  bestow  one 
of  my  solitary  evenings  on  answering  yours  beforehand.  By 
the  bye,  you  do  not  yet  know  where  I  am,  for  I  defy  all  the 
members  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  in  full  conclave 
to  tell  you  where  is  the  place  from  which  I  date  this  letter. 
I  must  inform  you,  therefore,  that  it  is  a  village  on  the 
south-west  coast  of  the  island  of  Waigiou,  at  the  north-west 
extremity  of  New  Guinea.  How  I  came  here  would  be  too 
long  to  tell,  the  details  I  send  to  my  mother  and  refer  you 
to  her.    While  hon.  members  are  shooting  partridges  I  am 


372 


MY  LIFE 


shooting,  or  trying  to  shoot,  birds  of  paradise — red  at  that, 
as  our  friend  Morris  Haggar  would  say.  But  enough  of  this 
nonsense.  I  meant  to  write  you  of  matters  more  worthy  of  a 
naturaHst's  pen.  I  have  been  reading  of  late  two  books  of 
the  highest  interest,  but  of  most  diverse  characters,  and  I  wish 
to  recommend  their  perusal  to  you  if  you  have  time  for  any- 
thing but  work  or  politics.  They  are  Dr.  Leon  Dufour's 
'  Histoire  de  la  Prostitution '  and  Darwin's  '  Orgin  of  Species.' 
If  there  is  an  English  translation  of  the  first,  pray  get  it. 
Every  student  of  men  and  morals  should  read  it,  and  if  many 
who  talk  glibly  of  putting  down  the  '  social  evil '  were  first 
to  devote  a  few  days  to  its  study,  they  would  be  both  much 
better  qualified  to  give  an  opinion  and  much  more  diffident 
of  their  capacity  to  deal  with  it.  The  work  is  truly  a  history, 
and  a  great  one,  and  reveals  pictures  of  human  nature  more 
wild  and  incredible  than  the  pen  of  the  romancist  ever  dared 
to  delineate.  I  doubt  if  many  classical  scholars  have  an  idea 
of  what  were  really  the  habits  and  daily  life  of  the  Romans 
as  here  delineated.    Again  I  say,  read  it. 

"  The  other  book  you  may  have  heard  of  and  perhaps  read, 
but  it  is  not  one  perusal  which  will  enable  any  man  to  ap- 
preciate it.  I  have  read  it  through  five  or  six  times,  each 
time  with  increasing  admiration.  It  will  live  as  long  as  the 
*  Principia '  of  Newton.  It  shows  that  nature  is,  as  I  before 
remarked  to  you,  a  study  that  yields  to  none  in  grandeur  and 
immensity.  The  cycles  of  astronomy  or  even  the  periods  of 
geology  will  alone  enable  us  to  appreciate  the  vast  depths  of 
time  we  have  to  contemplate  in  the  endeavour  to  understand 
the  slow  growth  of  life  upon  the  earth.  The  most  intricate 
efiFects  of  the  law  of  gravitation,  the  mutual  disturbances  of 
all  the  bodies  of  the  solar  system,  are  simplicity  itself  com- 
pared with  the  intricate  relations  and  complicated  struggle 
which  have  determined  what  forms  of  life  shall  exist  and  in 
what  proportions.  Mr.  Darwin  has  given  the  world  a  new 
science,  and  his  name  should,  in  my  opinion,  stand  above  that 
of  every  philosopher  of  ancient  or  modem  times.  The  force 
of  admiration  can  no  further  go !  !  !  " 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  373 

"  On  board  steamer  from  Ternate  to  Timor,  January  2,  1861. 

"  I  have  come  home  safe  to  Ternate  and  left  it  again.  For 
two  months  I  was  stupefied  with  my  year's  letters,  accounts, 
papers,  magazines,  and  books,  in  addition  to  the  manipula- 
tion, cleaning,  arranging,  comiparing,  and  packing  for  safe 
transmission  to  the  other  side  of  the  world  about  16,000 
specimens  of  insects,  birds,  and  shells.  This  has  been  inter- 
mingled with  the  troubles  of  preparing  for  new  voyages, 
laying  in  stores,  hiring  men,  paying  or  refusing  to  pay  their 
debts,  running  after  them  when  they  try  to  run  away,  going 
to  the  town  with  lists  of  articles  absolutely  necessary  for  the 
voyage,  and  finding  that  none  of  them  could  be  had  for  love 
or  money,  conceiving  impossible  substitutes  and  not  being 
able  to  get  them  either, — and  all  this  coming  upon  me  when 
I  am  craving  repose  from  the  fatigues  and  privations  of  an 
unusually  dangerous  and  miserable  voyage,  and  you  may 
imagine  that  I  have  not  been  in  any  great  humour  for  letter- 
writing. 

"  I  think  I  may  promise  you  that  in  eighteen  months,  more 
or  less,  we  may  meet  again,  if  nothing  unforeseen  occurs. 

"  Yours, 

"  A.  W.  R." 

Just  before  leaving  Ternate  I  also  wrote  to  Bates,  chiefly 
about  the  "  Origin  of  Species  "  and  some  of  my  results  on 
geographical  distribution. 

"  Ternate,  December  24,  i860. 

"  Dear  Bates^ 

"  Many  thanks  for  your  long  and  interesting  letter. 
I  have  myself  suffered  much  in  the  same  way  as  you  describe, 
and  I  think  more  severely.  The  kind  of  tcsdium  vitcB  you 
mention  I  also  occasionally  experience  here.  I  impute  it  to 
a  too  monotonous  existence. 

"  I  know  not  how,  or  to  whom,  to  express  fully  my  ad- 
miration of  Darwin's  book.  To  him  it  would  seem  flattery, 
to  others  self-praise;  but  I  do  honestly  believe  that  with 


374 


MY  LIFE 


however  much  patience  I  had  worked  and  experimented  on 
the  subject,  I  could  never  have  approached  the  completeness 
of  his  book,  its  vast  accumulation  of  evidence,  its  overwhelm- 
ing argument,  and  its  admirable  tone  and  spirit.  I  really  feel 
thankful  that  it  has  not  been  left  to  me  to  give  the  theory  to 
the  world.  Mr.  Darwin  has  created  a  new  science  and  a  new 
philosophy;  and  I  believe  that  never  has  such  a  complete 
illustration  of  a  new  branch  of  human  knowledge  been  due 
to  the  labours  and  researches  of  a  single  man.  Never  have 
such  vast  masses  of  widely  scattered  and  hitherto  quite  uncon- 
nected facts  been  combined  into  a  system  and  brought  to 
bear  upon  the  establishment  of  such  a  grand  and  new  and 
simple  philosophy. 

"  I  am  surprised  at  your  joining  the  north  and  south  banks 
of  the  lower  Amazon  into  one  region.  Did  you  not  find  a 
sufficiency  of  distinct  species  at  Obydos  and  Barra  to  separate 
them  from  Villa  Nova  and  Santarem?  I  am  now  convinced 
that  insects,  on  the  whole,  do  not  give  such  true  indications 
of  zoological  geography  as  birds  and  mammals,  because,  first, 
they  have  such  immensely  greater  means  of  dispersal  across 
rivers  and  seas ;  second,  because  they  are  so  much  more 
influenced  by  surrounding  circumstances ;  and  third,  because 
the  species  seem  to  change  more  quickly,  and  therefore  dis- 
guise a  comparatively  recent  identity.  Thus  the  insects  of 
adjacent  regions,  though  originally  distinct,  may  become 
rapidly  amalgamated,  or  portions  of  the  same  region  may 
come  to  be  inhabited  by  very  distinct  insect-faunas  owing  to 
diflferences  of  soil,  climate,  etc.  This  is  strikingly  shown 
here,  where  the  insect-fauna  from  Malacca  to  New  Guinea 
has  a  very  large  amount  of  characteristic  uniformity,  while 
Australia,  from  its  distinct  climate  and  vegetation,  shows  a 
wide  difference.  I  am  inclined  to  think,  therefore,  that  a  pre- 
liminary study  of,  first,  the  mammals,  and  then  the  birds, 
is  indispensable  to  a  correct  understanding  of  the  geographi- 
cal and  physical  changes  on  which  the  present  insect-distribu- 
tion depends.  1  . 

1  These  ideas  were  thoroughly  worked  out  in  my  book  on  "  The 
Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals,"  published  in  1876. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  375 


"In  a  day  or  two  I  leave  for  Timor,  where,  if  I  am  lucky 
in  finding  a  good  locality,  I  expect  some  fine  and  interesting 
insects." 

I  reached  Delli,  the  chief  place  in  the  Portuguese  part  of 
the  island,  on  January  12,  1861,  and  stayed  there  about  three 
months  and  a  half.  I  lived  with  an  Englishman,  Captain  Hart, 
who  had  a  coffee  plantation  about  a  mile  out  of  the  town; 
and  there  was  also  another  Englishman,  Mr.  Geach,  a  mining 
engineer,  who  had  come  out  to  open  copper  mines  for  the 
Portuguese  Government,  but  as  no  copper  ore  could  be  found, 
he  was  waiting  for  an  opportunity  to  return  to  Singapore. 
They  were  both  very  pleasant  people,  and  I  enjoyed  myself 
while  there,  though  the  collecting  was  but  poor,  owing  to  the 
excessive  aridity  of  the  climate  and  the  absence  of  forests.  I 
obtained,  however,  some  rare  birds  and  a  few  very  rare  and 
beautiful  butterflies  by  the  side  of  a  stream  in  a  little  rocky 
valley  shaded  by  a  few  fine  trees  and  bushes.  Of  beetles, 
however,  there  were  absolutely  none  worth  collecting. 

Leaving  Timor  at  the  end  of  April,  I  went  by  the  Dutch 
mail  steamer  to  Cajeli  in  Bouru,  the  last  of  the  Molucca 
Islands  which  I  visited.  Here  I  stayed  two  months,  but  was 
again  disappointed,  since  the  country  was  almost  as  unpro- 
ductive as  Ceram.  For  miles  round  the  town  there  were 
only  low  hills  covered  with  coarse  grass  and  scattered  trees, 
less  productive  of  insects  than  a  bare  moor  in  England.  Some 
patches  of  wood  here  and  there  and  the  fruit  trees  around 
the  town  produced  a  few  birds  of  peculiar  species.  I  went  to 
a  place  about  twenty  miles  off,  where  there  was  some  forest, 
and  remained  there  most  of  my  time;  but  insects  were  still 
very  scarce,  and  birds  almost  equally  so.  I  obtained,  how- 
ever, about  a  dozen  quite  new  species  of  birds  and  others 
which  were  very  rare,  together  with  a  small  collection  of 
beetles ;  and  then,  about  the  end  of  June,  took  the  mail 
steamer  by  Ternate  and  Menado  to  Sourabaya,  the  chief  town 
in  eastern  Java. 

I  stayed  here  about  a  month,  spending  most  of  the  time 
at  the  foot  of  the  celebrated  mount  Arjuna;  but  the  season 


376 


MY  LIFE 


was  too  dry,  and  both  birds  and  insects  very  scarce.  I  there- 
fore went  on  to  Batavia  and  thence  to  Buitenzorg  and  to  the 
Pangerango  mountain,  over  ten  thousand  feet  high.  At  a 
station  about  four  thousand  feet  above  sea-level,  where  the 
main  road  passes  through  some  virgin  forest,  I  stayed  some 
weeks,  and  made  a  tolerable  collection  of  birds  and  butterflies, 
though  the  season  was  here  as  much  too  wet  as  East  Java 
was  too  dry.  I  next  went  to  Palembang  in  Sumatra,  which 
I  reached  by  way  of  Banka  on  November  8.  Here  the  coun- 
try was  mostly  flooded,  and  I  had  to  go  up  the  river  some 
distance  to  where  a  military  road  starts  for  the  interior  and 
across  the  mountains  to  Bencoolen.  On  this  road,  about 
seventy  miles  from  Palembang,  I  came  to  a  place  called  Lobo 
Raman,  surrounded  with  some  fine  virgin  forest  and  near  the 
centre  of  East  Sumatra.  Here,  and  at  another  station  on 
the  road,  I  stayed  about  a  month,  and  obtained  a  few  very 
interesting  birds  and  butterflies ;  but  it  was  the  height  of  the 
wet  season,  and  all  insects  were  scarce.  I  therefore  returned 
to  Palembang  and  Banka,  and  thence  to  Singapore,  on  my 
way  home.  While  waiting  here  for  the  mail  steamer,  two 
living  specimens  of  the  smaller  paradise  bird  (Paradisea 
papuana)  were  brought  to  Singapore  by  a  trader,  and  I  went 
to  see  them.  They  were  in  a  large  cage  about  five  or  six 
feet  square,  and  seemed  in  good  health,  but  the  price  asked 
for  them  was  enormous,  as  they  are  so  seldom  brought,  and 
the  rich  Chinese  merchants  or  rich  natives  in  Calcutta  are 
always  ready  to  purchase  them.  As  they  had  never  been 
seen  alive  in  Europe  I  determined  to  take  the  risk  and  at 
once  secured  them,  and  with  some  difficulty  succeeded  in 
bringing  them  home  in  safety,  where  they  lived  in  the  Zoologi- 
cal Gardens  for  one  and  two  years  respectively. 

While  living  in  the  wilds  of  Sumatra  I  wrote  two  letters, 
to  my  friends  Bates  and  Silk,  which,  being  the  last  I  wrote 
before  reaching  home,  may  be  of  interest  as  showing  what 
subjects  were  then  uppermost  in  my  mind.  The  first  from 
which  I  will  quote  is  that  to  Mr.  Bates,  and  referring  to  a 
paper  on  the  Papilios  of  the  Amazon  which  he  had  sent  me 
I  make  some  remarks  on  the  distribution  of  animals  in  South 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  377 


America,  which  I  do  not  think  I  have  published  any- 
where. 

"  Your  paper  is  in  every  respect  an  admirable  one,  and 
proves  the  necessity  of  minute  and  exact  observation  over  a 
wide  extent  of  country  to  enable  a  man  to  grapple  with  the 
more  difficult  groups,  unravel  their  synonymy,  and  mark 
out  the  limits  of  the  several  species  and  varieties.  All  this 
you  have  done,  and  have,  besides,  established  a  very  interest- 
ing fact  in  zoological  geography,  that  of  the  southern  bank 
of  the  lower  river  having  received  its  fauna  from  Guayana, 
and  not  from  Brazil.  There  is,  however,  another  fact,  I  think, 
of  equal  interest  and  importance  which  you  have  barely 
touched  upon,  and  yet  I  think  your  own  materials  in  this 
very  paper  establish  it,  viz.,  that  the  river,  in  a  great  many 
cases,  limits  the  range  of  species  or  of  well-marked  varieties. 
This  fact  I  considered  was  proved  by  the  imperfect  material 
I  brought  home,  both  as  regards  the  Amazon  and  Rio  Negro. 
In  a  paper  I  read  on  'The  Monkeys  of  the  Lower  Amazon 
and  Rio  Negro'  I  showed  that  the  species  were  often  dif- 
ferent on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  river.  Guayana  species 
came  up  to  the  east  bank,  Columbian  species  to  the  west 
bank,  and  I  stated  that  it  was  therefore  important  that 
travellers  collecting  on  the  banks  of  large  rivers  should  note 
from  which  side  every  specimen  came.  Upon  this  Dr.  Gray 
came  down  upon  me  with  a  regular  floorer.  '  Why,'  said 
he,  *  we  have  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Wallace  himself 
marked  "  Rio  Negro  "  only.'  I  do  not  think  I  answered  him 
properly  at  the  time,  that  those  specimens  were  sent  from 
Barra  before  I  had  the  slightest  idea  myself  that  the  species 
were  different  on  the  two  banks.  In  mammals  the  fact  was 
not  so  much  to  be  wondered  at,  but  few  persons  would  credit 
that  it  would  apply  also  to  birds  and  winged  insects.  Yet 
I  am  convinced  it  does,  and  I  only  regret  that  I  had  not  col- 
lected and  studied  birds  there  with  the  same  assiduity  as  I 
have  here,  as  I  am  sure  they  would  furnish  some  most  interest- 
ing results.  Now,  it  seems  to  me  that  a  person  having  no 
special  knowledge  of  the  district  would  have  no  idea  from 
your  paper  that  the  species  did  not  in  almost  every  instance 


37« 


MY  LIFE 


occur  on  both  banks  of  the  river.  In  only  one  case  do  you 
specially  mention  a  species  being  found  only  on  the  north 
bank.  In  other  cases,  except  where  the  insect  is  local  and 
confined  to  one  small  district,  no  one  can  tell  whether  they 
occur  on  one  or  both  banks.  Obydos  you  only  mention  once, 
Barra  and  the  Tunantins  not  at  all.  I  think  a  list  of  the 
species  or  varieties  occurring  on  the  south  bank  or  north 
bank  only  should  have  been  given,  and  would  be  of  much 
interest  as  establishing  the  fact  that  large  rivers  do  act  as 
limits  in  determining  the  range  of  species.  From  the  localities 
you  give,  it  appears  that  of  the  sixteen  species  of  papilio 
peculiar  to  the  Amazon,  fourteen  occur  only  on  the  south 
bank;  also,  that  the  Guayana  species  all  pass  to  the  south 
bank.  These  facts  I  have  picked  out.  They  are  not  stated 
by  you.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  Guayana  forms,  hav- 
ing once  crossed  the  river,  have  a  great  tendency  to  become 
modified,  and  then  never  recross.  Why  the  Brazilian  species 
should  not  first  have  taken  possession  of  their  own  side  of 
the  river  is  a  myster}\  I  should  be  inclined  to  think  that 
the  present  river  bed  is  comparatively  new,  and  that  the 
southern  lowlands  were  once  continuous  with  Guayana;  in 
fact,  that  Guayana  is  older  than  north  Brazil,  and  that  after 
it  had  pushed  out  its  alluvial  plains  into  what  is  now  north 
Brazil,  an  elevation  on  the  Brazilian  side  made  the  river 
cut  a  new  channel  to  the  northward,  leaving  the  Guayana 
species  isolated,  exposed  to  competition  with  a  new  set  of 
species  from  further  south,  and  so  becoming  modified,  as 
we  now  find  them.  .  .  .  The  whole  district  is,  I  fear,  too 
little  known  geologically  to  test  this  supposition.  The  moun- 
tains of  north  Brazil  are,  however,  said  to  be  of  the  cretaceous 
period,  and  if  so  their  elevation  must  have  occurred  in 
tertiary  times,  and  may  have  continued  to  a  comparatively 
recent  period.  Now  if  there  are  no  proofs  of  such  recent  up- 
heaval in  the  southern  mountains  of  Guayana,  the  theory 
would  thus  far  receive  support.  I  regret  that  your  time  was 
not  more  equally  divided  between  the  north  and  south  banks, 
but  I  suppose  you  found  the  south  so  much  more  productive 
in  new  and  fine  things. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  379 

"  I  am  here  making  what  I  intend  to  be  my  last  collections, 
but  am  doing  very  little  in  insects,  as  it  is  the  wet  season  and 
all  seems  dead.  I  find  in  those  districts  where  the  seasons 
are  strongly  contrasted  the  good  collecting  time  is  very 
limited — only  about  a  month  or  two  at  the  beginning  of  the 
dry,  and  a  few  weeks  at  the  commencement  of  the  rains.  It 
is  now  two  years  since  I  have  been  able  to  get  any  beetles, 
owing  to  bad  localities  and  bad  weather,  so  I  am  becoming 
disgusted.  When  I  do  find  a  good  place  it  is  generally  very 
good,  but  such  are  dreadfully  scarce.  In  Java  I  had  to  go 
forty  miles  in  the  eastern  part  and  sixty  miles  in  the  western 
to  reach  a  bit  of  forest,  and  then  I  got  scarcely  anything. 
Here  I  had  to  come  a  hundred  miles  inland,  by  Palembang, 
and  though  in  the  very  centre  of  Eastern  Sumatra,  the  forest 
is  only  in  patches,  and  it  is  the  height  of  the  rains,  so  I  get 
nothing.  A  Longicorn  is  a  rarity,  and  I  suppose  I  shall  not 
have  as  many  species  in  two  months  as  I  have  obtained  in 
three  or  four  days  in  a  really  good  locality.  I  am  getting, 
however,  some  sweet  little  blue  butterflies  (Lyccenidce) ,  which 
is  the  only  thing  that  keeps  up  my  spirits." 

The  letter  to  my  friend  Silk  will  be,  perhaps,  a  little  more 
amusing,  and  perhaps  not  less  instructive. 

"  Lobo  Roman,  Sumatra,  December  22,  186 1. 
"  My  Dear  George, 

"  Between  eight  and  nine  years  ago,  when  we  were 
concocting  that  absurd  book,  '  Travels  on  the  Amazon  and 
Rio  Negro,'  you  gave  me  this  identical  piece  of  waste  paper 
with  sundry  others,  and  now  having  scribbled  away  my  last 
sheet  of  '  hot-pressed  writing,'  and  being  just  sixty  miles 
from  another,  I  send  you  back  your  gift,  with  interest;  so 
you  see  that  a  good  action,  sooner  or  later,  finds  its  sure 
reward. 

"  I  now  write  you  a  letter,  I  hope  for  the  last  time,  for  I 
trust  our  future  letters  may  be  viva  voce,  as  an  Irishman 
would  say,  while  our  epistolary  correspondence  will  be  con- 
fined to  notes.    I  really  do  now  think  and  believe  that  I  am 


38o 


MY  LIFE 


coming  home,  and  as  I  am  quite  uncertain  when  I  may  be 
able  to  send  you  this  letter,  I  may  possibly  arrive  not  very 
long  after  it.  Some  fine  morning  I  expect  to  walk  into  79, 
Pall  Mall,  and  shall,  I  suppose,  find  things  just  the  same  as 
if  I  had  walked  out  yesterday  and  come  in  to-morrow ! 
There  will  you  be  seated  on  the  same  chair,  at  the  same 
table,  surrounded  by  the  same  account  books,  and  writing 
upon  paper  of  the  same  size  and  colour  as  when  I  last  beheld 
you.  I  shall  find  your  inkstand,  pens,  and  pencils  in  the  same 
places,  and  in  the  same  beautiful  order,  which  my  idiosyncrasy 
compels  me  to  admire,  but  forbids  me  to  imitate.  (Could 
you  see  the  table  at  which  I  am  now  writing,  your  hair  would 
stand  on  end  at  the  reckless  confusion  it  exhibits!)  I 
suppose  you  have  now  added  a  few  more  secretaryships  to 
your  former  multifarious  duties.  I  suppose  that  you  will 
walk  every  morning  from  Kensington  and  back  in  the 
evening,  and  that  things  at  the  archdeacon's  go  on  precisely 
and  identically  as  they  did  eight  years  ago.^  I  feel  almost 
inclined  to  parody  the  words  of  Cicero,  and  to  ask  indignantly, 
'How  long,  O  Georgius,  will  you  thus  abuse  our  patience? 
How  long  will  this  sublime  indifference  last  ? '  But  I  fear 
the  stern  despot,  habit,  has  too  strongly  riveted  your  chains, 
and  as,  after  many  years  of  torture  the  Indian  fanatic  can 
at  last  sleep  only  on  his  bed  of  spikes,  so  perhaps  now  you 
would  hardly  care  to  change  that  daily  routine,  even  if  the 
opportunity  were  thrust  upon  you.  Excuse  me,  my  dear 
George,  if  I  express  myself  too  strongly  on  this  subject,  which 
is  truly  no  business  of  mine,  but  I  cannot  see,  without  regret, 
my  earliest  friend  devote  himself  so  entirely,  mind  and  body, 
to  the  service  of  others. 

"  I  am  here  in  one  of  the  places  unknown  to  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society,  situated  in  the  very  centre  of  East 
Sumatra,  about  one  hundred  miles  from  the  sea  in  three 
directions.  It  is  the  height  of  the  wet  season,  and  the  rain 
pours  down  strong  and  steady,  generally  all  night  and  half 
the  day.    Bad  times  for  me,  but  I  walk  out  regularly  three  or 

1  Mr.  Silk  was  private  secretary  and  reader  to  the  then  Archdeacon 
Sinclair,  Vicar  of  Kensington. 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  381 


four  hours  every  day,  picking  up  what  I  can,  and  generally 
getting  some  little  new  or  rare  or  beautiful  thing  to  reward 
me.  This  is  the  land  of  the  two-horned  rhinoceros,  the  ele- 
phant, the  tiger,  and  the  tapir;  but  they  all  make  themselves 
very  scarce,  and  beyond  their  tracks  and  their  dung,  and  once 
hearing  a  rhinoceros  hark  not  far  off,  I  am  not  aware  of 
their  existence.  This,  too,  is  the  very  land  of  monkeys;  they 
swarm  about  the  villages  and  plantations,  long-tailed  and 
short-tailed,  and  with  no  tail  at  all,  white,  black,  and  grey; 
they  are  eternally  racing  about  the  tree-tops,  and  gambolling 
in  the  most  amusing  manner.  The  way  they  jump  is  amazing. 
They  throw  themselves  recklessly  through  the  air,  apparently 
sure,  with  one  or  other  of  their  four  hands,  to  catch  hold 
of  something.  I  estimated  one  jump  by  a  long-tailed  white 
monkey,  at  thirty  feet  horizontal,  and  sixty  feet  vertical,  from 
a  high  tree  on  to  a  lower  one;  he  fell  through,  however,  so 
great  was  his  impetus,  on  to  a  lower  branch,  and  then,  with- 
out a  moment's  stop,  scampered  away  from  tree  to  tree,  evi- 
dently quite  pleased  with  his  own  pluck.  When  I  startle  a 
band,  and  one  leader  takes  a  leap  like  this,  it  is  amusing  to 
watch  the  others — some  afraid  and  hesitating  on  the  brink 
till  at  last  they  pluck  up  courage,  take  a  run  at  it,  and  often 
roll  over  in  the  air  with  their  desperate  efforts.  Then  there 
are  the  long-armed  apes,  who  never  walk  or  run  upon  the 
trees,  but  travel  altogether  by  their  long  arms,  swinging  them- 
selves from  bough  to  bough  in  the  easiest  and  most  graceful 
manner  possible. 

"  But  I  must  leave  the  monkeys  and  turn  to  the  men,  who 
will  interest  you  more,  though  there  is  nothing  very  remark- 
able in  them.  They  are  Malays,  speaking  a  curious,  half- 
unintelligible  Malay  dialect — Mohammedans,  but  retaining 
many  pagan  customs  and  superstitions.  They  are  very 
ignorant,  very  lazy,  and  live  almost  absolutely  on  rice  alone, 
thriving  upon  it,  however,  just  as  the  Irish  do,  or  did,  upon 
potatoes.  They  were  a  bad  lot  a  few  years  ago,  but  the 
Dutch  have  brought  them  into  order  by  their  admirable  sys- 
tem of  supervision  and  government.  By  the  bye,  I  hope  you 
have  read  Mr.  Mooney's  book  on  Java.    It  is  well  worth 


382 


MY  LIFE 


while,  and  you  will  see  that  I  had  come  to  the  same  conclu- 
sions as  to  Dutch  colonial  government  from  what  I  saw  in 
Menado.  Nothing  is  worse  and  more  absurd  than  the  sneer- 
ing prejudiced  tone  in  which  almost  all  English  writers  speak 
of  the  Dutch  government  in  the  East.  It  never  has  been 
worse  than  ours  has  been,  and  it  is  now  very  much  better; 
and  what  is  greatly  to  their  credit  and  not  generally  known, 
they  take  nearly  the  same  pains  to  establish  order  and  good 
government  in  those  islands  and  possessions  which  are  an 
annual  loss  to  them,  as  in  those  which  yield  them  a  revenue. 
I  am  convinced  that  their  system  is  right  in  principle,  and 
ours  wrong,  though,  of  course,  in  the  practical  working  there 
may  and  must  be  defects;  and  among  the  Dutch  themselves, 
both  in  Europe  and  the  Indies,  there  is  a  strong  party  against 
the  present  system,  but  that  party  consists  mostly  of  mer- 
chants and  planters,  who  want  to  get  the  trade  and  commerce 
of  the  country  made  free,  which  in  my  opinion  would  be  an 
act  of  suicidal  madness,  and  would,  moreover,  seriously  injure 
instead  of  benefiting  the  natives. 

Personally,  I  do  not  much  like  the  Dutch  out  here,  or  the 
Dutch  officials;  but  I  cannot  help  bearing  witness  to  the 
excellence  of  their  government  of  native  races,  gentle  yet 
firm,  respecting  their  manners,  customs,  and  prejudices,  yet 
introducing  everywhere  European  law,  order,  and  industry." 

"  Singapore,  January  20,  1862. 
"  I  cannot  write  more  now.    I  do  not  know  how  long  I 
shall  be  here ;  perhaps  a  month.   Then,  ho !  for  England !  " 

When  I  was  at  Sarawak  in  1855  I  engaged  a  Malay  boy 
named  Ali  as  a  personal  servant,  and  also  to  help  me  to 
learn  the  Malay  language  by  the  necessity  of  constant  com- 
munication with  him.  He  was  attentive  and  clean,  and 
could  cook  very  well.  He  soon  learnt  to  shoot  birds,  to  skin 
them  properly,  and  latterly  even  to  put  up  the  skins  very 
neatly.  Of  course  he  was  a  good  boatman,  as  are  all  Malays, 
and  in  all  the  difficulties  or  dangers  of  our  journeys  he  was 
quite  undisturbed  and  ready  to  do  anything  required  of  him. 


MY  FAITHFUL  MALAY  BOY— ALL    185 5- 1862 


CELEBES,  THE  MOLUCCAS,  ETC.  383 


He  accompanied  me  through  all  my  travels,  sometimes  alone, 
but  more  frequently  with  several  others,  and  was  then  very 
useful  in  teaching  them  their  duties,  as  he  soon  became  well 
acquainted  with  my  wants  and  habits.  During  our  residence 
at  Temate  he  married,  but  his  wife  lived  with  her  family, 
and  it  made  no  difference  in  his  accompanying  me  wherever 
I  went  till  we  reached  Singapore  on  my  way  home.  On 
parting,  besides  a  present  in  money,  I  gave  him  my  two 
double-barrelled  guns  and  whatever  ammunition  I  had,  with 
a  lot  of  surplus  stores,  tools,  and  sundries,  which  made  him 
quite  rich.  He  here,  for  the  first  time,  adopted  European 
clothes,  which  did  not  suit  him  nearly  so  well  as  his  native 
dress,  and  thus  clad  a  friend  took  a  very  good  photograph  of 
him.  I  therefore  now  present  his  likeness  to  my  readers  as 
that  of  the  best  native  servant  I  ever  had,  and  the  faithful 
companion  of  almost  all  my  journey ings  among  the  islands 
of  the  far  East. 

The  two  birds  of  paradise  which  I  had  purchased  gave 
me  a  good  deal  of  trouble  and  anxiety  on  my  way  home.  I 
had  first  to  make  an  arrangement  for  a  place  to  stand  the 
large  cage  on  deck.  A  stock  of  food  was  required,  which 
consisted  chiefly  of  bananas;  but  to  my  surprise  I  found  that 
they  would  eat  cockroaches  greedily,  and  as  these  abound  on 
every  ship  in  the  tropics,  I  hoped  to  be  able  to  obtain  a  good 
supply.  Every  evening  I  went  to  the  storeroom  in  the  fore 
part  of  the  ship,  where  I  was  allowed  to  brush  the  cockroaches 
into  a  biscuit  tin.  The  ship  stayed  three  or  four  days  at 
Bombay  to  discharge  and  take  in  cargo,  coal,  etc.,  and  all 
the  passengers  went  to  a  hotel,  so  I  brought  the  birds  on 
shore  and  stood  them  on  the  hotel  verandah,  where  they 
were  a  great  attraction  to  visitors.  While  staying  at  Bom- 
bay a  small  party  of  us  had  the  good  fortune  to  visit  the 
celebrated  cave-temple  of  Elephanta  on  a  grand  festival 
day,  when  it  was  crowded  with  thousands  of  natives — men, 
women,  and  children,  in  ever-changing  crowds,  kneeling  or 
praying  before  the  images  or  the  altars,  making  gifts  to  the 
gods  or  the  priests,  and  outside  cooking  and  eating — a  most 
characteristic  and  striking  scene. 


3^4 


MY  LIFE 


The  journey  to  Suez  offered  no  particular  incident,  and 
the  birds  continued  in  good  health ;  as  did  two  or  three  lories 
I  had  brought.  But  with  the  railway  journey  to  Alexandria 
difficulties  began.  It  was  in  February,  and  the  night  was 
clear  and  almost  frosty.  The  railway  officials  made  diffi- 
culties, and  it  was  only  by  representing  the  rarity  and  value 
of  the  birds  that  I  could  have  the  cage  placed  in  a  box- 
truck.  When  we  got  into  the  Mediterranean  the  weather 
became  suddenly  cold,  and  worse  still,  I  found  that  the  ship 
was  free  from  cockroaches.  As  I  thought  that  animal  food 
was  perhaps  necessary  to  counteract  the  cold,  I  felt  afraid 
for  the  safety  of  my  charge,  and  determined  to  stay  a  fort- 
night at  Malta  in  order  to  reach  England  a  little  later,  and 
also  to  lay  in  a  store  of  the  necessary  food.  I  accordingly 
arranged  to  break  my  voyage  there,  went  to  a  hotel,  and 
found  that  I  could  get  unlimited  cockroaches  at  a  baker's 
close  by. 

At  Marseilles  I  again  had  trouble,  but  at  last  succeeded  in 
getting  them  placed  in  a  guard's  van,  with  permission  to  enter 
and  feed  them  en  route.  Passing  through  France  it  was  a 
sharp  frost,  but  they  did  not  seem  to  suffer;  and  when  we 
reached  London  I  was  glad  to  transfer  them  into  the  care  of 
Mr.  Bartlett,  who  conveyed  them  to  the  Zoological  Gardens. 

Thus  ended  my  Malayan  travels. 


CHAPTER  XXIII 


LIFE  IN  LONDON,  1 862- 1 87 1 — SCIENTIFIC  AND 
LITERARY  WORK 

On  reaching  London  in  the  spring  of  1862  I  went  to  Hve 
with  my  brother-in-law,  Mr.  Thomas  Sims,  and  my  sister 
Mrs.  Sims,  who  had  a  photographic  business  in  Westbourne 
Grove.  Here,  in  a  large  empty  room  at  the  top  of  the  house, 
I  brought  together  all  the  collections  which  I  had  reserved 
for  myself  and  which  my  agent,  Mr.  Stevens,  had  taken  care 
of  for  me.  I  found  myself  surrounded  by  a  quantity  of 
packing-cases  and  storeboxes,  the  contents  of  many  of  which 
I  had  not  seen  for  five  or  six  years,  and  to  the  examination 
and  study  of  which  I  looked  forward  with  intense  interest. 

From  my  first  arrival  in  the  East  I  had  determined  to 
keep  a  complete  set  of  certain  groups  from  every  island  or 
distinct  locality  which  I  visited  for  my  own  study  on  my 
return  home,  as  I  felt  sure  they  would  afford  me  very  valuable 
materials  for  working  out  the  geographical  distribution  of 
animals  in  the  archipelago,  and  also  throw  light  on  various 
other  problems.  These  various  sets  of  specimens  were  sent 
home  regularly  with  the  duplicates  for  sale,  but  either  packed 
separately  or  so  distinctly  marked  "  Private  "  that  they  could 
be  easily  put  aside  till  my  return  home.  The  groups  thus 
reserved  were  the  birds,  butterflies,  beetles,  and  land-shells, 
and  they  amounted  roughly  to  about  three  thousand  bird 
skins  of  about  a  thousand  species,  and,  perhaps,  twenty  thou- 
sand beetles  and  butterflies  of  about  seven  thousand  species. 

As  I  reached  home  in  a  very  weak  state  of  health,  and 
could  not  work  long  at  a  time  without  rest,  my  first  step 
was  to  purchase  the  largest  and  most  comfortable  easy-chair 
I  could  find  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  then  engage  a  car- 

385 


386 


MY  LIFE 


penter  to  fit  up  one  side  of  the  room  with  movable  deal 
shelves,  and  to  make  a  long  deal  table,  supported  on  trestles, 
on  which  I  could  unpack  and  assort  my  specimens.  In  order 
to  classify  and  preserve  my  bird  skins  I  obtained  from  a 
manufacturer  about  a  gross  of  cardboard  boxes  of  three  sizes, 
which,  when  duly  labelled  with  the  name  of  the  genus  or 
family,  and  arranged  in  proper  order  upon  the  shelves, 
enabled  me  to  find  any  species  without  difficulty.  For  the 
next  month  I  was  fully  occupied  in  the  unpacking  and  ar- 
ranging of  my  collections,  while  I  usually  attended  the 
evening  meetings  of  the  Zoological,  Entomological,  and 
Linnsean  Societies,  where  I  met  many  old  friends  and  made 
several  news  ones,  and  greatly  enjoyed  the  society  of  people 
interested  in  the  subjects  that  now  had  almost  become  the 
business  of  my  life. 

As  soon  as  I  began  to  study  my  birds  I  had  to  pay  fre- 
quent visits  to  the  bird-room  of  the  British  Museum,  then 
in  charge  of  Mr.  George  Robert  Gray,  who  had  described 
many  of  my  discoveries  as  I  sent  them  home,  and  also  to  the 
library  of  the  Zoological  Society  to  consult  the  works  of  the 
older  ornithologists.  In  this  way  the  time  passed  rapidly,  and 
I  became  so  interested  in  my  various  occupations,  and  saw 
so  many  opportunities  for  useful  and  instructive  papers  on 
various  groups  of  my  birds  and  insects,  that  I  came  to  the 
conclusion  to  devote  myself  for  some  years  to  this  work,  and 
to  put  off  the  writing  of  a  book  on  my  travels  till  I  could 
embody  in  it  all  the  more  generally  interesting  results  derived 
from  the  detailed  study  of  certain  portions  of  my  collections. 
This  delay  turned  out  very  well,  as  I  w^as  thereby  enabled  to 
make  my  book  not  merely  the  journal  of  a  traveller,  but 
also  a  fairly  complete  sketch  of  the  whole  of  the  great 
Malayan  Archipelago  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  philo- 
sophic naturalist.  The  result  has  been  that  it  long  continued 
to  be  the  most  popular  of  my  books,  and  that  even  now, 
thirty-six  years  after  its  publication,  its  sale  is  equal  to  that 
of  any  of  the  others. 

Having,  as  already  described,  brought  home  two  living 
birds  of  paradise,  which  were  attracting  much  notice  at  the 


ALFRED  R.  WALLACE.  1869 
(From  a  photograph  by  Mr.  Sims) 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


387 


Zoological  Gardens,  I  thought  it  would  be  of  interest  to  the 
Fellows  of  the  Society  to  give  an  outline  of  my  various 
journeys  in  search  of  these  wonderful  birds,  and  of  the 
reasons  why  I  was,  comparatively  speaking,  so  unsuccessful. 
This  was  the  first  paper  I  wrote  after  my  return,  and  I  read 
it  to  the  society  on  May  11.  As  it  gives  an  account  of  how 
I  pursued  this  special  object,  and  summarizes  a  number  of 
voyages,  the  description  of  which  occupies  six  or  seven 
chapters  of  my  "  Malay  Archipelago,"  and  as  it  is  not 
accessible  to  general  readers,  I  give  the  larger  portion  of  it 
here. 

NARRATIVE  OF  SEARCH  AFTER  BIRDS  OF  PARADISE 

Having  visited  most  of  the  islands  inhabited  by  the  paradise  birds,  in 
the  hope  of  obtaining  good  specimens  of  many  of  the  species,  and  some 
knowledge  of  their  habits  and  distribution,  I  have  thought  that  an  out- 
line of  my  several  voyages,  with  the  causes  that  have  led  to  their  only 
partial  success,  might  not  prove  uninteresting. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1856,  being  then  at  Macassar,  in  the  island  of 
Celebes,  I  was  introduced  to  the  master  of  a  prau  trading  to  the  Aru 
Islands,  who  assured  me  that  two  sorts  of  birds  of  paradise  were  abun- 
dant there — the  large  yellow  and  the  small  red  kinds — the  Paradisea 
apoda  and  P.  regia  of  naturalists. 

He  seemed  to  think  there  was  no  doubt  but  I  could  obtain  them  either 
by  purchase  from  the  natives  or  by  shooting  them  myself.  Thus  en- 
couraged, I  agreed  with  him  for  a  passage  there  and  back  (his  stay 
being  six  months),  and  made  all  my  preparations  to  start  by  the  middle 
of  December, 

Our  vessel  was  a  Malay  prau  of  about  100  tons  burthen,  but  differing 
widely  from  anything  to  be  seen  in  European  waters.  The  deck  sloped 
downwards  towards  the  bows,  the  two  rudders  were  hung  by  rattans 
and  ropes  on  the  quarters,  the  masts  were  triangles  standing  on  the 
decks,  and  the  huge  mat  sail,  considerably  longer  than  the  vessel,  with 
its  yard  of  bamboos,  rose  upwards  at  a  great  angle,  so  as  to  make  up 
for  the  lowness  of  the  mast.  In  this  strange  vessel,  which,  under  very 
favourable  circumstances,  plunged  along  at  nearly  five  miles  an  hour, 
and  with  a  Buginese  crew,  all  of  whom  seemed  to  have  a  voice  in  cases 
of  difficulty  or  danger,  we  made  the  voyage  of  about  a  thousand  miles  in 
perfect  safety,  and  very  agreeably;  in  fact,  of  all  the  sea  voyages  I 
have  made,  this  was  one  of  the  pleasantest. 

On  reaching  the  Bugis  trading  settlement  of  Dobbo,  I  found  that  the 
small  island  on  which  it  is  situated  does  not  contain  any  paradise  birds. 


388 


MY  LIFE 


Just  as  I  was  trying  to  arrange  a  trip  to  the  larger  island,  a  fleet  of 
Magindano  pirates  made  their  appearance,  committing  great  devasta- 
tions, and  putting  the  whole  place  in  an  uproar  ;  and  it  was  only  after 
they  had  been  some  time  gone  that  confidence  began  to  be  restored,  and 
the  natives  could  be  persuaded  to  take  the  smallest  voyage.  This 
delayed  me  two  months  in  Dobbo  without  seeing  a  paradise  bird. 

When,  however,  I  at  length  reached  the  main  island  and  ascended  a 
small  stream  to  a  native  village,  I  soon  obtained  a  specimen  of  the 
lovely  king  bird  of  paradise,  which,  when  first  brought  me,  excited 
greater  admiration  and  delight  than  I  have  experienced  on  any  similar 
occasion.  The  larger  species  was  still  not  to  be  seen,  and  the  natives 
assured  me  that  it  would  be  some  months  before  their  plumage  arrived 
at  perfection,  when  they  were  accustomed  to  congregate  together  and 
could  be  more  easily  obtained.  This  proved  to  be  correct,  for  it  was 
about  four  months  after  my  arrival  at  Dobbo  that  I  obtained  my  first 
full-plumaged  specimen  of  the  great  paradise  bird.  This  was  near  the 
centre  of  the  large  island  of  Aru ;  and  there,  with  the  assistance  of 
the  natives,  I  procured  the  fine  series  which  first  arrived  in  England. 

While  at  Dobbo  I  had  frequent  conversations  with  the  Bugis  traders 
and  with  the  Rajah  of  Coram,  who  all  assured  me  that  in  the  northern 
partb  of  New  Guinea  I  could  travel  with  safety,  and  that  at  Mysol, 
Waigiou,  Salwatty,  and  Dorey  I  could  get  all  the  different  sorts  of 
Paradiseae.  Their  accounts  excited  me  so  much  that  I  could  think  of 
nothing  else ;  and  after  another  excursion  in  Celebes  I  made  my  way 
to  Ternate,  as  the  best  headquarters  for  the  Moluccas  and  New  Cuinea. 
Finding  a  schooner  about  to  sail  on  its  annual  trading  voyage  to  the 
north  coast  of  New  Cuinea,  I  agreed  for  a  passage  to  Dorey,  and  to  be 
called  for  on  the  return  of  the  vessel  after  an  interval  of  three  or  four 
months.  We  arrived  there,  after  a  tedious  voyage,  in  April,  1858,  and 
I  began  my  second  search  after  the  birds  of  paradise. 

I  went  to  Dorey  in  full  confidence  of  success,  and  thought  myself 
extremely  fortunate  in  being  able  to  visit  that  particular  locality;  for 
it  was  there  that  Lesson,  in  the  French  discovery  ship  Coquille,  pur- 
chased from  the  natives  the  skins  of  at  least  eight  species,  viz.,  Para- 
disea  papuana,  with  regia,  magnifica,  suberba,  and  sexsetacea,  Astrapia 
nigra,  Epimachus  magnus,  and  Sericulusu  aureus.  Here  was  a  prospect 
for  me!    The  very  anticipation  of  it  made  me  thrill  with  expectation. 

My  disappointment,  therefore,  may  be  imagined  when,  shortly  after 
my  arrival,  I  found  all  these  bright  hopes  fade  away.  In  vain  I  inquired 
for  the  native  bird-hunters;  none  were  to  be  found  there;  and  the 
inhabitants  assured  me  that  not  a  single  bird  of  paradise  of  any  kind 
was  ever  prepared  by  the  Dorey  people,  and  that  only  the  common 
yellow  one  (P.  papuana)  was  found  in  the  district.  This  turned  out 
to  be  the  case;  for  I  could  get  nothing  but  this  species  sparingly,  a 
few  females  of  the  king-bird  and  one  young  male  of  the  twelve-wired 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


389 


bird  of  paradise,  a  species  Lesson  does  not  mention.  Nevertheless, 
Lesson  did  undoubtedly  obtain  all  the  birds  he  names  at  Dorey;  but 
the  natives  are  great  traders  in  a  petty  way,  and  are  constantly  making 
voyages  along  the  coast  and  to  the  neighbouring  islands,  where  they 
purchase  birds  of  paradise  and  sell  them  again  to  the  Bugis  praus, 
Molucca  traders,  and  whale-ships  which  annually  visit  Dorey  harbour. 
Lesson  must  have  been  there  a  good  time,  when  there  happened  to  be 
an  accumulation  of  bird-skins;  I,  at  a  bad  one,  for  I  could  not  buy  a 
single  rare  bird  all  the  time  I  was  there.  I  also  suffered  much  by  the 
visit  of  a  Dutch  surveying  steamer,  which,  for  want  of  coals,  lay  in 
Dorey  harbour  for  a  month  ;  and  during  that  time  I  got  nothing  from 
the  natives,  every  specimen  being  taken  on  board  the  steamer,  where 
the  commonest  birds  and  insects  were  bought  at  high  prices.  During 
this  time  two  skins  of  the  black  paradise  bird  (Astrapia  nigra)  were 
brought  by  a  Bugis  trader  and  sold  to  an  amateur  ornithologist  on 
board,  and  I  never  had  another  chance  of  getting  a  skin  of  this  rare 
and  beautiful  bird. 

The  Dorey  people  all  agreed  that  Amerbaki,  about  one  hundred  miles 
west,  was  the  place  for  birds  of  paradise,  and  that  almost  all  the  differ- 
ent sorts  were  to  be  found  there.  Determined  to  make  an  effort  to 
secure  them,  I  sent  my  two  best  men  with  ten  natives  and  a  large  stock 
of  goods  to  stay  there  a  fortnight,  with  instructions  to  shoot  and  buy 
all  they  could.  They  returned,  however,  with  absolutely  nothing.  They 
could  not  buy  any  skins  but  those  of  the  common  P.  papuana,  and  could 
not  find  any  birds  but  a  single  specimen  of  P.  regia.  They  were  assured 
that  the  birds  all  came  from  two  or  three  days'  journey  in  the  interior, 
over  several  ridges  of  mountains,  and  were  never  seen  near  the  coast. 
The  coast  people  never  go  there  themselves,  nor  do  the  mountaineers, 
who  kill  and  preserve  them,  ever  come  to  the  coast,  but  sell  them  to  the 
inhabitants  of  intermediate  villages,  where  the  coast  people  go  to  buy 
them.  These  sell  them  to  the  Dorey  people,  or  any  other  native  traders ; 
so  that  the  specimens  Lesson  purchased  had  already  passed  through 
three  or  four  hands. 

These  disappointments,  with  a  scarcity  of  food  sometimes  approach- 
ing starvation,  and  almost  constant  sickness  both  of  myself  and  men, 
one  of  whom  died  of  dysentery,  made  me  heartily  glad  when  the  schooner 
returned  and  took  me  away  from  Dorey.  I  had  gone  there  with  the 
most  brilliant  hopes,  which,  I  think,  were  fully  justified  by  the  facts 
known  before  my  visit;  and  yet,  as  far  as  my  special  object  (the  birds 
of  paradise)  was  concerned,  I  had  accomplished  next  to  nothing. 

My  ardour  for  New  Guinea  voyages  being  now  somewhat  abated, 
for  the  next  year  and  a  half  I  occupied  myself  in  the  Moluccas;  but  in 
January,  i860,  being  joined  (when  at  Amboyna)  by  my  assistant,  Mr. 
Charles  Allen,  I  arranged  a  plan  for  the  further  exploration  of  the 
country  of  the  Paradiseas,  by  sending  Mr.  Allen  to  Mysol,  while  I 


390 


MY  LIFE 


myself,  after  making  the  circuit  of  the  island  of  Ceram,  was  to  visit 
him  with  stores  and  provisions  and  proceed  to  Waigiou,  both  returning 
independently  to  meet  at  Temate  in  the  autumn. 

I  had  been  assured  by  the  Coram  and  Bugis  traders  that  Mysol  was 
the  very  best  country  for  the  birds  of  paradise,  and  that  they  were  finer 
and  more  abundant  there  than  anywhere  else.  For  Waigiou  I  had, 
besides  the  authority  of  the  native  traders,  that  of  Lesson  also,  who 
visited  the  north  coast  for  a  few  days,  and  mentions  seven  species  of 
paradise  birds  purchased  there  by  him. 

These  two  promising  expeditions  turned  out  unfortunately  in  every 
respect.  On  reaching  Coram,  after  much  difficulty  and  delay,  I  found 
it  impossible  to  make  the  voyage  I  had  projected  without  a  vessel  of  my 
own.  I  therefore  purchased  a  sm.all  native  prau  of  about  eight  tons,  and 
after  spending  a  month  in  strengthening  and  fitting  it  up,  and  having 
with  great  difficulty  secured  a  native  crew,  paid  them  half  their  wages 
in  advance,  and  overcome  all  the  difficulties  and  objections  which  every 
one  of  them  made  to  starting  when  all  was  ready,  we  at  length  got 
away,  and  I  congratulated  myself  on  my  favourable  prospects.  Touch- 
ing at  Ceramlaut,  the  rendez^'ous  of  the  New  Cuinea  traders,  I  invested 
all  my  spare  cash  in  goods  for  barter  wuth  the  natives,  and  then  pro- 
ceeded towards  Mysol. 

The  ver\'  next  day,  however,  being  obliged  to  anchor  on  the  east 
coast  of  Ceram  on  account  of  bad  weather,  my  crew  all  ran  away  during 
the  night,  leaving  myself  and  my  two  Amboyna  hunters  to  get  on  as  we 
could.  With  great  difficulty  I  procured  other  men  to  take  us  as  far  as 
W^ahai,  on  the  north  coast  of  Ceram,  opposite  to  Mysoi,  and  there  by  a 
great  chance  succeeded  in  picking  up  a  make-shift  crew  of  four  men 
willing  to  go  with  me  to  Mysol,  Waigiou,  and  Ternate,  I  here  found  a 
letter  from  Mr.  Allen,  telling  me  he  was  much  in  want  of  rice  and  other 
necessaries,  and  was  waiting  my  arrival  to  go  to  the  north  coast  of 
Mysol,  where  alone  the  Paradiseae  could  be  obtained. 

On  attempting  to  cross  the  strait,  sevent\'  miles  wide,  between  Ceram 
and  Mysol,  a  strong  east  wind  blew  us  out  of  our  course,  so  that  we 
passed  to  the  westward  of  that  island  without  any  possibility  of  getting 
back  to  it.  Mr.  Allen,  finding  it  impossible  to  live  w^ithout  rice,  had  to 
return  to  Wahai,  much  against  his  will,  and  there  was  kept  two  months 
waiting  a  supply  from  AmbojTia.  When  at  length  he  was  able  to  return 
to  Mysol,  he  had  only  a  fortnight  at  the  best  place  on  the  north  coast, 
when  the  last  boat  of  the  season  left,  and  he  was  obliged  to  take  his 
only  chance  of  getting  back  to  Ternate. 

Through  this  unfortunate  series  of  accidents  he  was  only  able  to 
get  a  single  specimen  of  P.  papuana,  which  is  there  finer  than  in  most 
other  places,  a  few  of  the  Cicinnurus  regius,  and  of  P.  magnifica  only  a 
native  skin,  though  this  beautiful  little  species  is  not  rare  in  the  island, 
and  during  a  longer  stay  might  easily  have  been  obtained. 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


391 


My  own  voyage  was  beset  with  misfortunes.  After  passing  Mysol, 
I  lost  two  of  my  scanty  crew  on  a  little  desert  island,  our  anchor  break- 
ing while  they  were  on  shore,  and  a  powerful  current  carrying  us  rap- 
idly away.  One  of  them  was  our  pilot;  and,  without  a  chart  or  any 
knowledge  of  the  coasts,  we  had  to  blunder  our  way  short-handed 
among  the  rocks  and  reefs  and  innumerable  islands  which  surround  the 
rocky  coasts  of  Waigiou.  Our  little  vessel  was  five  times  on  the  rocks 
in  the  space  of  twenty-four  hours,  and  a  little  more  wind  or  sea  would 
in  several  cases  have  caused  our  destruction.  On  at  length  reaching  our 
resting-place  on  the  south  coast  of  Waigiou,  I  immediately  sent  a  native 
boat  after  my  lost  sailors,  which,  however,  returned  in  a  week  without 
them,  owing  to  bad  weather.  Again  they  were  induced  to  make  the 
attempt,  and  this  time  returned  with  them  in  a  very  weak  and  c*naci- 
ated  condition,  as  they  had  lived  a  month  on  a  mere  sand-bank,  about  a 
mile  in  diameter,  subsisting  on  shell-fish  and  the  succulent  shoots  of  a 
wild  plant. 

I  now  devoted  myself  to  an  investigation  of  the  natural  history  of 
Waigiou,  having  great  expectations  raised  by  Lesson's  account,  who 
says  that  he  purchased  the  three  true  Paradiseas,  as  well  as  P.  magnifica 
and  P.  sexsetacea,  with  Epimachus  magnus  and  Sericulus  aureus,  in 
the  island,  and  also  mentions  several  rare  Psittaci  as  probably  found 
there.  I  soon  ascertained,  however,  from  the  universal  testimony  of 
the  inhabitants,  afterwards  confirmed  by  my  own  observation,  that  none 
of  these  species  exist  on  the  island,  except  P.  rubral,  which  is  the  sole 
representative  of  the  two  families,  Paradiseidae  and  Epimachidae,  and  is 
strictly  limited  to  this  one  spot. 

With  more  than  the  usual  amount  of  difficulties,  privations,  and 
hunger,  I  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  good  series  of  this  beautiful  and 
extraordinary  bird ;  and  three  months'  assiduous  collecting  produced  no 
other  species  at  all  worthy  of  attention.  The  parrots  and  pigeons  were 
all  of  known  species;  and  there  was  really  nothing  in  the  island  to 
render  it  worth  visiting  by  a  naturalist,  except  the  P.  rubra,  which  can 
be  obtained  nowhere  else. 

Our  two  expeditions  to  two  almost  unknown  Papuan  islands  have 
thus  added  but  one  species  to  the  Paradiseas  which  I  had  before  ob- 
tained from  Aru  and  Dorey.  These  voyages  occupied  us  nearly  a  year ; 
for  we  parted  company  in  Amboyna  in  February,  and  met  again  at 
Ternate  in  November,  and  it  was  not  till  the  following  January  that 
we  were  either  of  us  able  to  start  again  on  a  fresh  voyage. 

At  Waigiou  I  learned  that  the  birds  of  paradise  all  came  from  three 
places  on  the  north  coast,  between  Salwatty  and  Dorey — Sorong,  Maas, 
and  Amberbaki.  The  latter  I  had  tried  unsuccessfully  from  Dorey;  at 
Maas,  the  natives  who  procured  the  birds  were  said  to  live  three  days' 
journey  in  the  interior,  and  to  be  cannibals;  but  at  Sorong,  which  was 
near  Salwatty,  they  were  only  about  a  day  from  the  coast,  and  were  less 


392 


MY  LIFE 


dangerous  to  visit.  At  Mysol  Mr.  Allen  had  received  somewhat  similar 
information;  and  we  therefore  resolved  that  he  should  make  another 
attempt  at  Sorong,  where  we  were  assured  all  the  sorts  could  be  ob- 
tained. The  whole  of  that  country  being  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Sultan  of  Tidore,  I  obtained,  through  the  Dutch  resident  at  Ternate,  a 
Tidore  lieutenant  and  two  soldiers  to  accompany  Mr.  Allen  as  a  pro- 
tection, and  to  facilitate  his  operations  in  getting  men  and  visiting  the 
interior. 

Notwithstanding  these  precautions,  Mr.  Allen  met  with  difficulties 
in  this  voyage  which  we  had  not  encountered  before.  To  understand 
these,  it  is  necessary  to  consider  that  the  birds  of  paradise  are  an 
article  of  commerce,  and  are  the  monopoly  of  the  chiefs  of  the  coast 
villages,  who  obtain  them  at  a  low  rate  from  the  mountaineers,  and 
sell  them  to  the  Bugis  traders.  A  portion  of  the  skins  is  also  paid  every 
year  as  tribute  to  the  Sultan  of  Tidore.  The  natives  are  therefore  very 
jealous  of  a  stranger,  especially  a  European,  interfering  in  their  trade, 
and  above  all  of  his  going  into  the  interior  to  deal  with  the  mountaineers 
themselves.  They,  of  course,  think  he  will  raise  the  prices  in  the  inte- 
rior, and  lessen  the  demand  on  the  coast,  greatly  to  their  disadvantage; 
they  also  think  their  tribute  will  be  raised  if  a  European  takes  back  a 
quantity  of  the  rare  sorts ;  and  they  have,  besides,  a  vague  and  very 
natural  dread  of  some  ulterior  object  in  a  white  man's  coming  at  so 
much  trouble  and  expense  to  their  country  only  to  get  birds  of  para- 
dise, of  which  they  know  he  can  buy  plenty  at  Ternate,  Macassar,  or 
Singapore. 

It  thus  happened  that  when  Mr.  Allen  arrived  at  Sorong  and  ex- 
plained his  intentions  of  going  to  seek  birds  of  paradise  in  the  interior, 
innumerable  objections  were  raised.  He  was  told  it  was  three  or  four 
days'  journey  over  swamps  and  mountains;  that  the  mountaineers  were 
savages  and  cannibals,  who  would  certainly  kill  him;  and,  lastly,  that 
not  a  man  in  the  village  could  be  found  who  dare  go  with  him.  After 
some  days  spent  in  these  discussions,  as  he  still  persisted  in  making  the 
attempt,  and  showed  them  his  authority  from  the  Sultan  of  Tidore  to 
go  where  he  pleased  and  receive  every  assistance,  they  at  length  pro- 
vided him  with  a  boat  to  go  the  first  part  of  the  journey  up  a  river;  at 
the  same  time,  however,  they  sent  private  orders  to  the  interior  villages 
to  refuse  to  sell  any  provisions,  so  as  to  compel  him  to  return.  On 
arriving  at  the  village  where  they  were  to  leave  the  river  and  strike 
inland,  the  coast  people  returned,  leaving  Mr.  Allen  to  get  on  as  he 
could.  Here  he  called  on  the  Tidore  lieutenant  to  assist  him,  and 
procure  men  as  guides  and  to  carry  his  baggage  to  the  villages  of 
the  mountaineers.  This,  however,  was  not  so  easily  done;  a  quarrel 
took  place,  and  the  natives,  refusing  to  obey  the  somewhat  harsh 
orders  of  the  lieutenant,  got  out  their  knives  and  spears  to  attack  him 
and  his  soldiers,  and  Mr.  Allen  himself  was  obliged  to  interfere  to 
protect  those  who  had  come  to  guard  him.    The  respect  due  to  a 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


393 


white  man  and  the  timely  distribution  of  a  few  presents  prevailed; 
and  on  showing  the  knives,  hatchets,  and  beads  he  was  willing  to  give 
to  those  who  accompanied  him,  peace  was  restored,  and  the  next  day, 
travelling  over  a  frightfully  rugged  country,  they  reached  the  villages 
of  the  mountaineers.  Here  Mr.  Allen  remained  a  month,  without  any 
interpreter  through  whom  he  could  understand  a  word  or  communi- 
cate a  want.  However,  by  signs  and  presents  and  a  pretty  liberal 
barter,  he  got  on  very  well,  some  of  them  accompanying  him  every 
day  in  the  forest  to  shoot  and  receiving  a  small  present  when  he  was 
successful. 

In  the  grand  matter  of  the  paradise  birds,  however,  little  was  done. 
Only  one  additional  species  was  found,  the  Seleucides  alba  (or  twelve- 
wired  bird  of  paradise),  of  which  he  had  already  obtained  a  specimen 
on  the  island  of  Salwatty  on  his  way  to  Sorong;  so  that  at  this  much- 
vaunted  place  in  the  mountains,  and  among  the  bird-catching  natives, 
nothing  fresh  was  obtained.  The  P.  magnifica,  they  said,  was  found 
there,  but  was  rare ;  the  Sericulus  aureus  also  rare ;  Epimachus  magnus, 
Astrapia  nigra,  Parotia  sexsetacea,  and  Lophorina  superba  not  found 
there,  but  only  much  further  in  the  interior,  as  well  as  the  lovely  little 
lory,  Charmosyna  papuana.  Moreover,  neither  at  Sorong  nor  at  Sal- 
watty could  he  obtain  a  single  native  skin  of  the  rarer  species. 

Thus  ended  my  search  after  these  beautiful  birds.  Five  voyages  to 
different  parts  of  the  district  they  inhabit,  each  occupying  in  its  prepa- 
ration and  execution  the  larger  part  of  a  year,  have  produced  me  only 
five  species  out  of  the  thirteen  known  to  exist  in  New  Guinea-  The 
kinds  obtained  are  those  that  inhabit  the  districts  near  the  coasts  of 
New  Guinea  and  its  islands,  the  remainder  seeming  to  be  strictly 
confined  to  the  central  mountain-ranges  of  the  northern  peninsula; 
and  our  reseaches  at  Dorey  and  Amberbaki,  near  one  end  of  this 
peninsula,  and  at  Salwatty  and  Sorong,  near  the  other,  enable  me  to 
decide  with  some  certainty  on  the  native  country  of  these  rare  and 
lovely  birds,  good  specimens  of  which  have  never  yet  been  seen  in 
Europe.  It  must  be  considered  as  somewhat  extraordinary  that  during 
five  years'  residence  and  travel  in  Celebes,  the  Moluccas,  and  New 
Guinea,  I  should  never  have  been  able  to  purchase  skins  of  half  the 
species  which  Lesson,  forty  years  ago,  obtained  during  a  few  weeks 
in  the  same  countries.  I  believe  that  all,  except  the  common  species 
of  commerce,  are  now  much  more  difficult  to  obtain  than  they  were 
even  twenty  years  ago ;  and  I  impute  it  principally  to  their  having 
been  sought  after  by  the  Dutch  officials  through  the  Sultan  of  Tidore. 
The  chiefs  of  the  annual  expeditions  to  collect  tribute  have  had  orders 
to  get  all  the  rare  sorts  of  paradise  birds;  and  as  they  pay  little  or 
nothing  for  them  (it  being  sufficient  to  say  they  are  for  the  Sultan), 
the  head  men  of  the  coast  villages  would  for  the  future  refuse  to  pur- 
chase them  from  the  mountaineers,  and  confine  themselves  instead  to 
the  commoner  species>  which  are  less  sought  after  by  amateurs,  but 


394 


MY  LIFE 


are  to  them  a  profitable  merchandise.  The  same  causes  frequently 
lead  the  inhabitants  of  uncivilized  countries  to  conceal  any  minerals 
or  other  natural  products  with  which  they  may  become  acquainted, 
from  the  fear  of  being  obliged  to  pay  increased  tribute,  or  of  bringing 
upon  themselves  a  new  and  oppressive  labour. 

I  have  given  this  short  sketch  of  my  search  after  the  birds  of  para- 
dise, barely  touching  on  the  many  difficulties  and  dangers  I  experi- 
enced, because  I  fear  that  the  somewhat  scanty  results  of  my  exertions 
may  have  led  to  the  opinion  that  they  failed  for  want  of  judgment  or 
perseverance.  I  trust,  however,  that  the  mere  enumeration  of  my 
voyages  will  show  that  patience  and  perseverance  were  not  altogether 
wanting;  but  I  must  plead  guilty  to  having  been  misled,  first  by  Lesson 
and  then  by  all  the  native  traders,  it  never  having  occurred  to  me 
(and  I  think  it  could  not  have  occurred  to  anyone)  that  in  scarcely 
a  single  instance  would  the  birds  be  found  to  inhabit  the  districts  in 
which  they  are  most  frequently  to  be  purchased.  Yet  such  is  the  case ; 
for  neither  at  Dorey,  nor  at  Salwatty,  nor  Waigiou,  nor  Mysol  are 
any  of  the  rarer  species  to  be  found  alive.  Not  only  this,  but  even  at 
Sorong,  where  the  Waigiou  chiefs  go  every  year  and  purchase  all 
kinds  of  birds  of  paradise,  it  has  turned  out  that  most  of  the  speci- 
mens are  brought  from  the  central  mountain  ranges  by  the  natives, 
and  reach  the  shore  in  places  where  it  is  not  safe  for  trading  praus 
to  go,  owing  to  the  want  of  anchorage  on  an  exposed  rocky  coast. 

Nature  seems  to  have  taken  every  precaution  that  these,  her  choicest 
treasures,  may  not  lose  value  by  being  too  easily  obtained.  First,  we 
find  an  open,  harbourless,  inhospitable  coast,  exposed  to  the  full  swell 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean ;  next,  a  rugged  and  mountainous  country,  covered 
with  dense  forests,  offering  its  swamps  and  precipices  and  serrated 
ridges  an  almost  impassable  barrier  to  the  central  regions;  and  lastly, 
a  race  of  the  most  savage  and  ruthless  character,  in  the  very  lowest 
stage  of  civilization.  In  such  a  country  and  among  such  a  people 
are  found  these  wonderful  productions  of  nature.  In  those  trackless 
wilds  do  they  display  that  exquisite  beauty  and  that  marvellous  devel- 
opment of  plumage,  calculated  to  excite  admiration  and  astonishment 
among  the  most  civilized  and  most  intellectual  races  of  men.  A 
feather  is  itself  a  wonderful  and  a  beautiful  thing.  A  bird  clothed 
with  feathers  is  almost  necessarily  a  beautiful  creature.  How  much, 
then,  must  we  wonder  at  and  admire  the  modification  of  simple 
feathers  into  the  rigid,  polished,  wavy  ribbons  which  adorn  Paradisea 
rubra,  the  mass  of  airy  plumes  upon  P.  apoda,  the  tufts  and  wires  of 
Seleucides  alba,  or  the  golden  buds  borne  upon  airy  stems  that  spring 
from  the  tail  of  Cicinnurus  regius ;  while  gems  and  polished  metals 
can  alone  compare  with  the  tints  that  adorn  the  breast  of  Parotia 
sexsetacea  and  Astrapia  nigra,  and  the  immensely  developed  shoulder- 
plumes  of  Epimachus  magnus. 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


395 


My  next  work  was  to  describe  five  new  birds  from  New 
Guinea  obtained  by  my  assistant,  Mr.  Allen,  during  his  last 
visit  there,  and  also  seven  new  species  obtained  during  his 
visit  to  the  north  of  Gilolo  and  Morty  Island.  I  also  de- 
scribed three  new  species  of  the  beautiful  genus  Pitta,  com- 
monly called  ground-thrushes,  but  more  nearly  allied  to  the 
South  American  ant-thrushes  (Formicariidae),  or  perhaps 
to  the  Australian  lyre-birds.  I  also  began  a  series  of  papers 
dealing  with  the  birds  of  certain  islands  or  groups  of  islands 
for  the  purpose  of  elucidating  the  geographical  distribution 
of  animals  in  the  archipelago.  The  first  of  these  was  a  list  of 
the  birds  from  the  Sula  or  Xulla  Islands,  situated  between 
Celebes  and  the  Moluccas,  but  by  their  position  seeming  to 
belong  more  to  the  latter.  I  believe  that  not  a  single  species 
of  bird  was  known  from  these  small  islands,  and  I  should 
probably  not  have  thought  them  worth  visiting  had  I  not 
been  assured  by  native  traders  that  a  very  pretty  little  par- 
rot was  found  there  and  nowhere  else.  I  therefore  sent 
Mr.  Allen  there  for  two  months,  and  he  obtained  a  small  but 
very  interesting  collection,  consisting  of  forty-eight  species  of 
birds,  of  which  seven  were  entirely  new,  including  the  little 
parrakeet  which  I  named  Loriculus  sclateri,  and  which  is  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  genus.  But  the  most  interesting 
feature  of  the  collection  was  that  it  proved  indisputably  that 
these  islands,  though  nearer  to  Bouru  and  the  Batchian  group 
than  to  Celebes,  really  formed  outlying  portions  of  the  latter 
island,  since  no  less  than  twenty  of  the  species  were  found 
also  in  Celebes  and  only  ten  in  the  Moluccas,  while  of  the 
new  species  five  were  closely  allied  to  Celebesian  types,  while 
only  two  were  nearest  to  Moluccan  species.  This  very  curious 
and  interesting  result  has  led  other  naturalists  to  visit  these 
islands  as  well  as  all  the  other  small  islands  which  cluster 
around  the  strangely  formed  large  island.  The  result  has 
been  that  considerable  numbers  of  new  species  have  been 
discovered,  while  the  intimate  connection  of  these  islands  with 
Celebes,  so  clearly  shown  by  this  first  small  collection,  has 
been  powerfully  enforced. 


396 


MY  LIFE 


During  the  succeeding  five  years  I  continued  the  study  of 
my  collections,  writing  many  papers,  of  which  more  than  a 
dozen  related  to  birds,  some  being  of  considerable  length  and 
involving  months  of  continuous  study.  But  I  also  wrote 
several  on  physical  and  zoological  geography,  six  on  various 
questions  of  anthropology,  and  five  or  six  on  special  applica- 
tions of  the  theory  of  natural  selection.  I  also  began  working 
at  my  insect  collections,  on  which  I  wrote  four  rather  elabor- 
ate papers.  As  several  of  these  papers  discussed  matters  of 
considerable  interest  and  novelty,  I  will  here  give  a  brief 
summary  of  the  more  important  of  them  in  the  order  in  which 
they  were  written. 

The  first  of  these,  read  in  January,  1863,  at  a  meeting  of 
the  Zoological  Society,  was  on  my  birds  from  Bouru,  and  was 
chiefly  important  as  showing  that  this  island  was  undoubtedly 
one  of  the  Moluccan  group,  every  bird  found  there  which  was 
not  widely  distributed  being  either  identical  with  or  closely 
allied  to  Moluccan  species,  while  none  had  special  affinities 
with  Celebes.  It  was  clear,  then,  that  this  island  formed  the 
most  westerly  outlier  of  the  Moluccan  group. 

My  next  paper  of  importance,  read  before  the  same  society 
in  the  following  November,  was  on  the  birds  of  the  chain  of 
islands  extending  from  Lombok  to  the  great  island  of  Timor. 
I  gave  a  list  of  one  hundred  and  eighty-six  species  of  birds, 
of  which  twenty-nine  were  altogether  new;  but  the  special 
importance  of  the  paper  was  that  it  enabled  me  to  mark  out 
precisely  the  boundary  line  between  the  Indian  and  Australian 
zoological  regions,  and  to  trace  the  derivation  of  the  rather 
peculiar  fauna  of  these  islands,  partly  from  Australia  and 
partly  from  the  Moluccas,  but  with  a  strong  recent  migration 
of  Javanese  species  due  to  the  very  narrow  straits  separating 
most  of  the  islands  from  each  other.  The  following  table  will 
serve  to  illustrate  this : — 

Lombok.  Floree.  Timor. 

Species  derived  from  Java  34  28  17 

Species  derived  from  Australia        7  14  36 

This  table  shows  how   two  streams   of  immigration  have 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


397 


entered  these  islands,  the  one  from  Java  diminishing  in 
intensity  as  it  passed  on  farther  and  farther  to  Timor;  the 
other  from  Australia  entering  Timor  and  diminishing  still 
more  rapidly  towards  Lombok.  This  indicates,  as  its  geologi- 
cal structure  shows,  that  Timor  is  the  older  island  and  that 
it  received  immigrants  from  Australia  at  a  period  when, 
probably,  Lombok  and  Flores  had  not  come  into  existence 
or  were  uninhabitable.  This  is  also  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
the  Australian  immigrants  have  undergone  greater  modifica- 
tion than  the  Javan.  If  we  compare  the  birds  of  the  whole 
chain  of  islands  according  as  they  are  of  Javan  or  Australian 
origin,  we  have  the  following  results: — 

Javan  species   36      Australian  species   13 

Javan  allied  species    11      Australian  allied  species. .  35 

47  48 

We  thus  see  that  while  the  proportion  of  the  birds  derived 
from  each  source  is  almost  exactly  equal,  about  three-fourths 
of  those  from  Java  have  remained  unchanged,  while  three- 
fourths  of  those  from  Australia  have  become  so  modified  as 
to  be  very  distinct  species.  This  shows  us  how  the  distribu- 
tion of  birds  can,  when  carefully  studied,  give  us  information 
as  to  the  past  history  of  the  earth. 

We  can  also  feel  confident  that  Timor  has  not  been 
actually  connected  with  Australia,  because  it  has  none  of  the 
peculiar  Australian  mammalia,  and  also  because  many  of  the 
commonest  and  most  widespread  groups  of  Australian  birds 
are  entirely  wanting.  And  we  are  equally  certain  that  Lom- 
bok and  the  islands  further  east  have  never  been  united  to 
Bali  and  Java,  because  four  Australian  or  papuan  genera 
of  parrots  and  cockatoos  are  found  in  them,  but  not  in  Java, 
as  are  several  species  of  honeysuckers  (Meliphagidae),  a  fam- 
ily of  birds  confined  to  the  Australian  region.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  large  number  of  genera  which  extend  over  the  whole 
of  the  true  Malay  islands,  from  Sumatra  to  Java,  never  pass 
the  narrow  straits  into  Lombok.  Among  these  are  the  long- 
tail  parrakeets  (Palseornis),  the  barbets  (Megalsemidse),  the 


398 


MY  LIFE 


weaver-birds  (Ploceus),  the  ground  starlings  (Sturnopastor), 
several  genera  of  woodpeckers,  and  an  immense  number  of 
genera  of  flycatchers,  tits,  gapers,  bulbuls,  and  other  perching 
birds  which  abound  everywhere  in  Borneo  and  Java. 

Two  other  papers  dealt  with  the  parrots  and  the  pigeons 
of  the  whole  archipelago,  and  are  among  the  most  important 
of  my  studies  of  geographical  distribution.  That  on  parrots 
was  written  in  1864,  and  read  at  a  meeting  of  the  Zoological 
Society  in  June.  Although  the  Malay  Archipelago  as  a 
whole  is  one  of  the  richest  countries  in  varied  forms  of  the 
parrot  tribe,  that  richness  is  almost  wholly  confined  to  its 
eastern  or  Australian  portion,  for  while  there  are  about 
seventy  species  between  Celebes  and  the  Solomon  Islands, 
there  are  only  five  in  the  three  large  islands,  Java,  Borneo,  and 
Sumatra,  together  with  the  Malay  peninsula,  while  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  have  twelve.  This  extreme  richness  of  the 
Moluccas  and  New  Guinea  is  also  characteristic  of  the  Pacific 
Islands  and  Australia,  so  that  the  Australian  region,  with  its 
comparatively  small  area  of  land,  contains  nearly  as  many 
species  of  this  tribe  of  birds  as  the  rest  of  the  globe  and 
considerably  more  than  the  vast  area  of  tropical  America,  the 
next  richest  of  all  the  regions. 

No  two  groups  of  birds  can  well  be  more  unlike  in  struc- 
ture, form,  and  habits  than  parrots  and  pigeons,  yet  we  find 
that  the  main  features  of  the  distribution  of  the  former,  as 
just  described,  are  found  also,  though  in  a  less  marked  degree, 
in  the  latter.  The  Australian  region  by  itself  contains  three- 
fourths  as  many  pigeons  as  the  whole  of  the  rest  of  the  globe ; 
tropical  America,  the  next  richest,  having  only  about  half 
the  number ;  while  tropical  Africa  and  Asia  are  as  poor,  com- 
paratively, in  this  group  as  they  are  in  parrots.  Turning 
now  to  our  special  subject,  the  Malay  Archipelago,  we  find 
that  it  contains  about  one  hundred  and  twenty  species  of 
pigeons,  of  which  more  than  two-thirds  (about  ninety  species) 
belong  to  the  eastern  or  Austro-Malayan  portion  of  it,  which 
portion  thus  contains  considerably  more  species,  and  much 
more  varied  forms  and  colours,  than  the  whole  of  South 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


399 


America,  Mexico,  and  the  West  Indies,  forming  the  next 
richest  area  on  the  globe. 

But  this  is  not  the  only  feature  in  which  the  parrots  and 
the  pigeons  resemble  each  other.  Both  have  characteristic 
forms  and  colours,  which  prevail  generally  pver  the  whole 
world.  In  parrots  this  may  be  said  to  be  green,  varying  into 
yellow,  grey,  red,-  and  more  rarely  blue,  and,  except  for  a 
lengthened  tail,  having  rarely  any  special  developments  of 
plumage.  In  pigeons,  soft  ashy  lilac  or  brown  tints  are  char- 
acteristic of  the  whole  group,  often  with  metallic  reflections; 
while  soft  greens,  and  sometimes  metallic  greens,  occur  in 
the  forest  regions  of  tropical  Africa  and  Asia,  but  rarely 
anything  approaching  to  crests  or  other  developments  of 
plumage. 

But  as  soon  as  we  reach  the  Moluccas  and  New  Guinea 
we  find  a  new  type  of  coloration  appearing  in  both  groups. 
Among  the  lories  we  find  vivid  red  and  crimson,  sometimes 
with  a  remnant  of  green  on  the  wings  and  tail,  but  often 
covering  the  whole  plumage,  varied  with  bands  or  patches 
of  equally  vivid  blue  or  yellow,  while  the  red  sometimes 
deepens  into  a  blackish  purple.  Among  the  cockatoos  we 
have  pure  whites  and  deep  black,  with  highly  developed 
crests,  often  of  great  beauty,  so  that  in  these  two  families 
we  seem  to  depart  altogether  from  the  usual  parrot  type  of 
coloration. 

Still  more  remarkably  is  this  the  case  with  the  pigeons. 
In  the  extensive  genus  of  small  irmt-pigeons(Ptilonopiis) 
the  usual  ground  colour  is  a  clear  soft  green,  variegated  by 
blue,  purple,  or  yellow  breasts,  and  crowns  of  equally  brilliant 
colours.  Besides  these,  we  have  larger  fruit-pigeons  almost 
wholly  cream  white,  while  the  very  large  ground  pigeons 
of  New  Guinea  possess  flat  vertical  crests,  which  are  unique 
in  this  order  of  birds.  The  wonderfully  brilliant  golden  green 
Nicobar  pigeon  is  probably  a  native  of  the  Austro-Malayan 
islands,  and  may  have  been  carried  westward  by  Malay 
traders,  and  have  become  naturalized  on  a  few  small 
islands. 

These  peculiarities  of  distribution  and  coloration  in  two 


400 


MY  LIFE 


such  very  diverse  groups  of  birds  interested  me  greatly,  and 
I  endeavoured  to  explain  them  in  accordance  with  the  laws 
of  natural  selection.  In  the  paper  on  Pigeons  (published 
in  The  Ibis  of  October,  1865)  I  suggest  that  the  excessive 
development  of  both  these  groups  in  the  Moluccas  and 
the  Papuan  islands  has  been  due  primarily  to  the  total  ab- 
sence of  arboreal,  carnivorous,  or  egg-destroying  mammals, 
especially  of  the  whole  monkey  tribe,  which  in  all  other 
tropical  forest  regions  are  exceedingly  abundant,  and  are 
very  destructive  to  eggs  and  young  birds.  I  also  point  out 
that  there  are  here  comparatively  few  other  groups  of  fruit- 
eating  birds  like  the  extensive  families  of  chatterers,  tanagers 
and  toucans  of  America,  or  the  barbets,  bulbuls,  finches, 
starlings,  and  many  other  groups  of  India  and  Africa,  while 
in  all  those  countries  monkeys,  squirrels,  and  other  arboreal 
mammals  consume  enormous  quantities  of  fruits.  It  is  clear, 
therefore,  that  in  the  Australian  region,  especially  in  the 
forest-clad  portions  of  it,  both  parrots  and  pigeons  have 
fewer  enemies  and  fewer  competitors  for  food  than  in  other 
tropical  regions,  the  result  being  that  they  have  had  freer 
scope  for  development  in  various  directions  leading  to  the 
production  of  forms  and  styles  of  colouring  unknown  else- 
where. It  is  also  very  suggestive  that  the  only  other  country 
in  which  black  pigeons  and  black  parrots  are  found  is  Mada- 
gascar, an  island  where  also  there  are  neither  monkeys  nor 
squirrels,  and  where  arboreal  carnivora  or  fruit-eating  birds 
are  very  scarce.  The  satisfactory  solution  of  these  curious 
facts  of  distribution  gave  me  very  great  pleasure,  and  I  am 
not  aware  that  the  conclusions  I  arrived  at  have  been  seriously 
objected  to. 

Before  I  had  written  these  two  papers  I  had  begun  the 
study  of  my  collections  of  butterflies,  and  in  March,  1864, 
I  read  before  the  Linnaean  Society  a  rather  elaborate  paper 
on  "  The  Malayan  Papilionidse,  as  illustrating  the  Theory  of 
Natural  Selection."  This  was  published  in  the  Society's 
Transactions,  vol.  xxv.,  and  was  illustrated  by  fine  coloured 
plates  drawn  by  Professor  Westwood.    I  reprinted  the  intro- 


LIFE  IN  LONDON  401  . 

ductory  portion  of  this  paper  in  the  first  edition  of  my  "  Con- 
tributions to  the  Theory  of  Natural  Selection  "  in  1870,  but 
in  later  editions  it  was  omitted,  as  being  rather  too  technical 
for  general  readers,  and  not  easily  followed  without  the 
coloured  plates.  I  will  therefore  give  a  short  outline  of  its 
purport  here. 

I  may  state  for  the  information  of  non-entomological 
readers  that  the  Papilionidse  form  one  of  the  most  extensive 
families  of  butterflies,  and  from  their  large  size,  elegant  forms 
and  splendid  colours  were  considered  by  all  the  older 
writers  to  be  the  princes  of  the  whole  lepidopterous  order. 
They  are  usually  known  by  the  English  term  "  Swallow- 
tailed  butterflies,"  because  the  only  British  species,  as  well  as 
a  great  many  of  the  tropical  forms,  have  the  hind  wings 
tailed.  They  are  pretty  uniformly  distributed  over  all  the 
warmer  regions,  but  are  especially  abundant  in  the  tropical 
forests,  of  which  they  form  one  of  the  greatest  ornaments. 
In  coloration  they  are  wonderfully  varied.  The  ground 
colour  is  very  frequently  black,  on  which  appear  bands,  spots, 
or  large  patches  of  brilliant  colours — pale  or  golden  yellow, 
rich  crimsons  or  gorgeous  metallic  blues  and  greens,  which 
colours  sometimes  spread  over  nearly  the  whole  wing  surface. 
Some  are  thickly  speckled  with  golden  green  dots  and 
adorned  with  large  patches  of  intense  metallic  green  or  azure 
blue,  others  are  simply  black  and  white  in  a  great  variety 
of  patterns,  many  very  striking  and  beautiful,  while  others 
again  have  crimson  or  golden  patches,  which  when  viewed  at 
certain  angles  change  to  quite  different  opalescent  hues,  unsur- 
passed by  the  rarest  gems. 

But  it  is  not  this  grand  development  of  size  and  colour 
that  constitutes  the  attraction  of  these  insects  to  the  student 
of  evolution,  but  the  fact  that  they  exhibit,  in  a  remarkable 
degree,  almost  every  kind  of  variation,  as  well  as  some  of  the 
most  beautiful  examples  of  polymorphism  and  of  mimicry. 
Besides  these  features,  the  family  presents  us  with  examples  of 
diflPerences  of  size,  form,  and  colour,  characteristic  of  certain 
localities,  which  are  among  the  most  singular  and  mysterious 
phenomena  known  to  naturalists.    A  short  statement  of  the 


402 


MY  LIFE 


nature  of  these  phenomena  will  be  useful  to  show  the  great 
interest  of  the  subject. 

In  all  parts  of  the  world  there  are  certain  insects  which, 
from  a  disagreeable  smell  or  taste,  are  rarely  attacked  or 
devoured  by  enemies.  Such  groups  are  said  to  be  "  protected/' 
and  they  almost  always  have  distinctive  and  conspicuous 
colours.  In  the  Malay  Archipelago  there  are  several  groups 
of  butterflies  which  have  this  kind  of  protection  ;  and  one 
group  is  colored  black,  with  rich  blue  glosses  and  ornamented 
with  white  bands  or  spots.  These  are  excessively  abundant, 
and,  having  few  enemies,  they  fly  slowly.  Now  there  are 
also  several  different  kinds  of  papilios,  which  in  colour  are 
so  exactly  like  these,  that  when  on  the  wing  they  cannot  be 
distinguished,  although  they  frequent  the  same  places  and 
are  often  found  intermingled.  Other  protected  butterflies  are 
of  paler  colours  with  dark  stripes,  and  these  are  also  closely 
imitated  by  other  papilios.  Altogether  there  are  about  fifteen 
species  which  thus  closely  resemble  protected  butterflies 
externally,  although  in  structure  and  transformations  they 
have  no  affinity  with  them.  In  some  cases  both  sexes  possess 
this  resemblance,  or  "  mimicry,"  as  it  is  termed,  but  most  fre» 
quently  it  is  the  female  only  that  is  thus  modified,  especially 
when  she  lays  her  eggs  on  low  growing  plants  ;  while  the 
male,  whose  flight  is  stronger  and  can  take  care  of  himself, 
does  not  possess  it,  and  is  often  so  different  from  his  mate  as 
to  have  been  considered  a  distinct  species. 

This  leads  us  to  the  phenomenon  of  dimorphism  and 
polymorphism,  in  which  the  females  of  one  species  present 
two  or  three  different  forms.  Several  such  cases  occur  in  the 
Malay  Archipelago,  in  which  there  are  two  distinct  kinds  of 
females,  sometimes  even  three,  to  a  single  male,  which  differs 
from  either  of  them.  In  one  case  four  females  are  known  to 
one  male,  though  only  two  of  them  appear  to  occur  in  one 
locality.  These  have  been  almost  always  described  as  dis- 
tinct species,  but  observation  has  now  proved  them  to  be 
one,  and  it  has  further  been  noticed  that  each  of  the  females, 
which  are  very  unlike  the  male,  resembles  more  or  less 
closely  some  "  protected  "  species.    It  has  also  been  proved 


LIFE  IN  LONDON  403 

by  experimental  breeding  that  eggs  laid  by  any  one  of  these 
females  are  capable  of  producing  butterflies  of  all  the  different 
forms  which  in  the  few  cases  recorded  are  quite  distinct 
from  each  other,  without  intermediate  gradations. 

The  local  diversities  of  form  are  illustrated  by  outline 
figures  (as  regards  two  species  of  papilio  from  Celebes)  in 
my  "Malay  Archipelago"  (p.  216),  and  similar  local  pecu- 
liarities of  colour,  both  in  papilio  and  other  groups,  are 
described  in  my  "  Natural  Selection  and  Tropical  Nature " 
(pp.  384,  385),  while  extraordinary  development  of  size  in 
Amboyna  is  referred  to  at  p.  307  of  my  Malay  Archi- 
pelago." 

This  brief  outline  of  the  paper  will,  perhaps,  enable  my 
readers  to  understand  the  intense  interest  I  felt  in  working 
out  all  these  strange  phenomena,  and  showing  how  they 
could  almost  all  be  explained  by  that  law  of  "  Natural  Selec- 
tion "  which  Darwin  had  discovered  many  years  before,  and 
which  I  had  also  been  so  fortunate  as  to  hit  upon. 

The  only  other  groups  of  insects  upon  which  I  did  any 
systematic  work  were  the  families  of  Pieridae  among  butter- 
flies and  Cetoniidae  among  beetles.  Of  the  former  family, 
which  contains  our  common  whites,  our  brimstone  and  orange 
tip  butterflies,  I  gave  a  list  of  all  known  from  the  Indian  and 
Australian  regions,  describing  fifty  new  species,  mostly  from 
my  own  collection.  This  paper  is  in  the  "  Transactions  of 
the  Entomological  Society  for  1867,"  and  is  illustrated  by  four 
coloured  plates.  The  other  paper,  which  is  contained  in  the 
same  volume,  is  a  catalogue  of  the  Cetoniidae  (or  Rose- 
chafers,  named  after  our  common  species)  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago,  in  which  I  described  seventy  new  species,  the 
majority  of  which  were  collected  by  myself,  and  it  is  illus- 
trated by  four  coloured  plates,  beautifully  executed  by  the 
late  Mr.  E.  W.  Robinson,  in  which  thirty-two  of  the  species 
are  figured.  These  two  papers,  filling  about  200  pp.  of  the 
society's  Transactions,  occupied  me  for  several  months, 
and  if  I  had  not  had  wider  and  more  varied  interests — 
evolution,  distribution,  physical  geography,  anthropology, 
the  glacial  period,  geological  time,  sociology,  and  several 


404 


MY  LIFE 


others — I  might  have  spent  the  rest  of  my  Hfe  upon  similar 
work,  for  which  my  own  collection  afforded  ample  materials, 
and  thus  settled  down  into  a  regular  "  species-monger."  For 
even  in  this  humble  occupation  there  is  a  great  fascination; 
constant  difficulties  are  encountered  in  unravelling  the  mis- 
takes of  previous  describers  who  have  had  imperfect  materials, 
while  the  detection  of  those  minute  differences,  which  often 
serve  to  distinguish  allied  species,  and  the  many  curious  modi- 
fications of  structure  which  characterize  genera  or  their  sub- 
divisions, become  intensely  interesting,  especially  when,  after 
weeks  of  study,  a  whole  series  of  specimens,  which  seemed  at 
first  hardly  distinguishable,  are  gradually  separated  into  well- 
defined  species,  and  order  arises  out  of  chaos. 

The  series  of  papers  on  birds  and  insects  now  described, 
together  with  others  on  the  physical  geography  of  the  archi- 
pelago and  its  various  races  of  man,  furnished  me  with  the 
necessary  materials  for  that  general  sketch  of  the  natural 
history  of  the  islands  and  of  the  various  interesting  problems 
which  arise  from  its  study,  which  has  made  my  "  Malay 
Archipelago  "  the  most  popular  of  my  books.  At  the  same 
time  it  opened  up  so  many  fields  of  research  as  to  render  me 
indisposed  for  further  technical  work  in  the  mere  description 
of  my  collections,  which  I  should  certainly  never  have  been 
able  to  complete.  I  therefore  now  began  to  dispose  of 
various  portions  of  my  insects  to  students  of  special  groups, 
who  undertook  to  publish  lists  of  them  with  descriptions  of 
the  new  species,  reserving  for  myself  only  a  few  boxes  of 
duplicates  to  serve  as  mementoes  of  the  exquisite  or  fantastic 
organisms  which  I  had  procured  during  my  eight  years'  wan- 
derings. 

In  order  that  my  scientific  friends  might  be  able  to  see  the 
chief  treasures  which  I  had  brought  home,  I  displayed  a 
series  of  the  rarest  and  most  beautiful  of  my  birds  and  butter- 
flies in  Mr.  Sims's  large  photographic  gallery  in  the  same 
manner  as  I  had  found  so  eft'ective  with  my  New  Guinea 
collections  at  Ternate.  The  entire  series  of  my  parrots, 
pigeons,  and  paradise  birds,  when  laid  out  on  long  tables 
covered  with  white  paper,  formed  a  display  of  brilliant 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


405 


colours,  strange  forms,  and  exquisite  texture  that  could  hardly 
be  surpassed ;  and  when  to  these  were  added  the  most  curious 
and  beautiful  among  the  warblers,  flycatchers,  drongos,  star- 
lings, gapers,  ground  thrushes,  woodpeckers,  barbets,  cuckoos, 
trogons,  kingfishers,  hornbills,  and  pheasants,  the  general 
effect  of  the  whole,  and  the  impression  it  gave  of  the 
inexhaustible  variety  and  beauty  of  nature  in  her  richest 
treasure  houses,  was  far  superior  to  that  of  any  collection  of 
stuffed  and  mounted  birds  I  have  ever  seen. 

This  mode  of  exhibiting  bird  skins  is  especially  suitable 
for  artificial  light,  and  I  believe  that  if  a  portion  of  the 
enormous  wealth  of  the  national  collection  in  unmounted 
bird  skins  were  used  for  evening  display  in  the  public  gal- 
leries, it  would  be  exceedingly  attractive.  Different  regions  or 
subregions  might  be  illustrated  by  showing  specimens  of  all 
the  most  distinct  and  remarkable  species  that  characterize 
them,  and  each  month  during  the  winter  a  fresh  series  might 
be  shown,  and  thus  all  parts  of  the  world  in  turn  represented. 
And  in  the  case  of  insects  the  permanent  series  shown  in  the 
public  galleries  might  be  thus  arranged,  those  of  each  region  or 
of  the  well-marked  subregions  being  kept  quite  separate.  This 
would  be  not  only  more  instructive,  but  very  much  more  inter- 
esting, because  such  large  numbers  of  persons  have  now  visited 
or  resided  in  various  foreign  countries,  and  a  still  larger  num- 
ber have  friends  or  relatives  living  abroad,  and  all  these  would 
be  especially  interested  in  seeing  the  butterflies,  beetles,  and 
birds  which  are  found  there.  In  this  way  it  would  be  pos- 
sible to  supply  the  great  want  in  all  public  museums — a  geo- 
graphical rather  than  a  purely  systematic  arrangement  for  the 
bulk  of  the  collections  exhibited  to  the  public.  The  syste- 
matic portion  so  exhibited  might  be  limited  to  the  most  dis- 
tinctive types  of  organization,  and  these  might  be  given  in  a 
moderate  sized  room. 

Having  thus  prepared  the  way  by  these  preliminary  studies, 
I  devoted  the  larger  portion  of  my  time  in  the  years  1867  and 
1868  to  writing  my  "Malay  Archipelago."  I  had  previously 
read  what  works  I  could  procure  on  the  islands,  and  had 


4o6 


MY  LIFE 


made  numerous  extracts  from  the  old  voyagers  on  the  parts 
I  myself  was  acquainted  with.  These  added  much  to  the 
interest  of  my  own  accounts  of  the  manners  and  character 
of  the  people,  and  by  means  of  a  tolerably  full  journal  and 
the  various  papers  I  had  written,  I  had  no  difficulty  in  going 
steadily  on  with  my  work.  As  my  publishers  wished  the 
book  to  be  well  illustrated,  I  had  to  spend  a  good  deal  of 
time  in  deciding  on  the  plates  and  getting  them  drawn,  either 
from  my  own  sketches,  from  photographs,  or  from  actual 
specimens,  and  having  obtained  the  services  of  the  best  artists 
and  wood  engravers  then  in  London,  the  result  was,  on  the 
whole,  satisfactory.  I  would  particularly  indicate  the  front- 
ispiece by  Wolf  as  a  most  artistic  and  spirited  picture,  while 
the  two  plates  of  beetles  by  Robinson,  the  "  twelve-wired  " 
and  "  king  "  birds  of  paradise  by  Keulemaus,  and  the  head  of 
the  black  cockatoo  by  Wood,  are  admirable  specimens  of  life- 
like drawing  and  fine  wood  engraving.  I  was  especially 
indebted  to  Mr.  T.  Baines,  the  well-known  African  traveller, 
and  the  first  artist  to  depict  the  Victoria  Falls  and  numerous 
scenes  of  Kaffir  life,  for  the  skill  with  which  he  has  infused 
life  and  movement  into  an  outline  sketch  of  my  own,  of 
"  Dobbo  in  the  Trading  Season." 

The  book  was  published  in  1869,  but  during  its  progress, 
and  while  it  was  slowly  passing  through  the  press,  I  wrote 
several  important  papers,  among  which  was  one  in  the 
Quarterly  Review  for  April,  1889,  on  "Geological  Climates 
and  the  Origin  of  Species,"  which  was  in  large  part  a  review 
and  eulogy  of  Sir  Charles  Lyell's  great  work,  "  The  Principles 
of  Geology,"  which  greatly  pleased  him  as  well  as  Darwin. 
A  considerable  part  of  this  article  was  devoted  to  a  discussion 
of  Mr.  Croll's  explanation  of  the  glacial  epoch,  and,  by  a 
combination  of  his  views  with  those  of  Lyell  on  the  great 
effect  of  changed  distribution  of  sea  and  land,  or  of  differences 
in  altitude,  I  showed  how  we  might  arrive  at  a  better  explana- 
tion than  either  view  by  itself  could  give  us.  As  the  article 
was  too  long,  a  good  deal  of  it  had  to  be  cut  out,  but  it  served 
as  the  foundation  for  my  more  detailed  examination  of  the 


LIFE  IN  LONDON 


407 


whole  question  when  writing  my  "  Island  Life/'  twelve  years 
later. 

As  soon  as  the  proofs  of  the  "  Malay  Archipelago  "  were 
out  of  my  hands,  I  began  the  preparation  of  a  small  volume 
of  my  scattered  articles  dealing  with  various  aspects  of  the 
theory  of  Natural  Selection.  Many  of  these  had  appeared 
in  little  known  periodicals,  and  were  now  carefully  revised, 
or  partially  rewritten,  while  two  new  ones  were  added.  The 
longest  article,  occupying  nearly  a  quarter  of  the  volume, 
was  one  which  I  had  written  in  1865-6,  but  which  was  not 
published  (in  the  Westminster  Review)  till  July,  1867,  and 
was  entitled  "  Mimicry,  and  other  Protective  Resemblances 
among  Animals."  In  this  article  I  endeavoured  to  give  a 
general  account  of  the  whole  subject  of  protective  resemblance, 
of  which  theory,  what  was  termed  by  Bates  "  mimicry,"  is  a 
very  curious  special  case.  I  called  attention  to  the  wide 
extent  of  the  phenomenon,  and  showed  that  it  pervades  animal 
life  from  mammals  to  fishes  and  through  every  grade  of  the 
insect  tribes.  I  pointed  out  that  the  whole  series  of  phe- 
nomena depend  upon  the  great  principle  of  the  utility  of  every 
character,  upon  the  need  of  protection  or  of  concealment  by 
almost  all  animals,  and  upon  the  known  fact  that  no  character- 
istic is  so  variable  as  colour,  and  that  therefore  concealment 
has  been  most  easily  obtained  by  colour  modification. 

Coming  to  the  subject  of  "mimicry"  I  gave  a  popular 
acccount  of  its  principle,  with  numerous  illustrations  of  its 
existence  in  all  the  chief  groups  of  insects,  not  only  in  the 
tropics,  but  even  in  our  own  country.  I  also  showed,  I  think 
for  the  first  time,  that  it  occurs  among  birds  in  a  few  well- 
marked  cases,  and  also  in  at  least  one  instance  among  mam- 
malia, and  I  explained  why  we  could  not  expect  it  to  occur 
more  frequently  among  these  higher  animals. 

Two  other  articles  which  may  be  just  mentioned  are  those 
entitled  "A  Theory  of  Birds'  Nests,"  and  "The  Limits  of 
Natural  Selection  applied  to  Man."  In  the  first  I  pointed 
out  the  important  relation  that  exists  between  concealed 
nests  and  the  bright  colours  of  female  birds,  leading  to  con- 
clusions adverse  to  Mr.  Darwin's  theory  of  colours  and  orna- 


4o8 


MY  LIFE 


ments  in  the  males  being  the  result  of  female  choice.  In 
the  other  (the  last  in  the  volume)  I  apply  Darwin's  principle 
of  natural  selection,  acting  solely  by  means  of  "  utilities,"  to 
show  that  certain  physical  modifications  and  mental  faculties 
in  man  could  not  have  been  acquired  through  the  preservation 
of  useful  variations,  because  there  is  some  direct  evidence  to 
show  that  they  zcere  not  and  are  not  useful  in  the  ordinary 
sense,  or,  as  Professor  Lloyd  Morgan  well  puts  it,  not  of 
"  life-preserving  value,"  while  there  is  absolutely  no  evidence 
to  show  that  they  were  so.  In  reply,  Darwin  has  appealed 
to  the  effects  of  female  choice  in  developing  these  character- 
istics, of  which,  however,  not  a  particle  of  evidence  is  to  be 
found  among  existing  savage  races. 

Besides  the  literary  and  scientific  work  now  described,  in 
the  last  three  years  of  the  period  now  dealt  with  I  contributed 
about  twenty  letters  or  short  papers  to  various  periodicals, 
delivered  several  lectures,  and  reviewed  a  dozen  books,  in- 
cluding such  important  works  as  Darwin's  "  Descent  of  Man," 
and  Galton's  "  Hereditary  Genius."  I  also  gave  a  Presidential 
Address  to  the  Entomological  Society  in  January,  1871,  in 
which  I  discussed  the  interesting  problems  arising  from  the 
peculiarities  of  insular  insects  as  especially  illustrated  by  the 
beetles  of  Madeira. 

As  it  was  during  the  ten  years  of  which  I  have  now 
sketched  my  scientific  and  literary  work  that  I  saw  most  of 
my  various  scientific  friends  and  acquaintances,  and  it  was 
also  in  this  period  that  the  course  of  my  future  life  and  work 
was  mainly  determined,  I  will  devote  the  next  five  chapters 
to  a  short  summary  of  my  more  personal  affairs,  together 
with  a  few  recollections  of  those  friends  with  whom  I  became 
most  familiar. 


CHAPTER  XXIV 


HOME  LIFE — MY  FRIENDS  AND  ACQUAINTANCES — SIR 
CHARLES  LYELL 

Soon  after  my  return  home  in  the  spring  of  1862  my  oldest 
friend  and  schoolfellow,  Mr.  George  Silk,  introduced  me  to  a 
small  circle  of  his  friends,  who  had  formed  a  private  chess 
club,  and  thereafter,  while  I  lived  in  the  vicinity  of  Kensing- 
ton, I  was  invited  to  attend  the  meetings  of  the  club.  One 

of  these   friends  was  a  Mr."  L  ,  a  widower  with  two 

daughters,  and  a  son  who  was  at  Cambndge  University.  I 
sometimes  went  there  with  Silk  on  Sunday  afternoons,  and 
after  a  few  months  was  asked  to  call  on  them  whenever  I 

liked  in  the  evening  to  play  a  game  with  Mr.  L  .  On 

these  occasions  the  young  ladies  were  present,  and  we  had 
tea  or  supper  together,  and  soon  became  very  friendly.  The 

eldest  Miss  L          was,  I  think,  about  seven  or  eight  and 

twenty,  very  agreeable  though  quiet,  pleasant  looking,  well 
educated,  and  fond  of  art  and  literature,  and  I  soon  began  to 
feel  an  affection  for  her,  and  to  hope  that  she  would  become 
my  wife.  In  about  a  year  after  my  first  visit  there,  thinking 
I  was  then  sufficiently  known,  and  being  too  shy  to  make  a 
verbal  offer,  I  wrote  to  her,  describing  my  feelings  and  asking 
if  she  could  in  any  way  respond  to  my  aflfection.  Her  reply 
was  a  negative,  but  not  a  very  decided  one.  Evidently  my 
undemonstrative  manner  had  given  her  no  intimation  of  my 
intentions.  She  concluded  her  letter,  which  was  a  very  kind 
one,  by  begging  that  I  would  not  allow  her  refusal  to  break 
off  my  visits  to  her  father. 

At  first  I  was  inclined  not  to  go  again,  but  on  showing 
the  letter  to  my  sister  and  mother,  they  thought  the  young 
lady  was  favourably  disposed,  and  that  I  had  better  go  on 

409 


MY  LIFE 


as  before,  and  make  another  offer  later  on.  Another  year 
passed,  and  thinking  I  saw  signs  of  a  change  in  her  feelings 
towards  me,  but  fearing  another  refusal,  I  wrote  to  her  father, 
stating  the  whole  circumstances,  and  asking  him  to  ascertain 
his  daughter's  wishes,  and  if  she  was  now  favourable,  to  grant 
me  a  private  interview.    In  reply  I  was  asked  to  call  on 

Mr.  L  ,  who  inquired  as  to  my  means,  etc.,  told  me  that 

his  daughter  had  a  small  income  of  her  own,  and  asked  that  I 
should  settle  an  equal  amount  on  her.  This  was  satisfactorily 
arranged,  and  at  a  subsequent  meeting  we  were  engaged. 

Everything  went  on  smoothly  for  some  months.  We  met 
two  or  three  times  a  week,  and  after  delays,  owing  to  Miss 

L  's  ill-health  and  other  causes,  the  wedding  day  was  fixed 

and  all  details  arranged.  I  had  brought  her  to  visit  my 
mother  and  sister,  and  I  was  quite  unaware  of  any  cause  of 
doubt  or  uncertainty  when  one  day,  on  making  my  usual  call, 

I  was  informed  by  the  servant  that  Miss  L         was  not  at 

home,  that  she  had  gone  away  that  morning,  and  would  write. 
I  came  home  completely  staggered,  and  the  next  morning 

had  a  letter  from  Mr.  L  ,  saying  that  his  daughter  wished 

to  break  off  the  engagement  and  would  write  to  me  shortly. 
The  blow  was  verv^  severe,  and  I  have  never  in  my  life 
experienced  such  intenrely  painful  emotion. 

When  the  letter  came  I  was  hardly  more  enlightened. 
The  alleged  cause  was  that  I  was  silent  as  to  myself  and 
family,  that  I  seemed  to  have  something  to  conceal,  and  that 
I  had  told  her  nothing  about  a  widow  lady,  a  friend  of  my 
mother's,  that  I  had  almost  been  engaged  to.  All  this  was 
to  me  the  wildest  delusion.  The  lady  was  the  widow  of  an 
Indian  officer,  very  pleasant  and  good-natured,  and  wery 
gossipy,  but  as  utterly  remote  in  my  mind  from  all  ideas  of 
marriage  as  would  have  been  an  aunt  or  a  grandmother.  As 
to  concealment,  it  was  the  furthest  thing  possible  from  my 
thoughts,  but  it  never  occurs  to  me  at  any  time  to  talk  about 
myself,  even  my  own  children  say  that  they  know  nothing 
about  my  early  life;  but  if  anyone  asks  me  and  wishes  to 
know,  I  am  willing  to  tell  all  that  I  know  or  remember.  I 
was  dreadfully  hurt.    I  wrote  I  am  afraid  too  strongly,  and 


HOME  LIFE 


411 


perhaps  bitterly,  trying  to  explain  my  real  feelings  towards 
her,  and  assuring  her  that  I  had  never  had  a  moment's  thought 
of  anyone  but  her,  and  hoping  this  explanation  would  suf- 
fice. But  I  received  no  reply,  and  from  that  day  I  never  saw, 
or  heard  of,  any  of  the  family. 

While  these  events  were  in  progress,  my  dear  friend,  Dr. 
Richard  Spruce,  came  home  from  Peru  in  very  weak  health, 
and  after  staying  a  short  time  in  London,  went  to  live  at 
Hurstpierpoint,  in  Sussex,  in  order  to  be  near  Mr.  William 
Mitten,  then  the  greatest  English  authority  on  mosses,  and 
who  had  undertaken  to  describe  his  great  collections  from 
South  America.  This  was  in  the  autumn  of  1864,  and  in  the 
spring  of  1865  I  took  a  small  house  for  myself  and  my 
mother,  in  St.  Mark's  Crescent,  Regent  Part,  quite  near  the 
Zoological  Gardens,  and  within  a  pleasant  walk  across  the 
park  of  the  society's  library  in  Hanover  Square,  where  I  had 
to  go  very  often  to  consult  books  of  reference.  Here  I  lived 
five  years,  having  Dr.  W.  B.  Carpenter  for  a  near  neighbour, 
and  it  was  while  living  in  this  house  that  I  saw  most  of  my 
few  scientific  friends. 

During  the  summer  and  autumn  I  often  went  to  Hurst- 
pierpoint to  enjoy  the  society  of  my  friend,  and  thus  became 
intimate  with  Mr.  Mitten  and  his  family.  Mr.  Mitten  was 
an  enthusiastic  botanist  and  gardener,  and  knew  every  wild 
plant  in  the  very  rich  district  which  s,urrounds  the  village, 
and  all  his  family  were  lovers  of  wild  flowers.  I  remember 
my  delight,  on  the  occasion  of  my  first  or  second  visit  there, 
at  seeing  a  vase  full  of  the  delicate  and  fantastic  flowers  of 
the  large  butterfly-orchis  and  the  curious  fly-orchis,  neither 
of  which  I  had  ever  seen  before,  and  which  I  was  surprised 
to  hear  were  abundant  in  the  woods  at  the  foot  of  the  downs. 
It  was  an  immense  delight  to  me  to  be  taken  to  these  woods, 
and  to  some  fields  on  the  downs  where  the  bee-orchis  and 
half  a  dozen  other  species  grew  abundantly,  with  giant  cow- 
slips nearly  two  feet  high,  the  dyers'  broom,  and  many  other 
interesting  plants.  The  richness  of  this  district  may  be 
judged  by  the  fact  that  within  a  walk  more  than  twenty 


412 


MY  LIFE 


species  of  orchises  have  been  found.  This  similarity  of  taste 
led  to  a  close  intimacy,  and  in  the  spring  of  the  following 
year  I  was  married  to  Mr.  Mitten's  eldest  daughter,  then 
about  eighteen  years  old. 

After  a  week  at  Windsor  we  came  to  live  in  London,  and 
in  early  autumn  went  for  a  month  to  North  Wales,  staying 
at  Llanberris  and  Dolgelly.  I  took  with  me  Sir  Andrew 
Ramsay's  little  book  on  "  The  Old  Glaciers  of  Switzerland 
and  North  Wales,"  and  thoroughly  enjoyed  the  fine  examples 
of  ice-groovings  and  striations,  smoothed  rock-surfaces,  roches 
moutonnees,  moraines,  perched  blocks,  and  rock-basins,  with 
which  the  valleys  around  Snowdon  abound.  Every  day 
revealed  some  fresh  object  of  interest  as  we  climbed  among 
the  higher  cwms  of  Snowdon ;  and  from  what  I  saw  during 
the  first  visit  the  Ice  Age  became  almost  as  much  a  reality 
to  me  as  any  fact  of  direct  observation.  Every  future  tour 
to  Scotland,  to  the  lake  district,  or  to  Switzerland  became 
doubled  in  interest.  I  read  a  good  deal  of  the  literature  of 
the  subject,  and  have,  I  believe,  in  my  later  writings  been 
able  to  set  forth  th-e  evidence  in  favour  of  the  glacial  origin 
of  lake-basins  more  forcibly  than  it  has  ever  been  done 
before.  As  a  result  of  my  observations  I  wrote  my  first 
article  on  the  subject,  "  Ice-marks  in  North  Wales,"  which 
appeared  in  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science  of  January, 
1867.  In  this  paper  I  gave  a  sketch  of  the  more  important 
phenomena,  which  were  then  by  no  means  so  well  known  as 
they  are  now ;  and  I  also  gave  reasons  for  doubting  the 
conclusions  of  Mr.  Macintosh  in  the  Journal  of  the  Geological 
Society,  that  most  of  the  valleys  and  rocky  cwms  of  North 
Wales  had  been  formed  by  the  action  of  the  sea.  I  also 
gave,  I  think  for  the  first  time,  a  detailed  explanation  of 
how  glaciers  can  have  formed  lake-basins,  by  grinding  due 
to  unequal  pressure,  not  by  "  scooping  out,"  as  usually  sup- 
posed. 

In  1867  I  spent  the  month  of  June  in  Switzerland  with 
my  wife,  staying  at  Champery,  opposite  the  beautiful  Dent 
du  Midi,  where  at  first  we  were  the  only  visitors  in  a  huge 
new  hotel,  but  for  the  second  week  had  the  company  of  an 


HOME  LIFE 


413 


English  clergyman,  his  wife,  and  son.  We  greatly  enjoyed 
the  beautiful  subalpine  flowers  then  in  perfection,  and  one 
day  I  went  with  the  clergyman  and  his  son,  a  boy  of  about 
thirteen,  to  see  how  far  we  could  get  on  the  way  to  the  great 
mountain's  summit.  On  the  alp  above  the  pine  forest  we 
had  our  lunch  at  a  cow-herd's  hut,  with  a  large  jug  of  cream, 
and  then  got  the  man  to  act  as  guide.  He  took  us  over  a 
ravine  filled  with  snow,  and  then  up  a  zigzag  path  among 
the  rocks  along  a  mauvais  pas,  where  an  iron  bar  was  fixed 
on  the  face  of  a  precipice,  and  then  up  to  an  ice-smoothed 
plateau  of  limestone  rock,  still  partly  snow-clad,  all  the 
crevices  of  which  were  full  of  alpine  flowers.  I  was  just 
beginning  to  gather  specimens  of  these  and  thought  to  enjoy 
an  hour's  botanizing  when  our  guide  warned  us  that  a  snow- 
storm was  coming,  and  we  must  return  directly,  and  the 
black  clouds  and  a  few  snowflakes  made  us  only  too  willing 
to  follow  him.  We  got  back  safely,  but  I  have  always 
regretted  that  hasty  peep  of  the  alpine  rock-flora  at  a  time 
of  year  when  I  never  afterwards  had  an  opportunity  of  see- 
ing it. 

We  then  went  by  Martigny  over  the  St.  Bernard,  reaching 
the  hospice  after  dark  through  deep  snow,  and  next  day 
walked  down  to  Aosta,  a  place  which  had  been  recommended 
to  me  by  Mr.  William  Mathews,  a  well-known  Alpine 
climber.  It  was  a  very  hot  place,  and  its  chief  interest  to  us 
was  an  excursion  on  mules  to  the  Becca  de  Nona,  which  took 
us  a  long  day,  going  up  by  the  easiest  and  descending  the 
most  precipitous  road — the  latter  a  mere  staircase  of  rock. 
The  last  thousand  feet  I  walked  up  alone,  and  was  highly 
delighted  with  the  summit  and  the  wonderful  scene  of  frac- 
tured rocks,  ridges,  and  peaks  all  around,  but  more  especially 
with  the  summit  itself,  hardly  so  large  as  that  of  Snowdon 
and  exhibiting  far  grander  precipices  and  rock-masses,  all  in 
a  state  of  visible  degradation,  and  showing  how  powerfully 
the  atmospheric  forces  of  denudation  are  in  constant  action 
at  this  altitude — 10,380  feet.  Hardly  less  interesting  were  the 
charming  little  alpine  plants  in  the  patches  of  turf  and  the 
crevices  in  the  rocks,  among  which  were  two  species  of  the 


414 


MY  LIFE 


exquisite  Androsaces,  the  true  gems  of  the  primrose  tribe. 
I  also  one  day  took  a  lonely  walk  up  a  wild  valley  which 
terminated  in  the  glacier  that  descends  from  Mount  Emilius; 
and  on  another  day  we  drove  up  the  main  valley  to  Villeneuve, 
and  then  walked  up  a  little  way  into  the  Val  Savaranches. 
This  is  one  of  those  large  open  valleys  which  have  been  the 
outlet  of  a  great  glacier,  and  in  which  the  subglacial  torrent 
has  cut  a  deep  narrow  chasm  through  hard  rocks  at  its  ter- 
mination, through  which  the  river  now  empties  itself  into  the 
main  stream  of  the  Dora  Baltea.  This  was  the  first  of  the 
kind  I  had  specially  noticed,  though  I  had  seen  the  Gorge 
of  the  Trient  on  my  first  visit  to  Switzerland  at  a  time  when 
I  had  barely  heard  of  the  glacial  epoch. 

Returning  over  the  St.  Bernard  we  went  to  Interlachen 
and  Grindelwald,  saw  the  glaciers  there,  and  then  went  over 
the  Wengern  Alp,  staying  two  days  at  the  hotel  to  see  the 
avalanches  and  botanize  among  the  pastures  and  moraines. 
Then  down  to  Lauterbrunnen  to  see  the  Staubbach,  and 
thence  home. 

As  I  had  found  that  amid  the  distractions  and  excitement 
of  London,  its  scientific  meetings,  dinner  parties  and  sight- 
seeing, I  could  not  settle  down  to  work  at  the  more  scientific 
chapters  of  my  "  Malay  Archipelago,"  I  let  my  house  in 
London  for  a  year,  from  midsummer,  1867,  and  went  to  live 
with  my  wife's  family  at  Hurstpierpoint.  There,  in  perfect 
quiet,  and  with  beautiful  fields  and  downs  around  me,  I  was 
able  to  work  steadily,  having  all  my  materials  already 
prepared.  Returning  to  London  in  the  summer  of  1868, 
I  was  fully  occupied  in  arranging  for  the  illustrations  and 
correcting  the  proofs.  The  work  appeared  at  the  end  of  the 
year,  and  my  volume  on  "  Natural  Selection  "  in  the  following 
March. 

I  may  here  state  that  although  the  proceeds  of  my  eight 
years  collecting  in  the  East  brought  me  in  a  sufficient  income 
to  live  quietly  as  a  single  man,  I  was  always  on  the  lookout 
for  some  permanent  congenial  employment  which  would  yet 
leave  time  for  the  study  of  my  collections.    The  possibility 


HOME  LIFE 


415 


of  ever  earning  anything  substantial  either  by  lecturing  or 
by  writing  never  occurred  to  me.  My  deficient  organ  of 
language  prevented  me  from  ever  becoming  a  good  lecturer 
or  having  any  taste  for  it,  while  the  experience  of  my  first 
work  on  "  The  Amazon  "  did  not  encourage  me  to  think  that 
I  could  write  anything  that  would  much  more  than  pay 
expenses.  The  first  vacancy  that  occurred  was  the  assistant 
secretaryship  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  for  which 
Bates  and  myself  were  candidates.  Bates  had  just  published 
his  "  Naturalist  on  the  Amazon,"  and  was,  besides,  much 
better  qualified  than  myself  by  his  business  experience  and 
his  knowledge  of  German,  which  he  had  taught  himself  when 
abroad.  Besides,  the  confinement  and  the  London  life 
would,  I  am  sure,  have  soon  become  uncongenial  to  me  and 
would,  I  feel  equally  certain,  have  greatly  shortened  my  life. 
I  am  therefore  glad  I  did  not  get  it,  and  I  do  not  think  I  felt 
any  disappointment  at  the  time;  and  as  it  brought  Bates  to 
live  in  London,  I  was  able  to  see  him  frequently  in  his  private 
room  and  occasionally  at  his  home,  and  talk  over  old  times  or 
of  scientific  matters  that  interested  us  both,  while  we  fre- 
quently met  at  the  Entomological  or  other  societies'  evening 
meetings.  This  was  in  1864,  I  was  too  busy  with  my  de- 
scriptive work  and  writings  to  think  much  more  on  the  sub- 
ject till  1869,  when  it  was  decided  by  the  Government  to 
establish  a  branch  museum  in  Bethnal  Green  which  should 
combine  art  and  natural  history  for  the  instruction  of  the 
people.  I  thought  this  would  suit  me  very  well  if  I  could  get 
the  directorship.  Lord  Ripon,  then  Lord  President  of  the 
Council,  was  a  friend  of  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  and  after  an  inter- 
view with  him  he  promised  to  help  me  with  the  Government, 
while  Huxley  (I  think)  introduced  me  to  Sir  Henry  Cole, 
then  head  of  the  Science  and  Art  Department  at  South  Ken- 
sington. I  also  had  the  kind  assistance  of  several  other 
friends,  but  though  the  museum  was  built  and  opened,  I  think, 
in  1872,  it  was  managed  from  South  Kensington  and  no  special 
director  was  required.  Partly  because  (in  my  inexperience  of 
such  matters)  I  felt  rather  confident  of  getting  this  appoint- 
ment, and  also  because  I  was  becoming  tired  of  London,  and 


4i6 


MY  LIFE 


wished  for  a  country  life,  I  took  a  small  house  at  Barking  in 
1870,  and  in  1871  leased  four  acres  of  ground  at  Grays, 
including  a  very  picturesque  well  timbered  old  chalk-pit, 
above  which  I  built  a  house  having  a  very  fine  view  across 
to  the  hills  of  North  Kent  and  down  a  reach  of  the  Thames 
to  Gravesend. 

Seven  years  later,  in  1878,  when  Epping  Forest  had  been 
acquired  by  the  Corporation  of  London,  a  superintendent 
was  to  be  appointed  to  see  to  its  protection  and  improvement 
while  preserving  its  "  natural  aspect "  in  accordance  with  the 
Act  of  Parliament  which  restored  it  to  the  public.  This 
position  would  have  suited  me  exactly,  and  if  I  had  obtained 
it  and  had  been  allowed  to  utilize  the  large  extent  of  open 
unwooded  land  in  the  way  I  suggested  in  my  article  in  the 
Fortnightly  Reznew  (''Epping  Forest,  and  how  best  to  deal 
with  it"),  an  experiment  in  illustration  of  the  geographical 
distribution  of  plants  would  have  been  made  which  would 
have  been  both  unique  and  educational,  as  well  as  generally 
interesting.  I  obtained  recommendations  and  testimonials 
from  the  presidents  of  all  the  natural  history  societies  in 
London,  from  numerous  residents  near  the  forest  and  in 
London,  from  many  eminent  men  and  members  of  Parlia- 
ment— seventy  in  all;  but  the  City  merchants  and  tradesmen 
with  whom  the  appointment  lay  wanted  a  "  practical  man  " 
to  carry  out  their  own  ideas,  which  were  to  utilize  all  the 
open  spaces  for  games  and  sports,  to  build  a  large  hotel 
close  to  Queen  Elizabeth's  hunting  lodge,  and  to  encourage 
excursions  and  school  treats,  allowing  swings,  round-abouts, 
and  other  such  amusements  more  suited  to  a  beer-garden  or 
village  fair  than  to  a  tract  of  land  secured  at  enormous  cost 
and  much  hardship  to  individuals  in  order  to  preserve  an 
example  of  the  wild  natural  woodland  wastes  of  our  country 
for  the  enjoyment  and  instruction  of  successive  generations  of 
nature-lovers. 

I  still  think  it  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  no  effort  is 
made  to  carry  out  my  suggestion  in  the  article  above  referred 
to  (reprinted  in  my  "  Studies,"  vol.  ii.,  under  the  title,  "  Epping 
Forest  and  Temperate  Forest  Regions  ").    There  still  remains 


HOME  LIFE 


417 


in  the  open  moors  and  bare  wastes,  forming  outlying  parts 
of  the  New  Forest,  ample  space  on  which  to  try  the  experi- 
ment, and  at  all  events  to  extend  the  forest  character  of  the 
scenery. 

My  failure  to  obtain  the  post  at  Epping  Forest  was  certainly 
a  disappointment  to  me,  but  I  am  inclined  to  think  now  that 
even  that  was  really  for  the  best,  since  it  left  me  free  to  do 
literary  work  which  I  should  certainly  not  have  done  if  I  had 
had  permanent  employment  so  engrossing  and  interesting  as 
that  at  Epping.  In  that  case  I  should  not  have  gone  to  lecture 
in  America,  and  should  not  have  written  "  Darwinism,"  per- 
haps none  of  my  later  books,  and  very  few  of  the  articles 
contained  in  my  "  Studies."  This  body  of  literary  and  popu- 
lar scientific  work  is,  perhaps,  what  I  was  best  fitted  to  per- 
form, and  if  so,  neither  I  nor  my  readers  have  any  reason  to 
regret  my  failure  to  obtain  the  post  of  superintendent  and 
guardian  of  Epping  Forest. 

Among  the  eminent  men  of  science  with  whom  I  became 
more  or  less  intimate  during  the  period  of  my  residence  in 
London,  I  give  the  first  place  to  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  not  only 
on  account  of  his  great  abilities  and  his  position  as  one 
of  the  brightest  ornaments  of  the  nineteenth  century,  but 
because  I  saw  more  of  him  than  of  any  other  man  at  all 
approaching  him  as  a  thinker  and  leader  in  the  world  of 
science,  while  my  correspondence  with  him  was  more  varied 
in  the  subjects  touched  upon,  and  in  some  respects  of  more 
general  interest,  than  my  more  extensive  correspondence  with 
Darwin.  My  friend.  Sir  Leonard  Lyell,  has  kindly  lent  me 
a  volume  containing  the  letters  from  his  scientific  corre- 
spondence which  have  been  preserved,  and  I  am  therefore 
able  to  see  what  subjects  I  wrote  about,  and  to  give  such 
portions  of  the  letters  as  seem  to  be  of  general  interest. 

Early  in  1864  Sir  Charles  was  preparing  his  presidential 
address  for  the  meeting  of  the  British  Association  at  Bath, 
and  wishing  to  introduce  a  paragraph  as  to  the  division  of 
the  Malay  Archipelago  into  two  regions,  and  the  relation  of 
this  division  to  the  races  of  man,  and  also  as  to  the  probable 


4i8 


MY  LIFE 


rate  of  change  of  insects,  he  asked  me  for  a  short  statement 
of  my  conclusions  on  these  subjects.  On  the  latter  point  I 
wrote : — 

"  As  regards  insects  changing  rapidly,  I  see  nothing 
improbable  in  it,  because,  though  in  a  totally  different  way, 
they  are  as  highly  specialized  as  are  birds  or  mammals,  and, 
through  the  transformations  they  undergo,  have  still  more 
complicated  relations  with  the  organic  and  inorganic  worlds. 
For  instance,  they  are  subject  to  different  kinds  of  danger 
in  their  larva,  pupa,  and  imago  state ;  they  have  different 
enemies  and  special  means  of  protection  in  each  of  these 
states,  and  changes  of  climate  may  probably  affect  them 
differently  in  each  state.  We  may  therefore  expect  very 
slight  changes  in  the  proportions  of  other  animals,  in  physical 
geography,  or  in  climate,  to  produce  an  immediate  change  in 
their  numbers,  and  often  in  their  organization.  The  fact  that 
they  do  change  rapidly  is,  I  think,  shown  by  the  large  number 
of  peculiar  species  of  insects  in  Madeira  as  compared  with 
the  birds  and  plants;  the  same  thing  occurs  in  Corsica,  where 
there  are  many  peculiar  species  of  insects ;  also,  we  see  the 
very  limited  range  of  many  insects  as  found  by  Bates  and 
myself.  Again,  your  rule  of  the  slow  change  of  mollusca 
applies  to  aquatic  species  only.  The  land-shells,  I  presume, 
change  much  more  rapidly;  or  why  are  almost  every  species 
in  Madeira  and  in  each  of  the  West  Indian  islands  peculiar? 
Being  terrestrial,  they  are  affected  as  insects  are  by  physical 
changes,  and  more  still  by  organic  changes.  Such  changes 
are  certainly  much  slower  in  the  sea." 

Later  on,  in  May,  after  reading  my  article  on  "  The  Races 
of  Man  and  Natural  Selection,"  which  Darwin  thought  so 
highly  of,  though  at  the  same  time  he  was  quite  distressed 
at  my  conclusion  that  natural  selection  could  not  have  done 
it  all.  Sir  Charles  objected  (May  22,  1864) — very  naturally 
for  a  geologist,  and  for  one  who  had  so  recently  become  a 
convert  to  Darwin's  views — that  my  suggestion  of  man's  pos- 
sible origination,  so  early  as  the  Miocene,  was  due  to  my 
"  want  of  appreciation  of  the  immensity  of  time  at  our  disposal, 
without  going  back  beyond  the  Newer  Pliocene." 


HOME  LIFE 


419 


To  this  objection  I  replied  (May  24)  as  follows:  "With 
regard  to  the  probable  antiquity  of  man,  I  will  say  a  few 
words.  First,  you  will  see,  I  argue  for  the  possibility  rather 
than  for  the  necessity  of  man  having  existed  in  Miocene 
times,  and  I  still  maintain  this  possibility,  and  even  prob- 
ability, for  the  following  reasons.  The  question  of  time 
cannot  be  judged  of  positively,  but  only  comparatively.  We 
cannot  say  d  priori  that  ten  millions  or  a  thousand  millions 
of  years  would  be  required  for  any  given  modification  in  man. 
We  must  judge  only  by  analogy,  and  by  a  comparison  with 
the  rate  of  change  of  other  highly  organized  animals.  Now 
several  existing  genera  lived  in  the  Miocene  age,  and  also 
anthropoid  apes  allied  to  Hylobates.  But  man  is  classed, 
even  by  Huxley,  as  a  distinct  family.  The  origin  of  that 
family,  that  is  its  common  origin  with  other  families  of  the 
Primates,  must  therefore  date  back  from  an  earlier  period 
than  the  Miocene.  Now  the  greater  part  of  the  family  differ- 
ence is  manifested  in  the  head  and  cranium.  A  being  almost 
exactly  like  man  in  the  rest  of  the  skeleton,  but  with  a  cranium 
as  little  developed  as  that  of  a  chimpanzee,  would  certainly 
not  form  a  distinct  family,  only  a  distinct  genus  of  Primates. 
My  argument,  therefore,  is  that  this  great  cranial  difference 
has  been  slowly  developing,  while  the  rest  of  the  skeleton  has 
remained  nearly  stationary;  and  while  the  Miocene  Dryo- 
pithecus  has  been  modified  into  the  existing  gorilla,  speechless 
and  ape-brained  man  (but  yet  man)  has  been  developed  into 
great-brained,  speech-forming  man. 

The  majority  of  Pliocene  mammals,  on  the  other  hand, 
are,  I  believe,  of  existing  genera,  and  as  my  whole  argument 
is  to  show  how  man  has  undergone  a  more  than  generic 
change  in  brain  and  cranium,  while  the  rest  of  his  body  has 
hardly  changed  specifically,  I  cannot  consistently  admit  that 
all  this  change  has  been  brought  about  in  a  less  period  than 
has  sufficed  to  change  most  other  mammals  generically,  except 
by  assuming  that  in  his  case  the  change  has  been  more  rapid, 
which  may,  indeed,  have  been  so,  but  which  we  have  no 
evidence  yet  to  prove.  I  conceive,  therefore,  that  the  im- 
mensity of  time,  measured  in  years,  does  not  affect  the  argu- 


420 


MY  LIFE 


ment.  My  paper  was  written  too  hastily  and  too  briefly  to 
explain  the  subject  fully  and  clearly,  but  I  hope  these  few 
remarks  may  give  my  ideas  on  the  point  you  have  especially 
referred  to." 

In  1867,  when  a  new  edition  of  the  "  Principles  of  Geology  " 
was  in  progress,  I  had  much  correspondence  and  many  talks 
with  Sir  Charles,  chiefly  on  questions  relating  to  distribution 
and  dispersal,  in  which  he,  like  myself,  was  greatly  interested. 
He  was  by  nature  so  exceedingly  cautious  and  conservative, 
and  always  gave  such  great  weight  to  difficulties  that  occurred 
to  himself  or  that  were  put  forth  by  others,  that  it  was  not 
easy  to  satisfy  him  on  any  novel  view  upon  which  two  opinions 
existed  or  were  possible.  We  used  often  to  discuss  these 
various  points,  but  in  any  case  that  seemed  to  him  important 
he  usually  preferred  to  write  to  me,  stating  his  objections, 
sometimes  at  great  length,  and  asking  me  to  give  my  views. 
In  reply  to  some  such  inquiries  I  sent  him  my  paper  on  the 
birds  of  the  Lombok  to  Timor  groups,  and  wrote  to  him  at 
the  same  time  more  fully  explaining  its  bearing,  as  afterwards 
given  in  my  "  Malay  Archipelago."  I  also  wrote  him  on  the 
curious  facts  as  to  the  distribution  of  pigs  in  the  whole 
archipelago,  as  illustrated  by  facts  he  had  himself  given 
showing  the  remarkable  power  of  swimming  possessed  by 
these  animals.  Another  fact  he  wanted  explained  was  the 
presence  of  a  few  non-marsupial  mammals  in  Australia,  and 
why  there  were  not  more  of  them,  and  why  none  were 
found  in  the  caves.  On  these  points  I  wrote  to  him  as 
follows : — 

"  My  Dear  Sir  Charles, 

"  I  think  the  fact  that  the  only  placental  land 
mammals  in  Australia  (truly  indigenous)  are  the  smallest  of 
all  mammals  is  a  very  suggestive  fact  as  to  how  they  got 
there.  Mice  would  not  only  be  carried  by  canoes,  but  they 
would  also  be  transported  occasionally  by  floating  trees  car- 
ried down  by  floods.  I  think  myself,  however,  that  it  is  most 
likely  they  were  carried  by  the  earliest  canoes  of  prehistoric 


HOME  LIFE 


421 


man,  and  that  they  afford  an  example  of  rapid  change  of 
specific  form,  owing  to  the  ancestral  species  having  been  sub- 
jected to  a  great  change  of  conditions,  both  as  regards  climate 
and  food,  and  having  had  an  immense  area  of  new  country 
to  roam  over  and  multiply  in,  in  every  part  of  which  they 
would  be  subjected  to  different  conditions.  These  considera- 
tions, I  think,  fully  meet  the  facts,  and  there  ought  to  be  no 
large  rodents  found  in  the  caves  of  Australia,  and  no  other 
rodents  of  very  distinct  type  from  those  now  living.  When 
any  such  are  found  it  will  be  time  enough  to  consider  how 
to  account  for  them.  It  is,  as  you  say,  a  most  important  fact 
that,  in  three  such  distinct  localities  as  New  Zealand,  Aus- 
tralia, and  Mauritius,  no  bones  of  extinct  carnivora  or  other 
mammalia  should  be  found  along  with  the  wingless  birds 
and  marsupials,  while  abundance  of  remains  of  these  groups 
are  found.  We  may,  I  think,  fairly  claim  this  as  a  proof 
that  such  placental  mammals  did  not  exist  in  those  countries, 
and  the  fact  that  the  only  exceptions  in  the  existing  Australian 
fauna  are  mice  indicates  very  clearly  that  they  are  a  recent 
introduction.  When  all  the  known  facts  are  in  our  favour, 
I  do  not  think  we  need  trouble  ourselves  to  answer  objections 
and  overcome  difficulties  that  have  not  yet  arisen,  and  prob- 
ably never  will  arise." 

Some  months  later  (November,  1867)  he  wrote  me  about 
the  dispersal  and  the  colours  of  the  races  of  man.  On  the 
first  point  I  replied  at  some  length,  principally  to  show  why 
we  should  not  expect  the  primary  regions  which  show  the 
great  features  of  the  distribution  of  birds,  reptiles,  and  mam- 
malia should  also  apply  to  man.  On  the  question  of  colour 
I  replied  as  follows :  "  Why  the  colour  of  man  is  sometimes 
constant  over  large  areas  while  in  other  cases  it  varies,  we 
cannot  certainly  tell;  but  we  may  well  suppose  it  to  be  due 
to  its  being  more  or  less  correlated  with  constitutional  charac- 
ters favourable  to  life.  By  far  the  most  common  colour  of 
man  is  a  warm  brown,  not  very  different  from  that  of  the 
American  Indian.  White  and  black  are  alike  deviations  from 
this,  and  are  probably  correlated  with  mental  or  physical 


422 


MY  LIFE 


peculiarities  which  have  been  favourable  to  the  increase  and 
maintenance  of  the  particular  race.  I  should  infer,  therefore, 
that  the  broum  or  red  was  the  original  colour  of  man,  and 
that  it  maintains  itself  throughout  all  climates  in  America 
because  accidental  deviations  from  it  have  not  been  accom- 
panied by  any  useful  constitutional  peculiarities.  It  is  Bates's 
opinion  that  the  Indians  are  recent  immigrants  into  the 
tropical  plains  of  South  America,  and  are  not  yet  fully 
acclimatized." 

In  the  following  year,  when  I  was  living  at  Hurstpierpoint, 
in  a  letter  I  wrote  to  Sir  Charles,  thanking  him  for  the 
trouble  he  had  taken  in  regard  to  the  Bethnal  Green  Museum, 
I  added  some  remarks  on  Darwin's  new  theory  of  "  Pan- 
genesis," which  I  will  quote,  because  the  disproof  of  it,  which 
I  thoughf  would  not  be  given,  was  not  long  in  coming,  and, 
with  the  more  satisfactory  theor}-  of  Weismann,  led  me 
entirely  to  change  my  opinion.  I  wrote  (Februars'  20,  1868)  : 
"I  am  reading  Darsvin's  book  ('Animals  and  Plants  under 
Domestication'),  and  have  read  the  'Pangenesis'  chapter 
first,  for  I  could  not  wait.  The  hypothesis  is  sublime  in  its 
simplicity  and  the  wonderful  manner  in  which  it  explains  the 
most  mysterious  of  the  phenomena  of  life.  To  me  it  is 
satisfying  in  the  extreme.  I  feel  I  can  never  give  it  up, 
unless  it  be  positively  disproved,  which  is  impossible,  or 
replaced  by  one  which  better  explains  the  facts,  which  is 
highly  imprbbable.  Darwin  has  here  decidedly  gone  ahead 
of  Spencer  in  generalization.  I  consider  it  the  most  won- 
derful thing  he  has  given  us,  but  it  will  not  be  generally 
appreciated." 

This  was  written  when  I  was  fresh  from  the  spell  of  this 
most  ingenious  hypothesis.  Galton's  experiments  on  blood 
transfusion  with  rabbits  first  staggered  me,  as  it  seemed  to 
me  to  be  the  very  disproof  I  had  thought  impossible.  And 
later  on,  when  Weismann  adduced  his  views  on  the  continuity 
of  the  germ-plasm,  and  the  consequent  non-heredity  of 
acquired  characters ;  and  further,  when  he  showed  that  the 
supposed  transmission  of  such  characters,  which  Darwin  had 
accepted  and  which  the  hypothesis  of  pangenesis  was  con- 


HOME  LIFE 


423 


structed  to  account  for,  was  not  really  proved  by  any  evidence 
whatever; — I  was  compelled  to  discard  Darwin's  view  in 
favour  of  that  of  Weismann,  which  is  now  almost  everywhere 
accepted  as  being  the  most  probable,  as  well  as  being  the 
most  in  accordance  with  all  the  facts  and  phenomena  of 
heredity. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  year  Sir  Charles  sent  me  a  num- 
ber of  interesting  papers  to  read,  and  among  them  was  a 
criticism  of  Darwin  by  G.  H.  Lewes.  When  writing  to  thank 
him  for  them  I  replied  to  this  criticism  as  follows : — 

"  I  have  just  been  looking  through  Lewes.  I  think  that 
in  his  great  argument  about  the  luminous  and  electric  animals 
he  completely  fails  to  see  their  true  bearing.  He  admits  the 
fact  that  the  organs  producing  light  or  electricity  differ  in 
position  and  for^n  whenever  the  animals  that  bear  them  differ 
in  general  structure,  while  in  their  essential  minute  structure 
the  (corresponding)  organs  closely  resemble  each  other,  how- 
ever widely  the  animals  may  differ.  But  this  is  a  necessary 
consequence  of  such  organs  being  modifications  of  muscular 
tissue,  which  is  almost  identical  in  structure  throughout  the 
animal  kingdom.  If  electrical  and  luminous  organs  were 
always  identical  in  form  and  position  as  well  as  in  structure, 
it  would  be  a  powerful  argument  in  his  favour;  but  as  it  is, 
I  do  not  see  that  it  proves  anything  but  that  the  required 
special  variation  of  an  (almost)  identical  tissue  occurs  very 
rarely,  and  has  still  more  rarely  occurred  at  a  time  and  under 
conditions  which  rendered  its  accumulation  useful  to  the  ani- 
mal, in  which  case  alone  it  would  be  selected  and  specialized  so 
as  to  form  a  perfect  electric  or  luminous  organ. 

"  Again,  to  suppose  that  because  one  single  organ  of  a 
simple  kind  may  be  produced  independently  of  common  de- 
scent, therefore  a  combination  of  hundreds  of  organs,  many 
of  them  consisting  of  hundreds  of  parts,  should  all  be  brought 
by  the  action  of  similar  causes  to  an  identity  of  form,  position, 
and  function  (in  different  animals)  appears  to  me  absolutely 
inconceivable.  For  instance,  I  cannot  conceive  any  two 
species  of  vertebrata  developed  independently  from  distinct 
primal  specks  of  jelly  (protoplasm)  through  the  millions  of 


424 


MY  LIFE 


forms  that  must  have  intervened ;  but  I  can  conceive  verte- 
brata  and  mollusca  so  developed  ab  initio.  If  this  is  all 
Lewes  claims,  Darwin  will,  I  am  sure,  admit  it.  If  he  main- 
tains a  distinct  origin  for  mammals,  birds,  and  fishes,  how 
does  he  deal  with  the  identical  form.s  of  the  embryos  up 
to  a  certain  stage,  which  is  still  that  of  a  vertebrate 
animal  ? 

But  he  never  tells  us  what  he  does  believe  in  detail,  and  it 
seems  to  me  that  his  views  are  utterly  groundless  if  he  goes 
beyond  the  four  or  five  primitive  forms,  which  is  all  that 
Darwin  claims  as  essential  to  his  system. 

His  notion  of  the  mammals  of  Australia  having  possibly 
developed  ab  initio  is  too  wild  to  be  seriously  refuted,  and  I 
think  he  gives  it  up  in  his  last  part,  which  you  have  not  sent 
me.  What  of  the  fossil  marsupials  in  Europe?  The  identity 
of  embryos?  The  identity  of  bone,  tooth,  hair,  and  nail 
structure?  The  identical  general  arrangement  of  vertebrae, 
limbs,  muscles,  cranium,  brains,  lungs,  tongue,  stomach,  and 
intestines — all  to  have  been  developed  independently  through, 
or  out  of,  forms  as  low  as  medusae  and  actiniae  by  general 
similarity  of  conditions!   It  is  too  absurd !  " 

The  subject  on  which  Sir  Charles  Lyell  and  myself  had 
the  longest  discussions  was  that  of  the  effects  of  the  glacial 
period  on  the  distribution  of  plants  and  animals,  and  on  the 
origin  of  lake  basins.  On  the  former  question  he  was  dis- 
posed to  accept  my  views  in  opposition  to  those  of  Darwin, 
as  shown  by  the  following  letter  of  February  2,  1869 : — 

"  Dear  Wallace, 

"  The  more  I  think  over  what  you  said  yesterday 
about  the  geographical  distribution  of  tropical  animals  and 
plants  in  the  glacial  period,  the  more  I  am  convinced  that 
Darwin's  difficulty  may  be  removed  by  duly  attending  to  the 
effects  of  the  absence  of  cold.  The  intensity  of  heat,  whether 
in  the  sea  or  in  the  air,  is  not  so  important,  as  you  remarked, 
as  uniformity  of  temperature." 

He  then  goes  on  to  give  illustrations  of  this,  and  urges 
that  there  are  no  recent  deposits  in  or  near  the  tropics  con- 


HOME  LIFE 


425 


taining  fossil  remains  proving  any  change  of  fauna  and  flora 
such  as  Darwin  had  advocated.    He  then  continues — 

"  I  know  of  no  evidence  of  this  kind,  and  I  don't  think 
that  Darwin  has  given  any  time  or  thought  to  Croll's  eccen- 
tricity theory,  or  to  my  chapters  upon  it,  and  I  wish  much 
that  he  could  see  your  review^  before  he  came  out  with 
this  new  edition  (the  fifth)  of  *  The  Origin';  for  I  am 
afraid  that  he  will  make  too  much  of  the  supposed  corrobora- 
tion afforded  by  the  imaginary  warmth  of  the  southern 
hemisphere,  and  of  the  equally  hypothetical  expulsion  of 
tropical  forms  from  the  equatorial  zone  north  of  the  line." 

In  the  sixth  edition  of  the  "  The  Origin,"  published  three 
years  later,  Darwin  still  held  to  his  views  of  the  extreme 
severity  of  the  glacial  epoch  influencing  even  the  equatorial 
zone,  and  explaining  the  transmission  of  so  many  northern 
types  of  plants  and  insects  to  the  southern  hemisphere,  as 
shown  by  the  following  passage : — "  From  the  foregoing  facts, 
namely  the  presence  of  temperate  forms  on  the  highlands 
across  the  whole  of  equatorial  Africa,  and  along  the  penin- 
sula of  India,  to  Ceylon  and  the  Malay  Archipelago,  and  in 
a  less  marked  manner  across  the  wide  expanse  of  tropical 
South  America,  it  appears  almost  certain  that  at  some  former 
period,  no  doubt  during  the  most  severe  part  of  a  glacial 
period,  the  lowlands  of  these  continents  were  everywhere 
tenanted  under  the  equator  by  a  considerable  number  of  tem- 
perate forms.  At  this  period  the  equatorial  climate  at  the  level 
of  the  sea  was  probably  about  the  same  with  that  now  experi- 
enced at  the  height  of  from  five  to  six  thousand  feet  under 
the  same  latitude,  or  perhaps  even  rather  cooler  "  (p.  338). 

In  my  "  Island  Life  "  I  have  discussed  at  some  length  all 
these  facts,  and  many  others  which  Darwin  did  not  take 
into  consideration,  and  have  explained  them  on  the  theory 
that  the  glacial  epoch  had  no  effect  whatever  in  lowering 
the  temperature  of  equatorial  plains,  while  it  might  easily 
lower  the  snow-line  on  even  equatorial  mountains.  Those 

1  My  Quarterly  Review  article  on  "  Geological  Climates  and  the 
Origin  of  Species,"  a  proof  of  which  Sir  Charles  had  seen. 


426 


MY  LIFE 


interested  in  this  question,  after  reading  Darwin's  exposition 
of  his  views  should  read  the  twenty-third  chapter  of  my 
"  Island  Life,"  the  facts  and  arguments  in  which,  so  far  as  I 
am  aware,  have  never  been  controverted.  Darwin  himself, 
however,  never  accepted  them. 

On  the  question  of  the  ice-origin  of  Alpine  lakes  I  had 
much  correspondence  with  Sir  Charles,  but  I  could  never 
get  him  to  accept  my  extreme  views.  In  March,  1869,  I 
received  from  him  a  letter  of  thirteen  pages,  and  another  of 
thirty  pages,  on  this  and  allied  questions,  setting  forth  the 
reasons  why  he  rejected  ice  action  as  having  ground  out 
the  larger  lakes,  much  as  he  states  them  in  the  fourth  edition 
of  "  The  Antiquity  of  Man."  At  page  361  he  says  that 
"the  gravest  objection  to  the  hypothesis  of  glacial  erosion 
on  a  stupendous  scale  is  afforded  by  the  entire  absence  of 
lakes  of  the  first  magnitude  in  several  areas  where  they  ought 
to  exist,  if  the  enormous  glaciers  which  once  occupied  those 
spaces  had  possessed  the  deep  excavating  power  ascribed 
to  them."  He  then  goes  on  to  adduce  numerous  places 
where  he  thinks  there  ought  to  have  been  lakes  on  the  glacier 
theory,  which  are  the  same  as  he  adduced  in  letters  to  myself, 
and  which  I  answered  in  each  case,  and  sometimes  at  great 
length,  by  similar  arguments  to  those  I  have  adduced  in  vol.  i. 
chap.  V.  of  my  "  Studies,  Scientific  and  Social."  If  anyone  who 
is  interested  in  these  questions,  after  considering  Sir  Charles 
Lyell's  difficulties  and  objections  in  his  "  Antiquity  of  Man," 
will  read  the  above  chapter,  giving  special  attention  to  the 
sections  headed  The  Conditions  that  favour  the  Production 
of  Lakes  by  Ice-erosion,  and  the  following  section  on  Objec- 
tions of  Modern  Writers  considered,  I  think  he  will,  if  he  had 
paid  any  attention  to  the  phenomena  in  glaciated  regions, 
admit  that  I  show  the  theory  of  ice-erosion  to  be  the  only 
one  that  explains  all  the  facts. 

During  the  same  year  (1869)  I  find  passages  of  interest 
in  my  letters  on  quite  different  subjects,  some  of  which  I 
wrote  upon  at  a  much  later  period.    On  February  25,  in  a 
letter  about  the  Bethnal  Green   Museum,  I  added,  "Have 


HOME  LIFE 


427 


you  seen  the  curious  paper  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  of  Feb- 
ruary on  *  The  Birth  of  the  Solar  System '  ?  It  contains  a 
new  nebular  hypothesis,  quite  distinct  from  the  old  one.  The 
writer  maintains  that  all  we  know  about  the  formation  of 
the  planets  is  that  they  are  slowly  increasing  in  bulk  from 
the  falling  in  of  meteoritic  bodies.  He  maintains,  therefore, 
that  this  is  the  origin  of  all  planets  and  suns,  space  being  full 
of  cold  meteoric  dust,  heat  being  produced  by  its  agglomera- 
tion. Thus  all  small  bodies  in  space  are  cold,  all  large  ones 
hot;  the  earth  is  therefore  getting  hotter  instead  of  colder, 
and  early  geological  action  was  less  violent  than  it  is  now. 
Is  not  that  turning  the  tables  on  the  convulsionists  ? 

"  Many  of  the  author's  statements  are,  I  think,  inaccurate, 
but  the  view  of  the  formation  of  the  solar  system  by  the 
agglomeraion  of  cold  dust  instead  of  hot  vapour  seems  to 
have  some  show  of  probability." 

This  hypothesis  was  new  to  me,  and  I  had  quite  forgotten 
all  about  it  when  I  met  with  it  in  Sir  Norman  Lockyer's 
works  while  writing  my  "  Wonderful  Century,"  and  definitely 
adopted  it  as  more  accordant  with  facts  and  more  intelli- 
gible than  Laplace's  theory  of  the  intensely  heated  solar 
nebula. 

On  April  28,  after  referring  to  Darwin's  regret  at  the 
concluding  passages  of  my  Quarterly  Review  article  on 
"  Man,"  which  he  "  would  have  thought  written  by  someone 
else,"  I  add  the  following  summary  of  my  position,  perhaps 
more  simply  and  forcibly  stated  than  in  any  of  my  published 
works : — 

"  It  seems  to  me  that  if  we  once  admit  the  necessity  of 
any  action  beyond  *  natural  selection '  in  developing  man,  we 
have  no  reason  whatever  for  confining  that  agency  to  his 
brain.  On  the  mere  doctrine  of  chances  it  seems  to  me 
in  the  highest  degree  improbable  that  so  many  points  of 
structure,  all  tending  to  favour  his  mental  development, 
should  concur  in  man  alone  of  all  animals.  If  the  erect 
posture,  the  freedom  of  the  anterior  limbs  from  purposes  of 
locomotion,  the  powerful  and  opposable  thumb,  the  naked 
skin,  the  great  symmetry  of  form,  the  perfect  organs  of 


428 


MY  LIFE 


speech,  and,  in  his  mental  faculties,  calculation  of  numbers, 
ideas  of  symmetr}^,  of  justice,  of  abstract  reasoning,  of  the 
infinite,  of  a  future  state,  and  many  others,  cannot  be  shown 
to  be  each  and  all  useful  to  man  in  the  very  lowest  state  of 
civilization — how  are  we  to  explain  their  co-existence  in  him 
alone  of  the  whole  series  of  organized  beings?  Years  ago  I 
saw  in  London  a  bushman  boy  and  girl,  and  the  girl  played 
very  nicely  on  the  piano.  Blind  Tom,  the  half-idiot  negro 
slave,  had  a  '  musical  ear '  or  brain,  superior,  perhaps,  to  that 
of  the  best  living  musician.  Unless  Darwin  can  show  me 
how  this  latent  musical  faculty  in  the  lowest  races  can  have 
been  developed  through  sunival  of  the  fittest,  can  have  been 
of  use  to  the  individual  or  the  race,  so  as  to  cause  those  who 
possessed  it  in  a  fractionally  greater  degree  than  others  to 
win  in  the  struggle  for  life,  I  must  believe  that  some  other 
power  (than  natural  selection)  caused  that  development.  It 
seems  to  me  that  the  onus  prohandi  will  lie  with  those  who 
maintain  that  man,  body  and  mind,  could  have  been  developed 
from,  a  quadrumanous  animal  by  *  natural  selection.'  " 

In  a  letter  to  Darwin,  written  a  week  later  and  printed  in 
the  Life,  Letters,  and  Journals,"  Sir  Charles  quotes  the 
preceding  argument  entire,  and  goes  on  to  express  his  general 
agreement  with  it. 

He  then  refers  to  the  glacial-lake  theory  as  follows: — 
As  to  the  scooping  out  of  lake  basins  by  glaciers.  I  have 
had  a  long,  amicable,  but  controversial  correspondence  with 
Wallace  on  that  subject,  and  I  cannot  get  over  (as.  indeed,  I 
have  admitted  in  print)  an  intimate  connection  between  the 
number  of  lakes  of  modern  date  and  the  glaciation  of  the 
regions  containing  them.  But  as  we  do  not  know  how  ice 
can  scoop  out  Lago  ^laggiore  to  a  depth  of  2600  feet,  of 
which  all  but  600  is  below  the  level  of  the  sea,  getting  rid  of 
the  rock  supposed  to  be  worn  away  as  if  it  was  salt  that  had 
melted,  I  feel  that  it  is  a  dangerous  causation  to  admit  in 
explanation  of  every  cavity  which  we  have  to  account  for, 
including  Lake  Superior." 

This  passage  shows,  I  think,  that  he  was  somewhat  stag- 
gered by  my  arguments,  but  could  not  take  so  great  a  step 


HOME  LIFE  429 

without  further  consideration  and  examination  of  the  evidence. 
I  feel  sure,  therefore,  that  if  he  had  had  before  him  the 
numerous  facts  since  made  known,  of  erratic  blocks  carried 
by  the  ice  to  heights  far  above  their  place  of  origin  in  North 
America,  and  even  in  our  own  islands,  as  described  at  p.  75 
and  p.  90  of  my  "Studies"  (vol.  i.),  with  evidence  of  such 
action  now  occurring  in  Greenland  (p.  91),  of  the  Moel 
Tryfan  beds  having  been  forced  up  by  the  glacier  that  filled 
the  Irish  sea,  he  would  have  seen,  I  feel  sure,  that  his  objec- 
tions were  all  answered  by  actual  phenomena,  and  that  the 
gradual  erosion  of  Lago  Maggiore  was  far  within  the  powers 
of  such  enormous  accumulations  of  ice  as  must  have  existed 
over  its  site. 

The  following  letter  I  quote  entire,  because  it  calls  atten- 
tion to  a  very  original  but  much  neglected  book  which, 
though  probably  not  wholly  sound  in  its  theoretical  basis, 
contains  suggestions  which  may  help  towards  the  solution  of 
a  still  unsolved  problem. 

"May  3,  1871. 

"  Dear  Sir  Charles, 

"  I  have  just  been  reading  a  book  which  has  struck 
me  amazingly,  but  which  has  been  somewhat  pooh-pooh'd  by 
the  critics,  and  which  therefore  you  may  not  have  thought 
worth  looking  at.  It  is  W.  Mattieu  Williams's  '  Fuel  of  the 
Sun.*  Whether  the  theory  is  true  or  false,  the  book  is  the 
work  of  a  man  of  original  genius.  Its  originality  is  so 
startling  that  I  have  found  it  to  require  reading  twice  to  take 
it  in  thoroughly ;  and  it  is  so  different  from  all  modern  theories 
of  the  sun  that  I  can  quite  see  why  such  a  work  by  an  out- 
sider should  not  have  received  due  attention.  If  sound,  it 
completely  solves  the  problem  of  the  perpetuity  of  the  sun's 
heat,  and  gives  geologists  and  Darwinians  any  amount  of 
time  they  require.  It  seems  to  be  reasonable,  it  is  beautifully 
worked  out,  it  is  quite  intelligible,  and  till  shown  to  be  a 
fallacy  I  hold  by  its  main  doctrine.  I  hope  you  will  read 
it,  and,  if  you  see  no  fallacy  in  it,  get  Sir  John  Herschell  to 


430 


MY  LIFE 


read  it  and  tell  us  if  there  is  a  positive  fallacy  which  destroys 
its  whole  value  or  no." 

Some  weeks  later  Sir  Charles  thanked  me  for  recommend- 
ing the  book  to  him,  which  he  had  read  with  great  pleasure, 
adding,  "  It  is  as  interesting  as  any  novel  I  ever  read."  The 
fundamental  idea  of  the  book  is  that  the  sun  in  its  motion 
through  space  comes  into  contact  with  an  excessively  diffused 
space-atmosphere,  which  it  collects  and  condenses  by  its  gravi- 
tative  force,  thus  forming  the  sun's  photosphere.  Then,  on 
cooling,  the  outer  portion  of  this  gaseous  envelope  is  left 
behind  or  expelled,  so  that  the  mass  of  the  sun  does  not 
increase.  The  value  of  the  explanation  will  of  course  depend 
upon  whether  this  later  part  of  the  theory,  which  the  author 
explains  at  considerable  length,  is  dynamically  possible.  In 
view  of  modern  discoveries  as  to  the  nature  of  matter,  it 
might  be  well  for  some  competent  physicist  to  re-examine  • 
this  work,  which  is  largely  founded  on  the  author's  own  obser- 
vations and  experiments  as  a  metallurgical  chemist. 

In  the  latter  part  of  1872  I  was  assisting  Sir  Charles  by 
reading  over  the  completed  MS.  and  afterwards  the  proofs 
of  Part  III.  of  "  The  Antiquity  of  Man,"  dealing  with  "  The 
Origin  of  Species  as  bearing  on  Man's  Place  in  Nature."  In 
one  of  the  letters  I  wTOte  I  made  a  suggestion  (which  he  did 
not  adopt,  nor  did  I  expect  him  to  do  so),  but  which  I  will 
here  give,  as  it  is  a  subject  on  which  I  wrote  afterwards,  and 
which  I  still  consider  to  be  of  very  great  importance.  Readers 
of  the  "  Antiquity "  will  see  that  part  of  his  own  MS.  has 
been  omitted. 

"  November  10,  1872. 

"  Dear  Sir  Charles, 

"  I  have  read  the  MS.  with  very  great  interest. 
Two  points  of  importance  are,  Milton's  advocacy  of  scientific 
as  against  classical  education  (which  I  should  think  would  be 
new  to  most  persons),  and  freedom  of  thought  as  essential  to 
intellectual  progress.  The  latter  point  (occupying  pp.  13-23 
of  your  MS.)  is  of  such  immense  importance,  and  3'our 
opinion  on  it,  clearly  expressed,  would  have  so  much  weight, 


HOME  LIFE 


431 


that  I  should  much  wish  it  to  be  developed  in  a  little  more 
detail,  though  I  cannot  see  how  it  can  possibly  be  got  into 
*  The  Antiquity  of  Man/  The  points  that  may  be  more  fully 
treated  seem  to  me  to  be — ist,  to  show  in  a  little  more  detail 
that  there  was  such  practical  freedom  of  thought  in  Greek 
schools  and  academies ;  2d,  to  put  forward  strongly  the 
fact  that,  ever  since  the  establishment  of  Christianity,  the 
education  of  Europe  has  been  wholly  in  the  hands  of  men 
bound  down  by  penalties  to  fixed  dogmas,  that  philosophy 
and  science  have  been  taught  largely  under  the  same  influ- 
ences, and  that,  even  at  the  present  day  and  among  the 
most  civilized  nations,  it  causes  the  greater  part  of  the  intel- 
lectual strength  of  the  world  to  be  wasted  in  endeavours  to 
reconcile  old  dogmas  with  modern  thought,  while  no  step  in 
advance  can  be  made  without  the  fiercest  opposition  by  those 
whose  vested  interests  are  bound  up  in  these  dogmas. 

"  3d,  I  should  like  to  see  (though,  perhaps,  you  are  not 
prepared  to  do  it)  a  strong  passage  following  up  your  con- 
cluding words,  pointing  out  that  it  is  a  disgrace  to  civilization 
and  a  crime  against  posterity  that  the  great  mass  of  the 
instructors  of  our  youth  should  still  be  those  who  are  fettered 
by  creeds  and  dogmas  which  they  are  under  a  penalty  to 
teach,  and  urging  that  it  is  the  very  first  duty  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  a  free  people  to  take  away  all  such  restraints  from 
the  national  church,  and  so  allow  the  national  teachers  to 
represent  the  most  advanced  thought,  the  highest  intellect, 
and  the  purest  morality  the  age  can  produce.  It  is  equally 
the  duty  of  the  State  to  disqualify  as  teachers,  in  all  schools 
and  colleges  under  its  control,  those  whose  interests  are  in 
any  way  bound  up  with  the  promulgation  of  fixed  creeds  or 
dogmas  of  whatever  nature. 

"  I  should  be  exceedingly  glad  if  you  could  do  something 
of  this  kind,  because  I  look  with  great  alarm  on  the  move- 
ment for  the  disestablishment  of  the  Church  of  England, 
a  step  which  I  fear  would  retard  freedom  of  thought  for 
centuries.  This  would  inevitably  be  its  effect  if  any  similar 
proportion  of  its  revenues,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Irish  Church, 
was  handed  over  to  the  disestablished  Church  of  England, 


432 


MY  LIFE 


which  would  then  still  retain  much  of  its  prestige  and 
respectability,  would  have  enormous  wealth  which  might  be 
indefinitely  increased  by  further  private  endowments,  and 
might  have  a  ruling  episcopacy  with  absolute  power,  who 
would  keep  up  creeds  and  dogmas,  and  repress  all  freedom 
of  thought  and  action,  and  thus  do  irreparable  injur>'  to  the 
nation.  Besides  this,  we  should  lose  a  grand  organization 
for  education  and  a  splendid  endowment  which  might  confer 
incalculable  benefits  on  society  if  only  its  recipients  were 
rendered  absolutely  free.  What  might  have  been  the  result 
if,  during  the  last  hundrd  years,  the  twenty  thousand  sermons 
which  are  preached  every  Sunday  in  Great  Britain,  instead  of 
being  rigidly  confined  to  one  monotonous  subject,  had  been 
true  lessons  in  civilization,  morality,  the  laws  of  health,  and 
other  useful  (or  elevating)  knowledge,  and  if  the  teachers 
had  been  the  high  class  of  men  who,  if  unfettered,  would  have 
gladly  entered  this  the  noblest  of  professions? 

"  I  so  much  fear  that  ^liall's  premature  agitation  may  force 
some  future  Government  to  (carr\-)  disestablishment  on  any 
terms,  that  I  think  it  of  the  greatest  importance  to  point  out 
what  may  be  lost  by  such  a  step." 

The  passages  referred  to  in  the  beginning  of  the  above 
letter  were  both  omitted  by  Sir  Charles,  being  thought,  ap- 
parently, rather  out  of  place.  The  book  did  not  appear  till 
the  following  summer,  and  from  that  time  till  his  death 
he  undertook  no  more  literar}-  work.  My  remarks  on  the 
question  of  disestablishment,  however,  seemed  to  me  so  im- 
portant that  I  elaborated  my  ideas  into  an  article,  which 
appeared  in  Macmillans  Magazine  (April,  1873),  and  is 
reprinted  in  the  second  volume  of  my  "  Studies,"  under  the 
title,  Disestablishment  and  Disendowment :  with  a  proposal 
for  a  really  National  Church  of  England."  In  putting  this 
suggestion  before  the  country  I  have  done  what  was  in  my 
power  to  indicate  a  method  by  which,  when  the  time  for 
legislation  comes,  the  present  institution  may  be  replaced  by 
one  that  will  be  a  great  educational  and  moral  power  in  every 
part  of  our  land. 


SIR  CHARLES  LYELL 


433 


I  do  not  remember  when  I  first  saw  Sir  Charles  Lyell, 
but  I  probably  met  him  at  some  of  the  evening  meetings  of 
the  scientific  societies.  I  first  lunched  with  him  in  the 
summer  of  1863,  and  then  met,  for  the  first  time,  Lady  Lyell 
and  Miss  Arabella  B.  Buckley.  Miss  Buckley  had  become 
Sir  Charles's  private  secretary  early  in  that  year,  and  she 
informs  me  that  she  remembers  this  visit  because  Lady  Lyell 
gave  her  impressions  of  me  afterwards — I  am  afraid  not 
very  favourable  ones,  as  I  was  shy,  awkward,  and  quite 
unused  to  good  society.  With  Sir  Charles  I  soon  felt  at 
home,  owing  to  his  refined  and  gentle  manners,  his  fund  of 
quiet  humour,  and  his  intense  love  and  extensive  knowledge 
of  natural  science.  His  great  liberality  of  thought  and  wide 
general  interests  were  also  attractive  to  me;  and  although 
when  he  had  once  arrived  at  a  definite  conclusion  he  held 
by  it  very  tenaciously  until  a  considerable  body  of  well- 
ascertained  facts  could  be  adduced  against  it,  yet  he  was 
always  willing  to  listen  to  the  arguments  of  his  opponents, 
and  to  give  them  careful  and  repeated  consideration.  This 
was  well  shown  in  the  time  and  trouble  he  gave  to  the  dis- 
cussion with  myself  as  to  the  glacial  origin  of  the  larger 
alpine  lake  basins,  writing  me  one  letter  of  thirty  pages  on 
the  subject.  Considering  his  position  as  the  greatest  living 
authority  on  physical  geology,  it  certainly  showed  remarkable 
open-mindedness  that  he  should  condescend  to  discuss  the 
subject  with  such  a  mere  amateur  and  tyro  as  I  then  was. 
The  theory  was,  however,  too  new  and  too  revolutionary  for 
him  to  make  up  his  mind  at  once,  but  he  certainly  was  some- 
what influenced  by  the  facts  and  arguments  I  set  before  him, 
as  shown  by  the  expressions  in  his  correspondence  with  Dar- 
win, which  I  have  quoted. 

In  the  much  vaster  and  more  important  problem  of  the 
development  of  man  from  the  lower  animals,  though  convinced 
of  the  general  truth  of  Darwin's  views,  with  which  he  had 
been  generally  acquainted  for  twenty  years,  he  was  yet  loth 
to  express  himself  definitely;  and  Darwin  himself  was  as 
much  disappointed  with  his  pronouncement  in  the  recently 
published  "  Antiquity  of  Man,"  as  he  was  with  my  rejection 


434 


MY  LIFE 


of  the  sufficiency  of  natural  selection  to  explain  the  origin 
of  man's  mental  and  moral  nature.  Sir  Charles  Lyell's 
character  is  well  exhibited  in  what  he  wrote  Darwin  soon 
after  its  publication  (March  ii,  1863).  "  I  find  myself,  after 
reasoning  through  a  whole  chapter,  in  favour  of  man's  com- 
ing from  the  animals,  relapsing  to  my  old  views  whenever  I 
read  again  a  few  pages  of  the  '  Principles,'  or  yearn  for 
fossil  types  of  intermediate  grades.  Truly,  I  ought  to  be 
charitable  to  Sedgwick  and  others.  Hundreds  who  have 
bought  my  book  in  the  hope  that  I  should  demolish  heresy 
will  be  awfully  confounded  and  disappointed.  .  .  .  What 
I  am  anxious  to  effect  is  to  avoid  positive  inconsistencies  in 
different  parts  of  my  book,  owing  probably  to  the  old  trains 
of  thought,  the  old  ruts,  interfering  with  the  new  course. 
But  you  ought  to  be  satisfied,  as  I  shall  bring  hundreds 
towards  you,  who,  if  I  treated  the  matter  more  dogmatically, 
would  have  rebelled.  I  have  spoken  out  to  the  utmost  extent 
of  my  tether,  so  far  as  my  reason  goes,  and  further  than  my 
imagination  and  sentiment  can  follow,  which  I  suppose,  has 
caused  occasional  incongruities"  ("Life  of  Sir  Charles 
Lyell,"  vol.  ii.  p.  363).  These  passages  well  exhibit  the 
difficulties  with  which  the  writer  had  to  contend,  and  serve 
to  explain  that  careful  setting  forth  of  opposing  facts  and 
arguments  without  stating  any  definite  conclusion,  which  is 
felt  to  be  unsatisfactory  in  some  portions  of  his  great  works. 

During  the  ten  years  1863-72,  I  saw  a  good  deal  of  Sir 
Charles.  If  he  had  any  special  subject  on  which  he  wished 
for  information,  he  would  sometimes  walk  across  the  park  to 
St.  Mark's  Crescent  for  an  hour's  conversation;  at  other 
times  he  would  ask  me  to  lunch  with  him,  either  to  meet 
some  interesting  visitor  or  for  friendly  talk.  After  my  mar- 
riage we  occasionally  dined  with  him  or  went  to  his  evening 
receptions.  These  latter  were  very  interesting,  both  because 
they  were  not  overcrowded  and  on  account  of  the  number 
^  of  scientific  and  other  men  of  eminence  to  be  met  there. 
Among  these  were  Professor  Tyndall,  Sir  Charles  Wheat- 
stone,  Sir  Charies  Bunbury,  Mr.  Lecky,  and  a  great  many 


SIR  CHARLES  LYELL 


435 


others.  The  Duke  of  Argyll  was  frequently  there,  and  al- 
though we  criticised  each  other's  theories  rather  strongly, 
he  was  always  very  friendly,  and  we  generally  had  some  min- 
utes' conversation  whenever  I  met  him.  Miss  Buckley  (now 
Mrs.  Fisher)  was  a  very  constant  guest,  and  would  point  out 
to  me  the  various  celebrities  who  happened  to  be  present, 
and  thus  began  a  cordial  friendship  which  has  continued  un- 
broken, and  has  been  a  mutual  pleasure  and  advantage.  I 
therefore  look  back  upon  my  friendship  with  Sir  Charles 
Lyell  with  unalloyed  satisfaction  as  one  of  the  most  instruc- 
tive and  enjoyable  episodes  in  my  life-experience. 


END  OF  VOL.  I 


Date  Due 


1 

1990 

5937 

I — 

r  ^:--v^  

r  "    ■    ■  -  ■  

 \  

! 

! 

1  

Library  Bureau  Cat.  no.  1137 


This  volume  is 
very  fragile 

and  must  be 
handled 
with  care. 


Photocopying 

is  not 
recommended. 


II**!!***  THANK  YOU  ***l!**!l